munotes®

Company Law Notes | B.A. LL.B. (Five Year Course) Semester 7 | Mumbai University | munotes

Official Notes by munotes.in

Company Law

B.A. LL.B. (FIVE YEAR COURSE) · SEMESTER 7

Strictly as per the revised CBCS syllabus of the University of Mumbai

For students of the University of Mumbai and all its affiliated law colleges

Open the book ↓

Company Law

Copyright © 2026 munotes.in. All rights reserved.

Written and first published by munotes.in, 2026.

This book is free for individual students to read at munotes.in. No part of it may be reproduced, distributed, stored, translated or used for institutional or classroom purposes in any form without a prior written licence from munotes.in.

Licensing and permissions: contact@munotes.in

The text of statutes and of judgments reproduced in this book is in the public domain under section 52(1)(q) of the Copyright Act 1957. The commentary, arrangement, examples and questions are the original work of munotes.in.

munotes is an independent, student-run platform. It is not affiliated with, endorsed by, or officially connected to the University of Mumbai. Course names and university references describe the students and syllabus the material relates to.

munotes.in

Contents

Module I

  1. What a Company Is 1
  2. The Characteristics of a Company 7
  3. Lifting the Corporate Veil 13
  4. Citizenship, Nationality and Residence of a Company 19
  5. Types of Companies by Liability and Membership 23
  6. Types of Companies by Control and Purpose 29
  7. Companies with Charitable Objects 35
  8. Promoters: Position, Duties and Liabilities 41
  9. Formation and Incorporation of Companies 48
  10. The Memorandum of Association 53
  11. The Doctrine of Ultra Vires 60
  12. The Articles of Association 66
  13. Alteration of the Memorandum and the Articles 71
  14. The Registered Office and Service of Documents 78
  15. Commencement of Business 84
  16. Constructive Notice and Indoor Management 89
  17. Rectification of Name and Other Incidental Matters 95
  18. How a Company Raises Money: Public Offer and Private Placement 101
  19. What a Prospectus Is, and What It Must Say 106
  20. Kinds of Prospectus 113
  21. The Golden Rule, or Golden Legacy 120
  22. Civil Liability for Mis-statements in a Prospectus 125
  23. Criminal Liability, Fraudulent Inducement and Personation 131
  24. Allotment of Securities 138
  25. Private Placement and Global Depository Receipts 144
  26. Kinds of Share Capital and the Nature of a Share 151
  27. Issue and Redemption of Preference Shares 157
  28. Sweat Equity, Share Premium and the Ban on Shares at a Discount 163
  29. Share Certificates, Calls and Variation of Shareholders' Rights 169
  30. Transfer and Transmission of Securities 176
  31. Power of a Limited Company to Alter its Share Capital 183
  32. Further Issue of Share Capital and Bonus Shares 189
  33. Reduction of Share Capital 196
  34. Restrictions on Purchase of Own Shares, and Buy-back 202
  35. Debentures and the Power to Nominate 210

Module II

  1. Acceptance of Deposits: What a Deposit Is and Who May Take One 217
  2. Repayment, Damages for Fraud, and Punishment 224
  3. Registration of Charges: Creation and Registration 231
  4. Fixed Charges, Floating Charges and Crystallisation 238
  5. Modification, Satisfaction and Rectification of Charges 245
  6. The Register of Members, and Significant Beneficial Owners 253
  7. The Annual Return 263
  8. Kinds of Meetings: The Annual General Meeting and the Extraordinary General Meeting 270
  9. Notice, Quorum, Chairman and Proxy 278
  10. Voting and its Types, and Types of Resolutions 287
  11. Circulation of Members' Resolutions, and Minutes 296
  12. Resolutions to be Filed, and the Report on the Annual General Meeting 305
  13. Meetings of the Board and its Committees 312
  14. Declaration and Payment of Dividend 319
  15. Books of Account and Financial Statements 328
  16. The Board's Report, the Annual Report and Integrated Reporting 337
  17. The National Financial Reporting Authority 345
  18. Auditors: Appointment, Rotation, Resignation, Removal and Disqualification 352
  19. Rights, Duties and Liabilities of Auditors 362
  20. The Audit Report, Internal Audit and Cost Audit 372

Module III

  1. Who is a Director, and the Director Identification Number 379
  2. Types of Directors 386
  3. Appointment and Reappointment of Directors 394
  4. Disqualification, Vacation of Office, Resignation and Removal 400
  5. Duties of Directors 409
  6. Rights of Directors, and the Registers Kept About Them 416
  7. Loans to Directors 423
  8. Disclosure of Interest and Related Party Transactions 430
  9. Loan and Investment by a Company 440
  10. Board Composition and Independent Directors 450
  11. Powers of the Board, and the Restrictions on Them 463
  12. Board Committees 474
  13. Other Provisions About the Board and its Officers 483
  14. Appointment of Key Managerial Personnel 492
  15. Managing Directors, Whole-Time Directors and Managers 499
  16. Remuneration of Managerial Personnel 510
  17. The Company Secretary 523
  18. Majority Rule, Minority Rights and the Principle of Non-interference 529
  19. Prevention of Oppression and Mismanagement 537
  20. Class Action 549
  21. Compromises and Arrangements 558
  22. Mergers, Amalgamations and the Acquisition of Minority Shares 571

Module IV

  1. Corporate Social Responsibility 585
  2. Secretarial Audit 594
  3. Winding Up: The Modern Map 598
  4. Winding Up by the Tribunal: The Petition and the Order 606
  5. The Company Liquidator 616
  6. Contributories, Calls and the Conduct of a Winding Up 628
  7. Provisions Applicable to Every Mode of Winding Up 640
  8. Official Liquidators, Records and the Close of a Winding Up 657
  9. Voluntary Liquidation under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code 670
  10. Winding Up of Unregistered Companies 678
  11. The Tribunal and the Appellate Tribunal 686
  12. Special Courts and the Trial of Offences 699
  13. Corporate Governance 710
  14. Environmental, Social and Governance 719
  15. Insider Trading: The Definitions 726
  16. Insider Trading: Trading Plans, Window Closure and Penalties 735
  17. Inspection, Inquiry and Investigation 746
  18. Registered Valuers, and Removal of a Company's Name from the Register 761
  19. Companies Authorised to Register under this Act 771
  20. Producer Companies 780
  21. Companies Incorporated Outside India 795
  22. Government Companies, Registration Offices, Statistics and Nidhis 806
  23. Fraud, Penalties and the Closing Provisions 816
munotes.in

Module I

munotes.in

Chapter One

What a Company Is

Syllabus topic 1.1, "Basic principles of company law for incorporation, prospects and Securities", first label: "Meaning and Definition of a Company"

In one line

A company is a business that the law treats as a person in its own right, separate from the people who own it.

In exam wording: section 2(20) of the Companies Act 2013 defines a company to mean a company incorporated under this Act or under any previous company law, and section 9 provides that from the date of incorporation the subscribers and all later members shall be a body corporate by the name in the memorandum.

Why the law has this at all

Suppose four friends want to open a chain of bakeries. They need money, so they gather it from two hundred strangers. Now ask three ordinary questions. Who owns the ovens? If a customer is injured, who does she sue? If one of the four dies, does the bakery close?

Without a company the answers are ugly. The ovens belong to two hundred and four people in undivided shares. The customer must sue all of them. A death changes the ownership of every oven. Every time an investor sells out, the property has to be conveyed all over again.

Company law solves all three at once by inventing a new legal person. The ovens belong to the company. The customer sues the company. The four friends and the two hundred strangers hold shares, which are just a way of measuring what each of them is entitled to, and a share can change hands without disturbing a single oven.

That is the whole idea, and everything else in this book is detail hanging off it.

Some words this chapter uses

You will meet these on nearly every page, so they are defined once, here.

Incorporation is the act of registering a company, which is what brings it into existence. The Registrar is the Registrar of Companies, the government officer who keeps the register and issues the certificate. A member is a person whose name is on the company's register of members; in a company with shares the members are the shareholders. A subscriber is one of the first members, the people who sign the memorandum before the company exists. The memorandum of association is the company's charter, and the articles of association are its internal rulebook; both get their own chapters. A body corporate is any artificial legal person. A share is a unit measuring a member's interest in the company.

Two words here look like ordinary English and are not. Company in this Act does not mean any business; it means a registered one. A partnership firm is a business but it is not a company. And member does not mean a customer or a subscriber to a service; it means an owner.

munotes.in1

What a Company Is

The definition itself: section 2(20)

The Act's definition is famously unhelpful and you should quote it anyway, because it is the definition:

"company" means a company incorporated under this Act or under any previous company law

Read it twice and notice that it defines a company by how it came into being, not by what it does. That is deliberate. A company is not a kind of business. It is a status that a business acquires by registering. Two shops on the same street selling the same bread may be a company and not a company, and the only difference is that one of them is on the register.

"Or under any previous company law" matters more than students expect. Companies registered under the Companies Act 1956, and under the Acts before it, are companies for the 2013 Act too. Most of the large Indian companies you can name were incorporated long before 2013 and are governed by the 2013 Act today.

Section 3: who may form a company

Section 3(1) says a company may be formed for any lawful purpose by:

  • (a) seven or more persons, where the company to be formed is to be a public company;
  • (b) two or more persons, where it is to be a private company; or
  • (c) one person, where it is to be a One Person Company, that is to say, a private company,

by subscribing their names or his name to a memorandum and complying with the requirements of this Act in respect of registration.

So the minimum membership is seven, two or one, according to the kind of company. Those three numbers are worth memorising because they come back in several places, including section 3A below.

The One Person Company carries four provisos, and they exist because a company with one member has an obvious problem: what happens when that member dies? The answer is that the memorandum of a One Person Company must name another person, with that person's prior written consent, who becomes the member on the subscriber's death or incapacity. The nominee may withdraw consent, the member may change the nominee at any time, the member must tell the company of a change and the company must tell the Registrar, and such a change is not an alteration of the memorandum.

Section 3(2) then says a company formed under sub-section (1) may be limited by shares, limited by guarantee, or unlimited. Those three are taught in the chapter on types of companies.

Section 9: the section that actually creates the person

This is the most important single sentence in the subject.

From the date of incorporation mentioned in the certificate of incorporation, such subscribers to the memorandum and all other persons, as may, from time to time, become members of the company, shall be a body corporate by the name contained in the memorandum, capable of exercising all the functions of an incorporated company under this Act and having perpetual succession with power to acquire, hold and dispose of property, both movable and immovable, tangible and intangible, to contract and to sue and be sued, by the said name.

munotes.in2

What a Company Is

Take it apart, because six separate legal consequences are packed into it.

  1. From the date of incorporation mentioned in the certificate. Not from the date the papers were filed, and not from the date the Registrar signed. The certificate names a date and that date is when the person begins.
  2. Shall be a body corporate. This is the operative phrase. Parliament does not say the company is like a person; it says it is one.
  3. By the name contained in the memorandum. The company's name is its identity, which is why altering it is regulated and why a wrongly chosen name can be rectified.
  4. Perpetual succession. The company outlives its members.
  5. Power to acquire, hold and dispose of property. The company owns its assets, not the members.
  6. To contract and to sue and be sued, by the said name. It makes its own contracts and it litigates in its own name.

One thing has been quietly removed from that list and most notes still print it. Section 9 used to end "...perpetual succession and a common seal with power to acquire...". The words "and a common seal" were omitted by the Companies (Amendment) Act 2015, with effect from 29 May 2015. A company may still have a seal, and several sections now read "common seal, if any", but it is no longer a compulsory characteristic of a company. Writing that every company has a common seal is a mistake of live law, and it is the commonest one in this subject.

A worked example

Ganesh, Radha, Iqbal and five friends want to run a courier service in Thane. They are eight, so they may form either a public or a private company; if they had been six they could only have formed a private one.

They sign a memorandum stating the name Speedpost Thane Logistics Limited, file it with the Registrar with the other documents section 7 requires, and on 14 June 2026 the Registrar issues a certificate of incorporation bearing that date.

From 14 June 2026, by section 9:

  • The vans the company buys belong to Speedpost Thane Logistics Limited, not to Ganesh and the others, however much of the money each of them put in.
  • A contract with a customer is made by the company. If it is broken, the customer sues the company.
  • When Radha dies in 2031, the company does not close. Her shares pass to her heirs and the courier service runs as before. That is perpetual succession doing its work.
  • If the eight of them later want to sell the business, they can sell their shares, and every van, every contract and every employee stays exactly where it is, because none of them ever belonged to the eight.
munotes.in3

What a Company Is

Notice that none of these four consequences needed a separate agreement. They followed automatically from the certificate.

The case this rests on, and how to cite it

Salomon v. A. Salomon and Co. Ltd., decided by the House of Lords in 1897, is the decision every company law course begins with. It is the case that settled that a company, once properly registered, is a different person in law from the members who own it, and that this is so even where one man holds almost all the shares and controls everything the company does.

How to answer on it. In an Indian paper the authority you must cite is the section, and the proposition Salomon established is now written into the Act: section 9 says the company shall be a body corporate with power to hold property, to contract and to sue and be sued in its own name. So the full-mark shape is: state the principle, cite section 9, and name Salomon as the decision in which the principle was established.

A note on how this book handles cases. No law report carrying Salomon could be opened from where this book was written, and the house rule is that a citation is attached only to a case whose report has actually been read. So this book names the case and states the proposition it settled, and does not print facts or a citation it has not verified. The full position, including every source that was tried, is in authorities/cases.json and in FINDINGS.md section 5.1. Nothing in the syllabus is left untaught by this: the rule itself is section 9, and section 9 is set out above in the Act's own words.

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean the members own the company's property. They own shares. A member who owns ninety-nine per cent of a company still owns none of its factory, and cannot insure the factory in his own name. This trips people up constantly and it is examined.

It does not mean the company is a citizen. Separate personality and citizenship are different questions, and the second gets its own chapter.

munotes.in4

What a Company Is

It does not mean incorporation is a formality. Until the certificate is issued there is no company, and a contract made "for the company" before that date binds nobody in the way the parties expect. That is the promoters' problem and it has its own chapter.

It does not mean the separation can never be looked through. It can, in defined situations, and that is the next chapter but one.

Limits and criticism

The separation is a rule of law, not a description of reality, and it produces results that look wrong to a non-lawyer. In a one-member company the member and the company are the same in every practical sense and different in law. That gap is exactly what the doctrine of lifting the veil exists to police.

A reform is pending, and it is not law. The Corporate Laws (Amendment) Bill 2026 would change several parts of this Act. It was introduced in Lok Sabha on 23 March 2026, referred the same day to a Joint Parliamentary Committee, which reported on 3 August 2026. It has not been passed by either House and has not received assent. Answer on the Act as it stands.

Quick revision

  • Definition: section 2(20), a company incorporated under this Act or any previous company law. Defined by how it came into being.
  • Formation: section 3(1), seven persons for a public company, two for a private, one for an OPC, by subscribing to a memorandum.
  • Kinds on formation: section 3(2), limited by shares, limited by guarantee, or unlimited.
  • The creating section: section 9. Body corporate, by the name in the memorandum, from the date on the certificate, with perpetual succession, power to hold property, to contract, and to sue and be sued.
  • "And a common seal" was omitted from section 9 by the Companies (Amendment) Act 2015 with effect from 29 May 2015.
  • The case: Salomon, for separate personality. In an Indian answer, cite section 9 and name Salomon.

Test yourself

1. Define a company under the Companies Act 2013. A company means a company incorporated under this Act or under any previous company law: section 2(20). The definition turns on registration, not on the nature of the business.

2. How many persons are needed to form a private company, and where does the number come from? Two or more, under section 3(1)(b). Seven or more for a public company under section 3(1)(a), and one for a One Person Company under section 3(1)(c).

3. From what date does a company exist? From the date of incorporation mentioned in the certificate of incorporation: section 9. Not from the date of filing.

4. A shareholder holding ninety per cent of a company's shares says the company's warehouse is "his". Is he right? No. Section 9 gives the company the power to acquire and hold property in its own name, so the warehouse belongs to the company. He owns shares, which measure his interest in the company, not in any particular asset.

munotes.in5

What a Company Is

5. Is a common seal a characteristic of every company? No, and this is a trap. The words "and a common seal" were omitted from section 9 by the Companies (Amendment) Act 2015 with effect from 29 May 2015. A company may have one; several sections now say "common seal, if any".

6. What happens to a One Person Company when its only member dies? The person named in the memorandum as nominee, who gave prior written consent, becomes the member: the first proviso to section 3(1). The memorandum must name that person at incorporation.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in6

Chapter Two

The Characteristics of a Company

Syllabus topic 1.1, label: "Nature and Characteristics of a Company"

In one line

A company has five features that follow automatically from registration: it is a separate person, it lives on regardless of its members, its members' liability is limited, its shares can be sold without disturbing the business, and it can own property, contract and litigate in its own name.

In exam wording: the characteristics of a company flow from section 9 of the Companies Act 2013, which makes the members a body corporate with perpetual succession and the power to acquire, hold and dispose of property, to contract, and to sue and be sued in its own name.

Why the law has this at all

The previous chapter explained why the law invents a separate person. This chapter is about what that invention gets you, and it is worth being precise, because "characteristics of a company" is one of the two or three questions most likely to appear on a Company Law paper and it is usually answered as a list of remembered words.

A list is not an answer. Each characteristic solves a specific practical problem, and each one is traceable to specific words in the Act. Answer it that way and it reads like law rather than like a memorised bullet list.

Some words this chapter uses

Perpetual succession means the company's existence does not depend on who its members are at any moment. Limited liability means a member cannot be made to pay the company's debts beyond a fixed amount. Movable property is property other than land and things attached to land; the distinction matters because movable property transfers differently. A debenture is an instrument acknowledging a debt owed by the company. A depository is an institution that holds shares in electronic form. An attorney, in section 22, means a person authorised in writing to act for another, not a lawyer.

The five characteristics, each tied to its words

1. Separate legal personality

Section 9 says the members shall be a body corporate. This is the parent characteristic and the other four are consequences of it.

The practical test is ownership. The company's factory belongs to the company. A member owns shares, and a share is an interest in the company, not a slice of any particular asset. This is why a member cannot insure the company's property in his own name: he has no insurable interest in a thing he does not own. That is the proposition Macaura v. Northern Assurance Co. Ltd. is cited for.

It also works the other way round. Because the company is a different person, a person can be both a controlling member and an employee of the same company, and can hold both relationships at once. That is the proposition Lee v. Lee's Air Farming Ltd. is cited for.

munotes.in7

The Characteristics of a Company

Both cases are named here without citations and without facts, and that is deliberate. No law report carrying either could be opened from where this book was written, and the house rule is that a citation is attached only to a report that has been read. See authorities/cases.json. In an Indian answer the authority is section 9, and the cases are named as the decisions that established the propositions.

2. Perpetual succession

Section 9 gives the company perpetual succession. Members die, sell out, go bankrupt or disappear; the company does not notice. It ends only when it is wound up or its name is struck off, both of which are formal legal processes with their own chapters.

Section 3A shows what happens when membership falls too low, and it is the closest the Act comes to an exception. If the number of members falls below seven in a public company or below two in a private company, and the company carries on business for more than six months in that state, then every member during that time who is aware of it becomes severally liable for the whole of the debts contracted during that period. Note carefully what that does and does not do: the company does not cease to exist, and its perpetual succession is untouched. What is lost is the members' limited liability.

3. Limited liability

This is not automatic, and saying that it is loses marks. A company may be limited by shares, limited by guarantee, or unlimited, under section 3(2), and only the first two have limited liability at all.

  • In a company limited by shares, section 2(22), the liability is limited to the amount, if any, unpaid on the shares held by the member. A member whose shares are fully paid can be called on for nothing.
  • In a company limited by guarantee, section 2(21), the liability is limited to the amount each member has undertaken by the memorandum to contribute to the assets in the event of winding up. Notice that this money is payable only on winding up, which is what makes guarantee companies suitable for clubs and charities that do not want capital from their members while they are running.
  • In an unlimited company there is no limit at all.

4. Transferability of shares

Section 44 is short and does a great deal of work:

The shares or debentures or other interest of any member in a company shall be movable property transferable in the manner provided by the articles of the company.

munotes.in8

The Characteristics of a Company

Three consequences. First, a share is movable property, so it moves like goods rather than like land. Second, it is transferable, which is what lets an investor exit without the company being disturbed. Third, transfer is in the manner provided by the articles, which is how a private company restricts transfer while remaining a company, under section 2(68).

Section 45 adds that every share in a company having a share capital must be distinguished by its distinctive number, unless it is held in a depository, that is, in electronic form. In practice almost all listed shares are now held that way, so the proviso has swallowed a good deal of the rule.

5. Capacity to contract, to own and to sue

Section 9 gives the company power to acquire, hold and dispose of property, both movable and immovable, tangible and intangible, to contract and to sue and be sued, by the said name. It does all of this through human beings, because it has no hands, and section 22 is where the Act says how.

Under section 22(1), a bill of exchange, hundi or promissory note is deemed to have been made, accepted, drawn or endorsed on behalf of the company if it is done in the name of, or on behalf of, or on account of the company by any person acting under its authority, express or implied.

Under section 22(2), the company may by writing under its common seal, if any, authorise a person as its attorney to execute deeds on its behalf, in or outside India. The proviso is the modern part: where the company does not have a common seal, the authorisation is made by two directors, or by a director and the Company Secretary where one has been appointed.

The common seal: the characteristic that was removed

Read the words of section 22(2) again. "Under its common seal, if any." That phrase was substituted by the Companies (Amendment) Act 2015. The same Act omitted the words "and a common seal" from section 9, with effect from 29 May 2015, and made the same change in section 46(1) so that a share certificate is one "issued under the common seal, if any, of the company".

So a company may keep a seal and many do, but a company without one is a perfectly ordinary company, and everything a seal used to be required for can now be done by two directors, or a director and the Company Secretary.

Say this in an answer and you will stand out, because the old list of characteristics ran "separate legal entity, perpetual succession, limited liability, common seal, transferability of shares" and that fourth item has been wrong since 2015.

munotes.in9

The Characteristics of a Company

A worked example

Mrs Karve holds ninety-eight of the hundred shares of Kolhapur Looms Private Limited, is its managing director, and draws a salary from it. The company owns a weaving shed, its looms, and a lorry.

Who owns the shed? The company, not Mrs Karve. Under section 9 the members are a body corporate with power to acquire, hold and dispose of property, and what she owns is ninety-eight shares, which are an interest in the company and not a slice of the shed. If she insures the shed in her own name she insures property that is not hers.

She dies. The company does not. Perpetual succession under section 9 means her shares pass to her legal representative and the company carries on without a pause, keeping its name, its contracts and its licences. Had this been a partnership, her death would have affected the firm itself.

Only one member left. Suppose her executor is the only member for eight months. The company continues to exist, but section 3A provides that where the number of members falls below two in a private company and the business is carried on for more than six months while it is so reduced, every person who is a member during that time and knows of it is severally liable for the whole of the debts contracted after those six months. So the separate personality survives; the limited liability does not.

Her salary. She is both the controlling member and an employee, and the two relationships are separate because the company is a different person from her. Her employment contract is with the company.

Her liability for a debt. The company owes a yarn supplier four lakh rupees and cannot pay. Her shares are fully paid, so under section 2(22) nothing further can be required of her, and the supplier has no claim against her personally. Had the company been limited by guarantee under section 2(21), she would have been liable for the amount she undertook by the memorandum to contribute in the event of winding up, and no more; had it been an unlimited company under section 3(2), there would have been no limit at all.

Selling out. She agrees to transfer sixty shares to her nephew. Under section 44 the shares are movable property transferable in the manner provided by the articles, and this being a private company the articles will restrict the transfer, so the transfer takes effect only as the articles allow. The shares she keeps carry distinctive numbers under section 45, unless they are held in a depository.

munotes.in10

The Characteristics of a Company

Signing for the company. The lorry is bought on a promissory note signed "for and on behalf of Kolhapur Looms Private Limited" by Mrs Karve as managing director. Under section 22(1) the note is deemed to have been made on behalf of the company, so the company is liable on it and she is not.

And the seal. The company has never had a common seal. That does not matter. Section 22(2) says "under its common seal, if any", the words having been substituted by the Companies (Amendment) Act, 2015, and a deed may instead be executed by two directors, or by a director and the company secretary where one is appointed. A student who lists the common seal among the characteristics of a company is describing the law as it stood before 2015.

Distinctions that carry marks

CompanyPartnership firm
Legal personalitySeparate from members, section 9None; the firm is the partners
Who owns the assetsThe companyThe partners jointly
LiabilityLimited, if limited by shares or guaranteeUnlimited and joint
SuccessionPerpetualEnds on death or retirement, subject to agreement
Transfer of interestFree, subject to the articles, section 44Only with the consent of all partners
Maximum membersNo general ceiling for a companyCapped; see section 464
ShareDebenture
What the holder isA member and an ownerA creditor
ReturnDividend, only out of profitsInterest, payable whether or not there are profits
VotingYes, section 47No
On winding upPaid lastPaid before members
Both areMovable property, transferable in the manner the articles provide, section 44

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean a company can do anything a human can. It cannot marry, cannot be imprisoned, and cannot take an oath. Where the Act punishes an offence with imprisonment, the punishment falls on the officer in default, not on the company.

It does not mean limited liability protects a member who behaves badly. Sections 3A, 7(6) and 339 all make individuals personally liable in defined circumstances, and they are the subject of the next chapter.

It does not mean a share gives you a share of the assets. It gives you a bundle of rights against the company: to vote, to dividends when declared, and to a share in the surplus on winding up after everybody else is paid.

Quick revision

  • Source of nearly all of them: section 9.
  • Separate personality: the company owns its property; a member does not, so he cannot insure it (Macaura). A member may also be an employee (Lee's Air Farming).
  • Perpetual succession: section 9. Section 3A is the exception that removes limited liability, not existence, after six months below seven or two members.
  • Limited liability: section 3(2) with sections 2(21) and 2(22). Not automatic; an unlimited company has none.
  • Transferability: section 44, shares are movable property transferable as the articles provide. Section 45, distinctive numbers, except in a depository.
  • Contracting: section 22. No seal needed; two directors, or a director and the Company Secretary.
  • The common seal is NOT a characteristic since 29 May 2015.
munotes.in11

The Characteristics of a Company

Test yourself

1. List the characteristics of a company and give the section for each. Separate legal personality, perpetual succession, and the power to hold property, contract and sue, all from section 9; limited liability from section 3(2) with sections 2(21) and 2(22); transferability from section 44.

2. Ravi owns all the shares in a company that owns a godown. He insures the godown in his own name. It burns down. Can he claim? No. The godown belongs to the company under section 9, and Ravi owns shares, not the godown, so he has no insurable interest in it. This is the point for which Macaura is cited.

3. A private company's membership falls to one, and it trades for eight months. What follows? Section 3A applies. Every person who was a member during the period after the first six months, and who was aware that the company was carrying on business with fewer than two members, becomes severally liable for the whole of the debts contracted during that time. The company continues to exist.

4. Does every company have a common seal? No. The words "and a common seal" were omitted from section 9 by the Companies (Amendment) Act 2015 with effect from 29 May 2015. Sections 22(2) and 46(1) now read "common seal, if any", and the proviso to section 22(2) lets two directors, or a director and the Company Secretary, authorise an attorney where there is no seal.

5. Distinguish a share from a debenture. A shareholder is a member and an owner, gets a dividend only out of profits, votes under section 47, and is paid last on winding up. A debenture holder is a creditor, gets interest whether or not there are profits, does not vote, and is paid before members. Both are movable property under section 44.

6. Are shares freely transferable in every company? No. Section 44 makes them transferable in the manner provided by the articles, and section 2(68) requires a private company's articles to restrict the right to transfer its shares.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in12

Chapter Three

Lifting the Corporate Veil

Syllabus topic 1.1, label: "Doctrine of Lifting of the Corporate Veil"

In one line

Lifting the corporate veil means looking past the company at the people behind it, and making those people answer personally for what the company did.

In exam wording: the corporate veil is the separation between a company and its members created by section 9. Lifting or piercing the veil is the exception, and it is done either by a court where the corporate form is used to defeat the law, or by statute, which the Companies Act 2013 does in sections 3A, 7(6), 7(7), 339 and 464.

Why the law has this at all

The previous two chapters built a wall. This one is about the door in it.

Separate personality is granted for a purpose: to let people pool money and take business risks without betting their houses. It is not granted so that a debtor can move his assets into a company and tell his creditors there is nothing to take, or so that a man forbidden to compete can compete through a company he owns.

So the law keeps a power to look through. Used too readily, that power destroys the certainty that makes companies useful, and nobody would invest. Used too rarely, the company becomes a device for cheating. Every case in this area is really about where that line sits.

Some words this chapter uses

The veil is a metaphor for the separation between the company and its members. To lift or pierce the veil is to disregard that separation. Severally liable means each person is liable for the whole amount, so a creditor may recover all of it from any one of them. A contributory is a person liable to contribute to a company's assets when it is wound up. The Official Liquidator and the Company Liquidator are the officers who take charge of a company being wound up. Misfeasance is a wrongful act by an officer of a company in relation to its property or affairs.

The two routes: judicial and statutory

Judicial lifting happens when a court decides that on the facts the corporate form is being used as a cloak. The recognised situations are the classic essay: fraud or improper conduct, evasion of a legal obligation or a contract, determining the enemy character of a company in wartime, tax evasion, and treating a group of companies as one economic unit. These are categories developed by decisions, and this book does not print the decisions' facts because it has not read their reports.

Statutory lifting is where the marks are, and it is where most students are weakest, because it is specific and citable. The Act itself names the occasions. They are set out below in the Act's own words.

munotes.in13

Lifting the Corporate Veil

Section 3A: membership below the minimum

If at any time the number of members of a company is reduced, in the case of a public company, below seven, in the case of a private company, below two, and the company carries on business for more than six months while the number of members is so reduced, every person who is a member of the company during the time that it so carries on business after those six months and is cognisant of the fact that it is carrying on business with less than seven members or two members, as the case may be, shall be severally liable for the payment of the whole debts of the company contracted during that time, and may be severally sued therefor.

Broken down, four conditions must all be satisfied:

  1. Membership falls below seven (public) or below two (private).
  2. The company carries on business in that state.
  3. It does so for more than six months.
  4. The member sought to be charged is cognisant of the fact, that is, knows about it.

Only then, and only for debts contracted after those six months, is the member severally liable, meaning a creditor can recover the whole debt from him alone.

Notice what is not affected. The company continues to exist and keeps its separate personality; section 3A takes away the members' limited liability, not the company's personality. That distinction is worth a sentence in an answer.

Section 7(5), (6) and (7): a company got by lying

Section 7 is the incorporation section. Its last three sub-sections deal with what happens when the company was obtained dishonestly, and they escalate.

Section 7(5). If any person furnishes false or incorrect particulars, or suppresses material information of which he is aware, in any document filed for registration, he shall be liable for action under section 447, which is the Act's fraud provision.

Section 7(6). Where, at any time after incorporation, it is proved that the company was got incorporated by false or incorrect information or representation, by suppressing a material fact, or by any fraudulent action, then the promoters, the persons named as the first directors, and the persons who made the declaration under section 7(1)(b) shall each be liable for action under section 447.

Section 7(7). This is the true veil-lifting provision, because it reaches the company itself. On an application, and on being satisfied that the situation warrants it, the Tribunal may:

  • (a) pass such orders as it thinks fit for regulation of the management of the company, including changes in its memorandum and articles, in the public interest or in the interest of the company and its members and creditors;
  • (b) direct that the liability of the members shall be unlimited;
  • (c) direct removal of the name of the company from the register of companies;
  • (d) pass an order for the winding up of the company; or
  • (e) pass such other orders as it may deem fit.
munotes.in14

Lifting the Corporate Veil

Two safeguards in the proviso. Before making any such order the Tribunal must give the company a reasonable opportunity of being heard, and must take into consideration the transactions entered into by the company, including obligations contracted and any liability paid. The second one exists because innocent outsiders have usually dealt with the company by then.

Clause (b) is the striking one. The Tribunal can convert a limited company into an unlimited one by order, which is veil-lifting written into the statute.

Section 339: fraudulent conduct of business

This one operates in the course of winding up.

If in the course of the winding up of a company, it appears that any business of the company has been carried on with intent to defraud creditors of the company or any other persons or for any fraudulent purpose, the Tribunal, on the application of the Official Liquidator, or the Company Liquidator or any creditor or contributory of the company, may, if it thinks it proper so to do, declare that any person, who is or has been a director, manager, or officer of the company or any persons who were knowingly parties to the carrying on of the business in the manner aforesaid shall be personally responsible, without any limitation of liability, for all or any of the debts or other liabilities of the company as the Tribunal may direct.

Take the elements in order:

  1. The company is being wound up. Section 339 cannot be used against a going concern.
  2. Business was carried on with intent to defraud creditors or others, or for any fraudulent purpose.
  3. Who can apply: the Official Liquidator, the Company Liquidator, any creditor, or any contributory.
  4. Who can be made liable: a director, manager or officer, past or present, or any person who was knowingly a party to carrying on the business that way. Note that the last limb catches people who were never officers at all.
  5. The consequence: personally responsible, without any limitation of liability, for such debts as the Tribunal directs.

The words "without any limitation of liability" are the point. Limited liability is simply switched off for that person.

Section 464: too many members outside a company

Section 464(1) forbids an association or partnership of more than the prescribed number of persons, formed to carry on business for gain, unless it is registered as a company or formed under some other law. The proviso caps the prescribable number at one hundred.

munotes.in15

Lifting the Corporate Veil

Section 464(2) exempts two cases: a Hindu undivided family carrying on business, and an association or partnership formed by professionals governed by special Acts, which is why very large firms of chartered accountants and advocates are lawful.

Section 464(3) is the veil-lifting part: every member of an association carrying on business in contravention shall be punishable with fine which may extend to one lakh rupees and shall also be personally liable for all liabilities incurred in such business.

A worked example

Sunil owes a decree of forty lakh rupees to a bank. Before the bank can execute, he forms Sunview Trading Private Limited, transfers his shop and his stock to it for a nominal price, takes ninety-nine of its hundred shares, and tells the bank the shop is no longer his.

What the bank cannot do. It cannot simply say "the company is Sunil". Section 9 stands, and Salomon's principle stands with it. The company owns the shop.

What the bank can do. It can ask a court to look through the arrangement, because the corporate form has been used for the single purpose of defeating an existing obligation, and that is the paradigm case for judicial lifting. It can point to the timing, the nominal price and the ninety-nine per cent shareholding as evidence of purpose.

And if the company is wound up, section 339 becomes available: the business was carried on with intent to defraud a creditor, and Sunil, as a director and as a person knowingly a party to it, may be declared personally responsible without any limitation of liability for the company's debts, on the application of the liquidator or of the bank itself as a creditor.

Change one fact. Suppose Sunil had formed the company two years before the loan and had run a genuine business through it. The bank's argument collapses, because there is nothing to look through. Incorporating to limit future risk is the whole purpose of company law; incorporating to escape a debt you already owe is not.

Distinctions that carry marks

Judicial liftingStatutory lifting
SourceDecisions of courtsNamed sections of the Act
WhenFraud, evasion of law or contract, enemy character, tax evasion, single economic unitSections 3A, 7(6), 7(7), 339, 464
Who decidesThe court on the factsThe Tribunal or the court applying a stated condition
CertaintyDepends on the factsConditions are printed in the section
EffectVariesStated in the section, up to unlimited liability

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean the company disappears. In almost every instance the company continues; what changes is that a person behind it is also liable. Section 7(7)(c) and (d), removal from the register and winding up, are the exceptions.

munotes.in16

Lifting the Corporate Veil

It does not mean a court will lift the veil because the result seems unfair. Salomon's principle is the rule and lifting is the exception, and an examiner will expect you to say so before you list the exceptions.

It does not mean a one-member company is a sham. Section 3(1)(c) expressly allows a One Person Company, so having a single member is lawful and is not by itself a ground for lifting anything.

Limits and criticism

The judicial categories are criticised as vague. "Fraud" and "single economic unit" are not tests so much as labels applied after the decision has been made, and the same facts can be described either way. That vagueness is the reason the statutory instances matter: they tell a person in advance exactly when their limited liability is at risk.

The counter-argument is that a closed statutory list would be gamed within a year, and that the courts need a residual power precisely because dishonest people are inventive. An answer that sets out both sides is a better answer than one that recites categories.

Quick revision

  • The rule is separate personality, section 9. Lifting is the exception.
  • Judicial grounds: fraud or improper conduct, evasion of law or of a contract, enemy character, tax evasion, single economic unit.
  • Section 3A: below seven or two members, business carried on more than six months, member aware, severally liable for debts of that period.
  • Section 7(5): false particulars, action under section 447.
  • Section 7(6): company got incorporated by fraud, promoters, first directors and declarants liable under section 447.
  • Section 7(7): Tribunal may regulate management, make members' liability unlimited, strike off, wind up, or make any other order. Hearing first, and past transactions considered.
  • Section 339: in winding up, business carried on to defraud, director, manager, officer or knowing party personally responsible without limit.
  • Section 464: association above the prescribed number, capped at one hundred, fine up to one lakh rupees and personal liability. HUF and professionals exempt.

Test yourself

1. What is meant by lifting the corporate veil? Disregarding the separation between a company and the persons behind it, created by section 9, so as to fix those persons with liability or to look at their characteristics. It is an exception to the rule in Salomon.

2. Name five statutory instances under the Companies Act 2013. Section 3A, membership below the minimum for over six months; section 7(6), incorporation obtained by fraud; section 7(7), the Tribunal's power to make members' liability unlimited; section 339, fraudulent conduct of business in a winding up; section 464(3), association exceeding the prescribed number.

munotes.in17

Lifting the Corporate Veil

3. Under section 339, who may apply and against whom? The Official Liquidator, the Company Liquidator, any creditor or any contributory may apply. The declaration may be made against any past or present director, manager or officer, and against any person who was knowingly a party to carrying on the business with intent to defraud.

4. A public company has had five members for four months and is trading. Are the members personally liable? Not yet. Section 3A requires the business to be carried on for more than six months while the number is reduced. At four months the condition is not satisfied. Liability, if it comes, attaches only to debts contracted after the six months and only to members who are aware of the position.

5. What is the maximum number of persons who may carry on business in an unregistered association? Such number as may be prescribed, and the proviso to section 464(1) says the prescribed number shall not exceed one hundred. A Hindu undivided family, and an association of professionals governed by special Acts, are outside the section altogether.

6. Can the Tribunal make the members of a limited company unlimitedly liable? Yes, in one situation: section 7(7)(b), where the company was got incorporated by false or incorrect information, by suppression of a material fact, or by any fraudulent action. The company must first be heard, and the Tribunal must consider the transactions it has already entered into.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in18

Chapter Four

Citizenship, Nationality and Residence of a Company

Syllabus topic 1.1, label: "Citizenship of a Company"

In one line

A company is not a citizen, but it does have a nationality and a residence, and the three are different questions with different answers.

In exam wording: a company is a legal person but not a natural person, so it cannot be a citizen and cannot claim the fundamental rights that the Constitution gives only to citizens. It does, however, have a nationality, fixed by the country under whose law it is incorporated, and a residence, fixed by where its control and management actually sit.

Why the law has this at all

The confusion this topic exists to clear up comes from taking "legal person" too literally. Section 9 makes a company a person, and a beginner naturally asks: if it is a person, is it an Indian?

The answer has to be no, because citizenship is a status the Constitution and the Citizenship Act confer on human beings, by birth, descent, registration, naturalisation or incorporation of territory. None of those five routes is available to a thing that comes into existence when a Registrar signs a certificate.

But it cannot be nothing either. A company plainly belongs somewhere: it was registered somewhere, it is taxed somewhere, and in wartime somebody has to decide whether it is friend or enemy. So the law gives it nationality and residence instead, and keeps those separate from citizenship.

Some words this chapter uses

A citizen is a person on whom the state confers full membership of the political community. A natural person is a human being; a juristic or legal person is anything else the law treats as a person. Nationality, for a company, means the legal system it belongs to. Residence means where a company actually is for the purposes of a particular law, most often tax. Domicile is the place a company is permanently attached to, and for a company it is the place of incorporation and does not change.

The three questions, kept apart

1. Is a company a citizen? No.

The Constitution gives some rights to all persons and some only to citizens. Article 14, equality before the law, is given to "any person", and a company can claim it. The freedoms in Article 19, including the freedom to practise any profession or to carry on any occupation, trade or business, are given to "all citizens", and a company cannot claim them in its own right.

That is the whole of the doctrine and it is usually all that is asked. Two refinements are worth a sentence each.

First, the shareholders' rights are not lost. Where state action against a company also injures the fundamental rights of its shareholders as individuals, the shareholders may complain, because they are citizens even though the company is not.

munotes.in19

Citizenship, Nationality and Residence of a Company

Second, "not a citizen" is not "no rights". A company holds the rights given to persons, and it holds its ordinary legal rights of property and contract under section 9 in full. Nothing about the citizenship rule weakens the company's separate personality.

2. What is a company's nationality? The country it was incorporated in.

A company's nationality follows its place of incorporation, and the Companies Act works on exactly that footing. Section 2(20) defines a company as one incorporated under this Act or under any previous company law, so an Indian company is an Indian company because it is on the Indian register.

Everything else is a foreign company. Section 2(42) defines it as:

any company or body corporate incorporated outside India which (a) has a place of business in India whether by itself or through an agent, physically or through electronic mode; and (b) conducts any business activity in India in any other manner.

Note the two limbs. Being incorporated outside India is not by itself enough to make a body a "foreign company" for this Act; it must also have a place of business in India and conduct business activity here. A company in Singapore with no Indian presence is simply outside the Act.

3. Where does a company reside? Where it is really controlled.

Nationality is fixed once and for all at incorporation. Residence is a question of fact and can change, because it asks where the company's central control and management actually are. This is why an Indian-registered company may be resident abroad for a particular purpose, and why a foreign-registered company controlled from Mumbai may be treated as resident here.

The Act contains a striking illustration of the same instinct. Section 379(2) provides that where not less than fifty per cent of the paid-up share capital of a foreign company, whether equity or preference or partly both, is held by one or more citizens of India, or by one or more companies or bodies corporate incorporated in India, or by a combination of the two, whether singly or in the aggregate, that company shall comply with the provisions of this Chapter and such other provisions of this Act as may be prescribed with regard to the business carried on by it in India as if it were a company incorporated in India.

Read that carefully, because it is the most examinable sentence in this chapter. The company's nationality does not change. It remains incorporated outside India. What changes is the regulatory treatment: for its Indian business it is treated as if it were an Indian company. That is the law choosing substance over the register, and it is the same instinct that drives veil-lifting.

munotes.in20

Citizenship, Nationality and Residence of a Company

Section 379(1) sets the baseline: sections 380 to 386 and sections 392 and 393 apply to all foreign companies, whoever owns them.

A worked example

Harbour Analytics Pte Ltd is incorporated in Singapore. It opens an office in Andheri and sells software to Indian banks. Sixty per cent of its shares are held by two Indian citizens and by an Indian private company.

Is it a citizen of India? No, and neither would an Indian-registered company be. Citizenship is not available to any company.

What is its nationality? Singaporean. It was incorporated under Singapore law and that does not change because Indians bought its shares.

Is it a "foreign company" under this Act? Yes. It is incorporated outside India, it has a place of business in India, and it conducts business activity here, so section 2(42) is satisfied on both limbs.

What follows from the sixty per cent? Section 379(2) is triggered, because at least fifty per cent of the paid-up share capital is held by Indian citizens and an Indian company in the aggregate. So for the business it carries on in India it must comply with Chapter XXII and such other provisions as are prescribed as if it were an Indian company. Sections 380 to 386, 392 and 393 would have applied to it anyway under section 379(1).

Change one fact. If the Indian holding were forty per cent, section 379(2) would not bite, and only section 379(1) would apply. The company would still be a foreign company; it would simply carry a lighter load.

Distinctions that carry marks

CitizenshipNationalityResidence
Available to a company?NoYesYes
Fixed byThe Constitution and the Citizenship Act, for human beingsPlace of incorporationWhere control and management actually are
Can it change?Not applicableNoYes, it is a question of fact
Why it mattersArticle 19 rights cannot be claimed by a companyDecides which company law governs itDecides tax and, historically, enemy character

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean a company has no constitutional protection. Rights given to "any person", such as Article 14, are available to it.

It does not mean shareholders lose their rights. They are citizens and their own fundamental rights survive the fact that they invested through a company.

It does not mean a foreign company escapes Indian law. Section 379(1) applies a defined set of provisions to every foreign company, and section 379(2) applies much more where the ownership is substantially Indian.

It does not mean nationality and residence are the same. Mixing them is the commonest error here. Nationality is fixed at incorporation; residence is a factual question about control.

munotes.in21

Citizenship, Nationality and Residence of a Company

Quick revision

  • Citizen: no. A company is a juristic person, not a natural one, so it cannot claim Article 19 rights. It can claim rights given to "any person", such as Article 14.
  • Shareholders: remain citizens and keep their own fundamental rights.
  • Nationality: the country of incorporation. Section 2(20) for Indian companies.
  • Foreign company: section 2(42), incorporated outside India, and has a place of business in India, and conducts business activity here.
  • Section 379(1): sections 380 to 386, 392 and 393 apply to all foreign companies.
  • Section 379(2): fifty per cent or more of the paid-up capital held by Indian citizens or Indian bodies corporate, singly or in the aggregate, means the company complies with Chapter XXII as if it were incorporated in India, for its Indian business.
  • Residence: where central control and management are. A question of fact, and it can change.

Test yourself

1. Is a company a citizen of India? No. Citizenship is conferred on natural persons. A company is a juristic person, so it cannot claim the rights that Article 19 gives to citizens only, though it can claim rights given to any person, such as Article 14.

2. If a company cannot claim Article 19, is its business unprotected? No. The shareholders are citizens and may complain of state action that infringes their own fundamental rights, and the company retains its ordinary legal rights of property and contract under section 9.

3. Define a foreign company. Section 2(42): any company or body corporate incorporated outside India which has a place of business in India, whether by itself or through an agent, physically or through electronic mode, and conducts any business activity in India in any other manner.

4. A company incorporated in Dubai has seventy per cent of its shares held by Indian citizens and runs a branch in Pune. What is the consequence? Section 379(2) applies, because not less than fifty per cent of the paid-up share capital is held by Indian citizens. For the business it carries on in India it must comply with Chapter XXII and such other provisions as may be prescribed as if it were a company incorporated in India. Its nationality remains foreign.

5. Distinguish the nationality of a company from its residence. Nationality is fixed by the place of incorporation and does not change. Residence depends on where the central control and management of the company actually are, is a question of fact, and can change.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in22

Chapter Five

Types of Companies by Liability and Membership

Syllabus topic 1.1, label: "Types of Companies"

In one line

Companies sort along two independent axes, and this chapter takes the first: how far the members can be made to pay, and how many of them there are.

In exam wording: under section 3(2) a company may be limited by shares, limited by guarantee or unlimited; and under section 2 it may be private, public, a One Person Company or a small company, according to its membership and its size.

Why the law has this at all

A company that is going to raise money from the public and a company that two brothers run between them need very different rules. If the law imposed the public company's rules on the brothers, nobody would incorporate a small business. If it let a company selling shares to strangers run on the brothers' rules, the strangers would be robbed.

So the Act sorts companies into classes and attaches a different weight of regulation to each. Almost every later chapter in this book has a sentence beginning "in the case of a public company", and this chapter is what makes those sentences mean something.

The two axes are independent and that is the thing students get wrong. "Private" and "limited by shares" are not alternatives; they are answers to different questions. A company can be private and limited by shares, which most Indian companies are, or public and limited by guarantee, or private and unlimited.

Some words this chapter uses

Paid-up share capital, section 2(64), is the money actually received by the company on its shares. Turnover is the value of what the company sold in a financial year. A subscriber is one of the first members who signs the memorandum. Winding up is the process of closing a company and distributing its assets. A joint holding is one share held by two or more people together.

Axis one: liability, under section 3(2)

Section 3(2) says a company formed under section 3(1) may be either a company limited by shares, or a company limited by guarantee, or an unlimited company. That is a closed list of three.

Limited by shares

Section 2(22): a company having the liability of its members limited by the memorandum to the amount, if any, unpaid on the shares respectively held by them.

Four things follow. The limit is set by the memorandum. It is the unpaid amount, so a member with fully paid shares owes nothing more. The words "if any" matter, because if nothing is unpaid the liability is nil. And the limit attaches to the shares, so it travels with them.

This is the ordinary commercial company and the great majority of companies in India are of this kind.

munotes.in23

Types of Companies by Liability and Membership

Limited by guarantee

Section 2(21): a company having the liability of its members limited by the memorandum to such amount as the members may respectively undertake to contribute to the assets of the company in the event of its being wound up.

The differences from the first kind are worth spelling out because they are examined together. The member does not buy shares; he promises an amount. The promise is enforceable only in the event of winding up, so while the company is a going concern the members owe nothing at all. And the amount is whatever each member undertook in the memorandum, so different members may have undertaken different amounts.

That is exactly what a club, a trade association, a school or a research body needs. It wants members, not investors, and it does not want to hand out shares. A guarantee company may also have a share capital, in which case its members carry both liabilities.

Unlimited

Section 3(2)(c). The members' liability is not limited at all, and on a winding up they must contribute whatever is needed to pay the debts. It is rare, and it is chosen where members want to signal that they stand fully behind the business, or where the regulatory relief for unlimited companies is worth more than the protection given up.

Axis two: membership

Private company, section 2(68)

A private company is one having a minimum paid-up share capital as may be prescribed, and which by its articles:

  • (i) restricts the right to transfer its shares;
  • (ii) except in the case of a One Person Company, limits the number of its members to two hundred, joint holders being counted as a single member; and
  • (iii) prohibits any invitation to the public to subscribe for any securities of the company.

About the capital. The words "of one lakh rupees or such higher paid-up share capital" were omitted by the Companies (Amendment) Act 2015 with effect from 29 May 2015. What survives is "as may be prescribed", and no minimum is prescribed. So a private company can be incorporated with a paid-up capital of one hundred rupees. Writing that a private company needs one lakh rupees is an error of live law.

About the two hundred. Note two things. The count is of members, not of shareholders as individuals, so joint holders of a share are one member. And the limit is on members, not on employees or former employees who became members while employed, who are excluded by the second proviso.

About the restriction on transfer. This is the clause that makes a private company private in practice. Read it alongside section 44, which makes shares transferable in the manner provided by the articles. Section 44 is what gives the articles the power that section 2(68)(i) then requires them to use.

munotes.in24

Types of Companies by Liability and Membership

Public company, section 2(71)

A public company is one which:

  • (a) is not a private company; and
  • (b) has a minimum paid-up share capital as may be prescribed.

The definition is deliberately residual. A company is public because it is not private, not because of anything it does. The words "of five lakh rupees or such higher paid-up capital," were omitted by the same 2015 Act on the same day, so there is no capital floor here either.

The proviso is the sting, and it is heavily examined:

a company which is a subsidiary of a company, not being a private company, shall be deemed to be public company for the purposes of this Act even where such subsidiary company continues to be a private company in its articles.

So a private company that is a subsidiary of a public company is treated as public, no matter what its own articles say. It keeps its restrictive articles and it loses its private status. Students almost always miss this.

One Person Company, section 2(62)

"One Person Company" means a company which has only one person as a member. Section 3(1)(c) allows it to be formed, and says it is a private company, so everything said about private companies applies to it except the two hundred member ceiling, which section 2(68)(ii) expressly disapplies.

The four provisos to section 3(1), covering the nominee, are set out in [What a Company Is] and are the distinctive feature: the memorandum must name a person, with prior written consent, who becomes the member on the subscriber's death or incapacity.

Small company, section 2(85)

A small company is a company, other than a public company, of which:

  • (i) the paid-up share capital does not exceed fifty lakh rupees, or such higher amount as may be prescribed, which shall not be more than ten crore rupees; and
  • (ii) the turnover as per the profit and loss account for the immediately preceding financial year does not exceed two crore rupees, or such higher amount as may be prescribed, which shall not be more than one hundred crore rupees.

Both limbs must be satisfied, because the clause says "and".

The proviso excludes three kinds outright, whatever their size: (A) a holding company or a subsidiary company; (B) a company registered under section 8; and (C) a company or body corporate governed by any special Act.

Note the drafting technique in the two figures. The section states a figure and then a ceiling on what may be prescribed, so the Government can raise the threshold by rule up to ten crore and one hundred crore but no further. Small company status is not a separate kind of company; it is a size label that switches on relief in later chapters, such as fewer board meetings and a simpler annual return.

munotes.in25

Types of Companies by Liability and Membership

Pending reform, not law. The Corporate Laws (Amendment) Bill 2026 would raise these thresholds. It is before a Joint Parliamentary Committee, which reported on 3 August 2026, and it has not been passed or assented to. Answer on the figures above.

A worked example

Meera and Farhan want to open a design studio in Dadar.

They are two, so under section 3(1)(b) they may form a private company. They choose to be limited by shares under section 3(2)(a), so their liability will be limited to any amount unpaid on their shares, under section 2(22).

Their articles must, under section 2(68), restrict the transfer of shares, cap members at two hundred, and prohibit any invitation to the public. They put in a paid-up capital of ten thousand rupees, which is lawful, because the one lakh rupee floor was removed on 29 May 2015.

In its first year the studio's paid-up capital is ten thousand rupees and its turnover is eighty lakh rupees. Both are within section 2(85), it is not a public company, and it is not a holding or subsidiary company, a section 8 company or governed by a special Act. It is a small company and gets the reliefs that go with that.

Now change one fact. A listed public company buys sixty per cent of the studio. Two things happen at once. By the proviso to section 2(71) the studio is deemed to be a public company, even though its articles still restrict transfers. And by proviso (A) to section 2(85) it stops being a small company, because it is now a subsidiary. Its capital and turnover have not moved at all.

Distinctions that carry marks

Private companyPublic company
DefinitionSection 2(68), by what its articles must doSection 2(71), residual: not a private company
Members, minimumTwo, section 3(1)(b); one for an OPCSeven, section 3(1)(a)
Members, maximumTwo hundred, except an OPCNo limit
Transfer of sharesArticles must restrict itFreely transferable
Public invitationArticles must prohibit itPermitted, under Chapter III
Minimum paid-up capitalNone prescribed since 29 May 2015None prescribed since 29 May 2015
Subsidiary of a public companyDeemed public, proviso to section 2(71)Not applicable
Limited by sharesLimited by guaranteeUnlimited
Section2(22)2(21)3(2)(c)
Measure of liabilityAmount unpaid on sharesAmount undertaken in the memorandumNo limit
When payableOn call, at any timeOnly on winding upOn winding up
Typical useTrading and commercialClubs, associations, research bodiesRare
munotes.in26

Types of Companies by Liability and Membership

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean "private" and "limited by shares" are alternatives. They answer different questions and every company has an answer to both.

It does not mean a private company is small. Some of the largest companies in India are private companies. Size is section 2(85); privateness is section 2(68).

It does not mean a small company is a separate kind of company. It is a label that attaches to a private company for as long as it stays under both thresholds, and it falls away the moment either is crossed or the company becomes a subsidiary.

It does not mean a One Person Company has one director. It has one member. Directors are a different question entirely.

Quick revision

  • Section 3(2): limited by shares, limited by guarantee, or unlimited. A closed list.
  • 2(22) unpaid on shares; 2(21) amount undertaken, payable only on winding up.
  • 2(68) private: articles restrict transfer, cap members at two hundred except an OPC, prohibit public invitation. Joint holders count as one.
  • 2(71) public: not a private company. Proviso: a subsidiary of a non-private company is deemed public.
  • No minimum paid-up capital for either since 29 May 2015, Act 21 of 2015.
  • 2(62) OPC: one member; a private company by section 3(1)(c).
  • 2(85) small: not public, capital up to fifty lakh (prescribable to ten crore) and turnover up to two crore (prescribable to one hundred crore). Excludes holding and subsidiary companies, section 8 companies, and companies under a special Act.
  • Section 464: unregistered associations above the prescribed number, capped at one hundred.

Test yourself

1. What are the three kinds of company by liability? Limited by shares, limited by guarantee, and unlimited: section 3(2).

2. What must a private company's articles contain? Under section 2(68): a restriction on the right to transfer its shares; a limit of two hundred members, except in a One Person Company; and a prohibition on any invitation to the public to subscribe for its securities.

3. What is the minimum paid-up capital of a public company? None. The words "of five lakh rupees or such higher paid-up capital," were omitted from section 2(71) by the Companies (Amendment) Act 2015 with effect from 29 May 2015, and nothing has been prescribed in their place.

4. A private company is a wholly owned subsidiary of a listed company. Its articles still restrict transfers. Is it private? No. By the proviso to section 2(71) it is deemed to be a public company for the purposes of the Act, even though it continues to be a private company in its articles.

munotes.in27

Types of Companies by Liability and Membership

5. A company has paid-up capital of forty lakh rupees and turnover of one crore fifty lakh rupees, and is a subsidiary of another company. Is it a small company? No. Both numerical limbs of section 2(85) are satisfied, but proviso (A) excludes a subsidiary company outright.

6. In a company limited by guarantee, when does a member have to pay? Only in the event of the company being wound up, and then only the amount he undertook by the memorandum to contribute: section 2(21).

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in28

Chapter Six

Types of Companies by Control and Purpose

Syllabus topic 1.1, label: "Types of Companies"

In one line

The second way of sorting companies asks who controls them and what they exist for: whether another company controls them, whether the Government does, whether they trade at all, and whether they were set up for a special purpose the Act singles out.

In exam wording: besides the classification by liability and membership, the Companies Act 2013 recognises holding, subsidiary and associate companies under sections 2(46), 2(87) and 2(6); Government companies under section 2(45); foreign companies under section 2(42); dormant companies under section 455; Nidhi companies under section 406; producer companies under Chapter XXIA; and companies with charitable objects under section 8.

Why the law has this at all

Once companies can own shares in other companies, a single business can be spread across twenty legal persons. If the law looked only at each company on its own, a group could hide its debts in one subsidiary, its profits in another and its risks in a third, and no shareholder or creditor could see the whole.

So the Act defines the relationships between companies, and then uses those definitions to require consolidated accounts, to restrict loans and investments inside a group, and to stop the circular shareholding that would let a group own itself. The definitions in this chapter are the plumbing for a good deal of Modules II and III.

The other companies here exist for a different reason: they are ordinary companies doing something the Act wants to treat specially, either because the Government owns them, or because they do not trade, or because they are doing a job the law wants to encourage.

Some words this chapter uses

Control, for these purposes, is defined in each clause and is not left to ordinary language. Total voting power means the total number of votes that may be cast at a general meeting. A layer of subsidiaries means one step down the ownership chain. A joint venture is defined in the Explanation to section 2(6). An intellectual property is a right such as a patent or a trade mark. Beneficial interest means the real ownership behind a registered name.

The group relationships

Subsidiary, section 2(87)

A subsidiary, in relation to any other company (that is to say the holding company), means a company in which the holding company:

  • (i) controls the composition of the Board of Directors; or
  • (ii) exercises or controls more than one-half of the total voting power either at its own or together with one or more of its subsidiary companies.

The "or" is the point. There are two independent tests, and satisfying either one is enough. A company that holds only thirty per cent of the shares but can appoint or remove a majority of the board is a holding company just as surely as one that holds fifty-one per cent.

munotes.in29

Types of Companies by Control and Purpose

Test (i), control of composition, means the power to appoint or remove all or a majority of the directors. Test (ii), more than one-half of the total voting power, is a bare arithmetic test, and the words "either at its own or together with one or more of its subsidiary companies" make it a group test: A holds thirty per cent of C directly and owns B, which holds twenty-five per cent of C. Together that is fifty-five per cent, so C is A's subsidiary.

The proviso limits layers. Such class or classes of holding companies as may be prescribed shall not have layers of subsidiaries beyond such numbers as may be prescribed. The mischief is a chain of companies so long that nobody can trace who really owns the business at the bottom.

Holding company, section 2(46)

A company of which such companies are subsidiary companies. It is purely the mirror of section 2(87), so all the work is done there. The Explanation adds that for this clause "company" includes any body corporate, which matters because it brings in bodies that are not companies registered under this Act.

Associate company, section 2(6)

A company in which that other company has a significant influence, but which is not a subsidiary company of the company having such influence, and includes a joint venture company.

The Explanation defines both key terms:

  • "significant influence" means control of at least twenty per cent of total voting power, or control of or participation in business decisions under an agreement;
  • "joint venture" means a joint arrangement whereby the parties that have joint control of the arrangement have rights to the net assets of the arrangement.

So the ladder is: twenty per cent or more but not control equals associate; control equals subsidiary. And note that significant influence has a second route that has nothing to do with shares at all: control of or participation in business decisions under an agreement. A company with no shareholding whatever can be an associate if there is such an agreement.

Section 19: a subsidiary may not hold shares in its holding company

This section exists to stop a group owning itself, which would let the same money be counted as capital twice.

Section 19(1) provides that no company shall, either by itself or through its nominees, hold any shares in its holding company, and no holding company shall allot or transfer its shares to any of its subsidiary companies, and any such allotment or transfer shall be void.

munotes.in30

Types of Companies by Control and Purpose

Three exceptions in the first proviso, where the subsidiary holds the shares:

  • (a) as the legal representative of a deceased member of the holding company;
  • (b) as a trustee; or
  • (c) where the subsidiary was a shareholder even before it became a subsidiary.

The second proviso restricts voting: a subsidiary within the exceptions may vote at a meeting of the holding company only in respect of the shares it holds as a legal representative or as a trustee, that is, under (a) or (b). So the (c) shareholding is tolerated but silent.

Section 19(2) deals with a holding company that has no share capital, being limited by guarantee or unlimited: the reference to shares is read as a reference to the interest of its members, whatever be the form of interest.

Government company, section 2(45)

Any company in which not less than fifty-one per cent of the paid-up share capital is held by the Central Government, or by any State Government or Governments, or partly by the Central Government and partly by one or more State Governments, and includes a company which is a subsidiary company of such a Government company.

Three points. The threshold is not less than fifty-one per cent, so exactly fifty-one qualifies. The holding may be aggregated across the Centre and one or more States. And a subsidiary of a Government company is itself a Government company, which extends the definition a long way down a group.

A Government company is an ordinary company in all other respects. It is registered under this Act, it has shareholders and directors, and it can be sued. Being a Government company is not the same as being the Government, and the separate personality in section 9 applies to it exactly as to any other company.

Dormant company, section 455

Section 455(1) lets a company apply to the Registrar for the status of a dormant company where it is formed and registered for a future project or to hold an asset or intellectual property and has no significant accounting transaction, or where it is an inactive company.

The Explanation defines both terms and they are examinable:

  • "inactive company" means a company which has not been carrying on any business or operation, or has not made any significant accounting transaction during the last two financial years, or has not filed financial statements and annual returns during the last two financial years.
  • "significant accounting transaction" means any transaction other than: (a) payment of fees to the Registrar; (b) payments made to fulfil the requirements of this Act or any other law; (c) allotment of shares to fulfil the requirements of this Act; and (d) payments for maintenance of its office and records.
munotes.in31

Types of Companies by Control and Purpose

Read (a) to (d) again. They are the four things a company must do simply to stay alive. Excluding them means a company can keep itself lawfully in existence without losing dormant status.

The rest of the section is machinery. The Registrar allows the status and issues a certificate, section 455(2), and maintains a register of dormant companies, section 455(3). Where a company has not filed financial statements or annual returns for two consecutive financial years, the Registrar shall issue a notice and enter its name in that register, section 455(4), so dormancy can be imposed as well as applied for. A dormant company must keep a minimum number of directors, file documents and pay an annual fee to retain the status, and may become active again on application, section 455(5). If it fails to comply, the Registrar shall strike off its name from the register of dormant companies, section 455(6).

Nidhi and producer companies, in one line each

A Nidhi, section 406, is a company incorporated with the object of cultivating the habit of thrift and savings among its members, receiving deposits from and lending to its members only, for their mutual benefit. It is a recognised class with its own rules and it appears again in [Government Companies, Registration Offices, Statistics and Nidhis].

A producer company is a company of primary producers, formed under Chapter XXIA, sections 378A to 378ZU, which was put into this Act in 2020. It has its own chapter, [Producer Companies].

A worked example

Anvi Holdings Limited owns forty per cent of Kesar Foods Private Limited and, under a shareholders' agreement, has the right to appoint four of Kesar's seven directors.

Is Kesar a subsidiary? Yes. Anvi does not have more than half the voting power, so test (ii) of section 2(87) fails. But it controls the composition of the Board, because it can appoint a majority of the directors, so test (i) is satisfied. Either test is enough.

What does that make Anvi? A holding company, by section 2(46).

What is Kesar's status as a private company? By the proviso to section 2(71), a private company that is a subsidiary of a company which is not a private company is deemed to be a public company. So if Anvi is public, Kesar is deemed public.

Kesar owns some shares in Anvi, bought last year. That is caught by section 19(1) and is void, unless it falls in one of the three exceptions. It does not: Kesar is not a legal representative or a trustee, and it bought the shares after becoming a subsidiary, so exception (c) does not apply either.

munotes.in32

Types of Companies by Control and Purpose

Anvi also owns twenty-two per cent of Rangoli Spices Limited and cannot control it. Twenty-two per cent is at least twenty per cent of total voting power, so Anvi has significant influence and Rangoli is an associate company under section 2(6), not a subsidiary.

Distinctions that carry marks

SubsidiaryAssociate
Section2(87)2(6)
TestControl of Board composition, or more than one-half of total voting powerSignificant influence: at least twenty per cent of total voting power, or participation in business decisions under an agreement
RelationshipControlledInfluenced, but expressly not a subsidiary
IncludesGroup holdings through other subsidiariesA joint venture company
Dormant companyInactive company
Where definedSection 455(1) and (2), a status granted by the RegistrarExplanation (i) to section 455, a factual description
How it arisesOn application, or imposed under section 455(4)Simply by not trading or not filing
EffectReduced compliance while the status lastsNone by itself; it is a qualifying condition

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean fifty-one per cent is needed for a subsidiary. Control of Board composition is enough, at any shareholding.

It does not mean an associate is a small subsidiary. Section 2(6) expressly excludes a subsidiary. The two categories cannot overlap.

It does not mean a Government company is part of the Government. It is a company under section 9 with its own personality, and it sues and is sued in its own name.

It does not mean a dormant company is a dead one. It exists, it keeps directors, it files and it pays a fee, and it can be made active again under section 455(5).

Quick revision

  • 2(87) subsidiary: control of Board composition or more than one-half of total voting power, alone or with other subsidiaries. Proviso: prescribed classes may not exceed prescribed layers.
  • 2(46) holding: the mirror; "company" includes any body corporate.
  • 2(6) associate: significant influence, not a subsidiary, includes a joint venture. Significant influence is at least twenty per cent of total voting power or participation in business decisions under an agreement.
  • Section 19: a subsidiary may not hold shares in its holding company; any such allotment or transfer is void. Exceptions: legal representative, trustee, or a shareholder before becoming a subsidiary. Only the first two may vote.
  • 2(45) Government company: not less than fifty-one per cent held by the Centre, a State, or both together; includes a subsidiary of such a company.
  • Section 455 dormant: future project, holding an asset or intellectual property, no significant accounting transaction, or inactive. Four excluded transactions. Registrar may impose it after two years of non-filing.
  • 2(42) foreign; section 406 Nidhi; Chapter XXIA producer companies; section 8 charitable.
munotes.in33

Types of Companies by Control and Purpose

Test yourself

1. State the two tests for a subsidiary company. Section 2(87): the holding company either controls the composition of the Board of Directors, or exercises or controls more than one-half of the total voting power, alone or together with one or more of its subsidiaries. Either test alone suffices.

2. What is significant influence? Under the Explanation to section 2(6), control of at least twenty per cent of total voting power, or control of or participation in business decisions under an agreement.

3. A subsidiary buys shares in its holding company on the stock exchange. Is the purchase good? No. Section 19(1) makes any such holding, and any allotment or transfer to a subsidiary, void. None of the three exceptions in the first proviso applies to a purchase made after the company became a subsidiary.

4. Is a company in which the Central Government holds thirty per cent and the State of Maharashtra holds twenty-five per cent a Government company? Yes. Section 2(45) allows the holding to be partly by the Central Government and partly by one or more State Governments, and the aggregate here is fifty-five per cent, which is not less than fifty-one per cent.

5. What is a significant accounting transaction? Any transaction other than the four in Explanation (ii) to section 455: payment of fees to the Registrar, payments to fulfil the requirements of this or any other law, allotment of shares to fulfil the requirements of this Act, and payments for maintenance of the office and records.

6. Can the Registrar make a company dormant without an application? Yes. Under section 455(4), where a company has not filed financial statements or annual returns for two consecutive financial years, the Registrar shall issue a notice and enter its name in the register of dormant companies.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in34

Chapter Seven

Companies with Charitable Objects

Syllabus topic 1.1, label: "Types of Companies"

In one line

A section 8 company is a company formed to do good rather than to make money for its members, and in exchange for promising not to pay dividends it is allowed to drop "Limited" from its name.

In exam wording: section 8 of the Companies Act 2013 empowers the Central Government to license an association with charitable objects, which intends to apply its profits in promoting those objects and to prohibit the payment of dividend to its members, to be registered as a limited company without the word "Limited" or "Private Limited" in its name.

Why the law has this at all

A charity that wants to hold property, employ people, take donations and be sued in one name needs exactly what a company offers: separate personality and perpetual succession. A trust or a society can do some of this, less conveniently.

But the word "Limited" at the end of a name signals a business, and a charity does not want it. More importantly, a body that keeps its surplus for its objects is not really a trading company at all, and forcing it to look like one misleads the public.

So section 8 makes a trade. Give up the two things that make a company commercial, the power to distribute profit and the right to be treated as an ordinary registrant, and the law gives you the corporate form with a plain name and a lighter tax and fee burden. The licence is the instrument by which the Government polices that bargain, and most of section 8 is about the licence.

Some words this chapter uses

A licence here is the Central Government's written permission, without which the company cannot be registered under this section. A dividend is a distribution of profit to members. To revoke is to cancel. Amalgamation is the merging of two companies into one. Dissolution is the final ending of a company's existence.

The three conditions: section 8(1)

The Central Government must be satisfied that the person or association proposed to be registered as a limited company:

  • (a) has in its objects the promotion of commerce, art, science, sports, education, research, social welfare, religion, charity, protection of environment or any such other object;
  • (b) intends to apply its profits, if any, or other income in promoting its objects; and
  • (c) intends to prohibit the payment of any dividend to its members.

All three, because the clauses are cumulative. A body with charitable objects that intends to pay dividends is not a section 8 company.

Two drafting points worth noticing. The list in (a) ends with "or any such other object", so it is illustrative and not closed; a purpose of the same general character qualifies. And (b) says "profits, if any", which concedes that a section 8 company may well make a profit. What it may not do is hand that profit to its members.

munotes.in35

Companies with Charitable Objects

Where satisfied, the Government may by licence, issued in the prescribed manner and on such conditions as it deems fit, allow registration as a limited company without the addition to its name of the word "Limited" or the words "Private Limited", and the Registrar shall then register it on application.

The consequences: section 8(2), (3) and (4)

Section 8(2): it is a real company. It shall enjoy all the privileges and be subject to all the obligations of limited companies. Losing the word "Limited" does not lose the limited liability, and it does not buy any exemption from the rest of the Act except where the Act says so.

Section 8(3): a firm may be a member. This is a genuine exception. A partnership firm is not a person in law, and ordinarily cannot be a member of a company. Section 8(3) lets it be one here.

Section 8(4): two restrictions.

  • (i) The company shall not alter the provisions of its memorandum or articles except with the previous approval of the Central Government. So the constitutional documents are frozen without permission, which is how the Government keeps the objects charitable.
  • (ii) The company may convert itself into a company of any other kind only after complying with such conditions as may be prescribed. Conversion out of section 8 is possible but controlled.

Bringing an existing company in: section 8(5)

An ordinary limited company already registered under this Act or a previous company law, which is found to have been formed with the section 8(1)(a) objects and with the (b) and (c) restrictions, may be licensed to be registered under section 8 and to change its name by omitting "Limited" or "Private Limited". Every provision of the section then applies to it.

Revocation: section 8(6), (7) and (8)

Section 8(6): when the licence can be revoked. The Central Government may by order revoke the licence if:

  1. the company contravenes any of the requirements of this section; or
  2. it contravenes any of the conditions subject to which the licence was issued; or
  3. the affairs of the company are conducted fraudulently, or in a manner violative of the objects of the company, or prejudicial to public interest.

On revocation the Government directs the company to convert its status and change its name to add "Limited" or "Private Limited", and the Registrar registers it accordingly.

Two safeguards. The first proviso: no such order shall be made unless the company is given a reasonable opportunity of being heard. The second proviso: a copy of every such order shall be given to the Registrar.

munotes.in36

Companies with Charitable Objects

Section 8(7): what may follow revocation. Where a licence is revoked, the Central Government may, if satisfied that it is essential in the public interest, direct that the company be wound up or amalgamated with another company registered under this section. Again, only after a reasonable opportunity of being heard.

Section 8(8): a forced amalgamation. Where the licence is revoked and the Government is satisfied that it is essential in the public interest that the company be amalgamated with another section 8 company having similar objects, it may by order provide for the amalgamation, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Act, specifying the constitution, properties, powers, rights, interests, authorities, privileges, liabilities, duties and obligations of the merged company. This is one of the few places where the Act allows a merger to be imposed by executive order rather than approved by a Tribunal.

What happens to the assets: section 8(9) and (10)

Section 8(9). If on winding up or dissolution any asset remains after satisfaction of the debts and liabilities, it may be:

  • transferred to another section 8 company having similar objects, on such conditions as the Tribunal may impose; or
  • sold, and the proceeds credited to the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Fund formed under section 224 of the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code 2016.

Notice what is missing: the members get nothing. In an ordinary company the surplus after paying creditors goes to the members. Here it cannot, because the whole basis of the licence is that members do not take value out.

Section 8(10). A section 8 company shall amalgamate only with another company registered under this section and having similar objects. So charitable assets cannot be walked out of the sector through a merger.

The penalty: section 8(11)

If a company makes any default in complying with the requirements of the section, then without prejudice to any other action under the section:

  • the company shall be punishable with a fine not less than ten lakh rupees and up to one crore rupees; and
  • the directors and every officer in default shall be punishable with a fine not less than twenty-five thousand rupees and up to twenty-five lakh rupees.

The proviso: when it is proved that the affairs of the company were conducted fraudulently, every officer in default shall be liable for action under section 447, the Act's fraud provision.

A worked example

A group of doctors in Nagpur wants to run a free diagnostic centre. They want corporate form so that the equipment can be owned in one name and the centre can survive them.

munotes.in37

Companies with Charitable Objects

They apply for a licence under section 8, showing objects of social welfare and charity within clause (a), an intention to plough back any surplus under clause (b), and an article prohibiting dividends under clause (c). The Central Government grants a licence and they register as Vidarbha Free Diagnostics, with no "Limited" at the end.

Year three. The centre has a surplus of eleven lakh rupees. The doctors may spend it on a new scanner. They may not distribute it among themselves, because clause (c) and their own articles forbid it, and doing so would be a contravention exposing the company to a fine of at least ten lakh rupees under section 8(11).

Year five. They want to change the objects to include running a paid pharmacy. They cannot simply pass a special resolution: section 8(4)(i) requires the previous approval of the Central Government for any alteration of the memorandum or articles.

Year seven. It emerges that two directors have been routing payments to a firm they own. The Government may revoke the licence under section 8(6), because the affairs are being conducted fraudulently, after giving the company a hearing. On revocation the company must add "Limited" to its name. The Government may also direct winding up or amalgamation with another section 8 company under section 8(7), and the two directors face section 447 by the proviso to section 8(11).

On winding up. Suppose four lakh rupees remain after the debts are paid. It does not go to the doctors. Under section 8(9) it goes to another section 8 company with similar objects on the Tribunal's conditions, or is sold with the proceeds credited to the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Fund under section 224 of the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code 2016.

Distinctions that carry marks

Section 8 companyOrdinary limited company
NameMay omit "Limited" or "Private Limited"Must carry it
Requires a licenceYes, from the Central GovernmentNo
DividendProhibited, section 8(1)(c)Permitted, Chapter VIII
Alteration of memorandum or articlesNeeds previous Central Government approval, section 8(4)(i)By resolution, sections 13 and 14
A firm as memberAllowed, section 8(3)Not allowed
Surplus on winding upTo another section 8 company or to the Insolvency and Bankruptcy FundTo the members
AmalgamationOnly with another section 8 company with similar objectsWith any company, Chapter XV
Small company statusExcluded, proviso (B) to section 2(85)Available if within the limits

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean a section 8 company cannot make a profit. Section 8(1)(b) says "profits, if any", so profit is expected. What is forbidden is distributing it to members.

munotes.in38

Companies with Charitable Objects

It does not mean there is no limited liability. Section 8(2) preserves all the privileges of limited companies. The word is dropped from the name, not the protection.

It does not mean it is exempt from the Act. Section 8(2) subjects it to all the obligations of limited companies as well.

It does not mean the licence is permanent. Section 8(6) lists three grounds of revocation, and section 8(7) allows a compulsory winding up or amalgamation to follow.

Quick revision

  • Three conditions, section 8(1): charitable objects in the list, which ends "or any such other object"; profits applied to the objects; dividends prohibited. All three.
  • The reward: registration as a limited company without "Limited" or "Private Limited", by Central Government licence on such conditions as it deems fit.
  • 8(2): all the privileges and all the obligations of limited companies.
  • 8(3): a firm may be a member.
  • 8(4): no alteration of memorandum or articles without previous Central Government approval; conversion only on prescribed conditions.
  • 8(5): an existing limited company may be brought in and drop the word from its name.
  • 8(6): revocation for contravention of the section, of a licence condition, or where affairs are fraudulent, against the objects, or prejudicial to public interest. Hearing required; copy to the Registrar.
  • 8(7) and (8): winding up, or amalgamation with another section 8 company, in the public interest.
  • 8(9): surplus to another section 8 company on the Tribunal's conditions, or sold and credited to the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Fund under section 224 of the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code 2016.
  • 8(10): may amalgamate only with another section 8 company having similar objects.
  • 8(11): company, ten lakh to one crore rupees; directors and officers in default, twenty-five thousand to twenty-five lakh rupees; fraud attracts section 447.

Test yourself

1. What three things must the Central Government be satisfied of before granting a section 8 licence? That the body has charitable objects within section 8(1)(a); intends to apply its profits or other income in promoting those objects, section 8(1)(b); and intends to prohibit the payment of any dividend to its members, section 8(1)(c).

2. Can a section 8 company change its objects by special resolution alone? No. Section 8(4)(i) requires the previous approval of the Central Government for any alteration of the memorandum or articles.

3. On what grounds may the licence be revoked? Section 8(6): contravention of the requirements of the section; contravention of a condition of the licence; or the affairs being conducted fraudulently, or in a manner violative of the objects, or prejudicial to public interest. The company must first be given a reasonable opportunity of being heard.

4. A section 8 company is wound up and two lakh rupees remain after the creditors are paid. Who gets it? Not the members. Under section 8(9) it may be transferred to another section 8 company with similar objects on such conditions as the Tribunal imposes, or sold and the proceeds credited to the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Fund under section 224 of the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code 2016.

munotes.in39

Companies with Charitable Objects

5. Can a partnership firm be a member of a section 8 company? Yes. Section 8(3) expressly permits it, which is an exception to the general position.

6. Can a section 8 company be a small company? No. Proviso (B) to section 2(85) excludes a company registered under section 8 from the definition, whatever its capital or turnover.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in40

Chapter Eight

Promoters: Position, Duties and Liabilities

Syllabus topic 1.1, label: "Promoters - position - duties and liabilities"

In one line

A promoter is the person who brings a company into existence, and because he acts for a company that cannot yet protect itself, the law puts him in a position of trust and then makes him pay when he abuses it.

In exam wording: section 2(69) of the Companies Act 2013 defines a promoter by three alternative tests. He stands in a fiduciary relationship to the company he is forming, which requires him to disclose any profit he makes and not to make a secret profit, and he is exposed to liability under sections 7(5) and (6), 35 and 300 and, where fraud is proved, under section 447.

Why the law has this at all

Before a company exists, somebody has to decide what it will do, find the money, choose the first directors and sign the memorandum. That person is dealing with an entity that cannot yet say no to him, cannot yet take advice, and has no board to check him.

That is a dangerous position, and the classic abuse is simple. The promoter owns a piece of land worth twenty lakh rupees. He forms a company, has the company buy the land from him for eighty lakh, and sells shares to the public to fund it. The company has been robbed before it drew its first breath, and the shareholders paid for it.

So the law does two things. It puts the promoter under a duty of disclosure rather than a bare prohibition, because there is nothing wrong with a promoter selling his own property to the company if everyone knows. And it gives the company and the investors remedies afterwards, because a duty with no remedy is advice.

Some words this chapter uses

A fiduciary is a person who must act in another's interest rather than his own, and who must not put himself in a position where his interest conflicts with his duty. A secret profit is a gain the fiduciary makes out of his position without disclosing it. A pre-incorporation contract is a contract made in the company's name before the company exists. Rescission is the undoing of a contract, putting the parties back where they were. An independent board means directors who are not themselves the promoter or under his control.

Who is a promoter: section 2(69)

The definition has three limbs, joined by "or", so any one of them makes a person a promoter:

"promoter" means a person:

(a) who has been named as such in a prospectus or is identified by the company in the annual return referred to in section 92; or

(b) who has control over the affairs of the company, directly or indirectly whether as a shareholder, director or otherwise; or

(c) in accordance with whose advice, directions or instructions the Board of Directors of the company is accustomed to act:

Provided that nothing in sub-clause (c) shall apply to a person who is acting merely in a professional capacity.

munotes.in41

Promoters: Position, Duties and Liabilities

Look at what the three limbs are doing, because they are three very different ideas.

Limb (a) is formal. You are a promoter because a document says so, either the prospectus or the annual return under section 92. It is easy to prove and easy to avoid.

Limb (b) is factual control. It catches the person who runs the company whatever the paperwork says, and the words "directly or indirectly whether as a shareholder, director or otherwise" are drawn as wide as the drafter could manage.

Limb (c) is the shadow. A person whose advice, directions or instructions the Board is accustomed to act on is a promoter even if he holds no shares and no office. "Accustomed" means habitually, not once.

The proviso is essential and is regularly missed. A person acting merely in a professional capacity is outside limb (c). So the company's solicitor, its chartered accountant and its merchant banker do not become promoters by giving the advice they were engaged to give. If they step outside that role and start directing the business, the proviso stops protecting them.

The promoter's position: a fiduciary, not a trustee and not an agent

This is the part MU asks as "position of a promoter", and the answer is best given by saying what he is not first.

He is not an agent of the company, because an agent needs a principal and before incorporation there is no company to be the principal. This is why pre-incorporation contracts are a problem at all.

He is not a trustee of the company, because a trustee holds specific property for a beneficiary, and a promoter usually holds nothing of the company's.

He is in a fiduciary relationship with the company he is bringing into existence. From that single proposition the duties follow.

The duties

1. To disclose any interest and any profit. If the promoter sells his own property to the company, or takes a commission, he must disclose it. Disclosure is the operative duty; the profit itself is not unlawful.

2. To disclose to somebody capable of receiving the disclosure. Telling himself is not disclosure. It must be made either to an independent board of directors, or to the existing and intended shareholders, ordinarily through the prospectus. This is why section 26 requires a prospectus to state the promoters' interests and the amounts paid to them.

3. Not to make a secret profit. The corollary of the first two. A profit made and not disclosed must be handed over.

munotes.in42

Promoters: Position, Duties and Liabilities

4. To give the company the benefit of what he acquires for it. Where the promoter acquires property while acting for the company in formation, he cannot keep the upside for himself.

5. To make full and truthful disclosure in the prospectus. This duty is enforced by sections 34, 35 and 36 and is the subject of its own chapters.

6. To act with reasonable care and not to mislead. Sections 7(5) and 7(6) make this concrete for the documents filed at incorporation.

The liabilities, section by section

This is where an answer earns its marks, because these are citable.

Section 7(5). Any person who furnishes false or incorrect particulars of any information, or suppresses any material information of which he is aware, in any document filed with the Registrar for registration, shall be liable for action under section 447.

Section 7(6). Where it is later proved that the company was got incorporated by false or incorrect information or representation, by suppressing a material fact, or by any fraudulent action, then the promoters, the persons named as first directors, and the persons who made the declaration under section 7(1)(b) shall each be liable for action under section 447. The promoter is named expressly.

Section 7(7). The Tribunal's consequential powers, including making the members' liability unlimited and winding the company up, are set out in [Lifting the Corporate Veil].

Section 35: civil liability for the prospectus. Where a person subscribes for securities acting on a misleading statement, or on the inclusion or omission of any matter, in the prospectus and sustains loss, then the company and every person who falls in clauses (a) to (e) is liable to pay compensation to every person who sustained the loss. Clause (c) is "is a promoter of the company", so the promoter's liability is written into the section by name, alongside directors, persons who authorised the issue, and experts.

Section 35(2) gives the defences, and they are the promoter's escape route: that he withdrew his consent to be a director before issue and the prospectus was issued without his authority; that the prospectus was issued without his knowledge or consent and that on becoming aware he forthwith gave a reasonable public notice to that effect; or, as regards an expert's statement, that it was a correct and fair representation and that he had reasonable ground to believe, and did believe up to the time of issue, that the expert was competent and had given and not withdrawn his consent.

Section 35(3) is the severe one. Where it is proved that a prospectus has been issued with intent to defraud the applicants or any other person, or for any fraudulent purpose, every person referred to in sub-section (1), which includes the promoter, shall be personally responsible, without any limitation of liability, for all or any of the losses or damages incurred by any person who subscribed on the faith of it.

munotes.in43

Promoters: Position, Duties and Liabilities

Section 300. In a winding up by the Tribunal, the Tribunal may direct the public examination of a promoter where the Company Liquidator's report alleges fraud in the promotion or formation of the company. The promoter can be put in the witness box and questioned on oath.

Section 447. The Act's general fraud provision, which sections 7(5), 7(6) and several others route into.

Pre-incorporation contracts

A promoter often has to contract before the company exists: to take a lease, to order machinery, to engage an architect.

The company is not bound by such a contract, because it did not exist and could not have authorised anyone to act for it. And it cannot ratify it after incorporation, because ratification requires that the principal existed and was competent at the time the act was done.

The promoter is personally liable on it. He purported to contract, there was no principal, and he cannot escape by pointing at a company that did not exist.

What can be done instead. After incorporation the company can enter into a fresh contract on the same terms, which is a novation: the old contract is discharged and a new one, to which the company is a party, takes its place. Where the contract was for the purposes of the company and warranted by the terms of incorporation, the specific relief legislation allows the company to enforce or be held to it, and this is the route ordinarily used in practice.

A worked example

Pravin owns a warehouse in Bhiwandi that he bought for thirty lakh rupees.

He decides to form Bhiwandi Cold Chain Limited to run a cold storage business. Before incorporation he signs a contract with a refrigeration supplier in the company's name, and he arranges for the company, once formed, to buy his warehouse for ninety lakh rupees. He then issues a prospectus inviting the public to subscribe, which states the object and the warehouse purchase but says nothing about the fact that the seller is Pravin or that he paid thirty lakh for it.

Is he a promoter? Yes, on all three limbs of section 2(69): he is named in the prospectus, he controls the affairs, and the first board acts on his instructions.

The warehouse sale. The sixty lakh rupee profit is not unlawful in itself. What makes it wrongful is that it was not disclosed to an independent board or to the intended shareholders. It is a secret profit, and the company may recover it, or rescind the sale and return the warehouse.

munotes.in44

Promoters: Position, Duties and Liabilities

The prospectus. The omission of Pravin's interest is an omission of a matter in the prospectus within section 35(1). A subscriber who bought on the faith of it and lost money may claim compensation from the company and from Pravin, who is caught expressly by section 35(1)(c). Pravin cannot use any of the section 35(2) defences: he knew of the issue, he consented to it, and no expert's statement is involved.

If the omission is shown to have been made with intent to defraud, section 35(3) applies and Pravin is personally responsible without any limitation of liability for the losses.

The refrigeration contract. The company is not bound and cannot ratify it. Pravin is personally liable to the supplier. The sensible course after incorporation is a fresh contract between the supplier and the company on the same terms.

If the company is later wound up and the liquidator's report alleges fraud in its promotion, section 300 allows the Tribunal to direct Pravin's public examination on oath.

Distinctions that carry marks

PromoterDirector
When he actsBefore incorporation, and afterOnly after incorporation
Source of positionFact: section 2(69) testsOffice: appointment under Chapter XI
DutiesFiduciary, chiefly disclosure and no secret profitStatutory, section 166
Can bind the companyNo; the company does not yet existYes, within the Board's powers
RemunerationNo right to it; only what the company agrees after incorporationGoverned by sections 197 and 198

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean a promoter cannot profit. He may. He must disclose, and disclose to someone able to act on the information.

It does not mean a professional adviser is a promoter. The proviso to section 2(69)(c) takes out a person acting merely in a professional capacity.

It does not mean a promoter is an agent or a trustee. He is neither, and saying so is a common error. He is a fiduciary.

It does not mean the company can ratify a pre-incorporation contract. It cannot. It can make a new one.

Limits and criticism

Disclosure is a weak remedy where the disclosure is made to a board the promoter selected. The Act tries to compensate through section 26's mandatory prospectus contents and through section 35's compensation regime, but the underlying problem, that the promoter chooses who receives the disclosure, is not fully solved.

The definition in section 2(69) has the opposite problem. Limb (b) is so wide that a controlling shareholder years after incorporation is a "promoter" for the Act's purposes, which is useful for regulation and is a long way from the ordinary meaning of the word.

munotes.in45

Promoters: Position, Duties and Liabilities

Quick revision

  • Definition, section 2(69): named as such in a prospectus or identified in the annual return under section 92; or has control over the affairs, directly or indirectly, as shareholder, director or otherwise; or the Board is accustomed to act on his advice, directions or instructions. Proviso: not a person acting merely in a professional capacity.
  • Position: a fiduciary. Not an agent, not a trustee.
  • Duties: disclose interest and profit, to an independent board or to the intended shareholders; make no secret profit; account for benefits acquired for the company; full disclosure in the prospectus.
  • Liabilities: section 7(5) false particulars; section 7(6) incorporation obtained by fraud; section 35(1)(c) compensation for prospectus mis-statements, with the section 35(2) defences; section 35(3) personal liability without limit where the intent was to defraud; section 300 public examination in winding up; section 447 fraud.
  • Pre-incorporation contracts: company not bound, cannot ratify; promoter personally liable; cure by a fresh contract after incorporation.

Test yourself

1. Define a promoter. Section 2(69): a person named as such in a prospectus or identified by the company in the annual return under section 92; or who has control over the affairs of the company directly or indirectly, whether as shareholder, director or otherwise; or in accordance with whose advice, directions or instructions the Board is accustomed to act. A person acting merely in a professional capacity is excluded from the third limb.

2. What is the legal position of a promoter? He stands in a fiduciary relationship to the company he is forming. He is neither its agent, because there is no principal before incorporation, nor its trustee, because he holds no specific property of the company.

3. A promoter sells his own land to the company at a profit and tells the two directors, both of whom he appointed and controls. Is that good disclosure? No. Disclosure must be to an independent board or to the existing and intended shareholders. Disclosure to a board the promoter controls is disclosure to himself, and the profit remains a secret profit that the company may recover.

4. Is a company bound by a contract its promoter made before incorporation? No, and it cannot ratify it, because the company did not exist when the contract was made. The promoter is personally liable. The company may make a fresh contract on the same terms after incorporation.

5. Under which clause of section 35 is a promoter liable for a misleading prospectus, and what is the effect of section 35(3)? Section 35(1)(c) names a promoter among those liable to pay compensation. Section 35(3) provides that where the prospectus was issued with intent to defraud, or for any fraudulent purpose, every person referred to in section 35(1) is personally responsible without any limitation of liability for the losses.

munotes.in46

Promoters: Position, Duties and Liabilities

6. Can a promoter be examined on oath? Yes. Under section 300, in a winding up by the Tribunal, where the Company Liquidator's report alleges fraud in the promotion or formation of the company, the Tribunal may direct the public examination of a promoter.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in47

Chapter Nine

Formation and Incorporation of Companies

Syllabus topic 1.2, "Incorporation of companies & matters incidental thereto", label: "Formation and Incorporation of Companies"

In one line

Incorporation is the process of filing a defined set of documents with the Registrar and getting back a certificate, and the certificate is what turns a group of people into a company.

In exam wording: section 3 states who may form a company and by what act, section 7 prescribes the documents and information to be filed with the Registrar and requires him to issue a certificate of incorporation and allot a corporate identity number, and section 9 gives that certificate its effect.

Why the law has this at all

The state is being asked to create a new legal person which will be able to own property, borrow money and limit its members' liability. Anyone dealing with that person later will want to know who set it up, who runs it, what it says it will do and where it can be found.

So incorporation is designed as a disclosure transaction. The promoters hand over a defined package of information, the Registrar puts it on a public register, and in exchange the company comes into existence. Everything in section 7(1) is there because somebody, later, will need to look it up.

The corollary is section 7(5) and (6): because the whole system rests on the truth of what was filed, lying in the filings is treated as fraud.

Some words this chapter uses

The Registrar is the Registrar of Companies for the jurisdiction in which the registered office is to be. A declaration is a formal written statement. A subscriber is one of the first members, who signs the memorandum. Corporate identity number, or CIN, is the unique number allotted to a company. Dissolution is the ending of a company's existence. A practising professional, in section 7(1)(b), means an advocate, chartered accountant, cost accountant or company secretary in practice.

Step one: who may form it, section 3(1)

A company may be formed for any lawful purpose by:

  • seven or more persons for a public company;
  • two or more persons for a private company;
  • one person for a One Person Company, which is a private company,

by subscribing their names or his name to a memorandum and complying with the requirements of this Act in respect of registration.

Two things are being required at once: the act of subscribing to a memorandum, and compliance with the registration requirements, which is section 7. Neither alone is enough.

Section 3(2) then fixes the liability class: limited by shares, limited by guarantee, or unlimited. Those are covered in [Types of Companies by Liability and Membership].

Step two: what is filed, section 7(1)

There shall be filed with the Registrar within whose jurisdiction the registered office of the company is proposed to be situated the following documents and information:

munotes.in48

Formation and Incorporation of Companies

  • (a) the memorandum and articles, duly signed by all the subscribers to the memorandum in the prescribed manner;
  • (b) a declaration in the prescribed form by an advocate, a chartered accountant, cost accountant or company secretary in practice, who is engaged in the formation of the company, and by a person named in the articles as a director, manager or secretary, that all the requirements of this Act and the rules in respect of registration and matters precedent or incidental thereto have been complied with;
  • (c) a declaration from each subscriber and from each person named as a first director that he is not convicted of any offence in connection with the promotion, formation or management of any company, or has not been found guilty of any fraud or misfeasance or of any breach of duty to any company under this Act or any previous company law during the preceding five years, and that all the documents filed with the Registrar contain information that is correct and complete and true to the best of his knowledge and belief;
  • (d) the address for correspondence till the registered office is established;
  • (e) the particulars of every subscriber: name including surname or family name, residential address, nationality and such other particulars as may be prescribed, with proof of identity, and for a body corporate subscriber, such particulars as may be prescribed;
  • (f) the particulars of the first directors named in the articles: names, Director Identification Number, residential address, nationality and other prescribed particulars including proof of identity; and
  • (g) the particulars of the interests of those first directors in other firms or bodies corporate, along with their consent to act as directors.

Notice the pattern. Clause (b) is a professional's certificate that the law has been followed. Clause (c) is a personal declaration by each individual about his own past and about the truth of the papers. Clauses (e) to (g) are identification: who these people are, where they live, what else they are involved in. The register exists so that a stranger can answer those questions later.

Step three: what the Registrar does, section 7(2), (3) and (4)

Section 7(2). The Registrar, on the basis of the documents and information filed, shall register them and issue a certificate of incorporation in the prescribed form to the effect that the proposed company is incorporated under this Act.

Section 7(3). On and from the date mentioned in the certificate, the Registrar shall allot a corporate identity number, which shall be a distinct identity for the company and shall also be included in the certificate.

munotes.in49

Formation and Incorporation of Companies

Section 7(4). The company shall maintain and preserve at its registered office copies of all documents and information as originally filed under sub-section (1), till its dissolution. So the company keeps its own copy of its founding papers for its whole life.

And then section 9 operates, which is set out in [What a Company Is]: from the date on the certificate the members are a body corporate with perpetual succession and the power to hold property, contract and sue.

Step four: what happens if the filings were false

Section 7(5). If any person furnishes false or incorrect particulars of any information, or suppresses any material information of which he is aware, in any of the documents filed with the Registrar in relation to registration, he shall be liable for action under section 447.

Note the breadth of "any person": it is not limited to subscribers or directors.

Section 7(6). Without prejudice to sub-section (5), where at any time after incorporation it is proved that the company has been got incorporated by furnishing false or incorrect information or representation, by suppressing any material fact or information, or by any fraudulent action, then the promoters, the persons named as first directors, and the persons making the declaration under section 7(1)(b) shall each be liable for action under section 447.

So the professional who certified compliance under clause (b) is personally exposed. That is deliberate: the certificate is the gatekeeping mechanism and it would be worthless if signing it carried no risk.

Section 7(7). The Tribunal's powers, which include directing that the liability of the members shall be unlimited, are set out in [Lifting the Corporate Veil].

A worked example

Nikhil, Asha and five others want to form a public company to manufacture solar inverters in Pune.

Formation. They are seven, so section 3(1)(a) is satisfied for a public company. They subscribe their names to a memorandum stating the name, the State of Maharashtra, the objects, the liability clause and the capital clause, and each indicates the number of shares he takes.

Filing. Because the registered office is proposed to be in Pune, the papers go to the Registrar with jurisdiction there, under section 7(1). They file the memorandum and articles signed by all seven; a declaration by their company secretary in practice and by Nikhil, who is named in the articles as a director, that all requirements have been complied with; a declaration by each of the seven and by each first director about convictions, fraud and the truth of the papers; an address for correspondence; the personal particulars and identity proof of all seven; and the particulars, Director Identification Numbers and consents of the first directors, with their interests in other firms.

munotes.in50

Formation and Incorporation of Companies

Registration. The Registrar registers the documents and issues a certificate of incorporation stating that Sunveer Inverters Limited is incorporated under the Act, bearing the date 3 August 2026, and allots a corporate identity number which appears in the certificate itself.

Effect. From 3 August 2026 the company exists as a body corporate under section 9. It must keep copies of everything filed at its registered office until it is dissolved, under section 7(4).

Change one fact. Suppose Asha had been found guilty of a breach of duty to another company four years ago, and her declaration under section 7(1)(c) said otherwise. That is a false particular in a document filed for registration, so section 7(5) exposes her to action under section 447. If it is later proved that the company was got incorporated by that suppression, then under section 7(6) the promoters, the first directors and the company secretary who signed the clause (b) declaration are each liable under section 447, and under section 7(7) the Tribunal may regulate the company's management, make the members' liability unlimited, strike it off, or wind it up.

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean the company can start trading on the day it is incorporated. A company with a share capital must first satisfy section 10A, which is the next chapter but five and is the trap of this module.

It does not mean the certificate cures every defect. Sections 7(5), (6) and (7) exist precisely to reach back behind a certificate that was obtained by lying.

It does not mean the Registrar verifies the truth of what is filed. He registers on the basis of the documents and information filed, section 7(2). The truth is guaranteed by the declarations and by the penalties, not by an investigation.

It does not mean the first directors are appointed by the Registrar. They are named in the articles, and their particulars and consents are filed under section 7(1)(f) and (g).

Quick revision

  • Section 3(1): seven, two or one person, by subscribing to a memorandum and complying with the registration requirements.
  • Section 7(1), seven items: (a) signed memorandum and articles; (b) professional's and officer's declaration of compliance; (c) each subscriber's and first director's declaration on convictions, fraud and truth; (d) correspondence address; (e) subscriber particulars with proof of identity; (f) first directors' particulars with DIN; (g) their other interests and consents.
  • Filed with the Registrar in whose jurisdiction the registered office is proposed to be.
  • Section 7(2): registration and certificate of incorporation. 7(3): corporate identity number, included in the certificate. 7(4): keep copies at the registered office till dissolution.
  • Section 7(5): false particulars or suppression by any person, section 447.
  • Section 7(6): incorporation got by fraud, promoters, first directors and the clause (b) declarants each liable under section 447.
  • Section 9: the effect of the certificate.
munotes.in51

Formation and Incorporation of Companies

Test yourself

1. With which Registrar are the incorporation documents filed? The Registrar within whose jurisdiction the registered office of the company is proposed to be situated: section 7(1).

2. Who must make the declaration of compliance under section 7(1)(b)? Two people: an advocate, chartered accountant, cost accountant or company secretary in practice who is engaged in the formation of the company, and a person named in the articles as a director, manager or secretary.

3. What must each subscriber declare under section 7(1)(c)? That he is not convicted of any offence in connection with the promotion, formation or management of any company; or has not been found guilty of any fraud or misfeasance or breach of duty to any company under this or any previous company law during the preceding five years; and that all the documents filed contain information that is correct, complete and true to the best of his knowledge and belief.

4. How long must a company keep copies of its incorporation documents? Till its dissolution, at its registered office: section 7(4).

5. A chartered accountant certifies compliance knowing that a subscriber's declaration is false. What is his exposure? He is a person making the declaration under section 7(1)(b), so if it is proved that the company was got incorporated by the false information he is liable for action under section 447: section 7(6). He may also be caught by section 7(5) in his own right.

6. What does the Registrar allot besides the certificate? A corporate identity number, which is a distinct identity for the company and is included in the certificate: section 7(3).

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in52

Chapter Ten

The Memorandum of Association

Syllabus topic 1.2, label: "Memorandum of association"

In one line

The memorandum is the company's charter: the document that says who it is, where it is, what it may do, what its members risk and how much capital it starts with.

In exam wording: the memorandum of association is defined by section 2(56) as the memorandum of association of a company as originally framed or as altered from time to time. Section 4(1) prescribes its six clauses, section 4(2) to (5) govern its name, section 4(6) prescribes its form from Schedule I, and section 10 gives it the effect of a contract between the company and its members.

Why the law has this at all

A company can do things a person cannot: it can live forever, and it can limit what its owners lose. Anyone who lends to it, sells to it or invests in it is dealing with an artificial thing whose limits they cannot see by looking.

The memorandum is the answer. It is the public statement of those limits, filed at incorporation and available on the register. A creditor can read it and learn the company's name, the State it belongs to, the business it says it is in, whether the members' liability is limited, and how much capital was subscribed.

That is why the memorandum is harder to change than the articles, and why some of its clauses cannot be changed without the Central Government or the Tribunal. It is the outward-facing document; the articles are the inward-facing one.

Some words this chapter uses

A clause, here, means one of the six required statements in section 4(1). Subscribed capital is what the first members agree to take. Nominal or authorised capital is the amount the company is registered with. Reservation of a name means holding a name so that nobody else can register it. An ordinary resolution is one passed by a simple majority; a special resolution needs three fourths. Divisible profits are profits available for distribution.

The six clauses: section 4(1)

The memorandum shall state:

(a) The name clause

The name of the company with the last word "Limited" in the case of a public limited company, or the last words "Private Limited" in the case of a private limited company.

The proviso: nothing in this clause applies to a company registered under section 8, which is why a charitable company may drop the word. See [Companies with Charitable Objects].

(b) The registered office clause

The State in which the registered office of the company is to be situated.

Read that carefully. The memorandum states the State, not the address. The address is dealt with by section 12, and that is why moving office within a State is easy and moving it to another State needs Central Government approval under section 13(4).

munotes.in53

The Memorandum of Association

(c) The objects clause

The objects for which the company is proposed to be incorporated and any matter considered necessary in furtherance thereof.

This is the clause that generates the doctrine of ultra vires, which has its own chapter. Note the second half: matters necessary in furtherance of the objects are covered without being spelled out.

(d) The liability clause

The liability of members of the company, whether limited or unlimited, and also:

  • (i) in a company limited by shares, that the liability of its members is limited to the amount unpaid, if any, on the shares held by them;
  • (ii) in a company limited by guarantee, the amount up to which each member undertakes to contribute:
  • (A) to the assets of the company in the event of its being wound up while he is a member or within one year after he ceases to be a member, for payment of the debts and liabilities of the company, or of such debts and liabilities as may have been contracted before he ceases to be a member; and
  • (B) to the costs, charges and expenses of winding up and for adjustment of the rights of the contributories among themselves.

The one year tail in (A) is the detail students miss. A member of a guarantee company who resigns is still on the hook for a year, and only for debts contracted before he ceased to be a member.

(e) The capital clause

In the case of a company having a share capital:

  • (i) the amount of share capital with which the company is to be registered, its division into shares of a fixed amount, and the number of shares the subscribers agree to subscribe, which shall not be less than one share; and
  • (ii) the number of shares each subscriber intends to take, indicated opposite his name.

So every subscriber must take at least one share, and must write against his own name how many.

(f) The nominee clause, for a One Person Company

In the case of a One Person Company, the name of the person who, in the event of death of the subscriber, shall become the member of the company.

The machinery around this, consent and change of nominee, is in the four provisos to section 3(1), set out in [What a Company Is].

The name: section 4(2) to 4(5)

This is where marks are quietly available, because most answers stop at clause (a).

Section 4(2): two prohibitions. The name shall not:

  • (a) be identical with or resemble too nearly the name of an existing company registered under this Act or any previous company law; or
  • (b) be such that its use by the company (i) will constitute an offence under any law for the time being in force, or (ii) is undesirable in the opinion of the Central Government.
munotes.in54

The Memorandum of Association

Section 4(3): names needing approval. Without prejudice to sub-section (2), a company shall not be registered with a name containing:

  • (a) any word or expression likely to give the impression that the company is in any way connected with, or has the patronage of, the Central Government, any State Government, or any local authority, corporation or body constituted by either under any law; or
  • (b) such word or expression as may be prescribed,

unless the previous approval of the Central Government has been obtained.

Section 4(4): reservation. A person may apply to the Registrar, in the prescribed form and with the prescribed fee, to reserve a name either (a) as the name of a proposed company, or (b) as the name to which an existing company proposes to change its name.

Section 4(5)(i): how long. On receipt of the application the Registrar may, on the basis of the information and documents furnished, reserve the name for twenty days from the date of approval, or such other period as may be prescribed. Proviso: where the application is by an existing company, for reservation or for a change of name, the Registrar may reserve it for sixty days from the date of approval.

Section 4(5)(ii): reservation obtained by wrong information. Where it is found that the name was applied for by furnishing wrong or incorrect information, then:

  • (a) if the company has not been incorporated, the reserved name shall be cancelled and the applicant shall be liable to a penalty which may extend to one lakh rupees;
  • (b) if the company has been incorporated, the Registrar may, after giving the company an opportunity of being heard:
  • (i) direct it to change its name within three months, after passing an ordinary resolution; or
  • (ii) take action for striking off the name of the company from the register; or
  • (iii) make a petition for winding up of the company.

Note the resolution in (b)(i): an ordinary resolution. A change of name normally requires a special resolution under section 13(1) and Central Government approval under section 13(2). Here, because the Registrar is directing it, an ordinary resolution suffices. That contrast is worth a line in an answer.

Form and one prohibition: section 4(6) and 4(7)

Section 4(6). The memorandum shall be in the respective forms specified in Tables A, B, C, D and E in Schedule I, as applicable. Table A is for a company limited by shares, and so on down the list.

munotes.in55

The Memorandum of Association

Section 4(7). In a company limited by guarantee and not having a share capital, any provision in the memorandum or articles purporting to give any person a right to participate in the divisible profits of the company otherwise than as a member shall be void.

Section 10: what the memorandum does once registered

Subject to the provisions of this Act, the memorandum and articles shall, when registered, bind the company and the members thereof to the same extent as if they respectively had been signed by the company and by each member, and contained covenants on its and his part to observe all the provisions of the memorandum and of the articles.

So the memorandum and articles operate as a statutory contract. Two consequences follow, and they are examined as a pair:

It binds the company to the members and the members to the company. A member can enforce the memorandum and articles against the company, and the company against him, in respect of their rights as members.

Section 10(2) adds that all monies payable by any member to the company under the memorandum or articles shall be a debt due from him to the company, which is how unpaid calls are recovered.

What it does not do is make the memorandum a contract between the company and an outsider, or between one member and another in their personal capacities. A person who is a member but is suing in some other character, say as the company's solicitor under an article appointing him, is an outsider for this purpose.

Section 6: the Act beats the memorandum

Whatever the memorandum says, section 6 provides that, save as otherwise expressly provided in the Act:

  • (a) the provisions of this Act shall have effect notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the memorandum or articles, in any agreement executed by the company, or in any resolution of the company in general meeting or of its Board, whether before or after the commencement of this Act; and
  • (b) any such provision shall, to the extent to which it is repugnant to the Act, become or be void.

A worked example

Seven people wish to incorporate a public company to make ceramic tiles in Morbi and register it in Gujarat.

Their memorandum states: (a) the name Morbi Ceramics Limited; (b) the State of Gujarat, not the street address; (c) objects of manufacturing and dealing in ceramic tiles and matters necessary in furtherance; (d) that liability is limited and, being limited by shares, limited to the amount unpaid on shares held; (e) a share capital of fifty lakh rupees divided into five lakh shares of ten rupees each, with each of the seven writing against his name the number of shares taken, none taking fewer than one; and (f) nothing, because it is not a One Person Company.

munotes.in56

The Memorandum of Association

The name. They first apply under section 4(4) and the Registrar reserves Morbi Ceramics Limited for twenty days. Had an existing company applied to change its name to that, the reservation would have been for sixty days.

Suppose they had chosen "National Ceramics Limited". The word "National" is likely to give the impression of a connection with the Central Government, so section 4(3)(a) requires previous Central Government approval, and without it the company cannot be registered with that name.

Suppose the reservation was obtained by giving wrong information and this comes out after incorporation. Under section 4(5)(ii)(b) the Registrar, after hearing the company, may direct it to change its name within three months by an ordinary resolution, or move to strike it off, or petition for winding up.

Two years later a member sues the company for refusing to register a transfer his articles entitle him to. He can, because by section 10 the memorandum and articles bind the company to him as a member. The same man, as the company's landlord, cannot sue on an article about rent, because there he is an outsider.

Distinctions that carry marks

MemorandumArticles
What it isThe company's charter, facing outwardsThe internal rulebook, facing inwards
Contents fixed bySection 4(1), six clausesSection 5, regulations for management
FormTables A to E of Schedule I, section 4(6)Tables F to J of Schedule I, section 5(6)
AlterationSection 13, special resolution plus, for some clauses, Central Government approvalSection 14, special resolution; Central Government order only for public to private conversion
RelationshipDominantSubordinate; cannot exceed the memorandum
EffectSection 10, statutory contractSection 10, statutory contract

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean the memorandum states the company's address. It states the State: section 4(1)(b).

It does not mean every company has a capital clause. Clause (e) applies only to a company having a share capital, so a guarantee company without capital has no capital clause.

It does not mean the memorandum is a contract with the world. Section 10 binds the company and the members, in their capacity as members, and nobody else.

It does not mean a reserved name is yours forever. Twenty days, or sixty for an existing company, and it can be cancelled with a penalty of up to one lakh rupees if it was obtained by wrong information.

munotes.in57

The Memorandum of Association

Quick revision

  • Six clauses, section 4(1): (a) name with Limited or Private Limited, not for a section 8 company; (b) the State of the registered office; (c) objects and matters in furtherance; (d) liability, with the guarantee company's one year tail; (e) capital, division into shares, at least one share each, number opposite each name; (f) the OPC nominee.
  • Section 4(2): not identical with or too nearly resembling an existing name; not an offence; not undesirable in the Central Government's opinion.
  • Section 4(3): words suggesting Government connection or patronage, or as prescribed, need previous Central Government approval.
  • Section 4(4) and (5): reservation, twenty days, or sixty days for an existing company. Wrong information: cancellation and up to one lakh rupees before incorporation; after incorporation, change of name in three months by ordinary resolution, striking off, or winding up petition, after a hearing.
  • Section 4(6): Tables A to E of Schedule I. Section 4(7): no participation in divisible profits otherwise than as a member, in a guarantee company without share capital.
  • Section 10: memorandum and articles bind company and members as a statutory contract; monies payable by a member are a debt.
  • Section 6: the Act overrides both, and repugnant provisions are void.

Test yourself

1. State the six clauses of the memorandum. Name, registered office (the State), objects, liability, capital, and, for a One Person Company, the nominee: section 4(1)(a) to (f).

2. Does the memorandum give the company's address? No. Section 4(1)(b) requires only the State in which the registered office is to be situated. The address is governed by section 12.

3. For how long is a name reserved? Twenty days from the date of approval, or such other period as may be prescribed; sixty days where the application is by an existing company for reservation or change of name: section 4(5)(i) and its proviso.

4. A company obtained its reserved name by giving incorrect information, and has been incorporated. What can the Registrar do? After giving the company an opportunity of being heard, the Registrar may direct it to change its name within three months after passing an ordinary resolution, take action to strike its name off the register, or petition for its winding up: section 4(5)(ii)(b).

5. In a company limited by guarantee, for how long after resignation can a member be called on? The memorandum must state the amount he undertakes to contribute if the company is wound up while he is a member or within one year after he ceases to be a member, and then only for debts and liabilities contracted before he ceased to be a member: section 4(1)(d)(ii)(A).

munotes.in58

The Memorandum of Association

6. Can a member sue the company on the articles in a capacity other than as a member? No. Section 10 binds the company and the members as members. A person suing in another character, such as a solicitor or a landlord, is an outsider and cannot rely on the statutory contract.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in59

Chapter Eleven

The Doctrine of Ultra Vires

Syllabus topic 1.2, arising out of "Memorandum of association"

In one line

Ultra vires means "beyond the powers", and an act of a company outside the objects stated in its memorandum is void: nobody can enforce it, and no majority of the shareholders can make it good afterwards.

In exam wording: a company's capacity is limited to the objects stated in its memorandum under section 4(1)(c) and matters necessary in furtherance of them. An act outside those objects is ultra vires the company, and is void, not merely voidable, so it cannot be ratified even by a unanimous vote of the members.

Why the law has this at all

Two groups of people needed protecting, and the doctrine was built for both.

The shareholders. A person who buys shares in a tea company has consented to the risks of the tea trade. He has not consented to the directors taking his money into shipping. The objects clause is his statement of what he agreed to, and ultra vires is what makes that statement bite.

The creditors. A lender to a tea company relies on the company's assets being employed in tea. If the money can be diverted into anything at all, the assets he was relying on can vanish into a business he never assessed.

So the objects clause was made a limit on capacity, not merely on authority. That distinction is the heart of the doctrine and it is what makes the consequences so severe.

Some words this chapter uses

Ultra vires is Latin for "beyond the powers". Its opposite is intra vires, within the powers. Void means of no legal effect at all, as though it never happened; voidable means valid until somebody sets it aside. To ratify is to approve after the event, so as to make an unauthorised act binding. Capacity is the legal ability to do an act at all; authority is the permission of a particular person to do it on another's behalf. An injunction is a court order restraining somebody from doing something. Tracing is following money or property into the hands of the person who now has it.

Where the doctrine comes from in the Act

Section 4(1)(c) requires the memorandum to state the objects for which the company is proposed to be incorporated and any matter considered necessary in furtherance thereof.

Read the second half of that clause carefully, because it is the modern softener. A company whose object is manufacturing tiles does not need a separate object permitting it to buy a lorry, employ a clerk or open a bank account. Those are matters necessary in furtherance of the stated object and are within capacity without being spelled out. This is what used to be called the doctrine of implied powers, and it is now written into the clause.

munotes.in60

The Doctrine of Ultra Vires

Section 6 then makes clear that the Act overrides the memorandum, and section 10 makes the memorandum bind the company and its members as a statutory contract. So the objects clause is not a private arrangement that the parties can waive; it is a registered public limit.

The four kinds of ultra vires, and only one of them is fatal

Students lose marks by treating every irregularity as ultra vires. There are four situations and the consequences differ sharply.

1. Ultra vires the company. The act is outside the objects in the memorandum. The company had no capacity to do it. The act is void, cannot be ratified by anyone, and is the true doctrine.

2. Ultra vires the Act. The act is forbidden by the Companies Act itself, for example a buy-back in a circumstance barred by section 70. Void, and no memorandum can authorise it, because of section 6.

3. Ultra vires the articles but intra vires the memorandum. The company had capacity; its internal rules were not followed. This is curable: the members can alter the articles under section 14, or ratify.

4. Ultra vires the directors but intra vires the company. The directors exceeded their own authority. Again curable: the company in general meeting can ratify, and an outsider may in any event be protected by the rule in Turquand, which is the next chapter but one.

Only the first two are void. The third and fourth are irregularities.

The consequences of a true ultra vires act

1. The act is void and unenforceable both ways. Neither the company nor the other party can sue on it. The company cannot enforce it even if the bargain was good for the company.

2. It cannot be ratified. This is the consequence that surprises people, and the reason is logical rather than punitive: ratification presupposes that the principal could have done the act. A company that never had the capacity cannot acquire it by a vote. Even a unanimous resolution of every member fails. The proper route is to alter the objects under section 13 and act afresh, and even that does not validate the earlier act.

3. Any member may restrain it. A member can seek an injunction to stop a proposed or continuing ultra vires act. He does not need to show loss.

4. The directors are personally liable to the company. They applied the company's funds to a purpose the company could not pursue, so they must make good the loss. Their duty to act within the memorandum is now also part of the statutory duties in section 166.

munotes.in61

The Doctrine of Ultra Vires

5. The company may trace its property. Where the company's money has been spent ultra vires and is identifiable in another's hands, the company can follow it.

6. An ultra vires lender is not simply left out in the cold. A lender whose money was in fact used to pay off the company's own lawful debts may stand in the place of the creditors who were paid off, because the company has been enriched to that extent. This is the practical qualification that keeps the doctrine from being absurd, and it is worth a sentence.

7. Ultra vires torts. A company is liable for a wrong committed by its servant only where the servant was acting within the scope of employment on business the company could lawfully carry on. Where the whole activity was ultra vires, the company's liability is doubtful, and this is the least settled corner of the doctrine.

The case, and how to answer on it

Ashbury Railway Carriage and Iron Co. Ltd. v. Riche is the decision every syllabus names. It established that a company's capacity is limited to its stated objects, that a contract outside them is void, and that the shareholders cannot ratify it, however unanimous they are.

It is named here without a citation and without facts, deliberately. No law report carrying it could be opened from where this book was written, and the house rule is that a citation goes only with a report that has been read. See authorities/cases.json and FINDINGS.md section 5.1.

How to answer. State the doctrine, ground it in section 4(1)(c), name Ashbury as the decision that settled that an ultra vires contract is void and unratifiable, and then take the consequences in order. An examiner is testing whether you know that ratification is impossible and why, not whether you can recite a nineteenth century railway dispute.

How the doctrine has been weakened, and why it still matters

Drafting killed most of it. Once companies learned to write objects clauses running to forty sub-clauses ending "and to carry on any other business which in the opinion of the Board can be advantageously carried on", almost nothing was outside the objects. The doctrine survived in form and shrank in practice.

Section 4(1)(c) has narrowed the drafting trick, because the objects must be stated for which the company is proposed to be incorporated, with matters necessary in furtherance, rather than an open catalogue of everything the promoters could imagine.

Section 13(8) is the modern successor to the protection. Where a company has raised money from the public through a prospectus and still holds any unutilised amount, it shall not change its objects unless a special resolution is passed and:

munotes.in62

The Doctrine of Ultra Vires

  • (i) the prescribed details of the resolution are published in two newspapers, one English and one vernacular, in circulation where the registered office is, and placed on the company's website, with the justification for the change; and
  • (ii) the dissenting shareholders are given an exit opportunity by the promoters and controlling shareholders, in accordance with SEBI regulations.

That is the same protective idea as ultra vires, delivered by disclosure and an exit rather than by voiding the act.

Section 245(1)(b) is the members' modern weapon. In a class action, members or depositors may apply to the Tribunal to restrain the company from committing an act which is ultra vires the articles or memorandum of the company. So the doctrine has a named statutory remedy in the current Act, which is the citation to give.

A worked example

Konkan Fisheries Limited has one object: to catch, process and sell fish. Its memorandum says nothing else.

The Board resolves to lend eight crore rupees to a film production house on the view that the returns will be better than fishing. A member, Deepa, objects.

Is it ultra vires? Yes. Financing film production is not within the object of catching, processing and selling fish, and it is not a matter necessary in furtherance of that object in the section 4(1)(c) sense. Buying a lorry to move fish would be; funding a film is not.

What can Deepa do? She may seek an injunction to restrain the payment. If it has already been made, she may press the company to recover from the directors personally, and under section 245(1)(b) she may join a class action asking the Tribunal to restrain the company from an act ultra vires its memorandum.

Can the shareholders fix it? No. Even if all of them vote to approve the loan, it remains void, because the company never had the capacity. What they can do is alter the objects under section 13(1) by special resolution, after which the company may lend afresh. The earlier loan is not thereby validated.

Where does that leave the film house? It cannot sue on the contract. But if it can show that its eight crore rupees were used by the company to pay off its own lawful trade creditors, it may stand in the shoes of those creditors to that extent, because the company has been enriched.

Change one fact. Suppose the memorandum did allow investment in other businesses, but the articles required Board loans above five crore rupees to be approved in general meeting, and the Board skipped that step. That is not ultra vires the company at all. It is ultra vires the articles, the company had capacity, and the members can ratify it.

munotes.in63

The Doctrine of Ultra Vires

Distinctions that carry marks

Ultra vires the companyUltra vires the directors
What is exceededThe capacity given by the memorandumThe authority given by the articles or the Board's own limits
EffectVoidIrregular, and binding on the company as against a protected outsider
RatificationImpossible, even unanimouslyPossible, by the company in general meeting
Cure for the futureAlter the objects under section 13Alter the articles under section 14, or pass the resolution required
Member's remedyInjunction; section 245(1)(b)Ordinary internal remedies

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean every act the directors were not allowed to do is ultra vires. Most such acts are within the company's capacity and are curable.

It does not mean the company keeps a windfall. The other party is not simply robbed; tracing and the subrogation of a lender whose money paid lawful debts both cut the other way.

It does not mean the objects clause can be ignored because clauses are widely drafted. Section 13(8) and section 245(1)(b) both assume it is real, and the second gives a direct remedy for breach of it.

It does not mean altering the objects validates what was already done. Alteration operates for the future.

Quick revision

  • Meaning: beyond the powers. Capacity comes from section 4(1)(c), objects plus matters necessary in furtherance.
  • Four kinds: ultra vires the company (void); ultra vires the Act (void, section 6); ultra vires the articles (curable); ultra vires the directors (curable, ratifiable).
  • Consequences: void and unenforceable both ways; no ratification even by unanimous consent; injunction at a member's instance; directors personally liable; tracing; a lender whose money paid lawful debts may be subrogated; ultra vires torts doubtful.
  • The case: Ashbury, for void and unratifiable. Named without a citation.
  • Modern successors: section 13(8), no change of objects while prospectus money is unutilised without a special resolution, newspaper and website publication with justification, and an exit for dissenting shareholders; section 245(1)(b), class action to restrain an act ultra vires the memorandum or articles.

Test yourself

1. What does ultra vires mean, and what is its effect on a contract? Beyond the powers. A contract outside the objects stated in the memorandum under section 4(1)(c) is beyond the company's capacity and is void, so neither party can enforce it.

2. Can the shareholders ratify an ultra vires contract? No, not even unanimously. Ratification assumes the principal could have done the act; a company that lacked capacity cannot acquire it by vote. The only route forward is to alter the objects under section 13, which operates for the future.

3. Distinguish an act ultra vires the company from one ultra vires the directors. The first exceeds the company's capacity under the memorandum and is void and unratifiable. The second exceeds the directors' authority; the company had capacity, and the act can be ratified in general meeting.

munotes.in64

The Doctrine of Ultra Vires

4. What statutory remedy does a member have against an ultra vires act? Section 245(1)(b): in a class action, members or depositors may apply to the Tribunal to restrain the company from committing an act ultra vires the articles or memorandum. A member may also seek an injunction.

5. A company that raised money by prospectus still holds part of it. Can it change its objects? Only by special resolution and by complying with section 13(8): publishing the prescribed details in one English and one vernacular newspaper in circulation where the registered office is, and on its website, with the justification; and giving dissenting shareholders an exit through the promoters and controlling shareholders in accordance with SEBI regulations.

6. A company's sole object is running schools. It buys a bus to carry pupils. Ultra vires? No. Carrying pupils is a matter necessary in furtherance of the object of running schools, and section 4(1)(c) covers it expressly without a separate object clause.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in65

Chapter Twelve

The Articles of Association

Syllabus topic 1.2, label: "Articles of association"

In one line

The articles are the company's internal rulebook: how meetings are called, how directors are appointed, how shares are transferred and how the company runs itself day to day.

In exam wording: section 5(1) provides that the articles of a company shall contain the regulations for management of the company; section 5(3) to (5) permit entrenchment; section 5(6) to (8) deal with the model articles in Tables F to J of Schedule I; and section 10 gives the articles effect as a statutory contract between the company and its members.

Why the law has this at all

The memorandum tells the world what the company is and what it may do. It says nothing about how the company decides anything.

Somebody has to settle how many directors there are, how a Board meeting is called, who chairs a general meeting, what happens to a share when a member dies, and how a call on shares is made. Every company needs answers, most companies want the same answers, and no legislature wants to write them all into the Act, because different companies genuinely need different rules.

So the Act does three things at once. It requires each company to have articles. It supplies a default set in Schedule I, so a company that does not want to think about it need not. And it lets a company depart from the default, within the limits set by the Act and its own memorandum.

Some words this chapter uses

Regulations for management means the internal rules by which the company is run. Model articles are the standard sets printed in Schedule I. Entrenchment means making a provision harder to change than an ordinary special resolution would allow. A special resolution requires votes of not less than three times the votes cast against. Repugnant means inconsistent with. To modify the model articles means to change them; to exclude them means to keep them out altogether.

What the articles must contain: section 5(1) and (2)

Section 5(1). The articles shall contain the regulations for management of the company.

Section 5(2). The articles shall also contain such matters as may be prescribed, with a proviso: nothing so prescribed shall be deemed to prevent a company from including such additional matters in its articles as may be considered necessary for its management.

So there is a floor and no ceiling. The Act, through the rules, sets a minimum content; the company may add whatever else it needs. What it may not do is include anything repugnant to the Act, because of section 6, or anything beyond the memorandum, because the memorandum is the dominant document.

A private company's articles carry a compulsory content of their own. Under section 2(68) they must restrict the right to transfer shares, limit members to two hundred except in a One Person Company, and prohibit any invitation to the public to subscribe for securities. Those three are not optional and their absence costs the company its private status: see the first proviso to section 14(1).

munotes.in66

The Articles of Association

Entrenchment: section 5(3), (4) and (5)

This is the newest idea in the section and it is short enough to learn word for word.

Section 5(3). The articles may contain provisions for entrenchment to the effect that specified provisions of the articles may be altered only if conditions or procedures that are more restrictive than those applicable in the case of a special resolution are met or complied with.

The point. Ordinarily articles are altered by special resolution under section 14. Entrenchment lets a company say that a particular article can be altered only by something harder: unanimity, or the consent of a named class, or a higher majority.

Why anybody wants it. A minority investor who is promised a seat on the Board wants that promise in the articles, and wants to know it cannot be voted away by the majority who gave it. Entrenchment is how that promise is made secure.

Section 5(4): when it may be created. Entrenchment provisions shall only be made:

  • either on formation of a company; or
  • by an amendment in the articles agreed to by all the members in the case of a private company, and by a special resolution in the case of a public company.

Note the asymmetry and remember it, because it is counter-intuitive. To entrench later, a private company needs unanimity, while a public company needs only a special resolution. Students routinely get this the wrong way round on the assumption that public companies are always more heavily regulated.

Section 5(5): notice. Where the articles contain entrenchment provisions, whether made on formation or by amendment, the company shall give notice to the Registrar in the prescribed form and manner. That is what makes the entrenchment public, so an outsider can discover it.

The model articles: section 5(6), (7), (8) and (9)

Section 5(6). The articles shall be in the respective forms specified in Tables F, G, H, I and J in Schedule I as may be applicable. The memorandum uses Tables A to E under section 4(6); the articles use F to J.

Section 5(7). A company may adopt all or any of the regulations contained in the model articles applicable to it.

Section 5(8) is the default rule and the one worth quoting. For a company registered after the commencement of this Act, in so far as its registered articles do not exclude or modify the regulations in the applicable model articles, those regulations shall, so far as applicable, be the regulations of that company in the same manner and to the extent as if they were contained in the duly registered articles.

munotes.in67

The Articles of Association

Read that as a gap filler. Silence in a company's own articles is not a gap; it is an adoption. If your articles say nothing about who chairs a general meeting, the model article on that subject is your article.

Section 5(9). Nothing in this section applies to the articles of a company registered under any previous company law, unless amended under this Act. So a company incorporated in 1978 keeps its own articles and the section 5(8) default does not silently rewrite them.

The effect of the articles: section 10

Set out in full in [The Memorandum of Association], and it applies to the articles in exactly the same way. The articles, when registered, bind the company and the members as if signed by each of them and containing covenants to observe all their provisions, and monies payable by a member under them are a debt due to the company.

Two limits, both examinable:

The articles bind members as members, not as outsiders. An article providing that a named person shall be the company's solicitor does not give him a contract, even if he happens also to be a member, because he is enforcing it in a capacity other than as a member.

The articles are subordinate to the memorandum and to the Act. Section 6 makes any provision repugnant to the Act void to that extent, and no article can widen the objects.

A worked example

Sahyadri Textiles Private Limited is being incorporated by four founders and one outside investor, Renuka, who is putting in three crore rupees for twenty per cent.

The basic articles. They adopt Table F with modifications, which is what section 5(7) permits. Anything they leave alone stays as Table F by force of section 5(8).

The compulsory private company content. Because it is a private company, section 2(68) requires the articles to restrict transfer of shares, cap members at two hundred and prohibit public invitations. They put those in.

Renuka's protection. She will not invest unless the article giving her the right to nominate one director is safe from the four founders, who between them can pass any special resolution. So the articles are drafted on formation with an entrenchment provision: the nomination article may be altered only with Renuka's written consent. That is permitted by section 5(3), it is made on formation so section 5(4) is satisfied without more, and the company gives notice to the Registrar under section 5(5).

munotes.in68

The Articles of Association

Two years later the founders want to entrench a different article, about pre-emption on transfers. Now section 5(4) bites in its second limb, and because this is a private company the amendment must be agreed to by all the members, Renuka included. Had it been a public company a special resolution would have sufficed.

A member sues. One founder refuses to offer his shares to the others before selling outside, in breach of the pre-emption article. The others can enforce it, because by section 10 the articles bind the members to each other through the company as a statutory contract, in their capacity as members.

A different suit fails. Renuka's husband is named in the articles as the company's architect and is not paid. He cannot sue on the article. He is an outsider to the section 10 contract, whether or not he is a member, because he is enforcing a right in another capacity.

Distinctions that carry marks

MemorandumArticles
PurposeDefines the company to the outside worldRegulates the company internally
Required contentsSix clauses, section 4(1)Regulations for management, section 5(1), plus prescribed matters
Schedule I tablesA to E, section 4(6)F to J, section 5(6)
Default supplied by the ActNoYes, section 5(8)
AlterationSection 13; some changes need Central Government approvalSection 14, special resolution; Central Government order for public to private conversion
Can it be entrenchedNoYes, section 5(3) to (5)
HierarchyDominantSubordinate to the memorandum and the Act
Ordinary alteration of articlesEntrenched provision
RequirementSpecial resolution, section 14(1)Whatever more restrictive condition or procedure the articles specify, section 5(3)
When it can be createdNot applicableOn formation, or later: all members in a private company, special resolution in a public company, section 5(4)
RegistrarFiled under section 14(2)Notice under section 5(5)

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean the articles can do anything the members agree on. Section 6 voids anything repugnant to the Act, and the articles cannot go beyond the memorandum.

It does not mean a company that says nothing has no rule. Section 5(8) supplies the model article for a company registered after the commencement of this Act.

It does not mean entrenchment makes a provision unalterable. It makes it alterable only on a more restrictive condition. An article that could never be changed at all would sit badly with section 14 and with section 6.

It does not mean an article can create rights for outsiders. Section 10 binds the company and the members as members.

Quick revision

  • Section 5(1) and (2): regulations for management, plus prescribed matters; additional matters permitted.
  • Private company: section 2(68) forces three articles: restrict transfer, cap two hundred members, prohibit public invitation.
  • Entrenchment, section 5(3): specified provisions alterable only on conditions more restrictive than a special resolution.
  • Section 5(4): on formation, or later by all the members in a private company and by special resolution in a public company.
  • Section 5(5): notice to the Registrar.
  • Section 5(6): Tables F to J of Schedule I. 5(7): may adopt all or any. 5(8): model articles apply so far as not excluded or modified, for companies registered after the commencement of this Act. 5(9): not for companies under previous company law unless amended under this Act.
  • Section 10: statutory contract, binding on company and members as members; monies payable are a debt.
  • Section 6: the Act overrides; repugnant provisions void.
munotes.in69

The Articles of Association

Test yourself

1. What must the articles contain? The regulations for management of the company, section 5(1), and such matters as may be prescribed, section 5(2), with liberty to include any additional matters considered necessary for management.

2. What is entrenchment? A provision in the articles to the effect that specified provisions may be altered only if conditions or procedures more restrictive than those applicable to a special resolution are met: section 5(3).

3. A private company wants to add an entrenchment provision three years after incorporation. What does it need? The agreement of all the members: section 5(4). A public company in the same position would need only a special resolution.

4. A company's articles are silent on the appointment of a chairman of a general meeting. What is the rule? The applicable model article in Schedule I applies, because under section 5(8) the model regulations apply so far as the company's registered articles do not exclude or modify them, for a company registered after the commencement of this Act.

5. Which Tables of Schedule I contain the model articles? Tables F, G, H, I and J: section 5(6). Tables A to E hold the forms of memorandum under section 4(6).

6. Can a person named in the articles as the company's solicitor sue on that article? No. Section 10 binds the company and the members in their capacity as members. A person enforcing a right in another capacity is an outsider to the statutory contract, even if he is also a member.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in70

Chapter Thirteen

Alteration of the Memorandum and the Articles

Syllabus topic 1.2, arising out of "Memorandum of association" and "Articles of association"

In one line

Both documents can be changed, but the memorandum faces the world so changing it usually needs somebody outside the company to agree, while the articles are internal and a three fourths majority of the members is normally enough.

In exam wording: section 13 governs alteration of the memorandum, by special resolution and, for a change of name, the written approval of the Central Government, and for a shift of the registered office from one State to another, approval of the Central Government under section 13(4). Section 14 governs alteration of the articles, by special resolution, with a Central Government order required only where a public company converts into a private company.

Why the law has this at all

A company that could never change its constitution would die of its own founding decisions. Businesses move into new lines, outgrow their capital, relocate and change their names.

But every one of those changes affects somebody who did not vote on it. Creditors lent to a company in a particular business at a particular address. Investors bought shares on the strength of a prospectus that named an object. A rival trader has built a reputation around a name.

So the Act sorts changes by who else is affected and requires a proportionate check. Purely internal rules need only the members. A change of name is checked by the Central Government because outsiders identify the company by it. A move between States needs approval and a look at creditors, because it changes which Registrar and which High Court have the company. And a change of objects while the public's prospectus money is still unspent triggers the heaviest requirement of all.

Some words this chapter uses

A special resolution is one passed where votes in favour are not less than three times the votes against. An ordinary resolution needs a simple majority. The Regional Director is a senior officer of the Ministry of Corporate Affairs above the Registrar. Vernacular means the local language. Unutilised means not yet spent. Conversion means changing from one class of company to another, for example private to public.

Altering the memorandum: section 13

The general rule, section 13(1)

Save as provided in section 61, a company may, by a special resolution and after complying with the procedure specified in this section, alter the provisions of its memorandum.

The carve-out matters: section 61 governs alteration of the capital clause, and it needs only an ordinary resolution if the articles authorise it. So do not answer "special resolution" for every clause of the memorandum.

Change of name, section 13(2) and (3)

Any change of name is subject to section 4(2) and (3), so the new name must not be identical with or too nearly resemble an existing name, must not constitute an offence or be undesirable, and must not suggest Government connection without approval. And it shall not have effect except with the approval of the Central Government in writing.

munotes.in71

Alteration of the Memorandum and the Articles

The proviso removes one case. No such approval is necessary where the only change is the deletion or addition of the word "Private", consequent on conversion of one class of company to another under the Act.

Section 13(3): when it is complete. The Registrar shall enter the new name in the register in place of the old and issue a fresh certificate of incorporation with the new name, and the change shall be complete and effective only on the issue of such a certificate. Not on the resolution, and not on the approval.

Shifting the registered office from one State to another, section 13(4) and (5)

The alteration shall not have any effect unless it is approved by the Central Government on an application in the prescribed form and manner.

Section 13(5) puts a clock and a test on that. The Central Government shall dispose of the application within sixty days, and before passing its order may satisfy itself either that the alteration has the consent of the creditors, debenture holders and other persons concerned, or that sufficient provision has been made for the due discharge of all the company's debts and obligations, or that adequate security has been provided for such discharge.

That is a creditor protection test, and it is the reason an inter-State shift is harder than any other alteration except a change of objects funded by the public.

Filing, section 13(6) and (7)

Save as provided in section 64, the company shall file with the Registrar (a) the special resolution, and (b) the Central Government's approval, if the alteration involves a change of name.

Section 13(7). Where the alteration transfers the registered office from one State to another, a certified copy of the Central Government's order shall be filed with the Registrar of each of the States, within the prescribed time and manner, and the Registrar of the State to which the office is shifted shall issue a fresh certificate of incorporation indicating the alteration.

Change of objects after a public issue, section 13(8)

This is the heaviest requirement in the section. A company which has raised money from the public through a prospectus and still has any unutilised amount out of that money shall not change its objects unless a special resolution is passed and:

  • (i) the prescribed details of the resolution are published in the newspapers, one in English and one in the vernacular language, in circulation at the place where the registered office is situated, and placed on the company's website, if any, indicating the justification for the change; and
  • (ii) the dissenting shareholders are given an opportunity to exit by the promoters and shareholders having control, in accordance with regulations to be specified by the Securities and Exchange Board.
munotes.in72

Alteration of the Memorandum and the Articles

Two protections doing different work: disclosure with a reason, so the market can judge, and an exit, so a shareholder who disagrees is not trapped.

Registration and effect, section 13(9), (10) and (11)

Section 13(9). The Registrar shall register any alteration of the objects and certify the registration within thirty days of the filing of the special resolution.

Section 13(10). No alteration made under this section shall have any effect until it has been registered in accordance with this section. So registration, not resolution, is the operative moment throughout.

Section 13(11). In a company limited by guarantee and not having a share capital, any alteration purporting to give a person a right to participate in divisible profits otherwise than as a member is void. This mirrors section 4(7).

Altering the articles: section 14

The general rule, section 14(1)

Subject to the provisions of this Act and the conditions contained in its memorandum, if any, a company may by a special resolution alter its articles, including alterations having the effect of conversion of (a) a private company into a public company, or (b) a public company into a private company.

So conversion between the two classes is done through the articles, which is why section 14 rather than section 13 is the conversion section.

The three provisos

First proviso: losing private status by accident. Where a private company alters its articles so that they no longer include the restrictions and limitations required for a private company under the Act, the company shall, as from the date of such alteration, cease to be a private company. It happens automatically. No order, no application, no certificate. Drop the transfer restriction from your articles and you are a public company from that date.

Second proviso: converting public to private. Any alteration having the effect of conversion of a public company into a private company shall not be valid unless it is approved by an order of the Central Government on an application in the prescribed form and manner.

Note the asymmetry and it is examined. Private to public: special resolution alone. Public to private: special resolution plus a Central Government order. The reason is obvious once stated: going public adds obligations and protections, while going private removes them.

munotes.in73

Alteration of the Memorandum and the Articles

Third proviso: transitional. Any application pending before the Tribunal on the commencement of the Companies (Amendment) Act 2019 shall be disposed of by the Tribunal under the law applicable before that commencement. This records that the approving authority for public to private conversion moved from the Tribunal to the Central Government in 2019.

Filing, section 14(2)

Every alteration of the articles, and a copy of the Central Government's order approving it where required, shall be filed with the Registrar together with a printed copy of the altered articles, within fifteen days, in the prescribed manner, and the Registrar shall register the same.

Noting the alteration in every copy: section 15

Section 15(1). Every alteration made in the memorandum or articles shall be noted in every copy of the memorandum or articles.

Section 15(2). On default, the company and every officer in default shall be liable to a penalty of one thousand rupees for every copy of the memorandum or articles issued without the alteration.

The penalty is per copy, which is the sting. A company that circulates a hundred out of date copies faces a lakh of rupees.

Conversion of an existing company: section 18

Section 18(1). A company of any class registered under this Act may convert itself into a company of another class by alteration of memorandum and articles in accordance with this Chapter.

Section 18(2). On the company's application, the Registrar, after satisfying himself that the provisions applicable for registration of companies have been complied with, shall close the former registration and, after registering the documents, issue a certificate of incorporation in the same manner as its first registration.

Section 18(3) is the protective sub-section. Registration under this section shall not affect any debts, liabilities, obligations or contracts incurred or entered into by or on behalf of the company before conversion, and they may be enforced as if such registration had not been done.

So conversion changes the company's clothes, not its identity. Its creditors are exactly where they were.

A worked example

Deccan Agro Limited, a public company registered in Telangana, wants to do four things.

1. Change its name to Deccan Agri Foods Limited. Special resolution under section 13(1), and the written approval of the Central Government under section 13(2), the name being checked against section 4(2) and (3). The change takes effect only when the Registrar issues a fresh certificate of incorporation, section 13(3).

2. Move its registered office to Maharashtra. Special resolution, and Central Government approval under section 13(4). The Government has sixty days and will look for creditor consent, or sufficient provision for the debts, or adequate security, under section 13(5). A certified copy of the order goes to the Registrar of both States, and the Maharashtra Registrar issues a fresh certificate of incorporation indicating the alteration, section 13(7).

munotes.in74

Alteration of the Memorandum and the Articles

3. Add a new object, food processing. Special resolution. But the company raised forty crore rupees by a prospectus two years ago and eleven crore is still unspent, so section 13(8) applies: the details must be published in one English and one vernacular newspaper where the registered office is, and on the website, with the justification, and the dissenting shareholders must be offered an exit by the promoters and controlling shareholders under SEBI regulations. The Registrar then registers the change of objects and certifies within thirty days, section 13(9), and nothing takes effect until registration, section 13(10).

4. Convert into a private company. Special resolution altering the articles under section 14(1), plus an order of the Central Government under the second proviso. The alteration, the order and a printed copy of the altered articles go to the Registrar within fifteen days, section 14(2).

And a warning. Once converted, if the company later amends its articles and drops the restriction on transfer of shares, the first proviso to section 14(1) operates automatically: from the date of that alteration it ceases to be a private company, whether or not anybody intended it.

Distinctions that carry marks

ChangeResolutionOutside approvalWhen effective
Objects, ordinary caseSpecial, section 13(1)NoneOn registration, sections 13(9) and (10)
Objects, prospectus money unutilisedSpecialNewspapers, website, justification, and an exit for dissenters, section 13(8)On registration
NameSpecial, section 13(1)Central Government in writing, section 13(2)On the fresh certificate, section 13(3)
Registered office, another StateSpecialCentral Government, section 13(4), within sixty days, creditors consideredOn the fresh certificate from the new State's Registrar, section 13(7)
Capital clauseOrdinary, section 61 if the articles authoriseNoneOn filing under section 64
Articles, generallySpecial, section 14(1)NoneOn filing under section 14(2)
Private to publicSpecial, section 14(1)(a)NoneOn the alteration
Public to privateSpecial, section 14(1)(b)Central Government order, second provisoOn approval and filing

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean every memorandum change needs a special resolution. Section 13(1) opens "save as provided in section 61", and the capital clause is altered by ordinary resolution where the articles allow.

It does not mean the resolution changes anything by itself. Section 13(10) says no alteration has effect until registered, and section 13(3) says a name change is complete only on the fresh certificate.

It does not mean conversion creates a new company. Section 18(3) preserves every debt, liability, obligation and contract incurred before conversion.

munotes.in75

Alteration of the Memorandum and the Articles

It does not mean a private company must apply to become public. It can lose private status automatically under the first proviso to section 14(1) simply by dropping the required restrictions from its articles.

Quick revision

  • Section 13(1): special resolution, save section 61 for capital.
  • 13(2) and (3): name needs Central Government written approval, subject to section 4(2) and (3); no approval needed for merely adding or deleting "Private" on conversion; effective only on the fresh certificate.
  • 13(4) and (5): State to State shift needs Central Government approval, decided in sixty days, looking at creditor consent, provision for debts or adequate security.
  • 13(6) and (7): file the resolution and the approval; on an inter-State shift file the certified order with the Registrar of each State.
  • 13(8): unutilised prospectus money means special resolution plus two newspapers and the website with a justification, plus an exit for dissenting shareholders under SEBI regulations.
  • 13(9) and (10): objects registered and certified in thirty days; nothing effective until registration.
  • Section 14(1): articles by special resolution, including conversion either way. First proviso: dropping the private company restrictions means the company ceases to be private from that date. Second proviso: public to private needs a Central Government order. Third proviso: pending Tribunal applications under the pre 2019 law.
  • 14(2): file within fifteen days with a printed copy of the altered articles.
  • Section 15: note every alteration in every copy; one thousand rupees per copy on default.
  • Section 18: conversion by altering both documents; former registration closed, fresh certificate issued; debts, liabilities, obligations and contracts survive.

Test yourself

1. What is needed to change a company's name? A special resolution under section 13(1) and the written approval of the Central Government under section 13(2), the new name satisfying section 4(2) and (3). The change is effective only on the issue of a fresh certificate of incorporation: section 13(3).

2. Within what time must the Central Government decide an application to shift the registered office to another State, and what does it look at? Sixty days, section 13(5). It may satisfy itself that the alteration has the consent of creditors, debenture holders and other persons concerned, or that sufficient provision has been made for the discharge of the company's debts and obligations, or that adequate security has been provided.

3. A listed company that still holds unspent prospectus money wants to change its objects. What must it do? Pass a special resolution and comply with section 13(8): publish the prescribed details in one English and one vernacular newspaper in circulation where the registered office is, and on its website, with the justification; and ensure that dissenting shareholders are given an exit by the promoters and controlling shareholders in accordance with SEBI regulations.

munotes.in76

Alteration of the Memorandum and the Articles

4. How does a public company become a private company? By a special resolution altering its articles under section 14(1)(b), which is not valid unless approved by an order of the Central Government under the second proviso. The alteration, the order and a printed copy of the altered articles are filed with the Registrar within fifteen days.

5. A private company amends its articles and deletes the restriction on transfer of shares. What happens? By the first proviso to section 14(1) it ceases to be a private company from the date of that alteration. No order or application is needed; the consequence is automatic.

6. Does conversion under section 18 wipe out the company's old debts? No. Section 18(3) provides that registration under the section does not affect any debts, liabilities, obligations or contracts incurred before conversion, and they may be enforced as if the registration had not been done.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in77

Chapter Fourteen

The Registered Office and Service of Documents

Syllabus topic 1.2, "Incorporation of companies & matters incidental thereto"

In one line

Every company must have a real address at which letters can be received and acknowledged, must display its name and that address, and must tell the Registrar when either changes.

In exam wording: section 12(1) requires a company to have a registered office capable of receiving and acknowledging all communications and notices within thirty days of incorporation and at all times thereafter; section 12(3) prescribes what must be painted, engraved and printed; section 12(4) to (7) govern change of the office; and section 20 prescribes how documents are served on a company, on the Registrar and on members.

Why the law has this at all

A company has no body. You cannot knock on it, hand it a summons or ask it a question. If the law did not fix a place where the company can be found, a creditor with a claim and a court with a notice would have nowhere to send them.

The registered office is that place. It is the company's legal address, and the requirement that it be capable of receiving and acknowledging communications is doing real work: a locked room with a nameplate is not enough, because nobody there acknowledges anything.

The display requirements in section 12(3) serve the same instinct one level down. A person dealing with a shop should be able to see, from the shop, which company he is dealing with and where to write to it. And the two year rule about former names exists so that a company cannot shed a bad reputation by changing its name and hoping nobody connects the two.

Some words this chapter uses

Conspicuous means easily seen. Legible means readable. A hundi is a traditional Indian instrument of exchange. A billhead is the printed heading of a bill. The Regional Director is an officer of the Ministry of Corporate Affairs senior to a Registrar. Local limits means the boundaries of the city, town or village. Verification here means confirming the address in the prescribed manner.

The office itself: section 12(1) and (2)

Section 12(1). A company shall, within thirty days of its incorporation and at all times thereafter, have a registered office capable of receiving and acknowledging all communications and notices as may be addressed to it.

Two limbs. Within thirty days of incorporation, so a company may be incorporated before it has an office, which is why section 7(1)(d) requires an address for correspondence in the meantime. And at all times thereafter, so the obligation is continuous.

Section 12(2). The company shall furnish to the Registrar verification of its registered office within thirty days of its incorporation, in the prescribed manner.

This connects to the trap in the next chapter. Section 10A(1)(b) makes the filing of that verification one of the two conditions a company with a share capital must satisfy before it may commence business or exercise borrowing powers.

munotes.in78

The Registered Office and Service of Documents

What must be displayed: section 12(3)

Every company shall:

  • (a) paint or affix its name, and the address of its registered office, and keep them painted or affixed, on the outside of every office or place in which its business is carried on, in a conspicuous position, in legible letters, and if those characters are not those of the language, or one of the languages, in general use in that locality, also in the characters of that language;
  • (b) have its name engraved in legible characters on its seal, if any;
  • (c) get its name, the address of its registered office and the Corporate Identity Number, along with telephone number, fax number if any, e-mail and website addresses if any, printed in all its business letters, billheads, letter papers and in all its notices and other official publications; and
  • (d) have its name printed on hundies, promissory notes, bills of exchange and such other documents as may be prescribed.

Clause (b) is another casualty of 2015. It reads "on its seal, if any", because the common seal ceased to be compulsory when the words "and a common seal" were omitted from section 9 by the Companies (Amendment) Act 2015 with effect from 29 May 2015. See [The Characteristics of a Company].

Two provisos, both examinable.

The first proviso: former names. Where a company has changed its name or names during the last two years, it shall paint, affix or print, along with its name, the former name or names so changed during the last two years, as required by clauses (a) and (c).

The second proviso: One Person Company. The words "One Person Company" shall be mentioned in brackets below the name of such a company, wherever its name is printed, affixed or engraved.

Changing the office: section 12(4) to (7)

This is the part with four levels, and the level depends on how far the office moves.

Level one: anywhere, notice is required. Section 12(4). Notice of every change of the situation of the registered office after incorporation, verified in the prescribed manner, shall be given to the Registrar within thirty days of the change, and he shall record it.

Level two: outside the local limits, special resolution. Section 12(5). Except on the authority of a special resolution, the registered office shall not be changed:

  • (a) in the case of an existing company, outside the local limits of any city, town or village where it is situated at the commencement of this Act, or where it may later be situated by virtue of a special resolution; and
  • (b) in the case of any other company, outside the local limits of any city, town or village where it is first situated, or where it may later be situated by virtue of a special resolution.
munotes.in79

The Registered Office and Service of Documents

So a move within the same city needs only the section 12(4) notice. A move to a different city needs a special resolution.

Level three: to another Registrar within the same State, Regional Director. The proviso to section 12(5). No company shall change the place of its registered office from the jurisdiction of one Registrar to the jurisdiction of another Registrar within the same State unless such change is confirmed by the Regional Director on an application in the prescribed manner.

Section 12(6) puts a timetable on that confirmation. The Regional Director shall communicate it within thirty days from the date of receipt of the application; the company shall file the confirmation with the Registrar within sixty days of the date of confirmation; and the Registrar shall register it and certify the registration within thirty days of the filing.

Section 12(7). That certificate shall be conclusive evidence that all the requirements of this Act with respect to change of registered office under sub-section (5) have been complied with, and the change shall take effect from the date of the certificate.

Level four: to another State, Central Government. This is not in section 12 at all. It is an alteration of the memorandum's registered office clause under section 4(1)(b), so it goes through section 13(4) to (7), needs Central Government approval decided within sixty days with creditor protection, and ends in a fresh certificate of incorporation from the new State's Registrar. See [Alteration of the Memorandum and the Articles].

Service of documents: section 20

Section 20(1): serving the company or its officer. A document may be served by sending it to the company or the officer at the registered office by registered post, speed post, courier service, by leaving it at the registered office, or by such electronic or other mode as may be prescribed.

The proviso allows a depository, where securities are held with it, to serve the records of beneficial ownership on the company by electronic or other mode.

Section 20(2): serving the Registrar or a member. Save as provided in the Act or the rules for filing documents with the Registrar in electronic mode, a document may be served on the Registrar or any member by post, registered post, speed post, courier, delivery at his office or address, or such electronic or other mode as may be prescribed.

munotes.in80

The Registered Office and Service of Documents

The proviso is the members' option. A member may request delivery of any document through a particular mode, for which he shall pay such fees as may be determined by the company in its annual general meeting. So a member who insists on a paper copy by courier can have it, and pays for it.

The Explanation defines "courier" as a person or agency which delivers the document and provides proof of its delivery. Proof of delivery is the defining feature, which is why an ordinary messenger will not do.

A worked example

Nashik Vintners Private Limited is incorporated on 5 May 2026 with its memorandum stating Maharashtra as the State.

By 4 June 2026 it must have a registered office capable of receiving and acknowledging communications, section 12(1), and must furnish verification of it to the Registrar, section 12(2). Until then the address for correspondence filed under section 7(1)(d) does the work. And until the verification is filed the company may not commence business, because of section 10A(1)(b).

Display. Its name and the registered office address are painted outside the winery and outside its Pune sales office, in a conspicuous position and in legible letters. Because Marathi is in general use in the locality, the name also appears in Marathi characters, as clause (a) requires. Its letterhead carries the name, the registered office address, the Corporate Identity Number, telephone, e-mail and website, under clause (c).

Moving, four ways.

  1. Across Nashik city. Notice to the Registrar within thirty days, section 12(4). Nothing more.
  2. From Nashik to Dhule, both within the same Registrar's jurisdiction. It is outside the local limits of the city where the office was first situated, so a special resolution is needed under section 12(5)(b), plus the section 12(4) notice.
  3. From Nashik to a place under a different Registrar in Maharashtra. Special resolution, plus confirmation by the Regional Director under the proviso to section 12(5). He communicates within thirty days; the company files within sixty days of the confirmation; the Registrar certifies within thirty days of filing; and the change takes effect from the date of that certificate, which is conclusive evidence of compliance, section 12(6) and (7).
  4. From Maharashtra to Goa. Not section 12 at all. Alteration of the memorandum under section 13(4), Central Government approval within sixty days with creditors considered under section 13(5), certified copy filed with the Registrar of both States, and a fresh certificate of incorporation from the Goa Registrar under section 13(7).

Two years later the company changes its name to Godavari Vintners Private Limited. For the next two years, wherever its name is painted or printed under clauses (a) and (c), the former name must appear alongside it, by the first proviso to section 12(3).

munotes.in81

The Registered Office and Service of Documents

Distinctions that carry marks

MoveAuthority neededEffective when
Within the same city, town or villageNotice to the Registrar within thirty days, section 12(4)On the change, notice recorded
Outside those local limits, same RegistrarSpecial resolution, section 12(5)On the change, with notice
To another Registrar in the same StateSpecial resolution plus Regional Director confirmation, proviso to section 12(5)Date of the Registrar's certificate, section 12(7)
To another StateCentral Government approval, section 13(4), creditors considered, section 13(5)Fresh certificate of incorporation, section 13(7)

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean the memorandum contains the address. Section 4(1)(b) requires only the State. That is why moving within a State never touches the memorandum and moving between States always does.

It does not mean a company must have its office from day one. Section 12(1) gives thirty days from incorporation.

It does not mean any address will do. It must be capable of receiving and acknowledging communications, and the verification must be furnished to the Registrar.

It does not mean a company may quietly drop its old name. For two years the former name travels with the new one under the first proviso to section 12(3).

Quick revision

  • 12(1): registered office within thirty days of incorporation and at all times thereafter, capable of receiving and acknowledging communications.
  • 12(2): verification to the Registrar within thirty days. Feeds section 10A(1)(b).
  • 12(3): (a) paint or affix name and address outside every place of business, conspicuous, legible, and in the local language characters where needed; (b) name engraved on the seal, if any; (c) name, address, CIN, telephone, fax, e-mail, website on letters, billheads, letter papers, notices and official publications; (d) name on hundies, promissory notes and bills of exchange. Former name for two years. "One Person Company" in brackets below the name.
  • 12(4): notice of every change within thirty days.
  • 12(5): special resolution to move outside the local limits; Regional Director confirmation to move to another Registrar in the same State.
  • 12(6): thirty days to confirm, sixty days to file, thirty days to certify. 12(7): the certificate is conclusive evidence and the change takes effect from its date.
  • Another State: sections 13(4) to (7), Central Government.
  • Section 20: service on the company at the registered office by registered post, speed post, courier, leaving it there, or prescribed electronic mode; on the Registrar or a member by those routes; a member may demand a particular mode and pay the fee fixed in the annual general meeting; "courier" means one who provides proof of delivery.
munotes.in82

The Registered Office and Service of Documents

Test yourself

1. Within what time must a company have a registered office, and what must it be capable of? Within thirty days of incorporation and at all times thereafter, and it must be capable of receiving and acknowledging all communications and notices addressed to it: section 12(1).

2. What must a company print on its business letters? Its name, the address of its registered office and the Corporate Identity Number, along with telephone number, fax number if any, e-mail and website addresses if any: section 12(3)(c).

3. A company moves its office from one Registrar's jurisdiction to another within the same State. What is required, and when does it take effect? A special resolution under section 12(5) and confirmation by the Regional Director under the proviso. The confirmation is communicated within thirty days, filed with the Registrar within sixty days, and the Registrar certifies within thirty days of filing. The change takes effect from the date of that certificate, which is conclusive evidence of compliance: section 12(6) and (7).

4. A company changed its name eighteen months ago. What must appear outside its factory? Its present name and the address of its registered office under section 12(3)(a), and alongside them the former name, because the change was within the last two years: first proviso to section 12(3).

5. How may a document be served on a company? By sending it to the company or the officer at the registered office by registered post, speed post or courier service, by leaving it at the registered office, or by such electronic or other mode as may be prescribed: section 20(1).

6. Can a member insist on receiving documents by a particular mode? Yes. Under the proviso to section 20(2) a member may request delivery of any document through a particular mode, on paying such fees as may be determined by the company in its annual general meeting.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in83

Chapter Fifteen

Commencement of Business

Syllabus topic 1.2, label: "Commencement of Business"

In one line

A company with a share capital may not start trading or borrow until a director has filed a declaration that the subscribers have actually paid for their shares, and until the company has filed verification of its registered office.

In exam wording: section 10A of the Companies Act 2013 provides that a company incorporated after the commencement of the Companies (Amendment) Act 2019 and having a share capital shall not commence any business or exercise any borrowing powers unless a declaration is filed by a director within one hundred and eighty days of incorporation that every subscriber has paid the value of the shares agreed to be taken, and the company has filed verification of its registered office under section 12(2).

Why the law has this at all

The problem is shell companies, and it is a real one.

Anybody can subscribe to a memorandum for ten thousand shares and never pay a rupee. The company is incorporated, it appears on the register with a share capital, and to an outsider it looks like a funded business. It can then be used to open bank accounts, take credit and route money, having never held any capital at all.

Section 10A blocks that at the door. Before the company may do anything commercial, a director must certify on the record that the money is actually in, and the company must have a verified address where it can be found. Two facts, both checkable, both filed.

The history matters and is worth a sentence in an answer. The 2013 Act originally dealt with this in section 11, which required a declaration plus a minimum paid-up capital. That section was omitted in 2015 as part of the same package that abolished the minimum capital requirements in sections 2(68) and 2(71). Within four years the shell company problem made the requirement necessary again, and Parliament reinstated it in a tighter form as section 10A in 2019, this time with a striking-off consequence and without any minimum capital.

Some words this chapter uses

To commence business means to begin the trading or other activity the company was formed for. Borrowing powers are the company's powers to take loans. A declaration is a formal written statement filed with the Registrar. Verification of the registered office is the confirmation of the address required by section 12(2). Striking off is the removal of a company's name from the register of companies under Chapter XVIII. A penalty under this Act is imposed by an adjudicating officer, not by a court.

Who it applies to

Two conditions, both necessary:

  1. The company was incorporated after the commencement of the Companies (Amendment) Act 2019; and
  2. It has a share capital.
munotes.in84

Commencement of Business

So a company limited by guarantee without a share capital is outside section 10A altogether, and so is a company incorporated before the 2019 Amendment came into force. Both limits are on the face of the section and both are worth stating, because they are the easiest marks in the topic.

The two conditions: section 10A(1)

A company to which the section applies shall not commence any business or exercise any borrowing powers unless:

  • (a) a declaration is filed by a director within a period of one hundred and eighty days of the date of incorporation of the company, in such form and verified in such manner as may be prescribed, with the Registrar, that every subscriber to the memorandum has paid the value of the shares agreed to be taken by him on the date of making of such declaration; and
  • (b) the company has filed with the Registrar a verification of its registered office as provided in sub-section (2) of section 12.

Both, because the clauses are joined by "and". A company that has taken the subscription money but not verified its office may not trade, and neither may one that has verified its office but not collected the money.

Take the wording of (a) apart, because every phrase in it does work:

  • "a declaration is filed by a director": any one director will do, and it must be a director, not the auditor or the company secretary.
  • "within a period of one hundred and eighty days of the date of incorporation": the clock runs from the date on the certificate under section 9, not from the date of filing.
  • "every subscriber": not most of them, and not the majority in value.
  • "has paid the value of the shares agreed to be taken by him": the whole of what he agreed to take under section 4(1)(e)(ii), not a part.
  • "on the date of making of such declaration": the payment must be complete when the declaration is made, so a director cannot certify an intention to pay.

And note what is not there: no minimum paid-up capital. Section 10A does not require any particular amount. It requires that whatever was agreed has actually been paid. A company whose subscribers agreed to take one share of ten rupees each satisfies section 10A when those rupees are in.

The penalty: section 10A(2)

If any default is made in complying with the requirements of this section:

  • the company shall be liable to a penalty of fifty thousand rupees; and
  • every officer who is in default shall be liable to a penalty of one thousand rupees for each day during which the default continues, but not exceeding an amount of one lakh rupees.
munotes.in85

Commencement of Business

Two features to note. The company's penalty is a flat fifty thousand rupees, while the officer's is a daily one thousand rupees. And the officer's exposure is capped at one lakh rupees, which is reached after one hundred days of default.

The striking off consequence: section 10A(3)

This is the sub-section that gives the section teeth, and it did not exist in the old section 11.

Where no declaration has been filed with the Registrar under clause (a) of sub-section (1) within a period of one hundred and eighty days of the date of incorporation, and the Registrar has reasonable cause to believe that the company is not carrying on any business or operations, he may, without prejudice to the provisions of sub-section (2), initiate action for the removal of the name of the company from the register of companies under Chapter XVIII.

Three conditions before the Registrar may move:

  1. No declaration has been filed within one hundred and eighty days; and
  2. The Registrar has reasonable cause to believe that the company is not carrying on any business or operations; and
  3. He acts without prejudice to sub-section (2), so the penalties still run.

The second condition is a genuine safeguard. Failure to file is not by itself enough; the Registrar must also have reason to think the company is dormant in fact. A trading company that simply forgot to file faces the penalty, not extinction.

A worked example

Kolhapur Foundry Private Limited is incorporated on 12 January 2027. Its two subscribers, Vikas and Sameena, each agreed in the memorandum to take five thousand shares of ten rupees, so fifty thousand rupees each.

The clock. One hundred and eighty days from 12 January 2027 runs to 11 July 2027.

What must happen by then. Vikas and Sameena must actually pay their fifty thousand rupees each, and a director must file a declaration with the Registrar stating that every subscriber has paid the value of the shares agreed to be taken, as at the date of the declaration. Separately, the company must have filed verification of its registered office under section 12(2), which section 12(2) itself requires within thirty days of incorporation.

Until both are filed, the company may not commence any business or exercise any borrowing powers. So it cannot sign a supply contract as a trading company and cannot take the working capital loan the bank has offered.

Suppose Sameena pays only thirty thousand rupees. A director cannot make the declaration, because it must state that every subscriber has paid the value of the shares agreed to be taken. A declaration made anyway is a false particular filed with the Registrar and exposes the director to section 447 through the general machinery of the Act.

munotes.in86

Commencement of Business

Suppose nothing is filed by 11 July 2027 and the company has in fact never traded. Two things follow. Under section 10A(2) the company incurs a penalty of fifty thousand rupees and every officer in default incurs one thousand rupees a day, capped at one lakh rupees. And under section 10A(3), since no declaration was filed within one hundred and eighty days and the Registrar has reasonable cause to believe the company is not carrying on any business or operations, he may initiate action to remove its name from the register under Chapter XVIII.

Change one fact. Suppose the company had been trading vigorously throughout but its director simply overlooked the filing. The penalties under section 10A(2) still apply, but section 10A(3) does not, because the Registrar cannot have reasonable cause to believe it is not carrying on business.

Change another. Suppose Kolhapur Foundry had been a company limited by guarantee without a share capital. Section 10A would not apply to it at all, because it applies only to a company having a share capital.

Distinctions that carry marks

Section 11, as it wasSection 10A, as it is
StatusOmitted by the Companies (Amendment) Act 2015, with effect from 29 May 2015Inserted by the Companies (Amendment) Act 2019, and in force
Applies toCompanies with a share capital under the 2013 Act as first enactedCompanies incorporated after the 2019 Amendment and having a share capital
Minimum capitalTied to the then minimum paid-up capitalNone; only that what was agreed has been paid
Time limitBefore commencing businessOne hundred and eighty days from incorporation
ConsequencePenaltyPenalty and possible striking off under section 10A(3)

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean the company does not exist until the declaration is filed. It exists from the date on the certificate under section 9. What it may not do is commence business or exercise borrowing powers.

It does not mean every company must file it. Only a company with a share capital, incorporated after the 2019 Amendment.

It does not mean there is a minimum capital. There is none, in this section or anywhere else, since 29 May 2015.

It does not mean failing to file destroys the company. Section 10A(3) requires the Registrar to have reasonable cause to believe the company is not carrying on business as well.

And it does not mean section 11 is the answer. Section 11 is printed in the Act as omitted, in square brackets, with no text under it. Citing it is citing a provision that has not existed since 29 May 2015.

munotes.in87

Commencement of Business

Quick revision

  • Applies to: a company incorporated after the Companies (Amendment) Act 2019 and having a share capital.
  • Two conditions, section 10A(1): (a) a declaration by a director within one hundred and eighty days of incorporation, filed with the Registrar, that every subscriber has paid the value of the shares agreed to be taken, as at the date of the declaration; and (b) verification of the registered office filed under section 12(2). Both.
  • Prohibition: may not commence any business or exercise any borrowing powers.
  • Penalty, 10A(2): company fifty thousand rupees; every officer in default one thousand rupees per day, maximum one lakh rupees.
  • 10A(3): no declaration in one hundred and eighty days plus reasonable cause to believe the company is not carrying on business or operations equals action to strike off under Chapter XVIII, without prejudice to the penalty.
  • Section 11 is OMITTED, with effect from 29 May 2015.

Test yourself

1. Which section governs commencement of business, and what happened to section 11? Section 10A, inserted by the Companies (Amendment) Act 2019. Section 11 was omitted by the Companies (Amendment) Act 2015 with effect from 29 May 2015, and the Act prints it as omitted, in square brackets, with no text under it.

2. What are the two conditions in section 10A(1)? A declaration filed by a director with the Registrar within one hundred and eighty days of incorporation that every subscriber has paid the value of the shares agreed to be taken by him as at the date of the declaration; and the filing of verification of the registered office under section 12(2). Both are required.

3. What may a company not do until they are satisfied? It may not commence any business or exercise any borrowing powers: section 10A(1).

4. State the penalties. The company, fifty thousand rupees. Every officer in default, one thousand rupees for each day the default continues, subject to a maximum of one lakh rupees: section 10A(2).

5. When may the Registrar move to strike the company off? Where no declaration has been filed within one hundred and eighty days of incorporation and he has reasonable cause to believe the company is not carrying on any business or operations. He may then initiate action under Chapter XVIII, without prejudice to the penalties: section 10A(3).

6. Does section 10A apply to a company limited by guarantee with no share capital? No. The section applies only to a company having a share capital, and only to one incorporated after the commencement of the Companies (Amendment) Act 2019.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in88

Chapter Sixteen

Constructive Notice and Indoor Management

Syllabus topic 1.2, label: "Doctrine of constructive notice and indoor management"

In one line

Constructive notice says that anyone dealing with a company is taken to have read its registered documents, and indoor management says that having read them, he may assume the company followed them.

In exam wording: the doctrine of constructive notice treats every person dealing with a company as having notice of the contents of its memorandum and articles, because they are public documents open to inspection under section 399. The doctrine of indoor management, or the rule in Turquand's case, is its counterweight: an outsider who has read those documents is not bound to inquire into the internal proceedings of the company and may assume that everything required to be done internally has been done.

Why the law has this at all

Take the two doctrines in the order they were invented, because each is a response to the other.

Constructive notice comes first. The memorandum and articles are filed with the Registrar and, under section 399, any person may inspect them by electronic means on paying the fee. The law's inference is straightforward: if a document is open to the world, a person who deals with the company without reading it has only himself to blame. So he is treated as knowing it whether he read it or not.

Then the injustice appeared. Suppose the articles say a company may borrow only after a resolution of the members. An outsider reads them, sees the limit, asks the directors whether the resolution was passed and is told yes. There is no way for him to check: the resolution, if it exists, is in a minute book he cannot see. If constructive notice applied without qualification, every lender to every company would have to verify facts he has no means of verifying, and nobody would deal with companies at all.

Indoor management is the answer. It draws the line at the door. Outside the door, the registered documents, the outsider must look and is deemed to know. Inside the door, the meetings, resolutions, quorums and consents, he need not look and may assume regularity.

Some words this chapter uses

Constructive notice is knowledge the law attributes to a person whether or not he has it in fact. An outsider, or third party, is a person dealing with the company who is not part of its management. Regularity means that the internal procedure was properly followed. A forgery is a false document made to pass as genuine. Put upon inquiry means placed in a position where a reasonable person would have asked questions. Ostensible or apparent authority is authority a person appears to have because the company has held him out as having it.

munotes.in89

Constructive Notice and Indoor Management

The doctrine of constructive notice

What it says. Every person dealing with a company is deemed to have notice of the contents of its memorandum and articles, and of any other document registered with the Registrar that is open to public inspection.

Where it comes from in the Act. Not from a section that states it, but from section 399(1)(a), which gives any person the right to inspect by electronic means any documents kept by the Registrar filed or registered in pursuance of the Act, on payment of the prescribed fee, and from section 399(1)(b), which lets any person require a certified copy or extract. Because inspection is available to all, notice is imputed to all.

Section 17 points the same way for members: on request, and on payment of the prescribed fee, the company must within seven days send a member a copy of (a) the memorandum, (b) the articles, and (c) every agreement and resolution referred to in section 117(1) so far as not already embodied in them. Default costs the company and every officer in default one thousand rupees for each day, or one lakh rupees, whichever is less.

The consequence. A person who deals with the company contrary to what the registered documents say cannot plead ignorance. If the articles forbid the company from borrowing more than a stated amount, a lender who lends more is fixed with notice of the limit.

Two limits on section 399 itself, both in its proviso and both worth a mark. The right of inspection in relation to documents delivered with a prospectus under section 26 may be exercised only during the fourteen days beginning with the date of publication of the prospectus, and at other times only with the permission of the Central Government; the same applies to documents delivered under section 388(1)(b). And by section 399(2), no process to compel production of a document kept by the Registrar may issue from any court or the Tribunal except with its leave, and any such process must say on its face that it was issued with leave.

The doctrine of indoor management: the rule in Turquand's case

What it says. A person dealing with a company in good faith, having satisfied himself that the transaction is consistent with the memorandum and articles, is not bound to inquire into the regularity of the company's internal proceedings. He may assume that whatever the articles require to be done internally has been done.

Royal British Bank v. Turquand is the decision that established the rule, and it is universally cited by that name. It is named here without a citation and without facts, deliberately: no report carrying it could be opened from where this book was written, and the house rule is that a citation goes only with a report that has been read. See authorities/cases.json and FINDINGS.md section 5.1.

munotes.in90

Constructive Notice and Indoor Management

Why it is fair. The internal proceedings are within the company's own control and knowledge and outside the outsider's. The company chose its directors, kept its minute book and knows whether the resolution was passed. As between an innocent outsider and a company whose own house was disordered, the loss belongs on the company.

The exceptions to indoor management

These are where the marks are, because the rule is easy and the exceptions are the examinable part. There are five and they should be given with a reason each.

1. Knowledge of the irregularity. A person who actually knows that the internal procedure was not followed cannot rely on the rule. He is not being misled; he is taking a chance.

2. Suspicion, or being put upon inquiry. Where the circumstances are such that a reasonable person would have made inquiries, and the outsider made none, he cannot claim the benefit. A transaction that is obviously outside the ordinary course, or of extravagant size for the company, puts a person on inquiry.

3. Forgery. The rule protects against irregularity, not against nullity. A forged document is not an irregular act of the company; it is not the company's act at all, and there is nothing for the rule to regularise.

4. Negligence, or failure to read what he was bound to read. The rule presupposes that the outsider has done what constructive notice requires. A person who never looked at the articles cannot say he assumed compliance with them.

5. Acts void or ultra vires. Where the act is beyond the company's capacity under its memorandum, no assumption about internal procedure can help, because the company could not have done the act however regularly it proceeded. See [The Doctrine of Ultra Vires].

A sixth is sometimes given: no representation at all. Where the outsider did not rely on the articles or on any holding out by the company, there is nothing on which the assumption of regularity can rest.

How the two doctrines fit together

Set them side by side and the logic is clean.

Constructive notice looks outward and binds the outsider. He is deemed to know the public documents, because he could have read them.

Indoor management looks inward and protects the outsider. He is not deemed to know the private proceedings, because he could not have read them.

The dividing line is availability. Anything on the register is his responsibility; anything in the minute book is the company's.

munotes.in91

Constructive Notice and Indoor Management

A worked example

Aurangabad Springs Limited has articles providing that the Board may borrow up to fifty lakh rupees, and that any borrowing above that requires an ordinary resolution of the members in general meeting.

Case one. A bank lends eighty lakh rupees. Its officer inspects the articles, sees the limit, and asks the managing director whether the members' resolution has been passed. He is told it has. In fact no meeting was ever held.

The bank is fixed with constructive notice of the fifty lakh limit and of the requirement of a resolution, because the articles are on the register and open to inspection under section 399. But whether the resolution was actually passed is an internal proceeding. The bank could not have discovered it, and it made the inquiry it could. The rule in Turquand protects it, and the company is bound to repay the eighty lakh rupees. Its remedy is against its own directors.

Case two. Same facts, but the bank's officer is the managing director's brother-in-law and knows perfectly well that no meeting took place. Exception 1 applies. He knew of the irregularity, so the rule does not protect him.

Case three. Same facts, but the loan is for eleven crore rupees, the company's entire turnover is two crore rupees, and the money is to be paid into an account in the managing director's own name. Any reasonable lender would have asked questions. Exception 2 applies: the bank was put upon inquiry and made none.

Case four. The board resolution and the members' resolution produced to the bank are both forged by the company secretary. Exception 3 applies. A forgery is not an irregular act of the company but no act of the company at all, and the rule cannot cure a nullity.

Case five. The articles limit borrowing, but the memorandum contains no object permitting the company to lend money, and the transaction is a loan by the company to a film producer. Exception 5 applies: the act is ultra vires the company, it is void, and no assumption about internal regularity can rescue it.

Case six. The bank never looked at the articles at all. Exception 4 applies. The rule assumes the outsider has discharged the duty constructive notice imposes on him.

Distinctions that carry marks

Constructive noticeIndoor management
Whom it protectsThe companyThe outsider
What it coversThe public documents: memorandum, articles, registered documentsThe internal proceedings: meetings, resolutions, quorum, consents
FoundationPublic inspection under section 399The outsider's inability to see inside
EffectThe outsider is deemed to knowThe outsider may assume regularity
Named afterNo case; a general principleTurquand's case
ExceptionsLimited by the proviso to section 399 for prospectus documentsKnowledge, suspicion, forgery, negligence, ultra vires or void acts
munotes.in92

Constructive Notice and Indoor Management

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean the outsider must actually read the articles. He is deemed to know them whether he reads them or not. Reading them is how he protects himself; not reading them does not protect him.

It does not mean indoor management cures everything. It cures irregularity, not incapacity and not forgery.

It does not mean the company can never recover. Where the outsider is bound, the company is bound to him, but it retains its remedies against the directors who acted improperly.

It does not mean constructive notice extends to everything a company holds. It extends to what is registered and open to inspection. Minute books, registers of the company's own internal decisions and correspondence are not on the register.

Limits and criticism

Constructive notice has been criticised for a long time as a fiction that suits companies and traps outsiders. Nobody reads the articles of every company they buy from, and pretending they do produces results no commercial person would predict.

The counter is that the doctrine is now mostly defanged. Between indoor management, the doctrine of ostensible authority and the modern practice of drafting objects and powers as widely as possible, the number of cases in which constructive notice actually defeats an honest outsider is small. What remains is a rule that encourages people to look at what is genuinely available to them, which is not an unreasonable thing to ask.

Quick revision

  • Constructive notice: everyone dealing with a company is deemed to know its memorandum and articles and other registered documents, because section 399(1) gives any person the right to inspect them electronically and to take certified copies. Section 17 gives members copies within seven days.
  • Section 399 provisos: prospectus documents under section 26 and documents under section 388(1)(b) may be inspected only within fourteen days of publication, otherwise with Central Government permission. Section 399(2): no process to compel production except with the leave of the court or Tribunal.
  • Indoor management, the rule in Turquand: an outsider need not inquire into internal proceedings and may assume they were regular.
  • Five exceptions: actual knowledge of the irregularity; suspicion or being put upon inquiry; forgery; negligence in not reading the public documents; and acts void or ultra vires.
  • The line between them is availability: public documents bind the outsider, internal proceedings do not.

Test yourself

1. What is the doctrine of constructive notice and what is its statutory footing? Every person dealing with a company is deemed to have notice of its memorandum, articles and other registered documents. It rests on section 399(1), under which any person may inspect documents kept by the Registrar by electronic means and require certified copies, on payment of the prescribed fees.

munotes.in93

Constructive Notice and Indoor Management

2. State the rule in Turquand's case. A person dealing with a company in good faith, whose transaction is consistent with the memorandum and articles, is not bound to inquire into the regularity of the company's internal proceedings and may assume that everything required to be done internally has been done.

3. Give the exceptions to indoor management. Actual knowledge of the irregularity; circumstances putting the outsider upon inquiry; forgery; negligence in failing to read the public documents; and acts that are void or ultra vires the company.

4. Why is forgery an exception? Because the rule regularises an irregular act of the company. A forged document is not an act of the company at all but a nullity, and there is nothing for the rule to operate on.

5. A lender reads a company's articles, sees that a members' resolution is needed, asks and is told it was passed. It was not. Can the lender recover? Yes, subject to the exceptions. Whether the resolution was passed is an internal proceeding which the lender could not verify, so the rule in Turquand applies and the company is bound. The company's remedy is against its own directors.

6. How long may documents delivered with a prospectus be inspected under section 399? Only during the fourteen days beginning with the date of publication of the prospectus, and at other times only with the permission of the Central Government: proviso (i) to section 399(1).

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in94

Chapter Seventeen

Rectification of Name and Other Incidental Matters

Syllabus topic 1.2, label: "Rectification of name of company", and the balance of "matters incidental thereto"

In one line

If a company is registered with a name that clashes with an existing company or with somebody's trade mark, the Central Government can order it to change the name, and if it refuses, the Government simply gives it a new one.

In exam wording: section 16 empowers the Central Government, where a company has been registered by a name which is identical with or too nearly resembles the name of an existing company or a registered trade mark, to direct the company to change its name within three months by an ordinary resolution, and, on default, to allot a new name itself.

Why the law has this at all

Two different people are being protected and the section deals with them in its two clauses.

The first is the public, and the earlier company. Two companies with nearly the same name confuse customers, creditors and courts. Section 4(2)(a) tries to prevent it at the registration stage by forbidding a name identical with or too nearly resembling an existing one. But registrars are human and applicants are ingenious, so section 16(1)(a) provides the cure after the event.

The second is the owner of a trade mark. A trade mark proprietor has spent money building a name under the Trade Marks Act 1999. Somebody who cannot register that mark can still try to register a company with that name, and use the company's name as a badge of trade. Section 16(1)(b) closes that route.

Note how the section is built. It does not ask a court to injunct; it puts the remedy in the hands of the Central Government, and makes the last step self-executing. That is faster and cheaper than litigation, which is exactly what a name dispute needs.

Some words this chapter uses

Inadvertence means without intention, by oversight. A registered proprietor of a trade mark is the person in whose name a mark is registered under the Trade Marks Act 1999. To allot a name means to assign one. An ordinary resolution is passed by a simple majority. Authentication means signing so as to make a document official. Key managerial personnel is defined in section 2(51) and is taught in [Appointment of Key Managerial Personnel].

Rectification of name: section 16(1)

The section operates where, through inadvertence or otherwise, a company on its first registration or on its registration by a new name is registered by a name which falls in clause (a) or clause (b).

Clause (a): clash with an existing company

Where, in the opinion of the Central Government, the name is identical with or too nearly resembles the name by which a company in existence had been previously registered, whether under this Act or any previous company law, the Government may direct the company to change its name, and the company shall change it within three months from the issue of the direction, after adopting an ordinary resolution for the purpose.

munotes.in95

Rectification of Name and Other Incidental Matters

Three things to fix. The test is the Central Government's opinion. The earlier company must have been previously registered, so priority in time decides. And the resolution required is an ordinary one, not a special one.

Clause (b): clash with a registered trade mark

Where, on an application by a registered proprietor of a trade mark that the name is identical with or too nearly resembles a registered trade mark of his under the Trade Marks Act 1999, and in the opinion of the Central Government it is, the Government may direct a change, and the company shall change the name within three months of the direction, again after adopting an ordinary resolution.

The three year limitation is the detail that is examined. The proprietor's application must be made to the Central Government within three years of incorporation or registration or change of name of the company, whether under this Act or any previous company law. A proprietor who sleeps on his rights for four years cannot use section 16.

And note who must move. Under clause (a) the Government may act of its own motion. Under clause (b) it acts on an application by the proprietor.

Notice to the Registrar: section 16(2)

Where a company changes its name or obtains a new name under sub-section (1), it shall, within fifteen days from the date of the change, give notice of the change to the Registrar along with the order of the Central Government, and the Registrar shall carry out the necessary changes in the certificate of incorporation and the memorandum.

What happens if the company does nothing: section 16(3)

This is the sub-section with teeth.

If a company is in default in complying with any direction given under sub-section (1), the Central Government shall allot a new name to the company in such manner as may be prescribed and the Registrar shall enter the new name in the register of companies in place of the old name and issue a fresh certificate of incorporation with the new name, which the company shall use thereafter.

Read the verb: the Central Government shall allot. There is no discretion once the company defaults, and no further proceeding. The company loses the name whether it cooperates or not.

The proviso preserves choice for the future. Nothing in the sub-section prevents the company from subsequently changing its name in accordance with section 13. So a company saddled with a Government allotted name may pick a better one later, by the ordinary route: special resolution and Central Government approval under section 13(1) and (2), effective on the fresh certificate under section 13(3).

munotes.in96

Rectification of Name and Other Incidental Matters

The other closing sections of Chapter II

MU names none of these, and they are taught because the Act contains them.

Section 17: copies of the memorandum and articles to members. On a member's request, and subject to payment of the prescribed fees, the company shall within seven days send him a copy of (a) the memorandum, (b) the articles, and (c) every agreement and every resolution referred to in section 117(1), so far as they are not embodied in the memorandum or articles. On default, the company and every officer in default are liable, for each default, to a penalty of one thousand rupees for each day the default continues or one lakh rupees, whichever is less.

That section is the practical partner of constructive notice: the documents the outsider is deemed to know are the documents a member can demand within a week.

Section 19: a subsidiary may not hold shares in its holding company. Set out in [Types of Companies by Control and Purpose]. In short: no company shall hold shares in its holding company, whether itself or through nominees, and no holding company shall allot or transfer shares to its subsidiary, and any such allotment or transfer is void. The three exceptions are legal representative of a deceased member, trustee, and a shareholder who held before becoming a subsidiary, and only the first two may vote.

Section 21: authentication of documents, proceedings and contracts. Save as otherwise provided in the Act, a document or proceeding requiring authentication by a company, or contracts made by or on behalf of a company, may be signed by any key managerial personnel or an officer or employee of the company duly authorised by the Board in this behalf.

Two points. It is not confined to directors: key managerial personnel under section 2(51), or any officer or employee the Board authorises, may sign. And the authorisation must be by the Board, so a self-appointed signatory is not covered.

Section 22: execution of bills of exchange and deeds. Set out in [The Characteristics of a Company]. In short: a bill of exchange, hundi or promissory note is deemed to be made on behalf of the company if made, accepted, drawn or endorsed in the name of, or on behalf of, or on account of the company by any person acting under its authority, express or implied; a company may authorise an attorney to execute deeds under its common seal, if any, and where there is no seal, by two directors or by a director and the Company Secretary.

munotes.in97

Rectification of Name and Other Incidental Matters

A worked example

Sanjivani Pharma Limited is incorporated in Nagpur on 2 February 2026.

Case one, clause (a). A company called Sanjeevani Pharma Limited has existed in Chennai since 2011. In the Central Government's opinion the two names too nearly resemble each other, and the Chennai company was previously registered. The Government directs the Nagpur company to change its name. It must do so within three months of the direction, after passing an ordinary resolution, and must give notice with the order to the Registrar within fifteen days of the change, whereupon the Registrar amends the certificate of incorporation and the memorandum.

Case two, clause (b). Suppose instead that Sanjivani is a registered trade mark of a Hyderabad firm under the Trade Marks Act 1999. The proprietor applies to the Central Government. His application must be made within three years of the company's incorporation, so by 1 February 2029. If he applies in 2027 he is in time; if he applies in 2030 section 16 is closed to him and he must look to the Trade Marks Act instead.

Case three, default. The direction issues on 1 June 2027 and the company ignores it. Three months pass. Under section 16(3) the Central Government shall allot a new name, the Registrar enters it in place of the old, and a fresh certificate of incorporation issues with that name, which the company shall use thereafter. It has no say in the choice.

Afterwards. Two years later the company wants a name it actually likes. It may change it under section 13: special resolution, Central Government approval in writing, and effect only on the issue of a fresh certificate. The proviso to section 16(3) preserves exactly that.

And for two years after each change, wherever the company paints or prints its name under section 12(3)(a) and (c), the former name must appear alongside, by the first proviso to section 12(3).

Distinctions that carry marks

Change under section 16Change under section 13
Who initiatesThe Central Government, of its own motion or on a trade mark proprietor's applicationThe company
ResolutionOrdinarySpecial
ApprovalNot needed; the direction is the authorityCentral Government approval in writing, section 13(2)
Time limitThree months from the directionNone fixed
On defaultThe Government allots a new name, section 16(3)Not applicable
Effective onThe Registrar's changes to the certificate and memorandum, section 16(2)The fresh certificate, section 13(3)

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean any similar name can be attacked at any time. Under clause (b) the trade mark proprietor has three years from incorporation, registration or change of name.

munotes.in98

Rectification of Name and Other Incidental Matters

It does not mean a special resolution is needed. Both limbs of section 16(1) require only an ordinary resolution, because the change is being compelled rather than chosen.

It does not mean the company is stuck with the allotted name. The proviso to section 16(3) preserves a later change under section 13.

It does not mean only directors can sign for a company. Section 21 allows any key managerial personnel, or any officer or employee duly authorised by the Board.

Quick revision

  • Section 16(1)(a): name identical with or too nearly resembling a previously registered company, in the Central Government's opinion. Direction to change within three months by ordinary resolution.
  • Section 16(1)(b): on the application of a registered trade mark proprietor, made within three years of incorporation, registration or change of name. Same three months, same ordinary resolution.
  • Section 16(2): notice to the Registrar with the order within fifteen days; Registrar amends the certificate and the memorandum.
  • Section 16(3): on default the Central Government shall allot a new name; fresh certificate issues; the company shall use it. Proviso: a later change under section 13 remains open.
  • Section 17: memorandum, articles and section 117(1) agreements and resolutions to a member within seven days; default costs one thousand rupees a day or one lakh rupees, whichever is less.
  • Section 19: subsidiary may not hold shares in its holding company; such allotment or transfer is void; three exceptions; only two of them may vote.
  • Section 21: authentication by any key managerial personnel or an officer or employee duly authorised by the Board.
  • Section 22: negotiable instruments by a person acting under express or implied authority; deeds by an attorney under the seal if any, else by two directors or a director and the Company Secretary.

Test yourself

1. Who may direct a company to change its name under section 16, and on what grounds? The Central Government, where in its opinion the name is identical with or too nearly resembles the name of a previously registered company, or, on the application of a registered trade mark proprietor, a registered trade mark under the Trade Marks Act 1999.

2. What resolution and what time limit apply? An ordinary resolution, and the change must be made within three months from the issue of the direction: section 16(1).

3. Within what time must a trade mark proprietor apply? Within three years of the incorporation or registration or change of name of the company, whether under this Act or any previous company law: section 16(1)(b).

munotes.in99

Rectification of Name and Other Incidental Matters

4. What happens if the company ignores the direction? The Central Government shall allot a new name, the Registrar enters it in the register in place of the old name and issues a fresh certificate of incorporation with the new name, which the company shall use thereafter: section 16(3). The company may later change it under section 13.

5. Within what time must a company supply a member with a copy of its articles? Within seven days of the request, subject to the prescribed fee: section 17(1). Default costs the company and every officer in default one thousand rupees for each day, or one lakh rupees, whichever is less.

6. Who may sign a contract on behalf of a company? Any key managerial personnel, or an officer or employee of the company duly authorised by the Board in that behalf: section 21.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in100

Chapter Eighteen

How a Company Raises Money: Public Offer and Private Placement

Syllabus topic 1.3, "Prospectus & allotment of securities"

In one line

A company can raise money in only the ways the Act allows: a public company has three routes and a private company has two, and which route it takes decides which rules apply to it.

In exam wording: section 23(1) provides that a public company may issue securities to the public through a prospectus, through private placement, or through a rights issue or bonus issue; section 23(2) provides that a private company may issue securities only by way of rights or bonus issue or through private placement. Section 24 divides the administration of Chapters III and IV between the Securities and Exchange Board for listed companies and the Central Government for the rest.

Why the law has this at all

The two ways of raising money need completely different regulation, and section 23 exists to sort transactions into the right box before anything else happens.

A public offer is an invitation to strangers. They know nothing about the company except what it tells them, they cannot negotiate, and there may be a hundred thousand of them. The law's answer is compulsory disclosure: a prospectus, filed, dated, signed, with liability attached to what it says.

A private placement is a negotiated deal with a small number of identified people. They can ask questions, take advice and walk away. The law's answer is numerical limits and a ban on advertising, so that a public offer cannot be dressed up as a private one.

A rights or bonus issue goes to people who are already members. They already have the company's accounts and its annual return, so a prospectus would tell them little they do not have.

Section 23 is therefore the sorting hat, and section 24 is the second sorting: who regulates, SEBI or the Central Government.

Some words this chapter uses

Securities is defined by section 2(81) by reference to the Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act 1956 and covers shares, debentures and similar instruments. A public offer is defined in the Explanation to section 23. An initial public offer is a company's first offer of shares to the public; a further public offer is a later one. A rights issue is an offer to existing members in proportion to their holdings, under section 62(1)(a). A bonus issue is a free issue to existing members out of reserves, under section 63. Listed means the securities are traded on a recognised stock exchange.

The three routes for a public company: section 23(1)

A public company may issue securities:

  • (a) to public through prospectus (herein referred to as "public offer") by complying with the provisions of this Part;
  • (b) through private placement by complying with the provisions of Part II of this Chapter; or
  • (c) through a rights issue or a bonus issue in accordance with the provisions of this Act, and in the case of a listed company or a company which intends to get its securities listed, also with the provisions of the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act 1992 and the rules and regulations under it.
munotes.in101

How a Company Raises Money: Public Offer and Private Placement

The Explanation defines a public offer, and it is broader than students expect:

"public offer" includes initial public offer or further public offer of securities to the public by a company, or an offer for sale of securities to the public by an existing shareholder, through issue of a prospectus.

So an offer for sale by an existing shareholder is a public offer even though the company is issuing nothing. That is why section 25 deems the offer document to be a prospectus and why section 28 exists.

The two routes for a private company: section 23(2)

A private company may issue securities:

  • (a) by way of rights issue or bonus issue in accordance with the provisions of this Act; or
  • (b) through private placement by complying with the provisions of Part II of this Chapter.

Route (a) of section 23(1) is missing, and its absence is the point. A private company cannot make a public offer, because section 2(68) requires its articles to prohibit any invitation to the public to subscribe for its securities. Section 23(2) is the same prohibition stated from the other side.

Listing abroad: section 23(3) and (4)

Section 23(3). Such class of public companies as may be prescribed may issue such class of securities for the purposes of listing on permitted stock exchanges in permissible foreign jurisdictions, or such other jurisdictions as may be prescribed.

Section 23(4). The Central Government may, by notification, exempt any class of those companies from any of the provisions of Chapter III, Chapter IV, section 89, section 90 or section 127, and a copy of every such notification shall be laid before both Houses of Parliament as soon as may be after it is issued.

These two sub-sections are the direct listing framework. They matter for the exam mainly as an illustration of how the Act now contemplates Indian companies listing outside India, and of the parliamentary check on the exemption power.

Who administers Chapters III and IV: section 24

This section answers a question students often cannot: when is it SEBI's job and when is it the Government's?

Section 24(1). The provisions of Chapter III, Chapter IV and section 127 shall:

  • (a) in so far as they relate to (i) issue and transfer of securities and (ii) non-payment of dividend, by listed companies or those companies which intend to get their securities listed on any recognised stock exchange in India, except as provided in this Act, be administered by the Securities and Exchange Board by making regulations; and
  • (b) in any other case, be administered by the Central Government.
munotes.in102

How a Company Raises Money: Public Offer and Private Placement

The Explanation removes the doubt that follows. All powers relating to all other matters relating to prospectus, return of allotment, redemption of preference shares and any other matter specifically provided in this Act shall be exercised by the Central Government, the Tribunal or the Registrar, as the case may be.

So SEBI's writ under section 24 is narrow and precise: two subjects (issue and transfer of securities, and non-payment of dividend) for two kinds of company (listed, and intending to list). Everything else stays with the Government, the Tribunal or the Registrar.

Section 24(2) gives SEBI its enforcement toolkit: in respect of the matters in sub-section (1), and matters delegated to it under the proviso to section 458(1), it may exercise the powers conferred on it by sections 11(1), 11(2A), 11(3), 11(4), 11A, 11B and 11D of the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act 1992.

A worked example

Three companies want money. Follow each through section 23.

Vidyut Power Limited, a listed public company, wants three hundred crore rupees from the market. It is a public offer under section 23(1)(a), so Part I of Chapter III applies: a prospectus under section 26, dematerialised issue under section 29, allotment under section 39, and listing under section 40. Because it is listed and the subject is the issue of securities, SEBI administers it under section 24(1)(a)(i).

The same company later declares a dividend and fails to pay it. Non-payment of dividend by a listed company is the second subject in section 24(1)(a), so that too is SEBI's.

The same company wants to reduce its share capital. That is section 66, and it is not "issue and transfer of securities" or "non-payment of dividend". It goes to the Tribunal, and the Explanation to section 24 confirms that all other matters stay with the Central Government, the Tribunal or the Registrar.

Nashik Vintners Private Limited wants two crore rupees. It is a private company, so section 23(2) gives it two routes only. It may make a rights issue to its existing members under section 62(1)(a), or a private placement under section 42. It may not invite the public, and if it tried, it would breach both section 23(2) and its own articles under section 2(68).

Sagar Shipping Limited, an unlisted public company, has a founder who wants to sell forty per cent of his own shares to the public. The company issues nothing. Even so, by the Explanation to section 23 an offer for sale of securities to the public by an existing shareholder through issue of a prospectus is a public offer. So section 25 deems the offer document a prospectus, section 28 governs the mechanics, and prospectus liability under sections 34 to 38 attaches. The company is not listed and does not intend to be, so administration is with the Central Government under section 24(1)(b).

munotes.in103

How a Company Raises Money: Public Offer and Private Placement

Distinctions that carry marks

Public offerPrivate placementRights or bonus issue
Section23(1)(a), Part I of Chapter III23(1)(b) and 23(2)(b), Part II, section 4223(1)(c) and 23(2)(a), sections 62 and 63
Who is invitedThe public at largeIdentified persons, within the section 42 ceilingExisting members, and employees under an option scheme
Prospectus neededYes, section 26No, an offer letter insteadNo
Available to a private companyNoYesYes
AdvertisingPermitted, subject to section 30Prohibited by section 42Not applicable
Administered by SEBI, section 24(1)(a)Administered by the Central Government, section 24(1)(b)
Which companiesListed, or intending to listAll others
Which subjectsIssue and transfer of securities; non-payment of dividendThe same subjects, for unlisted companies
Everything elseCentral Government, Tribunal or Registrar, per the ExplanationThe same

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean a private company can never take outside money. It can, by private placement under section 42, which is a genuine and much used route. What it cannot do is invite the public.

It does not mean SEBI regulates everything a listed company does. Section 24(1)(a) is confined to two subjects, and the Explanation puts everything else with the Government, the Tribunal or the Registrar.

It does not mean a public offer requires the company to issue new shares. An offer for sale by an existing shareholder is a public offer under the Explanation to section 23.

It does not mean a company intending to list is treated as unlisted. Section 24(1)(a) covers companies which intend to get their securities listed, so SEBI's jurisdiction attaches before the listing does.

Quick revision

  • Section 23(1), public company, three routes: public offer through prospectus; private placement under Part II; rights or bonus issue, with the SEBI Act as well for listed companies or those intending to list.
  • Section 23(2), private company, two routes: rights or bonus issue; private placement. No public offer.
  • Explanation to section 23: public offer includes an initial or further public offer, and an offer for sale by an existing shareholder through a prospectus.
  • Section 23(3) and (4): prescribed classes may list on permitted foreign exchanges; the Central Government may exempt them from Chapter III, Chapter IV, sections 89, 90 or 127, by notification laid before both Houses.
  • Section 24(1): SEBI administers Chapters III and IV and section 127, so far as they relate to issue and transfer of securities and non-payment of dividend, for listed companies and those intending to list. Everything else, and every other company, is with the Central Government.
  • Explanation to section 24: all other matters relating to prospectus, return of allotment and redemption of preference shares are for the Central Government, the Tribunal or the Registrar.
  • Section 24(2): SEBI exercises its powers under sections 11(1), (2A), (3), (4), 11A, 11B and 11D of the SEBI Act 1992.
munotes.in104

How a Company Raises Money: Public Offer and Private Placement

Test yourself

1. What are the three ways a public company may issue securities? To the public through a prospectus, that is a public offer; through private placement under Part II of Chapter III; or through a rights issue or bonus issue, and for a listed company or one intending to list, also in accordance with the SEBI Act 1992: section 23(1).

2. May a private company make a public offer? No. Section 23(2) gives it only a rights or bonus issue and private placement, and section 2(68) requires its articles to prohibit any invitation to the public to subscribe for its securities.

3. Is an offer for sale by an existing shareholder a public offer? Yes. The Explanation to section 23 expressly includes an offer for sale of securities to the public by an existing shareholder through the issue of a prospectus.

4. Which matters does SEBI administer under section 24? Chapters III and IV and section 127, so far as they relate to the issue and transfer of securities and to non-payment of dividend, and only for listed companies or those which intend to get their securities listed. All other cases are administered by the Central Government.

5. A listed company wants to reduce its share capital. Is that SEBI's jurisdiction under section 24? No. It is neither issue and transfer of securities nor non-payment of dividend. By the Explanation to section 24, all other matters are exercised by the Central Government, the Tribunal or the Registrar; capital reduction under section 66 goes to the Tribunal.

6. What check applies to an exemption granted under section 23(4)? A copy of every such notification shall, as soon as may be after it is issued, be laid before both Houses of Parliament.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in105

Chapter Nineteen

What a Prospectus Is, and What It Must Say

Syllabus topic 1.3, label: "Matters to be stated in prospectus"

In one line

A prospectus is any document that invites the public to buy a company's securities, and the Act now regulates how it is signed, filed and vouched for, while leaving what goes in it to SEBI.

In exam wording: section 2(70) defines a prospectus as any document described or issued as a prospectus, and includes a red herring prospectus under section 32, a shelf prospectus under section 31, or any notice, circular, advertisement or other document inviting offers from the public for the subscription or purchase of any securities of a body corporate. Section 26 requires it to be dated and signed, to state such information and set out such reports on financial information as may be specified by the Securities and Exchange Board in consultation with the Central Government, and to be delivered to the Registrar for filing on or before the date of publication.

Why the law has this at all

A person deciding whether to buy shares in a company he has never heard of has one source of information: what the company chooses to tell him. He cannot inspect the factory, question the auditors or read the order book.

So the law makes the document itself the regulated object. It insists the document be dated, so its currency can be judged; signed by the directors, so somebody is answerable; delivered to the Registrar before publication, so a copy exists that cannot later be altered; and valid for only ninety days, so stale information cannot be recycled. And where an expert is quoted, it insists the expert be genuinely independent and have consented in writing.

The contents used to be regulated by the same section. Since 2018 they are not, and the reason is practical: the contents of a prospectus have to change as markets change, and a list in a statute cannot be updated without Parliament. Delegating them to SEBI lets the disclosure standard move.

Some words this chapter uses

Securities is defined in section 2(81). An expert, for section 26(5), is a person whose report or valuation is quoted, and the section defines who may not be one. To deliver for filing means to lodge a copy with the Registrar. An abridged prospectus is the short form that must accompany an application form. Underwriting is an agreement to take up securities that the public does not. Bona fide means in good faith.

The definition: section 2(70)

"prospectus" means any document described or issued as a prospectus and includes a red herring prospectus referred to in section 32 or shelf prospectus referred to in section 31 or any notice, circular, advertisement or other document inviting offers from the public for the subscription or purchase of any securities of a body corporate.

munotes.in106

What a Prospectus Is, and What It Must Say

Four things follow, and they are what the definition is for.

A document need not call itself a prospectus. The words "any notice, circular, advertisement or other document" catch a document by what it does, not by its title. A glossy pamphlet inviting the public to apply for debentures is a prospectus whatever it is headed.

It must invite offers from the public. A document circulated to four named investors is not a prospectus; it is a private placement offer letter under section 42.

It must relate to securities of a body corporate, not merely of a company, which is wider.

Two named documents are inside the definition: the red herring prospectus and the shelf prospectus. Both are dealt with in the next chapter.

And two more are deemed to be prospectuses by other sections: an offer for sale document under section 25, and the offer document in a section 28 offer for sale by members. Deeming was necessary precisely because those documents are issued by shareholders, not by the company.

What must be stated: section 26(1), as it now stands

Every prospectus issued by or on behalf of a public company, either with reference to its formation or subsequently, or by or on behalf of any person who is or has been engaged or interested in the formation of a public company, shall be dated and signed and shall:

state such information and set out such reports on financial information as may be specified by the Securities and Exchange Board in consultation with the Central Government

with a proviso: until SEBI specifies that information and those reports, the regulations already made by SEBI under the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act 1992 in respect of such financial information or reports shall apply.

And clause (c), which survives, requires the prospectus to:

make a declaration about the compliance of the provisions of this Act and a statement to the effect that nothing in the prospectus is contrary to the provisions of this Act, the Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act 1956 and the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act 1992 and the rules and regulations made thereunder.

What happened to the rest. Clauses (a), (b) and (d) of section 26(1), which contained the long catalogue of names, addresses, objects, capital structure, minimum subscription, underwriting particulars, auditors' reports and the rest, were omitted by the Companies (Amendment) Act 2017 (Act 1 of 2018), with effect from 7 May 2018.

How to answer MU's label honestly. Say that the Act no longer prescribes the contents; that section 26(1) as amended requires the prospectus to state such information and financial reports as SEBI may specify in consultation with the Central Government, with SEBI's existing regulations applying in the meantime; and that the only content requirement left in the section itself is the declaration of compliance in clause (c). Then give the machinery in sub-sections (2) to (9), which is what section 26 now mostly consists of.

munotes.in107

What a Prospectus Is, and What It Must Say

When section 26(1) does not apply: section 26(2) and (3)

Section 26(2). Nothing in sub-section (1) applies:

  • (a) to the issue to existing members or debenture holders of a prospectus or form of application relating to shares in or debentures of the company, whether or not the applicant has a right to renounce under section 62(1)(a)(ii) in favour of any other person; or
  • (b) to the issue of a prospectus or form of application relating to shares or debentures which are, or are to be, in all respects uniform with shares or debentures previously issued and for the time being dealt in or quoted on a recognised stock exchange.

Clause (a) is the rights issue exemption and clause (b) is the further issue of an identical, already quoted security. Both rest on the same idea: the recipient already has the information.

Section 26(3). Subject to sub-section (2), sub-section (1) applies to a prospectus or form of application whether issued on or with reference to the formation of a company or subsequently.

The Explanation is a small point that gets asked: the date indicated in the prospectus shall be deemed to be the date of its publication.

Filing, experts and validity: section 26(4) to (8)

Section 26(4): delivery before publication. No prospectus shall be issued by or on behalf of a company, or in relation to an intended company, unless on or before the date of its publication there has been delivered to the Registrar for filing a copy signed by every person named in it as a director or proposed director, or by his duly authorised attorney.

Section 26(5): the expert. A prospectus shall not include a statement purporting to be made by an expert unless the expert:

  • is a person who is not, and has not been, engaged or interested in the formation or promotion or management of the company; and
  • has given his written consent to the issue of the prospectus; and
  • has not withdrawn that consent before the delivery of a copy of the prospectus to the Registrar for filing,

and a statement to that effect shall be included in the prospectus.

That triple condition is the reason an expert's report carries weight, and it is the reason section 35(2)(c) gives a defence to a person who reasonably relied on such a report.

munotes.in108

What a Prospectus Is, and What It Must Say

Section 26(6): what must appear on the face of it. Every prospectus shall, on the face of it, (a) state that a copy has been delivered for filing to the Registrar as required by sub-section (4); and (b) specify any documents required to be attached to the copy so delivered, or refer to statements in the prospectus which specify those documents.

Sub-section (7) was omitted by the Companies (Amendment) Act 2019 with effect from 15 August 2019.

Section 26(8): the ninety day rule. No prospectus shall be valid if it is issued more than ninety days after the date on which a copy thereof is delivered to the Registrar under sub-section (4).

The penalty: section 26(9)

If a prospectus is issued in contravention of the section:

  • the company shall be punishable with fine not less than fifty thousand rupees and up to three lakh rupees; and
  • every person who is knowingly a party to the issue of such prospectus shall be punishable with fine not less than fifty thousand rupees and up to three lakh rupees.

Note what has gone. The words "with imprisonment for a term which may extend to three years or" were omitted by the Companies (Amendment) Act 2020 with effect from 21 December 2020, and "three lakh rupees, or with both" was substituted at the same time. So a contravention of section 26 is now punishable by fine only. That is part of the wider decriminalisation of the Act, and it is a good example to give if asked about recent reform.

Advertisement of a prospectus: section 30

Where an advertisement of any prospectus of a company is published in any manner, it shall be necessary to specify therein the contents of its memorandum as regards the objects, the liability of members and the amount of share capital of the company, and the names of the signatories to the memorandum and the number of shares subscribed for by them, and its capital structure.

Six things, and they are worth listing because this is a favourite short note: objects, liability of members, amount of share capital, names of the signatories to the memorandum, the number of shares each subscribed for, and the capital structure.

Application forms and the abridged prospectus: section 33

Section 33(1). No form of application for the purchase of any securities of a company shall be issued unless it is accompanied by an abridged prospectus.

Two exceptions in the proviso, where it is shown that the form was issued:

  • (a) in connection with a bona fide invitation to a person to enter into an underwriting agreement in respect of the securities; or
  • (b) in relation to securities which were not offered to the public.
munotes.in109

What a Prospectus Is, and What It Must Say

Section 33(2). A copy of the full prospectus shall, on request by any person before the closing of the subscription list and the offer, be furnished to him. So the abridged version is a convenience, not a substitute: anybody who wants the whole thing can have it.

Section 33(3). On default, the company shall be liable to a penalty of fifty thousand rupees for each default.

A worked example

Aravalli Cements Limited, an unlisted public company, decides to go to the market.

The document. Its offer document is a prospectus under section 2(70), whatever it is headed, because it invites offers from the public for the subscription of its securities.

Contents. Its advisers do not go to section 26 for a list, because clauses (a), (b) and (d) were omitted in 2018. They go to SEBI's regulations, because section 26(1) as amended requires the prospectus to state such information and financial reports as SEBI specifies, and the proviso applies SEBI's existing regulations in the meantime. Into the document goes the clause (c) declaration that nothing in it is contrary to this Act, the Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act 1956 or the SEBI Act 1992.

Signature and filing. It is dated, and by the Explanation to section 26(3) that date is deemed to be the date of publication. It is signed by every director and proposed director, and a signed copy is delivered to the Registrar for filing on or before the date of publication, under section 26(4). On its face it states that a copy has been so delivered, under section 26(6)(a).

The valuer's report. The prospectus quotes a valuation of the limestone reserves. The valuer must be a person not and never engaged or interested in the formation, promotion or management of the company, must have given written consent, and must not have withdrawn it before delivery to the Registrar, and the prospectus must say so: section 26(5).

The clock. The copy is delivered on 1 September 2026. The prospectus is not valid if issued after 30 November 2026, ninety days later, under section 26(8).

The advertisement. The newspaper advertisement must specify the memorandum's objects, the liability of members, the amount of share capital, the names of the signatories to the memorandum, the number of shares each subscribed for, and the capital structure: section 30.

The application form. Every form must be accompanied by an abridged prospectus, section 33(1), unless it goes with a bona fide underwriting invitation or relates to securities not offered to the public. Any person asking before the subscription list closes must be given the full prospectus, section 33(2). A default costs fifty thousand rupees each time, section 33(3).

munotes.in110

What a Prospectus Is, and What It Must Say

And if the prospectus is issued in breach of section 26? The company and every person knowingly a party to the issue face a fine of fifty thousand to three lakh rupees. There is no imprisonment, those words having been omitted with effect from 21 December 2020.

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean the Act still lists what a prospectus must contain. Clauses (a), (b) and (d) of section 26(1) were omitted on 7 May 2018. Reciting them is reciting repealed law.

It does not mean a prospectus must be called one. Section 2(70) catches any notice, circular, advertisement or other document that invites offers from the public.

It does not mean an abridged prospectus is enough. Section 33(2) gives any person the right to the full document before the subscription list closes.

It does not mean a prospectus lasts as long as the offer. Ninety days from delivery to the Registrar, under section 26(8).

Quick revision

  • Section 2(70): any document described or issued as a prospectus, and any notice, circular, advertisement or other document inviting offers from the public for securities of a body corporate. Includes red herring and shelf prospectuses.
  • Section 26(1): dated and signed; contents as SEBI may specify in consultation with the Central Government, SEBI's existing regulations applying meanwhile; clause (c) declaration of compliance. Clauses (a), (b) and (d) OMITTED w.e.f. 7 May 2018.
  • 26(2): does not apply to a rights issue to existing members or debenture holders, or to securities uniform with those already quoted.
  • 26(3) Explanation: the date in the prospectus is deemed to be the date of publication.
  • 26(4): signed copy delivered to the Registrar for filing on or before publication.
  • 26(5): an expert must be independent, must consent in writing, must not have withdrawn before delivery, and the prospectus must say so.
  • 26(6): on the face of it, state the delivery and specify the attached documents. 26(7) omitted w.e.f. 15 August 2019.
  • 26(8): invalid if issued more than ninety days after delivery.
  • 26(9): fine fifty thousand to three lakh rupees on the company and on every person knowingly a party. Imprisonment removed w.e.f. 21 December 2020.
  • Section 30: an advertisement must specify objects, liability of members, share capital, signatories, shares subscribed by them, and capital structure.
  • Section 33: application form must carry an abridged prospectus; exceptions for a bona fide underwriting invitation and for securities not offered to the public; full prospectus on request before closing; fifty thousand rupees per default.
munotes.in111

What a Prospectus Is, and What It Must Say

Test yourself

1. Define a prospectus. Section 2(70): any document described or issued as a prospectus, including a red herring prospectus under section 32 or a shelf prospectus under section 31, or any notice, circular, advertisement or other document inviting offers from the public for the subscription or purchase of any securities of a body corporate.

2. What matters must be stated in a prospectus? Since 7 May 2018 the Act no longer lists them. Section 26(1) requires the prospectus to be dated and signed and to state such information and set out such reports on financial information as may be specified by SEBI in consultation with the Central Government, with SEBI's existing regulations applying until it does; and clause (c) requires a declaration that nothing in it is contrary to this Act, the Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act 1956 or the SEBI Act 1992.

3. When must a copy be delivered to the Registrar, and by whom must it be signed? On or before the date of publication, signed by every person named in it as a director or proposed director, or by his duly authorised attorney: section 26(4).

4. What are the conditions for including an expert's statement? The expert must not be, and must never have been, engaged or interested in the formation, promotion or management of the company; must have given written consent to the issue of the prospectus; and must not have withdrawn that consent before delivery of a copy to the Registrar. A statement to that effect must appear in the prospectus: section 26(5).

5. For how long is a prospectus valid? It is not valid if issued more than ninety days after the date on which a copy was delivered to the Registrar: section 26(8).

6. Must an application form carry an abridged prospectus? Yes, unless the form was issued in connection with a bona fide invitation to enter into an underwriting agreement, or in relation to securities not offered to the public: section 33(1) and its proviso. A copy of the full prospectus must be furnished to any person who asks before the subscription list closes.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in112

Chapter Twenty

Kinds of Prospectus

Syllabus topic 1.3, label: "Shelf Prospectus, Red Herring Prospectus, Abridged Prospectus, Offer for Sale - Deemed Prospectus"

In one line

Besides the ordinary prospectus there are four variants: one filed once and used for a year, one issued before the price is known, one shortened to go with an application form, and one issued by shareholders rather than by the company.

In exam wording: section 31 provides for a shelf prospectus, section 32 for a red herring prospectus, section 33 for the abridged prospectus, section 25 deems an offer for sale document to be a deemed prospectus, and section 28 governs an offer for sale of shares by certain members.

Why the law has this at all

Each variant solves a problem the ordinary prospectus creates.

A company that comes to the market four times in a year would have to prepare, sign, file and pay for four full prospectuses, most of whose contents would be identical. The shelf prospectus lets it file once and top up with what has changed.

A company doing a book building issue does not know the price until the bids are in, so it cannot print a complete prospectus at the start. The red herring prospectus lets it go to the market with everything except the quantum and the price.

An application form with a two hundred page document stapled to it is unusable. The abridged prospectus gives the applicant the essentials, with the right to demand the full text.

And a shareholder selling his own shares to the public is not the company and issues nothing, so the prospectus rules would miss him entirely. Sections 25 and 28 pull that document into the net by deeming it a prospectus.

Some words this chapter uses

Book building is a process of discovering the price by inviting bids in a range. The subscription list is the period during which applications are accepted. An information memorandum is the update filed under section 31(2). Renunciation is a member's transfer of his right to take shares in a rights issue. Underwriting is an agreement to take up what the public does not.

Shelf prospectus: section 31

Section 31(1). Any class or classes of companies, as SEBI may provide by regulations, may file a shelf prospectus with the Registrar at the stage of the first offer of securities included in it, which shall indicate a period not exceeding one year as the period of validity, commencing from the date of opening of the first offer under that prospectus. In respect of a second or subsequent offer of such securities issued during that period of validity, no further prospectus is required.

Four points, and each is examinable: only classes SEBI provides for may use it; it is filed at the first offer; the validity is not more than one year from the opening of the first offer, not from filing; and within that year no further prospectus is needed.

munotes.in113

Kinds of Prospectus

Section 31(2): the information memorandum. A company filing a shelf prospectus shall file an information memorandum containing all material facts relating to new charges created, changes in the financial position between the first or previous offer and the succeeding offer, and such other changes as may be prescribed, with the Registrar within the prescribed time, prior to the issue of a second or subsequent offer.

The proviso protects applicants who are already in. Where the company or any other person has received applications for allotment along with advance payments of subscription before the change, it shall intimate the changes to those applicants, and if they express a desire to withdraw, shall refund all the monies received as subscription within fifteen days.

Section 31(3). Where an information memorandum is filed, every time an offer is made under sub-section (2), the memorandum together with the shelf prospectus shall be deemed to be a prospectus. So the full weight of prospectus liability attaches to the pair.

The Explanation defines it: a shelf prospectus is a prospectus in respect of which the securities or class of securities included in it are issued for subscription in one or more issues over a certain period without the issue of a further prospectus.

Red herring prospectus: section 32

Section 32(1). A company proposing to make an offer of securities may issue a red herring prospectus prior to the issue of a prospectus.

Section 32(2). It shall be filed with the Registrar at least three days prior to the opening of the subscription list and the offer.

Section 32(3). It shall carry the same obligations as are applicable to a prospectus, and any variation between the red herring prospectus and the prospectus shall be highlighted as variations in the prospectus.

Section 32(4). Upon the closing of the offer, the prospectus stating the total capital raised, whether by way of debt or share capital, the closing price of the securities, and any other details not included in the red herring prospectus, shall be filed with the Registrar and with SEBI.

The Explanation defines it: a red herring prospectus means a prospectus which does not include complete particulars of the quantum or price of the securities included therein.

Notice the shape of the process. A red herring goes out first, without quantum or price; three days later the subscription list opens; the offer closes; and only then is the final prospectus filed, with the money raised and the closing price. The name comes from the practice of printing a warning in red on the cover.

munotes.in114

Kinds of Prospectus

Abridged prospectus

Defined in section 2(1) as a memorandum containing such salient features of a prospectus as may be specified by SEBI, and made compulsory by section 33(1): no form of application for the purchase of securities may be issued unless accompanied by an abridged prospectus, save for a bona fide underwriting invitation or securities not offered to the public. Any person may demand the full prospectus before the subscription list closes, and default costs fifty thousand rupees for each default. The full treatment is in [What a Prospectus Is, and What It Must Say].

Deemed prospectus: section 25

This is the one students find hardest, so take it slowly.

The mischief. A company that wants to reach the public without issuing a prospectus can allot its whole issue to an intermediary, an issuing house, which then offers the shares on to the public. The company has issued no prospectus; the intermediary is not the company. Without section 25 the public would get no disclosure and no remedy.

Section 25(1). Where a company allots or agrees to allot any securities with a view to all or any of those securities being offered for sale to the public, any document by which the offer for sale is made shall for all purposes be deemed to be a prospectus issued by the company. All enactments and rules of law as to the contents of a prospectus and as to liability for mis-statements in and omissions from a prospectus apply, with the modifications in sub-sections (3) and (4), as if the securities had been offered to the public for subscription and as if persons accepting the offer were subscribers, but without prejudice to the liability of the persons by whom the offer is made for mis-statements in the document.

Read the two "as if" clauses. They convert a sale into a subscription and a buyer into a subscriber, which is what makes the whole prospectus machinery fit a transaction it was not designed for. And the closing words preserve the intermediary's own liability, so the deeming adds a defendant rather than substituting one.

Offer for sale by members: section 28

Section 28(1). Where certain members of a company propose, in consultation with the Board of Directors, to offer the whole or part of their holding of shares to the public, in accordance with any law for the time being in force, they may do so in accordance with such procedure as may be prescribed.

Section 28(2). Any document by which the offer of sale to the public is made shall for all purposes be deemed to be a prospectus issued by the company, and all laws and rules as to the contents of a prospectus and as to liability for mis-statements in and omissions from it apply as if it were a prospectus issued by the company.

munotes.in115

Kinds of Prospectus

Section 28(3): who pays and who authorises. The members whose shares are offered, whether individuals or bodies corporate or both, shall collectively authorise the company to take all actions in respect of the offer for sale for and on their behalf, and shall reimburse the company all expenses incurred by it on the matter.

That last provision is fair and is often asked: the company does the work, the selling shareholders take the money, so the selling shareholders bear the cost.

How section 28 differs from section 25. In section 25 the company allots to an intermediary who then sells on. In section 28 existing members sell their own shares directly to the public, in consultation with the Board. Both documents are deemed prospectuses; the routes are different.

A worked example

Godavari Infra Limited plans to raise money four times over the next year.

Shelf prospectus. If it belongs to a class SEBI has provided for, it may file a shelf prospectus at the first offer, valid for up to one year from the opening of that first offer. Before the second and each later offer it files an information memorandum with the new charges created and the changes in its financial position. Because two hundred applicants had already applied with advance payments before a change, the company must intimate them and refund within fifteen days any who ask to withdraw. Each time, the information memorandum and the shelf prospectus together are deemed to be a prospectus.

Red herring prospectus. For its main equity issue it uses book building, so it issues a red herring prospectus without the quantum or price, files it with the Registrar at least three days before the subscription list opens, and carries the same obligations as a full prospectus. When the offer closes it files the prospectus with the Registrar and SEBI, stating the total capital raised, the closing price and everything the red herring omitted, with any variations highlighted.

Application forms. Every form carries an abridged prospectus, and anybody who asks before closing gets the full document.

Deemed prospectus. Suppose instead the company allots its entire issue to Konkan Issuing House Limited, which then offers the shares to the public. The company has issued no prospectus. Section 25 deems the issuing house's offer document to be a prospectus issued by the company, buyers are treated as subscribers, and the company and its directors carry prospectus liability, without prejudice to the issuing house's own liability.

munotes.in116

Kinds of Prospectus

Offer for sale by members. Two years later the founders wish to sell thirty per cent of their own shares to the public. In consultation with the Board, they do so under section 28. Their offer document is deemed a prospectus issued by the company, they must collectively authorise the company to act for them, and they must reimburse the company its expenses.

Distinctions that carry marks

Shelf prospectus, section 31Red herring prospectus, section 32
PurposeOne filing, several offersGo to market before the price is fixed
Who may use itClasses SEBI provides for by regulationsAny company proposing an offer
FilingWith the Registrar at the first offerWith the Registrar at least three days before the subscription list opens
ValidityNot more than one year from the opening of the first offerUntil the prospectus is filed after closing
UpdateInformation memorandum before each later offerFinal prospectus with capital raised and closing price
What is missing from itNothing; it is completeQuantum or price of the securities
Deemed prospectus, section 25Offer for sale by members, section 28
Who sells to the publicAn allottee, typically an issuing houseExisting members
Does the company allot?Yes, to the intermediary, with a view to onward saleNo
Board's roleNone statedThe members act in consultation with the Board
Whose document is deemed a prospectusThe offer for sale documentThe offer of sale document
CostsNot addressedMembers reimburse the company, section 28(3)

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean a red herring prospectus is a draft. By section 32(3) it carries the same obligations as a prospectus, so liability attaches to it fully.

It does not mean a shelf prospectus lasts a year from filing. The year runs from the date of opening of the first offer under it.

It does not mean an abridged prospectus limits what the applicant can see. Section 33(2) gives any person the full prospectus on request before closing.

It does not mean a deemed prospectus lets the intermediary off. Section 25(1) preserves the liability of the persons by whom the offer is made, without prejudice.

Quick revision

  • Shelf, section 31: classes SEBI provides for; filed at the first offer; validity up to one year from the opening of the first offer; information memorandum before each later offer with new charges and financial changes; applicants who paid in advance must be intimated and refunded within fifteen days if they withdraw; memorandum plus shelf prospectus deemed a prospectus.
  • Red herring, section 32: issued before the prospectus; filed at least three days before the subscription list opens; same obligations as a prospectus; variations highlighted; after closing, the prospectus with total capital raised and closing price filed with the Registrar and SEBI; lacks quantum or price.
  • Abridged, section 2(1) and section 33: must accompany every application form; exceptions for bona fide underwriting and securities not offered to the public; full prospectus on request; fifty thousand rupees per default.
  • Deemed, section 25: company allots with a view to onward sale to the public; the offer for sale document is deemed a prospectus issued by the company; buyers deemed subscribers; the offerors' own liability preserved.
  • Offer for sale by members, section 28: members offer their own holding in consultation with the Board; document deemed a prospectus issued by the company; members must collectively authorise the company and reimburse its expenses.
munotes.in117

Kinds of Prospectus

Test yourself

1. What is a shelf prospectus and how long is it valid? A prospectus in respect of which the securities included in it are issued for subscription in one or more issues over a certain period without a further prospectus. It indicates a period not exceeding one year as its validity, commencing from the date of opening of the first offer under it: section 31(1) and its Explanation.

2. What must a company do before a second offer under a shelf prospectus? File an information memorandum with the Registrar containing all material facts about new charges created and changes in the financial position since the first or previous offer, within the prescribed time and prior to the issue: section 31(2).

3. What is a red herring prospectus and when must it be filed? A prospectus that does not include complete particulars of the quantum or price of the securities. It must be filed with the Registrar at least three days prior to the opening of the subscription list and the offer: section 32(2) and the Explanation.

4. What must be filed after a red herring issue closes? The prospectus stating the total capital raised, whether by debt or share capital, the closing price of the securities and any other details not in the red herring prospectus, filed with the Registrar and with SEBI: section 32(4).

5. What is a deemed prospectus? Where a company allots or agrees to allot securities with a view to their being offered for sale to the public, the document by which that offer for sale is made is deemed for all purposes to be a prospectus issued by the company, buyers being treated as subscribers, without prejudice to the liability of the persons making the offer: section 25(1).

munotes.in118

Kinds of Prospectus

6. Who bears the cost of an offer for sale by members under section 28? The members whose shares are offered. They must collectively authorise the company to act for them and shall reimburse the company all expenses incurred by it on the matter: section 28(3).

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in119

Chapter Twenty-One

The Golden Rule, or Golden Legacy

Syllabus topic 1.3, label: "The Golden Rule or Golden Legacy"

In one line

The golden rule is that a prospectus must tell the truth about the company in a way that is complete and not misleading, because the investor has nothing else to go on.

In exam wording: the golden rule for framing a prospectus, sometimes called the golden legacy, requires that those who issue a prospectus make a full, frank and honest disclosure of every material fact, so that the investor is not misled by what is said, by what is left out, or by the arrangement of what is said. It is expressed in the Act through section 26, which prescribes how a prospectus is made and vouched for, and enforced by sections 34, 35 and 36.

Why the law has this at all

The relationship between a company inviting subscriptions and the public it invites is not an ordinary bargain between equals.

In an ordinary sale the buyer can inspect the goods. Here the buyer is being asked to hand over money against a description of a business he cannot see, written by the people who want his money. He has no way to check the order book, the litigation, the state of the machinery or the promoters' other ventures.

So the law departs from the ordinary rule that a seller need not volunteer information. It imposes a positive duty to disclose, and it makes the duty strict, because half a truth in a prospectus is more dangerous than an outright lie: it survives inspection and it invites reliance.

The phrase "golden rule" comes from a nineteenth century judgment, and the phrase "golden legacy" is a later gloss on it. New Brunswick and Canada Railway and Land Co. v. Muggeridge is the decision usually named as its source. It is named here without a citation and without facts, because no report carrying it could be opened from where this book was written and the house rule is that a citation goes only with a report that has been read. See authorities/cases.json.

Some words this chapter uses

Material means capable of influencing the decision of a reasonable investor. Full, frank and honest is the traditional formulation of the standard. A half truth is a statement true so far as it goes but misleading because of what is not said. Concealment is the deliberate withholding of a fact. An exit offer is a chance for a dissenting shareholder to sell out.

What the rule requires

The rule has four limbs, and the way to earn marks is to give them separately with an example each.

1. Everything material must be disclosed. Not everything the directors know, but everything a reasonable investor would want to weigh: pending litigation that could sink a contract, the fact that the main plant is leased and the lease expires next year, the promoters' interest in a property the company is buying.

munotes.in120

The Golden Rule, or Golden Legacy

2. Nothing may be stated that is untrue. The obvious limb, and the one that is easiest to prove.

3. Nothing may be so stated as to mislead, even if literally true. This is the limb the phrase exists for. "The company has an order from a public sector undertaking" may be true and still misleading if the order was cancelled last month. Section 34 is drafted to catch exactly this: it applies where a statement is untrue or misleading in form or context in which it is included, or where any inclusion or omission of any matter is likely to mislead.

4. The arrangement must not mislead. Burying a material qualification in a footnote while the claim it qualifies is in bold on the cover offends the rule even though both appear.

Where the rule lives in the Act

Section 26(1) carries the modern disclosure standard. Since 7 May 2018 the contents themselves are specified by SEBI in consultation with the Central Government, with SEBI's existing regulations applying meanwhile, and the surviving clause (c) requires a declaration of compliance with this Act, the Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act 1956 and the SEBI Act 1992. See [What a Prospectus Is, and What It Must Say] and FINDINGS.md section 3.6.

Section 26(5) protects the reader against a dressed up expert: an expert's statement may not be included unless the expert is not and has never been engaged or interested in the formation, promotion or management of the company, has consented in writing, and has not withdrawn that consent before delivery to the Registrar, and the prospectus must say so.

Section 34 enforces the rule criminally, section 35 civilly, and section 36 catches fraudulent inducement even outside a prospectus. Those three have their own chapters.

Section 27: the rule after the money is raised

The golden rule would be worth little if a company could tell the truth in the prospectus and then spend the money on something else. Section 27 closes that gap, and MU's syllabus reaches it through the same topic.

Section 27(1). A company shall not at any time vary the terms of a contract referred to in the prospectus, or the objects for which the prospectus was issued, except subject to the approval of, or authority given by, the company in general meeting by way of special resolution.

The first proviso adds publicity with a reason. The prescribed details of the notice of that resolution to shareholders shall also be published in the newspapers, one in English and one in the vernacular language, in the city where the registered office is situated, indicating clearly the justification for such variation.

munotes.in121

The Golden Rule, or Golden Legacy

The second proviso is a flat prohibition and is easy to miss: such a company shall not use any amount raised through the prospectus for buying, trading or otherwise dealing in equity shares of any other listed company. So prospectus money cannot be turned into a share portfolio.

Section 27(2): the exit. Dissenting shareholders, being those who have not agreed to the proposal to vary the terms of contracts or objects referred to in the prospectus, shall be given an exit offer by promoters or controlling shareholders, at such exit price and in such manner and conditions as SEBI may specify by regulations.

Compare section 13(8), which does the same work for a change of objects while prospectus money is unutilised: special resolution, newspaper and website publication with a justification, and an exit for dissenters. The two sections are deliberately parallel, and an answer that notices the parallel reads well.

A worked example

Palghar Textiles Limited issues a prospectus to raise sixty crore rupees. It states three objects: building a dyeing unit, buying looms, and general corporate purposes. It also refers to a supply contract with a large garment exporter.

A half truth. The prospectus says "the company has a long term supply arrangement with a leading garment exporter". True when written. But the exporter served a termination notice a fortnight before the prospectus was dated, and that is not mentioned. The statement is literally true and misleading in the context in which it is included, which is precisely what section 34 covers, and the omission is one likely to mislead. Every person who authorised the issue is liable under section 447 unless he proves the omission was immaterial or that he had reasonable grounds to believe, and did believe up to the time of issue, that the inclusion or omission was necessary.

Concealment. The prospectus does not mention that the land for the dyeing unit is subject to a pending title suit. That is a material fact a reasonable investor would weigh, so the golden rule is broken by silence.

Varying the contract. A year later the company wants to replace the supply contract referred to in the prospectus with a different one on worse terms. Section 27(1) requires a special resolution. The prescribed details of the notice must be published in one English and one vernacular newspaper in the city of the registered office, with the justification. And section 27(2) requires the promoters or controlling shareholders to offer an exit to shareholders who did not agree, at the price and on the conditions SEBI specifies.

munotes.in122

The Golden Rule, or Golden Legacy

And a flat prohibition. The company has eleven crore rupees of prospectus money left and its treasurer proposes to park it in the shares of a listed cement company. The second proviso to section 27(1) forbids it outright: prospectus money may not be used for buying, trading or otherwise dealing in equity shares of any other listed company. No resolution can authorise it.

Distinctions that carry marks

Ordinary contract of saleA prospectus
Duty to volunteer informationGenerally nonePositive duty of full disclosure
Effect of a literally true half truthUsually noneActionable, section 34
Who may complainThe other contracting partyAny person, group or association affected, section 37
RemediesContractualCompensation under section 35, prosecution under sections 34 and 36
Section 27Section 13(8)
What is being changedTerms of a contract referred to in the prospectus, or the objects for which it was issuedThe objects in the memorandum
TriggerAny variation, at any timeOnly while unutilised prospectus money remains
ResolutionSpecialSpecial
PublicityTwo newspapers, with the justificationTwo newspapers and the website, with the justification
Exit for dissentersYes, section 27(2)Yes, section 13(8)(ii)
Extra prohibitionNo dealing in equity shares of another listed companyNone

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean everything must be disclosed. The test is materiality. A prospectus that recited every fact about a company would be unreadable and would conceal by volume.

It does not mean an honest belief is always a defence. Under the proviso to section 34 the belief must be held on reasonable grounds and up to the time of issue.

It does not mean the rule stops at the date of issue. Section 27 keeps the company to the contracts and objects the prospectus described, and section 13(8) keeps it to the objects while the money is unspent.

It does not mean only subscribers can sue. Section 37 allows a suit or any other action under sections 34, 35 or 36 by any person, group of persons or association of persons affected.

Quick revision

  • The rule: full, frank and honest disclosure of every material fact; nothing untrue; nothing misleading in form or context; nothing misleading by arrangement or omission.
  • The case named for it: New Brunswick and Canada Railway and Land Co. v. Muggeridge. Named without a citation.
  • In the Act: section 26(1), contents as SEBI specifies plus the clause (c) declaration; section 26(5), the independent, consenting expert; enforced by sections 34, 35 and 36; complainants defined by section 37.
  • Section 27(1): no variation of a contract referred to in the prospectus, or of the objects for which it was issued, except by special resolution; notice details published in one English and one vernacular newspaper in the city of the registered office with the justification; and prospectus money may not be used to buy, trade or deal in equity shares of any other listed company.
  • Section 27(2): dissenting shareholders get an exit offer from promoters or controlling shareholders at the price and on the conditions SEBI specifies.
  • Parallel: section 13(8) for a change of objects while prospectus money is unutilised.
munotes.in123

The Golden Rule, or Golden Legacy

Test yourself

1. State the golden rule for framing a prospectus. Those who issue a prospectus must make a full, frank and honest disclosure of every material fact. Nothing untrue may be stated, nothing may be stated so as to mislead even if literally true, and nothing material may be concealed or buried.

2. Which provision catches a statement that is literally true but misleading? Section 34, which applies where a statement is untrue or misleading in form or context in which it is included, or where any inclusion or omission of any matter is likely to mislead.

3. What is needed to vary the terms of a contract referred to in a prospectus? A special resolution of the company in general meeting, with the prescribed details of the notice published in one English and one vernacular newspaper in the city where the registered office is situated, clearly indicating the justification: section 27(1) and its first proviso.

4. What must be offered to shareholders who do not agree to such a variation? An exit offer by the promoters or controlling shareholders, at such exit price and in such manner and conditions as SEBI may specify by regulations: section 27(2).

5. May a company invest its unspent prospectus money in the shares of a listed company? No. The second proviso to section 27(1) prohibits a company from using any amount raised through a prospectus for buying, trading or otherwise dealing in the equity shares of any other listed company.

6. Who may take action for a misleading prospectus? Any person, group of persons or association of persons affected by the misleading statement or by the inclusion or omission of any matter, by suit or any other action under sections 34, 35 or 36: section 37.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in124

Chapter Twenty-Two

Civil Liability for Mis-statements in a Prospectus

Syllabus topic 1.3, label: "Civil liability for mis-statements in prospectus"

In one line

If somebody buys securities because a prospectus misled him and he loses money, the company and the people behind the prospectus must compensate him, unless they can bring themselves within one of three defences.

In exam wording: section 35(1) provides that where a person has subscribed for securities acting on a misleading statement, or on the inclusion or omission of any matter, in the prospectus and has sustained loss or damage, the company and five categories of person shall be liable to pay compensation to every person who sustained the loss. Section 35(2) gives three defences and section 35(3) imposes personal liability without any limitation where the prospectus was issued with intent to defraud.

Why the law has this at all

Criminal punishment does not give an investor his money back. A man who put four lakh rupees into a company on the strength of a false prospectus is not made whole by the promoter going to jail.

So the Act runs two remedies in parallel. Section 34 and section 36 punish; section 35 compensates. And section 35 does it without making the investor prove the elements of the tort of deceit, which would require him to establish a fraudulent state of mind in people he has never met.

The section instead names the defendants in a list, presumes their responsibility, and puts the burden on them to escape through a defence. That reversal is the whole point of the section, and it is why the defences in sub-section (2) are drafted so carefully.

Some words this chapter uses

To subscribe means to apply for and take securities. Compensation here means damages for the loss actually sustained. An expert is defined for this purpose by section 26(5). To authorise the issue means to give the go-ahead for the prospectus to be published. Without any limitation of liability means the person's whole estate is exposed, not merely the amount he invested.

Who is liable: section 35(1)

Where a person has subscribed for securities of a company acting on any statement included, or the inclusion or omission of any matter, in the prospectus which is misleading, and has sustained any loss or damage as a consequence, then the company and every person who:

  • (a) is a director of the company at the time of the issue of the prospectus;
  • (b) has authorised himself to be named and is named in the prospectus as a director of the company, or has agreed to become such director, either immediately or after an interval of time;
  • (c) is a promoter of the company;
  • (d) has authorised the issue of the prospectus; and
  • (e) is an expert referred to in sub-section (5) of section 26,
munotes.in125

Civil Liability for Mis-statements in a Prospectus

shall, without prejudice to any punishment to which any person may be liable under section 36, be liable to pay compensation to every person who has sustained such loss or damage.

Take the list apart, because each entry catches a different person.

(a) Directors at the time of issue. The date of issue fixes the class. A person who resigned the day before is outside it, subject to (b).

(b) Named or agreed to be named. This catches the person lent to a prospectus for respectability. He is liable because he authorised himself to be named and was named, even though he never acted as a director, and even where he agreed to become one only after an interval of time.

(c) Promoters. Defined by section 2(69), and dealt with in [Promoters: Position, Duties and Liabilities].

(d) Anyone who authorised the issue. The widest limb, and it catches persons who hold no office at all. It is the same expression used in section 34.

(e) The expert. But only an expert within section 26(5), that is, a person independent of the formation, promotion and management of the company who gave written consent to the issue and did not withdraw it. An expert is liable for his own statement, not for the rest of the prospectus.

Three elements the claimant must show, and they are the marks in a problem question:

  1. He subscribed for securities of the company;
  2. He acted on the misleading statement, inclusion or omission, so there is reliance; and
  3. He sustained loss or damage as a consequence, so there is causation.

Note who is not on the list. A person who bought the shares in the market from an earlier subscriber has not subscribed on the faith of the prospectus, and section 35(1) does not reach him. His remedies lie elsewhere.

The three defences: section 35(2)

No person shall be liable under sub-section (1) if he proves one of the following. The burden is squarely on the defendant.

Defence (a): withdrawal of consent before issue. That, having consented to become a director, he withdrew his consent before the issue of the prospectus, and that it was issued without his authority or consent. Both limbs are needed: withdrawing is not enough if the prospectus went out with his blessing anyway.

Defence (b): issued without knowledge or consent, plus a public notice. That the prospectus was issued without his knowledge or consent, and that on becoming aware of its issue, he forthwith gave a reasonable public notice that it was issued without his knowledge or consent.

The word "forthwith" carries the defence. A director who learns of the prospectus in March and publishes a notice in July has not acted forthwith, and the defence fails however genuine his ignorance was. And the notice must be public and reasonable, so a letter to the Board is not enough.

munotes.in126

Civil Liability for Mis-statements in a Prospectus

Defence (c): reasonable reliance on an expert. That, as regards every misleading statement purporting to be made by an expert, or contained in what purports to be a copy of or an extract from a report or valuation of an expert:

  • it was a correct and fair representation of the statement, or a correct copy of, or a correct and fair extract from, the report or valuation; and
  • he had reasonable ground to believe, and did up to the time of the issue of the prospectus believe, that the person making the statement was competent to make it, and that the expert had given the consent required by section 26(5) and had not withdrawn it before filing of a copy of the prospectus with the Registrar, or, to the defendant's knowledge, before allotment thereunder.

This is the defence that makes the expert regime in section 26(5) work. A director may rely on a valuer's report, but only if he reproduced it accurately and reasonably believed the valuer was competent and had consented.

Fraud: section 35(3)

Notwithstanding anything contained in this section, where it is proved that a prospectus has been issued with intent to defraud the applicants for the securities of a company or any other person or for any fraudulent purpose, every person referred to in sub-section (1) shall be personally responsible, without any limitation of liability, for all or any of the losses or damages that may have been incurred by any person who subscribed to the securities on the basis of such prospectus.

Three things change when fraud is proved.

The defences go. The sub-section opens "notwithstanding anything contained in this section", which sweeps away sub-section (2).

Liability becomes unlimited. "Personally responsible, without any limitation of liability" means the whole of the person's estate answers, not a proportionate share.

The class of losses widens. "All or any of the losses or damages that may have been incurred by any person who subscribed" is broader than the loss flowing from the particular misstatement.

Note also the wording of the trigger. It is enough that the prospectus was issued with intent to defraud the applicants or any other person, or for any fraudulent purpose. The intent need not be aimed at the particular claimant.

Who may sue: section 37

A suit may be filed or any other action may be taken under section 34 or section 35 or section 36 by any person, group of persons or any association of persons affected by any misleading statement or the inclusion or omission of any matter in the prospectus.

munotes.in127

Civil Liability for Mis-statements in a Prospectus

Short, and it does two useful things. It confirms that the same facts can support proceedings under the criminal sections and the civil one. And it lets a group or association act together, which is the practical answer to the problem that each individual investor's loss may be too small to be worth a suit on its own. Read it with the class action in section 245.

A worked example

Chandrapur Steels Limited issues a prospectus in June 2026. It says the company holds a mining lease valid to 2041. In fact the lease expired in 2025 and the renewal was refused.

The prospectus names five directors; Mr Deshpande, who agreed to become a director three months after listing and consented to be named; and it carries a valuer's report on the ore body by an independent valuer who consented in writing. Ms Rane, a promoter, approved the issue. Mr Bhatt, a consultant holding no office, gave the final instruction to print and publish.

Amol subscribes for two lakh rupees of shares relying on the lease statement, and loses most of it when the truth emerges.

Who is liable under section 35(1)? The company; the five directors under clause (a); Mr Deshpande under clause (b), because he authorised himself to be named and agreed to become a director after an interval; Ms Rane under clause (c) as a promoter; Mr Bhatt under clause (d) as a person who authorised the issue; and the valuer under clause (e), but only for his own statement, which was accurate.

Amol must show that he subscribed, that he acted on the statement, and that he lost money as a result.

Defences. One director, Ms Fernandes, had resigned and withdrawn her consent before the prospectus was issued, and it went out without her authority. She is protected by defence (a). Another, Mr Iyer, was abroad and knew nothing of the issue; he learned of it on 2 July and published a reasonable public notice on 4 July. He is protected by defence (b). Had he waited until September, he would not be.

The remaining directors say they relied on the valuer. That is defence (c), but it protects them only as regards the valuer's statement, which was correct. It does nothing about the lease statement, which was the company's own. They remain liable.

Now suppose it is proved that the lease statement was inserted deliberately to induce subscriptions. Section 35(3) applies. The defences fall away, and every person named in sub-section (1) is personally responsible without any limitation of liability for the losses of everyone who subscribed on the faith of the prospectus.

munotes.in128

Civil Liability for Mis-statements in a Prospectus

And Amol need not sue alone. Under section 37 any person, group of persons or association of persons affected may sue or take action under sections 34, 35 or 36.

Distinctions that carry marks

Civil liability, section 35Criminal liability, section 34
PurposeCompensation to the investorPunishment
Who is liableThe company and the five categories in section 35(1)Every person who authorises the issue
TriggerA misleading statement, inclusion or omission, plus reliance and lossA statement untrue or misleading in form or context, or an inclusion or omission likely to mislead
DefencesThe three in section 35(2)The proviso: immateriality, or reasonable belief held up to the time of issue
Where fraud is provedSection 35(3): unlimited personal liability, defences swept awayLiability under section 447
Who may actAny person, group or association affected, section 37The same

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean every investor who lost money can recover. He must have subscribed, must have acted on the misleading matter, and must show the loss was a consequence of it. A person who bought in the market, or who never read the prospectus, fails on the first or second element.

It does not mean a named director escapes because he never acted. Clause (b) catches a person who authorised himself to be named, even if he was to become a director only later.

It does not mean an expert answers for the whole prospectus. He is liable under clause (e) for his own statement.

It does not mean the defences survive fraud. Section 35(3) begins "notwithstanding anything contained in this section".

Quick revision

  • Section 35(1), five categories plus the company: (a) a director at the time of issue; (b) a person who authorised himself to be named and is named as a director, or agreed to become one, immediately or after an interval; (c) a promoter; (d) a person who authorised the issue; (e) an expert under section 26(5).
  • Claimant must show: subscription, reliance, and loss as a consequence.
  • Section 35(2), three defences: (a) consent withdrawn before issue and issued without his authority or consent; (b) issued without his knowledge or consent and he forthwith gave reasonable public notice; (c) an expert's statement correctly and fairly represented, with reasonable belief in the expert's competence and consent up to the time of issue.
  • Section 35(3): prospectus issued with intent to defraud or for a fraudulent purpose means every person in sub-section (1) is personally responsible without any limitation of liability, and the defences do not apply.
  • Section 37: any person, group of persons or association of persons affected may sue or act under sections 34, 35 or 36.
munotes.in129

Civil Liability for Mis-statements in a Prospectus

Test yourself

1. Who is liable to pay compensation under section 35(1)? The company, and every person who is a director at the time of the issue; who authorised himself to be named and is named as a director or agreed to become one, immediately or after an interval; who is a promoter; who authorised the issue of the prospectus; and who is an expert referred to in section 26(5).

2. What must the claimant prove? That he subscribed for securities of the company acting on a misleading statement, or on the inclusion or omission of a matter, in the prospectus, and that he sustained loss or damage as a consequence.

3. State the three defences. That, having consented to become a director, he withdrew his consent before the issue and the prospectus was issued without his authority or consent; that it was issued without his knowledge or consent and, on becoming aware, he forthwith gave a reasonable public notice to that effect; and, as regards an expert's statement, that it was correctly and fairly represented and that he had reasonable ground to believe, and did believe up to the time of issue, that the expert was competent and had given and not withdrawn his consent.

4. A director who knew nothing of the prospectus publishes a public notice four months after learning of it. Is he protected? No. Defence (b) requires him to have given the notice forthwith on becoming aware of the issue. A delay of four months is not forthwith, however genuine his ignorance.

5. What is the effect of proving that the prospectus was issued with intent to defraud? Section 35(3) applies notwithstanding anything else in the section: every person referred to in sub-section (1) becomes personally responsible, without any limitation of liability, for all or any of the losses incurred by any person who subscribed on the basis of the prospectus, and the sub-section (2) defences fall away.

6. Can a group of investors act together? Yes. Section 37 permits a suit to be filed or any other action to be taken under sections 34, 35 or 36 by any person, group of persons or association of persons affected.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in130

Chapter Twenty-Three

Criminal Liability, Fraudulent Inducement and Personation

Syllabus topic 1.3, labels: "Criminal liability for mis-statements in prospectus", "Punishment for fraudulently inducing persons to invest money", "Punishment for personation for acquisition, etc., of securities"

In one line

Three offences protect an investor: lying in a prospectus, talking somebody into investing by false promises, and applying for shares in a false name. All three are punished as fraud under section 447.

In exam wording: section 34 imposes criminal liability on every person who authorises the issue of a prospectus containing an untrue or misleading statement, or a misleading inclusion or omission; section 36 punishes fraudulently inducing persons to invest money; section 38 punishes personation for the acquisition of securities; and each of the three makes the offender liable for action under section 447, the Act's general fraud provision.

Why the law has this at all

Compensation under section 35 is a remedy between the investor and the people who misled him. It does nothing about the harm to the market itself.

An investor who has been cheated once tells forty people, and each of them becomes slower to put money into any company. Confidence is a shared resource, and a false prospectus depletes it for everyone. That is why the Act treats these as offences and not merely as wrongs.

Section 38 protects something slightly different: the integrity of the allotment process. An issue is allotted proportionately, so a person who applies fifty times in fifty false names takes shares away from honest applicants. It is a fraud on other investors rather than on the company.

Some words this chapter uses

To authorise the issue means to give the go-ahead for the prospectus to be published. Recklessly means without caring whether a statement is true or false. A fictitious name is a name that does not belong to a real applicant. Disgorgement is an order to give up a gain. The Investor Education and Protection Fund is the fund established under section 125. Undue advantage means a benefit a person is not entitled to.

Section 34: criminal liability for mis-statements

Where a prospectus, issued, circulated or distributed under this Chapter, includes any statement which is untrue or misleading in form or context in which it is included or where any inclusion or omission of any matter is likely to mislead, every person who authorises the issue of such prospectus shall be liable under section 447.

Four things to notice.

"Issued, circulated or distributed" is wider than issued alone, so a person who circulates a prospectus he did not write is within the section's reach if he authorised its issue.

"Untrue or misleading in form or context in which it is included" is the golden rule in statutory language. A literally true statement placed so as to mislead is caught.

"Any inclusion or omission of any matter is likely to mislead" covers silence and covers arrangement. And note "likely to mislead": nobody need actually have been misled.

munotes.in131

Criminal Liability, Fraudulent Inducement and Personation

"Every person who authorises the issue" identifies the defendant. It is not limited to directors, promoters or officers.

The proviso gives the defence:

nothing in this section shall apply to a person if he proves that such statement or omission was immaterial or that he had reasonable grounds to believe, and did up to the time of issue of the prospectus believe, that the statement was true or the inclusion or omission was necessary.

Two routes out, and the burden is on the accused. Immateriality, which is an objective question. Or honest belief on reasonable grounds, held up to the time of issue. A belief formed carelessly will not do, and a belief abandoned before issue will not do either.

Section 36: fraudulently inducing persons to invest money

Any person who, either knowingly or recklessly makes any statement, promise or forecast which is false, deceptive or misleading, or deliberately conceals any material facts, to induce another person to enter into, or to offer to enter into,

(a) any agreement for, or with a view to, acquiring, disposing of, subscribing for, or underwriting securities; or

(b) any agreement, the purpose or the pretended purpose of which is to secure a profit to any of the parties from the yield of securities or by reference to fluctuations in the value of securities; or

(c) any agreement for, or with a view to obtaining credit facilities from any bank or financial institution,

shall be liable for action under section 447.

Section 36 is much wider than section 34 and the differences are the marks.

No prospectus is needed. Section 36 catches a statement made in a telephone call, an advertisement, a message or a meeting.

The mental element is spelled out: knowingly or recklessly. Recklessness is enough, so a person who makes a confident forecast without caring whether it is true is within the section.

The conduct includes forecasts and promises, not merely statements of existing fact, and includes deliberate concealment of material facts.

Clause (c) is not about securities at all. An agreement for obtaining credit facilities from any bank or financial institution is covered, so a person who lies to get a company loan is caught by a section that sits in the prospectus chapter. Students consistently miss this.

Section 38: personation for acquisition of securities

Section 38(1). Any person who:

  • (a) makes or abets making of an application in a fictitious name to a company for acquiring or subscribing for its securities; or
  • (b) makes or abets making of multiple applications to a company in different names or in different combinations of his name or surname for acquiring or subscribing for its securities; or
  • (c) otherwise induces directly or indirectly a company to allot, or register any transfer of, securities to him, or to any other person in a fictitious name,
munotes.in132

Criminal Liability, Fraudulent Inducement and Personation

shall be liable for action under section 447.

Clause (b) is the one to read twice. It catches not only different names but different combinations of his own name or surname. So "R. K. Sharma", "Rajesh Sharma" and "Rajesh Kumar Sharma", all the same man, are multiple applications.

And note "makes or abets making" in both (a) and (b): the person who arranges the applications is as liable as the person who signs them.

Section 38(2): a warning that must be printed. The provisions of sub-section (1) shall be prominently reproduced in every prospectus issued by a company and in every form of application for securities. This is why the warning appears on application forms, and it makes ignorance of the offence very hard to plead.

Section 38(3): disgorgement and seizure. Where a person has been convicted under the section, the Court may also order:

  • disgorgement of gain, if any, made by such person; and
  • seizure and disposal of the securities in his possession.

Section 38(4): where the money goes. The amount received through disgorgement or disposal shall be credited to the Investor Education and Protection Fund, which is constituted under section 125. So it does not go to the company; it goes to a fund that exists for investors generally.

Section 447: the punishment all three lead to

Since sections 34, 36 and 38 all say "shall be liable for action under section 447", the punishment is in that section and it must be learned.

The main punishment. Without prejudice to any liability including repayment of any debt, any person found guilty of fraud involving an amount of at least ten lakh rupees or one per cent of the turnover of the company, whichever is lower, shall be punishable with:

  • imprisonment for not less than six months and up to ten years; and
  • a fine not less than the amount involved in the fraud and up to three times that amount.

First proviso: public interest. Where the fraud involves public interest, the term of imprisonment shall not be less than three years.

Second proviso: small frauds. Where the fraud involves an amount less than ten lakh rupees or one per cent of turnover, whichever is lower, and does not involve public interest, the punishment is imprisonment up to five years, or a fine up to fifty lakh rupees, or both. Note that here there is no minimum imprisonment and imprisonment is not compulsory.

munotes.in133

Criminal Liability, Fraudulent Inducement and Personation

The Explanation defines fraud, and it is worth quoting because it is unusually wide:

"fraud", in relation to affairs of a company or any body corporate, includes any act, omission, concealment of any fact or abuse of position committed by any person or any other person with the connivance in any manner, with intent to deceive, to gain undue advantage from, or to injure the interests of, the company or its shareholders or its creditors or any other person, whether or not there is any wrongful gain or wrongful loss.

The closing words are the point: "whether or not there is any wrongful gain or wrongful loss". Fraud under this Act does not require anybody to have gained or lost. The intent to deceive is enough. The Explanation goes on to define wrongful gain as gain by unlawful means of property to which the person is not legally entitled, and wrongful loss as loss by unlawful means of property to which the person losing is legally entitled.

A worked example

Nagothane Chemicals Limited issues a prospectus. It states that the company holds environmental clearance for a new plant. The clearance application was in fact rejected.

Section 34. The statement is untrue. Every person who authorised the issue of the prospectus is liable under section 447. A director who can prove the matter was immaterial, or that he had reasonable grounds to believe, and did believe up to the time of issue, that the clearance had been granted, escapes under the proviso.

Section 36, and note that no prospectus is needed. The company's marketing head telephones two hundred wealthy individuals and tells them, recklessly, that the plant will be commissioned in six months and will triple the share price. That is a statement, promise or forecast which is false, deceptive or misleading, made recklessly, to induce them to enter into an agreement for subscribing for securities. He is liable under section 447, whatever happens to the prospectus.

And clause (c). The same man tells a bank that the clearance exists, to obtain a term loan. That is an agreement for, or with a view to obtaining credit facilities from a bank, and section 36(c) catches it even though no securities are involved.

Section 38. An applicant, Mr Salvi, wants a larger allotment. He applies as "P. Salvi", "Prakash Salvi" and "Prakash D. Salvi", and gets his driver to apply in a name that belongs to nobody. He is caught by clause (b) for the multiple applications in different combinations of his own name, and by clause (a), as an abettor, for the application in a fictitious name. On conviction the Court may order disgorgement of his gain and seizure and disposal of the securities in his possession, and the proceeds go to the Investor Education and Protection Fund.

munotes.in134

Criminal Liability, Fraudulent Inducement and Personation

And note where the warning was. The text of section 38(1) was prominently reproduced in the prospectus and on the application form, as section 38(2) requires.

Punishment. If the amounts involved are ten lakh rupees or more, or one per cent of turnover, whichever is lower, section 447 gives six months to ten years' imprisonment and a fine of one to three times the amount, with a minimum of three years if public interest is involved. If the amount is below that threshold and there is no public interest, the second proviso applies: up to five years, or a fine up to fifty lakh rupees, or both.

Distinctions that carry marks

Section 34Section 36Section 38
What is punishedAn untrue or misleading prospectusFraudulently inducing investment or creditPersonation and multiple applications
Prospectus neededYesNoNo
Who is liableEvery person who authorises the issueAny personAny person, including an abettor
Mental elementPresumed, subject to the provisoKnowingly or recklesslyMaking or abetting the application
Defence in the sectionImmateriality, or reasonable belief up to issueNone statedNone stated
Extra consequencesNoneNoneDisgorgement, seizure and disposal, proceeds to the IEPF
PunishmentSection 447Section 447Section 447
Section 34, criminalSection 35, civil
ObjectPunishmentCompensation
DefendantEvery person who authorises the issueThe company and five categories
Proof of lossNot needed; "likely to mislead" sufficesLoss or damage must be sustained
OutcomeSection 447 punishmentPayment of compensation

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean somebody must actually have been misled under section 34. The section applies where the inclusion or omission is likely to mislead.

It does not mean section 36 is confined to securities. Clause (c) covers agreements for obtaining credit facilities from any bank or financial institution.

It does not mean fraud under section 447 requires a gain or a loss. The Explanation says "whether or not there is any wrongful gain or wrongful loss".

It does not mean multiple applications are only in other people's names. Section 38(1)(b) catches different combinations of the applicant's own name or surname.

Quick revision

  • Section 34: a prospectus issued, circulated or distributed with a statement untrue or misleading in form or context, or an inclusion or omission likely to mislead, makes every person who authorises the issue liable under section 447. Proviso: immateriality, or reasonable grounds for belief held up to the time of issue.
  • Section 36: any person who knowingly or recklessly makes a false, deceptive or misleading statement, promise or forecast, or deliberately conceals material facts, to induce another to enter into (a) an agreement for acquiring, disposing of, subscribing for or underwriting securities, (b) an agreement to secure a profit from the yield of securities or from fluctuations in their value, or (c) an agreement for obtaining credit facilities from a bank or financial institution, is liable under section 447.
  • Section 38: (a) application in a fictitious name; (b) multiple applications in different names or different combinations of his own name or surname; (c) otherwise inducing allotment or transfer to himself or another in a fictitious name. Making or abetting both caught. 38(2): the sub-section must be prominently reproduced in every prospectus and application form. 38(3): on conviction the Court may order disgorgement and seizure and disposal. 38(4): proceeds to the Investor Education and Protection Fund.
  • Section 447: fraud of at least ten lakh rupees or one per cent of turnover, whichever is lower: six months to ten years and a fine of one to three times the amount. Public interest: minimum three years. Below the threshold and no public interest: up to five years, or fine up to fifty lakh rupees, or both. Fraud is defined to include act, omission, concealment or abuse of position with intent to deceive, whether or not there is any wrongful gain or wrongful loss.
munotes.in135

Criminal Liability, Fraudulent Inducement and Personation

Test yourself

1. Who is criminally liable for a misleading prospectus, and what must be shown? Every person who authorises the issue of the prospectus, where it includes a statement untrue or misleading in the form or context in which it is included, or where an inclusion or omission is likely to mislead: section 34. Nobody need actually have been misled.

2. What defences does section 34 give? That the statement or omission was immaterial, or that the accused had reasonable grounds to believe, and did up to the time of issue of the prospectus believe, that the statement was true or that the inclusion or omission was necessary.

3. Does section 36 require a prospectus? No. It applies to any person who knowingly or recklessly makes a false, deceptive or misleading statement, promise or forecast, or deliberately conceals material facts, to induce another into the agreements listed in clauses (a) to (c), which include an agreement for obtaining credit facilities from a bank or financial institution.

4. A man applies for shares as "S. Kulkarni", "Sanjay Kulkarni" and "Sanjay R. Kulkarni". Which provision does that offend? Section 38(1)(b), which covers multiple applications in different names or in different combinations of his name or surname. He is liable for action under section 447.

munotes.in136

Criminal Liability, Fraudulent Inducement and Personation

5. What may a Court order on conviction under section 38, and where does the money go? Disgorgement of any gain made, and seizure and disposal of the securities in the convict's possession: section 38(3). The amount received is credited to the Investor Education and Protection Fund: section 38(4).

6. Define fraud under section 447 and state the punishment for a fraud of fifty lakh rupees not involving public interest. Fraud includes any act, omission, concealment of any fact or abuse of position committed with intent to deceive, to gain undue advantage from, or to injure the interests of the company, its shareholders, its creditors or any other person, whether or not there is any wrongful gain or wrongful loss. Fifty lakh rupees exceeds the ten lakh threshold, so the punishment is imprisonment of not less than six months and up to ten years, and a fine of not less than the amount involved and up to three times it.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in137

Chapter Twenty-Four

Allotment of Securities

Syllabus topic 1.3, labels: "Allotment of securities by company", "Securities to be dealt with in stock exchanges", "Public offer of securities to be in dematerialized form"

In one line

A company may not allot shares to the public until the minimum subscription named in the prospectus has actually come in, it must apply for listing before it makes the offer, and it must issue the securities in electronic form.

In exam wording: section 39 forbids allotment unless the minimum amount stated in the prospectus has been subscribed and the application money received; section 40 requires a company making a public offer to apply for and obtain stock exchange permission before making the offer and to keep the application monies in a separate bank account; and section 29 requires every company making a public offer to issue its securities only in dematerialised form.

Why the law has this at all

Each of the three answers a specific way in which an issue can go wrong.

Minimum subscription, section 39. A company raising money for a factory needs the whole amount. If it raises a third and spends it, the investors have paid for a third of a factory, which is worth nothing. So the Act says: if the minimum does not come in, nobody is allotted anything and the money goes back.

Listing, section 40. An investor in a public issue expects to be able to sell. If the company applies for listing after the money is collected and permission is refused, he holds a security he cannot trade. So the application must be made before the offer, and the monies must sit in a separate account until permission is known.

Dematerialisation, section 29. Paper certificates can be forged, lost and transferred outside the register. Electronic holding through a depository removes all three problems and makes ownership traceable, which is also why it matters for insider trading and for significant beneficial ownership.

Some words this chapter uses

Allotment is the act of appropriating securities to an applicant, which turns his offer into a contract. Minimum subscription is the least amount that must be raised for the issue to proceed, stated in the prospectus. Nominal amount of a security is its face value. Dematerialised means held in electronic form with a depository. A scheduled bank is one listed in the Second Schedule to the Reserve Bank of India Act 1934. Return of allotment is the filing telling the Registrar who was allotted what.

Dematerialised form: section 29

Section 29(1). Notwithstanding anything in any other provision of this Act:

  • (a) every company making public offer; and
  • (b) such other class or classes of companies as may be prescribed,

shall issue the securities only in dematerialised form by complying with the Depositories Act 1996 and the regulations under it.

Note the word that was removed. Clause (b) used to read "such other class or classes of public companies as may be prescribed". The word "public" was omitted by the Companies (Amendment) Act 2019 with effect from 15 August 2019, so the power to prescribe now reaches private companies too.

munotes.in138

Allotment of Securities

Section 29(1A) carries that further: in the case of such class or classes of unlisted companies as may be prescribed, the securities shall be held or transferred only in dematerialised form in the manner laid down in the Depositories Act 1996 and its regulations. Note the difference in verb: sub-section (1) is about issue, sub-section (1A) about holding or transfer.

Section 29(2). Any other company may convert its securities into dematerialised form, or issue them in physical form in accordance with this Act, or in dematerialised form in accordance with the Depositories Act 1996. So for companies outside sub-sections (1) and (1A) it is a choice.

Allotment: section 39

Section 39(1): the minimum subscription rule.

No allotment of any securities of a company offered to the public for subscription shall be made unless the amount stated in the prospectus as the minimum amount has been subscribed and the sums payable on application for the amount so stated have been paid to and received by the company by cheque or other instrument.

Two conditions, both necessary. The minimum has been subscribed, that is, applied for. And the application money for that amount has been paid to and received by the company, and by cheque or other instrument, which excludes cash.

Section 39(2): how much must be paid on application. The amount payable on application on every security shall not be less than five per cent of the nominal amount of the security, or such other percentage or amount as SEBI may specify by regulations.

Section 39(3): what happens if the minimum does not come in. If the stated minimum amount has not been subscribed and the sum payable on application is not received within thirty days from the date of issue of the prospectus, or such other period as SEBI may specify, the amount received under sub-section (1) shall be returned within such time and manner as may be prescribed.

Section 39(4): the return of allotment. Whenever a company having a share capital makes any allotment of securities, it shall file with the Registrar a return of allotment in the prescribed manner.

Section 39(5): the penalty. In case of any default under sub-section (3) or sub-section (4), the company and its officer who is in default shall be liable to a penalty, for each default, of one thousand rupees for each day during which the default continues, or one lakh rupees, whichever is less.

munotes.in139

Allotment of Securities

Note that the penalty attaches to failures under (3) and (4) only, that is, failure to refund and failure to file the return.

Stock exchange dealings: section 40

Section 40(1): apply before you offer. Every company making public offer shall, before making such offer, make an application to one or more recognised stock exchange or exchanges and obtain permission for the securities to be dealt with in that exchange or those exchanges.

Section 40(2): say where. Where a prospectus states that such an application has been made, the prospectus shall also state the name or names of the stock exchange in which the securities shall be dealt with.

Section 40(3): the separate account. All monies received on application from the public for subscription to the securities shall be kept in a separate bank account in a scheduled bank and shall not be utilised for any purpose other than:

  • (a) for adjustment against allotment of securities, where the securities have been permitted to be dealt with in the stock exchange specified in the prospectus; or
  • (b) for the repayment of monies within the time specified by SEBI, received from applicants in pursuance of the prospectus, where the company is for any other reason unable to allot securities.

Read (a) and (b) together and the design is clear: the money may be used only if listing permission has come, and must otherwise be returned. There is no third option.

Section 40(4): no contracting out. Any condition purporting to require or bind any applicant for securities to waive compliance with any of the requirements of this section shall be void. So a clause in an application form asking the applicant to give up these protections is worth nothing.

Section 40(5): the penalty. On default:

  • the company shall be punishable with a fine of not less than five lakh rupees and up to fifty lakh rupees; and
  • every officer of the company who is in default shall be punishable with a fine of not less than fifty thousand rupees and up to three lakh rupees.

Section 40(6): commission. A company may pay commission to any person in connection with the subscription to its securities, subject to such conditions as may be prescribed. So underwriting and brokerage commission are lawful, within the prescribed conditions.

A worked example

Latur Solar Limited issues a prospectus on 1 October 2026 offering forty crore rupees of equity, stating a minimum subscription of thirty crore rupees. Each share has a nominal value of ten rupees.

Before the offer. Under section 40(1) the company must already have applied to one or more recognised stock exchanges and obtained permission for the securities to be dealt with. The prospectus states that the application has been made and names the exchanges, as section 40(2) requires. Under section 29(1)(a), being a company making a public offer, it must issue the securities only in dematerialised form under the Depositories Act 1996.

munotes.in140

Allotment of Securities

Application money. Under section 39(2) the amount payable on application on each share must be at least five per cent of ten rupees, that is fifty paise, unless SEBI has specified otherwise.

The money comes in. All application monies go into a separate bank account in a scheduled bank under section 40(3) and may be touched only for adjustment against allotment once listing permission is in hand, or for repayment.

Case one, the issue succeeds. Applications for thirty four crore rupees are received and the application money is paid by cheque. The minimum of thirty crore has been subscribed and the money received, so section 39(1) is satisfied and the company may allot. It then files a return of allotment with the Registrar under section 39(4).

Case two, the issue fails. Only twenty two crore rupees is subscribed and by 31 October 2026, thirty days from the date of issue of the prospectus, the balance has not come in. Under section 39(3) the amount received must be returned in the prescribed time and manner. If the company delays, section 39(5) imposes on the company and every officer in default a penalty of one thousand rupees a day, or one lakh rupees, whichever is less, for each default.

Case three, listing is refused. The exchange declines permission. The money in the separate account cannot be used for adjustment against allotment, because clause (a) of section 40(3) applies only where the securities have been permitted to be dealt with. It must be repaid under clause (b) within the time SEBI specifies. A clause in the application form by which applicants purported to waive this is void under section 40(4). Default costs the company five to fifty lakh rupees and every officer in default fifty thousand to three lakh rupees under section 40(5).

Distinctions that carry marks

Section 39, minimum subscriptionSection 40, stock exchange
What must happen, and whenThe minimum stated in the prospectus must be subscribed and received before allotmentListing must be applied for and permitted before the offer is made
Money held howNot addressed by section 39Separate account in a scheduled bank, section 40(3)
If it failsRefund within the prescribed time, section 39(3)Repay within the time SEBI specifies, section 40(3)(b)
WaiverNot addressedVoid, section 40(4)
PenaltyOne thousand rupees a day or one lakh rupees, whichever is less, for defaults under (3) and (4)Company five to fifty lakh rupees; officer in default fifty thousand to three lakh rupees
munotes.in141

Allotment of Securities

Public offerPrivate placement
Minimum subscriptionSection 39(1) appliesNot applicable
ListingSection 40(1) appliesNot applicable
Dematerialised issueCompulsory, section 29(1)(a)Only if prescribed
Return of allotmentSection 39(4), prescribed mannerSection 42(8), within fifteen days, with a complete list of allottees

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean a company can allot as soon as the applications add up. The application money for the minimum amount must actually have been paid to and received by the company, and not in cash.

It does not mean listing permission can be sought afterwards. Section 40(1) requires the application to be made and permission obtained before making the offer.

It does not mean the company may use the money while listing is pending. Section 40(3)(a) permits use only where the securities have been permitted to be dealt with.

It does not mean dematerialisation is only for listed companies. Section 29(1)(a) covers every company making a public offer, and since 15 August 2019 the power to prescribe under clause (b) is no longer limited to public companies.

Quick revision

  • Section 29(1): every company making a public offer, and such other classes as may be prescribed, shall issue securities only in dematerialised form under the Depositories Act 1996. The word "public" was omitted from clause (b) w.e.f. 15 August 2019. 29(1A): prescribed classes of unlisted companies must hold or transfer only in demat form. 29(2): others may choose.
  • Section 39(1): no allotment unless the minimum amount stated in the prospectus is subscribed and the application money received by cheque or other instrument, not cash.
  • 39(2): application money at least five per cent of nominal value, or as SEBI specifies.
  • 39(3): if not received within thirty days of the issue of the prospectus, or as SEBI specifies, the money must be returned.
  • 39(4): return of allotment to the Registrar whenever a company having share capital allots.
  • 39(5): default under (3) or (4) costs one thousand rupees a day or one lakh rupees, whichever is less, for each default, on the company and the officer in default.
  • Section 40(1) and (2): apply for and obtain stock exchange permission before making the offer, and name the exchanges in the prospectus.
  • 40(3): monies in a separate account in a scheduled bank, usable only for adjustment against allotment where permission has been given, or for repayment.
  • 40(4): any waiver is void. 40(5): company five to fifty lakh rupees; officer in default fifty thousand to three lakh rupees. 40(6): commission payable subject to prescribed conditions.
munotes.in142

Allotment of Securities

Test yourself

1. When may a company allot securities offered to the public? Only when the amount stated in the prospectus as the minimum amount has been subscribed, and the sums payable on application for that amount have been paid to and received by the company by cheque or other instrument: section 39(1). Cash is excluded.

2. What is the minimum application money per security? Not less than five per cent of the nominal amount of the security, or such other percentage or amount as SEBI may specify: section 39(2).

3. The minimum subscription is not received within thirty days. What follows? The amount received must be returned within such time and manner as may be prescribed: section 39(3). Default attracts a penalty of one thousand rupees for each day, or one lakh rupees, whichever is less, on the company and every officer in default: section 39(5).

4. When must a company apply for listing? Before making the public offer. Section 40(1) requires it to apply to one or more recognised stock exchanges and obtain permission for the securities to be dealt with, before making the offer.

5. For what may the monies in the separate account be used? Only for adjustment against allotment where the securities have been permitted to be dealt with in the exchange specified in the prospectus, or for repayment where the company is for any other reason unable to allot: section 40(3).

6. An application form says the applicant waives the requirements of section 40. Is that effective? No. Section 40(4) makes void any condition purporting to require or bind an applicant to waive compliance with any requirement of the section.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in143

Chapter Twenty-Five

Private Placement and Global Depository Receipts

Syllabus topic 1.3, label: "Private placement"

In one line

A private placement is an offer of securities to a small group of named people chosen by the Board, made without a prospectus and without advertising, and if the company exceeds the permitted number the whole thing is treated as a public offer.

In exam wording: section 42 permits a company to make a private placement of securities to a select group of identified persons not exceeding fifty, or such higher number as may be prescribed, in a financial year, excluding qualified institutional buyers and employees offered securities under an employees stock option scheme, by a private placement offer cum application carrying no right of renunciation, without any public advertisement.

Why the law has this at all

A company often needs money from a handful of investors who know exactly what they are buying: a venture fund, a strategic partner, a bank. Forcing it to publish a prospectus for that would be pointless expense, and the investors are perfectly able to demand information for themselves.

But the moment the group stops being small, the transaction is a public offer in everything but name, and the public needs a prospectus. So the whole architecture of section 42 is about holding the line: a number, a named list, a ban on advertising, a ban on renunciation, and a deeming provision for anybody who crosses it.

The reason the ban on renunciation matters is subtle and is worth knowing. If an identified person could pass his entitlement to somebody else, the company could offer to fifty people who each renounce to a hundred more, and the fifty person limit would mean nothing.

Some words this chapter uses

Identified persons are those named by the Board under section 42(2). A qualified institutional buyer is defined by Explanation II by reference to SEBI's Issue of Capital and Disclosure Requirements Regulations 2009. Renunciation is giving up your entitlement in favour of another person. A private placement offer cum application is the single combined document section 42(3) requires. A depository receipt is an instrument issued abroad representing shares held in India.

Global depository receipts: section 41

Short, and easily learned.

A company may, after passing a special resolution in its general meeting, issue depository receipts in any foreign country in such manner, and subject to such conditions, as may be prescribed.

Three elements: a special resolution, an issue in any foreign country, and the manner and conditions as may be prescribed. It is the route by which Indian companies raise money from foreign investors who want an instrument governed by their own market's practice rather than Indian shares directly.

munotes.in144

Private Placement and Global Depository Receipts

The permitted group: section 42(1), (2) and (3)

Section 42(1). A company may, subject to the provisions of this section, make a private placement of securities.

Section 42(2): the number. A private placement shall be made only to a select group of persons who have been identified by the Board, called identified persons, whose number shall not exceed fifty or such higher number as may be prescribed, excluding the qualified institutional buyers and employees of the company being offered securities under a scheme of employees stock option in terms of section 62(1)(b), in a financial year, subject to such conditions as may be prescribed.

Four things to hold on to. The persons must be identified by the Board, so the company cannot advertise for takers. The number is fifty or such higher number as prescribed. Qualified institutional buyers and ESOP employees are excluded from the count, which is why a company can place with several institutions without eating into its allowance. And the count is per financial year, not per issue.

Section 42(3): the document. A company making a private placement shall issue a private placement offer and application in the prescribed form and manner to identified persons whose names and addresses are recorded by the company in the prescribed manner.

The proviso is the anti-avoidance rule: the private placement offer and application shall not carry any right of renunciation.

Explanation I defines it: private placement means any offer or invitation to subscribe or issue of securities to a select group of persons by a company, other than by way of public offer, through private placement offer cum application, which satisfies the conditions specified in this section.

Explanation II defines a qualified institutional buyer by reference to SEBI's Issue of Capital and Disclosure Requirements Regulations 2009, as amended.

Explanation III is the deeming rule and it is drafted very widely. If a company, listed or unlisted, makes an offer to allot, or invites subscription, or allots, or enters into an agreement to allot, securities to more than the prescribed number of persons, whether the payment has been received or not, and whether the company intends to list or not, in or outside India, the same shall be deemed to be an offer to the public and shall be governed by Part I of this Chapter, that is, the prospectus rules.

Read the three "whethers". They close every escape route a clever adviser might look for.

The money: section 42(4), (5) and (6)

Section 42(4): how it is paid. Every identified person willing to subscribe shall apply in the private placement and application issued to him, with the subscription money paid by cheque or demand draft or other banking channel and not by cash.

munotes.in145

Private Placement and Global Depository Receipts

The proviso: a company shall not utilise monies raised through private placement unless allotment is made and the return of allotment is filed with the Registrar under sub-section (8). So the money is frozen until the paperwork is done.

Section 42(5): one offer at a time. No fresh offer or invitation shall be made unless the allotments with respect to any offer or invitation made earlier have been completed, or that offer or invitation has been withdrawn or abandoned.

The proviso softens it: subject to the maximum number of identified persons in sub-section (2), a company may at any time make more than one issue of securities to such class of identified persons as may be prescribed.

Section 42(6): sixty days, then fifteen, then interest. A company making an offer under this section shall allot its securities within sixty days from the date of receipt of the application money. If it cannot, it shall repay the application money within fifteen days from the expiry of the sixty days. If it fails to repay within that period, it is liable to repay the money with interest at twelve per cent per annum from the expiry of the sixtieth day.

The proviso requires the monies received on application to be kept in a separate bank account in a scheduled bank, usable only (a) for adjustment against allotment, or (b) for repayment where the company is unable to allot. That mirrors section 40(3) for public offers.

No advertising: section 42(7)

No company issuing securities under this section shall release any public advertisements or utilise any media, marketing or distribution channels or agents to inform the public at large about such an issue.

Four prohibited routes, and the last one matters: agents. A company cannot keep its own hands clean by hiring somebody to spread the word.

Filing and penalties: section 42(8), (9), (10) and (11)

Section 42(8): the return of allotment. A company making any allotment under this section shall file with the Registrar a return of allotment within fifteen days from the date of the allotment, in the prescribed manner, including a complete list of all allottees, with their full names, addresses, number of securities allotted and such other relevant information as may be prescribed.

Section 42(9): late return. On default in filing within the prescribed period, the company, its promoters and directors shall be liable to a penalty for each default of one thousand rupees for each day the default continues, not exceeding twenty-five lakh rupees.

Section 42(10): offer or acceptance in contravention. Subject to sub-section (11), if a company makes an offer or accepts monies in contravention of this section, the company, its promoters and directors shall be liable to a penalty which may extend to the amount raised through the private placement or two crore rupees, whichever is lower, and the company shall also refund all monies with interest as specified in sub-section (6) to subscribers within thirty days of the order imposing the penalty.

munotes.in146

Private Placement and Global Depository Receipts

Section 42(11): the deeming provision. Notwithstanding sub-sections (9) and (10), any private placement issue not made in compliance with sub-section (2) shall be deemed to be a public offer, and all the provisions of this Act, the Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act 1956 and the SEBI Act 1992 shall be applicable.

That is the real sanction. Breaking the numerical limit does not merely cost a penalty. It converts the transaction into a public offer retrospectively, so the company is treated as having made a public offer without a prospectus, without listing permission under section 40, and without any of the protections Part I requires, with the criminal and civil consequences that follow.

A worked example

Ratnagiri Marine Foods Private Limited wants eighteen crore rupees.

Route. As a private company it cannot make a public offer, so under section 23(2)(b) its choices are a rights issue or a private placement under section 42.

The list. The Board identifies thirty two investors by name and records their names and addresses. It also approaches two mutual funds, which are qualified institutional buyers, and offers shares to eleven employees under an employees stock option scheme under section 62(1)(b). Neither the funds nor the employees count towards the fifty, by the express exclusion in section 42(2), so the company has used thirty two of its allowance for that financial year.

The document. A private placement offer and application goes to each identified person. It carries no right of renunciation, by the proviso to section 42(3). No advertisement is placed, no agent is engaged, and no marketing channel is used, because section 42(7) forbids all of it.

The money. Subscriptions come in by cheque and bank transfer, not cash, into a separate account in a scheduled bank. The company cannot touch the money until allotment is made and the return of allotment is filed, by the proviso to section 42(4).

The clock. Application money is received on 1 November 2026. Allotment must be made within sixty days, by 31 December 2026. If it is not, the money must be repaid within fifteen days of that, by 15 January 2027. If the company still fails, it must repay with interest at twelve per cent per annum from 31 December 2026.

munotes.in147

Private Placement and Global Depository Receipts

The filing. Allotment is made on 20 December 2026, so the return of allotment, with the full names, addresses and number of securities of every allottee, must be filed by 4 January 2027. A late filing costs the company, its promoters and its directors one thousand rupees a day, capped at twenty-five lakh rupees.

Now change one fact. Suppose the company had offered to sixty three identified persons in the same financial year, ignoring the limit. Section 42(11) applies notwithstanding the penalties: the issue is deemed to be a public offer, and the whole of this Act, the Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act 1956 and the SEBI Act 1992 apply to it. The company, a private company, is then in the position of having made a public offer it was never permitted to make, in breach of section 23(2) and of its own articles under section 2(68), with no prospectus, no section 40 listing application and no separate account compliance.

And under section 42(10) the company, its promoters and its directors face a penalty of up to the amount raised or two crore rupees, whichever is lower, and the company must refund all monies with interest within thirty days of the order.

Distinctions that carry marks

Public offerPrivate placement
Section23(1)(a), Part I of Chapter III23(1)(b), 23(2)(b), section 42
DocumentProspectus, section 26Private placement offer cum application, section 42(3)
Who is invitedThe public at largeIdentified persons named by the Board
NumberUnlimitedFifty or as prescribed, per financial year, excluding QIBs and ESOP employees
AdvertisingPermitted, section 30Prohibited, section 42(7)
RenunciationPermitted in a rights issueProhibited, proviso to section 42(3)
Available to a private companyNoYes
Return of allotmentSection 39(4), prescribed mannerSection 42(8), fifteen days, full list of allottees
Breach of the limitNot applicableDeemed a public offer, section 42(11)

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean fifty is the number of investors. Qualified institutional buyers and employees offered securities under an ESOP are excluded from the count.

It does not mean the limit is per issue. It is per financial year.

It does not mean the company may spend the money on allotment. The proviso to section 42(4) also requires the return of allotment to be filed before the monies may be utilised.

It does not mean a breach is just a fine. Section 42(11) converts a non compliant placement into a public offer, which is a far larger problem than the penalty in section 42(10).

Quick revision

  • Section 41: depository receipts in any foreign country, after a special resolution, in the prescribed manner and on prescribed conditions.
  • 42(2): identified by the Board; not more than fifty or as prescribed; excluding QIBs and ESOP employees; per financial year.
  • 42(3): private placement offer and application to identified persons whose names and addresses are recorded; no right of renunciation. Explanation III: exceeding the number, whether or not paid, whether or not listing is intended, is deemed an offer to the public.
  • 42(4): payment by cheque, demand draft or banking channel, not cash; monies not to be used until allotment is made and the return filed.
  • 42(5): no fresh offer until earlier allotments are complete, or the offer is withdrawn or abandoned.
  • 42(6): allot within sixty days; else repay within fifteen days; else twelve per cent per annum from the sixtieth day. Separate account in a scheduled bank.
  • 42(7): no public advertisement, media, marketing or distribution channels or agents.
  • 42(8): return of allotment within fifteen days, with a complete list of allottees.
  • 42(9): late return, one thousand rupees a day, cap twenty-five lakh rupees, on the company, promoters and directors.
  • 42(10): offer or acceptance in contravention, penalty up to the amount raised or two crore rupees, whichever is lower, plus refund with interest within thirty days of the order.
  • 42(11): non compliance with sub-section (2) means the issue is deemed a public offer, and this Act, the SCRA 1956 and the SEBI Act 1992 all apply.
munotes.in148

Private Placement and Global Depository Receipts

Test yourself

1. To how many persons may a private placement be made? A select group of persons identified by the Board, not exceeding fifty or such higher number as may be prescribed, in a financial year, excluding qualified institutional buyers and employees offered securities under an employees stock option scheme under section 62(1)(b): section 42(2).

2. May the offer be renounced in favour of somebody else? No. The proviso to section 42(3) provides that the private placement offer and application shall not carry any right of renunciation.

3. When may the company use the money it raises? Only after allotment is made and the return of allotment is filed with the Registrar under section 42(8): proviso to section 42(4). Until then the monies stay in a separate account in a scheduled bank.

4. What is the timetable for allotment and refund? Allotment within sixty days of receipt of the application money; failing that, repayment within fifteen days of the expiry of the sixty; failing that, repayment with interest at twelve per cent per annum from the expiry of the sixtieth day: section 42(6).

5. What happens if a company places securities with more than the permitted number of persons? Section 42(11) applies notwithstanding the penalty provisions: the issue is deemed to be a public offer, and all the provisions of this Act, the Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act 1956 and the SEBI Act 1992 become applicable.

munotes.in149

Private Placement and Global Depository Receipts

6. What is required before a company may issue global depository receipts? A special resolution passed in general meeting; the issue is then made in any foreign country in such manner and subject to such conditions as may be prescribed: section 41.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in150

Chapter Twenty-Six

Kinds of Share Capital and the Nature of a Share

Syllabus topic 1.4, labels: "Kinds of share capital", "Nature of shares or debentures", "Equity Shares with Differential Voting Rights"

In one line

A company limited by shares has only two kinds of share capital, equity and preference, and a share of either kind is movable property that can be sold.

In exam wording: section 43 provides that the share capital of a company limited by shares shall be of two kinds, equity share capital, either with voting rights or with differential rights as to dividend, voting or otherwise in accordance with such rules as may be prescribed, and preference share capital. Section 44 provides that shares, debentures or other interest of any member are movable property transferable in the manner provided by the articles.

Why the law has this at all

Different investors want different things from the same company.

Some want control and upside: a say in who runs it and everything left over after the creditors are paid. Others want certainty: a fixed return, paid before anybody else gets anything, and their capital back before the ordinary shareholders. A company that could offer only one kind of share would have to turn one of those investors away.

So the Act allows exactly two kinds and defines each by what it prefers. Preference share capital is capital that has a preferential right as to dividend, or as to repayment of capital, or both. Equity share capital is everything else, defined residually.

Why only two? Because a longer list would let promoters invent instruments that look like shares, carry no risk, and dilute everybody. Two kinds, with the contents of each policed by the Act and the rules, is the compromise.

Some words this chapter uses

Share capital is the money raised by issuing shares. A preferential right is a right to be paid before somebody else. Participating preference shares share in the surplus as well as taking their preference. Cumulative preference shares carry unpaid dividends forward. A poll is a vote counted by shares rather than by heads. Nominal or face value is the amount printed on the share.

The two kinds: section 43

The share capital of a company limited by shares shall be of two kinds, namely:

(a) equity share capital: (i) with voting rights; or (ii) with differential rights as to dividend, voting or otherwise in accordance with such rules as may be prescribed; and

(b) preference share capital.

The proviso protects vested rights: nothing in the Act shall affect the rights of preference shareholders who are entitled to participate in the proceeds of winding up before the commencement of this Act.

Note first that section 43 applies to a company limited by shares. A guarantee company without share capital has none of this.

munotes.in151

Kinds of Share Capital and the Nature of a Share

Equity share capital, and shares with differential rights

Explanation (i) defines it residually: all share capital which is not preference share capital. So you identify preference capital first and everything left is equity.

Clause (a)(ii) is MU's separate label, "Equity Shares with Differential Voting Rights". Equity shares may carry differential rights as to dividend, voting or otherwise, in accordance with such rules as may be prescribed.

Three points to make about them. The differential may be as to dividend, as to voting, or otherwise, so the category is wider than the popular name suggests. The conditions are in the rules, not in the section, so a company cannot simply invent a class. And the commercial reason for them is control: a founder can raise equity capital without surrendering proportionate control, by issuing shares with lower voting rights, or can attract income investors with shares carrying a higher dividend and fewer votes.

Preference share capital

Explanation (ii) defines it as that part of the issued share capital which carries or would carry a preferential right with respect to:

  • (a) payment of dividend, either as a fixed amount or an amount calculated at a fixed rate, which may be free of or subject to income tax; and
  • (b) repayment, in the case of a winding up or repayment of capital, of the amount of the share capital paid-up or deemed to have been paid-up, whether or not there is a preferential right to payment of any fixed premium or premium on any fixed scale specified in the memorandum or articles.

Explanation (iii): participating preference shares are still preference shares. Capital shall be deemed to be preference capital notwithstanding that it is entitled to either or both of:

  • (a) in respect of dividends, in addition to its preferential right, a right to participate, whether fully or to a limited extent, with capital not entitled to the preferential right; and
  • (b) in respect of capital, in addition to the preferential right to repayment on winding up, a right to participate, whether fully or to a limited extent, in any surplus remaining after the entire capital has been repaid.

That Explanation exists to stop an argument. A shareholder who has both a preference and a share of the surplus looks like an equity holder, and Explanation (iii) says he is not: he remains a preference shareholder.

The nature of a share: sections 44 and 45

Section 44.

The shares or debentures or other interest of any member in a company shall be movable property transferable in the manner provided by the articles of the company.

Movable property, so it passes like goods and not like land. Transferable, which is what gives an investor an exit. In the manner provided by the articles, which is what lets a private company restrict transfer under section 2(68) while remaining a company.

munotes.in152

Kinds of Share Capital and the Nature of a Share

And notice the three words "or other interest". The section is not confined to shares and debentures; it covers whatever interest a member has.

Section 45: numbering.

Every share in a company having a share capital shall be distinguished by its distinctive number.

The proviso disapplies it for a share held by a person whose name is entered as holder of beneficial interest in such share in the records of a depository, that is, a dematerialised share. Since section 29 makes dematerialisation compulsory for public offers, the proviso now covers most shares in the market, and distinctive numbers survive mainly in unlisted companies holding physical certificates.

What a share actually is. Putting sections 43, 44 and 45 together: a share is a unit of the share capital, measured in money, carrying a bundle of rights against the company (to vote, to dividend when declared, to a share in the surplus on winding up), constituting movable property, transferable as the articles provide, and identified by a distinctive number unless held in electronic form.

Voting rights: section 47

MU does not label this separately but it is the practical meaning of the two kinds, so it belongs here.

Section 47(1). Subject to section 43, section 50(2) and section 188(1):

  • (a) every member of a company limited by shares holding equity share capital shall have a right to vote on every resolution placed before the company; and
  • (b) his voting right on a poll shall be in proportion to his share in the paid-up equity share capital.

The opening words matter. Section 43 lets equity shares carry differential voting rights, so 47(1) yields to a validly created class. Section 50(2) deals with a member who has paid calls in advance and provides that he does not get extra voting rights for it. Section 188(1) stops an interested related party voting on its own contract.

Section 47(2): preference shareholders vote only sometimes. Every member holding preference share capital shall, in respect of that capital, have a right to vote only on resolutions which directly affect the rights attached to his preference shares, and on any resolution for the winding up of the company or for the repayment or reduction of its equity or preference share capital. His voting right on a poll is in proportion to his share in the paid-up preference share capital.

The first proviso fixes the relative weight: the proportion of the voting rights of equity shareholders to those of preference shareholders shall be in the same proportion as the paid-up capital in respect of the equity shares bears to the paid-up capital in respect of the preference shares.

munotes.in153

Kinds of Share Capital and the Nature of a Share

The second proviso is the one to remember. Where the dividend in respect of a class of preference shares has not been paid for a period of two years or more, that class shall have a right to vote on all the resolutions placed before the company.

That is the bargain stated plainly. A preference shareholder gives up his vote in exchange for a preferential dividend. If the dividend stops for two years, the consideration has failed and the vote comes back.

A worked example

Belgaum Bearings Limited has a paid-up capital of three crore rupees: two crore rupees of equity shares of ten rupees each, and one crore rupees of nine per cent preference shares of one hundred rupees each.

Kinds. Under section 43 there are exactly two kinds and both are present. The preference shares carry a preferential right to a dividend at a fixed rate of nine per cent and to repayment of capital on winding up, so they satisfy Explanation (ii). The rest is equity share capital by Explanation (i), because it is not preference capital.

Participating shares. Suppose the preference shares also entitle their holders to share in any surplus after all capital is repaid. By Explanation (iii)(b) they are still preference shares, notwithstanding that additional right.

Differential rights. The founders want to raise sixty lakh rupees without losing control. They issue equity shares with differential rights under section 43(a)(ii), carrying a higher dividend and one vote for every ten shares, in accordance with the prescribed rules.

Voting in an ordinary year. On a resolution to appoint an auditor, the equity shareholders vote, in proportion to their paid-up equity capital on a poll, under section 47(1). The preference shareholders do not, because the resolution does not directly affect the rights attached to their shares.

Voting on a capital reduction. Now the company proposes to reduce its share capital. The preference shareholders do vote, because section 47(2) expressly covers a resolution for the repayment or reduction of equity or preference share capital. Their votes on a poll are in proportion to their paid-up preference capital, and the relative weight of the two classes is fixed by the first proviso: two crore to one crore, so two to one.

Two bad years. The company pays no preference dividend for two years. By the second proviso to section 47(2) the preference shareholders now have a right to vote on all resolutions placed before the company, not merely those affecting their own class.

munotes.in154

Kinds of Share Capital and the Nature of a Share

Transfer. A preference shareholder sells. His shares are movable property transferable in the manner provided by the articles under section 44, and if the shares are in physical form each carries a distinctive number under section 45. Had they been held with a depository, the proviso to section 45 would disapply the numbering requirement.

Distinctions that carry marks

Equity share capitalPreference share capital
DefinitionAll share capital which is not preference capital, Explanation (i)Capital carrying a preferential right to dividend and to repayment of capital, Explanation (ii)
DividendWhatever is declared, after preferenceFixed amount or fixed rate, paid first
Repayment on winding upAfter preference capitalBefore equity capital
VotingOn every resolution, section 47(1)Only on resolutions directly affecting their rights, and on winding up or repayment or reduction of capital, section 47(2)
Voting if dividend unpaid two yearsNot applicableVotes on all resolutions, second proviso to section 47(2)
Differential rightsPermitted, section 43(a)(ii), as prescribedNot applicable
ShareDebenture
Holder isA member and part ownerA creditor
ReturnDividend, only out of profitsInterest, whether or not there are profits
VotingYes, subject to section 47No
Priority on winding upLastBefore members
NatureBoth are movable property, transferable in the manner provided by the articles, section 44

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean there are many kinds of share capital. Section 43 says two. Everything else is a variety within one of the two.

It does not mean participating preference shares are equity. Explanation (iii) expressly deems them preference capital.

It does not mean every equity share carries one vote. Section 43(a)(ii) permits differential rights as to voting, and section 47(1) is expressly subject to section 43.

It does not mean preference shareholders never vote. They vote on resolutions directly affecting their rights, on winding up, on repayment or reduction of capital, and on everything once the dividend has been unpaid for two years.

Quick revision

  • Section 43: two kinds only. (a) equity, with voting rights or with differential rights as to dividend, voting or otherwise as prescribed; (b) preference.
  • Explanation (i): equity is all capital that is not preference.
  • Explanation (ii): preference carries a preferential right to dividend at a fixed amount or fixed rate and to repayment of capital on winding up.
  • Explanation (iii): participating shares are still preference shares.
  • Section 44: shares, debentures or other interest are movable property transferable in the manner provided by the articles.
  • Section 45: every share must have a distinctive number, except a share held in a depository.
  • Section 47(1): equity holders vote on every resolution; on a poll, in proportion to paid-up equity capital. Subject to sections 43, 50(2) and 188(1).
  • Section 47(2): preference holders vote only on resolutions directly affecting their rights, and on winding up or repayment or reduction of capital. Relative weight in proportion to paid-up capital of each class. If the dividend is unpaid for two years or more, they vote on all resolutions.
munotes.in155

Kinds of Share Capital and the Nature of a Share

Test yourself

1. What are the kinds of share capital? Two: equity share capital, with voting rights or with differential rights as to dividend, voting or otherwise in accordance with the prescribed rules; and preference share capital: section 43.

2. How is preference share capital defined? As that part of the issued share capital carrying a preferential right to payment of dividend, either as a fixed amount or at a fixed rate, and to repayment on a winding up or repayment of capital of the amount paid-up or deemed paid-up: Explanation (ii) to section 43.

3. Are participating preference shares equity shares? No. Explanation (iii) to section 43 provides that capital is deemed preference capital notwithstanding a right to participate in dividends beyond the preference, or in the surplus after all capital is repaid.

4. What is the nature of a share? Movable property, transferable in the manner provided by the articles of the company: section 44. Every share in a company having share capital must carry a distinctive number, unless held in dematerialised form with a depository: section 45.

5. When may preference shareholders vote? On resolutions that directly affect the rights attached to their preference shares, and on any resolution for winding up or for the repayment or reduction of the company's equity or preference share capital: section 47(2). Their voting right on a poll is in proportion to their paid-up preference capital.

6. What happens if a preference dividend is not paid for two years? By the second proviso to section 47(2) that class of preference shareholders acquires a right to vote on all the resolutions placed before the company.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in156

Chapter Twenty-Seven

Issue and Redemption of Preference Shares

Syllabus topic 1.4, label: "Issue and Redemption of Preference Shares"

In one line

Preference shares must be redeemable within twenty years, can be redeemed only out of profits or a fresh issue, and only if they are fully paid.

In exam wording: section 55(1) prohibits a company limited by shares from issuing irredeemable preference shares. Section 55(2) permits redeemable preference shares, if authorised by the articles, redeemable within a period not exceeding twenty years, with an exception for infrastructure projects, and subject to four conditions in the second proviso, of which the most important are that redemption must be out of profits available for dividend or out of the proceeds of a fresh issue, that the shares must be fully paid, and that a Capital Redemption Reserve Account must be created where profits are used.

Why the law has this at all

A preference share is a hybrid. It looks like a share, because the holder is a member and the money is capital. It behaves like a loan, because the return is fixed and the capital comes back.

That hybrid quality is useful and it is also dangerous. Useful, because a company can raise money without giving away control and without the fixed obligations of a debt. Dangerous, because if the capital can be handed back at will, the creditors' cushion evaporates. Creditors lend against the capital, and capital that walks out of the door is not a cushion.

So the Act allows redemption but polices the source of the money. Redemption may come only out of profits that could otherwise have been paid out as dividend, or out of the proceeds of a fresh issue. In the first case the shareholders give up a dividend to buy the capital back; in the second, new capital replaces old. Either way the total capital available to creditors does not fall. And where profits are used, an equal sum is locked into a Capital Redemption Reserve Account which is treated as if it were paid-up capital, so it cannot be distributed.

That is the whole design, and an answer that explains it reads far better than one that lists the conditions.

Some words this chapter uses

Redeemable means repayable by the company. Irredeemable means never repayable, so the capital stays out forever. Profits available for dividend are the distributable profits. A fresh issue is a new issue of shares made for the purpose of the redemption. Fully paid means nothing remains unpaid on the share. Premium on redemption is an amount paid over and above the face value when the share is repaid. Pari passu means ranking equally.

The prohibition: section 55(1)

No company limited by shares shall, after the commencement of this Act, issue any preference shares which are irredeemable.

munotes.in157

Issue and Redemption of Preference Shares

Three points. It binds a company limited by shares. It applies to shares issued after the commencement of this Act, so irredeemable preference shares issued long ago under earlier law are untouched, and the proviso to section 43 protects the winding-up rights of such holders. And it is absolute: no resolution, no article and no approval can authorise an irredeemable preference share.

The permission and the twenty year rule: section 55(2)

A company limited by shares may, if so authorised by its articles, issue preference shares which are liable to be redeemed within a period not exceeding twenty years from the date of their issue subject to such conditions as may be prescribed.

Two threshold requirements. The articles must authorise it, so a company whose articles are silent must first alter them under section 14. And redemption must be within twenty years from the date of issue.

The first proviso, infrastructure. A company may issue preference shares for a period exceeding twenty years for infrastructure projects, subject to the redemption of such percentage of shares as may be prescribed on an annual basis at the option of such preferential shareholders.

Read that carefully, because it is often misstated. The exception does not create a perpetual share. It allows a longer term for infrastructure, and it gives the shareholder an annual option to have a prescribed percentage redeemed. The choice is his, not the company's.

The four conditions: the second proviso to section 55(2)

(a) The source of the money. No such shares shall be redeemed except out of the profits of the company which would otherwise be available for dividend, or out of the proceeds of a fresh issue of shares made for the purposes of such redemption.

Two permitted sources, and no third. In particular, redemption may not be made out of borrowed money or out of ordinary capital.

(b) Fully paid. No such shares shall be redeemed unless they are fully paid. A company cannot return capital on a share while part of it is still owed to the company.

(c) The Capital Redemption Reserve Account. Where the shares are redeemed out of profits, there shall out of such profits be transferred a sum equal to the nominal amount of the shares to be redeemed to a reserve called the Capital Redemption Reserve Account, and the provisions of this Act relating to reduction of share capital shall, except as provided in this section, apply as if that Account were paid-up share capital of the company.

This is the sub-clause that makes the whole scheme work. Profits that could have been paid out as dividend are converted into something that is treated as capital, and can be touched only by going through section 66. The creditors' cushion is preserved in substance even though preference shares have gone.

munotes.in158

Issue and Redemption of Preference Shares

Note that (c) applies only where profits are used. Where the redemption is funded by a fresh issue, no transfer is needed, because new capital has already replaced the old.

(d) The premium on redemption. Where a premium is payable on redemption:

  • (i) in the case of such class of companies as may be prescribed, whose financial statements comply with the accounting standards prescribed under section 133, the premium shall be provided for out of the profits of the company, before the shares are redeemed. A further proviso allows the premium on preference shares issued on or before the commencement of this Act by such a company to be provided out of profits or out of the securities premium account.
  • (ii) in any other case, the premium shall be provided for out of the profits of the company or out of the company's securities premium account, before the shares are redeemed.

So the general rule permits the securities premium account to be used, and the prescribed class of companies is confined to profits for shares issued after the Act. Section 52(2)(d) is the matching provision on the securities premium side, permitting that account to be applied in providing for the premium payable on redemption of redeemable preference shares.

A worked example

Sangli Sugars Limited has articles authorising redeemable preference shares.

The issue. On 1 April 2027 it issues two lakh, ten per cent redeemable preference shares of one hundred rupees each, redeemable at par at the end of eight years. That is within twenty years, so section 55(2) is satisfied, and because they are redeemable, section 55(1) is not offended.

Could it have issued them irredeemable? No. Section 55(1) is absolute for a company limited by shares.

Could it have issued them for thirty years? Only for an infrastructure project, under the first proviso, and then the shareholders would have an annual option to have a prescribed percentage redeemed.

Redemption, case one, out of profits. In 2035 the company redeems the whole two crore rupees out of distributable profits. Conditions: the shares must be fully paid, by proviso (b); the money must come from profits which would otherwise be available for dividend, by proviso (a); and a sum equal to the nominal amount redeemed, two crore rupees, must be transferred out of those profits to the Capital Redemption Reserve Account, by proviso (c). That Account is then treated as paid-up share capital, so it can be reduced only under section 66.

munotes.in159

Issue and Redemption of Preference Shares

Redemption, case two, out of a fresh issue. Instead the company issues two crore rupees of new equity for the purposes of the redemption and uses the proceeds. Proviso (a) is satisfied by the second limb. No transfer to the Capital Redemption Reserve Account is required, because the capital has been replaced rather than paid away.

Redemption, case three, out of a bank loan. Not permitted. Proviso (a) allows only profits available for dividend or the proceeds of a fresh issue.

A premium. Suppose the shares are redeemable at a premium of ten rupees each, twenty lakh rupees in all. Under proviso (d)(ii) that premium must be provided for out of profits or out of the securities premium account, before redemption, and section 52(2)(d) expressly allows the securities premium account to be applied for exactly that. If the company falls in the prescribed class under (d)(i), it must use profits for shares issued after the commencement of the Act.

Partly paid shares. Ten thousand of the preference shares have twenty rupees unpaid. Those shares cannot be redeemed until they are fully paid, by proviso (b).

And note the voting consequence. If the company fails to pay the preference dividend for two years or more, the second proviso to section 47(2) gives that class a right to vote on all resolutions, which is a real lever when redemption is being negotiated.

Distinctions that carry marks

Redemption out of profitsRedemption out of a fresh issue
SourceProfits otherwise available for dividendProceeds of a fresh issue made for the purpose
Capital Redemption Reserve AccountRequired, equal to the nominal amount redeemedNot required
Effect on capitalDistributable profit is converted into something treated as capitalNew capital replaces the old
Effect on shareholdersThey forgo a dividendThey are diluted by the new issue
Preference shareDebenture
HolderA memberA creditor
ReturnPreferential dividend, only if there are profitsInterest, payable whether or not there are profits
RepaymentOn redemption, from profits or a fresh issue onlyOn the due date, from any source
Maximum termTwenty years, longer for infrastructureNo statutory limit
VotingLimited, section 47(2), full after two years of unpaid dividendNone
Priority on winding upAfter creditors, before equityBefore all members

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean preference shares must be redeemed within twenty years. They must be liable to be redeemed within that period. The company and the terms decide when within it.

It does not mean infrastructure preference shares are irredeemable. The first proviso allows a longer period, with an annual redemption option for the shareholder of a prescribed percentage.

munotes.in160

Issue and Redemption of Preference Shares

It does not mean a Capital Redemption Reserve is always needed. Only where the redemption is out of profits.

It does not mean the premium can always come from the securities premium account. For a prescribed class of companies whose statements comply with section 133 standards, the premium on shares issued after the commencement of this Act must come out of profits.

Quick revision

  • 55(1): no company limited by shares may issue irredeemable preference shares after the commencement of this Act. Absolute.
  • 55(2): redeemable preference shares, if authorised by the articles, redeemable within twenty years of issue, on prescribed conditions.
  • First proviso: longer than twenty years for infrastructure projects, with annual redemption of a prescribed percentage at the shareholder's option.
  • Second proviso, four conditions:
  • (a) redeem only out of profits otherwise available for dividend or the proceeds of a fresh issue made for the purpose;
  • (b) only if the shares are fully paid;
  • (c) where profits are used, transfer a sum equal to the nominal amount to the Capital Redemption Reserve Account, which is treated as paid-up share capital;
  • (d) the premium on redemption is provided before redemption, out of profits for a prescribed class under section 133, and otherwise out of profits or the securities premium account.
  • Section 52(2)(d) permits the securities premium account to be applied to that premium.
  • Section 47(2) second proviso: dividend unpaid for two years gives the class a vote on all resolutions.

Test yourself

1. May a company issue irredeemable preference shares? No. Section 55(1) prohibits a company limited by shares from issuing any irredeemable preference shares after the commencement of this Act.

2. What is the maximum period for redemption, and what is the exception? Twenty years from the date of issue: section 55(2). The exception, in the first proviso, is for infrastructure projects, where a longer period is permitted subject to redemption of such percentage as may be prescribed on an annual basis at the option of the preference shareholders.

3. Out of what may preference shares be redeemed? Only out of the profits of the company which would otherwise be available for dividend, or out of the proceeds of a fresh issue of shares made for the purposes of the redemption: proviso (a) to section 55(2).

4. When must a Capital Redemption Reserve Account be created, and what is its effect? Where the shares are redeemed out of profits. A sum equal to the nominal amount of the shares redeemed is transferred out of those profits to the Account, and the provisions relating to reduction of share capital apply as if the Account were paid-up share capital: proviso (c).

munotes.in161

Issue and Redemption of Preference Shares

5. Can partly paid preference shares be redeemed? No. Proviso (b) to section 55(2) requires that no such shares shall be redeemed unless they are fully paid.

6. Out of what may the premium on redemption be provided? Generally out of the profits of the company or the securities premium account, before redemption: proviso (d)(ii), and section 52(2)(d) permits the latter. For a prescribed class of companies whose financial statements comply with the section 133 standards, it must come out of profits for shares issued after the commencement of this Act.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in162

Chapter Twenty-Eight

Sweat Equity, Share Premium and the Ban on Shares at a Discount

Syllabus topic 1.4, labels: "Issue of sweat equity shares", "Application of premiums received on issue of shares", "Prohibition on issue of shares at discount"

In one line

A company may issue shares above their face value and must lock the excess away, may not issue them below face value except in two situations, and may issue them for work done rather than for money.

In exam wording: section 52 requires the premium on shares issued at a premium to be transferred to a securities premium account, which is treated as paid-up share capital, and lists the purposes for which it may be applied. Section 53 prohibits the issue of shares at a discount and makes any such share void, save for sweat equity under section 54 and a conversion of debt into shares under section 53(2A). Section 54 permits sweat equity shares on four conditions.

Why the law has this at all

All three rules protect the same thing: the integrity of the stated capital.

A company's balance sheet says its shares have a face value of ten rupees each. Creditors and investors read that as a statement about the money that came in.

If shares could be issued below face value, the statement would be false. A company showing one crore rupees of ten rupee shares might have received only forty lakh rupees. Hence section 53.

If shares are issued above face value, the extra is genuinely money the company received and it must not be treated as ordinary profit and paid out as dividend. It is capital in substance. Hence section 52, which locks it into an account treated as paid-up share capital and lists the narrow purposes for which it may be used.

And sweat equity is the recognised exception. A person who gives the company valuable know-how, or works for years for nothing, has contributed something real. The Act lets that be paid for in shares, but only under controls, because otherwise "sweat equity" becomes a name for issuing free shares to insiders.

Some words this chapter uses

At par means at face value. At a premium means above face value; at a discount means below it. The securities premium account is the account created by section 52(1). Sweat equity shares are defined in section 2(88). Preliminary expenses are the costs of forming the company. A statutory resolution plan is a plan approved under the insolvency legislation. Pari passu means ranking equally.

The securities premium account: section 52

Section 52(1): the lock.

Where a company issues shares at a premium, whether for cash or otherwise, a sum equal to the aggregate amount of the premium received on those shares shall be transferred to a "securities premium account" and the provisions of this Act relating to reduction of share capital of a company shall, except as provided in this section, apply as if the securities premium account were the paid-up share capital of the company.

munotes.in163

Sweat Equity, Share Premium and the Ban on Shares at a Discount

"Whether for cash or otherwise" matters: a premium on shares issued for a consideration other than cash goes into the account too.

And the deeming is the whole point. By treating the account as paid-up share capital, the Act makes it reducible only by going through section 66, the capital reduction procedure, with the Tribunal and the creditors' objections. It cannot be distributed as dividend.

Section 52(2): the five permitted applications. Notwithstanding sub-section (1), the securities premium account may be applied by the company:

  • (a) towards the issue of unissued shares to the members as fully paid bonus shares;
  • (b) in writing off the preliminary expenses of the company;
  • (c) in writing off the expenses of, or the commission paid or discount allowed on, any issue of shares or debentures;
  • (d) in providing for the premium payable on the redemption of any redeemable preference shares or of any debentures; or
  • (e) for the purchase of its own shares or other securities under section 68.

Learn these five. They are a closed list, and any other use is a reduction of capital requiring section 66.

Section 52(3): a narrower list for a prescribed class. Notwithstanding sub-sections (1) and (2), the account may be applied by such class of companies as may be prescribed, whose financial statements comply with the accounting standards prescribed under section 133, only:

  • (a) in paying up unissued equity shares to be issued to members as fully paid bonus shares;
  • (b) in writing off the expenses of, or the commission paid or discount allowed on, any issue of equity shares; or
  • (c) for the purchase of its own shares or other securities under section 68.

Compare the two lists. For the prescribed class, writing off preliminary expenses and providing for the premium on redemption are not available, and the surviving items are confined to equity shares. So the prescribed class has three uses, not five.

The ban on shares at a discount: section 53

Section 53(1). Except as provided in section 54, a company shall not issue shares at a discount.

Section 53(2). Any share issued by a company at a discount shall be void.

Not voidable, not irregular: void. So the allottee acquires nothing.

Section 53(2A): the one statutory exception besides sweat equity. Notwithstanding sub-sections (1) and (2), a company may issue shares at a discount to its creditors when its debt is converted into shares in pursuance of any statutory resolution plan or debt restructuring scheme in accordance with any guidelines, directions or regulations specified by the Reserve Bank of India under the Reserve Bank of India Act 1934 or the Banking Regulation Act 1949.

munotes.in164

Sweat Equity, Share Premium and the Ban on Shares at a Discount

This is the rescue exception. When a failing company's debt is converted into equity, insisting on face value would defeat the restructuring, because the shares are not worth face value.

Section 53(3): the penalty. Where a company fails to comply:

  • the company and every officer in default shall be liable to a penalty which may extend to an amount equal to the amount raised through the issue of shares at a discount, or five lakh rupees, whichever is less; and
  • the company shall also refund all monies received, with interest at twelve per cent per annum from the date of issue of the shares, to the persons to whom the shares were issued.

Note the second limb. Because the shares are void, the money must go back, and it goes back with interest.

Sweat equity shares: section 54

Section 54(1). Notwithstanding anything contained in section 53, a company may issue sweat equity shares of a class of shares already issued, if the following conditions are fulfilled:

  • (a) the issue is authorised by a special resolution passed by the company;
  • (b) the resolution specifies the number of shares, the current market price, consideration, if any, and the class or classes of directors or employees to whom the shares are to be issued;
  • (d) where the equity shares are listed on a recognised stock exchange, the sweat equity shares are issued in accordance with SEBI's regulations, and if not so listed, in accordance with such rules as may be prescribed.

Clause (c) was omitted, which is why the surviving clauses run (a), (b), (d). It used to require a minimum period of one year since the company had commenced business, and its removal means a young company may now issue sweat equity.

Note "of a class of shares already issued": sweat equity cannot be used to create a new class.

Section 54(2): they are ordinary equity shares. The rights, limitations, restrictions and provisions applicable to equity shares shall be applicable to sweat equity shares, and the holders shall rank pari passu with other equity shareholders.

So sweat equity is not a lesser share. Once issued, it is equity, with the same votes and the same dividend rights.

What sweat equity is. Section 2(88) defines sweat equity shares as equity shares issued by a company to its directors or employees at a discount or for consideration other than cash, for providing their know-how or making available rights in the nature of intellectual property rights or value additions, by whatever name called. That definition explains why section 54 opens "notwithstanding section 53": sweat equity is by definition capable of being issued at a discount.

munotes.in165

Sweat Equity, Share Premium and the Ban on Shares at a Discount

A worked example

Ratnagiri Robotics Limited has equity shares of ten rupees each.

A premium issue. It issues ten lakh shares at twenty-five rupees. The face value is ten rupees, so the premium is fifteen rupees a share, one crore fifty lakh rupees in all. Under section 52(1) that whole sum goes into the securities premium account and is thereafter treated as paid-up share capital, so it can be reduced only under section 66.

Using it. The company may apply that account to issue fully paid bonus shares to members, to write off its preliminary expenses, to write off the commission on the share issue, to provide for the premium on redemption of its redeemable preference shares, or to buy back its own shares under section 68: the five uses in section 52(2). It may not pay a dividend out of it, and it may not use it for working capital.

If it falls in the prescribed class under section 52(3), only three of those uses remain, confined to equity shares, and writing off preliminary expenses and providing for redemption premium are not among them.

A discount issue. The company's shares are quoted at four rupees. It proposes to issue new shares at six rupees, below the ten rupee face value. That is an issue at a discount, prohibited by section 53(1), and any share so issued is void under section 53(2). The company and every officer in default face a penalty up to the amount raised or five lakh rupees, whichever is less, and the company must refund all monies with interest at twelve per cent per annum from the date of issue: section 53(3).

The one way it could be lawful. If the company's bank debt were being converted into shares under a statutory resolution plan or a debt restructuring scheme in accordance with Reserve Bank guidelines, section 53(2A) would permit the issue to the creditors at a discount.

Sweat equity. Its chief engineer has developed a control algorithm the company now owns. The company wishes to give her one lakh equity shares for it. Under section 54 it passes a special resolution specifying the number of shares, the current market price, the consideration and the class of employees. Being unlisted, it complies with the prescribed rules; had it been listed, with SEBI's regulations. The shares are of a class already issued. Once issued, by section 54(2) they carry the same rights as other equity shares and rank pari passu with them.

munotes.in166

Sweat Equity, Share Premium and the Ban on Shares at a Discount

Why is that not caught by section 53? Because section 54(1) opens "notwithstanding anything contained in section 53", and sweat equity is by definition issued at a discount or for consideration other than cash.

Distinctions that carry marks

Shares at a premiumShares at a discount
PermittedYes, section 52No, section 53(1)
Treatment of the differenceInto the securities premium account, treated as paid-up capitalNot applicable
Effect if doneLawfulThe share is void, section 53(2)
ExceptionsNot applicableSweat equity, section 54; debt conversion under an RBI scheme, section 53(2A)
Consequence of breachNot applicablePenalty up to the amount raised or five lakh rupees, whichever is less, plus refund with twelve per cent interest
Section 52(2), general listSection 52(3), prescribed class
Bonus sharesYes, unissued shares as fully paid bonus sharesYes, but equity shares only
Preliminary expensesYesNo
Issue expenses, commission, discountYes, shares or debenturesYes, equity shares only
Premium on redemptionYesNo
Buy-back under section 68YesYes

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean a company may never issue shares below face value. Sweat equity under section 54 and a debt conversion under section 53(2A) are lawful.

It does not mean the securities premium is profit. It is treated as paid-up share capital, so it cannot be distributed and can be reduced only under section 66.

It does not mean sweat equity shares are a separate class. Section 54(2) makes them subject to the same rights and restrictions as equity shares and ranks them pari passu.

It does not mean a share issued at a discount is merely voidable. Section 53(2) makes it void.

Quick revision

  • 52(1): premium, whether for cash or otherwise, into the securities premium account, treated as paid-up share capital, so reducible only under section 66.
  • 52(2), five uses: fully paid bonus shares; preliminary expenses; issue expenses, commission or discount on shares or debentures; premium on redemption of redeemable preference shares or debentures; buy-back under section 68.
  • 52(3): for a prescribed class complying with section 133 standards, only three uses, and confined to equity shares.
  • 53(1) and (2): no issue at a discount; any such share is void.
  • 53(2A): exception for conversion of debt into shares under a statutory resolution plan or debt restructuring scheme under RBI guidelines.
  • 53(3): penalty up to the amount raised or five lakh rupees, whichever is less, on the company and every officer in default, plus refund with interest at twelve per cent per annum from the date of issue.
  • 54(1): sweat equity, notwithstanding section 53, of a class already issued, on special resolution specifying number, current market price, consideration and class of directors or employees; SEBI regulations if listed, prescribed rules if not. Clause (c) omitted.
  • 54(2): same rights and restrictions as equity shares; pari passu.
  • 2(88): sweat equity means equity shares issued to directors or employees at a discount or for consideration other than cash, for know-how, intellectual property rights or value additions.
munotes.in167

Sweat Equity, Share Premium and the Ban on Shares at a Discount

Test yourself

1. What must a company do with a premium received on shares? Transfer a sum equal to the aggregate premium to a securities premium account, which is then treated as if it were the paid-up share capital of the company for the purposes of the provisions on reduction of capital: section 52(1).

2. Name the five purposes for which the securities premium account may be applied. Issuing unissued shares as fully paid bonus shares; writing off preliminary expenses; writing off the expenses of, or commission paid or discount allowed on, any issue of shares or debentures; providing for the premium payable on redemption of redeemable preference shares or debentures; and the purchase of its own shares or other securities under section 68: section 52(2).

3. What is the consequence of issuing a share at a discount? The share is void: section 53(2). The company and every officer in default are liable to a penalty up to the amount raised or five lakh rupees, whichever is less, and the company must refund all monies received with interest at twelve per cent per annum from the date of issue: section 53(3).

4. Are there any exceptions to the ban on shares at a discount? Two. Sweat equity shares under section 54, and an issue at a discount to creditors on conversion of debt into shares under a statutory resolution plan or debt restructuring scheme in accordance with Reserve Bank of India guidelines, directions or regulations: section 53(2A).

5. State the conditions for issuing sweat equity shares. The issue must be authorised by a special resolution; the resolution must specify the number of shares, the current market price, the consideration if any, and the class or classes of directors or employees; and, where the equity shares are listed, the issue must comply with SEBI's regulations, and where they are not listed, with the prescribed rules: section 54(1).

6. What rights do sweat equity shares carry? The same rights, limitations, restrictions and provisions as are applicable to equity shares, and their holders rank pari passu with other equity shareholders: section 54(2).

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in168

Chapter Twenty-Nine

Share Certificates, Calls and Variation of Shareholders' Rights

Syllabus topic 1.4, "Share capital & debentures"

In one line

The certificate is the company's statement that you own the shares, calls must be made evenly across a class, and the rights of a class of shares cannot be changed without that class agreeing.

In exam wording: section 46 makes a share certificate prima facie evidence of title; section 48 allows the rights attached to a class of shares to be varied only with the consent of three fourths of that class or by a special resolution of that class, and gives a ten per cent minority the right to apply to the Tribunal; sections 49 to 51 govern calls, unpaid capital and dividend in proportion to paid-up amounts; section 57 punishes personation of a shareholder; and section 60 requires authorised capital never to be published without the subscribed and paid-up figures.

Why the law has this at all

Each of these is a small rule solving a specific unfairness.

Section 46 exists because ownership of an intangible thing needs evidence. Section 48 exists because a company's majority is usually the holders of one class, and without protection they could vote away another class's rights. Section 49 exists because calls could otherwise be used to squeeze out chosen shareholders. Section 50 exists because a member who pays early should not thereby buy extra votes. Section 57 exists because impersonating a shareholder is a way of stealing shares. And section 60 exists because "authorised capital: fifty crore rupees" on a letterhead tells a creditor nothing if the company has actually received two lakh rupees.

Some words this chapter uses

Prima facie evidence is evidence sufficient to establish a fact unless disproved. A call is a demand by the company for part of the unpaid amount on a share. Calls in advance is money paid before a call is made. A class of shares is a group carrying the same rights. To personate is to pretend to be somebody. Authorised capital is the maximum the company may issue; subscribed capital is what members have agreed to take; paid-up capital is what has actually been paid.

The share certificate: section 46

Section 46(1). A certificate issued under the common seal, if any, of the company, or signed by two directors or by a director and the Company Secretary where the company has appointed one, specifying the shares held by any person, shall be prima facie evidence of the title of that person to those shares.

Note the 2015 change. The words used to require the common seal. They now read "under the common seal, if any, ... or signed by two directors or by a director and the Company Secretary", because the common seal ceased to be compulsory when the words "and a common seal" were omitted from section 9 with effect from 29 May 2015. See [The Characteristics of a Company].

munotes.in169

Share Certificates, Calls and Variation of Shareholders' Rights

And note "prima facie". The certificate is not conclusive. It establishes title unless the contrary is shown, and the register of members is the primary record.

Section 46(2): duplicates. A duplicate certificate may be issued if the certificate:

  • (a) is proved to have been lost or destroyed; or
  • (b) has been defaced, mutilated or torn and is surrendered to the company.

Section 46(3). Notwithstanding anything in the articles, the manner of issue of a certificate or a duplicate, the form, the particulars to be entered in the register of members and other matters shall be such as may be prescribed.

Section 46(4): dematerialised shares. Where a share is held in depository form, the record of the depository is the prima facie evidence of the interest of the beneficial owner. So for most listed shares the depository record, not a certificate, is the evidence.

Section 46(5): fraudulent duplicates. If a company with intent to defraud issues a duplicate certificate, the company shall be punishable with a fine of not less than five times the face value of the shares involved and up to ten times that face value, or rupees ten crores, whichever is higher, and every officer in default shall be liable for action under section 447.

That is one of the heaviest fines in the Act, and the reason is obvious: a fraudulent duplicate creates a second owner of the same share.

Variation of shareholders' rights: section 48

Section 48(1): the consent needed. Where the share capital is divided into different classes of shares, the rights attached to the shares of any class may be varied with the consent in writing of the holders of not less than three fourths of the issued shares of that class, or by means of a special resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the issued shares of that class, and:

  • (a) if provision with respect to such variation is contained in the memorandum or articles; or
  • (b) in the absence of any such provision, if the variation is not prohibited by the terms of issue of the shares of that class.

The proviso: knock-on effects. If variation by one class affects the rights of any other class, the consent of three fourths of that other class shall also be obtained, and the section applies to that variation too.

Section 48(2): the minority's right to go to the Tribunal. Where the holders of not less than ten per cent of the issued shares of a class did not consent to the variation or vote in favour of the special resolution, they may apply to the Tribunal to have the variation cancelled, and where such an application is made, the variation shall not have effect unless and until it is confirmed by the Tribunal.

munotes.in170

Share Certificates, Calls and Variation of Shareholders' Rights

The proviso: twenty-one days. The application shall be made within twenty-one days after the date on which the consent was given or the resolution was passed, and may be made on behalf of the shareholders entitled to make it by one or more of their number appointed in writing for the purpose.

Section 48(3). The decision of the Tribunal shall be binding on the shareholders.

Section 48(4). The company shall within thirty days of the order file a copy with the Registrar.

Two numbers to memorise: three fourths to vary, ten per cent to challenge, and twenty-one days to apply.

Calls and unpaid capital: sections 49, 50 and 51

Section 49: uniformity.

Where any calls for further share capital are made on the shares of a class, such calls shall be made on a uniform basis on all shares falling under that class.

The Explanation matters. Shares of the same nominal value on which different amounts have been paid-up shall not be deemed to fall under the same class. So a company with ten rupee shares, some paid up to ten rupees and some to six, has two classes for this purpose, and a call may be made on one without the other.

Section 50: calls in advance.

  • (1) A company may, if so authorised by its articles, accept from any member the whole or part of the amount remaining unpaid on any shares held by him, even if no part of that amount has been called up.
  • (2) A member shall not be entitled to any voting rights in respect of the amount paid by him under sub-section (1) until that amount has been called up.

Sub-section (2) is the fair part and it is why section 47(1) is expressly made subject to it: paying early is a convenience to the company, not a way of buying votes.

Section 51: dividend on paid-up amounts.

A company may, if so authorised by its articles, pay dividends in proportion to the amount paid-up on each share.

So where some shares are paid up to ten rupees and others to six, the dividend can follow the money actually contributed. Note that it is permissive and depends on the articles.

Personation of a shareholder: section 57

If any person deceitfully personates as an owner of any security or interest in a company, or of any share warrant or coupon issued in pursuance of this Act, and thereby obtains or attempts to obtain any such security or interest or any such share warrant or coupon, or receives or attempts to receive any money due to any such owner, he shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term which shall not be less than one year but which may extend to three years and with fine which shall not be less than one lakh rupees but which may extend to five lakh rupees.

munotes.in171

Share Certificates, Calls and Variation of Shareholders' Rights

Distinguish it from section 38, which students confuse with it. Section 38 is about applying for securities in a fictitious name or making multiple applications, and it routes into section 447. Section 57 is about pretending to be an existing owner in order to get his securities or his money, and it carries its own punishment: one to three years' imprisonment and a fine of one to five lakh rupees. Note that attempts are covered as well as completed acts.

Publication of capital: section 60

Section 60(1). Where any notice, advertisement or other official publication, or any business letter, billhead or letter paper of a company contains a statement of the amount of the authorised capital, it shall also contain a statement, in an equally prominent position and in equally conspicuous characters, of the amount of the capital which has been subscribed and the amount paid-up.

Section 60(2). On default, the company shall be liable to a penalty of ten thousand rupees and every officer in default to five thousand rupees, for each default.

The mischief is impression management. A company with authorised capital of fifty crore rupees and paid-up capital of one lakh may look substantial on a letterhead; section 60 requires the three figures to travel together, and in equally prominent position and equally conspicuous characters, so the qualification cannot be hidden in small type.

A worked example

Kolhapur Alloys Limited has two classes of equity shares: Class A with full voting rights, and Class B with differential rights under section 43(a)(ii). It also has ten rupee shares, some paid up to ten rupees and some to six.

Certificates. Its certificates are signed by two directors, which section 46(1) permits since the company has no common seal, and each is prima facie evidence of the holder's title. Where shares are held with a depository, section 46(4) makes the depository's record the prima facie evidence instead.

A lost certificate. A holder proves his certificate was destroyed in a flood. Under section 46(2)(a) a duplicate may be issued, in the prescribed manner under section 46(3). If the company were to issue a duplicate with intent to defraud, the fine would be five to ten times the face value of the shares, or ten crore rupees, whichever is higher, and every officer in default would face section 447.

munotes.in172

Share Certificates, Calls and Variation of Shareholders' Rights

Varying Class B rights. The company wants to remove Class B's right to a preferential dividend. That is a variation of the rights attached to a class, so section 48(1) requires the written consent of holders of three fourths of the issued Class B shares, or a special resolution at a separate meeting of Class B holders, and either a provision in the memorandum or articles permitting variation, or, failing that, that variation is not prohibited by the terms of issue.

A knock-on effect. Removing Class B's preferential dividend increases what is available to Class A. If the change also affects Class A's rights, the proviso requires the consent of three fourths of Class A as well.

The minority. Holders of twelve per cent of the Class B shares voted against. Since that is not less than ten per cent, they may apply to the Tribunal within twenty-one days of the resolution to have the variation cancelled, and the variation does not take effect unless and until the Tribunal confirms it: section 48(2). The Tribunal's decision binds all the shareholders, and the company must file a copy of the order with the Registrar within thirty days.

A call. The company calls two rupees a share on its partly paid shares. By section 49 the call must be uniform across the class, and by the Explanation the six rupee paid shares and the ten rupee paid shares are not the same class, so the call may be made on the former alone.

Calls in advance. One member offers to pay the remaining four rupees before any call. The articles permit it, so section 50(1) allows the company to accept. But under section 50(2) he gets no voting rights on that amount until it is called up.

Dividend. The articles permit dividends in proportion to the amount paid-up, so under section 51 the fully paid shares receive proportionately more.

The letterhead. Its letter paper says "Authorised capital: fifty crore rupees". Under section 60(1) it must also state the subscribed and paid-up amounts, in an equally prominent position and equally conspicuous characters. If it does not, the company pays ten thousand rupees and every officer in default five thousand rupees, for each default.

Distinctions that carry marks

Section 38Section 57
ConductApplying in a fictitious name, or multiple applicationsDeceitfully personating an existing owner
ObjectTo acquire or subscribe for securitiesTo obtain the owner's securities, warrant, coupon or money
PunishmentAction under section 447One to three years' imprisonment and one to five lakh rupees fine
AttemptsNot expressly mentionedExpressly covered
Extra ordersDisgorgement, seizure and disposal, section 38(3)None
munotes.in173

Share Certificates, Calls and Variation of Shareholders' Rights

Consent to vary, section 48(1)Challenge, section 48(2)
ThresholdThree fourths of the issued shares of the class, in writing, or a special resolution of that classTen per cent who did not consent or vote in favour
Time limitNoneTwenty-one days from the consent or resolution
EffectThe variation is madeThe variation does not take effect until confirmed by the Tribunal
FilingNot applicableCopy of the order to the Registrar within thirty days

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean a share certificate proves ownership conclusively. It is prima facie evidence only, and for depository shares the depository's record is the evidence.

It does not mean a class's rights can never change. They can, with three fourths' consent, subject to the Tribunal's power on a ten per cent application.

It does not mean paying calls early buys influence. Section 50(2) denies voting rights on the amount until it is called up.

It does not mean all shares of the same face value are one class for calls. The Explanation to section 49 says shares of the same nominal value with different amounts paid up are not the same class.

Quick revision

  • 46(1): certificate under the seal if any, or signed by two directors or a director and the Company Secretary, is prima facie evidence of title. 46(2): duplicate if lost or destroyed, or defaced, mutilated or torn and surrendered. 46(4): for depository shares the depository's record is the evidence. 46(5): fraudulent duplicate, fine five to ten times face value or ten crore rupees, whichever is higher, and officers under section 447.
  • 48(1): vary class rights by three fourths in writing or a special resolution of the class, plus a provision in the memorandum or articles, or absence of prohibition in the terms of issue. Proviso: three fourths of any other class affected.
  • 48(2): ten per cent who did not consent may apply to the Tribunal within twenty-one days; the variation does not take effect until confirmed. 48(3): binding. 48(4): file the order in thirty days.
  • 49: calls uniform across a class; shares of the same nominal value with different amounts paid up are not the same class.
  • 50: calls in advance if the articles allow; no voting rights on that amount until called up.
  • 51: dividend in proportion to the amount paid-up, if the articles allow.
  • 57: deceitful personation of an owner: one to three years and one to five lakh rupees, attempts included.
  • 60: authorised capital never published without subscribed and paid-up, equally prominent and conspicuous; ten thousand rupees on the company and five thousand rupees on each officer in default, per default.
munotes.in174

Share Certificates, Calls and Variation of Shareholders' Rights

Test yourself

1. What is the evidentiary value of a share certificate? It is prima facie evidence of the title of the person named to the shares specified: section 46(1). Where a share is held in depository form, the record of the depository is the prima facie evidence of the beneficial owner's interest: section 46(4).

2. How may the rights attached to a class of shares be varied? With the consent in writing of the holders of not less than three fourths of the issued shares of that class, or by a special resolution passed at a separate meeting of that class, and either where the memorandum or articles provide for variation, or, in the absence of such a provision, where variation is not prohibited by the terms of issue: section 48(1).

3. What can a dissenting minority do? Holders of not less than ten per cent of the issued shares of the class who did not consent or vote in favour may apply to the Tribunal within twenty-one days to have the variation cancelled, and the variation does not take effect unless and until the Tribunal confirms it: section 48(2).

4. Must a call be made on all shareholders equally? On a uniform basis on all shares of the class: section 49. But by the Explanation, shares of the same nominal value on which different amounts have been paid up are not deemed to fall under the same class.

5. A member pays the unpaid amount on his shares before any call. Does he gain votes? No. Section 50(2) provides that he is not entitled to any voting rights in respect of that amount until it has been called up.

6. What must accompany a statement of authorised capital on a company's letterhead? A statement, in an equally prominent position and in equally conspicuous characters, of the amount of capital subscribed and the amount paid-up: section 60(1). Default costs the company ten thousand rupees and every officer in default five thousand rupees, for each default.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in175

Chapter Thirty

Transfer and Transmission of Securities

Syllabus topic 1.4, label: "Transfer and transmission of securities"

In one line

Transfer is when a shareholder sells or gives his shares to somebody; transmission is when the law moves them because he has died or become insolvent.

In exam wording: section 56(1) requires a proper instrument of transfer, duly stamped, dated and executed by or on behalf of both transferor and transferee, delivered to the company within sixty days of execution with the certificate; section 56(2) preserves the company's power to register a transmission by operation of law without any such instrument; section 58 governs refusal of registration and appeal to the Tribunal; and section 59 allows rectification of the register of members.

Why the law has this at all

A share is intangible. Nobody can hand it over. So the law has to say what act moves it, and it has to record the move somewhere, because the company must know whom to pay a dividend to and whom to call to a meeting.

For a voluntary transfer the law insists on a document. It must be stamped, so the State gets its duty; dated, so the sequence can be established; executed by both parties, so neither can deny it; and delivered with the certificate, so the same shares cannot be sold twice.

For a transmission none of that is possible. A dead man cannot execute an instrument. So section 56(2) opens a second route: an intimation of a right transmitted by operation of law.

And there has to be a remedy when the company refuses to register, which is section 58, and when the register is simply wrong, which is section 59.

Some words this chapter uses

An instrument of transfer is the document by which a share is transferred, usually a transfer deed. To execute means to sign and complete. Duly stamped means bearing the stamp duty the law requires. Transmission by operation of law is the passing of property automatically, as on death or insolvency. A legal representative is the person who represents a deceased person's estate. Rectification is the correction of the register. Free transferability means shares may be transferred without the company's leave.

Transfer: section 56(1)

A company shall not register a transfer of securities, or of the interest of a member in a company having no share capital, other than a transfer between persons both of whose names are entered as holders of beneficial interest in the records of a depository, unless:

  • a proper instrument of transfer in the prescribed form,
  • duly stamped, dated and executed by or on behalf of the transferor and the transferee,
  • specifying the name, address and occupation, if any, of the transferee,
  • has been delivered to the company by the transferor or the transferee,
  • within sixty days from the date of execution,
  • along with the certificate relating to the securities, or, if no certificate exists, along with the letter of allotment.
munotes.in176

Transfer and Transmission of Securities

Note the depository carve-out at the start. Where both parties hold in dematerialised form, no instrument is needed at all, because the depository's records do the work. That is why in practice the instrument survives mainly for unlisted companies.

The proviso saves a lost deed. Where the instrument of transfer has been lost, or has not been delivered within the prescribed period, the company may register the transfer on such terms as to indemnity as the Board may think fit.

Section 56(3): partly paid shares. Where the application is made by the transferor alone and relates to partly paid shares, the transfer shall not be registered unless the company gives notice of the application to the transferee in the prescribed manner, and the transferee gives no objection within two weeks of receiving the notice.

The reason is that a transferee of partly paid shares takes on a liability for the unpaid amount, so he must be given a chance to object before being fixed with it.

Transmission: section 56(2)

Nothing in sub-section (1) shall prejudice the power of the company to register, on receipt of an intimation of transmission of any right to securities by operation of law from any person to whom such right has been transmitted.

That is the whole of transmission in the section, and its brevity is the point. No instrument, no stamp, no execution by two parties. An intimation from the person to whom the right has passed is enough, supported by whatever evidence the company reasonably requires, such as a succession certificate or a probate.

Section 56(5) completes it for a deceased holder:

The transfer of any security or other interest of a deceased person in a company made by his legal representative shall, even if the legal representative is not a holder thereof, be valid as if he had been the holder at the time of the execution of the instrument of transfer.

So a legal representative may transfer the deceased's shares directly to a buyer without first having himself registered as a member, and the transfer is good.

Delivery of certificates: section 56(4)

Every company shall, unless prohibited by any provision of law or any order of a Court, Tribunal or other authority, deliver the certificates of all securities allotted, transferred or transmitted:

  • (a) within two months from the date of incorporation, to subscribers to the memorandum;
  • (b) within two months from the date of allotment, on any allotment of shares;
  • (c) within one month from the date of receipt by the company of the instrument of transfer, or of the intimation of transmission, on a transfer or transmission;
  • (d) within six months from the date of allotment, on any allotment of debentures.
munotes.in177

Transfer and Transmission of Securities

The proviso: where the securities are dealt with in a depository, the company shall intimate the details of allotment to the depository immediately on allotment.

Four periods to learn: two months, two months, one month, six months.

Penalties: section 56(6) and (7)

Section 56(6). Where any default is made in complying with sub-sections (1) to (5), the company and every officer in default shall be liable to a penalty of fifty thousand rupees.

Section 56(7). Without prejudice to any liability under the Depositories Act 1996, where any depository or depository participant, with an intention to defraud a person, has transferred shares, it shall be liable under section 447.

Refusal to register, and appeal: section 58

Section 58(1): private companies. If a private company limited by shares refuses, whether under a power in its articles or otherwise, to register a transfer or a transmission, it shall within thirty days from the date the instrument of transfer or the intimation of transmission was delivered, send notice of the refusal to the transferor and the transferee, or to the person giving intimation of the transmission, giving reasons for the refusal.

Two points. The power to refuse comes from the articles, which a private company must have under section 2(68). And the refusal must be reasoned and notified within thirty days.

Section 58(2): public companies. Without prejudice to sub-section (1), the securities or other interest of any member in a public company shall be freely transferable.

The proviso is important and modern: any contract or arrangement between two or more persons in respect of transfer of securities shall be enforceable as a contract. So free transferability does not prevent shareholders agreeing among themselves to restrictions such as pre-emption rights; those agreements bind the parties as contracts even though the company must still register a transfer made in breach.

Section 58(3): the transferee's appeal where notice is given. The transferee may appeal to the Tribunal against the refusal within thirty days from the receipt of the notice, or, where no notice has been sent by the company, within sixty days from the date on which the instrument of transfer or intimation of transmission was delivered.

Section 58(4): a public company's refusal. If a public company without sufficient cause refuses to register a transfer within thirty days of delivery, the transferee may appeal to the Tribunal within sixty days of such refusal, or, where no intimation has been received from the company, within ninety days of the delivery.

munotes.in178

Transfer and Transmission of Securities

Four periods to keep apart: thirty and sixty for a private company under sub-section (3); sixty and ninety for a public company under sub-section (4).

Section 58(5): what the Tribunal may do. After hearing the parties it may dismiss the appeal, or by order direct that the transfer or transmission shall be registered, and the company shall comply within ten days of receipt of the order, or make such other order as the sub-section provides, including directing rectification and payment of damages.

Rectification of the register: section 59

Section 59 is the companion remedy. Where the name of a person is without sufficient cause entered in the register of members, or omitted from it, or where default is made or unnecessary delay takes place in entering the fact of any person having ceased to be a member, the person aggrieved, any member, or the company may appeal to the Tribunal, or in the case of a foreign member or debenture holder to a competent court outside India, for rectification of the register.

The Tribunal may dismiss the appeal or direct that the transfer or transmission be registered and the register rectified, and may direct the company to pay damages, if any, sustained by the aggrieved party.

Section 58 and section 59 answer different questions. Section 58 is about a refusal to register a particular transfer. Section 59 is about the register being wrong, whether by a wrong entry, an omission or a delay.

A worked example

Nanded Ceramics Private Limited has articles restricting transfer, as section 2(68) requires.

A transfer. Mr Jadhav agrees to sell two thousand fully paid shares to Ms Pinto. They execute a transfer deed, duly stamped and dated, specifying Ms Pinto's name, address and occupation, and deliver it to the company with the share certificate within sixty days of execution. Section 56(1) is satisfied.

A lost deed. Suppose the executed deed is lost in the post and more than sixty days pass. The proviso to section 56(1) allows the company to register the transfer on such terms as to indemnity as the Board thinks fit.

Partly paid shares. Suppose the shares were partly paid and only Mr Jadhav applied. Under section 56(3) the company must give notice to Ms Pinto and may not register unless she raises no objection within two weeks.

Refusal. The Board refuses to register the transfer under its articles. Under section 58(1) it must send notice of refusal, with reasons, to both Mr Jadhav and Ms Pinto within thirty days of delivery of the instrument. Ms Pinto may appeal to the Tribunal within thirty days of receiving that notice; had the company sent no notice at all, she would have sixty days from delivery of the instrument: section 58(3).

munotes.in179

Transfer and Transmission of Securities

Now make the company public. Under section 58(2) the shares are freely transferable, and a refusal without sufficient cause within thirty days lets the transferee appeal within sixty days of the refusal, or within ninety days of delivery if the company said nothing: section 58(4). If the Tribunal directs registration, the company must comply within ten days of receiving the order.

A shareholders' agreement. The founders of the public company have agreed among themselves that none will sell without offering to the others first. Free transferability under section 58(2) does not destroy that promise: by the proviso, a contract or arrangement between two or more persons in respect of transfer of securities is enforceable as a contract between them.

A transmission. Mr Jadhav dies. His shares pass to his son by operation of law. No instrument of transfer is needed: the son sends an intimation of transmission with the evidence of his title, and the company registers it under section 56(2). Alternatively, Mr Jadhav's legal representative may transfer the shares directly to a purchaser without being registered himself, and by section 56(5) the transfer is as valid as if he had been the holder.

Certificates. On the transfer the company must deliver the certificate within one month of receiving the instrument; on an allotment, within two months; to subscribers to the memorandum, within two months of incorporation; and on an allotment of debentures, within six months: section 56(4). Default costs the company and every officer in default fifty thousand rupees: section 56(6).

The register is wrong. Two years later the company's register still shows Mr Jadhav as a member. That is not a refusal to register a transfer; it is an error. The remedy is section 59, rectification of the register, with power in the Tribunal to direct rectification and to award damages.

Distinctions that carry marks

TransferTransmission
How it happensVoluntary act of the partiesBy operation of law, on death or insolvency
InstrumentRequired, stamped, dated, executed by both, section 56(1)Not required; an intimation suffices, section 56(2)
Stamp dutyPayableNot applicable
Who initiatesTransferor or transfereeThe person to whom the right has been transmitted
ConsiderationUsually presentNone
Time limitDeliver within sixty days of executionNone stated
Certificate to be deliveredWithin one month of the instrumentWithin one month of the intimation
munotes.in180

Transfer and Transmission of Securities

Private companyPublic company
Power to refuseYes, under the articles, section 58(1)Only for sufficient cause; shares are freely transferable, section 58(2)
Notice of refusalWithin thirty days, with reasonsRefusal within thirty days is the trigger
Appeal by transfereeThirty days from notice, or sixty days from delivery if no noticeSixty days from refusal, or ninety days from delivery if no intimation
Compliance with a Tribunal orderTen daysTen days

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean an instrument is always needed. Section 56(1) excludes transfers between two persons both holding beneficial interest with a depository, and section 56(2) excludes transmission.

It does not mean a public company can never refuse. Section 58(4) speaks of refusal without sufficient cause, so a refusal with sufficient cause is possible; what a public company cannot do is impose a general restriction on transferability.

It does not mean a shareholders' agreement is void in a public company. The proviso to section 58(2) makes such a contract enforceable as a contract.

It does not mean section 58 and section 59 are alternatives for the same complaint. Section 58 attacks a refusal; section 59 corrects a wrong register.

Quick revision

  • 56(1): proper instrument, stamped, dated, executed by both, with the transferee's name, address and occupation, delivered within sixty days of execution with the certificate or letter of allotment. Not required for a depository to depository transfer. Proviso: lost or late instrument, register on indemnity as the Board thinks fit.
  • 56(2): transmission by operation of law on an intimation; no instrument.
  • 56(3): partly paid shares, transferor alone: notice to the transferee, no objection within two weeks.
  • 56(4): certificates in two months from incorporation for subscribers, two months from allotment, one month from the instrument or intimation, six months for debentures. Depository intimated immediately.
  • 56(5): a legal representative may transfer a deceased member's shares though not himself a holder.
  • 56(6): default, fifty thousand rupees on the company and every officer in default. 56(7): a depository or participant transferring with intent to defraud is liable under section 447.
  • 58(1): a private company must give reasoned notice of refusal within thirty days. 58(2): a public company's securities are freely transferable, but a contract between persons about transfer is enforceable as a contract.
  • 58(3): appeal thirty days from notice, sixty days from delivery if none. 58(4): public company, sixty days from refusal, ninety days from delivery if no intimation. 58(5): Tribunal may dismiss or direct registration, company to comply in ten days.
  • 59: rectification of the register where a name is entered without sufficient cause or omitted, or there is default or unnecessary delay; the Tribunal may direct rectification and damages.
munotes.in181

Transfer and Transmission of Securities

Test yourself

1. Distinguish transfer from transmission. Transfer is the voluntary act of a member passing his shares to another, and requires a proper instrument of transfer, stamped, dated and executed by both parties, delivered within sixty days of execution under section 56(1). Transmission is the passing of the right by operation of law, as on death or insolvency, and requires only an intimation under section 56(2).

2. Within what time must the instrument of transfer be delivered, and what if it is lost? Within sixty days from the date of execution. Where the instrument has been lost, or has not been delivered within the prescribed period, the company may register the transfer on such terms as to indemnity as the Board thinks fit: proviso to section 56(1).

3. What extra step is required for a transfer of partly paid shares applied for by the transferor alone? The company must give notice of the application to the transferee in the prescribed manner, and may not register the transfer unless the transferee gives no objection within two weeks of receiving the notice: section 56(3).

4. Within what periods must share certificates be delivered? Two months from incorporation for subscribers to the memorandum; two months from allotment on an allotment of shares; one month from receipt of the instrument of transfer or the intimation of transmission; and six months from allotment for debentures: section 56(4).

5. Are shares in a public company freely transferable? Yes. Section 58(2) provides that the securities or other interest of any member in a public company shall be freely transferable, but the proviso preserves the enforceability, as a contract, of any contract or arrangement between two or more persons in respect of the transfer of securities.

6. What is the remedy where a person's name is wrongly entered in or omitted from the register of members? An application under section 59 for rectification of the register, made by the person aggrieved, any member or the company, on which the Tribunal may direct rectification and may order the company to pay damages.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in182

Chapter Thirty-One

Power of a Limited Company to Alter its Share Capital

Syllabus topic 1.4, label: "Power of limited company to alter its share capital"

In one line

A limited company can rearrange its share capital in five ways, and none of them needs the Tribunal, because none of them takes money away from creditors.

In exam wording: section 61(1) permits a limited company having a share capital, if so authorised by its articles, to alter its memorandum in general meeting so as to increase its authorised capital, consolidate and divide, convert shares into stock and back, sub-divide, or cancel unsubscribed shares. Section 61(2) provides that the cancellation of shares under the section shall not be deemed to be a reduction of share capital, and section 64 requires notice to the Registrar.

Why the law has this at all

There are two completely different things a company might mean by "changing our capital", and the Act keeps them far apart.

The first is rearranging. Turning ten thousand shares of one hundred rupees into one lakh shares of ten rupees changes nothing about the money in the company. It makes the shares easier to trade. Nobody is worse off, so the law asks only for the members' consent and a filing.

The second is giving capital back. That does make creditors worse off, because the fund they lent against shrinks. So it needs section 66, the Tribunal, and a chance for creditors to object.

Section 61 is the first kind, and section 61(2) is there to stop somebody arguing that the fifth item, cancelling shares, is really the second kind. It is not, because those shares were never taken by anybody, so no money ever came in and none goes out.

Some words this chapter uses

Authorised capital is the ceiling in the memorandum's capital clause. Consolidation is combining several small shares into one larger one. Sub-division is splitting one share into several smaller ones. Stock is share capital expressed as a single holding of a money amount rather than as a number of units. Denomination is the face value of a share. Diminution of capital, in clause (e), is the reduction of the authorised figure by cancelling shares nobody took.

The five powers: section 61(1)

A limited company having a share capital may, if so authorised by its articles, alter its memorandum in its general meeting to:

(a) Increase authorised share capital

By such amount as it thinks expedient. This is the routine step before any large issue: the capital clause sets a ceiling and the company must raise the ceiling before it can issue past it.

(b) Consolidate and divide

Consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into shares of a larger amount than its existing shares.

The proviso is the examinable part. No consolidation and division which results in changes in the voting percentage of shareholders shall take effect unless it is approved by the Tribunal on an application made in the prescribed manner.

munotes.in183

Power of a Limited Company to Alter its Share Capital

Why? Because consolidation can be used as a squeeze. Turn every hundred ten rupee shares into one thousand rupee share, and a member holding sixty shares is left with a fraction, which the company then buys out. His votes vanish. The proviso puts any consolidation that shifts voting percentages in front of the Tribunal.

(c) Convert shares into stock, and back

Convert all or any of its fully paid-up shares into stock, and reconvert that stock into fully paid-up shares of any denomination.

Note fully paid-up: partly paid shares cannot be converted, because stock is not divided into units on which calls can be made.

(d) Sub-divide

Sub-divide its shares, or any of them, into shares of smaller amount than is fixed by the memorandum, so, however, that in the sub-division the proportion between the amount paid and the amount, if any, unpaid on each reduced share shall be the same as it was in the case of the share from which the reduced share is derived.

The condition preserves the company's claim for unpaid capital. A hundred rupee share with forty rupees paid, split into ten shares of ten rupees, must produce ten shares each with four rupees paid and six unpaid. A company cannot use sub-division to write off a liability.

(e) Cancel unsubscribed shares

Cancel shares which, at the date of the passing of the resolution in that behalf, have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person, and diminish the amount of its share capital by the amount of the shares so cancelled.

Two conditions on the face of it. The shares must not have been taken or agreed to be taken by anybody, and the test is applied at the date of the resolution.

Section 61(2): and it is not a reduction.

The cancellation of shares under sub-section (1) shall not be deemed to be a reduction of share capital.

That single sentence is the whole reason section 61 does not need the Tribunal for clause (e). Nobody ever subscribed for those shares, so no capital ever existed to be returned.

What resolution is needed

Section 61(1) says "alter its memorandum in its general meeting" and does not itself name a resolution. Section 13(1) opens with "save as provided in section 61", which takes an alteration of the capital clause out of the special resolution requirement that governs the rest of the memorandum.

So the resolution is an ordinary resolution unless the articles require more, and the two threshold conditions are that the company must be authorised by its articles and must act in general meeting. A company whose articles do not authorise it must first alter its articles under section 14, by special resolution.

munotes.in184

Power of a Limited Company to Alter its Share Capital

This is a favourite comparison question: the memorandum generally needs a special resolution under section 13(1), but the capital clause is altered under section 61 by ordinary resolution, and reduction of capital needs a special resolution plus the Tribunal under section 66.

Notice to the Registrar: section 64

Where a company alters its share capital in any manner specified in section 61(1), or an order of the Government increasing the authorised capital takes effect under section 62(4), or a company redeems any redeemable preference shares, the company shall file a notice with the Registrar in the prescribed form and manner within thirty days, together with an altered memorandum, and the Registrar shall record the notice and make the necessary alteration in the memorandum and articles.

On default, the company and every officer in default shall be liable to a penalty of one thousand rupees for each day during which the default continues, or five lakh rupees, whichever is less.

So the pattern is: resolution in general meeting, then notice to the Registrar within thirty days with the altered memorandum.

Reserve capital: section 65

An unlimited company having a share capital may, by a resolution passed in that behalf, if so provided by its articles, on conversion into a limited company, increase the nominal amount of its share capital by increasing the nominal amount of each of its shares, subject to the condition that no part of the increased capital shall be capable of being called up except in the event and for the purposes of the company being wound up; or provide that a specified portion of its uncalled share capital shall not be capable of being called up except in the event and for the purposes of the company being wound up.

This is reserve capital, and it is a small but favourite short note. An unlimited company converting into a limited one may set aside part of its capital so that it can be called only in a winding up and for the purposes of the winding up. The effect is to create a guaranteed fund for creditors that the directors cannot touch while the company is a going concern.

Distinguish reserve capital from capital reserve. Reserve capital is uncalled share capital locked away for a winding up under section 65. A capital reserve is an accounting reserve of a capital nature. They are not related and the similarity of the names is a trap.

munotes.in185

Power of a Limited Company to Alter its Share Capital

A worked example

Amravati Textiles Limited has an authorised capital of five crore rupees divided into fifty lakh shares of ten rupees each, of which forty lakh have been issued.

Increase. It wants to issue another twenty lakh shares, which would take it past the ceiling. Under section 61(1)(a), being authorised by its articles, it passes a resolution in general meeting increasing the authorised capital to eight crore rupees, and files notice with the Registrar with the altered memorandum within thirty days under section 64.

Sub-division. Its shares trade at nine hundred rupees and it wants them accessible to small investors. Under section 61(1)(d) it sub-divides each ten rupee share into ten shares of one rupee. On its partly paid shares, where six rupees is paid and four unpaid, each resulting one rupee share must carry sixty paise paid and forty paise unpaid, preserving the proportion.

Consolidation. Later it consolidates every ten one rupee shares back into a ten rupee share under section 61(1)(b). Because some members hold numbers not divisible by ten, the consolidation would change voting percentages. By the proviso it does not take effect unless approved by the Tribunal on an application in the prescribed manner.

Conversion into stock. It converts its fully paid shares into stock under section 61(1)(c), and may reconvert into fully paid shares of any denomination later. Its partly paid shares cannot be converted.

Cancellation. Ten lakh shares of the increased authorised capital were never taken or agreed to be taken by anybody. Under section 61(1)(e) the company cancels them at the date of the resolution and diminishes its authorised capital accordingly. This is not a reduction of capital under section 61(2), so the Tribunal is not involved and creditors have nothing to object to: no money ever came in on those shares.

Contrast. Now suppose the company wanted to return two rupees a share to its members on fully paid shares. That is a reduction: money leaves the company. It would need section 66, a special resolution and confirmation by the Tribunal, with creditors entitled to object.

Reserve capital. Had the company been an unlimited company converting to limited, it could under section 65 have increased the nominal amount of each share on the footing that the increase is callable only in a winding up and for its purposes, or set aside a specified portion of uncalled capital on the same terms.

Distinctions that carry marks

Alteration under section 61Reduction under section 66
What happens to the capitalRearranged; nothing leaves the companyReturned or written off
ResolutionOrdinary, unless the articles require more; section 13(1) opens "save as provided in section 61"Special resolution
TribunalNot required, except a consolidation that changes voting percentagesRequired, with creditors' objections
Authorised by articlesRequiredNot the gateway condition
FilingNotice to the Registrar with the altered memorandum, thirty days, section 64As section 66 provides
Is cancellation of unsubscribed shares a reduction?No, section 61(2)Not applicable
munotes.in186

Power of a Limited Company to Alter its Share Capital

ConsolidationSub-division
EffectSeveral shares become one larger shareOne share becomes several smaller shares
Clause61(1)(b)61(1)(d)
Special conditionTribunal approval if voting percentages changeThe paid to unpaid proportion must be preserved

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean any company may do this. Section 61 applies to a limited company having a share capital, and only if so authorised by its articles.

It does not mean the capital clause needs a special resolution. Section 13(1) is expressly "save as provided in section 61".

It does not mean sub-division can extinguish a liability. The proportion of paid to unpaid must be preserved.

It does not mean cancellation of unsubscribed shares affects creditors. Section 61(2) declares it is not a reduction of share capital.

Quick revision

  • Section 61(1), five powers, for a limited company with share capital, authorised by its articles, in general meeting: (a) increase authorised capital; (b) consolidate and divide, Tribunal approval if voting percentages change; (c) convert fully paid shares into stock and back into shares of any denomination; (d) sub-divide, preserving the paid to unpaid proportion; (e) cancel shares not taken or agreed to be taken at the date of the resolution, and diminish capital accordingly.
  • Section 61(2): that cancellation is not a reduction of share capital.
  • Resolution: ordinary, because section 13(1) opens "save as provided in section 61".
  • Section 64: notice to the Registrar within thirty days with the altered memorandum, also on a Government order under section 62(4) and on redemption of redeemable preference shares. Default, one thousand rupees a day or five lakh rupees, whichever is less.
  • Section 65: an unlimited company converting to limited may create reserve capital, callable only in a winding up and for its purposes. Not the same as a capital reserve.

Test yourself

1. In what five ways may a limited company alter its share capital under section 61? Increase its authorised share capital; consolidate and divide into shares of a larger amount; convert fully paid shares into stock and reconvert; sub-divide into shares of smaller amount; and cancel shares not taken or agreed to be taken and diminish the capital accordingly.

2. When does a consolidation require the Tribunal's approval? Where the consolidation and division results in changes in the voting percentage of shareholders. It does not take effect unless approved by the Tribunal on an application made in the prescribed manner: proviso to section 61(1)(b).

munotes.in187

Power of a Limited Company to Alter its Share Capital

3. What condition attaches to a sub-division? The proportion between the amount paid and the amount, if any, unpaid on each reduced share must be the same as it was on the share from which the reduced share is derived: section 61(1)(d).

4. Is cancelling unsubscribed shares a reduction of capital? No. Section 61(2) provides expressly that the cancellation of shares under sub-section (1) shall not be deemed to be a reduction of share capital, because no money was ever received on those shares.

5. What resolution is needed to alter the capital clause, and why is it not a special resolution? An ordinary resolution in general meeting, unless the articles require more, because section 13(1), which requires a special resolution for alteration of the memorandum, opens with the words "save as provided in section 61".

6. What is reserve capital? Under section 65, an unlimited company having a share capital may, on conversion into a limited company and if its articles so provide, increase the nominal amount of its shares, or set aside a specified portion of its uncalled capital, on the footing that it shall not be capable of being called up except in the event and for the purposes of the company being wound up.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in188

Chapter Thirty-Two

Further Issue of Share Capital and Bonus Shares

Syllabus topic 1.4, labels: "Further issue of share capital", "Issue of bonus shares"

In one line

When a company issues more shares it must offer them to its existing members first, and a bonus issue is not really an issue of new money at all but the conversion of reserves the members already own into shares.

In exam wording: section 62(1) requires that where a company having a share capital proposes to increase its subscribed capital by the issue of further shares, those shares shall be offered to existing equity shareholders in proportion, or to employees under an employees stock option scheme by special resolution, or to any persons by special resolution at a price determined by the valuation report of a registered valuer. Section 63 permits fully paid bonus shares out of free reserves, the securities premium account or the capital redemption reserve account, on six conditions, and forbids a bonus issue in lieu of dividend.

Why the law has this at all

Section 62 protects against dilution. A member with a quarter of the shares has a quarter of the votes and a quarter of the dividends. If the directors can issue new shares to whomever they choose, they can reduce him to a tenth without his agreeing to anything, and they can do it to entrench themselves. The pre-emptive right in section 62(1)(a) is the answer: new shares go first to the people who already own the company, in proportion, so a member who wants to keep his share can.

Section 63 protects against a different trick. A company sitting on large reserves may want to capitalise them, turning reserves into shares. That is legitimate and useful. What is not legitimate is using a bonus issue to dress up a distribution the company cannot afford, or to capitalise a paper gain from revaluing its own assets. Hence the closed list of three sources, the ban on revaluation reserves, and the flat prohibition in section 63(3) on bonus shares in lieu of dividend.

Some words this chapter uses

Subscribed capital is the part of the issued capital taken by members. A pre-emptive right is a right of first refusal. Renunciation is giving up your entitlement in favour of another. A letter of offer is the notice under section 62(1)(a). A registered valuer is a valuer registered under section 247. Free reserves are defined in section 2(43) as reserves available for distribution as dividend. To capitalise a reserve is to convert it into share capital.

Further issue: section 62(1)

Where at any time a company having a share capital proposes to increase its subscribed capital by the issue of further shares, those shares shall be offered:

(a) To existing equity shareholders, in proportion

To persons who, at the date of the offer, are holders of equity shares of the company, in proportion, as nearly as circumstances admit, to the paid-up share capital on those shares, by sending a letter of offer, subject to three conditions:

munotes.in189

Further Issue of Share Capital and Bonus Shares

  • (i) the offer shall be made by notice specifying the number of shares offered and limiting a time not less than fifteen days, or such lesser number of days as may be prescribed, and not exceeding thirty days from the date of the offer, within which, if not accepted, the offer shall be deemed to have been declined;
  • (ii) unless the articles otherwise provide, the offer shall be deemed to include a right to renounce the shares in favour of any other person, and the notice shall contain a statement of this right;
  • (iii) after the expiry of the time specified, or on earlier intimation of declining, the Board may dispose of them in such manner which is not disadvantageous to the shareholders and the company.

Three numbers and one default to remember. Not less than fifteen days, not more than thirty days; silence is a refusal; and renunciation is the default unless the articles exclude it.

Section 62(2): how the notice goes out. The notice under clause (a)(i) shall be dispatched through registered post or speed post or through electronic mode or courier or any other mode having proof of delivery to all the existing shareholders at least three days before the opening of the issue.

(b) To employees under a stock option scheme

To employees under a scheme of employees' stock option, subject to a special resolution passed by the company and subject to such conditions as may be prescribed.

(c) To any persons, on a special resolution and a valuation

To any persons, if authorised by a special resolution, whether or not those persons include the persons referred to in clause (a) or clause (b), either for cash or for a consideration other than cash, if the price of such shares is determined by the valuation report of a registered valuer, subject to compliance with the applicable provisions of Chapter III and any other prescribed conditions.

Clause (c) is the preferential allotment route, and the two safeguards are the special resolution and the registered valuer's price. The valuer requirement exists precisely so that shares cannot be issued cheaply to friends of the Board.

Conversion of debentures and loans: section 62(3) to (6)

Section 62(3): a term already agreed. Nothing in the section applies to an increase of subscribed capital caused by the exercise of an option attached to debentures issued or a loan raised by the company to convert them into shares, provided that the terms of issue containing that option were approved before the issue or the raising of the loan by a special resolution in general meeting.

munotes.in190

Further Issue of Share Capital and Bonus Shares

So a conversion right agreed in advance, with the members' consent, escapes the pre-emption rules. The members have already voted for the dilution.

Section 62(4): Government conversion. Notwithstanding sub-section (3), where debentures have been issued or a loan obtained from any Government, and that Government considers it necessary in the public interest, it may by order direct that the debentures or loan or part of it shall be converted into shares on such terms as appear reasonable, even if the terms of issue contain no conversion option.

The proviso gives an appeal: where the terms are not acceptable, the company may within sixty days of communication of the order appeal to the Tribunal, which shall, after hearing the company and the Government, pass such order as it deems fit.

Section 62(5): what the Government must weigh. In determining the terms of conversion the Government shall have due regard to the financial position of the company, the terms of issue of the debentures or loan, the rate of interest payable, and such other matters as it may consider necessary.

Section 62(6): the memorandum alters itself. Where such an order has been made and no appeal has been preferred, or the appeal has been dismissed, then where the order has the effect of increasing the authorised share capital, the memorandum shall stand altered and the authorised capital shall stand increased by the value of the shares into which the debentures or loan has been converted.

Note how unusual that is: the memorandum is altered by force of statute, without a resolution.

Bonus shares: section 63

Section 63(1): the three sources. A company may issue fully paid-up bonus shares to its members, in any manner whatsoever, out of:

  • (i) its free reserves;
  • (ii) the securities premium account; or
  • (iii) the capital redemption reserve account.

The proviso: no issue of bonus shares shall be made by capitalising reserves created by the revaluation of assets.

That proviso is the heart of the section. A revaluation reserve is an unrealised paper gain: the company has not received a rupee. Turning it into share capital would inflate the capital with money that does not exist.

Note the consistency across the Act. Section 52(2)(a) permits the securities premium account to be applied towards fully paid bonus shares, and section 55(2) proviso (c) creates the capital redemption reserve account and treats it as paid-up capital. Section 63(1) lists exactly those two, plus free reserves.

munotes.in191

Further Issue of Share Capital and Bonus Shares

Section 63(2): six conditions. No company shall capitalise its profits or reserves for the purpose of issuing fully paid-up bonus shares unless:

  • (a) it is authorised by its articles;
  • (b) it has, on the recommendation of the Board, been authorised in the general meeting;
  • (c) it has not defaulted in payment of interest or principal in respect of fixed deposits or debt securities issued by it;
  • (d) it has not defaulted in respect of the payment of statutory dues of the employees, such as contribution to provident fund, gratuity and bonus;
  • (e) the partly paid-up shares, if any, outstanding on the date of allotment, are made fully paid-up;
  • (f) it complies with such conditions as may be prescribed.

Conditions (c) and (d) are the fairness conditions, and they are worth a sentence in an answer: a company that has not paid its depositors, its debenture holders or its employees' provident fund may not hand free shares to its members.

Condition (e) prevents a mixed capital structure: the partly paid shares must be brought up to fully paid first.

Section 63(3): the prohibition.

The bonus shares shall not be issued in lieu of dividend.

Short and absolute. A company that has promised a dividend and cannot pay it may not discharge the promise in paper.

A worked example

Solapur Pumps Limited has a subscribed capital of two crore rupees in twenty lakh equity shares of ten rupees each, held as to five lakh shares by Ms Kulkarni.

A rights issue. The company needs one crore rupees. Under section 62(1)(a) it must first offer the new shares to existing equity shareholders in proportion to the paid-up capital on their shares. Ms Kulkarni holds a quarter, so she is offered a quarter of the new shares. The letter of offer specifies the number and gives her not less than fifteen and not more than thirty days; if she does not accept in time the offer is deemed to have been declined. Unless the articles say otherwise, the notice must tell her she may renounce in favour of anybody else. The notice goes out by a mode carrying proof of delivery, at least three days before the issue opens: section 62(2).

She declines. The Board may then dispose of her shares in a manner not disadvantageous to the shareholders and the company: section 62(1)(a)(iii).

An employees' scheme. The company wants to give options to its engineers. That is section 62(1)(b) and needs a special resolution and compliance with the prescribed conditions.

A strategic investor. A private equity fund offers to take shares worth four crore rupees. That is section 62(1)(c): a special resolution, and the price determined by the valuation report of a registered valuer, with Chapter III complied with.

munotes.in192

Further Issue of Share Capital and Bonus Shares

A convertible debenture. Two years ago the company issued debentures with a conversion option, and the terms were approved by a special resolution before the issue. When the holders convert, section 62(3) applies and the pre-emption rules do not, because the members have already consented.

A Government loan. A State Government loan is converted into shares by order in the public interest under section 62(4), even though the loan carried no conversion term. The company thinks the terms unfair and appeals to the Tribunal within sixty days. If the appeal is dismissed and the order increases the authorised capital, the memorandum stands altered by force of section 62(6).

A bonus issue. The company has free reserves of six crore rupees, a securities premium account of one crore, a capital redemption reserve of fifty lakh, and a revaluation reserve of three crore from revaluing its land.

It may capitalise the free reserves, the securities premium account and the capital redemption reserve account: section 63(1). It may not touch the revaluation reserve, by the proviso.

Before doing so it must check the six conditions of section 63(2): the articles authorise it; the general meeting has authorised it on the Board's recommendation; there is no default on fixed deposits or debt securities; there is no default on employees' provident fund, gratuity or bonus; and any partly paid shares are made fully paid on the date of allotment.

And a trap. The Board had announced a dividend it now cannot fund, and proposes to issue bonus shares instead. Section 63(3) forbids it outright: bonus shares shall not be issued in lieu of dividend.

Distinctions that carry marks

Rights issue, section 62(1)(a)Bonus issue, section 63
Does money come in?Yes, members pay for the sharesNo, reserves are capitalised
Who gets themExisting equity shareholders, in proportionMembers
Are they paid up?To the extent paidFully paid, by definition
ResolutionBoard, following the section 62 procedureGeneral meeting on the Board's recommendation, and the articles must authorise
Can it be declinedYes, and it may be renounced unless the articles say otherwiseNot applicable
SourceNew subscription moneyFree reserves, securities premium, capital redemption reserve only
Section 62(1)(b), ESOPSection 62(1)(c), preferential allotment
To whomEmployees under a stock option schemeAny persons, including existing members
ResolutionSpecialSpecial
PriceAs the scheme and the prescribed conditions provideValuation report of a registered valuer

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean every further issue must go to members first. Clauses (b) and (c) of section 62(1) are alternatives, each with its own safeguard.

munotes.in193

Further Issue of Share Capital and Bonus Shares

It does not mean the right of renunciation is absolute. It applies unless the articles otherwise provide.

It does not mean a bonus issue makes members richer. Their proportionate ownership is unchanged; the same value is spread over more shares.

It does not mean any reserve can be capitalised. Only the three in section 63(1), and never a revaluation reserve.

Quick revision

  • 62(1)(a): offer to existing equity shareholders in proportion; notice specifying the number, not less than fifteen nor more than thirty days; silence is a decline; renunciation is included unless the articles provide otherwise; the Board may then dispose not disadvantageously.
  • 62(2): notice by a mode with proof of delivery, at least three days before the issue opens.
  • 62(1)(b): employees under an ESOP, special resolution, prescribed conditions.
  • 62(1)(c): any persons, special resolution, price by a registered valuer's report, Chapter III complied with.
  • 62(3): conversion options approved by special resolution before issue are outside the section.
  • 62(4) to (6): a Government may order conversion in the public interest; sixty days to appeal to the Tribunal; the memorandum stands altered if the order increases authorised capital.
  • 63(1): bonus shares, fully paid, out of free reserves, the securities premium account, or the capital redemption reserve account. Never out of a revaluation reserve.
  • 63(2), six conditions: articles; general meeting on the Board's recommendation; no default on fixed deposits or debt securities; no default on employees' statutory dues; partly paid shares made fully paid; prescribed conditions.
  • 63(3): not in lieu of dividend.

Test yourself

1. To whom must further shares be offered, and within what time must the offer be accepted? To existing equity shareholders in proportion to the paid-up capital on their shares, by a letter of offer specifying the number of shares and limiting a time not less than fifteen days, or such lesser number as may be prescribed, and not exceeding thirty days from the date of the offer, failing which the offer is deemed declined: section 62(1)(a)(i).

2. Is a rights offer renounceable? Yes, unless the articles otherwise provide. The offer is deemed to include a right to renounce in favour of any other person, and the notice must contain a statement of that right: section 62(1)(a)(ii).

3. How may a company allot shares to an outside investor? Under section 62(1)(c), if authorised by a special resolution, to any persons, for cash or for a consideration other than cash, if the price is determined by the valuation report of a registered valuer, subject to compliance with Chapter III and any prescribed conditions.

munotes.in194

Further Issue of Share Capital and Bonus Shares

4. Out of what may bonus shares be issued? Free reserves, the securities premium account, or the capital redemption reserve account: section 63(1). No bonus issue may be made by capitalising reserves created by the revaluation of assets.

5. State the conditions in section 63(2). Authorisation by the articles; authorisation in general meeting on the Board's recommendation; no default in payment of interest or principal on fixed deposits or debt securities; no default in payment of employees' statutory dues such as provident fund, gratuity and bonus; partly paid shares outstanding on the date of allotment made fully paid; and compliance with prescribed conditions.

6. May bonus shares be issued instead of a dividend? No. Section 63(3) provides flatly that bonus shares shall not be issued in lieu of dividend.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in195

Chapter Thirty-Three

Reduction of Share Capital

Syllabus topic 1.4, label: "Reduction of share capital"

In one line

A company can give capital back to its members or write off capital it has lost, but only by special resolution and only if the Tribunal confirms it, because the money the creditors lent against is going out of the door.

In exam wording: section 66(1) provides that, subject to confirmation by the Tribunal on an application by the company, a company limited by shares or limited by guarantee and having a share capital may, by a special resolution, reduce the share capital in any manner, and in particular may extinguish or reduce liability on unpaid capital, cancel paid-up capital which is lost or unrepresented by available assets, or pay off paid-up capital in excess of the wants of the company.

Why the law has this at all

The share capital of a limited company is the price of limited liability. Members are not personally answerable for the company's debts, and in exchange the money they put in stays in, available to creditors. That is the bargain the whole of company law rests on, and it is called the maintenance of capital.

Reduction is a deliberate exception to it, and there are three honest reasons for wanting one.

Capital that has been lost. A company whose accumulated losses have swallowed half its capital shows a balance sheet that says one thing and means another. Writing the capital down brings the figure into line with reality and lets the company pay dividends again out of future profits, instead of first making up old losses.

Capital in excess of the wants of the company. A company that has sold a division may have more money than its business needs. Sitting on it depresses returns; giving it back is rational.

Unpaid liability nobody will ever call. A company that will never need the uncalled amount can release the members from it.

Because all three take something away from creditors, the Act does not leave the decision to the members alone. It requires a special resolution and, on top of it, confirmation by the Tribunal, with notice to the Central Government, the Registrar, SEBI for listed companies, and the creditors.

Some words this chapter uses

Maintenance of capital is the principle that a company's stated capital must not be returned to members except as the law allows. Unrepresented by available assets means the capital has been lost and no asset corresponds to it. In excess of the wants of the company means more capital than the business needs. A minute approved by the Tribunal is the short statement of the reduced capital structure filed with the Registrar. To discharge or determine a claim means to pay it or to have it fixed by adjudication.

munotes.in196

Reduction of Share Capital

Who may reduce, and how: section 66(1)

Subject to confirmation by the Tribunal on an application by the company, a company limited by shares or limited by guarantee and having a share capital may, by a special resolution, reduce the share capital in any manner, and in particular may:

  • (a) extinguish or reduce the liability on any of its shares in respect of the share capital not paid-up; or
  • (b) either with or without extinguishing or reducing liability on any of its shares,
  • (i) cancel any paid-up share capital which is lost or is unrepresented by available assets; or
  • (ii) pay off any paid-up share capital which is in excess of the wants of the company,

and alter its memorandum by reducing the amount of its share capital and of its shares accordingly.

Three points on the opening words. The phrase "reduce the share capital in any manner" makes the three clauses illustrative, not exhaustive, which is why they are introduced by "and in particular". A company limited by guarantee without a share capital is outside the section. And the alteration of the memorandum happens as part of the reduction, not by a separate section 13 process.

The proviso is an absolute bar. No such reduction shall be made if the company is in arrears in the repayment of any deposits accepted by it, either before or after the commencement of this Act, or the interest payable thereon.

Learn that proviso. A company that owes its depositors cannot reduce its capital at all, however good its reasons and however willing its members. No Tribunal discretion is involved.

Who is heard: section 66(2)

The Tribunal shall give notice of every application to:

  • the Central Government;
  • the Registrar;
  • the Securities and Exchange Board, in the case of listed companies; and
  • the creditors of the company,

and shall take into consideration the representations, if any, made by them within three months from the date of receipt of the notice.

The proviso supplies a deeming rule. Where no representation has been received from any of them within that period, it shall be presumed that they have no objection to the reduction.

So the three month period is not merely a deadline; silence is consent.

What the Tribunal must be satisfied of: section 66(3)

The Tribunal may, if it is satisfied that the debt or claim of every creditor of the company has been discharged or determined or has been secured or his consent is obtained, make an order confirming the reduction on such terms and conditions as it deems fit.

munotes.in197

Reduction of Share Capital

Four alternatives for each creditor, and only one need be satisfied for each: the claim has been discharged, or determined, or secured, or the creditor's consent has been obtained.

The proviso adds an accounting gate. No application for reduction shall be sanctioned unless the accounting treatment proposed by the company is in conformity with the accounting standards specified in section 133 or any other provision of this Act, and a certificate to that effect by the company's auditor has been filed with the Tribunal.

That proviso exists because a reduction can be used to make a balance sheet say something untrue, and the auditor's certificate is the check.

After the order: section 66(4) and (5)

Section 66(4). The order of confirmation shall be published by the company in such manner as the Tribunal may direct.

Section 66(5): filing. The company shall deliver to the Registrar within thirty days of receipt of the copy of the order a certified copy of the order and of a minute approved by the Tribunal showing:

  • (a) the amount of share capital;
  • (b) the number of shares into which it is to be divided;
  • (c) the amount of each share; and
  • (d) the amount, if any, at the date of registration deemed to be paid-up on each share,

and the Registrar shall register the same and issue a certificate to that effect.

Two savings: section 66(6) and (7)

Section 66(6). Nothing in this section shall apply to buy-back of its own securities by a company under section 68.

That is a clean division of labour. A buy-back also returns money to members, but it has its own code in sections 68 to 70, with its own limits and its own safeguards, and it does not go to the Tribunal.

Section 66(7): the members' liability afterwards. A member, past or present, shall not be liable to any call or contribution in respect of any share held by him exceeding the amount of the difference, if any, between the amount paid on the share, or the reduced amount deemed to have been paid on it, and the amount of the share as fixed by the order of reduction.

In plain terms: once the reduction is confirmed, a member's exposure is measured against the reduced figure, not the old one.

The creditor who was left off the list: section 66(8)

Where the name of a creditor entitled to object is not entered on the list of creditors by reason of his ignorance of the proceedings or of their nature and effect with respect to his debt or claim, and the company afterwards commits a default in paying his debt or claim, the section provides for that creditor's protection, the persons who were members at the date of the registration of the order being liable to contribute up to the amount by which their liability was reduced.

munotes.in198

Reduction of Share Capital

The principle is simple even where the drafting is not: a creditor cannot be deprived of his security by a process he never heard about.

A worked example

Wardha Engineering Limited has a paid-up capital of ten crore rupees in one crore shares of ten rupees each. Accumulated losses stand at four crore rupees. It also holds two crore rupees of cash it no longer needs after selling a division, and it has an uncalled liability of two rupees a share on a class of partly paid shares.

Three reductions, one section. It may cancel four crore rupees of paid-up capital which is lost or unrepresented by available assets, under section 66(1)(b)(i). It may pay off two crore rupees as capital in excess of the wants of the company, under section 66(1)(b)(ii). And it may extinguish the uncalled two rupees a share, under section 66(1)(a).

First, a bar to check. Does the company owe anything on deposits it has accepted, or interest on them? If it is in arrears, the proviso to section 66(1) forbids the reduction outright.

The resolution. A special resolution, and an application to the Tribunal for confirmation.

Who is heard. The Tribunal gives notice to the Central Government, the Registrar, SEBI if the company is listed, and the creditors, and considers any representations made within three months. A creditor who says nothing in that period is presumed to have no objection.

What the Tribunal looks for. That every creditor's claim has been discharged, determined or secured, or his consent obtained. And, by the proviso to section 66(3), that the accounting treatment conforms to the section 133 standards, certified by the company's auditor and filed with the Tribunal.

After confirmation. The company publishes the order as the Tribunal directs, and within thirty days of receiving the copy delivers to the Registrar a certified copy of the order and the Tribunal approved minute showing the amount of share capital, the number of shares, the amount of each share and the amount deemed paid up on each. The Registrar registers it and issues a certificate.

A member's position afterwards. Ms Salunkhe holds partly paid shares on which two rupees was uncalled and is now extinguished. By section 66(7) she cannot be called on beyond the difference between what she has paid and the amount of the share as fixed by the order of reduction.

munotes.in199

Reduction of Share Capital

A forgotten creditor. A supplier with an old disputed bill never heard of the proceedings and was left off the list. If the company later defaults on his claim, section 66(8) protects him, and the persons who were members at the date of registration of the order may be called on up to the amount by which their liability was reduced.

And a contrast. Had the company instead wished to buy back its own shares, section 66 would not apply at all: section 66(6) excludes a buy-back under section 68, which has its own limits and needs no Tribunal.

Distinctions that carry marks

Alteration, section 61Reduction, section 66
What happensCapital is rearrangedCapital is returned or written off
ResolutionOrdinary, if the articles authoriseSpecial
TribunalOnly for a consolidation that changes voting percentagesConfirmation required in every case
CreditorsNot involvedNotified and heard, three months
Absolute barNoneArrears on deposits or interest, proviso to section 66(1)
FilingNotice in thirty days, section 64Certified order and Tribunal approved minute in thirty days, section 66(5)
Is cancelling unsubscribed shares within it?Yes, and section 61(2) says it is not a reductionNot applicable
Reduction, section 66Buy-back, section 68
AppliesSection 66Section 66(6) excludes buy-back
TribunalRequiredNot required
LimitsNone stated; any mannerQuantitative limits in section 68
CreditorsHeard by the TribunalProtected by the section's own conditions

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean the three clauses are the only ways to reduce. Section 66(1) says "in any manner" and introduces them with "and in particular".

It does not mean creditors must all consent. For each creditor it is enough that the claim is discharged, determined or secured, or his consent obtained, and silence for three months is presumed to be no objection.

It does not mean a reduction can be used to tidy up a balance sheet freely. The proviso to section 66(3) requires conformity with the section 133 accounting standards and an auditor's certificate.

It does not mean a company in arrears on deposits can reduce with the Tribunal's leave. The proviso to section 66(1) is an absolute bar.

Quick revision

  • 66(1): company limited by shares, or by guarantee and having a share capital; special resolution; confirmation by the Tribunal; reduce in any manner, and in particular (a) extinguish or reduce unpaid liability, (b)(i) cancel paid-up capital lost or unrepresented by available assets, (b)(ii) pay off capital in excess of the wants of the company; memorandum altered accordingly. Proviso: absolute bar where the company is in arrears on deposits or interest.
  • 66(2): notice to the Central Government, Registrar, SEBI for listed companies, and creditors; representations within three months; silence presumed to be no objection.
  • 66(3): Tribunal satisfied that every creditor's claim is discharged, determined or secured, or his consent obtained. Proviso: accounting treatment conforming to section 133 standards, certified by the auditor and filed.
  • 66(4): publish the order as the Tribunal directs.
  • 66(5): certified copy and the Tribunal approved minute (capital, number of shares, amount of each, amount deemed paid up) to the Registrar within thirty days; Registrar registers and certifies.
  • 66(6): does not apply to a buy-back under section 68.
  • 66(7): a past or present member is not liable beyond the amount fixed by the order of reduction.
  • 66(8): a creditor left off the list through ignorance of the proceedings is protected if the company later defaults.
munotes.in200

Reduction of Share Capital

Test yourself

1. What are the three particular modes of reduction in section 66(1)? Extinguishing or reducing the liability on shares in respect of capital not paid up; cancelling paid-up capital which is lost or unrepresented by available assets; and paying off paid-up capital in excess of the wants of the company. The section permits reduction in any manner, so these are illustrative.

2. What is the absolute bar on a reduction? The proviso to section 66(1): no reduction shall be made if the company is in arrears in the repayment of any deposits accepted by it, before or after the commencement of this Act, or of the interest payable on them.

3. To whom must the Tribunal give notice, and what happens if nobody replies? To the Central Government, the Registrar, SEBI in the case of listed companies, and the creditors. Representations are considered if made within three months of receipt of the notice, and where none is received it is presumed that there is no objection: section 66(2) and its proviso.

4. Of what must the Tribunal be satisfied before confirming a reduction? That the debt or claim of every creditor has been discharged or determined or secured, or his consent obtained: section 66(3). By the proviso it must also have an auditor's certificate that the accounting treatment conforms to the accounting standards specified in section 133.

5. What must be filed after the order, and within what time? A certified copy of the Tribunal's order and of the minute approved by the Tribunal showing the amount of share capital, the number of shares, the amount of each share and the amount deemed paid up on each, delivered to the Registrar within thirty days of receipt of the copy of the order: section 66(5).

6. Does section 66 apply to a buy-back? No. Section 66(6) provides that nothing in the section applies to a buy-back of its own securities by a company under section 68.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in201

Chapter Thirty-Four

Restrictions on Purchase of Own Shares, and Buy-back

Syllabus topic 1.4, labels: "Restrictions on purchase by company or giving of loans by it for purchase of its Shares", "Power of company to purchase its own securities", "Prohibition for buy-back in certain circumstances"

In one line

A company generally may not buy its own shares or lend money to anybody to buy them, but section 68 lets it buy them back out of specified funds, within limits, and section 70 lists the situations where even that is forbidden.

In exam wording: section 67(1) prohibits a company limited by shares or by guarantee and having a share capital from buying its own shares unless the consequent reduction is effected under this Act; section 67(2) prohibits a public company from giving financial assistance for the purchase of or subscription for its own or its holding company's shares; section 68 permits a buy-back out of free reserves, the securities premium account or the proceeds of a fresh issue subject to seven conditions; and section 70 prohibits a buy-back through subsidiaries or investment companies, or where the company is in default.

Why the law has this at all

The maintenance of capital principle explains section 67 completely. If a company buys its own shares, the shareholder gets his money back and the capital fund shrinks without anybody's leave. Worse, if the company can lend the money to a buyer, it can achieve the same result at one remove: the buyer's shares are bought with the company's money and the company holds only a debt from a person whose only asset is the shares.

That is the mischief of financial assistance, and it is why section 67(2) is drafted so widely: directly or indirectly, by loan, guarantee, the provision of security or otherwise.

Then why permit buy-back at all? Because there are honest commercial reasons: returning surplus cash, correcting an undervalued share price, and improving return on equity. So section 68 permits it but replaces the Tribunal's supervision with a set of hard numerical limits, a declaration of solvency, and compulsory destruction of the shares bought. The protections are different from section 66's, not absent, which is why section 66(6) excludes buy-back from the reduction procedure.

Some words this chapter uses

Financial assistance means money or credit support given to enable somebody to buy shares. Specified securities includes employees stock options or other securities notified by the Central Government. Free reserves are reserves available for distribution as dividend, section 2(43). A declaration of solvency is the sworn statement under section 68(6). To extinguish shares is to cancel them so they cease to exist.

The prohibition: section 67

Section 67(1): no buying your own shares. No company limited by shares or by guarantee and having a share capital shall have power to buy its own shares unless the consequent reduction of share capital is effected under the provisions of this Act.

So the general position is a prohibition with a gateway: the purchase is lawful only where it is part of a reduction under the Act, and section 68 is the other lawful route.

munotes.in202

Restrictions on Purchase of Own Shares, and Buy-back

Section 67(2): no financial assistance, and only for public companies. No public company shall give, whether directly or indirectly and whether by means of a loan, guarantee, the provision of security or otherwise, any financial assistance for the purpose of, or in connection with, a purchase or subscription made or to be made, by any person of or for any shares in the company or in its holding company.

Four things to notice. It binds a public company only. It covers direct and indirect assistance. It lists loan, guarantee, provision of security or otherwise, so the list is open. And it covers shares in the company or in its holding company.

Section 67(3): three exceptions. Nothing in sub-section (2) applies to:

  • (a) the lending of money by a banking company in the ordinary course of its business. A bank that lends to a customer who happens to buy shares is doing its job.
  • (b) the provision by a company of money in accordance with a scheme approved by special resolution and in accordance with prescribed requirements, for the purchase of or subscription for fully paid-up shares in the company or its holding company, where the shares are held by trustees for the benefit of the employees, or held by the employee of the company.
  • (c) the giving of loans by a company to persons in the employment of the company, other than its directors or key managerial personnel, for an amount not exceeding their salary or wages for a period of six months, to enable them to purchase or subscribe for fully paid-up shares in the company or its holding company to be held by them by way of beneficial ownership.

The proviso adds transparency: disclosures in respect of voting rights not exercised directly by the employees in respect of shares to which the scheme relates shall be made in the Board's report in the prescribed manner.

Note the limits inside clause (c): not directors, not key managerial personnel, six months' salary, fully paid-up shares, beneficial ownership.

Section 67(4): preference shares are untouched. Nothing in the section affects the right of a company to redeem any preference shares issued under this Act or any previous company law. Redemption is governed by section 55.

Section 67(5): the penalty. On contravention, the company shall be punishable with a fine of not less than one lakh rupees and up to twenty-five lakh rupees, and every officer in default shall be punishable with imprisonment up to three years and with a fine of not less than one lakh rupees and up to twenty-five lakh rupees.

munotes.in203

Restrictions on Purchase of Own Shares, and Buy-back

Buy-back: section 68

Section 68(1): the three sources. Notwithstanding anything in this Act, but subject to sub-section (2), a company may purchase its own shares or other specified securities out of:

  • (a) its free reserves;
  • (b) the securities premium account; or
  • (c) the proceeds of the issue of any shares or other specified securities.

The proviso: no buy-back of any kind of shares or other specified securities shall be made out of the proceeds of an earlier issue of the same kind of shares or securities.

Otherwise a company could issue equity and immediately use the money to buy equity back, which is circular and achieves nothing except moving money between shareholders.

Section 68(2): seven conditions. No company shall buy back unless:

  • (a) the buy-back is authorised by its articles;
  • (b) a special resolution has been passed at a general meeting authorising it. Proviso: no special resolution is needed where (i) the buy-back is ten per cent or less of the total paid-up equity capital and free reserves, and (ii) it has been authorised by the Board by a resolution passed at its meeting;
  • (c) the buy-back is twenty-five per cent or less of the aggregate of paid-up capital and free reserves. Proviso: for a buy-back of equity shares in any financial year, the twenty-five per cent is construed with respect to its total paid-up equity capital in that financial year;
  • (d) the ratio of the aggregate of secured and unsecured debts owed by the company after buy-back is not more than twice the paid-up capital and its free reserves. Proviso: the Central Government may notify a higher ratio for a class of companies;
  • (e) all the shares or other specified securities for buy-back are fully paid-up;
  • (f) a buy-back of listed securities is in accordance with SEBI's regulations; and
  • (g) a buy-back of other securities is in accordance with such rules as may be prescribed.

And a proviso to the sub-section as a whole: no offer of buy-back shall be made within a period of one year reckoned from the date of the closure of the preceding offer of buy-back.

Four numbers to memorise: ten per cent for the Board route, twenty-five per cent as the ceiling, two to one as the debt to capital ratio, and one year between offers.

Section 68(3): the explanatory statement. The notice of the meeting at which the special resolution is proposed shall be accompanied by an explanatory statement stating:

  • (a) a full and complete disclosure of all material facts;
  • (b) the necessity for the buy-back;
  • (c) the class of shares or securities intended to be purchased;
  • (d) the amount to be invested under the buy-back; and
  • (e) the time-limit for completion of buy-back.
munotes.in204

Restrictions on Purchase of Own Shares, and Buy-back

Section 68(4): the deadline. Every buy-back shall be completed within one year from the date of passing the special resolution or, as the case may be, the Board resolution under the proviso to sub-section (2)(b).

Section 68(5): the three permitted routes. The buy-back may be:

  • (a) from the existing shareholders or security holders on a proportionate basis;
  • (b) from the open market;
  • (c) by purchasing the securities issued to employees of the company pursuant to a scheme of stock option or sweat equity.

Section 68(6): the declaration of solvency. Before making the buy-back the company shall file with the Registrar and with SEBI a declaration of solvency signed by at least two directors, one of whom shall be the managing director, if any, in the prescribed form and verified by an affidavit, to the effect that the Board has made a full inquiry into the affairs of the company and formed the opinion that it is capable of meeting its liabilities and will not be rendered insolvent within one year of the date of the declaration.

The proviso: no declaration of solvency shall be filed with SEBI by a company whose shares are not listed on any recognised stock exchange.

Section 68(7): destruction. Where a company buys back its shares or securities, it shall extinguish and physically destroy them within seven days of the last date of completion of the buy-back.

That is what stops a company holding its own shares as an asset and voting them.

The capital redemption reserve: section 69

Section 69(1). Where a company purchases its own shares out of free reserves or the securities premium account, a sum equal to the nominal value of the shares so purchased shall be transferred to the capital redemption reserve account, and details of the transfer shall be disclosed in the balance sheet.

The logic is identical to section 55(2) proviso (c) for redeemable preference shares: distributable reserves are converted into something treated as capital, so the fund available to creditors does not fall.

Note when it applies. Only where the buy-back is out of free reserves or the securities premium account. A buy-back out of the proceeds of a fresh issue needs no transfer, because new capital has replaced the old.

Section 69(2). The capital redemption reserve account may be applied by the company in paying up unissued shares to be issued to members as fully paid bonus shares. That is the same permission section 63(1)(iii) gives from the other side.

When buy-back is forbidden: section 70

Section 70(1). No company shall directly or indirectly purchase its own shares or other specified securities:

munotes.in205

Restrictions on Purchase of Own Shares, and Buy-back

  • (a) through any subsidiary company, including its own subsidiary companies;
  • (b) through any investment company or group of investment companies; or
  • (c) if a default is made by the company in the repayment of deposits accepted either before or after the commencement of this Act, interest payment thereon, redemption of debentures or preference shares, or payment of dividend to any shareholder, or repayment of any term loan or interest payable thereon to any financial institution or banking company.

The proviso to clause (c): the buy-back is not prohibited if the default is remedied and a period of three years has lapsed after such default ceased to subsist.

Clauses (a) and (b) stop the company doing indirectly what it may not do directly. Clause (c) is the fairness rule: a company that has not paid its depositors, its debenture holders, its preference shareholders, its ordinary shareholders' dividends or its bank may not spend money buying its own shares. And the bar does not lift the moment the default is cured; three years must pass.

Section 70(2). No company shall buy back where it has not complied with sections 92, 123, 127 and 129, that is, the annual return, the declaration of dividend, the punishment for failure to distribute dividends, and the financial statement.

A worked example

Panvel Polymers Limited, a listed public company, has paid-up equity capital of ten crore rupees and free reserves of thirty crore rupees. Its total debt after any buy-back would be sixty crore rupees.

The general rule first. By section 67(1) it cannot simply buy its own shares. Two lawful routes exist: a reduction under section 66, or a buy-back under section 68.

Financial assistance. A director proposes that the company guarantee a bank loan to a friendly investor who will then buy its shares. That is financial assistance by way of a guarantee, indirectly, in connection with a purchase of shares in the company, and section 67(2) forbids it. The company faces one to twenty-five lakh rupees and every officer in default up to three years' imprisonment and one to twenty-five lakh rupees.

A lawful employee loan. The company instead lends its factory supervisors, none of them a director or key managerial personnel, an amount not exceeding six months' salary each, to buy fully paid shares to be held by them beneficially. That is within section 67(3)(c).

The buy-back arithmetic.

  • Source. Out of free reserves, the securities premium account, or the proceeds of a fresh issue, but not out of the proceeds of an earlier issue of the same kind: section 68(1).
  • Ceiling, clause (c). Twenty-five per cent of paid-up capital plus free reserves is twenty-five per cent of forty crore, that is ten crore rupees. But for equity shares in a financial year the proviso measures the twenty-five per cent against total paid-up equity capital, that is twenty-five per cent of ten crore, two crore fifty lakh rupees.
  • Debt ratio, clause (d). After buy-back, debt of sixty crore must not exceed twice paid-up capital plus free reserves. Twice forty crore is eighty crore, so sixty crore is within the limit.
  • Resolution, clause (b). A special resolution, unless the buy-back is ten per cent or less of paid-up equity capital and free reserves, that is four crore rupees or less, and the Board authorises it by resolution at its meeting.
  • Fully paid, clause (e). All the securities bought must be fully paid.
  • Listed, clause (f). SEBI's regulations apply.
  • One year gap. No offer within one year of the closure of the preceding buy-back offer.
munotes.in206

Restrictions on Purchase of Own Shares, and Buy-back

Process. The notice of the general meeting carries the explanatory statement with the five items in section 68(3). Before buying, the company files a declaration of solvency with the Registrar and SEBI, signed by at least two directors including the managing director, verified by affidavit. The buy-back is completed within one year of the resolution, and the securities bought are extinguished and physically destroyed within seven days of the last date of completion.

The reserve. Because the buy-back is funded from free reserves, a sum equal to the nominal value of the shares bought is transferred to the capital redemption reserve account and disclosed in the balance sheet: section 69(1). That account may later be applied to issue fully paid bonus shares: section 69(2).

Now a bar. Suppose the company defaulted on a term loan to a bank eighteen months ago and cured it twelve months ago. Section 70(1)(c) prohibits the buy-back, and the proviso does not help, because three years have not lapsed since the default ceased to subsist.

Another bar. Suppose the company has not filed its annual return under section 92. Section 70(2) prohibits the buy-back outright.

Distinctions that carry marks

Reduction, section 66Buy-back, section 68
TribunalRequiredNot required; section 66(6) excludes buy-back
ResolutionSpecialSpecial, or Board if ten per cent or less
Quantitative limitsNoneTwenty-five per cent ceiling, two to one debt ratio, one year between offers
Creditor protectionNotice and objections before the TribunalDeclaration of solvency, debt ratio, section 70 bars
What happens to the sharesCapital reducedShares extinguished and physically destroyed within seven days
Reserve createdNot applicableCapital redemption reserve where funded from free reserves or securities premium, section 69
munotes.in207

Restrictions on Purchase of Own Shares, and Buy-back

Section 67(2) financial assistanceSection 68 buy-back
Who buysA third partyThe company itself
Whose moneyThe company's, by loan, guarantee or securityThe company's, from three named sources
Lawful?No, for a public company, save the three exceptions in section 67(3)Yes, on the section 68 conditions
Applies to private companiesNo, section 67(2) binds a public companyYes

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean a private company may give financial assistance freely. Section 67(2) binds public companies, but section 67(1) binds any company limited by shares or by guarantee with a share capital, and the prescribed rules impose their own conditions.

It does not mean a buy-back always needs a special resolution. Ten per cent or less of paid-up equity capital and free reserves, authorised by a Board resolution, is enough.

It does not mean the twenty-five per cent is always measured the same way. For equity shares in a financial year it is measured against total paid-up equity capital, not against capital plus free reserves.

It does not mean curing a default reopens the door at once. Three years must pass after the default ceased to subsist.

Quick revision

  • 67(1): no company limited by shares or by guarantee with share capital may buy its own shares unless the consequent reduction is effected under the Act.
  • 67(2): no public company may give financial assistance, directly or indirectly, by loan, guarantee, provision of security or otherwise, for a purchase of or subscription for shares in it or its holding company.
  • 67(3): exceptions for a banking company lending in the ordinary course; a scheme approved by special resolution for fully paid shares held by trustees for employees or by employees; and loans to employees other than directors and KMP, up to six months' salary, for fully paid shares held beneficially. Board's report to disclose voting rights not exercised directly by employees.
  • 67(4): does not affect redemption of preference shares. 67(5): company one to twenty-five lakh rupees; officer in default up to three years and one to twenty-five lakh rupees.
  • 68(1): buy-back out of free reserves, securities premium account or the proceeds of an issue; not out of the proceeds of an earlier issue of the same kind.
  • 68(2), seven conditions: articles; special resolution, or Board where ten per cent or less of paid-up equity capital and free reserves; twenty-five per cent ceiling, measured against paid-up equity capital for equity in a financial year; debt not more than twice capital plus free reserves; fully paid; SEBI regulations if listed; prescribed rules otherwise. No offer within one year of the closure of the last one.
  • 68(3): explanatory statement, five items. 68(4): complete within one year. 68(5): proportionate, open market, or from employees' stock option or sweat equity securities.
  • 68(6): declaration of solvency to the Registrar and SEBI, two directors including the managing director, verified by affidavit, not insolvent within one year. Not filed with SEBI by an unlisted company.
  • 68(7): extinguish and physically destroy within seven days.
  • 69: transfer the nominal value to the capital redemption reserve account where funded from free reserves or securities premium, disclosed in the balance sheet; usable for fully paid bonus shares.
  • 70(1): no buy-back through a subsidiary, through an investment company or group, or where there is default on deposits, interest, redemption of debentures or preference shares, dividend, or a term loan or interest to a financial institution or bank; the bar lifts three years after the default ceases. 70(2): no buy-back where sections 92, 123, 127 or 129 have not been complied with.
munotes.in208

Restrictions on Purchase of Own Shares, and Buy-back

Test yourself

1. May a public company lend money to a person to buy its own shares? No. Section 67(2) prohibits a public company from giving, directly or indirectly, by loan, guarantee, provision of security or otherwise, any financial assistance for the purpose of or in connection with a purchase of or subscription for shares in it or in its holding company, subject only to the three exceptions in section 67(3).

2. Out of what may a buy-back be funded? Free reserves, the securities premium account, or the proceeds of the issue of any shares or other specified securities, but not out of the proceeds of an earlier issue of the same kind of shares or securities: section 68(1) and its proviso.

3. When may a buy-back be done without a special resolution? Where the buy-back is ten per cent or less of the total paid-up equity capital and free reserves and has been authorised by the Board by a resolution passed at its meeting: proviso to section 68(2)(b).

4. What is the debt condition? The ratio of the aggregate of secured and unsecured debts owed by the company after the buy-back must not be more than twice the paid-up capital and its free reserves, unless the Central Government notifies a higher ratio for a class of companies: section 68(2)(d).

5. What must the company do with the shares bought back, and when? Extinguish and physically destroy them within seven days of the last date of completion of the buy-back: section 68(7).

6. Name three circumstances in which a buy-back is prohibited. Through any subsidiary company; through any investment company or group of investment companies; and where the company is in default in repayment of deposits or interest, redemption of debentures or preference shares, payment of dividend, or repayment of a term loan or interest to a financial institution or bank, unless the default has been remedied and three years have lapsed: section 70(1).

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in209

Chapter Thirty-Five

Debentures and the Power to Nominate

Syllabus topic 1.4, labels: "Debentures", "Power to nominate"

In one line

A debenture is a written acknowledgement of a company's debt, it can be made convertible into shares, it never carries a vote, and section 72 lets any securities holder name the person who is to get his securities when he dies.

In exam wording: section 2(30) defines a debenture to include debenture stock, bonds or any other instrument of a company evidencing a debt, whether constituting a charge on the assets of the company or not. Section 71 permits convertible debentures by special resolution, forbids voting rights, requires a debenture redemption reserve and, above the thresholds, debenture trustees, and gives the Tribunal powers where the company's assets are insufficient or it defaults. Section 72 confers a power to nominate.

Why the law has this at all

A company that needs money has two choices. It can sell part of itself, which is a share, or it can borrow, which is a debenture. The two are legally opposite and the Act keeps them apart.

The debenture holder is a creditor. He gets interest whether or not there are profits, he is paid before members on a winding up, and he takes no part in running the company. Section 71(2) guards that boundary absolutely: no company shall issue any debentures carrying any voting rights. If debentures could vote, a company could be controlled by people who bear none of the risk of ownership.

And a debenture holder needs protection the shareholder does not. He usually has no vote, no seat and no information rights, and there may be tens of thousands of him. So the Act supplies a trustee to act for him collectively, a reserve out of profits so that redemption money is set aside rather than spent, and direct access to the Tribunal when things go wrong.

Some words this chapter uses

A debenture is an instrument acknowledging a debt. Convertible means capable of becoming shares. Secured debentures are backed by a charge on the company's assets. A debenture trust deed is the document by which a trustee holds the security for all the holders. A debenture redemption reserve is money set aside out of distributable profits to repay debentures. To vest means to pass to somebody as owner. Testamentary disposition means a will.

Convertible debentures: section 71(1)

Section 71(1). A company may issue debentures with an option to convert such debentures into shares, either wholly or partly, at the time of redemption.

The proviso: the issue of debentures with such an option shall be approved by a special resolution passed at a general meeting.

The reason for the special resolution is dilution. A conversion right means the existing members' holdings may be diluted later, so they must consent in advance by the higher majority. Read this with section 62(3), which takes such a conversion outside the pre-emption rules provided the terms were approved by special resolution before the issue.

munotes.in210

Debentures and the Power to Nominate

No voting rights: section 71(2)

No company shall issue any debentures carrying any voting rights.

Absolute, with no proviso and no exception. It is the clearest statement in the Act of the difference between ownership and lending.

Secured debentures and the reserve: section 71(3) and (4)

Section 71(3). Secured debentures may be issued by a company subject to such terms and conditions as may be prescribed.

Where a debenture is secured on the company's assets it creates a charge, which must be registered under section 77. That is Module II territory.

Section 71(4): the debenture redemption reserve. Where debentures are issued under this section, the company shall create a debenture redemption reserve account out of the profits of the company available for payment of dividend, and the amount credited to that account shall not be utilised by the company except for the redemption of debentures.

Two features. The reserve comes out of distributable profits, so shareholders give up dividend to fund it. And it is ring-fenced: it may be used for nothing but redemption. Section 71(13) lets the Central Government prescribe the quantum of the reserve.

Debenture trustees: section 71(5), (6) and (7)

Section 71(5): when a trustee is compulsory. No company shall issue a prospectus or make an offer or invitation to the public or to its members exceeding five hundred for the subscription of its debentures, unless the company has, before such issue or offer, appointed one or more debenture trustees, on prescribed conditions.

The trigger is two-limbed: a prospectus or public offer, or an offer or invitation to more than five hundred members. Below that, no trustee is compelled.

Section 71(6): what the trustee does. A debenture trustee shall take steps to protect the interests of the debenture-holders and redress their grievances in accordance with the prescribed rules.

Section 71(7): the trustee cannot contract out of care. Any provision in a trust deed securing the issue of debentures, or in any contract with the debenture-holders secured by a trust deed, shall be void in so far as it would have the effect of exempting a trustee from, or indemnifying him against, any liability for breach of trust where he fails to show the degree of care and due diligence required of him as a trustee, having regard to the provisions of the trust deed conferring on him any power, authority or discretion.

The proviso allows a collective relaxation: the trustee's liability shall be subject to such exemptions as may be agreed upon by a majority of debenture-holders holding not less than three fourths in value of the total debentures at a meeting held for the purpose.

munotes.in211

Debentures and the Power to Nominate

So the protection cannot be signed away by the company in the trust deed, but it can be relaxed by the holders themselves, by a three fourths value majority at a meeting.

Payment, and the Tribunal: section 71(8), (9) and (10)

Section 71(8). A company shall pay interest and redeem the debentures in accordance with the terms and conditions of their issue.

Section 71(9): the early warning power. Where at any time the debenture trustee comes to the conclusion that the assets of the company are insufficient, or are likely to become insufficient, to discharge the principal amount as and when it becomes due, the trustee may file a petition before the Tribunal, and the Tribunal may, after hearing the company and any other interested person, by order impose such restrictions on the incurring of any further liabilities by the company as it may consider necessary in the interests of the debenture-holders.

This is preventive, and it is unusual. The trustee does not have to wait for a default. He acts on the likelihood of one, and the Tribunal's remedy is to stop the company taking on more debt.

Section 71(10): the remedy after default. Where a company fails to redeem the debentures on the date of their maturity, or fails to pay interest when it is due, the Tribunal may, on the application of any or all of the debenture-holders, or of the debenture trustee, and after hearing the parties, direct by order that the company redeem the debentures forthwith on payment of principal and interest due.

Sub-section (11) was omitted by the Companies (Amendment) Act 2020 with effect from 21 December 2020, as part of the decriminalisation of the Act.

Specific performance, and rules: section 71(12) and (13)

Section 71(12). A contract with the company to take up and pay for any debentures of the company may be enforced by a decree for specific performance.

This is a real exception to the ordinary law. A contract to lend money is not usually specifically enforceable, because damages are an adequate remedy. Section 71(12) makes an agreement to subscribe for debentures enforceable in specie, which matters when a company is relying on a committed subscription.

Section 71(13). The Central Government may prescribe the procedure for securing the issue of debentures, the form of the debenture trust deed, the procedure for holders to inspect the trust deed and obtain copies, the quantum of the debenture redemption reserve required to be created, and such other matters.

munotes.in212

Debentures and the Power to Nominate

The power to nominate: section 72

Section 72(1): the basic power. Every holder of securities of a company may, at any time, nominate, in the prescribed manner, any person to whom his securities shall vest in the event of his death.

Note "every holder of securities", so it covers shares and debentures alike, and "at any time".

Section 72(2): joint holders. Where securities are held by more than one person jointly, the joint holders may together nominate any person to whom all the rights shall vest in the event of death of all the joint holders.

So a nomination by joint holders operates only when all of them have died. While one survives, the ordinary rules of joint holding apply.

Section 72(3): the nomination overrides a will. Notwithstanding anything contained in any other law for the time being in force, or in any disposition, whether testamentary or otherwise, in respect of the securities, where a nomination made in the prescribed manner purports to confer on a person the right to vest the securities, the nominee shall, on the death of the holder or of all the joint holders, become entitled to all the rights in the securities to the exclusion of all other persons, unless the nomination is varied or cancelled in the prescribed manner.

This is the sub-section that is examined. A validly made nomination prevails over a will and over the general law, and the nominee takes to the exclusion of all other persons. The only escape is that the nomination is varied or cancelled in the prescribed manner.

Section 72(4): a minor nominee. Where the nominee is a minor, it is lawful for the holder making the nomination to appoint, in the prescribed manner, any person to become entitled to the securities in the event of the holder's death during the minority of the nominee.

A worked example

Bhandara Steel Limited raises forty crore rupees by issuing debentures to the public.

Convertibility. It wants the debentures convertible into equity at redemption. Under the proviso to section 71(1) that needs a special resolution at a general meeting. Having passed it before the issue, the later conversion is also outside the pre-emption rules by section 62(3).

Votes. A large subscriber asks for one vote per debenture. Section 71(2) forbids it absolutely. No resolution can grant it.

Security. The debentures are secured on the company's plant. They are secured debentures under section 71(3), and the charge must be registered under section 77.

The reserve. Under section 71(4) the company must create a debenture redemption reserve account out of profits available for payment of dividend, and may use that money for nothing but redemption. The quantum is as prescribed under section 71(13).

munotes.in213

Debentures and the Power to Nominate

Trustees. Because the company is issuing a prospectus to the public, section 71(5) requires it to appoint one or more debenture trustees before the issue. The trustee's duty under section 71(6) is to protect the holders' interests and redress their grievances.

A clause in the trust deed says the trustee shall not be liable for any loss however caused. To the extent it exempts him from liability for breach of trust where he fails to show the required degree of care and due diligence, it is void under section 71(7). The holders themselves could relax his liability, but only by a three fourths in value majority at a meeting.

Trouble. Two years later the trustee concludes that the company's assets are likely to become insufficient to meet the principal at maturity. He does not wait for a default. He petitions the Tribunal under section 71(9), and the Tribunal, after hearing the company, may restrict the company from incurring further liabilities.

Default. The company then misses an interest payment. Under section 71(10) any or all of the debenture-holders, or the trustee, may apply to the Tribunal, which may direct the company to redeem the debentures forthwith on payment of principal and interest due.

A committed subscriber refuses to pay. An institution that contracted to take five crore rupees of the debentures walks away. Under section 71(12) the contract may be enforced by a decree for specific performance.

Nomination. Mr Fernandes holds ten thousand of the debentures and two thousand equity shares. He nominates his sister under section 72(1), in the prescribed manner. His will leaves everything to his son.

On his death the sister takes the securities, because section 72(3) gives the nominee all the rights notwithstanding any testamentary disposition and to the exclusion of all other persons, unless the nomination was varied or cancelled in the prescribed manner. Had the securities been held jointly by Mr Fernandes and his wife with a joint nomination, it would have operated only on the death of both: section 72(2). And had the nominee been a minor, he could have appointed under section 72(4) a person to become entitled if he died during the nominee's minority.

Distinctions that carry marks

ShareDebenture
The holder isA member and ownerA creditor
ReturnDividend, only out of profits, if declaredInterest, payable whether or not there are profits, section 71(8)
VotingYes, subject to section 47Never, section 71(2)
Priority on winding upLastBefore members
SecurityNoneMay be secured on assets, section 71(3)
Reserve requiredNot applicableDebenture redemption reserve out of distributable profits, section 71(4)
TrusteeNoneCompulsory above the section 71(5) thresholds
Specific performance of a contract to take themNot provided forExpressly available, section 71(12)
Certificate to be deliveredTwo months from allotmentSix months from allotment, section 56(4)(d)
munotes.in214

Debentures and the Power to Nominate

Section 71(9)Section 71(10)
WhenAssets insufficient or likely to become insufficientCompany fails to redeem or to pay interest
Who appliesThe debenture trusteeAny or all debenture-holders, or the trustee
ReliefRestrictions on incurring further liabilitiesOrder to redeem forthwith with principal and interest
CharacterPreventiveRemedial

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean every debenture issue needs a trustee. Only an issue by prospectus or public offer, or an offer or invitation to members exceeding five hundred: section 71(5).

It does not mean a debenture can be given a vote by agreement. Section 71(2) is absolute.

It does not mean the debenture redemption reserve is available capital. Section 71(4) ring-fences it for redemption alone.

It does not mean a nomination is a will. It overrides a will under section 72(3), and it is varied or cancelled only in the prescribed manner.

Quick revision

  • 2(30): a debenture includes debenture stock, bonds or any other instrument evidencing a debt, whether or not constituting a charge on assets.
  • 71(1): convertible debentures, wholly or partly, at redemption; special resolution required.
  • 71(2): no voting rights, absolutely.
  • 71(3): secured debentures on prescribed terms. 71(4): debenture redemption reserve out of profits available for dividend, usable only for redemption.
  • 71(5): debenture trustees before any prospectus or public offer, or offer or invitation to members exceeding five hundred.
  • 71(6): trustee protects interests and redresses grievances. 71(7): an exemption or indemnity for failure to show due care and diligence is void; the holders may relax it by three fourths in value at a meeting.
  • 71(8): pay interest and redeem per the terms. 71(9): trustee may petition the Tribunal where assets are or are likely to become insufficient, and the Tribunal may restrict further liabilities. 71(10): on failure to redeem or pay interest, the Tribunal may order redemption forthwith. Sub-section (11) omitted w.e.f. 21 December 2020.
  • 71(12): a contract to take up and pay for debentures is enforceable by specific performance. 71(13): Central Government may prescribe procedure, the trust deed form, inspection, and the quantum of the reserve.
  • 72(1): every holder of securities may nominate at any time. 72(2): joint holders nominate together, operating on the death of all. 72(3): the nominee takes notwithstanding any testamentary disposition and to the exclusion of all other persons, unless varied or cancelled. 72(4): a person may be appointed where the nominee is a minor.
munotes.in215

Debentures and the Power to Nominate

Test yourself

1. Define a debenture and state whether it can carry a vote. Section 2(30) defines a debenture to include debenture stock, bonds or any other instrument of a company evidencing a debt, whether or not constituting a charge on the assets of the company. No company shall issue any debentures carrying any voting rights: section 71(2).

2. What is required to issue convertible debentures? A special resolution passed at a general meeting: proviso to section 71(1). The debentures may be convertible wholly or partly into shares at the time of redemption.

3. What is the debenture redemption reserve, and out of what is it created? An account created under section 71(4) out of the profits of the company available for payment of dividend, the amount credited to which shall not be utilised except for the redemption of debentures. Its quantum may be prescribed by the Central Government under section 71(13).

4. When must a company appoint debenture trustees? Before issuing a prospectus, or making an offer or invitation to the public, or to its members exceeding five hundred, for the subscription of its debentures: section 71(5).

5. What may the Tribunal do before any default has occurred? On a petition by the debenture trustee, who has concluded that the assets of the company are insufficient or likely to become insufficient to discharge the principal when due, the Tribunal may, after hearing the company and any interested person, impose restrictions on the incurring of further liabilities in the interests of the debenture-holders: section 71(9).

6. A shareholder nominates his brother and later leaves his shares to his daughter by will. Who takes? The brother. Section 72(3) provides that, notwithstanding any other law and any disposition, testamentary or otherwise, the nominee becomes entitled to all the rights in the securities to the exclusion of all other persons, unless the nomination is varied or cancelled in the prescribed manner.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in216

Module II

munotes.in

Chapter Thirty-Six

Acceptance of Deposits: What a Deposit Is and Who May Take One

Syllabus topic 2.1, "Acceptances of deposits", labels: "Definition of Deposits", "Eligibility to accept Deposits", "Applicability", "Conditions for acceptance of Deposits from its members", "Time period & Acceptance Limit for Deposit"

In one line

A company may not take money from the public as a deposit at all, and may take it from its own members only after telling them the truth about its finances, setting aside a fifth of next year's repayments, and having a clean record.

In exam wording: section 73(1) prohibits a company from inviting, accepting or renewing deposits from the public except as this Chapter provides; section 73(2) allows a company to accept deposits from its members on a resolution in general meeting and on five conditions; and section 76 allows a public company of prescribed net worth or turnover to accept deposits from persons other than its members, with a credit rating and a charge on its assets.

Why the law has this at all

A deposit is a loan from somebody who is not a bank and is not equipped to assess the borrower.

A bank lending to a company has a credit committee, security, covenants and the ability to call the loan. A retired schoolteacher who puts three lakh rupees into a company's fixed deposit scheme because the advertised rate was two points better than her bank has none of that. She cannot read the balance sheet, cannot take security, and will not know the company is failing until it stops paying.

India has had repeated waves of companies collecting public money on that basis and losing it. So the 2013 Act does something blunt: it closes the public deposit route to ordinary companies altogether, leaves it open only to members, who at least own the company and get its accounts, and opens it to the public only for large public companies that must buy a credit rating every year and secure the money with a charge.

Everything in section 73(2) is a disclosure or a cushion. Read each condition and ask which of the two it is.

Some words this chapter uses

A deposit is defined in section 2(31). A member is a person on the register of members; for a company, that is its shareholders. A circular here is the notice a company must send its members before taking their money. A credit rating is an independent assessment of the borrower's ability to repay. A scheduled bank is one in the Second Schedule to the Reserve Bank of India Act 1934. Net worth is defined in section 2(57). To secure a deposit is to give the depositor a claim over specific assets.

The definition: section 2(31)

"deposit" includes any receipt of money by way of deposit or loan or in any other form by a company, but does not include such categories of amount as may be prescribed in consultation with the Reserve Bank of India.

munotes.in217

Acceptance of Deposits: What a Deposit Is and Who May Take One

Read the shape of that definition, because it is the opposite of what students expect.

It is inclusive and it is wide. Any receipt of money by way of deposit or loan or in any other form is a deposit. The starting position is that money coming into a company from outside is a deposit.

The exceptions are in the rules, not the Act. The categories that are not deposits are prescribed in consultation with the Reserve Bank of India. That is where money received from a bank, from a director out of his own funds, as share application money, as a genuine advance for goods, and the other familiar exclusions live.

So the honest answer to MU's label "Definition of Deposits" has two halves: the wide inclusive words of section 2(31), and the statement that what is excluded is prescribed by rules made in consultation with the Reserve Bank, not listed in the Act.

The prohibition, and who is outside it: section 73(1)

On and after the commencement of this Act, no company shall invite, accept or renew deposits under this Act from the public except in a manner provided under this Chapter.

Three verbs: invite, accept, renew. A company cannot escape by saying it only renewed an old deposit.

The proviso takes three kinds of body out of the section entirely:

  • a banking company;
  • a non-banking financial company as defined in the Reserve Bank of India Act 1934; and
  • such other company as the Central Government may, after consultation with the Reserve Bank of India, specify.

That is MU's label "Applicability". Banks and NBFCs take deposits as their business and are regulated for it by the Reserve Bank, so the Companies Act stands aside.

Deposits from members: section 73(2)

A company may, subject to the passing of a resolution in general meeting and subject to rules prescribed in consultation with the Reserve Bank of India, accept deposits from its members, on such terms and conditions, including the provision of security, if any, as may be agreed between the company and its members, subject to the following conditions.

(a) The circular

Issuing a circular to its members including a statement showing:

  • the financial position of the company;
  • the credit rating obtained;
  • the total number of depositors; and
  • the amount due towards deposits in respect of any previous deposits accepted by the company,

and such other particulars, in the prescribed form and manner.

This is pure disclosure, and the third and fourth items are the telling ones: a member is told how many people are already in front of him and how much the company already owes them.

munotes.in218

Acceptance of Deposits: What a Deposit Is and Who May Take One

(b) Filing the circular

Filing a copy of the circular along with the statement with the Registrar within thirty days before the date of issue of the circular.

Note the direction of the thirty days: the copy goes to the Registrar before the circular goes out, so there is an official copy of what the members were told.

(c) The deposit repayment reserve account

depositing, on or before the thirtieth day of April each year, such sum which shall not be less than twenty per cent of the amount of its deposits maturing during the following financial year and kept in a scheduled bank in a separate bank account to be called deposit repayment reserve account.

Four numbers in one clause: 30 April each year, not less than twenty per cent, of deposits maturing during the following financial year, in a separate account in a scheduled bank.

And section 73(5) ring-fences it: the deposit repayment reserve account shall not be used by the company for any purpose other than repayment of deposits.

(d) Omitted

Clause (d) was omitted with effect from 15 August 2018. It required the company to provide deposit insurance in the prescribed manner. The requirement had never worked in practice because insurers would not write the cover, and it was removed. A set of notes that lists deposit insurance as a condition is out of date.

(e) The clean record

Certifying that the company has not committed any default in the repayment of deposits accepted either before or after the commencement of this Act, or in payment of interest on such deposits, and, where a default had occurred, that the company made good the default and a period of five years has lapsed since the date of making good the default.

So a past defaulter is not barred forever, but it must have cured the default and then waited five years.

(f) Security, and the word that must be used if there is none

Providing security, if any, for the due repayment of the amount of the deposit or the interest, including the creation of a charge on the property or assets of the company.

The proviso is the honest labelling rule: where a company does not secure the deposits, or secures them only partially, the deposits shall be termed "unsecured deposits" and shall be so quoted in every circular, form, advertisement or any document relating to the invitation or acceptance of deposits.

A depositor cannot be left to work out for himself that he is unsecured. The word must appear on the paperwork.

Repayment and the depositor's remedy: section 73(3) and (4)

Section 73(3). Every deposit accepted under sub-section (2) shall be repaid with interest in accordance with the terms and conditions of the agreement.

munotes.in219

Acceptance of Deposits: What a Deposit Is and Who May Take One

Section 73(4). Where a company fails to repay the deposit or part of it or any interest, the depositor concerned may apply to the Tribunal for an order directing the company to pay the sum due, or for any loss or damage incurred by him as a result of the non-payment, and for such other orders as the Tribunal may deem fit.

Note that the depositor goes straight to the Tribunal, in his own name, for the money and for his consequential loss. He does not need the company's cooperation and he does not need other depositors.

Deposits from the public: section 76

Section 76(1). Notwithstanding section 73, a public company having such net worth or turnover as may be prescribed may accept deposits from persons other than its members, subject to compliance with the requirements of section 73(2) and to rules prescribed by the Central Government in consultation with the Reserve Bank of India.

So an eligible public company carries everything in section 73(2) and two more requirements:

The first proviso: an annual credit rating. Such a company shall obtain the rating, including its net worth, liquidity and ability to pay its deposits on the due date, from a recognised credit rating agency, for informing the public of the rating at the time of invitation of deposits, which ensures adequate safety, and the rating shall be obtained for every year during the tenure of the deposits.

Every year, not once. A rating taken at the start and never refreshed would tell a depositor nothing about the year he is actually in.

The second proviso: a charge within thirty days. Every company accepting secured deposits from the public shall, within thirty days of such acceptance, create a charge on its assets of an amount not less than the amount of deposits accepted, in favour of the deposit holders, in accordance with the prescribed rules.

Section 76(2). The provisions of this Chapter apply mutatis mutandis to the acceptance of deposits from the public under this section.

MU's label "Eligibility to accept Deposits", answered

Put the three tiers together, because that is the answer:

  1. Banking companies and NBFCs, and companies the Central Government specifies after consulting the Reserve Bank: outside the Chapter altogether, proviso to section 73(1).
  2. Any company: may take deposits from its members only, on a general meeting resolution and the section 73(2) conditions.
  3. A public company with the prescribed net worth or turnover: may in addition take deposits from the public, under section 76, with an annual credit rating and, for secured deposits, a charge within thirty days.
munotes.in220

Acceptance of Deposits: What a Deposit Is and Who May Take One

A worked example

Jalgaon Agro Foods Limited is an unlisted public company with a net worth below the prescribed threshold. It wants to raise four crore rupees.

From the public? No. It is not an eligible company under section 76, so section 73(1) prohibits it from inviting, accepting or renewing deposits from the public.

From its members? Yes, under section 73(2), if it can satisfy the conditions. It passes a resolution in general meeting.

The circular. It prepares a circular showing its financial position, the credit rating obtained, the total number of depositors and the amount due on previous deposits. It files a copy with the statement with the Registrar, and does so within thirty days before the circular goes out to members.

The reserve. Two crore rupees of the deposits will mature in the following financial year. On or before 30 April the company must deposit not less than twenty per cent of that, forty lakh rupees, in a separate account in a scheduled bank called the deposit repayment reserve account, and by section 73(5) that money may be used for nothing but repayment of deposits.

The record. It defaulted on deposit interest in 2020 and made the default good in 2021. Under condition (e) it must certify the default was made good and that five years have lapsed since. If the default was made good in March 2021, it may certify from March 2026 and not before.

Security. It gives no security. By the proviso to condition (f) the deposits must be termed "unsecured deposits" and quoted as such in every circular, form, advertisement and document relating to the invitation or acceptance.

A depositor is not paid. Mrs Deshmukh's deposit matures and is not repaid. Under section 73(4) she may apply to the Tribunal for an order directing payment of the sum due and for the loss or damage she has suffered from the non-payment.

Change one fact. Suppose the company's net worth were above the prescribed level. It could then use section 76 and take deposits from the public, but it would still have to satisfy all of section 73(2), would have to obtain a credit rating every year during the tenure of the deposits and disclose it at the time of invitation, and, if the deposits were secured, would have to create a charge on its assets of not less than the amount of the deposits within thirty days of acceptance.

Distinctions that carry marks

Deposits from members, section 73(2)Deposits from the public, section 76
Which companiesAny companyA public company of prescribed net worth or turnover
From whomMembers onlyPersons other than members
ResolutionGeneral meetingSame, section 73(2) applied
Circular, filing, reserve, clean record, security wordingAll applyAll apply, mutatis mutandis
Credit ratingDisclosed in the circularObtained every year during the tenure and disclosed at invitation
Charge on assetsOnly if the company chooses to secureCompulsory within thirty days for secured deposits
munotes.in221

Acceptance of Deposits: What a Deposit Is and Who May Take One

A depositA debenture
Governed byChapter V, sections 73 to 76ASection 71, Chapter IV
InstrumentNot requiredAn instrument evidencing a debt, section 2(30)
From whomMembers, or the public if section 76 appliesWhoever subscribes
TrusteeNoneCompulsory above the section 71(5) thresholds
ReserveDeposit repayment reserve, twenty per cent of next year's maturitiesDebenture redemption reserve, out of profits available for dividend

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean every receipt of money is a deposit. Section 2(31) is inclusive but the excluded categories are prescribed in consultation with the Reserve Bank.

It does not mean deposit insurance is required. Clause (d) of section 73(2) was omitted with effect from 15 August 2018.

It does not mean the twenty per cent covers all the deposits. It is twenty per cent of the deposits maturing during the following financial year, deposited by 30 April.

It does not mean a past defaulter is barred for good. Condition (e) lets it certify once the default is made good and five years have lapsed.

Quick revision

  • 2(31): deposit includes any receipt of money by way of deposit or loan or in any other form; exclusions are prescribed in consultation with the RBI.
  • 73(1): no company shall invite, accept or renew deposits from the public except as this Chapter provides. Proviso: banking companies, NBFCs, and companies the Central Government specifies after consulting the RBI are outside.
  • 73(2), from members, on a general meeting resolution: (a) circular showing financial position, credit rating, number of depositors and amount due on previous deposits; (b) file it with the Registrar within thirty days before issue; (c) by 30 April, not less than twenty per cent of deposits maturing in the following financial year into a deposit repayment reserve account in a scheduled bank; (d) OMITTED w.e.f. 15-8-2018; (e) no default, or default made good and five years lapsed; (f) security if any, else the deposits must be termed "unsecured deposits" in every document.
  • 73(3): repay with interest per the agreement. 73(4): depositor may apply to the Tribunal for the sum due and for loss or damage. 73(5): the reserve account is for repayment of deposits only.
  • 76(1): an eligible public company may take deposits from the public, complying with section 73(2). Proviso 1: credit rating every year during the tenure, disclosed at invitation. Proviso 2: for secured deposits, a charge on assets of not less than the amount of deposits within thirty days. 76(2): the Chapter applies mutatis mutandis.
munotes.in222

Acceptance of Deposits: What a Deposit Is and Who May Take One

Test yourself

1. Define a deposit. Section 2(31): a deposit includes any receipt of money by way of deposit or loan or in any other form by a company, but does not include such categories of amount as may be prescribed in consultation with the Reserve Bank of India.

2. Which bodies are outside section 73 altogether? A banking company; a non-banking financial company as defined in the Reserve Bank of India Act 1934; and such other company as the Central Government may specify after consultation with the Reserve Bank: proviso to section 73(1).

3. State the deposit repayment reserve requirement. On or before 30 April each year the company must deposit a sum not less than twenty per cent of the amount of its deposits maturing during the following financial year in a separate account in a scheduled bank called the deposit repayment reserve account: section 73(2)(c). By section 73(5) it may be used for no purpose other than repayment of deposits.

4. A company defaulted on deposit interest and made the default good two years ago. Can it accept deposits from its members? No. Condition (e) of section 73(2) requires it to certify that the default was made good and that a period of five years has lapsed since the date of making it good.

5. What must a company do if it does not secure its deposits? The deposits must be termed "unsecured deposits" and so quoted in every circular, form, advertisement or any document relating to the invitation or acceptance of deposits: proviso to section 73(2)(f).

6. What two extra requirements does section 76 impose on a company taking deposits from the public? It must obtain a credit rating, covering net worth, liquidity and ability to pay on the due date, from a recognised credit rating agency, disclosed at the time of invitation and obtained every year during the tenure of the deposits; and, where the deposits are secured, it must create a charge on its assets of not less than the amount of the deposits within thirty days of acceptance.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in223

Chapter Thirty-Seven

Repayment, Damages for Fraud, and Punishment

Syllabus topic 2.1, label: "Damages for fraud"

In one line

Deposits taken before the 2013 Act had to be cleared out, a company that fails to repay faces very large fines, and where the deposits were taken to defraud, the officers responsible pay personally without any limit.

In exam wording: section 74 required deposits accepted before the commencement of this Act to be declared to the Registrar and repaid within three years or by the end of their term, whichever is earlier; section 75 makes every officer responsible for accepting a deposit personally responsible without any limitation of liability where the deposits were accepted with intent to defraud; and section 76A punishes any contravention of section 73 or section 76.

Why the law has this at all

Three different problems, one after the other.

Section 74 is a transition. When the 2013 Act closed the public deposit route, companies were already holding public money taken under the 1956 Act. Simply banning new deposits would have left the old ones outstanding indefinitely. So section 74 forced companies to declare what they were holding and get it repaid on a deadline, and gave the Tribunal power to extend where repayment at once would destroy the company and everybody's money with it.

Section 75 is about the officer, not the company. A company that cannot repay is often a company with nothing left. Suing it is pointless. Where the money was taken dishonestly, the depositors need a defendant with assets, and section 75 gives them the officers who were responsible, without any cap.

Section 76A is the general penalty, and its numbers are among the highest in the Act. That is deliberate: deposit-taking frauds are the kind that ruin thousands of small savers at once.

Some words this chapter uses

Commencement of this Act means the date the 2013 Act came into force for the provision in question. Renewal is extending an existing deposit rather than taking a new one. Personally responsible means liable out of one's own property. Without any limitation of liability means no cap, not even the amount involved. Wilfully means deliberately. Officer in default is defined in section 2(60).

Old deposits: section 74

Section 74(1): declare and repay. Where, in respect of any deposit accepted by a company before the commencement of this Act, the amount or part of it, or any interest due, remains unpaid on such commencement or becomes due at any time thereafter, the company shall:

  • (a) file with the Registrar, within three months from such commencement or from the date on which the payments are due, a statement of all the deposits accepted by the company and the sums remaining unpaid with the interest payable, along with the arrangements made for such repayment, notwithstanding anything in any other law, in the terms on which the deposit was accepted, or in any scheme framed under any law; and
  • (b) repay within three years from such commencement, or on or before the expiry of the period for which the deposits were accepted, whichever is earlier.
munotes.in224

Repayment, Damages for Fraud, and Punishment

The proviso to (b): renewal of any such deposit shall be done in accordance with the provisions of Chapter V and the rules. So an old deposit could not simply be rolled over on the old terms; renewing it meant coming inside the new regime.

Note the "whichever is earlier" in (b). A deposit with four years left to run had to be repaid in three; a deposit with one year left had to be repaid in one. The three years is a ceiling, not an entitlement.

And note the overriding words in (a): the duty to file applies notwithstanding anything contained in any other law for the time being in force, or in the terms of the deposit, or in any scheme framed under any law. A company could not point to a rescheduling scheme and say the statement was unnecessary.

Section 74(2): the Tribunal may extend. The Tribunal may, on an application made by the company, after considering the financial condition of the company, the amount of the deposit or part of it and the interest payable, and such other matters, allow further time as it considers reasonable to repay.

The application is the company's to make, and the Tribunal weighs the company's condition against the depositors' interest.

Section 74(3): the penalty for failing. If a company fails to repay within the time in sub-section (1) or such further time as the Tribunal allows, then in addition to paying the deposit and the interest due:

  • the company shall be punishable with a fine of not less than one crore rupees and up to ten crore rupees; and
  • every officer of the company who is in default shall be punishable with imprisonment up to seven years, or with a fine of not less than twenty-five lakh rupees and up to two crore rupees, or with both.

Note that the fine is in addition to repaying the money. It is not a substitute for it.

Damages for fraud: section 75

This is MU's label, and it is one sentence.

Where a company fails to repay the deposit or part thereof or any interest thereon referred to in section 74 within the time specified in sub-section (1) of that section or such further time as may be allowed by the Tribunal under sub-section (2) of that section, and it is proved that the deposits had been accepted with intent to defraud the depositors or for any fraudulent purpose, every officer of the company who was responsible for the acceptance of such deposit shall, without prejudice to the provisions contained in sub-section (3) of that section and liability under section 447, be personally responsible, without any limitation of liability, for all or any of the losses or damages that may have been incurred by the depositors.

munotes.in225

Repayment, Damages for Fraud, and Punishment

Break it into its four elements, because a problem question is answered by taking them in order.

1. A failure to repay under section 74. The section is tied to section 74 deposits and to the section 74 timetable, including any extension the Tribunal has allowed.

2. Proof of fraudulent intent. It must be proved that the deposits had been accepted with intent to defraud the depositors or for any fraudulent purpose. Mere inability to repay is not enough; a company that took the money honestly and then failed is outside section 75.

3. Who is liable. Every officer of the company who was responsible for the acceptance of such deposit. Not every officer, and not every director: the test is responsibility for the acceptance.

4. What the liability is. Personally responsible, without any limitation of liability, for all or any of the losses or damages incurred by the depositors. Note "losses or damages", which is wider than the deposit itself.

And the liability is cumulative, not alternative. The words "without prejudice to the provisions contained in sub-section (3) of that section and liability under section 447" mean that section 75 liability sits on top of the section 74(3) fine and imprisonment and on top of liability for fraud under section 447. Three consequences from one set of facts.

Punishment for contravening section 73 or section 76: section 76A

When it applies. Where a company accepts or invites, or allows or causes any other person to accept or invite on its behalf, any deposit in contravention of the manner or the conditions prescribed under section 73 or section 76 or the rules, or where a company fails to repay the deposit or part of it or any interest due within the time specified under section 73 or section 76 or the rules, or such further time as the Tribunal may allow under section 73.

Note the second limb of the opening words. "Allows or causes any other person to accept or invite on its behalf" catches the company that uses an agent, a broker or a related entity to collect the money.

The punishment:

  • (a) the company, in addition to paying the deposit and the interest due, shall be punishable with a fine of not less than one crore rupees, or twice the amount of deposit accepted by the company, whichever is lower, and up to ten crore rupees; and
  • (b) every officer of the company who is in default shall be punishable with imprisonment up to seven years and with a fine of not less than twenty-five lakh rupees and up to two crore rupees.
munotes.in226

Repayment, Damages for Fraud, and Punishment

The minimum for the company is worth reading twice. It is one crore rupees or twice the deposits accepted, whichever is lower. A company that took ten lakh rupees faces a minimum of twenty lakh, not one crore. The "whichever is lower" keeps the floor proportionate for a small contravention while leaving the ten crore ceiling in place for a large one.

The proviso: knowing or wilful contravention. If it is proved that the officer in default contravened the provisions knowingly or wilfully with the intention to deceive the company or its shareholders or depositors or creditors or tax authorities, he shall be liable for action under section 447.

Note the five people who may be the object of the intention to deceive: the company, its shareholders, its depositors, its creditors, or the tax authorities. An officer who deceives the tax authorities through a deposit contravention is within the proviso even though no depositor was targeted.

A worked example

Ratnagiri Fisheries Limited held two crore rupees of public deposits taken in 2012 under the old Act, of which sixty lakh rupees remained unpaid when the 2013 Act commenced.

Section 74(1)(a). Within three months of commencement it had to file with the Registrar a statement of all deposits accepted and sums remaining unpaid with the interest payable, together with the arrangements made for repayment. That duty applied notwithstanding the terms on which the deposits were taken and any scheme framed under any law.

Section 74(1)(b). Repayment had to be made within three years of commencement, or by the end of the deposits' own term, whichever is earlier. Deposits with two years left to run had to be repaid in two, not three.

An extension. The company applies to the Tribunal under section 74(2). The Tribunal considers its financial condition, the amounts and interest involved and such other matters, and allows a further eighteen months.

It still fails. Under section 74(3) the company must still repay the deposits and interest, and in addition faces a fine of one to ten crore rupees, while every officer in default faces up to seven years' imprisonment, or a fine of twenty-five lakh to two crore rupees, or both.

munotes.in227

Repayment, Damages for Fraud, and Punishment

Now add fraud. It emerges that the 2012 deposits were collected on a prospectus of orders that did not exist, and that two directors knew. Section 75 applies: it is proved that the deposits were accepted with intent to defraud the depositors, so every officer responsible for the acceptance is personally responsible, without any limitation of liability, for all or any of the losses or damages incurred by the depositors, and that is without prejudice to the section 74(3) fine and to section 447.

A different company, a fresh contravention. Chiplun Marine Private Limited advertises a deposit scheme through a broker and collects eighty lakh rupees from non-members, having no eligibility under section 76 at all. Section 76A applies, because the company allowed another person to accept or invite deposits on its behalf in contravention of section 73.

The company's fine is at least one crore rupees or twice the deposits accepted, whichever is lower. Twice eighty lakh is one crore sixty lakh, which is higher than one crore, so the minimum here is one crore rupees, with a ceiling of ten crore. Had it collected only thirty lakh, twice that is sixty lakh, which is lower, so the minimum would have been sixty lakh rupees.

Every officer in default faces up to seven years and twenty-five lakh to two crore rupees. And if it is proved that a director contravened knowingly or wilfully with intent to deceive the company, its shareholders, its depositors, its creditors or the tax authorities, the proviso sends him to section 447.

Distinctions that carry marks

Section 74(3)Section 75Section 76A
What triggers itFailure to repay old deposits in timeFailure to repay under section 74 plus proved intent to defraudContravention of section 73 or 76, or failure to repay under them
Who is liableThe company and every officer in defaultEvery officer responsible for the acceptanceThe company and every officer in default
NatureFine and imprisonmentPersonal liability without any limit, to the depositorsFine and imprisonment
Who benefitsThe StateThe depositorsThe State
Cumulative?YesExpressly without prejudice to section 74(3) and section 447Proviso adds section 447 for a knowing or wilful contravention
Fine on the company
Section 74(3)One crore to ten crore rupees, plus repayment
Section 76A(a)One crore rupees or twice the deposits accepted, whichever is lower, up to ten crore, plus repayment

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean failing to repay is fraud. Section 75 requires it to be proved that the deposits were accepted with intent to defraud or for a fraudulent purpose. Honest failure is section 74(3) and section 76A territory.

munotes.in228

Repayment, Damages for Fraud, and Punishment

It does not mean every officer is liable under section 75. Only every officer who was responsible for the acceptance of the deposit.

It does not mean the company's minimum fine under section 76A is always one crore. It is one crore or twice the deposits accepted, whichever is lower.

It does not mean paying the fine discharges the debt. Both section 74(3) and section 76A(a) impose the fine in addition to payment of the deposit and the interest due.

Quick revision

  • 74(1)(a): file with the Registrar, within three months, a statement of all deposits accepted and sums unpaid with interest and the arrangements for repayment, notwithstanding any other law or the terms of the deposit.
  • 74(1)(b): repay within three years of commencement or by the end of the term, whichever is earlier. Renewal only under Chapter V.
  • 74(2): the Tribunal, on the company's application, may allow further time, weighing the company's financial condition and the amounts involved.
  • 74(3): on failure, in addition to repayment, company one to ten crore rupees; officer in default up to seven years, or twenty-five lakh to two crore rupees, or both.
  • 75: failure to repay under section 74 plus proved intent to defraud the depositors or a fraudulent purpose makes every officer responsible for the acceptance personally responsible, without any limitation of liability, for all or any losses or damages of the depositors, without prejudice to section 74(3) and section 447.
  • 76A: contravention of section 73 or 76, including allowing or causing another person to accept or invite on the company's behalf, or failure to repay under them: company one crore or twice the deposits accepted, whichever is lower, up to ten crore, plus repayment; officer in default up to seven years and twenty-five lakh to two crore rupees. Proviso: knowing or wilful contravention with intent to deceive the company, its shareholders, depositors, creditors or the tax authorities attracts section 447.

Test yourself

1. By when had deposits accepted before the 2013 Act to be repaid? Within three years from the commencement of the Act, or on or before the expiry of the period for which the deposits were accepted, whichever is earlier: section 74(1)(b).

2. What had to be filed, and within what time? A statement of all deposits accepted and the sums remaining unpaid with the interest payable, together with the arrangements made for repayment, filed with the Registrar within three months of the commencement or of the date the payments fell due: section 74(1)(a).

3. State the elements of section 75. A failure to repay a section 74 deposit or interest within the section 74(1) time or the Tribunal's extended time; proof that the deposits were accepted with intent to defraud the depositors or for any fraudulent purpose; and then every officer responsible for the acceptance becomes personally responsible, without any limitation of liability, for all or any of the losses or damages incurred by the depositors.

munotes.in229

Repayment, Damages for Fraud, and Punishment

4. Is section 75 liability instead of, or in addition to, other liability? In addition. The section operates without prejudice to section 74(3) and to liability under section 447.

5. What is the minimum fine on a company under section 76A? Not less than one crore rupees or twice the amount of deposit accepted by the company, whichever is lower, with a maximum of ten crore rupees, and in addition to payment of the deposit and interest due.

6. When does an officer in default under section 76A face action under section 447? Where it is proved that he contravened the provisions knowingly or wilfully with the intention to deceive the company or its shareholders or depositors or creditors or the tax authorities: proviso to section 76A.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in230

Chapter Thirty-Eight

Registration of Charges: Creation and Registration

Syllabus topic 2.2, "Registration of charges", label: "Creation, Modification & Satisfaction of Charges"

In one line

A company that mortgages or pledges its property must tell the Registrar within thirty days, and if it does not, the security is worthless against a liquidator and against other creditors even though the debt itself survives.

In exam wording: section 2(16) defines a charge as an interest or lien created on the property or assets of a company or any of its undertakings or both as security, and includes a mortgage. Section 77(1) makes it the duty of every company creating a charge to register its particulars with the Registrar within thirty days of creation, and section 77(3) provides that an unregistered charge shall not be taken into account by the liquidator or any other creditor.

Why the law has this at all

A company's assets are the only thing its creditors can look to, and a charge quietly takes some of them out of the pool.

Suppose a supplier is deciding whether to sell forty lakh rupees of steel on credit. He looks at the company's balance sheet and sees a factory worth six crore rupees. What he cannot see, unless somebody tells him, is that the whole factory was mortgaged to a bank last month. If he could not find that out, every unsecured creditor in India would be lending blind.

So the Act builds a public register of charges, and enforces it with a penalty aimed exactly at the person who benefits from secrecy: the chargeholder loses his priority. Section 77(3) does not cancel the debt and does not fine anybody. It simply says that a liquidator and other creditors need not take the charge into account, which turns a secured creditor into an unsecured one at the worst possible moment.

Section 80 completes the design. Once the charge is registered, anybody acquiring the property is deemed to have notice of it. So registration protects the chargeholder and warns the world in the same act.

Some words this chapter uses

A charge is defined in section 2(16). A lien is a right to hold another's property until a debt is paid. A mortgage is a transfer of an interest in specific property as security. The chargeholder is the person in whose favour the charge is created, usually the lender. Ad valorem fees are calculated as a percentage of the value involved. A liquidator is the officer who realises a company's assets in a winding up or a liquidation. Deemed to have notice means treated as knowing whether or not he did.

What a charge is: section 2(16)

"charge" means an interest or lien created on the property or assets of a company or any of its undertakings or both as security and includes a mortgage.

munotes.in231

Registration of Charges: Creation and Registration

Three features to draw out.

It is an interest or lien, not a transfer of ownership. The company keeps the property; the chargeholder gets a claim over it.

It is created as security. That is the purpose test. An interest created for some other reason is not a charge.

"Includes a mortgage" puts the point beyond argument. A mortgage of the company's land is a charge for this Chapter, and so is a pledge, a hypothecation or a lien, whatever the document calls itself.

The duty to register: section 77(1)

It shall be the duty of every company creating a charge within or outside India, on its property or assets or any of its undertakings, whether tangible or otherwise, and situated in or outside India, to register the particulars of the charge signed by the company and the charge-holder together with the instruments, if any, creating such charge, in such form, on payment of such fees and in such manner as may be prescribed, with the Registrar within thirty days of its creation.

The reach of that sentence is deliberately total. The charge may be created within or outside India. The property may be tangible or otherwise, so intellectual property and receivables are included. The property may be situated in or outside India. There is no gap.

The duty is the company's, and the particulars must be signed by the company and the chargeholder, with the instrument creating the charge where there is one.

The basic period is thirty days from creation. Not from the date of the loan, not from the date the money is drawn: from the creation of the charge.

The extensions, and the number that changed

The first proviso. The Registrar may, on an application by the company, allow registration:

  • (a) for charges created before the commencement of the Companies (Amendment) Act 2019, within three hundred days of creation; or
  • (b) for charges created on or after that commencement, within sixty days of creation,

on payment of such additional fees as may be prescribed.

The second proviso, if even that is missed:

  • (a) for the pre-2019 charges, registration shall be made within six months from the date of commencement of the Companies (Amendment) Act 2019, on such additional fees as may be prescribed, and different fees may be prescribed for different classes of companies;
  • (b) for the post-2019 charges, the Registrar may, on an application, allow registration within a further period of sixty days after payment of such ad valorem fees as may be prescribed.

So the current timetable for a charge created today is: thirty days as of right, then sixty days on additional fees, then a further sixty days on ad valorem fees. Beyond that the charge cannot be registered at all under section 77, and the company must go to the Central Government under section 87.

munotes.in232

Registration of Charges: Creation and Registration

Two more provisos.

No retrospective prejudice: any subsequent registration of a charge shall not prejudice any right acquired in respect of any property before the charge is actually registered. A late registration does not reach back and defeat somebody who acquired a right in the meantime.

And an exemption power: this section shall not apply to such charges as may be prescribed in consultation with the Reserve Bank of India.

The certificate, and what happens without it: section 77(2), (3) and (4)

Section 77(2). Where a charge is registered, the Registrar shall issue a certificate of registration in the prescribed form and manner to the company and, as the case may be, to the person in whose favour the charge is created.

Section 77(3) is the sanction, and it is the most examinable sentence in the Chapter.

Notwithstanding anything contained in any other law for the time being in force, no charge created by a company shall be taken into account by the liquidator appointed under this Act or the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016, as the case may be, or any other creditor unless it is duly registered under sub-section (1) and a certificate of registration of such charge is given by the Registrar under sub-section (2).

Four things to notice.

It opens "notwithstanding anything contained in any other law", so a perfectly valid mortgage under the general law of property is still disregarded here.

It binds the liquidator and any other creditor. Not the world at large, and not the company.

It requires both limbs: registration and the certificate.

And since the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code 2016 was written into it, it covers a liquidator appointed under either statute.

Section 77(4) preserves the debt.

Nothing in sub-section (3) shall prejudice any contract or obligation for the repayment of the money secured by a charge.

So the lender does not lose his money. He loses his security, and therefore his priority, and ranks with the unsecured creditors. That distinction is the answer to the standard question "what is the effect of non-registration?"

When the company will not register: section 78

Where a company fails to register the charge within the thirty days referred to in section 77(1), then without prejudice to its liability for any offence under this Chapter, the person in whose favour the charge is created may apply to the Registrar for registration, along with the instrument, within such time and in such form and manner as may be prescribed.

munotes.in233

Registration of Charges: Creation and Registration

The Registrar may then, within fourteen days after giving notice to the company, allow registration on payment of the prescribed fees, unless the company itself registers the charge or shows sufficient cause why the charge should not be registered.

The proviso: where registration is effected on the chargeholder's application, he is entitled to recover from the company the amount of any fees or additional fees paid by him to the Registrar.

This section exists because the duty is the company's but the loss falls on the lender. Section 78 lets the lender protect himself, at the company's expense.

Acquisitions and modifications: section 79

The provisions of section 77 relating to registration of charges apply, so far as may be, to:

  • (a) a company acquiring any property subject to a charge within the meaning of that section; or
  • (b) any modification in the terms or conditions or the extent or operation of any charge registered under that section.

So a company that buys property already charged must register, even though it did not create the charge, and every modification goes through the same machinery.

The effect of registration: section 80

Where any charge on any property or assets of a company or any of its undertakings is registered under section 77, any person acquiring such property, assets, undertakings or part thereof or any share or interest therein shall be deemed to have notice of the charge from the date of such registration.

This is constructive notice applied to charges. A buyer cannot say he did not know. Note that the notice runs from the date of registration, not from the date of creation, which is why a late registration cannot prejudice rights acquired before it, under the third proviso to section 77(1).

The Registrar's register: section 81

Section 81(1). The Registrar shall, in respect of every company, keep a register containing particulars of the charges registered under this Chapter, in the prescribed form and manner.

Section 81(2). That register shall be open to inspection by any person on payment of such fees as may be prescribed for each inspection.

"By any person" is the point. The register is not for members or creditors only. Anybody dealing with the company can look, and section 80 then fixes them with notice of what is there.

A worked example

Solapur Textiles Limited borrows six crore rupees from a bank on 1 March 2027 and mortgages its factory as security the same day.

The duty. By section 77(1) the company must register the particulars, signed by the company and the bank, with the instrument, with the Registrar within thirty days, that is by 31 March 2027.

munotes.in234

Registration of Charges: Creation and Registration

It misses the date. The charge was created after the 2019 Amendment, so the first proviso (b) lets the Registrar, on the company's application, allow registration within sixty days of creation, on additional fees. If that is missed too, the second proviso (b) allows a further sixty days on ad valorem fees. The three hundred days in the first proviso (a) is not available: that clause is confined to charges created before the 2019 Amendment.

The bank grows anxious. The company still has not registered. Under section 78 the bank may apply to the Registrar itself, and the Registrar may allow registration within fourteen days after giving notice to the company, unless the company registers it first or shows sufficient cause why it should not be registered. The bank may then recover the fees it paid from the company.

Nothing is registered and the company is wound up. Under section 77(3) the charge shall not be taken into account by the liquidator or by any other creditor, notwithstanding that the mortgage is perfectly valid under the general law. The bank ranks as an unsecured creditor. But by section 77(4) the debt survives: the company still owes six crore rupees, and nothing about the contract is affected.

Suppose instead it registers on the fiftieth day. The Registrar issues a certificate under section 77(2). From that date, by section 80, anybody acquiring the factory or an interest in it is deemed to have notice of the charge. But by the third proviso to section 77(1) the registration does not prejudice any right acquired in the property before it was actually registered, so a buyer who took an interest on the fortieth day is unaffected.

A different transaction. The company buys a warehouse that is already mortgaged to somebody else. It created no charge. Even so, section 79(a) applies section 77 to a company acquiring property subject to a charge, so the company must register.

And later the bank agrees to release part of the security. That is a modification in the extent of the charge, and section 79(b) brings it within section 77 as well.

Distinctions that carry marks

Registered chargeUnregistered charge
The debtPayableStill payable, section 77(4)
Against the liquidator and other creditorsEffectiveNot taken into account, section 77(3)
The chargeholder's rankSecuredUnsecured in practice
Notice to the worldDeemed, from the date of registration, section 80None
CertificateIssued to the company and the chargeholder, section 77(2)None
Charge createdAs of rightOn additional feesOn ad valorem fees
Before the 2019 Amendment30 days300 days, first proviso (a)Within six months of the 2019 commencement, second proviso (a)
On or after the 2019 Amendment30 days60 days, first proviso (b)A further 60 days, second proviso (b)
munotes.in235

Registration of Charges: Creation and Registration

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean an unregistered charge is void. The contract and the obligation to repay survive under section 77(4). What fails is the security's effect against the liquidator and other creditors.

It does not mean 300 days is the current outer limit. For a charge created today it is thirty, then sixty, then a further sixty.

It does not mean only the company can register. Section 78 lets the chargeholder apply, and recover the fees from the company.

It does not mean registration cures everything retrospectively. The third proviso to section 77(1) protects rights acquired in the property before the charge was actually registered.

Quick revision

  • 2(16): a charge is an interest or lien created on the property or assets of a company or its undertakings as security, and includes a mortgage.
  • 77(1): the company's duty, charge created within or outside India, property tangible or otherwise, situated in or outside India; particulars signed by the company and the chargeholder with the instrument; thirty days from creation.
  • Extensions: pre-2019 charges, 300 days, then within six months of the 2019 commencement. Post-2019 charges, sixty days on additional fees, then a further sixty days on ad valorem fees.
  • Other provisos: a later registration does not prejudice rights acquired before it; the section does not apply to charges prescribed in consultation with the RBI.
  • 77(2): certificate of registration to the company and the chargeholder.
  • 77(3): an unregistered charge shall not be taken into account by the liquidator (under this Act or the IBC 2016) or any other creditor, notwithstanding any other law. Both registration and certificate needed.
  • 77(4): the contract or obligation to repay is unaffected.
  • 78: the chargeholder may apply after the thirty days; Registrar acts within fourteen days after notice to the company, unless the company registers or shows sufficient cause; the chargeholder recovers his fees from the company.
  • 79: section 77 applies to acquiring property subject to a charge and to any modification.
  • 80: anybody acquiring the property is deemed to have notice from the date of registration.
  • 81: the Registrar keeps a register for every company, open to inspection by any person on the prescribed fee.

Test yourself

1. Define a charge. Section 2(16): an interest or lien created on the property or assets of a company or any of its undertakings or both as security, and it includes a mortgage.

munotes.in236

Registration of Charges: Creation and Registration

2. Within what time must a charge be registered, and what extensions exist for a charge created today? Thirty days from creation under section 77(1). For a charge created on or after the Companies (Amendment) Act 2019, the Registrar may on the company's application allow registration within sixty days on additional fees, and then a further sixty days on ad valorem fees. The three hundred day period applies only to charges created before that Amendment.

3. What is the effect of failing to register a charge? By section 77(3) the charge shall not be taken into account by the liquidator, appointed under this Act or the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code 2016, or by any other creditor, notwithstanding any other law. By section 77(4) the contract or obligation for repayment of the money is unaffected, so the debt survives and the chargeholder simply loses his priority.

4. Can the lender register the charge himself? Yes. Where the company fails to register within the thirty days, the person in whose favour the charge is created may apply to the Registrar under section 78, and the Registrar may allow registration within fourteen days after giving notice to the company, unless the company registers it or shows sufficient cause. The lender may recover the fees from the company.

5. A company buys land that is already mortgaged. Must anything be registered? Yes. Section 79(a) applies the provisions of section 77 to a company acquiring any property subject to a charge, even though the company did not create it.

6. From what date is a person acquiring the property deemed to have notice of a charge? From the date of registration of the charge under section 77: section 80. Consistently, the third proviso to section 77(1) provides that a subsequent registration does not prejudice any right acquired in the property before the charge was actually registered.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in237

Chapter Thirty-Nine

Fixed Charges, Floating Charges and Crystallisation

Syllabus topic 2.2, labels: "Floating Charge", "Fixed Charges", "Crystallization of Charge"

In one line

A fixed charge fastens on identified property the moment it is made; a floating charge hovers over a shifting class of assets and lets the company keep trading with them until something makes it settle, and that settling is called crystallisation.

In exam wording: the Companies Act 2013 does not define either kind, but section 85(1) requires a company's own register to include "all charges and floating charges", and section 332 provides that a floating charge created within the twelve months immediately preceding the commencement of a winding up is invalid unless the company was solvent immediately after its creation, except for cash actually paid at or after its creation in consideration for it, with interest at five per cent per annum or such other rate as the Central Government may notify.

Why the law has this at all

Think about what a manufacturer can offer a lender.

Its factory is easy: it does not move, it can be identified in a document, and nobody minds if the company cannot sell it without the bank's consent. A fixed charge works perfectly.

Its stock of raw material and finished goods is a different matter. That is where the company's real value sits, and it is also the thing the company must be free to sell every single day. A fixed charge over it would either be useless to the lender, because the goods are gone by lunchtime, or fatal to the company, because it would need the bank's consent for every sale.

The floating charge is the answer that commerce invented and the courts accepted. It covers a class of assets as it exists from time to time, and it deliberately leaves the company free to deal with those assets in the ordinary course of business until something happens to stop it. When that happens the charge crystallises: it stops floating and fastens on whatever assets are in the class at that moment, becoming in effect a fixed charge over them.

And then the law has to guard the obvious abuse. A company that knows it is sinking can give a floating charge to a friendly creditor, usually a director, for a debt that already exists, and thereby convert an unsecured claim into a secured one at the expense of everybody else. Section 332 exists to stop precisely that.

Some words this chapter uses

To crystallise is to convert a floating charge into a fixed one over the assets then in the class. In the ordinary course of business means the routine trading the company was set up to do. A receiver is a person appointed to take charge of property subject to a charge. A debenture holder here is a secured lender. Solvent means able to pay debts as they fall due. Preferential payments are the claims section 327 puts ahead of others in a winding up.

munotes.in238

Fixed Charges, Floating Charges and Crystallisation

The fixed charge

A fixed, or specific, charge is created over identified, ascertained property, and it attaches to that property at once, on creation.

Its features follow from that:

  1. The property is identified when the charge is made: this factory, this machine, this piece of land.
  2. It attaches immediately, so the chargeholder has an interest in that property from the date of creation.
  3. The company cannot dispose of the property free of the charge without the chargeholder's consent.
  4. It ranks ahead of a floating charge over the same assets, even a floating charge created earlier, because the floating charge by its nature permits dealings until crystallisation.
  5. It is unaffected by section 332, which speaks only of a floating charge.

Typical subjects: land and buildings, plant and machinery, a specific vehicle, a specific investment.

The floating charge

A floating charge has three characteristics, and an answer should give them as three:

  1. It is a charge on a class of assets, present and future. Not this bag of cotton, but "the company's stock in trade".
  2. That class is one which, in the ordinary course of business, changes from time to time. Stock is bought and sold, book debts arise and are collected.
  3. Until the chargeholder takes some step to enforce it, the company may carry on business and deal with the assets in the ordinary course.

The third is the defining one. A charge that stops the company dealing with the assets is not floating, whatever the document calls it, and a charge that leaves the company free to deal is floating even if the document calls it fixed. Substance, not the label.

Typical subjects: stock in trade, raw materials, book debts, and the undertaking of the company as a whole.

Where the Act notices it. Section 2(16) is wide enough to cover both, and section 85(1) requires the company's own register to include "all charges and floating charges affecting any property or assets of the company or any of its undertakings", which is the Act's own acknowledgement that the two are different things. The substantive provision is section 332.

Crystallisation

Crystallisation is the moment the floating charge stops floating and fastens on the assets then comprised in the class. From that moment the company can no longer deal with them in the ordinary course, and the chargeholder has, in effect, a fixed charge over them.

When it happens. The recognised events are:

  1. The company goes into winding up. The business the licence to deal was given for has ended.
  2. A receiver is appointed, whether by the court or under a power in the instrument. Section 84 requires notice of such an appointment to the company and the Registrar within thirty days.
  3. The company ceases to carry on business, so there is no ordinary course left.
  4. An event specified in the charge instrument occurs, where the document says the charge shall crystallise on it, for example a default in payment or the creation of a further charge over the same assets.
munotes.in239

Fixed Charges, Floating Charges and Crystallisation

Why it matters. Before crystallisation a buyer of the charged goods in the ordinary course takes them free of the charge. After crystallisation he does not. So the date of crystallisation decides who owns what.

Section 332: the twelve month rule

Where a company is being wound up, a floating charge on the undertaking or property of the company created within the twelve months immediately preceding the commencement of the winding up shall, unless it is proved that the company immediately after the creation of the charge was solvent, be invalid, except for the amount of any cash paid to the company at the time of, or subsequent to the creation of, and in consideration for, the charge, together with interest on that amount at the rate of five per cent per annum or such other rate as may be notified by the Central Government in this behalf.

Take it apart, because every phrase is doing work.

It applies only in a winding up. Outside one the section is silent.

It applies only to a floating charge. A fixed charge created in the same period is untouched by this section.

The window is twelve months immediately preceding the commencement of the winding up.

The default position is invalidity. The charge shall be invalid unless something is proved.

The escape is solvency, and the burden is on the person asserting it. It must be proved that the company immediately after the creation of the charge was solvent. A company that was already sinking cannot save the charge.

And the saving is confined to new money. The charge is valid for the amount of any cash paid to the company at the time of, or subsequent to, the creation of the charge, and in consideration for it, with interest at five per cent per annum or such other rate as the Central Government notifies.

That last point is the whole purpose of the section. If the lender gave fresh cash in exchange for the charge, the company is no worse off and the charge stands to that extent. If the lender merely took security for money he had already lent, he has taken value out of the pool of unsecured creditors at a time when the company was failing, and the charge is invalid.

munotes.in240

Fixed Charges, Floating Charges and Crystallisation

Note also the words "cash paid". Goods supplied or services rendered in consideration for the charge are not within the saving as the section is worded.

The floating charge's other disadvantage

Even a perfectly valid floating charge is not as good as a fixed one in a winding up, and for a reason outside this Chapter. Section 327 gives certain claims, including wages and salaries and some statutory dues, priority as preferential payments, and section 326 gives overriding preferential payments to workmen's dues and certain secured creditors' debts. Those claims bite on assets subject to a floating charge ahead of the chargeholder.

So the practical ranking, roughly, is: fixed chargeholders, then overriding preferential and preferential payments, then floating chargeholders, then unsecured creditors, then members.

A worked example

Chandrapur Alloys Limited borrows from two lenders.

In January 2027 it mortgages its rolling mill to Bank A. That is a fixed charge: identified property, attaching at once, and the company cannot sell the mill free of it.

In March 2027 it gives Bank B a charge over "all its present and future stock in trade and book debts". That is a floating charge: a class of assets, changing in the ordinary course, with the company free to buy and sell stock and collect its debts.

Day to day. The company sells finished alloy to customers. Each buyer takes free of Bank B's charge, because until crystallisation the company may deal with the assets in the ordinary course of business.

In November 2027 Bank B appoints a receiver under a power in its debenture. The charge crystallises. Notice of the appointment must go to the company and the Registrar within thirty days under section 84. From that moment the company can no longer sell the stock free of the charge, and Bank B has in effect a fixed charge over whatever stock and book debts exist at that date.

Winding up. The company goes into winding up in February 2028.

Bank A's fixed charge is unaffected by section 332.

Bank B's floating charge was created in March 2027, which is within the twelve months immediately preceding the commencement of the winding up. So by section 332 it is invalid unless it is proved that the company was solvent immediately after its creation, except for cash actually paid to the company at or after its creation in consideration for it, with interest at five per cent per annum.

Two versions of the facts.

munotes.in241

Fixed Charges, Floating Charges and Crystallisation

If Bank B advanced four crore rupees of fresh cash when it took the charge, the charge stands for that four crore and interest at five per cent, even if the company was insolvent, because the company received value.

If Bank B took the charge as security for four crore rupees it had lent in 2024, no cash was paid at or after the creation of the charge in consideration for it. Unless solvency immediately after creation is proved, the charge is invalid and Bank B ranks as an unsecured creditor.

And even if valid, Bank B's floating charge yields to the preferential payments under section 327 and the overriding preferential payments under section 326, which Bank A's fixed charge does not.

Distinctions that carry marks

Fixed chargeFloating charge
SubjectIdentified, ascertained propertyA class of assets, present and future, changing in the ordinary course
When it attachesOn creationOnly on crystallisation
Company's power to dealCannot dispose free of the chargeMay deal in the ordinary course until crystallisation
Priority between themRanks first, even against an earlier floating chargeRanks after a later fixed charge over the same assets
Preferential paymentsNot postponed to themPostponed to sections 326 and 327 claims
Section 332Does not applyInvalid if created within twelve months before winding up, subject to solvency and the cash saving
Typical assetsLand, buildings, plant, a specific machineStock in trade, book debts, the undertaking
EventDoes it crystallise the charge?
Winding up of the companyYes
Appointment of a receiverYes, and section 84 notice within thirty days
Company ceasing to carry on businessYes
An event specified in the instrumentYes, if the instrument so provides
An ordinary sale of stockNo

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean the label in the document decides. A charge that leaves the company free to deal in the ordinary course is floating whatever it is called, and one that does not is fixed.

It does not mean section 332 invalidates every recent floating charge. It is saved by proof of solvency immediately after creation, and in any event to the extent of cash paid at or after creation in consideration for it, with interest.

It does not mean a floating charge is worthless. It is the only practical way to take security over stock and book debts, and once crystallised it behaves like a fixed charge over the assets then in the class.

It does not mean crystallisation needs a court. An appointment of a receiver under a power in the instrument, or an event the instrument specifies, will do it.

munotes.in242

Fixed Charges, Floating Charges and Crystallisation

Quick revision

  • Neither kind is defined in the Act. Section 2(16) covers both; section 85(1) names "all charges and floating charges"; the substantive provision is section 332.
  • Fixed: identified property, attaches on creation, company cannot deal free of it, ranks first, outside section 332.
  • Floating, three characteristics: a class of assets, present and future; a class that changes in the ordinary course; and the company free to deal until the holder intervenes.
  • Crystallisation: winding up; appointment of a receiver, with section 84 notice to the company and the Registrar within thirty days; ceasing to carry on business; or an event specified in the instrument.
  • Section 332: in a winding up, a floating charge created within the twelve months immediately preceding its commencement is invalid, unless solvency immediately after creation is proved, except for cash paid at or after creation in consideration for the charge, with interest at five per cent per annum or as notified.
  • Sections 326 and 327: preferential and overriding preferential payments rank ahead of a floating charge.

Test yourself

1. State the three characteristics of a floating charge. It is a charge on a class of assets, present and future; that class is one which in the ordinary course of business changes from time to time; and until the chargeholder takes steps to enforce it the company may carry on business and deal with the assets in the ordinary course.

2. What is crystallisation, and what causes it? The conversion of a floating charge into a fixed charge over the assets then in the class. It is caused by the winding up of the company, the appointment of a receiver, the company ceasing to carry on business, or the happening of an event specified in the charge instrument.

3. State the rule in section 332. Where a company is being wound up, a floating charge on its undertaking or property created within the twelve months immediately preceding the commencement of the winding up is invalid, unless it is proved that the company was solvent immediately after the creation of the charge, except for the amount of any cash paid to the company at or after its creation and in consideration for it, with interest at five per cent per annum or such other rate as the Central Government may notify.

4. A bank takes a floating charge in month ten before winding up, for a loan it made three years earlier. Is the charge good? Not unless solvency immediately after the creation of the charge is proved. No cash was paid at or after creation in consideration for the charge, so the saving in section 332 does not apply and the charge is invalid.

munotes.in243

Fixed Charges, Floating Charges and Crystallisation

5. Which ranks first, a fixed charge created later or a floating charge created earlier, over the same assets? The fixed charge, because a floating charge by its nature permits the company to deal with the assets until crystallisation.

6. Must anyone be told when a receiver is appointed? Yes. Under section 84(1) the person obtaining the order or making the appointment must, within thirty days, give notice to the company and the Registrar with a copy of the order or instrument, and the Registrar registers the particulars in the register of charges. On ceasing to hold the appointment he must give notice of that too.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in244

Chapter Forty

Modification, Satisfaction and Rectification of Charges

Syllabus topic 2.2, completing the label "Creation, Modification & Satisfaction of Charges"

In one line

A charge that changes must be re-registered, a charge that is paid off must be reported so the register stops showing it, and where somebody has missed a deadline the Central Government can put the register right.

In exam wording: section 79(b) applies the registration machinery to any modification of a registered charge; section 82 requires a company to intimate satisfaction in full within thirty days, extendable to three hundred days on additional fees; section 83 lets the Registrar enter satisfaction or release without any intimation from the company; section 85 requires the company to keep its own register of charges; section 86 punishes contravention of the Chapter; and section 87 lets the Central Government order rectification of the register.

Why the law has this at all

A register is only useful if it is current. A register that records charges but never records their discharge tells a lender that a company's factory is mortgaged when in truth the loan was repaid four years ago, and the company cannot borrow again against it.

So the Act makes discharge reportable, and it does so with two safeguards pulling in opposite directions.

The chargeholder must be protected against a false satisfaction. A company that simply told the Registrar the debt was paid could wipe out a genuine security by a form. Hence section 82(2): the Registrar gives the chargeholder notice to show cause before recording it.

But the company must be protected against an obstructive chargeholder who has been paid and will not confirm it. Hence section 83, which lets the Registrar act on evidence without any intimation from the company at all.

And section 87 is the safety valve. Deadlines get missed, forms get filled in wrongly, and the consequence under section 77(3) is severe. The Central Government can extend time or correct an error where the failure was accidental or where it is just and equitable to relieve.

Some words this chapter uses

Modification means a change in the terms, conditions, extent or operation of a charge. Satisfaction means the charge has been discharged because the debt has been paid. Release means particular property has been freed from a charge that continues over the rest. A memorandum of satisfaction is the entry the Registrar makes to record discharge. To show cause is to give reasons why something should not be done. Rectification is correcting the register.

Modification: section 79(b)

Section 79 applies the provisions of section 77 relating to registration, so far as may be, to:

  • (a) a company acquiring any property subject to a charge; and
  • (b) any modification in the terms or conditions or the extent or operation of any charge registered under that section.
munotes.in245

Modification, Satisfaction and Rectification of Charges

Four kinds of change are caught: terms, conditions, extent, operation. So an increase in the secured amount, a change in the rate of interest, the addition or release of property, and a change in the ranking of the charge all require the section 77 machinery all over again, including the thirty days, the extensions and the certificate.

And the consequence of not registering a modification is the same as for the original charge. Section 77(3) applies through section 79, so the unregistered modification is not taken into account by the liquidator or other creditors.

Satisfaction reported by the company: section 82

Section 82(1). A company shall give intimation to the Registrar in the prescribed form, of the payment or satisfaction in full of any charge registered under this Chapter, within thirty days from the date of such payment or satisfaction.

The proviso: the Registrar may, on an application by the company or the charge holder, allow such intimation to be made within three hundred days of the payment or satisfaction, on payment of such additional fees as may be prescribed.

Read that proviso against section 77 and notice the asymmetry, because it is examined. When the Companies (Amendment) Act 2019 cut the extension for creating a charge from three hundred days to sixty, it did not touch section 82. So the outer period for reporting satisfaction is still three hundred days, while the outer period for registering a new charge created today is sixty plus a further sixty. Two different numbers in adjoining sections, and the reason is legislative history rather than logic.

Note also who may apply for the extension: the company or the charge holder. Section 77's first proviso allows only the company to apply.

Section 82(2): the chargeholder is heard. On receipt of the intimation the Registrar shall cause a notice to be sent to the holder of the charge calling on him to show cause within such time not exceeding fourteen days as the notice specifies why payment or satisfaction in full should not be recorded as intimated. If no cause is shown, the Registrar shall order that a memorandum of satisfaction be entered in the register of charges kept under section 81, and shall inform the company that he has done so.

The proviso saves a step where there is no dispute: the notice is not required where the intimation to the Registrar is in the specified form and signed by the holder of the charge. If the lender has signed, there is nobody to warn.

Section 82(3): if cause is shown. The Registrar shall record a note to that effect in the register of charges and shall inform the company. He does not adjudicate the dispute; he records that it exists.

munotes.in246

Modification, Satisfaction and Rectification of Charges

Section 82(4). Nothing in the section affects the Registrar's powers to make an entry under section 83 or otherwise than on receipt of an intimation from the company.

Satisfaction and release without the company: section 83

Section 83(1). The Registrar may, on evidence being given to his satisfaction with respect to any registered charge:

  • (a) that the debt for which the charge was given has been paid or satisfied in whole or in part; or
  • (b) that part of the property or undertaking charged has been released from the charge, or has ceased to form part of the company's property or undertaking,

enter in the register of charges a memorandum of satisfaction in whole or in part, or of the fact of release or cessation, notwithstanding that no intimation has been received from the company.

Two things section 83 does that section 82 cannot. It works on evidence rather than on the company's intimation, so an obstructive or defunct company is no obstacle. And it covers partial satisfaction and release of part of the property, whereas section 82 speaks only of satisfaction in full.

Section 83(2). The Registrar shall inform the affected parties within thirty days of making the entry.

Receivers and managers: section 84

Section 84(1). If any person obtains an order for the appointment of a receiver of, or of a person to manage, the property subject to a charge of a company, or appoints such a receiver or person under any power contained in any instrument, he shall, within thirty days from the date of the order or of the appointment, give notice to the company and the Registrar with a copy of the order or instrument, and the Registrar shall, on the prescribed fees, register the particulars of the receiver, person or instrument in the register of charges.

Note that the duty is on the person appointing or obtaining the order, not on the company. And it covers both routes: an order of the court and a power in the instrument, which is how most debenture receivers are appointed.

Section 84(2). Any person so appointed shall, on ceasing to hold the appointment, give notice to that effect to the company and the Registrar, and the Registrar shall register the notice.

So the register shows when a receiver arrives and when he leaves. This connects directly to crystallisation: the appointment of a receiver crystallises a floating charge, and section 84 is how the world finds out.

munotes.in247

Modification, Satisfaction and Rectification of Charges

The company's own register: section 85

Section 85(1). Every company shall keep at its registered office a register of charges in the prescribed form and manner, which shall include therein all charges and floating charges affecting any property or assets of the company or any of its undertakings, indicating the prescribed particulars in each case.

The proviso: a copy of the instrument creating the charge shall also be kept at the registered office along with the register.

So there are two registers: the Registrar's, under section 81, and the company's own, under section 85. The company's is the one that also holds the instruments.

Section 85(2): who may inspect. The register of charges and the instruments shall be open for inspection during business hours:

  • (a) by any member or creditor without any payment of fees; or
  • (b) by any other person on payment of such fees as may be prescribed,

subject to such reasonable restrictions as the company may, by its articles, impose.

Compare section 81(2), where the Registrar's register is open to any person on payment of fees. At the company's own office, members and creditors pay nothing, and everybody else pays, and the articles may impose reasonable restrictions on the manner of inspection.

Punishment: section 86

Section 86(1). If any company is in default in complying with any of the provisions of this Chapter, the company shall be liable to a penalty of five lakh rupees and every officer of the company who is in default shall be liable to a penalty of fifty thousand rupees.

Note that these are penalties, imposed by an adjudicating officer under section 454, not fines imposed by a court, and they are flat amounts rather than ranges.

Section 86(2). If any person wilfully furnishes any false or incorrect information, or knowingly suppresses any material information, required to be registered in accordance with section 77, he shall be liable for action under section 447.

So a careless default is a penalty; a wilful falsehood or knowing suppression about a charge is fraud.

Rectification by the Central Government: section 87

The Central Government, on being satisfied that:

  • (a) the omission to give intimation to the Registrar of the payment or satisfaction of a charge within the time required under this Chapter; or
  • (b) the omission or misstatement of any particular in any filing made under this Chapter with respect to any such charge or modification or satisfaction,

was accidental or due to inadvertence or some other sufficient cause, or does not prejudice the position of creditors or shareholders, may on the application of the company or any person interested, on such terms and conditions as it deems just and expedient, direct that the time for the intimation of payment or satisfaction be extended, or that the omission or misstatement be rectified.

munotes.in248

Modification, Satisfaction and Rectification of Charges

Three things to take from it.

The grounds are alternatives: accident, inadvertence, some other sufficient cause, or no prejudice to creditors or shareholders.

The applicant may be the company or any person interested, so a chargeholder or a purchaser may apply.

And note what section 87 does not cover. It speaks of the omission to intimate satisfaction and of omissions or misstatements of particulars. It is the relief for getting the paperwork wrong, not a general power to register a charge long out of time; the outer limits for that are in the provisos to section 77(1).

A worked example

Kalyan Chemicals Limited registered a charge over its plant in favour of a bank in 2026.

A modification. In 2027 the bank increases the facility and the charge is extended to cover a second plant. That is a modification in the extent of the charge, so section 79(b) applies section 77 to it: particulars within thirty days, the same extensions, and a fresh certificate. If it is not registered, the modification is not taken into account by a liquidator or other creditors.

A release. The bank later releases the second plant. That too is a modification of the extent, and it can also be recorded by the Registrar under section 83(1)(b) on evidence that part of the property has been released.

Full repayment. The company repays the loan on 1 June 2028. Under section 82(1) it must intimate satisfaction in full to the Registrar within thirty days, by 1 July 2028. If it misses that, the Registrar may, on the application of the company or the bank, allow the intimation within three hundred days on additional fees.

The Registrar's check. On receiving the intimation the Registrar sends notice to the bank to show cause within a period not exceeding fourteen days why satisfaction should not be recorded. The bank says nothing, so the Registrar orders a memorandum of satisfaction to be entered in the section 81 register and informs the company.

Had the bank objected, the Registrar would simply have recorded a note to that effect and informed the company: section 82(3). He does not decide who is right.

Had the intimation been in the specified form and signed by the bank, no notice would have been needed at all: proviso to section 82(2).

An uncooperative lender. Suppose the bank had been paid but refused to sign anything and the company could not file. The company gives the Registrar evidence of payment, and under section 83(1)(a) the Registrar may enter a memorandum of satisfaction notwithstanding that no intimation has been received from the company, informing the affected parties within thirty days.

munotes.in249

Modification, Satisfaction and Rectification of Charges

A receiver. In a different year the bank appoints a receiver under a power in its debenture. The bank, being the person making the appointment, must within thirty days give notice to the company and the Registrar with a copy of the instrument: section 84(1). When the receiver finishes, he must give notice of ceasing to hold the appointment: section 84(2).

The company's own register. Throughout, the company must keep at its registered office a register of charges including all charges and floating charges, with a copy of each instrument. A member or creditor may inspect free; anybody else pays the prescribed fee; and the articles may impose reasonable restrictions: section 85.

A missed intimation, years later. The company discovers in 2031 that the 2028 satisfaction was never recorded because the form was filled in with the wrong charge identification number. It applies to the Central Government under section 87, showing the misstatement was due to inadvertence and does not prejudice creditors or shareholders. The Government may direct that the omission or misstatement be rectified, on such terms as it thinks just and expedient.

And the default itself. The failure to comply with the Chapter exposes the company to a penalty of five lakh rupees and every officer in default to fifty thousand rupees under section 86(1). Had someone wilfully filed false particulars, section 86(2) would send him to section 447.

Distinctions that carry marks

Section 82Section 83
Who sets it in motionThe company's intimationEvidence given to the Registrar's satisfaction
ExtentSatisfaction in full onlySatisfaction in whole or in part, and release of part of the property
Chargeholder's roleNotice to show cause, up to fourteen days, unless he signed the formNo notice provided for
Time limitThirty days, extendable to three hundredNone stated
Who is informedThe company, section 82(2)The affected parties within thirty days, section 83(2)
The Registrar's register, section 81The company's register, section 85
Kept byThe Registrar, for every companyEvery company, at its registered office
ContentsParticulars of charges registeredAll charges and floating charges, plus a copy of each instrument
InspectionAny person on payment of feesMembers and creditors free; others on fees; subject to reasonable restrictions in the articles
DeadlineSection
Register a new charge30 days, then 60, then a further 60, section 77
Intimate satisfaction30 days, then 300 days, section 82
Notice of appointment of a receiver30 days, section 84(1)
Registrar to inform affected parties of a section 83 entry30 days, section 83(2)
Chargeholder to show causeNot exceeding 14 days, section 82(2)
munotes.in250

Modification, Satisfaction and Rectification of Charges

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean satisfaction can be recorded on the company's word alone. Section 82(2) requires notice to the chargeholder to show cause, unless he has signed the form himself.

It does not mean the Registrar decides disputes. If cause is shown he records a note and informs the company: section 82(3).

It does not mean section 87 can rescue a charge never registered in time. It addresses the omission to intimate satisfaction and omissions or misstatements of particulars.

It does not mean the two registers are duplicates. Only the company's register under section 85 holds copies of the instruments, and only it is free to members and creditors.

Quick revision

  • 79(b): any modification in the terms, conditions, extent or operation of a registered charge goes through section 77 again.
  • 82(1): intimate satisfaction in full within thirty days; proviso, extendable to three hundred days on additional fees, on the application of the company or the chargeholder.
  • 82(2): Registrar gives the chargeholder notice to show cause within not more than fourteen days; if none is shown, a memorandum of satisfaction is entered and the company informed. Proviso: no notice needed if the intimation is in the specified form and signed by the chargeholder.
  • 82(3): if cause is shown, the Registrar records a note and informs the company. 82(4): section 83 powers are unaffected.
  • 83(1): on evidence, the Registrar may enter satisfaction in whole or in part, or release of part of the property, without any intimation from the company. 83(2): inform affected parties within thirty days.
  • 84: the person obtaining the order or making the appointment gives notice of a receiver or manager to the company and the Registrar within thirty days with the order or instrument; and notice again on ceasing to hold it.
  • 85: the company keeps its own register at the registered office, including all charges and floating charges, with copies of the instruments; inspection free for members and creditors, on fees for others, subject to reasonable restrictions in the articles.
  • 86(1): default under the Chapter, company five lakh rupees, officer in default fifty thousand rupees. 86(2): wilfully false or incorrect information, or knowing suppression, under section 77, attracts section 447.
  • 87: the Central Government may extend the time for intimating satisfaction, or direct rectification of an omission or misstatement, where it was accidental, due to inadvertence or other sufficient cause, or does not prejudice creditors or shareholders, on the application of the company or any person interested.
munotes.in251

Modification, Satisfaction and Rectification of Charges

Test yourself

1. Within what time must satisfaction of a charge be reported, and what extension is available? Within thirty days of the payment or satisfaction: section 82(1). The Registrar may, on an application by the company or the chargeholder, allow the intimation within three hundred days on payment of additional fees.

2. Why is the outer period for reporting satisfaction longer than for registering a new charge? Because the Companies (Amendment) Act 2019 cut section 77's extension from three hundred days to sixty for charges created on or after its commencement, but left section 82's proviso untouched. The two figures differ for reasons of legislative history.

3. What must the Registrar do before recording satisfaction? Send the holder of the charge a notice to show cause within a time not exceeding fourteen days why satisfaction should not be recorded. If no cause is shown he orders a memorandum of satisfaction and informs the company. No notice is needed where the intimation is in the specified form and signed by the chargeholder.

4. Can the Registrar record satisfaction if the company files nothing? Yes. Under section 83, on evidence given to his satisfaction that the debt has been paid or satisfied in whole or in part, or that part of the property has been released or has ceased to form part of the company's property, he may enter a memorandum notwithstanding that no intimation has been received from the company, and must inform the affected parties within thirty days.

5. Who may inspect the company's own register of charges, and on what terms? Any member or creditor without payment of fees, and any other person on payment of the prescribed fees, during business hours, subject to such reasonable restrictions as the company may impose by its articles: section 85(2).

6. On what grounds may the Central Government order rectification under section 87? That the omission to intimate satisfaction within time, or an omission or misstatement of any particular in a filing about a charge, its modification or its satisfaction, was accidental or due to inadvertence or some other sufficient cause, or does not prejudice the position of creditors or shareholders. It may act on the application of the company or any person interested.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in252

Chapter Forty-One

The Register of Members, and Significant Beneficial Owners

Syllabus topic 2.3, labels: "Register of Members & other Security Holders", "Significant Beneficial Owners"

In one line

A company must keep a list of who owns its shares, must record who really owns them behind a nominee, and must identify anybody holding a quarter or more or exercising control, on pain of the Tribunal freezing the shares.

In exam wording: section 88 requires every company to keep a register of members, of debenture holders and of other security holders; section 89 requires a declaration of beneficial interest where the registered holder is not the beneficial owner; section 90 requires an individual holding not less than twenty-five per cent of beneficial interest, or exercising significant influence or control, to declare himself a significant beneficial owner; section 91 limits closure of the register; and sections 94 and 95 govern where the registers are kept and their evidentiary value.

Why the law has this at all

Ownership of a company and the name on its register are not the same thing, and the gap between them is where a good deal of mischief lives.

Shares can be held by a nominee, by a trustee, by a shell company owned by another shell company, or by a relative who has never seen a share certificate. Somebody, somewhere, actually decides how those shares vote and receives the money they produce. If the law looks only at the register, that person is invisible: to the other shareholders, to creditors, to the tax authorities and to anybody investigating where money came from.

So the Act builds three layers:

Section 88 records the legal owner, the name on the register. Section 89 records the beneficial owner behind a registered holder who is only a nominee. Section 90 goes further and hunts for the significant beneficial owner, the human being at the end of any chain of companies and trusts who holds a quarter or more or who controls the company.

And section 90 has teeth section 89 does not, because the person it is looking for usually does not want to be found. The company can be made to go looking, and the Tribunal can suspend all the rights attached to the shares until the answer comes.

Some words this chapter uses

A member is a person whose name is on the register of members. Beneficial interest is defined in section 89(10). A nominee holds in his own name for somebody else. Significant influence or control takes its meaning from section 2(27). To freeze shares is to suspend the rights attached to them. An index is the alphabetical list that makes a register usable.

The registers: section 88

Section 88(1). Every company shall keep and maintain the following registers in the prescribed form and manner:

  • (a) a register of members, indicating separately for each class of equity and preference shares held by each member residing in or outside India;
  • (b) a register of debenture holders; and
  • (c) a register of any other security holders.
munotes.in253

The Register of Members, and Significant Beneficial Owners

Section 88(2). Every such register shall include an index of the names included in it.

Section 88(3): dematerialised holdings. The register and index of beneficial owners maintained by a depository under section 11 of the Depositories Act 1996 shall be deemed to be the corresponding register and index for the purposes of this Act. So for shares held electronically the depository's record is the register, and the company does not keep a duplicate.

Section 88(4): the foreign register. A company may, if so authorised by its articles, keep in any country outside India a part of the register, called a "foreign register", containing the names and particulars of members, debenture holders, other security holders or beneficial owners residing outside India.

Section 88(5): the penalty. Failure to maintain the registers, or to maintain them in accordance with sub-sections (1) or (2), makes the company liable to a penalty of three lakh rupees and every officer in default liable to fifty thousand rupees.

Beneficial interest: section 89

Section 89(1): the nominee declares. Where a person's name is entered in the register of members as the holder of shares but he does not hold the beneficial interest in them, he shall make a declaration to the company, within the prescribed time and form, specifying the name and other particulars of the person who holds the beneficial interest.

Section 89(2): the beneficial owner declares. Every person who holds or acquires a beneficial interest in a share shall make a declaration to the company specifying the nature of his interest, the particulars of the person in whose name the shares stand registered, and such other particulars as may be prescribed.

So both ends of the arrangement must speak, and each must identify the other.

Section 89(3): changes. Where any change occurs in the beneficial interest, both persons shall, within thirty days of the change, make a declaration to the company.

Section 89(5): the penalty on the person. Failure to declare under sub-sections (1), (2) or (3) makes the person liable to a penalty of fifty thousand rupees, and for a continuing failure a further two hundred rupees for each day after the first, subject to a maximum of five lakh rupees.

Section 89(6): what the company does. On receiving a declaration the company shall make a note of it in the register concerned and shall file a return with the Registrar within thirty days of receipt, in the prescribed form and on the prescribed fees.

munotes.in254

The Register of Members, and Significant Beneficial Owners

Section 89(7): the penalty on the company. Failure to file that return makes the company and every officer in default liable to one thousand rupees for each day the failure continues, subject to a maximum of five lakh rupees for the company and two lakh rupees for an officer in default.

Section 89(8) is the sanction that matters most, and it is regularly examined:

No right in relation to any share in respect of which a declaration is required to be made under this section but not made by the beneficial owner, shall be enforceable by him or by any person claiming through him.

A beneficial owner who stays hidden cannot enforce any right in the share, and neither can anybody claiming through him. He does not lose the share; he loses the ability to do anything with it.

Section 89(9) protects the company. Nothing in the section prejudices the company's obligation to pay dividend to its members, and on such payment that obligation stands discharged. So the company pays the registered holder and is safe.

Section 89(10) defines beneficial interest, and the definition is wide:

beneficial interest in a share includes, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement or otherwise, the right or entitlement of a person alone or together with any other person to (i) exercise or cause to be exercised any or all of the rights attached to such share; or (ii) receive or participate in any dividend or other distribution in respect of such share.

Two limbs: the votes, or the money. Either alone is enough, and the entitlement may arise through any contract, arrangement or otherwise, so an informal understanding counts.

Section 89(11). The Central Government may by notification exempt any class of persons from any requirement of the section except sub-section (10), in the public interest, conditionally or unconditionally. Note that the definition itself cannot be exempted away.

Significant beneficial owners: section 90

Section 90(1): who must declare. Every individual who, acting alone or together, or through one or more persons or trust, including a trust and persons resident outside India, holds beneficial interests of not less than twenty-five per cent, or such other percentage as may be prescribed, in shares of a company, or the right to exercise or the actual exercising of significant influence or control as defined in section 2(27) over the company, shall make a declaration to the company specifying the nature of his interest and other particulars, in the prescribed manner and within the prescribed period of acquisition and of any change.

Four things to fix.

It is an individual, a human being. The section is designed to reach past companies and trusts to a person.

munotes.in255

The Register of Members, and Significant Beneficial Owners

"Acting alone or together, or through one or more persons or trust" and "persons resident outside India" are there so that a chain of intermediaries is not a defence.

Two alternative triggers: twenty-five per cent or such other percentage as prescribed of beneficial interest, or significant influence or control under section 2(27). Control alone, with no shareholding at all, is enough.

The proviso lets the Central Government prescribe classes of persons not required to declare.

Section 90(2) and (3): the register. Every company shall maintain a register of the interests declared, including the name of the individual, his date of birth, address and details of ownership, and the register shall be open to inspection by any member on payment of the prescribed fees.

Section 90(4) and (4A): the return and the duty to look. Every company shall file a return of significant beneficial owners and changes with the Registrar. And by sub-section (4A), every company shall take necessary steps to identify an individual who is a significant beneficial owner and require him to comply. That is an active duty: the company cannot sit and wait for a declaration.

Section 90(5): the notice. The company shall give notice to any person, whether or not a member, whom it knows or has reasonable cause to believe:

  • (a) to be a significant beneficial owner;
  • (b) to have knowledge of the identity of a significant beneficial owner, or of another person likely to have such knowledge; or
  • (c) to have been a significant beneficial owner at any time during the three years immediately preceding the date of the notice,

and who is not registered as a significant beneficial owner.

Clause (b) is the useful one: the company may serve the person who knows who it is, not merely the owner himself.

Section 90(6): the answer. The information shall be given within a period not exceeding thirty days of the date of the notice.

Section 90(7): to the Tribunal. Where the person fails to give the information within the time specified, or where the information given is not satisfactory, the company shall apply to the Tribunal within fifteen days of the expiry of the period specified in the notice, for an order directing that the shares be subject to restrictions with regard to transfer of interest, suspension of all rights attached to the shares and such other matters as may be prescribed.

Note that the application is mandatory, "shall apply", and the window is fifteen days.

Section 90(8): the order. The Tribunal may, after giving an opportunity of being heard, make such an order within sixty days of receipt of the application, or such other period as may be prescribed.

munotes.in256

The Register of Members, and Significant Beneficial Owners

Section 90(9): getting the restrictions lifted, and the sting if nobody tries. The company or the person aggrieved may apply for relaxation or lifting of the restrictions within one year of the order.

The proviso: if no such application is filed within one year, the shares shall be transferred, without any restrictions, to the authority constituted under section 125(5), that is, the authority administering the Investor Education and Protection Fund, in the prescribed manner.

That is the real deterrent. A hidden owner who simply ignores the process for a year does not merely lose the use of his shares. He loses the shares.

Closing the register: section 91

Section 91(1). A company may close the register of members, of debenture holders or of other security holders for any period or periods not exceeding in the aggregate forty-five days in each year, but not exceeding thirty days at any one time, subject to previous notice of at least seven days, or such lesser period as SEBI may specify for listed companies or companies intending to list, in the prescribed manner.

Three numbers: forty-five days a year in aggregate, thirty days at any one time, seven days' previous notice.

Section 91(2): the penalty. Closure without the notice, or on shorter notice, or beyond either limit, makes the company and every officer in default liable to a penalty of five thousand rupees for every day the register is kept closed, subject to a maximum of one lakh rupees.

Where the registers live, and who may see them: section 94

Section 94(1). The registers under section 88 and copies of the annual return filed under section 92 shall be kept at the registered office.

The first proviso allows them to be kept at any other place in India in which more than one-tenth of the total number of members entered in the register of members reside, if approved by a special resolution passed at a general meeting.

The second proviso: the period for which the registers, returns and records must be kept is as may be prescribed.

Section 94(2): inspection. The registers and their indices, except when closed under the Act, and copies of all returns, shall be open for inspection during business hours:

  • by any member, debenture holder, other security holder or beneficial owner, without payment of any fees; and
  • by any other person on payment of such fees as may be prescribed.
munotes.in257

The Register of Members, and Significant Beneficial Owners

Section 94(3): extracts and copies. Any such person may (a) take extracts from any register, index or return without payment of any fee, or (b) require a copy of any such register or entries or return on payment of such fees as may be prescribed.

Note the free extract. Taking an extract yourself costs nothing; asking the company to make you a copy costs the prescribed fee.

The registers as evidence: section 95

The register of members, the register of debenture holders, the register of other security holders, the annual return and the indices maintained under sections 88 and 92 shall be prima facie evidence of any matter directed or authorised to be inserted in them by or under this Act.

Prima facie, not conclusive, which is why section 59 exists to rectify a register that is wrong. Read the two together: the register is believed until somebody shows it should not be.

A worked example

Amaravati Logistics Limited has one crore equity shares.

The registers. It keeps a register of members showing equity and preference holdings separately for members in and outside India, a register of debenture holders, and a register of other security holders, each with an index: section 88(1) and (2). Its dematerialised shares are covered by the depository's register, which section 88(3) deems to be the corresponding register.

A nominee holding. Twelve lakh shares stand in the name of Mr Rathi, who holds them for Ms Bhagat. Under section 89(1) Mr Rathi must declare that he is not the beneficial owner and identify Ms Bhagat; under section 89(2) Ms Bhagat must declare the nature of her interest and identify Mr Rathi. If the arrangement changes, both must declare within thirty days: section 89(3).

The company notes the declaration in the register and files a return with the Registrar within thirty days: section 89(6).

Ms Bhagat does not declare. By section 89(8) no right in relation to those shares is enforceable by her or by anyone claiming through her. She also faces fifty thousand rupees, plus two hundred rupees a day, capped at five lakh rupees: section 89(5). Meanwhile the company may still pay the dividend to Mr Rathi, the registered member, and by section 89(9) that discharges its obligation.

Now go up the chain. Ms Bhagat's twelve per cent is held alongside another eighteen per cent held through a Singapore trust, and both are ultimately controlled by Mr Vora, who is not on any register. He holds, through persons and a trust, thirty per cent of the beneficial interest.

That is not less than twenty-five per cent, so under section 90(1) Mr Vora is a significant beneficial owner and must declare. He would equally be one, at any percentage, if he had the right to exercise or actually exercised significant influence or control under section 2(27).

munotes.in258

The Register of Members, and Significant Beneficial Owners

The company must go looking. Under section 90(4A) it must take necessary steps to identify him. Under section 90(5) it gives notice to Mr Vora, and it may also give notice to Ms Bhagat under clause (b), as a person likely to know his identity, and to anyone who was a significant beneficial owner within the last three years under clause (c).

He does not answer. The information had to come within thirty days: section 90(6). On his failure, the company shall apply to the Tribunal within fifteen days of the expiry of that period: section 90(7).

The Tribunal acts. After hearing the parties it may, within sixty days of the application, order that the shares be subject to restrictions on transfer of interest and suspension of all rights attached to them: section 90(8).

And if nobody moves for a year. Under the proviso to section 90(9), if no application for relaxation or lifting is made within one year of the order, the shares shall be transferred, without any restrictions, to the authority constituted under section 125(5). Mr Vora loses them altogether.

Book closure. Before its annual general meeting the company closes the register of members for twenty-one days, having given seven days' previous notice. That is within both limits in section 91(1): not more than thirty days at one time and not more than forty-five days in the year. Had it closed for thirty-five days at once, the penalty is five thousand rupees a day, capped at one lakh rupees.

Inspection. Because more than one-tenth of its members live in Nagpur, the company passes a special resolution and keeps the registers there instead of at the registered office: proviso to section 94(1). A member may inspect free and take extracts free; a journalist may inspect on the prescribed fee and may require a copy on the prescribed fee: section 94(2) and (3).

A dispute. A person claims he was a member and was wrongly removed. The register is prima facie evidence under section 95, so it is believed unless he displaces it, and his remedy is rectification under section 59.

Distinctions that carry marks

Section 89Section 90
Who declaresThe registered holder and the beneficial owner, bothAn individual who is a significant beneficial owner
ThresholdAny beneficial interestTwenty-five per cent or as prescribed, or significant influence or control
Company's dutyNote it, and file a return in thirty daysMaintain a register, file a return, and actively identify the owner, 90(4A)
Notice powerNoneSection 90(5), to owners, to people who know, and to past owners of the last three years
Sanction on the holderNo right enforceable, section 89(8), plus penaltiesTribunal restrictions, and transfer of the shares to the IEPF authority after one year
TribunalNot involvedCentral, sections 90(7) to (9)
munotes.in259

The Register of Members, and Significant Beneficial Owners

RegisterKept byInspection
Members, debenture holders, other security holders, section 88The company, at the registered office or, on a special resolution, where more than one-tenth of members resideFree for members, debenture holders, other security holders and beneficial owners; others on fees, section 94(2)
Significant beneficial owners, section 90(2)The companyAny member, on payment of fees, section 90(3)
Charges, section 85The company, at the registered officeFree for members and creditors; others on fees

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean a hidden beneficial owner loses his shares under section 89. He loses the enforceability of every right in them: section 89(8). It is under section 90 that the shares can actually be transferred away, and only after a Tribunal order and a year's inaction.

It does not mean the company must chase every shareholder. Section 90(4A) requires it to identify a significant beneficial owner, and section 90(5) lets it serve notice on people it knows or has reasonable cause to believe are within the three clauses.

It does not mean twenty-five per cent is the only route into section 90. Significant influence or control under section 2(27) is an independent trigger.

It does not mean the register proves title conclusively. Section 95 makes it prima facie evidence, and section 59 allows rectification.

Quick revision

  • 88(1): registers of members (equity and preference separately, in and outside India), debenture holders and other security holders; (2) each with an index; (3) a depository's register is deemed the corresponding register; (4) a foreign register if the articles allow; (5) penalty three lakh rupees on the company, fifty thousand on each officer in default.
  • 89(1) and (2): both the registered holder and the beneficial owner declare, each identifying the other. (3) changes within thirty days. (5) penalty fifty thousand rupees, plus two hundred a day, max five lakh. (6) company notes it and files a return in thirty days. (7) company and officers one thousand a day, max five lakh and two lakh. (8) no right enforceable by an undeclared beneficial owner or anyone claiming through him. (9) payment of dividend to the member discharges the company. (10) beneficial interest is the right to exercise the rights or to receive the dividend, directly or indirectly, by contract, arrangement or otherwise.
  • 90(1): an individual holding not less than twenty-five per cent beneficial interest, or with the right to exercise or actually exercising significant influence or control under section 2(27), must declare. (2) and (3) register, open to any member on fees. (4) return to the Registrar. (4A) the company must take steps to identify him. (5) notice to suspected owners, to those who may know, and to owners of the last three years. (6) answer within thirty days. (7) company shall apply to the Tribunal within fifteen days. (8) Tribunal may restrict transfer and suspend all rights within sixty days. (9) apply to lift within one year, else the shares go to the section 125(5) authority.
  • 91: close the register up to forty-five days a year, thirty at a time, on seven days' notice; breach costs five thousand a day, max one lakh.
  • 94: registers and annual return copies at the registered office, or elsewhere in India where more than one-tenth of members reside, on a special resolution. Inspection free for members, debenture holders, other security holders and beneficial owners; others on fees. Extracts free; copies on fees.
  • 95: the registers, the annual return and the indices are prima facie evidence.
munotes.in260

The Register of Members, and Significant Beneficial Owners

Test yourself

1. Which registers must every company keep under section 88? A register of members, indicating separately each class of equity and preference shares held by each member residing in or outside India; a register of debenture holders; and a register of any other security holders, each including an index.

2. Who must declare under section 89, and what happens if the beneficial owner does not? Both the registered holder who does not hold the beneficial interest, and the person who holds or acquires the beneficial interest, must declare, each identifying the other. If the beneficial owner does not, no right in relation to the share is enforceable by him or by any person claiming through him: section 89(8), besides the penalties in section 89(5).

3. Who is a significant beneficial owner? An individual who, acting alone or together or through one or more persons or a trust, including persons resident outside India, holds beneficial interests of not less than twenty-five per cent, or such other percentage as may be prescribed, in the shares of a company, or who has the right to exercise, or actually exercises, significant influence or control as defined in section 2(27): section 90(1).

4. To whom may a company give notice under section 90(5)? To any person, whether or not a member, whom it knows or has reasonable cause to believe to be a significant beneficial owner, to have knowledge of the identity of one or of another person likely to know, or to have been one at any time in the three years immediately preceding the notice, and who is not registered as such.

munotes.in261

The Register of Members, and Significant Beneficial Owners

5. What happens if the person does not answer, and what if nobody applies to lift the restrictions? The company shall apply to the Tribunal within fifteen days of the expiry of the period in the notice, and the Tribunal may within sixty days, after a hearing, restrict transfer and suspend all rights attached to the shares. If no application to relax or lift is made within one year of that order, the shares shall be transferred without any restrictions to the authority constituted under section 125(5).

6. For how long may a company close its register of members? For periods not exceeding forty-five days in the aggregate in each year and not exceeding thirty days at any one time, on at least seven days' previous notice, or such lesser period as SEBI specifies for listed companies: section 91(1).

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in262

Chapter Forty-Two

The Annual Return

Syllabus topic 2.3, label: "Annual Return"

In one line

Once a year every company must draw up a single document describing itself, its owners, its officers and its meetings, put it on its website, and file it with the Registrar.

In exam wording: section 92(1) requires every company to prepare an annual return in the prescribed form containing the particulars as they stood on the close of the financial year, signed by a director and the company secretary, or by a company secretary in practice where there is none; section 92(3), as substituted, requires the company to place a copy on its website and to disclose the web-link in the Board's report; and section 92(4) requires it to be filed with the Registrar within sixty days of the annual general meeting.

Why the law has this at all

A company changes constantly and its constitutional documents do not. The memorandum tells you what it was set up to do; it says nothing about who owns it now, who runs it now, what it paid them, or whether it has been penalised.

The annual return is the yearly photograph. It fixes the position as it stood on the close of the financial year and puts it on a public file, so that anybody dealing with the company can see the same picture at the same date.

And notice what the Act did in 2018. It stopped requiring an extract of the return to be pasted into the Board's report and required instead that the whole return be put on the company's website with the web-link disclosed in the report. The reason is obvious once stated: an extract is chosen by the company, and a link is to the whole document.

Some words this chapter uses

A financial year is defined in section 2(41). The close of the financial year is the date the particulars are taken as at. A company secretary in practice is one holding a certificate of practice, as against one employed by the company. To certify the return is to state professionally that it is correct and that the Act has been complied with. A web-link is the address at which a document can be found.

What goes into it: section 92(1)

Every company shall prepare a return, in the prescribed form, containing the particulars as they stood on the close of the financial year, regarding:

  • (a) its registered office, principal business activities, and particulars of its holding, subsidiary and associate companies;
  • (b) its shares, debentures and other securities and shareholding pattern;
  • (d) its members and debenture holders, along with changes since the close of the previous financial year;
  • (e) its promoters, directors and key managerial personnel, along with changes since the close of the previous financial year;
  • (f) meetings of members or a class of them, of the Board and of its various committees, with attendance details;
  • (g) remuneration of directors and key managerial personnel;
  • (h) penalty or punishment imposed on the company, its directors or officers, details of compounding of offences and appeals made against any such penalty or punishment;
  • (i) matters relating to certification of compliances and disclosures as may be prescribed;
  • (j) details, as may be prescribed, in respect of shares held by or on behalf of the Foreign Institutional Investors; and
  • (k) such other matters as may be prescribed.
munotes.in263

The Annual Return

Clause (c) was omitted by the Companies (Amendment) Act 2017. It required particulars of the company's indebtedness. Its absence is worth knowing, because older notes list it.

Clause (h) is the one students overlook and examiners like, because it makes the company publish its own penalties, compoundings and appeals.

Who signs. The return is signed by a director and the company secretary, or, where there is no company secretary, by a company secretary in practice.

The first proviso relaxes that for a One Person Company and a small company: the return is signed by the company secretary, or where there is none, by the director of the company. So the smallest companies do not need to engage a professional merely to sign.

The second proviso lets the Central Government prescribe an abridged form of annual return for a One Person Company, a small company, and such other class or classes of companies as may be prescribed.

Certification: section 92(2)

The annual return filed by a listed company, or by a company having such paid-up capital or turnover as may be prescribed, shall be certified by a company secretary in practice in the prescribed form, stating that the annual return discloses the facts correctly and adequately and that the company has complied with all the provisions of this Act.

Two points. The certificate is by a practising company secretary, not the company's own. And its content is two assertions: that the return is correct and adequate, and that the company has complied with all the provisions of this Act. The second is a very wide statement to sign, which is why section 92(6) penalises a careless certificate.

Where it goes: section 92(3), as substituted

Every company shall place a copy of the annual return on the website of the company, if any, and the web-link of such annual return shall be disclosed in the Board's report.

That is the sub-section as substituted by section 23(ii) of the Companies (Amendment) Act 2017.

munotes.in264

The Annual Return

Two obligations, and a condition on the first. Place the return on the website of the company, if any: a company with no website cannot be required to. And disclose the web-link in the Board's report, which is unconditional.

The matching provision is section 134(3)(a), which requires the Board's report to include "the web address, if any, where annual return referred to in sub-section (3) of section 92 has been placed". Read the two together and the scheme is complete: the return goes on the site, and the report tells the reader where to find it.

A warning about the printed Act. India Code's consolidated copy still prints the pre-2018 version of section 92(3), under which an extract of the return formed part of the Board's report. That is out of date, and it contradicts section 134(3)(a) in the same volume. If you are reading a bare Act that says "extract", check its date.

Filing: section 92(4)

Every company shall file with the Registrar a copy of the annual return within sixty days from the date on which the annual general meeting is held.

And where no annual general meeting is held in any year, within sixty days from the date on which the annual general meeting should have been held, together with a statement specifying the reasons for not holding it, with such fees or additional fees as may be prescribed.

That second limb is the important one. A company cannot escape the filing by failing to hold the meeting. The clock runs from the date the meeting should have been held, and the company must additionally explain why it was not.

Penalties: section 92(5) and (6)

Section 92(5): failure to file. If a company fails to file the annual return under sub-section (4) before the expiry of the period specified:

  • the company and every officer in default shall be liable to a penalty of ten thousand rupees; and
  • in case of continuing failure, a further penalty of one hundred rupees for each day after the first during which the failure continues,
  • subject to a maximum of two lakh rupees in the case of a company and fifty thousand rupees in the case of an officer who is in default.

Section 92(6): a bad certificate. If a company secretary in practice certifies the annual return otherwise than in conformity with the requirements of this section or the rules, he shall be liable to a penalty of two lakh rupees.

Note that both are penalties, not fines. The Companies (Amendment) Act 2020 converted them: it replaced "fifty thousand rupees" with "ten thousand rupees" in sub-section (5), capped the officer separately, and replaced the old imprisonment-or-fine formula in sub-section (6) with a flat penalty of two lakh rupees. They are imposed by an adjudicating officer under section 454, not by a court.

munotes.in265

The Annual Return

Section 93: omitted

93. Return to be filed with Registrar in case promoter's stake changes. The marginal note stands in square brackets in the bare Act, and under it the words: Omitted by the Companies (Amendment) Act, 2017 (1 of 2018), s. 24.

Section 93 required a listed company to file a return with the Registrar whenever the promoters' or top ten shareholders' holdings changed beyond a limit. It was omitted, because the same information reaches the market through SEBI's own disclosure regime, and duplicating it served nobody.

Say so if asked. A question on "returns to be filed by a company" that expects section 93 is out of date, and pointing that out is worth a mark.

A worked example

Belapur Instruments Limited has a financial year ending 31 March 2027 and holds its annual general meeting on 20 August 2027.

Preparation. It prepares an annual return in the prescribed form stating the position as it stood on 31 March 2027: its registered office and principal activities and its holding, subsidiary and associate companies; its shares, debentures and shareholding pattern; its members and debenture holders with the changes since 31 March 2026; its promoters, directors and key managerial personnel with changes; its meetings of members, Board and committees with attendance; the remuneration of its directors and key managerial personnel; any penalty or punishment imposed on it or its officers, any compounding and any appeals; and the prescribed certification and Foreign Institutional Investor details.

It does not include its indebtedness, because clause (c) was omitted.

Signature. It has a company secretary, so the return is signed by a director and the company secretary. Had it been a small company with no company secretary, a director alone could have signed under the first proviso.

Certification. It is a listed company, so under section 92(2) the return must be certified by a company secretary in practice, stating that it discloses the facts correctly and adequately and that the company has complied with all the provisions of this Act. If he certifies otherwise than in conformity with the section, he is liable to a penalty of two lakh rupees under section 92(6).

Publication. Under section 92(3) the company places a copy of the annual return on its website and discloses the web-link in its Board's report, and by section 134(3)(a) that report must state the web address where the return has been placed.

Filing. The annual general meeting was held on 20 August 2027, so the return must be filed with the Registrar within sixty days, that is by 19 October 2027: section 92(4).

munotes.in266

The Annual Return

Change one fact. Suppose no annual general meeting was held at all, and the last date on which it should have been held was 30 September 2027. The company must still file within sixty days of that date, by 29 November 2027, and must file with a statement specifying the reasons for not holding the meeting.

It files late. Under section 92(5) the company and every officer in default incur ten thousand rupees, plus one hundred rupees for each day the failure continues after the first, capped at two lakh rupees for the company and fifty thousand rupees for each officer in default.

And note where else the return appears. Copies of the annual return are kept at the registered office under section 94(1) and are open to inspection free by members, debenture holders, other security holders and beneficial owners under section 94(2), and the return is prima facie evidence of the matters in it under section 95.

Distinctions that carry marks

Annual return, section 92Financial statement, section 137
What it describesThe company itself: owners, officers, meetings, penaltiesThe company's money: profit, loss, assets, liabilities
As atThe close of the financial yearThe financial year
Signed byA director and the company secretary, or a practising company secretaryThe Board, and audited
Certified byA company secretary in practice, for listed and prescribed companiesThe auditor, section 143
WebsitePlaced on it, with the web-link in the Board's reportNot required by section 92
Filed withinSixty days of the AGM, or of the date it should have been heldThirty days of the AGM
Before the 2017 AmendmentAs it now stands
Section 92(1)(c)Particulars of indebtednessOmitted
Section 92(3)An extract of the return formed part of the Board's reportThe return is placed on the website and the web-link disclosed in the Board's report
Section 93Return on a change in promoters' stakeOmitted
Section 92(5) and (6)Fine, and imprisonment or finePenalties, ten thousand and two lakh rupees

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean an extract goes into the Board's report. Since the 2017 Amendment the whole return goes on the website and the report carries the web-link.

It does not mean a company without a website is in breach. Section 92(3) says "on the website of the company, if any".

It does not mean failing to hold the annual general meeting postpones the filing. Section 92(4) runs the sixty days from the date the meeting should have been held, and adds a duty to explain.

munotes.in267

The Annual Return

It does not mean every company needs a practising company secretary's certificate. Section 92(2) applies to a listed company and to companies of prescribed paid-up capital or turnover.

Quick revision

  • 92(1), the contents, as at the close of the financial year: registered office and activities and group companies; shares, debentures and shareholding pattern; members and debenture holders with changes; promoters, directors and KMP with changes; meetings with attendance; remuneration; penalties, compounding and appeals; certification and disclosures; Foreign Institutional Investor details; and what else is prescribed. Clause (c), indebtedness, is OMITTED.
  • Signature: a director and the company secretary; where there is none, a company secretary in practice. OPC and small company: the company secretary, or the director if there is none. Abridged form may be prescribed.
  • 92(2): a listed company, or one of prescribed capital or turnover, must have the return certified by a company secretary in practice, that it discloses the facts correctly and adequately and that the company has complied with all the provisions of this Act.
  • 92(3), as substituted by Act 1 of 2018 s.23(ii): place a copy on the company's website, if any, and disclose the web-link in the Board's report. Matches section 134(3)(a).
  • 92(4): file with the Registrar within sixty days of the AGM, or of the date it should have been held, with reasons for not holding it.
  • 92(5): company and every officer in default, ten thousand rupees, plus one hundred rupees a day, max two lakh for the company and fifty thousand for an officer.
  • 92(6): a practising company secretary certifying otherwise than in conformity, penalty of two lakh rupees.
  • Section 93 is OMITTED.

Test yourself

1. As at what date are the particulars in the annual return given? As they stood on the close of the financial year: section 92(1).

2. Who signs the annual return? A director and the company secretary, or, where there is no company secretary, a company secretary in practice. For a One Person Company and a small company, the company secretary or, where there is none, the director of the company.

3. What does section 92(3) now require? That every company place a copy of the annual return on its website, if any, and that the web-link be disclosed in the Board's report, as substituted by section 23(ii) of the Companies (Amendment) Act 2017. Section 134(3)(a) matches it by requiring the Board's report to give the web address where the return has been placed.

munotes.in268

The Annual Return

4. Within what time must the annual return be filed, and what if no annual general meeting was held? Within sixty days from the date of the annual general meeting; and where no meeting was held, within sixty days from the date on which it should have been held, together with a statement specifying the reasons for not holding it: section 92(4).

5. What must a company secretary in practice certify, and what if he gets it wrong? That the annual return discloses the facts correctly and adequately and that the company has complied with all the provisions of this Act: section 92(2). If he certifies otherwise than in conformity with the section or the rules he is liable to a penalty of two lakh rupees: section 92(6).

6. What was section 93, and what is its position now? It required a return to be filed with the Registrar where the promoters' stake changed. It has been omitted by the Companies (Amendment) Act 2017.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in269

Chapter Forty-Three

Kinds of Meetings: The Annual General Meeting and the Extraordinary General Meeting

Syllabus topic 2.3, label: "Meetings Kinds of Meetings"

In one line

A company must hold one general meeting of its members every year, within fixed time limits, and may hold others whenever the Board thinks fit or whenever a tenth of the voting members demand one.

In exam wording: section 96 requires every company other than a One Person Company to hold an annual general meeting each year, with not more than fifteen months between one and the next, the first within nine months of the close of the first financial year and any other within six months of the close of the financial year; and section 100 provides for an extraordinary general meeting, called by the Board or on the requisition of members holding not less than one-tenth of the paid-up capital carrying voting rights.

Why the law has this at all

Members own the company but do not run it. The directors run it, and between meetings the members have no way of asking them anything.

The annual general meeting is the one occasion in the year when that is reversed. The accounts are laid, the auditor is appointed, directors retire and stand again, dividends are declared, and the members can ask questions in a room. Everything about section 96 is designed to make sure that occasion actually happens: a compulsory meeting, an outer limit between meetings, and a fixed period after the year end so the accounts are still current.

The extraordinary general meeting exists because a year is a long time. If something needs the members' consent in March, the company cannot wait until September. And because the Board might prefer never to ask, section 100(2) lets a minority of members compel a meeting, and section 100(4) lets them hold it themselves if the Board still will not.

Sections 97 and 98 are the backstop: where a company simply will not meet, or cannot practicably do so, the Tribunal can order a meeting, and can go so far as to declare that one member present shall be a meeting.

Some words this chapter uses

A general meeting is a meeting of the members, as against a meeting of the Board. A requisition is a formal demand. Requisitionists are the members who make it. Suo motu means on the Tribunal's own initiative, without an application. A National Holiday is defined in the Explanation to section 96(2). Impracticable in section 98 means not reasonably capable of being done, not merely inconvenient.

The annual general meeting: section 96(1)

Every company other than a One Person Company shall in each year hold, in addition to any other meetings, a general meeting as its annual general meeting, and shall specify the meeting as such in the notices calling it, and not more than fifteen months shall elapse between the date of one annual general meeting and that of the next.

munotes.in270

Kinds of Meetings: The Annual General Meeting and the Extraordinary General Meeting

Four requirements in one sentence. It is in each year. It is in addition to any other meeting, so an extraordinary general meeting does not count. The notice must say it is the annual general meeting. And the fifteen month gap is an outer limit between successive meetings.

The first proviso: the two periods.

  • The first annual general meeting shall be held within nine months from the date of closing of the first financial year.
  • In any other case, within six months from the date of closing of the financial year.

Note how the two rules interact. A company must satisfy both the six month rule and the fifteen month rule for every meeting after the first. Whichever expires earlier is the real deadline.

The second proviso: no meeting in the year of incorporation. If a company holds its first annual general meeting as above, it shall not be necessary to hold any annual general meeting in the year of its incorporation. So a company incorporated in November 2026 with a first financial year ending 31 March 2028 need hold nothing in 2026.

The third proviso: extension. The Registrar may, for any special reason, extend the time within which any annual general meeting, other than the first annual general meeting, shall be held, by a period not exceeding three months.

Two limits on that power. It is the Registrar, not the Tribunal. And it cannot extend the first annual general meeting, whose nine months is absolute.

When and where: section 96(2)

Every annual general meeting shall be called during business hours, that is, between 9 a.m. and 6 p.m., on any day that is not a National Holiday, and shall be held either at the registered office or at some other place within the city, town or village in which the registered office is situate.

The first proviso, for unlisted companies: an annual general meeting of an unlisted company may be held at any place in India if consent is given in writing or by electronic mode by all the members in advance. Note the two conditions: all the members, and in advance.

The second proviso: the Central Government may exempt any company from this sub-section, subject to such conditions as it may impose.

The Explanation defines "National Holiday" as a day declared as such by the Central Government. So an ordinary public holiday or a bank holiday is not a National Holiday for this purpose, and a meeting on it is valid.

munotes.in271

Kinds of Meetings: The Annual General Meeting and the Extraordinary General Meeting

When the company will not meet: sections 97 and 98

Section 97: the annual general meeting. If any default is made in holding the annual general meeting under section 96, the Tribunal may, notwithstanding anything in this Act or the articles, on the application of any member, call, or direct the calling of, an annual general meeting, and give such ancillary or consequential directions as it thinks expedient.

The proviso is the striking one: such directions may include a direction that one member of the company present in person or by proxy shall be deemed to constitute a meeting. That defeats the standard obstruction, which is for the majority simply not to turn up so there is no quorum.

Section 97(2). A meeting held in pursuance of the order shall, subject to the Tribunal's directions, be deemed to be an annual general meeting.

Section 98: any other meeting. If for any reason it is impracticable to call a meeting of a company, other than an annual general meeting, in any manner in which meetings may be called, or to hold or conduct it in the manner prescribed by the Act or the articles, the Tribunal may, either suo motu or on the application of any director or member who would be entitled to vote:

  • (a) order a meeting to be called, held and conducted in such manner as the Tribunal thinks fit; and
  • (b) give such ancillary or consequential directions as it thinks expedient, including directions modifying or supplementing the operation of the provisions of this Act or the articles in relation to the calling, holding and conducting of the meeting.

The same proviso applies: a direction may include that one member present in person or by proxy shall be deemed to constitute a meeting.

Section 98(2). Any meeting so called, held and conducted shall for all purposes be deemed to be a meeting duly called, held and conducted.

Compare the two sections carefully, because it is a favourite question. Section 97 is for the annual general meeting, on default, on the application of a member. Section 98 is for any other meeting, on impracticability, suo motu or on the application of a director or a member entitled to vote, and it expressly lets the Tribunal modify the Act or the articles for that meeting.

Section 99: the punishment. If default is made in holding a meeting in accordance with section 96, 97 or 98, or in complying with any directions of the Tribunal, the company and every officer in default shall be punishable with fine which may extend to one lakh rupees, and in the case of a continuing default, with a further fine which may extend to five thousand rupees for every day during which the default continues.

munotes.in272

Kinds of Meetings: The Annual General Meeting and the Extraordinary General Meeting

The extraordinary general meeting: section 100

Section 100(1): by the Board. The Board may, whenever it deems fit, call an extraordinary general meeting.

The proviso: an extraordinary general meeting, other than of the wholly owned subsidiary of a company incorporated outside India, shall be held at a place within India. So the only body that may meet abroad is the wholly owned Indian subsidiary of a foreign parent.

Section 100(2): on requisition. The Board shall call an extraordinary general meeting on the requisition of:

  • (a) in a company having a share capital, such number of members who hold, on the date of receipt of the requisition, not less than one-tenth of such of the paid-up share capital as on that date carries the right of voting;
  • (b) in a company not having a share capital, such number of members who have, on that date, not less than one-tenth of the total voting power of all the members having a right to vote on that date.

The threshold is one-tenth of the voting capital, not of the members. And it is measured on the date of receipt of the requisition.

Section 100(3): the form. The requisition shall set out the matters for the consideration of which the meeting is to be called, shall be signed by the requisitionists, and shall be sent to the registered office of the company.

Section 100(4): the two deadlines. If the Board does not, within twenty-one days from the date of receipt of a valid requisition, proceed to call a meeting for the consideration of that matter on a day not later than forty-five days from the date of receipt of the requisition, the meeting may be called and held by the requisitionists themselves within a period of three months from the date of the requisition.

Read that slowly, because there are three periods and they do different work.

Twenty-one days is the time the Board has to proceed to call the meeting. Forty-five days from receipt is the outer date on which the meeting the Board calls may be held. Three months from the requisition is the window in which the requisitionists may hold their own meeting if the Board has failed.

So a Board cannot comply by calling a meeting within twenty-one days for a date six months away; the meeting itself must fall within forty-five days.

Section 100(5). A meeting held by the requisitionists shall be called and held in the same manner in which the meeting is called and held by the Board.

munotes.in273

Kinds of Meetings: The Annual General Meeting and the Extraordinary General Meeting

Section 100(6): who pays. Any reasonable expenses incurred by the requisitionists in calling such a meeting shall be reimbursed to them by the company, and the sums so paid shall be deducted from any fee or other remuneration under section 197 payable to such of the directors who were in default in calling the meeting.

That last clause is unusually pointed. The cost does not fall on the company's general funds in the end; it comes out of the defaulting directors' own remuneration.

The One Person Company: section 122

A One Person Company is outside section 96 by its own words, and section 122 disapplies sections 98 and 100 to 111 to it. Where the company has only one member, a resolution is passed by that member entering it in the minutes book, signing and dating it, and that date is deemed the date of the meeting.

A worked example

Ambernath Fabrics Limited is incorporated on 10 June 2026 and closes its first financial year on 31 March 2027.

The first annual general meeting must be held within nine months of 31 March 2027, that is by 31 December 2027: first proviso to section 96(1). By the second proviso it need hold no meeting at all in 2026, its year of incorporation. And the Registrar cannot extend the first meeting.

The second annual general meeting. Suppose the first was held on 20 December 2027 and the second financial year closes on 31 March 2028. Two limits apply. The six month rule gives 30 September 2028. The fifteen month rule from 20 December 2027 gives 20 March 2029. The earlier governs, so the deadline is 30 September 2028.

An extension. For a special reason the company asks the Registrar, who may extend by not more than three months, to 31 December 2028.

Timing and place. The meeting is held at 11 a.m., within 9 a.m. to 6 p.m., on a day that is not a National Holiday, at the registered office or elsewhere within the same city, town or village. Being unlisted, it could be held anywhere in India if all the members consent in writing or electronically, in advance.

Nothing happens. The company holds no meeting by the deadline. Any member may apply to the Tribunal under section 97, which may call or direct the calling of the meeting and may direct that one member present in person or by proxy shall be deemed to constitute a meeting. The company and every officer in default face up to one lakh rupees, and five thousand rupees a day for a continuing default: section 99.

munotes.in274

Kinds of Meetings: The Annual General Meeting and the Extraordinary General Meeting

A mid-year crisis. In May 2028 members holding twelve per cent of the voting paid-up capital want to remove a director. They sign a requisition setting out the matter and send it to the registered office: section 100(3). It is received on 4 May 2028.

The Board has until 25 May 2028, twenty-one days, to proceed to call a meeting, and the meeting must be for a day not later than 18 June 2028, forty-five days from receipt.

The Board does nothing. The requisitionists may call and hold the meeting themselves at any time within three months of the requisition, that is by 4 August 2028, calling and holding it in the same manner as the Board would: section 100(4) and (5).

Their costs. The company must reimburse their reasonable expenses, and those sums are deducted from the remuneration payable under section 197 to the directors who were in default: section 100(6).

Where it is held. Being an Indian company that is not the wholly owned subsidiary of a foreign company, the extraordinary general meeting must be at a place within India: proviso to section 100(1).

Distinctions that carry marks

Annual general meetingExtraordinary general meeting
CompulsoryYes, every year, section 96No; held as needed
Who calls itThe BoardThe Board, or the requisitionists if the Board defaults
TimingFirst within nine months of the first financial year end; others within six months, and not more than fifteen months apartWhenever required
Hours and day9 a.m. to 6 p.m., not a National HolidayNot so restricted by section 100
PlaceRegistered office or within the same city, town or village; anywhere in India for an unlisted company with all members' prior consentWithin India, except a wholly owned subsidiary of a foreign company
ExtensionRegistrar, up to three months, but not the firstNot applicable
Tribunal's power on defaultSection 97, on a member's applicationSection 98, on impracticability, suo motu or on a director's or member's application
Section 97Section 98
Which meetingThe annual general meetingAny other meeting
TriggerDefault in holding itImpracticability of calling, holding or conducting it
Who may moveAny memberSuo motu, or any director or member entitled to vote
Special powerAncillary and consequential directionsAlso modifying or supplementing the Act or the articles for that meeting
One member as a meetingYes, by the provisoYes, by the proviso

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean fifteen months is the deadline. It is an outer limit between meetings; the six month rule from the financial year end usually bites first.

munotes.in275

Kinds of Meetings: The Annual General Meeting and the Extraordinary General Meeting

It does not mean the Registrar can extend any meeting. He may extend only a meeting other than the first, and only by up to three months.

It does not mean a requisition needs a majority. One-tenth of the voting paid-up capital, or of the total voting power where there is no share capital, is enough.

It does not mean the Board complies by calling a meeting within twenty-one days. The meeting it calls must be for a day not later than forty-five days from receipt of the requisition.

Quick revision

  • 96(1): every company except a One Person Company, each year, in addition to other meetings, specified as such in the notice, not more than fifteen months apart. First: within nine months of the first financial year end. Others: within six months of the financial year end. No meeting needed in the year of incorporation. Registrar may extend by three months, but not the first.
  • 96(2): 9 a.m. to 6 p.m., not a National Holiday, at the registered office or within the same city, town or village. Unlisted company: anywhere in India with all members' prior written or electronic consent. Central Government may exempt.
  • 97: on default, the Tribunal, on any member's application, may call or direct the calling of the AGM; one member present may be deemed a meeting; the meeting is then deemed an AGM.
  • 98: where it is impracticable to call, hold or conduct any other meeting, the Tribunal, suo motu or on a director's or voting member's application, may order it and modify the Act or the articles for it; the meeting is deemed duly called, held and conducted.
  • 99: default under sections 96, 97 or 98, or in complying with the Tribunal's directions: up to one lakh rupees, and five thousand rupees a day continuing.
  • 100(1): the Board may call an EGM whenever it deems fit; within India, except a wholly owned subsidiary of a foreign company.
  • 100(2): requisition by members holding not less than one-tenth of the paid-up capital carrying voting rights, or of the total voting power where there is no share capital, on the date of receipt.
  • 100(3): the requisition sets out the matters, is signed, and is sent to the registered office.
  • 100(4): Board has twenty-one days to proceed to call it, for a day not later than forty-five days from receipt; else the requisitionists may call and hold it within three months of the requisition.
  • 100(5) and (6): held in the same manner as by the Board; reasonable expenses reimbursed by the company and deducted from the defaulting directors' section 197 remuneration.
munotes.in276

Kinds of Meetings: The Annual General Meeting and the Extraordinary General Meeting

Test yourself

1. Within what time must the first annual general meeting be held, and can it be extended? Within nine months from the date of closing of the first financial year: first proviso to section 96(1). It cannot be extended, because the Registrar's power under the third proviso applies only to a meeting other than the first.

2. A company's financial year ends on 31 March 2028 and its last annual general meeting was on 20 December 2027. What is the deadline for the next one? 30 September 2028. The six month rule from the financial year end gives 30 September 2028 and the fifteen month rule from the last meeting gives 20 March 2029; both must be satisfied, so the earlier date governs.

3. Where and when may an annual general meeting be held? Between 9 a.m. and 6 p.m. on a day that is not a National Holiday, at the registered office or at some other place within the city, town or village in which the registered office is situate. An unlisted company may meet anywhere in India if all the members consent in writing or electronically in advance.

4. What may the Tribunal do if a company fails to hold its annual general meeting? On the application of any member, and notwithstanding anything in the Act or the articles, it may call or direct the calling of the meeting and give ancillary or consequential directions, which may include a direction that one member present in person or by proxy shall be deemed to constitute a meeting: section 97. The meeting so held is deemed to be an annual general meeting.

5. What holding is needed to requisition an extraordinary general meeting? Members holding, on the date of receipt of the requisition, not less than one-tenth of the paid-up share capital carrying the right of voting, or, in a company without share capital, not less than one-tenth of the total voting power: section 100(2).

6. The Board receives a valid requisition on 1 April. What must it do, and what if it does not? It must, within twenty-one days, proceed to call a meeting for a day not later than forty-five days from 1 April. If it does not, the requisitionists themselves may call and hold the meeting within three months of the requisition, in the same manner as the Board would, and the company must reimburse their reasonable expenses, which are deducted from the section 197 remuneration of the directors in default.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in277

Chapter Forty-Four

Notice, Quorum, Chairman and Proxy

Syllabus topic 2.3, label: "Notice, Quorum, Poll, Chairman, Proxy" and "Meeting and Agenda"

In one line

A meeting needs twenty-one clear days' notice saying where, when and what, an explanatory statement for anything out of the ordinary, a minimum number of people actually in the room, a chairman, and a rule about who may send somebody in their place.

In exam wording: section 101 requires not less than clear twenty-one days' notice, in writing or electronically; section 102 requires a statement of material facts to be annexed for every item of special business; section 103 fixes the quorum; section 104 provides for the chairman; and section 105 governs proxies.

Why the law has this at all

A general meeting is the members' only chance to act collectively, and it can be defeated in four quiet ways.

Give too little notice, and the members who would have objected cannot arrange to come. Hence twenty-one clear days.

Give notice that says nothing, and a member cannot tell whether the meeting matters to him. "To transact such other business as may arise" tells him nothing. Hence section 102, which forces the company to explain every item of special business and to disclose who among the directors and their relatives is interested in it.

Hold the meeting with three people in the room, and a handful of insiders decide everything. Hence the quorum.

Stop members voting unless they attend in person, and anybody living far away is disenfranchised. Hence the proxy.

Each of the five sections in this chapter closes one of those gaps.

Some words this chapter uses

Clear days means the period excluding both the day of service and the day of the meeting. Ordinary business is the four items in section 102(2)(a). Special business is everything else. A quorum is the minimum number who must be present for the meeting to be valid. Personally present means in the person's own body, not by proxy. A proxy is both the person appointed and the instrument appointing him. An appointer is the member who appoints.

Notice: section 101

Section 101(1). A general meeting may be called by giving not less than clear twenty-one days' notice, either in writing or through electronic mode, in the prescribed manner.

"Clear" is the word that is examined. Twenty-one clear days excludes both the day of service and the day of the meeting, so in practice the gap is longer than twenty-one calendar days.

The first proviso: shorter notice. A meeting may be called on shorter notice if consent, in writing or by electronic mode, is given:

  • (i) for an annual general meeting, by not less than ninety-five per cent of the members entitled to vote at it; and
  • (ii) for any other general meeting, by members:
  • (a) holding, where the company has a share capital, a majority in number of members entitled to vote and who represent not less than ninety-five per cent of such part of the paid-up share capital as gives a right to vote at the meeting; or
  • (b) having, where the company has no share capital, not less than ninety-five per cent of the total voting power exercisable at that meeting.
munotes.in278

Notice, Quorum, Chairman and Proxy

Note the double test in (ii)(a): a majority in number of the voting members and ninety-five per cent in value. Both, not either.

The second proviso deals with members who may vote on some resolutions only: they are counted in respect of the resolutions they can vote on and not the others.

Section 101(2): what the notice must say. Every notice shall specify the place, date, day and the hour of the meeting and shall contain a statement of the business to be transacted.

Four particulars, and then the business. A notice that gives the date but not the hour, or the hour but not the place, is defective.

Section 101(3): who gets it. Notice shall be given to:

  • (a) every member, the legal representative of any deceased member and the assignee of an insolvent member;
  • (b) the auditor or auditors of the company; and
  • (c) every director of the company.

The auditor and every director are entitled to notice of a members' meeting. Students routinely forget both.

Section 101(4): accidental omission. Any accidental omission to give notice to, or the non-receipt of notice by, any member or other person entitled to it shall not invalidate the proceedings of the meeting.

Two limits on that saving. The omission must be accidental, so a deliberate failure to notify an inconvenient member is not covered. And non-receipt is excused, so a notice properly sent but lost in the post does not invalidate anything.

The explanatory statement: section 102

Section 102(1). A statement setting out the following material facts concerning each item of special business shall be annexed to the notice:

  • (a) the nature of concern or interest, financial or otherwise, if any, in respect of each item, of (i) every director and the manager, if any; (ii) every other key managerial personnel; and (iii) relatives of those persons; and
  • (b) any other information and facts that may enable members to understand the meaning, scope and implications of the items of business and to take a decision on them.

Clause (a) is a disclosure of interest reaching directors, the manager, every other key managerial personnel and their relatives. Clause (b) is the general duty to explain.

munotes.in279

Notice, Quorum, Chairman and Proxy

Section 102(2): what is special.

  • (a) at an annual general meeting, all business is deemed special except four items:
  • (i) the consideration of financial statements and the reports of the Board of Directors and auditors;
  • (ii) the declaration of any dividend;
  • (iii) the appointment of directors in place of those retiring; and
  • (iv) the appointment of, and the fixing of the remuneration of, the auditors;
  • (b) at any other meeting, all business shall be deemed to be special.

Learn the four. They are the only ordinary business the Act recognises, and everything else, at an annual general meeting or anywhere else, needs an explanatory statement.

The proviso: the two per cent rule. Where an item of special business relates to or affects any other company, the extent of shareholding interest in that other company of every promoter, director, manager and every other key managerial personnel of the first company shall also be set out in the statement, if that shareholding is not less than two per cent of the paid-up share capital of that other company.

Section 102(3): documents. Where an item refers to a document to be considered at the meeting, the time and place where it can be inspected shall be specified in the statement.

Section 102(4): the trustee consequence. Where, as a result of non-disclosure or insufficient disclosure by a promoter, director, manager or other key managerial personnel, any benefit accrues to him or to his relatives, directly or indirectly, he shall hold that benefit in trust for the company and shall, without prejudice to any other action, be liable to compensate the company to the extent of the benefit received.

That is a powerful remedy and it is often asked: the defaulter does not merely face a penalty; he holds the benefit on trust and must account for it.

Section 102(5): the penalty. Without prejudice to sub-section (4), on default every promoter, director, manager or other key managerial personnel in default is liable to a penalty of fifty thousand rupees, or five times the amount of benefit accruing to him or any of his relatives, whichever is higher.

Quorum: section 103

Section 103(1). Unless the articles provide for a larger number:

  • (a) in a public company:
  • (i) five members personally present, if the number of members as on the date of the meeting is not more than one thousand;
  • (ii) fifteen members personally present, if it is more than one thousand but up to five thousand;
  • (iii) thirty members personally present, if it exceeds five thousand;
  • (b) in a private company, two members personally present.
munotes.in280

Notice, Quorum, Chairman and Proxy

Two things to fix. The articles may require more, never fewer. And it is personally present, so a proxy does not count towards the quorum.

Section 103(2): no quorum within half an hour. If the quorum is not present within half an hour from the appointed time:

  • (a) the meeting shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week at the same time and place, or to such other date, time and place as the Board may determine; or
  • (b) the meeting, if called by requisitionists under section 100, shall stand cancelled.

Clause (b) is the trap. A requisitioned meeting is not adjourned; it is cancelled outright. The members who requisitioned it must start again.

The proviso: notice of the adjournment. For an adjourned meeting, or a change of day, time or place under clause (a), the company shall give not less than three days' notice to the members either individually or by publishing an advertisement in the newspapers, one in English and one in a vernacular language, in circulation at the place where the registered office is situated.

Section 103(3): no quorum at the adjourned meeting either. If at the adjourned meeting a quorum is not present within half an hour, the members present shall be the quorum. So the second meeting cannot be defeated by absence.

Chairman: section 104

Section 104(1). Unless the articles otherwise provide, the members personally present shall elect one of themselves to be the Chairman on a show of hands.

Section 104(2). If a poll is demanded on the election of the Chairman, it shall be taken forthwith, and the Chairman elected on a show of hands shall continue to be Chairman until some other person is elected as a result of the poll, and that other person shall be Chairman for the rest of the meeting.

So the meeting is never without a chairman: the show-of-hands chairman holds office until the poll displaces him.

Proxies: section 105

Section 105(1). Any member entitled to attend and vote at a meeting shall be entitled to appoint another person as a proxy to attend and vote on his behalf.

Four provisos, and each is examinable.

A proxy shall not have the right to speak at the meeting, and shall not be entitled to vote except on a poll. So a proxy is silent, and useless on a show of hands.

Unless the articles otherwise provide, the sub-section does not apply to a company not having a share capital. So there is no proxy right by default in a guarantee company without capital.

The Central Government may prescribe a class or classes of companies whose members shall not be entitled to appoint a proxy.

munotes.in281

Notice, Quorum, Chairman and Proxy

A person appointed as proxy shall act on behalf of such member or number of members not exceeding fifty, and such number of shares as may be prescribed. So one person may not hold more than fifty members' proxies.

Section 105(2): the notice must say so. In every notice calling a meeting of a company which has a share capital, or whose articles provide for voting by proxy, there shall appear with reasonable prominence a statement that a member entitled to attend and vote is entitled to appoint a proxy to attend and vote instead of himself, and that a proxy need not be a member.

Section 105(3). On default, every officer in default is liable to a penalty of five thousand rupees.

Section 105(4): the forty-eight hour rule. Any provision in the articles requiring an instrument of proxy to be deposited more than forty-eight hours before the meeting shall have effect as if forty-eight hours had been specified. So an article demanding seven days' deposit is read down to forty-eight hours.

Section 105(5): no company-funded proxy canvassing. If invitations to appoint as proxy a person, or one of a number of persons specified in the invitation, are issued at the company's expense to any member entitled to notice and to vote by proxy, every officer who issues the invitation or authorises or permits its issue is liable to a penalty of fifty thousand rupees.

The proviso protects the neutral company: an officer is not liable by reason only of issuing, at a member's written request, a form of appointment naming the proxy, or a list of persons willing to act as proxies, if the form or list is available on request in writing to every member entitled to vote by proxy.

Section 105(6): form. The instrument appointing a proxy shall (a) be in writing and (b) be signed by the appointer or his attorney duly authorised in writing, or, if the appointer is a body corporate, be under its seal or be signed by an officer or an attorney duly authorised by it.

Section 105(7). An instrument in the prescribed form shall not be questioned on the ground that it fails to comply with any special requirements specified by the articles.

A worked example

Nanded Alloys Limited, a public company with 1,400 members, calls its annual general meeting for 10 a.m. on Friday 18 August 2028.

Notice. It must give not less than clear twenty-one days' notice, in writing or electronically, excluding both the day of service and the day of the meeting. The notice must specify the place, date, day and hour and contain a statement of the business, and must go to every member, the legal representative of any deceased member, the assignee of any insolvent member, the auditors and every director.

munotes.in282

Notice, Quorum, Chairman and Proxy

Shorter notice. If it wanted to meet sooner, it would need consent in writing or electronically from not less than ninety-five per cent of the members entitled to vote, this being an annual general meeting.

Ordinary and special business. The agenda has five items: adoption of the financial statements and the Board's and auditors' reports; declaration of a dividend; reappointment of a retiring director; appointment of the auditors and fixing their remuneration; and approval of a contract with Nanded Realty Private Limited.

The first four are the four items of ordinary business in section 102(2)(a). The fifth is special business, so an explanatory statement must be annexed setting out the material facts, including the nature of the concern or interest, financial or otherwise, of every director, the manager, every other key managerial personnel and their relatives.

The two per cent rule. Because that item relates to another company, the statement must also disclose the shareholding of every promoter, director, manager and key managerial personnel of Nanded Alloys in Nanded Realty, if that holding is not less than two per cent of Nanded Realty's paid-up share capital.

A document. The draft contract will be considered at the meeting, so the statement must specify the time and place where it can be inspected: section 102(3).

Non-disclosure. Suppose a director fails to disclose that his brother owns Nanded Realty, and the contract enriches the brother. Under section 102(4) the director holds that benefit in trust for the company and must compensate the company to the extent of the benefit, and under section 102(5) he faces a penalty of fifty thousand rupees or five times the benefit, whichever is higher.

Quorum. The company has 1,400 members, which is more than one thousand but not more than five thousand, so the quorum is fifteen members personally present, unless the articles require more.

Nobody comes. At 10.30 a.m. only nine members are present. Because the quorum is not present within half an hour, the meeting stands adjourned to the same day in the next week at the same time and place, or to such other date, time and place as the Board determines, and the company must give not less than three days' notice, individually or by advertisement in one English and one vernacular newspaper circulating where the registered office is.

munotes.in283

Notice, Quorum, Chairman and Proxy

At the adjourned meeting only six members come. By section 103(3) the members present are the quorum, and the meeting proceeds.

Had this been a requisitioned meeting under section 100, the absence of a quorum would have cancelled it outright, not adjourned it: section 103(2)(b).

Chairman. The articles are silent, so the members personally present elect one of themselves on a show of hands. A poll is demanded on that election, so it is taken forthwith, and the show-of-hands chairman continues until the poll produces someone else, who is chairman for the rest of the meeting.

Proxies. A member in Dubai appoints a proxy. The proxy may attend and vote, but may not speak and may not vote except on a poll. The articles require proxies to be lodged seven days before the meeting; by section 105(4) that has effect as if forty-eight hours were specified. One person may hold proxies for not more than fifty members. The notice must state with reasonable prominence that a member may appoint a proxy and that a proxy need not be a member, failing which every officer in default pays five thousand rupees.

And a warning to the Board. If the company posts, at its own expense, invitations naming a particular director as proxy, every officer who issues or authorises them is liable to fifty thousand rupees, unless the form or list was supplied on a member's written request and is available on request to every member entitled to vote by proxy.

Distinctions that carry marks

Ordinary businessSpecial business
WhereAnnual general meeting only, and only the four itemsEverything else at an AGM, and all business at any other meeting
The fourFinancial statements with the Board's and auditors' reports; dividend; appointment of directors in place of those retiring; appointment and remuneration of auditorsNot applicable
Explanatory statementNot requiredRequired, section 102(1)
MemberProxy
Counts towards quorumYes, if personally presentNo
May speakYesNo
May vote on a show of handsYesNo
May vote on a pollYesYes
Must be a memberNot applicableNo, and the notice must say so
No quorum within half an hourConsequence
Ordinary meetingAdjourned to the same day next week, same time and place, or as the Board determines, on three days' notice
Meeting called by requisitionistsCancelled, section 103(2)(b)
The adjourned meetingMembers present are the quorum, section 103(3)

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean twenty-one days is counted inclusively. It is clear days, excluding the day of service and the day of the meeting.

It does not mean any omission of notice invalidates a meeting. Only a deliberate one does; accidental omission and non-receipt are saved by section 101(4).

munotes.in284

Notice, Quorum, Chairman and Proxy

It does not mean a proxy is a substitute member. He cannot speak, cannot vote on a show of hands, and does not count towards the quorum.

It does not mean the articles can demand early deposit of proxies. Anything longer than forty-eight hours is read down to forty-eight.

Quick revision

  • 101(1): clear twenty-one days' notice, writing or electronic. Shorter: ninety-five per cent of voting members for an AGM; for any other meeting, a majority in number of voting members and ninety-five per cent in value, or ninety-five per cent of total voting power where there is no share capital.
  • 101(2): place, date, day, hour and a statement of the business. 101(3): every member, a deceased member's legal representative, an insolvent member's assignee, the auditors, and every director. 101(4): accidental omission or non-receipt does not invalidate.
  • 102(1): explanatory statement for every item of special business: the interest of every director, the manager, every other KMP and their relatives, and information enabling members to understand and decide.
  • 102(2): at an AGM only four items are ordinary: financial statements with the Board's and auditors' reports, dividend, appointment of directors in place of retiring ones, and appointment and remuneration of auditors. Everything else, and all business at any other meeting, is special.
  • 102 proviso: if the item affects another company, disclose holdings of promoters, directors, manager and KMP in it, if not less than two per cent. 102(3): state where documents may be inspected.
  • 102(4): a benefit from non-disclosure is held in trust for the company, with liability to compensate. 102(5): penalty fifty thousand rupees or five times the benefit, whichever is higher.
  • 103(1): public company, five / fifteen / thirty members personally present for up to one thousand / one thousand to five thousand / above five thousand members; private company, two. Articles may require more.
  • 103(2): no quorum in half an hour: adjourned to the same day next week, or as the Board determines, on three days' notice individually or by advertisement in one English and one vernacular newspaper; a requisitioned meeting stands cancelled. 103(3): at the adjourned meeting, members present are the quorum.
  • 104: unless the articles otherwise provide, members personally present elect a chairman on a show of hands; on a poll, taken forthwith, the new chairman takes over for the rest of the meeting.
  • 105: a proxy may not speak and may not vote except on a poll; not available by default in a company without share capital; not more than fifty members per proxy; notice must state the right with reasonable prominence and that a proxy need not be a member, penalty five thousand rupees; articles requiring deposit more than forty-eight hours before are read down; company-funded proxy invitations cost each responsible officer fifty thousand rupees; the instrument must be in writing and signed, and a prescribed form cannot be questioned for failing the articles' special requirements.
munotes.in285

Notice, Quorum, Chairman and Proxy

Test yourself

1. How much notice is needed for a general meeting, and how may it be shortened? Not less than clear twenty-one days' notice in writing or electronic mode. It may be shortened with consent in writing or by electronic mode of not less than ninety-five per cent of the members entitled to vote at an annual general meeting, and for any other meeting of a majority in number of the members entitled to vote who also hold not less than ninety-five per cent of the voting paid-up capital, or ninety-five per cent of the total voting power where there is no share capital.

2. What is ordinary business at an annual general meeting? Only four items: consideration of the financial statements and the reports of the Board and the auditors; declaration of any dividend; appointment of directors in place of those retiring; and appointment of, and fixing the remuneration of, the auditors: section 102(2)(a).

3. What happens if a director does not disclose his interest in an item of special business and gains by it? He holds the benefit in trust for the company and is liable to compensate the company to the extent of the benefit received, without prejudice to any other action: section 102(4). He is also liable to a penalty of fifty thousand rupees or five times the benefit, whichever is higher: section 102(5).

4. State the quorum for a public company with 6,000 members. Thirty members personally present, unless the articles provide for a larger number: section 103(1)(a)(iii).

5. A requisitioned meeting has no quorum after half an hour. What happens? It stands cancelled: section 103(2)(b). Unlike an ordinary meeting, it is not adjourned to the same day in the next week.

6. Can a proxy speak and vote at a meeting? A proxy may attend and vote but may not speak, and may not vote except on a poll: provisos to section 105(1). He does not count towards the quorum, which requires members personally present.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in286

Chapter Forty-Five

Voting and its Types, and Types of Resolutions

Syllabus topic 2.3, labels: "Voting and its types-vote on show of hands, Poll, E-Voting, Postal ballot", "Types of Resolutions"

In one line

A resolution is normally decided by counting hands, but any substantial minority can demand a poll in which votes are counted by shares, and some business can be done by post or electronically without a meeting at all.

In exam wording: section 107 decides a resolution on a show of hands unless a poll is demanded under section 109 or the voting is electronic; section 108 empowers the Central Government to prescribe electronic voting; section 110 provides for a postal ballot; and section 114 defines an ordinary resolution, carried by votes in favour exceeding votes against, and a special resolution, requiring votes in favour to be not less than three times the votes against.

Why the law has this at all

A show of hands is quick, and it is also unfair. One member holding a single share has one hand; another holding forty per cent of the company has one hand too. For routine business that does not matter, and the speed is worth having.

For anything contested it matters a great deal, so the Act gives a minority the right to insist on a poll, in which votes are counted by shareholding under section 47. Notice that the poll is available on demand by one-tenth of the voting power, not by a majority: a rule requiring a majority to demand a poll would be useless, because a majority does not need one.

Electronic voting and the postal ballot answer a different problem. A member in another State cannot attend, and a proxy cannot speak for him or vote on a show of hands. Both mechanisms let him vote without being in the room, and the postal ballot goes further and dispenses with the meeting altogether for defined business.

And section 114 exists because the Act is full of the phrases "ordinary resolution" and "special resolution". Without a definition section, every one of those references would be ambiguous.

Some words this chapter uses

A show of hands is a count of persons present. A poll is a count of votes by shareholding. A casting vote is an extra vote given to the chairman to break a tie. A postal ballot is defined in section 2(65) as voting by post or through any electronic mode. A scrutiniser is a person appointed to check a poll. Special notice is the advance notice required by section 115.

Restriction on voting rights: section 106

Section 106(1). Notwithstanding anything in this Act, the articles may provide that no member shall exercise any voting right in respect of shares registered in his name on which any calls or other sums presently payable by him have not been paid, or in regard to which the company has exercised any right of lien.

munotes.in287

Voting and its Types, and Types of Resolutions

Section 106(2). A company shall not, except on the grounds specified in sub-section (1), prohibit any member from exercising his voting right on any other ground.

Read the two together. There are exactly two permitted grounds for disenfranchising a member, and both must be in the articles: unpaid calls or sums presently payable, and shares subject to a lien the company has exercised. Any other restriction is forbidden.

Section 106(3): splitting votes. On a poll, a member entitled to more than one vote, or his proxy or other person entitled to vote for him, need not, if he votes, use all his votes or cast in the same way all the votes he uses.

So a nominee holding for several beneficiaries can vote some shares for and some against. This is only possible on a poll, because a show of hands counts people.

Show of hands: section 107

Section 107(1). At any general meeting, a resolution put to the vote shall, unless a poll is demanded under section 109 or the voting is carried out electronically, be decided on a show of hands.

So a show of hands is the default, displaced by a poll or by electronic voting.

Section 107(2): the chairman's declaration. A declaration by the Chairman of the passing of a resolution or otherwise by show of hands, and an entry to that effect in the minutes book, shall be conclusive evidence of the fact of passing of such resolution or otherwise.

"Conclusive", not prima facie. Once the chairman declares and the minute is made, the fact that the resolution passed cannot be disputed by counting hands afterwards. That is why the right to demand a poll must be exercised before or on the declaration of the result, which is exactly what section 109(1) says.

Electronic voting: section 108

The Central Government may prescribe the class or classes of companies and manner in which a member may exercise his right to vote by the electronic means.

Short, and entirely delegated. The section itself creates no right; it empowers the rules. Its practical importance is that a company required to provide electronic voting is taken out of the show-of-hands default by section 107(1), and can use the proviso to section 110(1) to transact postal ballot business at a general meeting instead.

Poll: section 109

Section 109(1): who may demand. Before or on the declaration of the result of the voting on any resolution on show of hands, a poll may be ordered by the Chairman on his own motion, and shall be ordered by him on a demand made:

munotes.in288

Voting and its Types, and Types of Resolutions

  • (a) in a company having a share capital, by the members present in person or by proxy, where allowed, having not less than one-tenth of the total voting power, or holding shares on which an aggregate sum of not less than five lakh rupees, or such higher amount as may be prescribed, has been paid up; and
  • (b) in any other company, by any member or members present in person or by proxy, where allowed, having not less than one-tenth of the total voting power.

Three things. The demand must be made before or on the declaration of the show-of-hands result. The chairman may order a poll himself but shall order one on a valid demand. And in a company with share capital the test is either one-tenth of the voting power or five lakh rupees paid up, so a small holder of expensive shares qualifies.

Section 109(2). The demand may be withdrawn at any time by the persons who made it.

Section 109(3): the two urgent polls. A poll demanded on adjournment of the meeting or on appointment of the Chairman shall be taken forthwith.

Section 109(4): everything else. A poll on any other question shall be taken at such time, not being later than forty-eight hours from the time when the demand was made, as the Chairman may direct.

Section 109(5): scrutinisers. The Chairman shall appoint such number of persons as he deems necessary to scrutinise the poll process and the votes and to report to him in the prescribed manner.

Section 109(6). Subject to the section, the Chairman has power to regulate the manner in which the poll shall be taken.

Section 109(7). The result of the poll shall be deemed to be the decision of the meeting on the resolution on which the poll was taken. So the poll displaces the show of hands entirely, even though the hands were counted first.

Postal ballot: section 110

Section 110(1). Notwithstanding anything in this Act, a company:

  • (a) shall, in respect of such items of business as the Central Government may by notification declare to be transacted only by means of postal ballot; and
  • (b) may, in respect of any item of business other than ordinary business and any business in respect of which directors or auditors have a right to be heard at any meeting, transact by means of postal ballot,

in the prescribed manner, instead of transacting such business at a general meeting.

Read (b) carefully: two exclusions. Ordinary business cannot go to a postal ballot, and neither can business on which directors or auditors have a right to be heard. The reason for the second is obvious: a postal ballot has no meeting, so a person entitled to speak would be silenced.

munotes.in289

Voting and its Types, and Types of Resolutions

The proviso runs the other way: an item that must be done by postal ballot under clause (a) may instead be transacted at a general meeting by a company required to provide electronic voting under section 108, in the manner provided in that section. Electronic voting at a meeting achieves the same reach as a postal ballot.

Section 110(2). If a resolution is assented to by the requisite majority by means of postal ballot, it shall be deemed to have been duly passed at a general meeting convened in that behalf.

Types of resolutions: section 114

Section 114(1): ordinary resolution. A resolution is an ordinary resolution if:

  • the notice required under this Act has been duly given; and
  • it is required to be passed by the votes cast in favour, whether on a show of hands, or electronically or on a poll, including the casting vote, if any, of the Chairman, by members who, being entitled so to do, vote in person, or where proxies are allowed, by proxy or by postal ballot, exceeding the votes, if any, cast against by members so entitled and voting.

The test is "exceed", so a simple majority of votes actually cast. Abstentions and absentees are irrelevant, and the chairman's casting vote counts.

Section 114(2): special resolution. A resolution is a special resolution when:

  • (a) the intention to propose it as a special resolution has been duly specified in the notice calling the general meeting or other intimation to the members;
  • (b) the notice required under this Act has been duly given; and
  • (c) the votes cast in favour, on a show of hands, electronically or on a poll, by members entitled and voting in person or by proxy or by postal ballot, are not less than three times the number of the votes, if any, cast against.

Two things students get wrong. The majority is three to one of votes cast, which is often loosely called "three fourths", and it is not three fourths of the members or of the capital. And the notice must say the resolution is intended as a special resolution; a resolution passed by a large majority is not a special resolution if the notice did not say so.

Note also what section 114(2) does not mention: the chairman's casting vote. It appears in sub-section (1) and not in sub-section (2).

munotes.in290

Voting and its Types, and Types of Resolutions

Resolutions requiring special notice: section 115

Where, by any provision of this Act or in the articles, special notice is required of any resolution, notice of the intention to move it shall be given to the company by such number of members holding not less than one per cent of total voting power, or holding shares on which an aggregate sum not exceeding five lakh rupees, as may be prescribed, has been paid up, and the company shall give its members notice of the resolution in the prescribed manner.

Distinguish special notice from a special resolution. They are unrelated. Special notice is a notice to the company by members that they intend to move a resolution; the resolution itself may be an ordinary one. It is required, for example, for a resolution to remove a director or to appoint an auditor other than the retiring auditor.

Resolutions at an adjourned meeting: section 116

Where a resolution is passed at an adjourned meeting of (a) a company, (b) the holders of any class of shares, or (c) the Board of Directors, the resolution shall for all purposes be treated as having been passed on the date on which it was in fact passed, and shall not be deemed to have been passed on any earlier date.

Short, and it settles a question of dates. The resolution does not relate back to the date of the original meeting. That matters wherever a period runs from the date of a resolution, such as the thirty days for filing under section 117 or the one year for completing a buy-back under section 68(4).

A worked example

Pandharpur Sugars Limited holds a general meeting. A resolution to sell a division is put to the vote.

Show of hands. By section 107(1) it is decided on a show of hands, twenty-two hands for and eighteen against. The Chairman declares it carried. Once he declares it and the minute is made, that declaration is conclusive evidence of the passing under section 107(2).

A poll is demanded. Before the declaration, members present holding twelve per cent of the total voting power demand a poll. That is not less than one-tenth, so under section 109(1)(a) the Chairman shall order it. He would equally have been bound had they held shares with five lakh rupees paid up, whatever the percentage.

When it is taken. The question is not adjournment or the appointment of the Chairman, so under section 109(4) the poll is taken at such time as the Chairman directs, not later than forty-eight hours from the demand. He appoints scrutinisers under section 109(5) and regulates the manner under section 109(6).

The result. On a poll the votes are counted by shareholding under section 47, and the resolution is lost. By section 109(7) the poll result is the decision of the meeting, and the earlier show of hands counts for nothing.

munotes.in291

Voting and its Types, and Types of Resolutions

Splitting. A bank holding shares as nominee for several clients votes six lakh shares in favour and two lakh against. That is permitted on a poll by section 106(3).

A disenfranchised member. Mr Ghorpade has not paid a call. The company's articles provide that a member may not vote on shares with calls unpaid, so under section 106(1) his votes are not counted. The company also wanted to bar a member for criticising the Board in the press; section 106(2) forbids it, because that is not one of the two permitted grounds.

A special resolution. The company later proposes to alter its articles, which needs a special resolution. The notice states the intention to propose it as a special resolution, as section 114(2)(a) requires. On a poll, 9,00,000 votes are cast in favour and 2,80,000 against. Three times 2,80,000 is 8,40,000, and 9,00,000 exceeds it, so the resolution is carried. Had the notice failed to say it was intended as a special resolution, it would not have been one however large the majority.

An ordinary resolution. On another item, 4,00,000 votes are cast for and 3,90,000 against. Votes in favour exceed votes against, so it is carried as an ordinary resolution under section 114(1), and the Chairman's casting vote, if the articles give him one, is counted in that total.

A postal ballot. The company wishes to pass a resolution that the Central Government has notified as transactable only by postal ballot. Under section 110(1)(a) it must use the postal ballot. But because it is required to provide electronic voting under section 108, the proviso lets it transact the item at a general meeting using electronic voting instead.

What cannot go to a postal ballot. It could not put the adoption of the accounts to a postal ballot, that being ordinary business, nor any item on which the auditors have a right to be heard: section 110(1)(b).

Removing a director. Members holding one and a half per cent of the total voting power give the company special notice under section 115 of their intention to move a resolution to remove a director. The resolution itself is an ordinary resolution; the special notice is simply the advance warning, and the company must then give its members notice of the resolution in the prescribed manner.

An adjourned meeting. The meeting is adjourned and the resolution is finally passed on 12 September. By section 116 it is treated as passed on 12 September, not on the date of the original meeting, so the thirty days for filing under section 117 run from then.

munotes.in292

Voting and its Types, and Types of Resolutions

Distinctions that carry marks

Show of handsPoll
What is countedPersons presentVotes, by shareholding, section 47
Proxy may voteNo, section 105(1) provisoYes
Splitting votesNot possiblePermitted, section 106(3)
When demandedNot applicableBefore or on the declaration of the result
Who may demandNot applicableOne-tenth of voting power, or five lakh rupees paid up; or the Chairman on his own motion
EvidenceChairman's declaration plus the minute is conclusive, section 107(2)The poll result is the decision, section 109(7)
Ordinary resolutionSpecial resolution
Section114(1)114(2)
MajorityVotes in favour exceed votes againstVotes in favour not less than three times votes against
Notice must state it is suchNoYes, section 114(2)(a)
Chairman's casting voteCounted, expresslyNot mentioned
Filing with the RegistrarOnly where section 117(3) says soAlways, section 117(3)(a)
Special notice, section 115Special resolution, section 114(2)
What it isNotice by members to the company of intention to move a resolutionA kind of resolution, defined by its majority
Who gives itMembers holding one per cent of total voting power, or shares with the prescribed sum paid upNot applicable
The resolution itselfUsually ordinarySpecial

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean a poll needs a majority to demand. One-tenth of the voting power, or shares with five lakh rupees paid up, is enough, and the Chairman may order one himself.

It does not mean the chairman's declaration can be challenged by recounting hands. Section 107(2) makes it conclusive, which is why the poll must be demanded before or on the declaration.

It does not mean a three fourths majority makes a special resolution. The notice must also have specified the intention to propose it as one.

It does not mean any business can go to a postal ballot. Ordinary business, and business on which directors or auditors have a right to be heard, are excluded.

Quick revision

  • 106(1) and (2): the articles may bar voting only on unpaid calls or sums presently payable and on shares over which the company has exercised a lien; no other ground is permitted. 106(3): on a poll, votes may be split.
  • 107(1): show of hands is the default, unless a poll is demanded or voting is electronic. 107(2): the Chairman's declaration plus the minute is conclusive evidence.
  • 108: the Central Government may prescribe electronic voting.
  • 109(1): poll before or on the declaration; Chairman may order it himself and shall on a demand by one-tenth of the total voting power or holders of shares with five lakh rupees paid up; one-tenth of voting power where there is no share capital. (2) withdrawable. (3) poll on adjournment or appointment of the Chairman, taken forthwith. (4) any other poll, not later than forty-eight hours. (5) scrutinisers. (6) Chairman regulates. (7) the poll result is the decision.
  • 110(1): postal ballot compulsory for notified items; optional for any item other than ordinary business and business on which directors or auditors have a right to be heard. Proviso: a company with electronic voting may do a clause (a) item at a general meeting instead. (2) deemed duly passed at a general meeting.
  • 114(1) ordinary: notice duly given, and votes in favour exceed votes against, including the Chairman's casting vote.
  • 114(2) special: the notice specifies the intention, notice duly given, and votes in favour not less than three times the votes against.
  • 115 special notice: by members holding one per cent of total voting power or shares with the prescribed sum paid up; the company then notifies its members.
  • 116: a resolution at an adjourned meeting is passed on the day it is in fact passed, not earlier.
munotes.in293

Voting and its Types, and Types of Resolutions

Test yourself

1. On what grounds may a company restrict a member's voting rights? Only on the two grounds in section 106(1), and only if the articles so provide: that calls or other sums presently payable on the shares have not been paid, or that the company has exercised a right of lien over them. Section 106(2) forbids any other ground.

2. Who may demand a poll, and by when? The Chairman on his own motion, or, on demand, members present in person or by proxy having not less than one-tenth of the total voting power or holding shares on which not less than five lakh rupees has been paid up. The demand must be made before or on the declaration of the result of the show of hands: section 109(1).

3. When must a poll be taken? A poll on adjournment of the meeting or on the appointment of the Chairman must be taken forthwith; any other poll at such time as the Chairman directs, not later than forty-eight hours from the demand: section 109(3) and (4).

4. Define an ordinary and a special resolution. An ordinary resolution is one where, notice having been duly given, the votes cast in favour, including the Chairman's casting vote if any, exceed the votes cast against. A special resolution requires the notice to specify the intention to propose it as such, notice duly given, and votes in favour not less than three times the votes cast against: section 114.

munotes.in294

Voting and its Types, and Types of Resolutions

5. What business cannot be transacted by postal ballot? Ordinary business, and any business in respect of which directors or auditors have a right to be heard at a meeting: section 110(1)(b).

6. Distinguish special notice from a special resolution. Special notice under section 115 is notice given by members to the company of their intention to move a resolution, requiring holders of not less than one per cent of the total voting power or of shares with the prescribed sum paid up; the resolution moved is often an ordinary one. A special resolution under section 114(2) is a kind of resolution, needing the intention specified in the notice and a majority of not less than three to one of the votes cast.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in295

Chapter Forty-Six

Circulation of Members' Resolutions, and Minutes

Syllabus topic 2.3, labels: "Circulation of Members' Resolutions etc.", "Signing and Inspection of Minutes"

In one line

Members with enough support can force the company to circulate their own resolution and their reasons, and everything that happens at a meeting must be written into a minute book within thirty days, which is then evidence of what was done.

In exam wording: section 111 requires a company, on the requisition of the members specified in section 100, to give notice of a members' resolution and to circulate a statement about it; and section 118 requires minutes of every general meeting, every postal ballot resolution and every meeting of the Board and its committees to be prepared, signed and kept within thirty days, in books with consecutively numbered pages, and makes them evidence of the proceedings.

Why the law has this at all

Section 111 answers a simple unfairness. The Board controls the notice of a meeting. If a member wants to propose something the Board dislikes, the Board simply leaves it out, and the member arrives at the meeting with a proposal nobody has heard of and nobody has thought about. Section 111 makes the company circulate the member's resolution and his statement at his expense, so that the argument reaches the other members before they decide.

And it guards against the obvious abuse of that right, which is to use the company's circulation machinery to publish something defamatory. Hence section 111(3), which lets the Central Government stop it.

Section 118 answers a different problem: proof. A meeting is an event that leaves no trace. A year later nobody can say who attended, what was resolved, or whether the chairman declared a resolution carried. The minute book is the record, and the Act therefore controls when it is written, who signs it, what may be left out, and what it proves.

Some words this chapter uses

A requisition is a formal demand by members. To circulate is to send to all members. Needless publicity for defamatory matter is the ground in section 111(3). A minute book is the bound record of proceedings. Consecutively numbered pages prevent substitution of a page. Secretarial standards are the standards issued by the Institute of Company Secretaries of India.

Circulation of members' resolutions: section 111

Section 111(1): the duty. A company shall, on requisition in writing of such number of members as required in section 100:

  • (a) give notice to members of any resolution which may properly be moved and is intended to be moved at a meeting; and
  • (b) circulate to members any statement with respect to the matters referred to in the proposed resolution or business to be dealt with at that meeting.

The threshold is borrowed from section 100, so it is one-tenth of the paid-up capital carrying voting rights, or one-tenth of the total voting power where there is no share capital.

munotes.in296

Circulation of Members' Resolutions, and Minutes

Note the two limbs. Clause (a) circulates the resolution; clause (b) circulates the members' statement of reasons. A resolution without an explanation would usually be useless.

And note "which may properly be moved". The company need not circulate a resolution that could not lawfully be moved at that meeting.

Section 111(2): the two conditions. The company is not bound unless:

  • (a) a copy of the requisition signed by the requisitionists, or two or more copies which between them contain all their signatures, is deposited at the registered office:
  • (i) for a requisition requiring notice of a resolution, not less than six weeks before the meeting; and
  • (ii) for any other requisition, not less than two weeks before the meeting; and
  • (b) there is deposited or tendered with the requisition a sum reasonably sufficient to meet the company's expenses in giving effect to it.

Six weeks for a resolution, two weeks for a statement. The difference is sensible: circulating a new resolution changes the agenda and needs more notice than circulating an argument about business already on it.

And the members pay. Clause (b) puts the cost on the requisitionists, which is why section 111 is not used frivolously.

The proviso saves the member from a late meeting. If, after a copy of a requisition requiring notice of a resolution has been deposited, an annual general meeting is called for a date within six weeks after the deposit, the copy, although not deposited within the six weeks, shall be deemed to have been properly deposited. Otherwise a Board could defeat every requisition by fixing the meeting inside the six weeks.

Section 111(3): the defamation stop. The company is not bound to circulate a statement under clause (b) if, on the application either of the company or of any other person who claims to be aggrieved, the Central Government by order declares that the rights conferred by this section are being abused to secure needless publicity for defamatory matter.

Section 111(4): costs. Such an order may also direct that the cost incurred by the company by virtue of this section shall be paid to the company by the requisitionists, notwithstanding that they are not parties to the application.

Section 111(5): the penalty. On default, the company and every officer in default are liable to a penalty of twenty-five thousand rupees.

Representation of the President, Governors and corporations: sections 112 and 113

Section 112. The President of India or the Governor of a State, if a member of a company, may appoint such person as he thinks fit to act as his representative at any meeting of the company or of any class of members. That person is deemed to be a member and may exercise the same rights and powers, including the right to vote by proxy and postal ballot, as the President or Governor could.

munotes.in297

Circulation of Members' Resolutions, and Minutes

Section 113. A body corporate, whether a company within this Act or not, may by resolution of its Board or other governing body authorise a person to act as its representative:

  • (a) at any meeting of a company of which it is a member, or of any class of members; and
  • (b) where it is a creditor, including a debenture holder, at any meeting of creditors held under the Act or the rules or under any debenture or trust deed.

Such a person may exercise the same rights and powers, including voting by proxy and by postal ballot, as the body corporate could if it were an individual member, creditor or debenture holder.

Distinguish a representative from a proxy, because it is asked. A representative under section 112 or 113 is deemed to be the member: he may speak, may vote on a show of hands, and counts towards the quorum. A proxy under section 105 may do none of those things.

Minutes: section 118

Section 118(1): what, how and when. Every company shall cause minutes of the proceedings of:

  • every general meeting of any class of shareholders or creditors,
  • every resolution passed by postal ballot, and
  • every meeting of its Board of Directors or of every committee of the Board,

to be prepared and signed in such manner as may be prescribed and kept within thirty days of the conclusion of the meeting, or of the passing of the resolution by postal ballot, in books kept for that purpose with their pages consecutively numbered.

Three requirements to remember: within thirty days, signed in the prescribed manner, and pages consecutively numbered.

Section 118(2). The minutes shall contain a fair and correct summary of the proceedings.

Section 118(3). All appointments made at any of those meetings shall be included in the minutes.

Section 118(4): Board and committee minutes carry two extra items.

  • (a) the names of the directors present; and
  • (b) for each resolution passed, the names of the directors, if any, dissenting from, or not concurring with, the resolution.

That is how a director protects himself: a recorded dissent is the evidence that he did not concur.

Section 118(5) and (6): what may be left out, and who decides. There shall not be included any matter which, in the opinion of the Chairman:

munotes.in298

Circulation of Members' Resolutions, and Minutes

  • (a) is or could reasonably be regarded as defamatory of any person; or
  • (b) is irrelevant or immaterial to the proceedings; or
  • (c) is detrimental to the interests of the company.

And the Chairman shall exercise absolute discretion in regard to inclusion or non-inclusion on those grounds.

"Absolute discretion" is a strong phrase, and it is confined to those three grounds. The Chairman may not simply omit what he dislikes.

Section 118(7): evidence. The minutes kept in accordance with the section shall be evidence of the proceedings recorded in them.

Section 118(8): the presumptions. Where minutes have been kept in accordance with sub-section (1), then until the contrary is proved:

  • the meeting shall be deemed to have been duly called and held;
  • all proceedings shall be deemed to have duly taken place;
  • resolutions passed by postal ballot shall be deemed to have been duly passed; and
  • in particular, all appointments of directors, key managerial personnel, auditors or company secretary in practice shall be deemed to be valid.

Note "until the contrary is proved". These are rebuttable presumptions, unlike the conclusive effect that section 107(2) gives to the Chairman's declaration on a show of hands.

Section 118(9): reports of proceedings. No document purporting to be a report of the proceedings of any general meeting shall be circulated or advertised at the expense of the company unless it includes the matters required by this section to be contained in the minutes. So the company cannot publish a flattering summary that omits what the minutes must record.

Section 118(10): secretarial standards are compulsory.

Every company shall observe secretarial standards with respect to general and Board meetings specified by the Institute of Company Secretaries of India constituted under section 3 of the Company Secretaries Act, 1980, and approved as such by the Central Government.

Two conditions: the standards must be specified by the Institute and approved by the Central Government. Those are the standards commonly called SS-1, for Board meetings, and SS-2, for general meetings.

Section 118(11): the penalty. On default in respect of any meeting, the company is liable to a penalty of twenty-five thousand rupees and every officer in default to five thousand rupees.

Section 118(12): tampering. If a person is found guilty of tampering with the minutes, he shall be punishable with imprisonment up to two years and with a fine of not less than twenty-five thousand rupees and up to one lakh rupees.

Note that this is the rare survivor. Most penalties in this Chapter were converted to civil penalties, but tampering with minutes still carries imprisonment, because it attacks the record itself.

munotes.in299

Circulation of Members' Resolutions, and Minutes

Inspection of minute books: section 119

Section 119(1). The books containing the minutes of any general meeting or of a resolution passed by postal ballot shall:

  • (a) be kept at the registered office; and
  • (b) be open, during business hours, to inspection by any member without charge, subject to such reasonable restrictions as the company may by its articles or in general meeting impose, so however that not less than two hours in each business day are allowed for inspection.

Three points. Only the general meeting and postal ballot minutes are open, not the Board's. Inspection by a member is free. And whatever restrictions the company imposes, at least two hours every business day must be allowed.

Section 119(2): copies. Any member is entitled to be furnished, within seven working days after making a request, on payment of the prescribed fees, with a copy of any such minutes.

Section 119(3): the penalty. If inspection is refused, or a copy is not furnished in time, the company is liable to a penalty of twenty-five thousand rupees and every officer in default to five thousand rupees for each such refusal or default.

Section 119(4): the Tribunal. In the case of any such refusal or default, the Tribunal may, without prejudice to the penalty, by order direct an immediate inspection of the minute books, or direct that the copy required shall forthwith be sent to the person requiring it.

Electronic form: section 120

Without prejudice to any other provision, any document, record, register, minutes and the like which is required to be kept by a company, or allowed to be inspected or copies given to any person under the Act, may be kept, inspected or copies given in electronic form, in such form and manner as may be prescribed.

A worked example

Latur Foods Limited has a general meeting fixed for 20 September 2028.

A members' resolution. Members holding eleven per cent of the voting paid-up capital, which meets the section 100 threshold, want to propose a resolution restricting the managing director's powers, and want their reasons circulated.

Deadlines. To require notice of the resolution they must deposit a signed copy at the registered office not less than six weeks before the meeting, that is by 9 August 2028. To require circulation of their statement alone, two weeks would do, by 6 September 2028. They must also deposit or tender a sum reasonably sufficient to meet the company's expenses.

A trap the proviso closes. Suppose they deposited the requisition on 1 September and the company then called the annual general meeting for 10 October, a date within six weeks of the deposit. By the proviso to section 111(2) the copy is deemed to have been properly deposited, so the Board cannot defeat the requisition by choosing the date.

munotes.in300

Circulation of Members' Resolutions, and Minutes

The statement is defamatory. The statement accuses the managing director of criminal conduct. Either the company or the managing director, as a person claiming to be aggrieved, may apply to the Central Government, which may declare that the section is being abused to secure needless publicity for defamatory matter, in which case the company need not circulate it: section 111(3). The order may also direct the requisitionists to pay the company's costs, even though they were not parties: section 111(4).

If the company simply ignores a good requisition, it and every officer in default pay twenty-five thousand rupees: section 111(5).

Representation. One member is a State Government holding through the Governor, who appoints a representative under section 112; another is a body corporate which authorises a representative by Board resolution under section 113. Both are deemed members: they may speak, vote on a show of hands and count towards the quorum, unlike a proxy.

Minutes. The meeting concludes on 20 September. Minutes must be prepared, signed in the prescribed manner and kept within thirty days, by 20 October, in a book with consecutively numbered pages, containing a fair and correct summary and all appointments made.

A Board meeting the same week. Its minutes must additionally record the names of the directors present and, for each resolution, the names of any directors dissenting or not concurring. Ms Kadam votes against the sale of a division and asks for her dissent to be recorded; section 118(4)(b) requires it, and it is her protection.

Something is left out. A shareholder made a remark at the general meeting alleging fraud by a supplier. The Chairman forms the opinion that it could reasonably be regarded as defamatory and omits it. He may, and by section 118(6) his discretion on that ground is absolute.

Evidence. A year later a director's appointment is challenged. Because the minutes were kept in accordance with section 118(1), until the contrary is proved the meeting is deemed duly called and held, the proceedings duly taken place, and the appointment valid: section 118(8).

Inspection. A member asks to see the minute book. He may inspect the general meeting minutes at the registered office, during business hours, free, and the company must allow at least two hours each business day however it restricts inspection. He cannot demand the Board's minutes under section 119. He asks for a copy; it must come within seven working days on the prescribed fee. If it does not, the company pays twenty-five thousand rupees and every officer in default five thousand, and the Tribunal may order the copy to be sent forthwith.

munotes.in301

Circulation of Members' Resolutions, and Minutes

And a warning. A clerk alters a page of the minute book to remove Ms Kadam's dissent. That is tampering, and under section 118(12) it carries imprisonment up to two years and a fine of twenty-five thousand to one lakh rupees.

Distinctions that carry marks

Proxy, section 105Representative, sections 112 and 113
StatusAn agent of the memberDeemed to be the member
May speakNoYes
Vote on a show of handsNoYes
Counts towards quorumNoYes
Appointed byThe member, by instrumentThe President or Governor, or a body corporate by Board resolution
Requisition under section 111Deposit at the registered office
Requiring notice of a resolutionNot less than six weeks before the meeting
Any other requisitionNot less than two weeks before the meeting
BothWith a sum reasonably sufficient to meet the company's expenses
General meeting minutesBoard and committee minutes
Must recordA fair and correct summary; all appointmentsThe same, plus names of directors present and of dissenters
Open to member inspectionYes, free, at the registered office, section 119No
Copy on requestYes, within seven working days on feesNo
Section 107(2), chairman's declarationSection 118(8), minutes
EffectConclusive evidence of passingPresumptions until the contrary is proved

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean any member can force a circulation. The threshold is the section 100 one, and the requisitionists must pay for it.

It does not mean the Chairman may omit whatever he likes. His absolute discretion is confined to the three grounds in section 118(5).

It does not mean members may see the Board's minutes. Section 119 opens only the general meeting and postal ballot minutes.

It does not mean minutes are conclusive. Section 118(8) works until the contrary is proved. Only the chairman's declaration under section 107(2) is conclusive.

Quick revision

  • 111(1): on a requisition by the section 100 number of members, the company must give notice of their resolution and circulate their statement.
  • 111(2): deposit at the registered office, six weeks for a resolution, two weeks otherwise, with a sum reasonably sufficient for the expenses. Proviso: a resolution requisition is deemed properly deposited if the AGM is then called within six weeks of the deposit.
  • 111(3) and (4): the Central Government may declare the right is being abused to secure needless publicity for defamatory matter, and may order the requisitionists to pay the company's costs. 111(5): penalty twenty-five thousand rupees.
  • 112 and 113: the President, a Governor or a body corporate may appoint a representative, who is deemed a member and may vote by proxy and postal ballot.
  • 118(1): minutes of every general meeting, postal ballot resolution, and Board and committee meeting, prepared, signed and kept within thirty days, in books with consecutively numbered pages. (2) fair and correct summary. (3) all appointments. (4) Board minutes also record directors present and dissenters.
  • 118(5) and (6): exclude what the Chairman considers defamatory, irrelevant or immaterial, or detrimental to the company; his discretion on those grounds is absolute.
  • 118(7) and (8): minutes are evidence; and until the contrary is proved the meeting was duly called and held, the proceedings duly took place, and appointments of directors, KMP, auditors and company secretaries in practice are valid.
  • 118(9): no company-funded report of proceedings unless it includes what the minutes must contain. 118(10): secretarial standards of the ICSI, approved by the Central Government, are compulsory.
  • 118(11): company twenty-five thousand, officer in default five thousand. 118(12): tampering, imprisonment up to two years and twenty-five thousand to one lakh rupees.
  • 119: general meeting and postal ballot minutes at the registered office, free inspection by any member, at least two hours each business day; copy within seven working days on fees; penalty twenty-five thousand and five thousand; the Tribunal may order immediate inspection or despatch.
  • 120: documents, registers and minutes may be kept, inspected and copied in electronic form.
munotes.in302

Circulation of Members' Resolutions, and Minutes

Test yourself

1. What must members do to have their resolution circulated? Requisition in writing by the number of members required by section 100, with a signed copy deposited at the registered office not less than six weeks before the meeting for a requisition requiring notice of a resolution, or two weeks for any other requisition, together with a sum reasonably sufficient to meet the company's expenses: section 111(1) and (2).

2. When need a company not circulate a members' statement? Where, on the application of the company or of any person claiming to be aggrieved, the Central Government declares by order that the rights under the section are being abused to secure needless publicity for defamatory matter: section 111(3). The order may also require the requisitionists to pay the company's costs.

3. Within what time must minutes be kept, and in what form? Within thirty days of the conclusion of the meeting or the passing of the postal ballot resolution, prepared and signed in the prescribed manner, in books kept for the purpose with their pages consecutively numbered: section 118(1).

munotes.in303

Circulation of Members' Resolutions, and Minutes

4. What extra particulars must Board minutes contain? The names of the directors present, and, for each resolution passed, the names of the directors, if any, dissenting from or not concurring with it: section 118(4).

5. What do properly kept minutes prove? They are evidence of the proceedings recorded, and, until the contrary is proved, the meeting is deemed to have been duly called and held, the proceedings to have duly taken place, postal ballot resolutions to have been duly passed, and appointments of directors, key managerial personnel, auditors and company secretaries in practice to be valid: section 118(7) and (8).

6. Who may inspect the minute books, and of which meetings? Any member, without charge, during business hours at the registered office, of general meetings and postal ballot resolutions only, with not less than two hours in each business day allowed however the company restricts inspection; and he may require a copy within seven working days on payment of the prescribed fees: section 119.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in304

Chapter Forty-Seven

Resolutions to be Filed, and the Report on the Annual General Meeting

Syllabus topic 2.3, labels: "Resolutions and agreements to be filed", "Report on annual general meeting"

In one line

Some resolutions are too important to stay inside the company, so copies go to the Registrar within thirty days and onto the public file, and a listed company must additionally file a report certifying that its annual general meeting was properly held.

In exam wording: section 117(1) requires a copy of every resolution or agreement in respect of the matters specified in section 117(3), together with the explanatory statement under section 102, to be filed with the Registrar within thirty days; and section 121 requires every listed public company to prepare a report on each annual general meeting and to file it within thirty days of the conclusion of the meeting.

Why the law has this at all

The register exists so that a stranger can find out what a company has done without asking it. Most of what a company does never needs to be there. But some decisions change the company's constitution, its management or its very survival, and anybody dealing with it afterwards needs to be able to discover them.

So section 117(3) is a list, and every item on it is a decision an outsider has a legitimate interest in: the special resolutions that alter the company's basic documents, the appointment and terms of the managing director, decisions binding a class of members, and the resolution to wind the company up.

And section 117(1)'s proviso does something separate and clever. A resolution altering the articles must be embodied in or annexed to every copy of the articles issued afterwards. Filing tells the register; the proviso tells anybody who asks the company for its articles. Without it, a company could hand out a clean, out-of-date set of articles for years.

Section 121 answers a different question: not what was decided, but whether the meeting was properly held at all. For a listed company, with thousands of shareholders who were not there, that assurance is worth having on the public file.

Some words this chapter uses

An agreement in section 117 means a contract having the effect the sub-section describes, filed alongside resolutions. A specified majority means a majority the Act or the articles requires for a particular purpose. The public domain is the Registrar's public file. A liquidator is included among the officers who may be in default under section 117(2). Convened, held and conducted are the three things section 121 requires to be confirmed.

What must be filed: section 117(3)

The section applies to:

  • (a) special resolutions;
  • (b) resolutions agreed to by all the members of a company which, if not so agreed, would not have been effective unless passed as special resolutions;
  • (c) any resolution of the Board, or agreement executed by the company, relating to the appointment, re-appointment or renewal of the appointment, or variation of the terms of appointment, of a managing director;
  • (d) resolutions or agreements agreed to by any class of members which, if not so agreed, would not have been effective unless passed by a specified majority or in some particular manner; and all resolutions or agreements which effectively bind such a class of members though not agreed to by all of them;
  • (f) resolutions requiring a company to be wound up voluntarily passed in pursuance of section 59 of the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code 2016;
  • (g) resolutions passed in pursuance of section 179(3); and
  • (h) any other resolution or agreement as may be prescribed and placed in the public domain.
munotes.in305

Resolutions to be Filed, and the Report on the Annual General Meeting

Clause (e) was omitted by the Companies (Amendment) Act 2017. It covered resolutions passed by a company in relation to the voluntary winding up of another company.

Three observations that earn marks.

Clause (b) catches unanimity used to avoid formality. If every member agrees to something that would otherwise have needed a special resolution, the informal agreement is filed just as a special resolution would be. The public file is not defeated by everybody nodding.

Clause (c) is the only Board resolution on the list by name, and it is about the managing director: his appointment, reappointment, renewal or any variation of his terms. Whoever runs the company, and on what terms, is a matter of public record.

Clause (f) points at the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code. The Act's own list no longer refers to a voluntary winding up under this Act, because sections 304 to 323 were omitted. The live provision is section 59 of the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code 2016.

Clause (g) brings in section 179(3), the Board's powers exercisable only by resolution at a meeting, such as making calls, authorising a buy-back, issuing securities, borrowing, investing and granting loans.

The first proviso to clause (g) restricts inspection: no person shall be entitled under section 399 to inspect or obtain copies of such resolutions. So a section 179(3) resolution is filed but is not open to the general public, because it would reveal commercially sensitive decisions.

The second proviso to clause (g) exempts lending businesses. Clause (g) does not apply to a resolution to grant loans, or give guarantee or provide security in respect of loans under section 179(3)(f) in the ordinary course of business by (a) a banking company, (b) a prescribed class of non-banking financial company registered under Chapter IIIB of the Reserve Bank of India Act 1934, and (c) a prescribed class of housing finance company registered under the National Housing Bank Act 1987. A bank that had to file a resolution for every loan would file nothing else.

munotes.in306

Resolutions to be Filed, and the Report on the Annual General Meeting

The filing, and the articles: section 117(1)

A copy of every such resolution or agreement, together with the explanatory statement under section 102, if any, annexed to the notice calling the meeting at which the resolution was proposed, shall be filed with the Registrar within thirty days of the passing or making thereof, in the prescribed manner and with the prescribed fees.

Note that the explanatory statement travels with the resolution. The public file gets not only what was decided but the material facts the members were given.

The proviso: every copy of the articles. A copy of every resolution which has the effect of altering the articles, and a copy of every agreement referred to in sub-section (3), shall be embodied in or annexed to every copy of the articles issued after the passing of the resolution or the making of the agreement.

Read this with section 15, which requires every alteration to be noted in every copy of the memorandum or articles, on pain of one thousand rupees per copy.

The penalty: section 117(2)

If a company fails to file within the period:

  • the company shall be liable to a penalty of ten thousand rupees, and in case of continuing failure a further one hundred rupees for each day after the first, subject to a maximum of two lakh rupees; and
  • every officer in default, including the liquidator of the company, if any, shall be liable to a penalty of ten thousand rupees, and a further one hundred rupees for each day, subject to a maximum of fifty thousand rupees.

Note the express inclusion of the liquidator. Clause (f) concerns a winding up, by which time the officers may have gone and the liquidator is in charge.

Report on the annual general meeting: section 121

Section 121(1). Every listed public company shall prepare, in the prescribed manner, a report on each annual general meeting, including the confirmation to the effect that the meeting was convened, held and conducted as per the provisions of this Act and the rules.

Two limits and one requirement. It applies to a listed public company only, not to every company. It is for the annual general meeting only. And its content includes an express confirmation on three matters: convened, held and conducted in accordance with the Act.

Section 121(2). The company shall file a copy with the Registrar within thirty days of the conclusion of the annual general meeting, with the prescribed fees or additional fees.

munotes.in307

Resolutions to be Filed, and the Report on the Annual General Meeting

Section 121(3): the penalty. On failure to file in time:

  • the company is liable to a penalty of one lakh rupees, and in case of continuing failure a further five hundred rupees for each day, subject to a maximum of five lakh rupees; and
  • every officer in default is liable to a penalty of not less than twenty-five thousand rupees, and a further five hundred rupees for each day, subject to a maximum of one lakh rupees.

These are markedly heavier than the section 117 penalties, which is a fair indication of how seriously the Act treats a listed company's assurance about its own meeting.

The One Person Company: section 122

Section 122(1). Section 98 and sections 100 to 111 shall not apply to a One Person Company. So no Tribunal-ordered meeting under section 98, no extraordinary general meeting machinery, no notice, quorum, chairman, proxy, voting, poll or postal ballot provisions, and no circulation of members' resolutions.

Section 122(2). The ordinary business listed in section 102(2)(a), which other companies must transact at an annual general meeting, shall be transacted as provided in sub-section (3).

Section 122(3): a resolution without a meeting. For the purposes of section 114, any business required to be transacted at an annual general meeting or other general meeting by ordinary or special resolution is sufficiently done if the resolution is communicated by the member to the company and entered in the minutes book under section 118, signed and dated by the member, and that date shall be deemed to be the date of the meeting for all purposes of the Act.

Section 122(4): the same for a sole director. Notwithstanding anything in the Act, where there is only one director on the Board of a One Person Company, any business required to be transacted at a Board meeting is sufficiently done if the resolution is entered in the minutes book, signed and dated by that director, and that date is deemed to be the date of the Board meeting.

The logic is simple and worth stating: rules about notice, quorum and voting exist to protect members from each other. Where there is one member, there is nobody to protect him from, so the Act replaces the meeting with a signed, dated entry in the minutes book.

A worked example

Wardha Textiles Limited, a listed public company, holds its annual general meeting on 12 September 2028 and passes several resolutions.

A special resolution altering its articles. It is within section 117(3)(a), so a copy, with the explanatory statement under section 102, must be filed with the Registrar within thirty days, by 12 October 2028. And by the proviso to section 117(1) the resolution must be embodied in or annexed to every copy of the articles issued afterwards, quite apart from the duty under section 15 to note the alteration in every copy.

munotes.in308

Resolutions to be Filed, and the Report on the Annual General Meeting

A unanimous informal agreement. All the members agree in writing to something that would otherwise have required a special resolution. Clause (b) catches it: it must be filed exactly as a special resolution would be.

A Board resolution appointing a managing director. Within clause (c), because it relates to the appointment of a managing director. So is a later resolution varying his terms.

A Board resolution under section 179(3) authorising a borrowing. Within clause (g), so it is filed. But by the first proviso, no person may inspect or obtain a copy of it under section 399: it is on the file, not on display.

Change the company. Had the resolution been passed by a banking company to grant a loan in the ordinary course of its business under section 179(3)(f), the second proviso would exempt it from clause (g) altogether.

A class meeting. The preference shareholders agree, by the majority their terms require, to a variation binding the whole class. Within clause (d), so it is filed.

Late filing. The company files on 30 October, eighteen days late. Under section 117(2) it pays ten thousand rupees plus one hundred rupees for each day after the first, capped at two lakh rupees, and every officer in default pays ten thousand rupees plus one hundred a day, capped at fifty thousand rupees.

The report on the meeting. Being a listed public company, it must also prepare a report on the annual general meeting in the prescribed manner, confirming that the meeting was convened, held and conducted in accordance with the Act and the rules, and file it with the Registrar within thirty days of the conclusion, by 12 October 2028: section 121.

If that is late, the company pays one lakh rupees plus five hundred rupees a day, capped at five lakh, and every officer in default not less than twenty-five thousand rupees plus five hundred a day, capped at one lakh.

An unlisted company has no obligation under section 121 at all.

And a One Person Company. Marathwada Design (OPC) Private Limited has one member and one director. It holds no general meeting: by section 122(3) its member simply communicates the resolution to the company and enters it in the minutes book, signed and dated, and that date is deemed the date of the meeting. Its sole director does the same for Board business under section 122(4). Sections 98 and 100 to 111 do not apply to it at all.

munotes.in309

Resolutions to be Filed, and the Report on the Annual General Meeting

Distinctions that carry marks

Section 117Section 121
Applies toEvery companyEvery listed public company only
What is filedCopies of resolutions and agreements in the section 117(3) list, with the explanatory statementA report on each annual general meeting
ContentThe decision itselfConfirmation that the meeting was convened, held and conducted per the Act
TimeThirty days of passing or makingThirty days of the conclusion of the meeting
Company's penaltyTen thousand plus one hundred a day, max two lakhOne lakh plus five hundred a day, max five lakh
Officer's penaltyTen thousand plus one hundred a day, max fifty thousand, including the liquidatorNot less than twenty-five thousand plus five hundred a day, max one lakh
ResolutionFiled under section 117?
Special resolutionYes, clause (a)
Unanimous agreement replacing a special resolutionYes, clause (b)
Board resolution appointing or varying the terms of a managing directorYes, clause (c)
Class resolution binding the classYes, clause (d)
Voluntary winding up under IBC section 59Yes, clause (f)
Section 179(3) Board resolutionYes, clause (g), but not inspectable under section 399
A bank's ordinary-course lending resolutionNo, second proviso to clause (g)
An ordinary resolution generallyNo, unless prescribed under clause (h)

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean every resolution is filed. Only those in the section 117(3) list, and ordinary resolutions generally are not.

It does not mean a filed section 179(3) resolution is public. The first proviso to clause (g) bars inspection and copies under section 399.

It does not mean every company files a report on its annual general meeting. Section 121 binds a listed public company.

It does not mean a One Person Company must hold meetings. Section 122(3) and (4) replace them with a signed, dated entry in the minutes book, and that date is deemed the date of the meeting.

Quick revision

  • 117(1): file with the Registrar within thirty days a copy of every resolution or agreement in the 117(3) list, with the section 102 explanatory statement. Proviso: a resolution altering the articles, and every 117(3) agreement, must be embodied in or annexed to every copy of the articles issued afterwards.
  • 117(2): company ten thousand plus one hundred a day, max two lakh; every officer in default, including the liquidator, ten thousand plus one hundred a day, max fifty thousand.
  • 117(3): (a) special resolutions; (b) unanimous agreements that would otherwise need one; (c) Board resolutions or agreements on the appointment, reappointment, renewal or variation of terms of a managing director; (d) class resolutions and agreements binding a class; (e) omitted; (f) voluntary winding up under IBC section 59; (g) section 179(3) resolutions, not inspectable under section 399, and not applying to ordinary-course lending by a banking company or a prescribed NBFC or housing finance company; (h) as prescribed.
  • 121: a listed public company prepares a report on each AGM confirming it was convened, held and conducted per the Act, and files it within thirty days of the conclusion. Penalty: company one lakh plus five hundred a day, max five lakh; officer in default not less than twenty-five thousand plus five hundred a day, max one lakh.
  • 122: sections 98 and 100 to 111 do not apply to a One Person Company; its resolutions are communicated by the member, entered in the minutes book, signed and dated, and that date is deemed the date of the meeting, and the same for a sole director's Board business.
munotes.in310

Resolutions to be Filed, and the Report on the Annual General Meeting

Test yourself

1. Within what time must a special resolution be filed, and with what? Within thirty days of its passing, with the Registrar, together with the explanatory statement under section 102, if any, annexed to the notice calling the meeting: section 117(1).

2. Which Board resolutions must be filed under section 117? Those relating to the appointment, re-appointment or renewal of the appointment, or variation of the terms of appointment, of a managing director under clause (c), and resolutions passed in pursuance of section 179(3) under clause (g).

3. Can a member of the public inspect a filed section 179(3) resolution? No. The first proviso to clause (g) provides that no person shall be entitled under section 399 to inspect or obtain copies of such resolutions.

4. Which companies are exempt from filing ordinary-course lending resolutions? A banking company, a prescribed class of non-banking financial company registered under Chapter IIIB of the Reserve Bank of India Act 1934, and a prescribed class of housing finance company registered under the National Housing Bank Act 1987, in respect of resolutions to grant loans or give guarantees or security under section 179(3)(f) in the ordinary course of business: second proviso to clause (g).

5. Who must file a report on the annual general meeting, and what must it confirm? Every listed public company, and the report must include the confirmation that the meeting was convened, held and conducted as per the provisions of this Act and the rules. It is filed within thirty days of the conclusion of the meeting: section 121.

6. How does a One Person Company pass a resolution? The member communicates the resolution to the company and it is entered in the minutes book under section 118, signed and dated by the member, and that date is deemed to be the date of the meeting for all purposes of the Act: section 122(3). Where there is only one director, the same applies to Board business under section 122(4).

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in311

Chapter Forty-Eight

Meetings of the Board and its Committees

Syllabus topic 2.3, labels: "Meetings of Board and its Committees", "Frequency, Convening and Proceedings of Board and Committee meetings", "Quorum; Resolution by Circulation"

In one line

A Board must meet within thirty days of incorporation and four times a year with no more than a hundred and twenty days between meetings, on seven days' notice, with a third of its strength or two directors present, and it may pass a resolution without meeting only by circulating it to everybody.

In exam wording: section 173 requires the first Board meeting within thirty days of incorporation and a minimum of four meetings every year, with not more than one hundred and twenty days between consecutive meetings, on not less than seven days' notice in writing; section 174 fixes the quorum at one-third of total strength or two directors, whichever is higher; and section 175 governs a resolution by circulation.

Why the law has this at all

The members meet once a year. The Board is what actually runs the company, and a Board that never meets is a company run by whoever happens to be in the office.

So the Act insists on a rhythm: four times a year, and never more than four months apart. That is not arbitrary. A company that met twice, in January and December, would satisfy a bare "twice a year" rule while leaving eleven months unsupervised. The one hundred and twenty day cap is what makes the frequency real.

Notice matters for a different reason. A meeting called at two hours' notice is a meeting of whoever is nearby, which in practice means the executive directors. Seven days' notice in writing to every director at his registered address is what gives the non-executive and independent directors a chance to attend, and the provisos to section 173(3) are carefully drawn so that urgency cannot be used to exclude them.

And section 175 exists because business does not wait. A resolution can be passed without a meeting, but only if every director gets the draft, and any one-third of them can insist on a proper meeting instead.

Some words this chapter uses

Total strength in section 174 means the total number of directors, excluding vacancies. An interested director is one concerned or interested in a contract or arrangement, as section 184(2) describes. Resolution by circulation is a resolution approved in writing without a meeting. A chairperson is the director who presides. Video conferencing or other audio visual means must be capable of recording and recognising participation and of storing the proceedings.

Frequency: section 173(1)

Every company shall hold:

  • the first meeting of the Board within thirty days of the date of its incorporation; and
  • thereafter a minimum number of four meetings of its Board every year, in such a manner that not more than one hundred and twenty days shall intervene between two consecutive meetings.
munotes.in312

Meetings of the Board and its Committees

Both limbs bind. Four meetings is not enough if two of them are five months apart.

The proviso lets the Central Government by notification direct that the sub-section shall not apply to any class or description of companies, or shall apply subject to exceptions, modifications or conditions.

Relaxation for small companies: section 173(5)

A One Person Company, small company and dormant company shall be deemed to have complied with the section if at least one meeting of the Board has been conducted in each half of a calendar year and the gap between the two meetings is not less than ninety days.

Note the direction of the ninety days. It is a minimum gap, not a maximum. The point is to stop a company holding both its meetings in the same week and calling it two halves of a year.

The proviso: nothing in this sub-section and in section 174 applies to a One Person Company in which there is only one director. Read that with section 122(4), under which a sole director simply enters the resolution in the minutes book, signs and dates it.

Participation: section 173(2)

Directors may participate either in person or through video conferencing or other audio visual means, as may be prescribed, which are capable of recording and recognising the participation of the directors and of recording and storing the proceedings with date and time.

The first proviso lets the Central Government specify matters which shall not be dealt with in a meeting through video conferencing or other audio visual means.

The second proviso softens that: where there is a quorum through the physical presence of directors, any other director may participate through video conferencing on any matter specified under the first proviso. So a restricted matter can still be taken if enough directors are physically present, and a director joining remotely is not shut out of the discussion.

Notice: section 173(3)

A meeting of the Board shall be called by giving not less than seven days' notice in writing to every director at his address registered with the company, sent by hand delivery or by post or by electronic means.

Three requirements: seven days, in writing, to every director at his registered address.

The first proviso: shorter notice. A meeting may be called at shorter notice to transact urgent business, subject to the condition that at least one independent director, if any, shall be present at the meeting.

The second proviso: what if no independent director comes. In the absence of independent directors from such a meeting, decisions taken shall be circulated to all the directors and shall be final only on ratification by at least one independent director, if any.

munotes.in313

Meetings of the Board and its Committees

Read the two together. Urgency does not dispense with independent oversight; it merely allows the oversight to come after the meeting rather than during it. The words "if any" in both provisos matter: a company with no independent directors is not blocked.

Section 173(4): the penalty. Every officer of the company whose duty is to give notice under this section and who fails to do so shall be liable to a penalty of twenty-five thousand rupees.

Note that the penalty falls on the officer whose duty it is, not on the company.

Quorum: section 174

Section 174(1). The quorum for a Board meeting shall be one-third of its total strength or two directors, whichever is higher, and participation by video conferencing or other audio visual means shall also be counted for the purposes of quorum.

So the quorum is never fewer than two, and for a Board of ten it is four, one-third being three and one-third rounded to a whole number giving the higher figure of the two tests. And a director attending by video counts, unlike a proxy at a general meeting, because a director must act personally and cannot appoint a proxy at all.

Section 174(2): a Board below quorum. The continuing directors may act notwithstanding any vacancy in the Board; but if and so long as their number is reduced below the quorum, the continuing directors or director may act only for two purposes:

  • increasing the number of directors to that fixed for the quorum; or
  • summoning a general meeting of the company,

and for no other purpose.

That is a tightly drawn power, and it is regularly examined. A depleted Board can rebuild itself or call the members together. It cannot run the company.

Section 174(3): interested directors. Where at any time the number of interested directors exceeds or is equal to two-thirds of the total strength, the number of directors who are not interested and are present at the meeting, being not less than two, shall be the quorum during such time.

The floor of two is absolute. If only one disinterested director is present, there is no quorum for that item however many interested directors are in the room.

Resolution by circulation: section 175

Section 175(1). No resolution shall be deemed to have been duly passed by the Board or by a committee by circulation unless:

  • the resolution has been circulated in draft, together with the necessary papers, if any,
  • to all the directors, or members of the committee,
  • at their addresses registered with the company in India,
  • by hand delivery or by post or by courier, or through such electronic means as may be prescribed, and
  • has been approved by a majority of the directors or members who are entitled to vote on the resolution.
munotes.in314

Meetings of the Board and its Committees

Every element is a condition. Circulation to most of the directors will not do; the draft must go to all of them, and to their registered addresses in India. And the majority required is of those entitled to vote, so an interested director who cannot vote is left out of the count.

The proviso: one-third can force a meeting. Where not less than one-third of the total number of directors of the company for the time being require that any resolution under circulation must be decided at a meeting, the chairperson shall put the resolution to be decided at a meeting of the Board.

"Shall", so the chairperson has no discretion. This is the safeguard that stops circulation being used to avoid discussion of a contentious matter.

Section 175(2). A resolution passed by circulation shall be noted at a subsequent meeting of the Board or the committee and made part of the minutes of that meeting.

So a circulated resolution still reaches the minute book, and through section 118(4) the record will show who dissented.

A worked example

Osmanabad Ceramics Limited is incorporated on 5 April 2027 with a Board of nine directors, two of whom are independent.

The first meeting must be held within thirty days of incorporation, by 5 May 2027: section 173(1).

Frequency. Thereafter it must hold at least four Board meetings every year, with not more than one hundred and twenty days between consecutive meetings. Meetings in January, February, March and December would satisfy the count of four but breach the gap between March and December.

Notice. Each meeting is called on not less than seven days' notice in writing to every director at his registered address, by hand, post or electronic means. The officer whose duty it is to give notice and fails pays twenty-five thousand rupees: section 173(4).

An urgent meeting. A bank facility must be signed in three days. The company may call a meeting at shorter notice to transact urgent business, but at least one independent director must be present: first proviso to section 173(3). Neither independent director can attend, so the meeting proceeds and the decisions are circulated to all the directors and become final only on ratification by at least one independent director: second proviso.

Quorum. Total strength is nine, so one-third is three, and two directors is the alternative; the higher is three. Directors joining by video conferencing count towards it: section 174(1).

munotes.in315

Meetings of the Board and its Committees

Resignations. Seven directors resign, leaving two. The Board is below quorum. Under section 174(2) the two continuing directors may act only to increase the number of directors to the quorum or to summon a general meeting, and for no other purpose. They cannot approve the bank facility.

An interested Board. The company proposes to buy land from a family that includes six of the nine directors. Six is two-thirds of nine, so section 174(3) applies: the quorum for that item is the disinterested directors present, being not less than two. Three disinterested directors are present, so there is a quorum of three for that item. Had only one been present, there would have been no quorum for it.

A resolution by circulation. Between meetings the Board wants to open a bank account. The draft resolution, with the necessary papers, is circulated to all nine directors at their registered addresses in India by electronic means, and is approved by a majority of those entitled to vote: section 175(1).

Three directors object. Three of nine is one-third of the total number of directors for the time being, so on their requirement the chairperson shall put the resolution to be decided at a meeting of the Board: proviso to section 175(1). Circulation is no longer available for that resolution.

Afterwards. Whatever is passed by circulation is noted at the next Board meeting and made part of its minutes: section 175(2), and by section 118(4) those minutes record the directors present and any dissent.

A smaller company. Beed Handlooms Private Limited is a small company. It is deemed to comply with section 173 if it holds one Board meeting in each half of the calendar year with a gap of not less than ninety days: section 173(5). And a One Person Company with a single director is outside sections 173(5) and 174 altogether, its business being done by an entry in the minutes book under section 122(4).

Distinctions that carry marks

General meetingBoard meeting
NoticeClear twenty-one days, section 101Seven days in writing, section 173(3)
Shorter noticeConsent of ninety-five per cent of voting membersUrgent business, with at least one independent director present, else ratification afterwards
Quorum5, 15 or 30 members, or 2 in a private company, personally present, section 103One-third of total strength or two directors, whichever is higher, section 174
ProxyPermitted, section 105Not permitted; a director must act personally
Remote participationElectronic voting, section 108Video conferencing counts towards quorum, section 174(1)
Decision without a meetingPostal ballot, section 110Resolution by circulation, section 175
FrequencyAt least one AGM a yearFour a year, not more than 120 days apart
munotes.in316

Meetings of the Board and its Committees

SituationQuorum
Board of 9, no one interested3, being one-third; higher than two
Board of 4, no one interested2, one-third being less than two
Board of 9, six interestedThe disinterested directors present, not less than two, section 174(3)
Board reduced below quorumMay act only to make up the quorum or summon a general meeting, section 174(2)

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean four meetings a year is enough. The gap between consecutive meetings must also be not more than one hundred and twenty days.

It does not mean urgent business can exclude independent directors. At least one must be present, and if none is, the decisions are final only on ratification by one.

It does not mean a director may send a proxy. He may attend by video conferencing, which counts towards the quorum, but he cannot be represented.

It does not mean circulation avoids discussion. Any one-third of the directors may require the resolution to be decided at a meeting, and the chairperson shall put it to one.

Quick revision

  • 173(1): first meeting within thirty days of incorporation; then at least four a year, with not more than one hundred and twenty days between consecutive meetings. Central Government may exempt classes.
  • 173(2): participation in person or by video conferencing or other audio visual means capable of recording and recognising participation and storing the proceedings with date and time. Central Government may bar certain matters from video; but where there is a physical quorum, other directors may still join by video on those matters.
  • 173(3): seven days' notice in writing to every director at his registered address, by hand, post or electronic means. Shorter notice for urgent business if at least one independent director is present; if none is, decisions are circulated to all directors and final only on ratification by one independent director.
  • 173(4): the officer whose duty it is to give notice and fails, twenty-five thousand rupees.
  • 173(5): OPC, small and dormant companies: one meeting in each half of the calendar year, gap not less than ninety days. Sole-director OPC outside this and section 174.
  • 174(1): quorum one-third of total strength or two directors, whichever is higher; video participation counts.
  • 174(2): below quorum, the continuing directors may act only to increase the number to the quorum or to summon a general meeting.
  • 174(3): where interested directors are two-thirds or more of total strength, the quorum is the disinterested directors present, not less than two.
  • 175(1): circulation in draft with the necessary papers to all directors at their registered addresses in India, approved by a majority of those entitled to vote. Proviso: one-third of the directors may require a meeting, and the chairperson shall put it to one.
  • 175(2): the resolution is noted at the next meeting and made part of its minutes.
munotes.in317

Meetings of the Board and its Committees

Test yourself

1. How often must a Board meet? The first meeting within thirty days of incorporation, and thereafter a minimum of four meetings every year, so arranged that not more than one hundred and twenty days intervene between two consecutive meetings: section 173(1).

2. What notice is required, and when may it be shorter? Not less than seven days' notice in writing to every director at his address registered with the company, by hand delivery, post or electronic means. A meeting may be called at shorter notice to transact urgent business if at least one independent director, if any, is present; in the absence of independent directors, the decisions must be circulated to all directors and are final only on ratification by at least one independent director: section 173(3).

3. State the quorum for a Board meeting. One-third of its total strength or two directors, whichever is higher, participation by video conferencing or other audio visual means being counted: section 174(1).

4. What may a Board do when it falls below the quorum? The continuing directors or director may act only for the purpose of increasing the number of directors to that fixed for the quorum, or of summoning a general meeting, and for no other purpose: section 174(2).

5. What is the quorum where most of the directors are interested? Where the number of interested directors exceeds or equals two-thirds of the total strength, the quorum during that time is the number of directors who are not interested and are present, being not less than two: section 174(3).

6. What are the conditions for a resolution by circulation, and how can it be stopped? The draft, with the necessary papers, must be circulated to all the directors or committee members at their addresses registered with the company in India, by hand, post, courier or prescribed electronic means, and approved by a majority of those entitled to vote. Where not less than one-third of the total number of directors require it to be decided at a meeting, the chairperson shall put it to a meeting of the Board: section 175(1) and its proviso.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in318

Chapter Forty-Nine

Declaration and Payment of Dividend

Syllabus topic 2.4, "Dividend Declaration of dividend Unpaid Dividend Account Investor Education and Protection Fund Punishment for failure to distribute dividends"

In one line

A dividend may be paid only out of profits, must be put in a separate bank account within five days, must reach the shareholder within thirty days, and if it is not claimed for seven years it stops being his and goes to a government fund.

In exam wording: section 123(1) permits a dividend to be declared or paid only out of the profits of the company for that year after providing for depreciation, or out of undistributed profits of previous years, or out of both, or out of money provided by a Government for a guaranteed dividend; section 124 requires unpaid dividend to be moved to an Unpaid Dividend Account and, after seven years, to the Investor Education and Protection Fund under section 125; and section 127 punishes failure to pay within thirty days.

Why the law has this at all

A dividend is the one moment when money leaves the company and goes to the members. Everybody else with a claim on the company, every creditor, every employee, every depositor, is worse off by exactly that amount.

So the Act does two things.

It controls the source. Dividend comes out of profits, never out of capital. That is the maintenance of capital principle in its most direct application, and the provisos to section 123(1) close the obvious routes around it: no dividend out of unrealised or notional gains or revaluation, none out of reserves other than free reserves, and none at all until carried-forward losses and unprovided depreciation have been set off.

It controls the delivery. A declared dividend is a debt owed to the shareholder, and a company that declares one and keeps the money is using its members' money as working capital. Hence the five days to put it in a separate account, the thirty days to pay it, and the eighteen per cent interest and imprisonment in section 127.

And the seven year rule answers what to do with money nobody claims. It cannot stay with the company forever, because that would reward the company for not finding the shareholder. It goes to a fund that exists to educate and protect investors generally.

Some words this chapter uses

A dividend includes an interim dividend, by section 2(35). Free reserves are defined in section 2(43) as reserves available for distribution as dividend. Unrealised gains are increases in value not yet turned into money. An interim dividend is one declared by the Board between annual general meetings. A warrant is the instrument by which a dividend is paid. The Fund is the Investor Education and Protection Fund under section 125.

munotes.in319

Declaration and Payment of Dividend

The source of a dividend: section 123(1)

No dividend shall be declared or paid by a company for any financial year except:

  • (a) out of the profits of the company for that year arrived at after providing for depreciation in accordance with section 123(2), or out of the profits of any previous financial year or years arrived at after providing for depreciation and remaining undistributed, or out of both; or
  • (b) out of money provided by the Central Government or a State Government for the payment of dividend by the company in pursuance of a guarantee given by that Government.

Clause (a) gives three sources: this year's profits, undistributed past profits, or a combination. Clause (b) is the rare case of a government-guaranteed dividend.

Section 123(2) requires depreciation to be provided in accordance with Schedule II.

The four provisos, and each closes a gap

Proviso to clause (a): no paper profits. In computing profits, any amount representing unrealised gains, notional gains or revaluation of assets, and any change in the carrying amount of an asset or a liability on measurement at fair value, shall be excluded.

This is the modern accounting problem answered directly. A company whose land is revalued upwards has made no money, and cannot pay a dividend out of the increase.

First proviso: transfer to reserves is voluntary. A company may, before the declaration of any dividend, transfer such percentage of its profits for that financial year as it may consider appropriate to the reserves.

Note "as it may consider appropriate". Under the 1956 Act a transfer was compulsory at prescribed rates. It is now the company's choice.

Second proviso: dividend out of past profits in a bad year. Where, owing to inadequacy or absence of profits in any financial year, a company proposes to declare dividend out of accumulated profits earned in previous years and transferred by the company to the free reserves, such declaration shall not be made except in accordance with such rules as may be prescribed.

Third proviso: only free reserves. No dividend shall be declared or paid by a company from its reserves other than free reserves.

Fourth proviso: clear the losses first. No company shall declare dividend unless carried over previous losses and depreciation not provided in previous year or years are set off against the profit of the company for the current year.

That last proviso is frequently examined. A company with three crore rupees of profit this year and two crore of accumulated losses may pay a dividend only out of the one crore that remains after the set-off.

Interim dividend: section 123(3)

The Board of Directors may declare an interim dividend:

munotes.in320

Declaration and Payment of Dividend

  • during any financial year, or
  • at any time during the period from closure of the financial year till holding of the annual general meeting,

out of the surplus in the profit and loss account, or out of profits of the financial year for which the interim dividend is sought to be declared, or out of profits generated in the financial year till the quarter preceding the date of declaration.

The proviso: a company making a loss. Where the company has incurred a loss during the current financial year up to the end of the quarter immediately preceding the date of declaration, the interim dividend shall not be declared at a rate higher than the average dividends declared by the company during the immediately preceding three financial years.

Two things to fix. An interim dividend is declared by the Board, not by the members, whereas a final dividend is recommended by the Board and declared by the members in general meeting, being one of the four items of ordinary business under section 102(2)(a). And a loss-making company is not barred from an interim dividend; it is capped at the three year average.

Five days, and how it is paid: section 123(4) and (5)

Section 123(4). The amount of the dividend, including interim dividend, shall be deposited in a scheduled bank in a separate account within five days from the date of declaration.

Section 123(5). No dividend shall be paid except to the registered shareholder of the share, or to his order, or to his banker, and shall not be payable except in cash.

The first proviso preserves two things that look like exceptions but are not: capitalisation of profits or reserves for issuing fully paid bonus shares, and paying up any amount for the time being unpaid on shares held by members.

The second proviso explains what "in cash" means in practice: a dividend payable in cash may be paid by cheque or warrant or in any electronic mode.

Section 123(6): the deposits link. A company which fails to comply with sections 73 and 74 shall not, so long as the failure continues, declare any dividend on its equity shares.

A company that has not repaid its depositors may not pay its shareholders. The same instinct appears in section 70(1)(c) for buy-back.

The Unpaid Dividend Account: section 124

Section 124(1). Where a dividend has been declared but has not been paid or claimed within thirty days from the date of the declaration, the company shall, within seven days from the expiry of those thirty days, transfer the total unpaid or unclaimed amount to a special account in any scheduled bank called the Unpaid Dividend Account.

munotes.in321

Declaration and Payment of Dividend

So the timeline is thirty days, then seven. Thirty-seven days after declaration the money must be out of the company's own accounts.

Section 124(2): publish the names. Within ninety days of making the transfer, the company shall prepare a statement containing the names, last known addresses and the unpaid dividend payable to each person, and place it on the company's website, if any, and on any other website approved by the Central Government, in the prescribed form and manner.

The purpose is obvious: a shareholder who has moved house can find his own name.

Section 124(3): interest for not transferring. On default in transferring the amount, the company shall pay interest at twelve per cent per annum from the date of the default, and the interest accruing shall enure to the benefit of the members in proportion to the amount remaining unpaid to them.

Section 124(4). Any person claiming to be entitled to money in the Account may apply to the company for payment.

Section 124(5): the seven year rule. Money in the Unpaid Dividend Account which remains unpaid or unclaimed for seven years from the date of transfer shall be transferred by the company, with any interest accrued, to the Fund established under section 125(1), and the company shall send a statement in the prescribed form of the details to the authority administering the Fund, which shall issue a receipt.

Section 126: the register is not disturbed while a transfer is pending. Where a transfer of shares has been lodged and not registered, the company must transfer the dividend to the Unpaid Dividend Account unless the registered holder has authorised in writing that it be paid to the transferee, and must keep in abeyance any offer of rights shares and any issue of fully paid bonus shares in relation to those shares.

The Investor Education and Protection Fund: section 125

Section 125(1). The Central Government shall establish a Fund to be called the Investor Education and Protection Fund.

Section 125(2): what is credited to it. Among other things:

  • (a) amounts given by the Central Government by way of grants, after due appropriation by Parliament;
  • (b) donations by the Central or State Governments, companies or other institutions;
  • (c) the amount in the Unpaid Dividend Account transferred under section 124(5);
  • (d) amounts transferred from the general revenue account under the corresponding provision of the Companies Act 1956;

together with matured deposits and debentures, application money and interest, which remain unclaimed for the periods the section prescribes, and the disgorged amounts and proceeds referred to in section 38(4) and elsewhere.

munotes.in322

Declaration and Payment of Dividend

Section 125(3) provides what the Fund is used for, which includes the refund of unclaimed dividends, matured deposits and debentures, application monies and interest to claimants, the promotion of investors' education, awareness and protection, and the reimbursement of legal expenses in class actions under section 245.

Section 125(5) provides for the authority that administers the Fund, and it is that authority to which the shares of a significant beneficial owner are transferred under the proviso to section 90(9), and to which disgorged gains go under section 38(4).

Punishment for failure to distribute: section 127

Where a dividend has been declared but has not been paid, or the warrant has not been posted, within thirty days from the date of declaration to any shareholder entitled to it:

  • every director of the company, if he is knowingly a party to the default, shall be punishable with imprisonment up to two years and with a fine of not less than one thousand rupees for every day during which the default continues; and
  • the company shall be liable to pay simple interest at eighteen per cent per annum during the period of the default.

Note three features. The liability of a director requires that he was knowingly a party to the default. The fine is per day, not a lump sum. And this is one of the provisions where imprisonment survived the decriminalisation of the Act, because withholding declared dividend is treated as taking the shareholders' own money.

The proviso: five situations where no offence is committed.

  • (a) where the dividend could not be paid by reason of the operation of any law;
  • (b) where a shareholder has given directions regarding payment which cannot be complied with, and that has been communicated to him;
  • (c) where there is a dispute regarding the right to receive the dividend;
  • (d) where the dividend has been lawfully adjusted by the company against any sum due to it from the shareholder; or
  • (e) where, for any other reason, the failure was not due to any default on the part of the company.

Clause (e) is a general saving, and clause (d) is the one students forget: a company may set a declared dividend against calls the member owes.

A worked example

Jalna Steels Limited has, for the year ended 31 March 2028, a profit after depreciation under Schedule II of five crore rupees, accumulated losses of one crore fifty lakh rupees, a revaluation surplus on its land of two crore rupees, and free reserves of three crore rupees.

What it may pay out of. The revaluation surplus is excluded by the proviso to section 123(1)(a), being a revaluation of assets. By the fourth proviso the carried-over loss of one crore fifty lakh must first be set off, leaving three crore fifty lakh rupees of distributable profit for the year. It may add undistributed profits of earlier years, and, if it draws on reserves, only on free reserves by the third proviso.

munotes.in323

Declaration and Payment of Dividend

Transfer to reserves. It may, before declaring, transfer such percentage of the year's profits as it considers appropriate to reserves: first proviso. It is not obliged to transfer anything.

Declaration. The final dividend is recommended by the Board and declared by the members at the annual general meeting on 14 September 2028, that being ordinary business under section 102(2)(a).

Five days. The whole amount must be deposited in a separate account in a scheduled bank within five days of declaration, by 19 September 2028: section 123(4).

Payment. It is paid only to the registered shareholder, or to his order or his banker, and in cash, which by the second proviso to section 123(5) means it may be paid by cheque, warrant or electronic mode.

A deposit default. Suppose the company were in default under sections 73 and 74. By section 123(6) it could not declare any dividend on its equity shares so long as the failure continued.

An interim dividend. In December 2028 the Board wishes to declare an interim dividend. It may, out of the surplus in the profit and loss account or out of profits of the year to the quarter preceding the declaration. But the company has made a loss in the current year up to the end of September. By the proviso to section 123(3) the interim dividend may not exceed the average of the dividends declared in the immediately preceding three financial years.

Unclaimed dividend. Of the September dividend, four lakh rupees is unclaimed thirty days after declaration, by 14 October 2028. Within seven days of that, by 21 October 2028, it must go into the Unpaid Dividend Account in a scheduled bank: section 124(1). If the company fails to transfer it, it pays twelve per cent per annum interest from the date of default, and that interest enures to the members in proportion to what they are owed: section 124(3).

Publication. Within ninety days of the transfer the company must publish a statement of names, last known addresses and amounts on its own website and on the Central Government's approved website: section 124(2).

Seven years. Any of that four lakh still unclaimed on 21 October 2035, seven years after the transfer, goes with accrued interest to the Investor Education and Protection Fund under section 125, and the company sends a statement of details to the authority, which issues a receipt: section 124(5).

munotes.in324

Declaration and Payment of Dividend

A shareholder is not paid. Mr Kale's dividend is neither paid nor its warrant posted within thirty days. The company owes simple interest at eighteen per cent per annum for the period of default, and every director knowingly a party to it faces imprisonment up to two years and a fine of not less than one thousand rupees for every day: section 127.

Unless. If Mr Kale had asked for payment into an account that no longer existed and the company had told him so, clause (b) applies; if his entitlement is disputed, clause (c); if the company lawfully set the dividend against unpaid calls, clause (d); and if the failure was for any other reason not due to the company's default, clause (e). In none of those is an offence committed.

Distinctions that carry marks

Final dividendInterim dividend
Declared byThe members, on the Board's recommendationThe Board, section 123(3)
WhenAt the annual general meeting, as ordinary businessDuring the year, or between the year end and the AGM
SourceSection 123(1)Surplus in the profit and loss account, or profits of the year, or profits to the preceding quarter
If the company is in lossGoverned by the provisos to section 123(1)Capped at the average of the last three years' dividends
Once declaredA debt to the shareholderThe same
PeriodWhat must happen
Five days from declarationDeposit the dividend in a separate account in a scheduled bank, section 123(4)
Thirty days from declarationPay it, or post the warrant, section 127
Seven days after those thirtyTransfer the unpaid amount to the Unpaid Dividend Account, section 124(1)
Ninety days after that transferPublish names, addresses and amounts on the websites, section 124(2)
Seven years from that transferTransfer to the Investor Education and Protection Fund, section 124(5)
RateWhere
Twelve per cent per annumFailure to transfer to the Unpaid Dividend Account, section 124(3)
Eighteen per cent per annumFailure to pay the dividend within thirty days, section 127

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean a company must transfer profits to reserves before a dividend. The first proviso to section 123(1) makes it as the company considers appropriate.

It does not mean a revaluation surplus can be distributed. Unrealised gains, notional gains, revaluation and fair value changes are excluded in computing profits.

It does not mean a loss-making company can never pay an interim dividend. It may, but not at a rate higher than the average of the preceding three financial years.

munotes.in325

Declaration and Payment of Dividend

It does not mean unclaimed dividend is forfeited to the company. It goes to the Unpaid Dividend Account, and after seven years to the Investor Education and Protection Fund, from which a claimant may still seek a refund under section 125(3).

Quick revision

  • 123(1): dividend only out of this year's profits after Schedule II depreciation, undistributed past profits, or both, or out of Government money for a guaranteed dividend. Provisos: exclude unrealised gains, notional gains, revaluation and fair value changes; transfer to reserves is voluntary; dividend out of accumulated profits in a bad year only per the rules; only free reserves; and set off carried-over losses and unprovided depreciation first.
  • 123(3): interim dividend by the Board, during the year or between the year end and the AGM, out of the surplus in the profit and loss account or profits to the preceding quarter. Loss in the year to that quarter caps it at the three year average.
  • 123(4): deposit in a separate account in a scheduled bank within five days. 123(5): pay only to the registered shareholder, his order or his banker, and in cash, which includes cheque, warrant or electronic mode; bonus shares and paying up unpaid amounts are unaffected. 123(6): no equity dividend while in default under sections 73 and 74.
  • 124(1): unpaid or unclaimed after thirty days, transfer within seven days to the Unpaid Dividend Account. (2) publish names, last known addresses and amounts within ninety days on the company's and the Government-approved website. (3) failure to transfer, twelve per cent interest, enuring to the members. (4) a claimant may apply to the company. (5) unclaimed for seven years, to the Fund with interest.
  • 125: the Investor Education and Protection Fund, credited with grants, donations, section 124(5) transfers and other unclaimed amounts, used for refunds to claimants, investor education and protection, and reimbursing class action costs.
  • 126: where a transfer of shares is lodged but not registered, the dividend goes to the Unpaid Dividend Account unless the registered holder authorises otherwise, and rights and bonus entitlements are kept in abeyance.
  • 127: not paid or the warrant not posted within thirty days: every director knowingly a party faces imprisonment up to two years and not less than one thousand rupees for every day, and the company pays eighteen per cent simple interest. Five exceptions, including a lawful adjustment against sums due from the shareholder.

Test yourself

1. Out of what may a dividend be declared? Out of the profits of the company for that year after providing for depreciation under Schedule II, or out of the undistributed profits of any previous financial year or years similarly arrived at, or out of both; or out of money provided by the Central or a State Government for a dividend under a guarantee given by that Government: section 123(1).

munotes.in326

Declaration and Payment of Dividend

2. What must be excluded in computing profits for this purpose? Any amount representing unrealised gains, notional gains or revaluation of assets, and any change in the carrying amount of an asset or liability on measurement at fair value: proviso to section 123(1)(a).

3. Must a company set off past losses before declaring a dividend? Yes. The fourth proviso to section 123(1) provides that no company shall declare dividend unless carried over previous losses and depreciation not provided in previous years are set off against the profit of the current year.

4. Who declares an interim dividend, and what limit applies if the company is in loss? The Board of Directors, under section 123(3). Where the company has incurred a loss in the current financial year up to the end of the quarter immediately preceding the declaration, the interim dividend shall not be declared at a rate higher than the average dividends declared during the immediately preceding three financial years.

5. Trace an unclaimed dividend through the Act. It must be paid within thirty days of declaration; within seven days of the expiry of those thirty it goes to the Unpaid Dividend Account in a scheduled bank; within ninety days of that transfer the names, last known addresses and amounts are published on the company's website and a Government-approved website; and after seven years from the transfer it goes, with accrued interest, to the Investor Education and Protection Fund.

6. State the consequences of failing to pay a declared dividend within thirty days. The company is liable to pay simple interest at eighteen per cent per annum for the period of the default, and every director knowingly a party to it is punishable with imprisonment up to two years and a fine of not less than one thousand rupees for every day the default continues: section 127. No offence is committed in the five situations listed in the proviso.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in327

Chapter Fifty

Books of Account and Financial Statements

Syllabus topic 2.5, "Accounts, Audit & Auditors", labels: "Books of Accounts", "Financial Statements"

In one line

A company must keep proper books at its registered office for eight years and produce financial statements that give a true and fair view, and once those statements are adopted they can be changed only by order of a court or the Tribunal.

In exam wording: section 128 requires every company to prepare and keep books of account and financial statements at its registered office for every financial year, giving a true and fair view, on the accrual basis and according to the double entry system, preserved for not less than eight financial years; and section 129 requires the financial statements to give a true and fair view, comply with the accounting standards notified under section 133, and be in the form provided in Schedule III.

Why the law has this at all

Everything else in company law depends on the accounts being right.

A dividend may be paid only out of profits, so the profit figure decides what may leave the company. A buy-back is capped by reference to free reserves. Managerial remuneration is a percentage of net profits. A creditor deciding whether to supply on credit reads the balance sheet. If the accounts are wrong, every one of those decisions is wrong.

So the Act does four things. It prescribes how the books are kept: accrual basis, double entry, at the registered office, for eight years. It prescribes what the statements must show: a true and fair view, in Schedule III form, complying with the accounting standards. It gives directors a right of inspection, because a director who cannot see the books cannot discharge his duties. And it makes the statements very hard to change afterwards, because accounts that can be quietly rewritten are not accounts at all.

Some words this chapter uses

Accrual basis means transactions are recorded when they occur, not when cash moves. Double entry means every transaction is recorded twice, as a debit and a credit. A true and fair view is the overriding standard the accounts must meet. Consolidated financial statements combine the parent with its subsidiaries and associates. To recast accounts is to redraw them. A limited review is a lighter form of examination than a full audit.

Books of account: section 128

Section 128(1): what, where and how. Every company shall prepare and keep at its registered office books of account and other relevant books and papers and financial statement for every financial year which:

  • give a true and fair view of the state of the affairs of the company, including that of its branch offices;
  • explain the transactions effected both at the registered office and at its branches; and
  • are kept on accrual basis and according to the double entry system of accounting.
munotes.in328

Books of Account and Financial Statements

The first proviso: keeping them elsewhere. All or any of the books may be kept at such other place in India as the Board of Directors may decide, and where such a decision is taken the company shall, within seven days, file with the Registrar a notice in writing giving the full address of that other place.

Note it is the Board's decision, it must be in India, and the Registrar must be told within seven days.

The second proviso allows the books to be kept in electronic mode in the prescribed manner.

Section 128(2): branches. Where a company has a branch in India or outside India, it is deemed to have complied with sub-section (1) if proper books relating to the branch's transactions are kept at that office and proper summarised returns are sent periodically to the registered office or the other place.

Section 128(3): a director's right of inspection. The books and papers maintained within India shall be open for inspection at the registered office or the other place in India by any director during business hours; and where financial information is maintained outside the country, copies shall be maintained and produced for inspection by any director, subject to prescribed conditions.

The proviso: inspection in respect of any subsidiary shall be done only by the person authorised by a resolution of the Board of Directors. So a director's personal right stops at his own company; going into a subsidiary's books needs a Board authority.

Section 128(4): cooperation. The officers and other employees shall give the person making the inspection all assistance which the company may reasonably be expected to give.

Section 128(5): eight years. The books relating to a period of not less than eight financial years immediately preceding a financial year, or, where the company has existed for less than eight years, all the preceding years, together with the vouchers relevant to any entry, shall be kept in good order.

The proviso: where an investigation has been ordered under Chapter XIV, the Central Government may direct that the books be kept for a longer period.

Section 128(6): who is punished. If the managing director, the whole-time director in charge of finance, the Chief Financial Officer, or any other person charged by the Board with the duty of complying with this section contravenes it, that person shall be punishable with a fine of not less than fifty thousand rupees and up to five lakh rupees.

The liability is targeted, not general. It falls on the named officers or on the person the Board charged with the duty, not on every director.

munotes.in329

Books of Account and Financial Statements

Financial statements: section 129

Section 129(1): the standard. The financial statements shall:

  • give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the company or companies;
  • comply with the accounting standards notified under section 133; and
  • be in the form or forms provided for different classes of companies in Schedule III.

The first proviso: the items shall be in accordance with the accounting standards.

The second proviso: who is outside. The sub-section does not apply to any insurance or banking company, or any company engaged in the generation or supply of electricity, or any other class of company for which a form of financial statement has been specified in or under the Act governing it. Those industries have their own statutory formats.

The third proviso: true and fair, sector by sector. The statements shall not be treated as not disclosing a true and fair view merely because they do not disclose:

  • (a) for an insurance company, matters not required by the Insurance Act 1938 or the Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority Act 1999;
  • (b) for a banking company, matters not required by the Banking Regulation Act 1949;
  • (c) for a company generating or supplying electricity, matters not required by the Electricity Act 2003;
  • (d) for a company governed by any other law, matters not required by that law.

Section 129(2): laying them. At every annual general meeting the Board shall lay before the meeting the financial statements for the financial year. This is one of the four items of ordinary business under section 102(2)(a).

Section 129(3): consolidation. Where a company has one or more subsidiaries or associate companies, it shall, in addition to its own statements, prepare a consolidated financial statement of the company and of all the subsidiaries and associate companies, in the same form and manner and in accordance with the applicable accounting standards, and lay it before the annual general meeting along with its own.

The first proviso: it shall also attach a separate statement containing the salient features of the financial statement of each subsidiary and associate in the prescribed form.

The second proviso lets the Central Government provide for consolidation in the prescribed manner.

Note that associates are consolidated too, not only subsidiaries. That is why section 2(6) matters: the twenty per cent significant influence test decides who comes into the consolidated accounts.

Periodical results for unlisted companies: section 129A

The Central Government may require such class or classes of unlisted companies as may be prescribed:

munotes.in330

Books of Account and Financial Statements

  • (a) to prepare the financial results on such periodical basis and in such form as may be prescribed;
  • (b) to obtain the approval of the Board and complete an audit or limited review of those periodical results in the prescribed manner; and
  • (c) to file a copy with the Registrar within thirty days of completion of the relevant period, with the prescribed fees.

This section extends something like the listed company's quarterly reporting discipline to large unlisted companies, and it is entirely delegated to the rules.

Re-opening accounts: section 130

Section 130(1): when accounts may be re-opened. A company shall not re-open its books of account and not recast its financial statements unless:

  • an application is made by the Central Government, the Income-tax authorities, the Securities and Exchange Board, any other statutory regulatory body or authority, or any person concerned; and
  • an order is made by a court of competent jurisdiction or the Tribunal to the effect that:
  • (i) the relevant earlier accounts were prepared in a fraudulent manner; or
  • (ii) the affairs of the company were mismanaged during the relevant period, casting a doubt on the reliability of financial statements.

The proviso: the court or Tribunal shall give notice to the Central Government, the Income-tax authorities, SEBI, any other statutory regulatory body or authority concerned, or any other person concerned, and shall take their representations into consideration before passing any order.

Section 130(2). The accounts so revised or recast shall be final.

Section 130(3): the eight year limit. No order shall be made in respect of re-opening books relating to a period earlier than eight financial years immediately preceding the current financial year.

The proviso extends that where the Central Government has directed under the proviso to section 128(5) that books be kept longer: the books may be ordered to be re-opened within such longer period.

Note how sections 128(5) and 130(3) lock together. Books must be kept for eight years, and accounts cannot be re-opened beyond eight years. The retention period and the re-opening window are deliberately the same.

Voluntary revision: section 131

Section 131(1). If it appears to the directors that (a) the financial statement or (b) the report of the Board do not comply with section 129 or section 134, they may prepare a revised financial statement or a revised report in respect of any of the three preceding financial years, after obtaining the approval of the Tribunal on an application by the company in the prescribed form and manner, and a copy of the Tribunal's order shall be filed with the Registrar.

Three provisos.

The Tribunal shall give notice to the Central Government and the Income-tax authorities and take their representations into consideration.

munotes.in331

Books of Account and Financial Statements

Such a revised statement or report shall not be prepared or filed more than once in a financial year.

The detailed reasons for the revision shall be disclosed in the Board's report of the year in which the revision is made.

Compare sections 130 and 131 carefully. Section 130 is imposed: an outside applicant, a court or Tribunal order, grounds of fraud or mismanagement, up to eight years back, and the result is final. Section 131 is voluntary: the directors move, the Tribunal approves, the ground is non-compliance with section 129 or 134, the reach is three preceding financial years, and it may be done once a financial year with reasons disclosed.

Filing: section 137

A copy of the financial statements, including the consolidated financial statement, duly adopted at the annual general meeting, shall be filed with the Registrar within thirty days of the meeting, with the prescribed fees. Where the statements are not adopted, they are filed as unadopted within thirty days and the adopted ones later; and where no annual general meeting is held, they are filed within thirty days of the last date on which it should have been held, with the reasons.

Contrast the two filing periods. The annual return goes within sixty days of the annual general meeting under section 92(4); the financial statements within thirty days under section 137.

A worked example

Aurangabad Pharma Limited has a financial year ending 31 March 2028, one subsidiary and one associate company.

The books. They are kept at the registered office, on the accrual basis and by double entry, giving a true and fair view including of its Nashik branch, and explaining the transactions at both places.

Moving them. The Board resolves to keep the books at the Nashik plant instead. That is permitted, it being a place in India decided by the Board, and the company must file a notice with the Registrar giving the full address within seven days: first proviso to section 128(1).

A director asks to see them. Any director may inspect during business hours at the registered office or that other place, and the officers and employees must give all assistance the company may reasonably be expected to give. But when he asks to inspect the subsidiary's books, he needs to be authorised by a Board resolution: proviso to section 128(3).

Retention. The books, with the vouchers relevant to any entry, must be kept in good order for not less than eight financial years preceding the current one: section 128(5). If an investigation is ordered under Chapter XIV, the Central Government may direct a longer period.

munotes.in332

Books of Account and Financial Statements

Who is liable. If the books are not kept properly, the managing director, the whole-time director in charge of finance, the Chief Financial Officer or the person charged by the Board with the duty faces fifty thousand to five lakh rupees: section 128(6).

The statements. They must give a true and fair view, comply with the accounting standards notified under section 133 and be in Schedule III form. Because the company has a subsidiary and an associate, it must also prepare consolidated financial statements of itself, the subsidiary and the associate, and lay both before the annual general meeting, attaching a separate statement of the salient features of each of theirs: section 129(3).

A different company. Had it been a banking company, section 129(1) would not apply to it, and its accounts would follow the format under the Banking Regulation Act 1949, and by the third proviso they would not fail the true and fair test merely for omitting what that Act does not require.

Filing. The statements adopted at the annual general meeting on 10 September 2028 are filed with the Registrar within thirty days, by 10 October 2028, while the annual return has sixty days.

Fraud emerges. In 2031 SEBI finds that the 2026 accounts were prepared in a fraudulent manner. It applies under section 130 to the Tribunal, which gives notice to the Central Government, the Income-tax authorities, SEBI and any other authority or person concerned, considers their representations, and orders the accounts re-opened and recast. The recast accounts are final. The 2026 accounts are within eight financial years of the current one, so the order is competent; accounts of 2018 would not be, unless the Central Government had directed longer retention under section 128(5).

A different problem. In 2029 the directors themselves notice that the 2028 Board's report did not comply with section 134. They may prepare a revised report for any of the three preceding financial years, after the Tribunal's approval on the company's application, with notice to the Central Government and the Income-tax authorities. They may do this only once in a financial year, must file the Tribunal's order with the Registrar, and must disclose the detailed reasons in the Board's report for the year of revision.

Distinctions that carry marks

Section 130, re-openingSection 131, voluntary revision
Who initiatesCentral Government, Income-tax authorities, SEBI, another statutory authority, or any person concernedThe directors of the company
RequiresAn order of a court or the TribunalThe approval of the Tribunal
GroundAccounts prepared fraudulently, or mismanagement casting doubt on reliabilityNon-compliance with section 129 or section 134
Reach backEight financial years, or longer if section 128(5) so directsThree preceding financial years
FrequencyNot limitedOnce in a financial year
Notice toCentral Government, Income-tax, SEBI, other authorities, other persons concernedCentral Government and Income-tax authorities
ResultThe recast accounts are finalReasons disclosed in the Board's report; order filed with the Registrar
munotes.in333

Books of Account and Financial Statements

Books of account, section 128Financial statements, section 129
Where keptRegistered office, or another place in India on a Board decision with seven days' notice to the RegistrarLaid before the AGM
BasisAccrual and double entryAccounting standards under section 133, Schedule III form
RetentionEight financial years with vouchersFiled under section 137
InspectionAny director, during business hours; a subsidiary's only on Board authorityMembers, through the annual general meeting and section 136
LiabilityMD, whole-time director in charge of finance, CFO, or the person charged by the Board: fifty thousand to five lakh rupeesSection 129's own penalty provisions
FilingTime
Financial statements, section 137Thirty days of the AGM
Annual return, section 92(4)Sixty days of the AGM
Periodical results of prescribed unlisted companies, section 129AThirty days of completion of the period

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean books must always be at the registered office. The Board may decide on another place in India, on notice to the Registrar within seven days.

It does not mean a director may inspect anything he likes. His right under section 128(3) is to his own company's books; a subsidiary's require Board authorisation.

It does not mean only subsidiaries are consolidated. Associate companies are consolidated too under section 129(3).

It does not mean the directors can simply redo the accounts. Section 131 needs the Tribunal's approval, reaches back only three years, and may be used once a financial year.

Quick revision

  • 128(1): books and financial statements at the registered office, true and fair view including branches, accrual basis, double entry. Provisos: another place in India on a Board decision with seven days' notice to the Registrar; electronic mode permitted.
  • 128(2): branches complied with if proper books are kept there and summarised returns sent periodically. 128(3): inspection by any director during business hours; a subsidiary's books only by a person authorised by Board resolution. 128(4): officers and employees to give all reasonable assistance.
  • 128(5): keep eight financial years' books with vouchers in good order; longer if the Central Government so directs on a Chapter XIV investigation. 128(6): MD, whole-time director in charge of finance, CFO or the person charged by the Board, fifty thousand to five lakh rupees.
  • 129(1): true and fair view, accounting standards under section 133, Schedule III form. Insurance, banking and electricity companies, and others with their own statutory formats, are outside, and do not fail the true and fair test merely for omitting what their own Acts do not require.
  • 129(2): the Board lays the statements at every AGM. 129(3): consolidated statements where there are subsidiaries or associates, laid with the company's own, plus a statement of salient features of each.
  • 129A: the Central Government may require prescribed unlisted companies to prepare periodical financial results, have them approved by the Board and audited or reviewed, and file within thirty days.
  • 130: re-opening only on an application by the Central Government, Income-tax authorities, SEBI, another statutory authority or any person concerned, and an order of a court or the Tribunal, on grounds of fraud or mismanagement; notice to those authorities; the recast accounts are final; not beyond eight financial years.
  • 131: voluntary revision by the directors of the financial statement or Board's report for any of the three preceding financial years, with the Tribunal's approval, notice to the Central Government and Income-tax authorities, once a financial year, reasons disclosed in the Board's report, order filed with the Registrar.
munotes.in334

Books of Account and Financial Statements

Test yourself

1. Where must books of account be kept, and on what basis? At the registered office, on the accrual basis and according to the double entry system, giving a true and fair view including of branch offices: section 128(1). They may be kept at another place in India if the Board so decides, on filing a notice of the full address with the Registrar within seven days.

2. For how long must books be preserved? For not less than eight financial years immediately preceding a financial year, or for all preceding years where the company has existed for less, together with the vouchers relevant to any entry: section 128(5). The Central Government may direct a longer period where an investigation has been ordered under Chapter XIV.

3. Can a director inspect the books of a subsidiary? Only if he is the person authorised in that behalf by a resolution of the Board of Directors: proviso to section 128(3). His own right of inspection under section 128(3) extends to his own company's books.

4. When must consolidated financial statements be prepared? Where a company has one or more subsidiaries or associate companies. They must be in the same form and manner and in accordance with the applicable accounting standards, laid before the annual general meeting with the company's own statements, and accompanied by a separate statement of the salient features of each subsidiary's and associate's statements: section 129(3).

munotes.in335

Books of Account and Financial Statements

5. On what grounds and at whose instance may accounts be re-opened? On the application of the Central Government, the Income-tax authorities, SEBI, any other statutory regulatory body or authority, or any person concerned, and on an order of a court of competent jurisdiction or the Tribunal that the earlier accounts were prepared in a fraudulent manner or that the affairs were mismanaged, casting doubt on the reliability of the statements: section 130(1). No order may reach back beyond eight financial years.

6. How does voluntary revision differ? Under section 131 the directors themselves may prepare a revised financial statement or Board's report for any of the three preceding financial years, where these do not comply with section 129 or section 134, with the Tribunal's approval, after notice to the Central Government and the Income-tax authorities. It may be done only once in a financial year, the order is filed with the Registrar, and the detailed reasons must be disclosed in that year's Board's report.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in336

Chapter Fifty-One

The Board's Report, the Annual Report and Integrated Reporting

Syllabus topic 2.5, labels: "Annual Report & Directors Reports", "Integrated Reporting"

In one line

Every year the directors must attach to the accounts a report that explains the company's affairs, discloses what the Board did, and states in their own words that the accounts are properly prepared.

In exam wording: section 134(1) requires the financial statements to be approved by the Board and signed in the manner prescribed before submission to the auditor; section 134(3) requires a report by the Board to be attached to the statements laid in general meeting, containing seventeen specified matters; and section 134(5) prescribes the Directors' Responsibility Statement.

Why the law has this at all

The financial statements are numbers. They say what happened but not why, and they say nothing about how the company was governed.

The Board's report is the narrative that goes with them, and everything in the section 134(3) list is there because a member cannot get it from the accounts: how many times the Board met, what the auditors qualified and what the Board says about it, what related party contracts were entered into, what risks may threaten the company's existence, what the company did about corporate social responsibility, and how the Board evaluated its own performance.

And section 134(5) does something different again. The accounts are prepared by the management and audited by an outsider. The Directors' Responsibility Statement makes the directors say, in the first person and on the public file, that the accounting standards were followed, that the judgments were prudent, that adequate records were kept, that the going concern basis was used, and, in a listed company, that internal financial controls were adequate and operating effectively. It converts a diffuse responsibility into a signed assertion.

Some words this chapter uses

A qualification in an auditor's report is a reservation about the accounts. A disclaimer is a statement that the auditor cannot form an opinion. Going concern means the company is expected to continue in business. Internal financial controls are defined in the Explanation to section 134(5)(e). Integrated reporting is a practice of reporting financial and non-financial performance together; it is not a term of the Act.

Approval and signature: section 134(1) and (2)

Section 134(1). The financial statement, including the consolidated financial statement, if any, shall be approved by the Board of Directors before they are signed on behalf of the Board by:

  • the chairperson of the company where he is authorised by the Board, or by two directors, of whom one shall be the managing director, if any; and
  • the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and the company secretary, wherever they are appointed;
  • or, in the case of a One Person Company, only by one director,

for submission to the auditor for his report thereon.

munotes.in337

The Board's Report, the Annual Report and Integrated Reporting

Note the order of events, because it is often asked backwards: the Board approves and signs first, and the signed statements then go to the auditor. The auditor reports on what the Board has adopted.

Section 134(2). The auditors' report shall be attached to every financial statement.

What the Board's report must contain: section 134(3)

There shall be attached to the statements laid in general meeting a report by the Board which shall include:

  • (a) the web address, if any, where the annual return referred to in section 92(3) has been placed;
  • (b) the number of meetings of the Board;
  • (c) the Directors' Responsibility Statement;
  • (ca) details of frauds reported by auditors under section 143(12), other than those reportable to the Central Government;
  • (d) a statement on the declaration given by independent directors under section 149(6);
  • (e) for a company covered by section 178(1), the company's policy on directors' appointment and remuneration, including criteria for determining qualifications, positive attributes, independence of a director and the other matters in section 178(3);
  • (f) explanations or comments by the Board on every qualification, reservation or adverse remark or disclaimer made (i) by the auditor in his report, and (ii) by the company secretary in practice in his secretarial audit report;
  • (g) particulars of loans, guarantees or investments under section 186;
  • (h) particulars of contracts or arrangements with related parties referred to in section 188(1), in the prescribed form;
  • (i) the state of the company's affairs;
  • (j) the amounts, if any, which it proposes to carry to any reserves;
  • (k) the amount, if any, which it recommends should be paid by way of dividend;
  • (l) material changes and commitments affecting the financial position which have occurred between the end of the financial year and the date of the report;
  • (m) the conservation of energy, technology absorption, foreign exchange earnings and outgo, in the prescribed manner;
  • (n) a statement indicating development and implementation of a risk management policy, including identification of elements of risk which in the Board's opinion may threaten the existence of the company;
  • (o) details about the policy developed and implemented on corporate social responsibility initiatives taken during the year;
  • (p) for a listed company and every other public company having such paid-up capital as may be prescribed, a statement indicating the manner in which formal annual evaluation of the performance of the Board, its committees and of individual directors has been made; and
  • (q) such other matters as may be prescribed.

Clause (a) is the one changed by the 2017 Amendment, and it is the counterpart of the substituted section 92(3): the annual return goes on the website and the report gives the web address. See [The Annual Return].

munotes.in338

The Board's Report, the Annual Report and Integrated Reporting

Clause (f) is the accountability clause. The Board cannot let an audit qualification pass in silence; it must explain or comment on every one, and on every qualification in the secretarial audit report as well.

Clause (l) is the subsequent events clause, and it catches what happened after the year end but before the report.

The first proviso: no repetition. Where disclosures referred to in this sub-section have been included in the financial statements, they shall be referred to instead of being repeated in the Board's report.

The second proviso: policies on the website. Where the policy in clause (e) or clause (o) is made available on the company's website, it is sufficient compliance if the salient features and any change are specified briefly in the report with the web address where the complete policy is available.

Section 134(3A). The Central Government may prescribe an abridged Board's report for a One Person Company or small company.

Section 134(4): the One Person Company. For a One Person Company, the report means simply a report containing explanations or comments by the Board on every qualification, reservation or adverse remark or disclaimer made by the auditor. Nothing else in the seventeen-item list applies.

The Directors' Responsibility Statement: section 134(5)

It shall state that:

  • (a) in the preparation of the annual accounts, the applicable accounting standards had been followed, along with proper explanation relating to material departures;
  • (b) the directors had selected such accounting policies and applied them consistently and made judgments and estimates that are reasonable and prudent, so as to give a true and fair view of the state of affairs at the end of the financial year and of the profit and loss for that period;
  • (c) the directors had taken proper and sufficient care for the maintenance of adequate accounting records in accordance with this Act for safeguarding the assets of the company and for preventing and detecting fraud and other irregularities;
  • (d) the directors had prepared the annual accounts on a going concern basis;
  • (e) in the case of a listed company, the directors had laid down internal financial controls to be followed by the company and that such internal financial controls are adequate and were operating effectively; and
  • (f) the directors had devised proper systems to ensure compliance with the provisions of all applicable laws and that such systems were adequate and operating effectively.

The Explanation to clause (e) defines internal financial controls as the policies and procedures adopted by the company for ensuring the orderly and efficient conduct of its business, including adherence to the company's policies, the safeguarding of its assets, the prevention and detection of frauds and errors, the accuracy and completeness of the accounting records, and the timely preparation of reliable financial information.

munotes.in339

The Board's Report, the Annual Report and Integrated Reporting

Two things to note. Clause (e) applies only to a listed company; the other five apply to all. And clause (f) is about compliance with all applicable laws, not merely with this Act, which is a very wide statement for a director to sign.

Section 134(6). The Board's report and any annexures shall be signed by its chairperson if he is authorised by the Board, and where he is not so authorised, shall be signed by at least two directors, one of whom shall be a managing director, or by the director where there is only one director.

Sending the documents to members: section 136

Section 136(1). A copy of the financial statements, including consolidated financial statements, the auditor's report and every other document required by law to be annexed or attached, which are to be laid in general meeting, shall be sent to every member, to every trustee for the debenture holders, and to all other persons so entitled, not less than twenty-one days before the date of the meeting.

The first proviso: shorter period. If sent less than twenty-one days before, they are deemed duly sent if so agreed by members (a) holding, where there is a share capital, a majority in number entitled to vote who represent not less than ninety-five per cent of the voting paid-up capital, or (b) having, where there is no share capital, not less than ninety-five per cent of the total voting power.

That is the same double test as the shorter-notice proviso to section 101(1)(ii)(a), and the two should be learned together.

The second proviso: listed companies. For a listed company the sub-section is deemed complied with if the documents are made available for inspection at its registered office during working hours for twenty-one days before the meeting, and a statement containing the salient features, or copies of the documents as any member may require, is sent to every member and every trustee for the debenture holders.

MU's "Integrated Reporting", answered honestly

The phrase does not appear in the Companies Act 2013. It is a reporting practice, not a statutory obligation, and an answer should say so and then show what the Act actually does.

Integrated reporting means presenting a company's financial and non-financial performance together, so that a reader sees not only the profit but the environmental, social and governance consequences of earning it, and how the company creates value over time.

munotes.in340

The Board's Report, the Annual Report and Integrated Reporting

The Act builds towards it without using the phrase, and the material is all in section 134(3):

  • clause (m), conservation of energy, technology absorption, and foreign exchange earnings and outgo;
  • clause (n), the risk management policy, including risks that may threaten the company's existence;
  • clause (o), the corporate social responsibility policy and initiatives, which connects to section 135;
  • clause (p), the annual evaluation of the Board's performance; and
  • clause (d), the independent directors' declarations.

Add the consolidated statements under section 129(3) and the secretarial audit report under section 204, and what the member receives is a package covering money, governance, risk and social impact. For listed companies, SEBI requires a business responsibility and sustainability report, which is where formal integrated reporting has taken hold in India.

So the honest answer is: integrated reporting is not a requirement of the Companies Act, but section 134(3) already compels a company to report non-financial matters alongside its accounts, and the direction of the law is towards a single, combined report.

A worked example

Ratnagiri Chemicals Limited, a listed public company, closes its year on 31 March 2028 and holds its annual general meeting on 12 September 2028.

Approval and signature. The Board approves the financial statements, including the consolidated statements for its subsidiary, and they are signed by the chairperson, being authorised by the Board, together with the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and the company secretary. They then go to the auditor for his report, which is attached to every financial statement: section 134(1) and (2).

The Board's report. It must state the web address where the annual return has been placed, the number of Board meetings, the Directors' Responsibility Statement, details of frauds reported by the auditor under section 143(12) other than those reportable to the Central Government, the independent directors' declarations under section 149(6), the nomination and remuneration policy, the Board's explanations on every audit and secretarial audit qualification, particulars of section 186 loans and investments and of section 188 related party contracts, the state of affairs, proposed reserves and recommended dividend, material changes since the year end, energy, technology and foreign exchange particulars, the risk management policy, the corporate social responsibility policy, and, being listed, the manner of the annual performance evaluation of the Board, its committees and individual directors.

The website shortcut. Its nomination and remuneration policy and its corporate social responsibility policy are on the company's website, so by the second proviso it need only give the salient features and any changes briefly in the report, with the web address.

munotes.in341

The Board's Report, the Annual Report and Integrated Reporting

No repetition. Several disclosures already appear in the notes to the financial statements. By the first proviso the report refers to them instead of repeating them.

The Directors' Responsibility Statement. Being listed, the company's statement must include clause (e), that internal financial controls were laid down and were adequate and operating effectively, as well as the five clauses every company must give.

Sending it out. The statements, the auditor's report and the attached documents must be sent to every member, every debenture trustee and every other person entitled, not less than twenty-one days before 12 September 2028, that is by 21 August 2028. Being listed, it may instead make them available for inspection at the registered office for those twenty-one days and send a statement of salient features, or full copies to any member who asks: second proviso to section 136(1).

A shorter period. Had it sent them late, they would still be deemed duly sent if agreed by a majority in number of the voting members who also hold ninety-five per cent of the voting paid-up capital.

A One Person Company. Sindhudurg Design (OPC) Private Limited need only attach a report containing the Board's explanations or comments on every qualification, reservation, adverse remark or disclaimer by the auditor: section 134(4). Its statements are signed by one director: section 134(1).

Distinctions that carry marks

Financial statementsBoard's report
What they showThe numbers: state of affairs, profit and lossThe narrative: governance, risk, policies, explanations
Prepared underSections 128 and 129, Schedule III, section 133 standardsSection 134(3)
Signed byChairperson if authorised, or two directors including the MD, plus CEO, CFO and company secretary where appointedChairperson if authorised, else at least two directors including a managing director
AuditedYes, section 143No, but the auditor's qualifications must be answered in it
One Person CompanySigned by one directorOnly the Board's comments on audit qualifications
Directors' Responsibility Statement, section 134(5)Applies to
(a) accounting standards followed, material departures explainedEvery company
(b) policies applied consistently, judgments prudent, true and fair viewEvery company
(c) proper and sufficient care for adequate accounting records, safeguarding assets, preventing and detecting fraudEvery company
(d) accounts on a going concern basisEvery company
(e) internal financial controls laid down, adequate and operating effectivelyListed companies only
(f) systems to ensure compliance with all applicable laws, adequate and operating effectivelyEvery company

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean the auditor signs before the Board. The Board approves and signs first, and the statements then go to the auditor for his report.

munotes.in342

The Board's Report, the Annual Report and Integrated Reporting

It does not mean every disclosure must appear twice. The first proviso to section 134(3) lets the report refer to disclosures already in the financial statements.

It does not mean every company gives the full responsibility statement. Clause (e) on internal financial controls binds a listed company only.

It does not mean integrated reporting is required by the Act. The phrase is not in the Act; what the Act requires is the non-financial content of section 134(3).

Quick revision

  • 134(1): Board approves, then signature by the chairperson if authorised, or two directors including the MD, plus CEO, CFO and company secretary where appointed, or one director in an OPC, then to the auditor. 134(2): auditor's report attached to every financial statement.
  • 134(3), seventeen items: (a) web address of the annual return; (b) number of Board meetings; (c) Directors' Responsibility Statement; (ca) frauds reported under section 143(12) not reportable to the Central Government; (d) independent directors' declarations; (e) the section 178 appointment and remuneration policy; (f) explanations on every audit and secretarial audit qualification; (g) section 186 loans, guarantees and investments; (h) section 188 related party contracts; (i) state of affairs; (j) reserves; (k) recommended dividend; (l) material changes since the year end; (m) energy, technology, foreign exchange; (n) risk management policy; (o) corporate social responsibility; (p) annual evaluation of the Board, for listed and prescribed public companies; (q) as prescribed.
  • Provisos: disclosures already in the financial statements are referred to, not repeated; policies under (e) and (o) on the website need only salient features and the web address.
  • 134(3A) and (4): abridged report may be prescribed for an OPC or small company; an OPC's report is only the Board's comments on audit qualifications.
  • 134(5), six clauses: accounting standards with explained departures; consistent policies and prudent judgments giving a true and fair view; adequate accounting records, safeguarding assets, preventing and detecting fraud; going concern; internal financial controls, listed companies only, defined in the Explanation; and systems for compliance with all applicable laws.
  • 134(6): signed by the chairperson if authorised, else at least two directors including a managing director, or the sole director.
  • 136(1): send to every member, debenture trustee and other person entitled, not less than twenty-one days before the meeting. Shorter period on the majority in number plus ninety-five per cent in value test. Listed companies: inspection at the registered office plus a statement of salient features, or full copies on request.
  • Integrated reporting is not a term of the Act; the Act's non-financial content is in section 134(3)(m), (n), (o), (p) and (d), with SEBI requiring a business responsibility and sustainability report for listed companies.
munotes.in343

The Board's Report, the Annual Report and Integrated Reporting

Test yourself

1. Who signs the financial statements, and when do they go to the auditor? After approval by the Board, they are signed by the chairperson where authorised by the Board, or by two directors of whom one shall be the managing director, if any, and by the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and the company secretary wherever appointed, or by one director in a One Person Company. They are then submitted to the auditor for his report: section 134(1).

2. Name five things the Board's report must contain. Any five of the seventeen in section 134(3), for example: the web address where the annual return has been placed; the number of Board meetings; the Directors' Responsibility Statement; the Board's explanations on every qualification or adverse remark by the auditor and by the company secretary in practice; and the particulars of related party contracts under section 188(1).

3. State the contents of the Directors' Responsibility Statement. That the applicable accounting standards were followed with material departures explained; that accounting policies were selected and applied consistently and judgments and estimates were reasonable and prudent so as to give a true and fair view; that proper and sufficient care was taken for the maintenance of adequate accounting records, for safeguarding assets and for preventing and detecting fraud and other irregularities; that the accounts were prepared on a going concern basis; in a listed company, that internal financial controls were laid down and were adequate and operating effectively; and that proper systems were devised to ensure compliance with all applicable laws and were adequate and operating effectively: section 134(5).

4. What is a Board's report for a One Person Company? Only a report containing the explanations or comments by the Board on every qualification, reservation or adverse remark or disclaimer made by the auditor in his report: section 134(4).

5. How long before the meeting must the accounts be sent to members? Not less than twenty-one days, to every member, every trustee for the debenture holders and all other persons entitled: section 136(1). A shorter period is deemed sufficient if agreed by a majority in number of the voting members representing not less than ninety-five per cent of the voting paid-up capital.

6. Does the Companies Act require integrated reporting? No. The phrase does not appear in the Act. But section 134(3) already requires non-financial reporting alongside the accounts, including energy conservation and technology absorption, the risk management policy, corporate social responsibility, the annual evaluation of the Board and the independent directors' declarations, and SEBI requires a business responsibility and sustainability report from listed companies.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in344

Chapter Fifty-Two

The National Financial Reporting Authority

Syllabus topic 2.5, label: "National Financial Reporting Authority"

In one line

The National Financial Reporting Authority is the statutory regulator of accounting and auditing standards, and it can investigate an auditor, fine him and bar him from auditing for up to ten years.

In exam wording: section 132(1) empowers the Central Government to constitute a National Financial Reporting Authority to provide for matters relating to accounting and auditing standards; section 132(2) gives it four functions; section 132(4) gives it power to investigate professional or other misconduct by chartered accountants, the powers of a civil court, and, on proof, power to impose penalties and to debar; and section 132(5) gives an appeal to the Appellate Tribunal.

Why the law has this at all

Until 2013 the accountancy profession in India was regulated almost entirely by itself. The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India set the standards, admitted the members and disciplined them.

Self-regulation works while the profession's interest and the public's coincide. It comes under strain when a large audit failure occurs, because the body deciding whether the auditor was at fault is composed of that auditor's colleagues and competitors, and because the loss falls on investors who have no voice in it.

So section 132 creates an outside regulator with three deliberate features. It is statutory, so its standards bind. Its investigative jurisdiction ousts the professional institutes once it starts, so there cannot be two inquiries with different answers. And its sanctions reach beyond a reprimand to money and debarment, which is what actually affects an audit firm.

The independence provisions in section 132(3) are the other half of the design. A regulator staffed by people who are simultaneously partners in audit firms would be no improvement, so the Act requires declarations of no conflict and a two year cooling off period after leaving.

Some words this chapter uses

Accounting standards are the standards notified under section 133. Auditing standards govern how an audit is carried out. Professional or other misconduct takes its meaning from section 22 of the Chartered Accountants Act 1949. To debar is to prohibit a person from practising in a defined way. Suo motu means on its own initiative. The Appellate Tribunal is the National Company Law Appellate Tribunal.

Constitution: section 132(1) and (1A)

Section 132(1). The Central Government may, by notification, constitute a National Financial Reporting Authority to provide for matters relating to accounting and auditing standards under this Act.

Section 132(1A). The Authority shall perform its functions through such divisions as may be prescribed.

The four functions: section 132(2)

Notwithstanding anything contained in any other law for the time being in force, the Authority shall:

  • (a) make recommendations to the Central Government on the formulation and laying down of accounting and auditing policies and standards for adoption by companies or classes of companies or their auditors;
  • (b) monitor and enforce the compliance with accounting standards and auditing standards in such manner as may be prescribed;
  • (c) oversee the quality of service of the professions associated with ensuring compliance with such standards, and suggest measures required for improvement in quality of service and such other related matters as may be prescribed; and
  • (d) perform such other functions relating to clauses (a), (b) and (c) as may be prescribed.
munotes.in345

The National Financial Reporting Authority

Learn the four verbs: recommend, monitor and enforce, oversee, and perform. Clause (a) is advisory, because standards are notified by the Central Government under section 133; the Authority recommends, it does not notify. Clauses (b) and (c) are where its real work lies.

Composition and independence: section 132(3)

The Authority shall consist of:

  • a chairperson, who shall be a person of eminence having expertise in accountancy, auditing, finance or law, appointed by the Central Government; and
  • such other members not exceeding fifteen, consisting of part-time and full-time members, as may be prescribed.

Three provisos, and the third is the important one.

The terms and conditions and manner of appointment shall be as prescribed.

The chairperson and members shall make a declaration to the Central Government in the prescribed form regarding no conflict of interest or lack of independence in respect of their appointment.

And the chairperson and members in full-time employment with the Authority shall not be associated with any audit firm, including related consultancy firms, during the course of their appointment and for two years after ceasing to hold it.

Note the reach of that third proviso: it covers related consultancy firms, not only audit firms, and the bar runs for two years after office ends.

Section 132(3A). Each division shall be presided over by the Chairperson or a full-time Member authorised by the Chairperson.

Section 132(3B). There shall be an executive body consisting of the Chairperson and the full-time Members, for the efficient discharge of its functions under sub-section (2) other than clause (a) and under sub-section (4). So the executive body does the monitoring and enforcement but not the recommending of standards, and not the adjudication of misconduct.

Investigation and powers: section 132(4)

Notwithstanding anything contained in any other law, the Authority shall:

(a) The power to investigate

Have power to investigate, either suo motu or on a reference made to it by the Central Government, for such class of bodies corporate or persons as may be prescribed, into matters of professional or other misconduct committed by any member or firm of chartered accountants registered under the Chartered Accountants Act 1949.

munotes.in346

The National Financial Reporting Authority

The proviso is the ouster, and it is the most examinable line in the section:

no other institute or body shall initiate or continue any proceedings in such matters of misconduct where the National Financial Reporting Authority has initiated an investigation under this section.

So once the Authority starts, the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India must stop, and may not begin. There is one investigation, not two.

(b) The powers of a civil court

The same powers as are vested in a civil court under the Code of Civil Procedure 1908 while trying a suit, in respect of:

  • (i) discovery and production of books of account and other documents, at such place and time as the Authority may specify;
  • (ii) summoning and enforcing the attendance of persons and examining them on oath;
  • (iii) inspection of any books, registers and other documents of any person, at any place; and
  • (iv) issuing commissions for examination of witnesses or documents.

(c) The sanctions

Where professional or other misconduct is proved, power to make an order for:

(A) imposing a penalty of:

  • (I) not less than one lakh rupees, but which may extend to five times of the fees received, in the case of individuals; and
  • (II) not less than five lakh rupees, but which may extend to ten times of the fees received, in the case of firms; and

(B) debarring the member or the firm from:

  • I. being appointed as an auditor or internal auditor, or undertaking any audit in respect of financial statements or internal audit of the functions and activities of any company or body corporate; or
  • II. performing any valuation as provided under section 247,

for a minimum period of six months, or such higher period not exceeding ten years as the Authority may determine.

Four numbers to memorise: one lakh and five times for an individual; five lakh and ten times for a firm; and debarment of six months to ten years.

Note that debarment reaches valuation under section 247 as well as audit. A firm barred from auditing cannot simply move into valuation work.

The Explanation provides that "professional or other misconduct" shall have the same meaning as under section 22 of the Chartered Accountants Act 1949. So the Authority applies the profession's own definition of misconduct, while taking the decision out of the profession's hands.

Appeal: section 132(5)

Any person aggrieved by any order of the Authority under clause (c) of sub-section (4) may prefer an appeal before the Appellate Tribunal, in such manner and on payment of such fee as may be prescribed.

munotes.in347

The National Financial Reporting Authority

Note two things. The appeal lies against orders under clause (c) only, that is, the penalty and debarment orders, not against the decision to investigate. And it goes to the National Company Law Appellate Tribunal, which is where appeals from the National Company Law Tribunal also go.

Sub-sections (6), (7), (8) and (9) were omitted by the Companies (Amendment) Act 2017. They had provided for a separate appellate authority, which the amendment replaced with the appeal to the Appellate Tribunal in sub-section (5).

Procedure and staff: section 132(10) to (15)

Section 132(10). The Authority shall meet at such times and places and observe such rules of procedure in regard to the transaction of business at its meetings as may be prescribed.

Section 132(11). The Central Government may appoint a secretary and such other employees as it considers necessary.

The remaining sub-sections deal with the head office at New Delhi with offices elsewhere, the maintenance of books of account and other records in the prescribed form, their audit by the Comptroller and Auditor General of India, and the laying of the audited accounts together with the audit report and the annual report before each House of Parliament.

That last point is worth a sentence in an answer: the regulator is itself audited by the Comptroller and Auditor General and reports to Parliament, which is what makes it accountable rather than merely powerful.

A worked example

A large audit failure. The financial statements of Amravati Infra Limited for 2027 are found to have concealed borrowings of nine hundred crore rupees. Its auditor is a firm of chartered accountants which received audit fees of two crore rupees, and the engagement partner is a member of the Institute.

Who investigates. The Authority may act suo motu or on a reference by the Central Government, for such class of bodies corporate or persons as may be prescribed. It opens an investigation into the professional or other misconduct of the firm and the partner.

What the Institute may do. Nothing further. By the proviso to section 132(4)(a), no other institute or body shall initiate or continue any proceedings in those matters of misconduct once the Authority has initiated its investigation.

How it investigates. It exercises the powers of a civil court under the Code of Civil Procedure 1908: it orders discovery and production of the audit files at a place and time it specifies, summons the partner and examines him on oath, inspects the firm's books and registers, and issues commissions to examine witnesses.

The sanction on the firm. Misconduct being proved, the penalty is not less than five lakh rupees and up to ten times the fees received. The fees were two crore rupees, so the ceiling is twenty crore rupees.

munotes.in348

The National Financial Reporting Authority

The sanction on the partner. As an individual, not less than one lakh rupees and up to five times the fees received.

Debarment. The Authority may additionally debar the firm and the member from being appointed as auditor or internal auditor, from undertaking any audit or internal audit of any company or body corporate, and from performing any valuation under section 247, for not less than six months and not more than ten years.

Appeal. The firm, being aggrieved by an order under clause (c), may appeal to the Appellate Tribunal in the prescribed manner and on the prescribed fee: section 132(5).

A conflict question. One full-time member of the Authority is asked to join an audit firm's consultancy arm eighteen months after leaving office. The third proviso to section 132(3) forbids it: a full-time member may not be associated with any audit firm, including related consultancy firms, during his appointment and for two years after ceasing to hold it.

Distinctions that carry marks

The Institute of Chartered Accountants of IndiaThe National Financial Reporting Authority
SourceChartered Accountants Act 1949Section 132 of the Companies Act 2013
NatureA professional self-regulatory bodyA statutory regulator outside the profession
StandardsFormulates themRecommends them to the Central Government, which notifies under section 133; monitors and enforces compliance
MisconductIts own disciplinary machineryInvestigates, and once it does, the Institute may not initiate or continue proceedings
SanctionProfessional disciplinePenalty and debarment for six months to ten years, including from section 247 valuation
AppealUnder its own ActAppellate Tribunal, section 132(5)
Penalty under section 132(4)(c)(A)MinimumMaximum
IndividualOne lakh rupeesFive times the fees received
FirmFive lakh rupeesTen times the fees received

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean the Authority notifies the accounting standards. It recommends; the Central Government notifies under section 133.

It does not mean the Institute is abolished. It continues, and the Authority applies its definition of misconduct under section 22 of the Chartered Accountants Act 1949. What the Institute cannot do is run a parallel inquiry once the Authority has started.

It does not mean debarment is confined to audit. It extends to internal audit and to valuation under section 247.

It does not mean every order can be appealed. Section 132(5) gives an appeal against orders under clause (c) of sub-section (4), that is the penalty and debarment orders.

Quick revision

  • 132(1) and (1A): constituted by the Central Government by notification for accounting and auditing standards; functions performed through prescribed divisions.
  • 132(2), four functions: recommend policies and standards to the Central Government; monitor and enforce compliance; oversee the quality of service of the professions and suggest improvements; and perform related prescribed functions.
  • 132(3): a chairperson of eminence in accountancy, auditing, finance or law, and not more than fifteen other part-time and full-time members. Declaration of no conflict of interest; full-time members not associated with any audit firm or related consultancy firm during office and for two years after.
  • 132(3A) and (3B): each division presided over by the Chairperson or an authorised full-time Member; an executive body of the Chairperson and full-time Members, for sub-section (2) other than clause (a) and for sub-section (4).
  • 132(4)(a): investigate suo motu or on a Central Government reference into professional or other misconduct by a member or firm of chartered accountants. Proviso: no other institute or body may initiate or continue proceedings once the Authority has begun.
  • 132(4)(b): powers of a civil court as to discovery and production, summoning and examining on oath, inspection, and commissions.
  • 132(4)(c): penalty, individual one lakh to five times fees, firm five lakh to ten times fees; and debarment from audit, internal audit and section 247 valuation for six months to ten years. Explanation: misconduct as in section 22 of the Chartered Accountants Act 1949.
  • 132(5): appeal to the Appellate Tribunal against orders under clause (c). Sub-sections (6) to (9) omitted.
  • 132(10) onwards: procedure as prescribed, staff appointed by the Central Government, head office at New Delhi, accounts audited by the Comptroller and Auditor General and laid before each House of Parliament.
munotes.in349

The National Financial Reporting Authority

Test yourself

1. What are the functions of the National Financial Reporting Authority? To make recommendations to the Central Government on accounting and auditing policies and standards; to monitor and enforce compliance with those standards; to oversee the quality of service of the professions associated with ensuring compliance and suggest measures for improvement; and to perform such other related functions as may be prescribed: section 132(2).

2. Can the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India proceed against an auditor at the same time as the Authority? No. By the proviso to section 132(4)(a), no other institute or body shall initiate or continue any proceedings in such matters of misconduct where the Authority has initiated an investigation.

3. What powers does the Authority have while investigating? The same powers as a civil court under the Code of Civil Procedure 1908 in respect of discovery and production of books and documents, summoning and enforcing attendance and examining persons on oath, inspection of books, registers and documents at any place, and issuing commissions for the examination of witnesses or documents: section 132(4)(b).

munotes.in350

The National Financial Reporting Authority

4. State the penalties for proved misconduct. For an individual, not less than one lakh rupees and up to five times the fees received; for a firm, not less than five lakh rupees and up to ten times the fees received: section 132(4)(c)(A).

5. What is the debarment power? To debar the member or firm from being appointed as an auditor or internal auditor, from undertaking any audit or internal audit of any company or body corporate, or from performing any valuation under section 247, for a minimum of six months and a maximum of ten years: section 132(4)(c)(B).

6. Where does an appeal lie? To the Appellate Tribunal, against an order under clause (c) of section 132(4), in such manner and on payment of such fee as may be prescribed: section 132(5).

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in351

Chapter Fifty-Three

Auditors: Appointment, Rotation, Resignation, Removal and Disqualification

Syllabus topic 2.5, label: "Auditors-Appointment, Resignation and Procedure relating to Removal, Qualification and Disqualification"

In one line

An auditor is appointed for five years at a time, cannot be removed before his term ends without a special resolution and the Central Government's approval, and is disqualified if he has almost any financial or personal connection with the company.

In exam wording: section 139(1) requires every company to appoint an auditor at its first annual general meeting to hold office till the conclusion of the sixth annual general meeting; section 139(2) imposes rotation on listed and prescribed companies; section 140(1) allows removal before the term only by special resolution with the previous approval of the Central Government; and section 141(3) lists nine disqualifications.

Why the law has this at all

The auditor is appointed by the members but paid by the company and works with the management every day. That is a structural conflict, and the Act attacks it from four directions.

Security of tenure. An auditor who can be dismissed at will is an auditor who will not qualify a report. So he is appointed for five years and can be removed early only with a special resolution and the Central Government's approval, after being heard.

But not too much security. An auditor who audits the same company for thirty years stops being an outsider. So section 139(2) forces rotation on listed and prescribed companies, with a cooling off period.

Independence by disqualification. Section 141(3) removes anybody with a financial interest, a business relationship, a relative inside the company, or too many audits already.

And a voice on the way out. Sections 140(2) and 140(4) make sure that an auditor who resigns must say why, and that one who is being replaced can have his representation circulated to the members.

Some words this chapter uses

A casual vacancy is a vacancy arising otherwise than by expiry of the term. Rotation means compulsory change of auditor after a fixed period. Special notice is the members' advance notice under section 115. A relative is defined in section 2(77). A business relationship is of such nature as may be prescribed. The Comptroller and Auditor-General appoints auditors for Government companies.

Appointment: section 139(1)

Every company shall, at the first annual general meeting, appoint an individual or a firm as auditor, who shall hold office from the conclusion of that meeting till the conclusion of its sixth annual general meeting, and thereafter till the conclusion of every sixth meeting, the manner and procedure of selection being as prescribed.

So the term is five years, expressed as first meeting to sixth meeting.

The first proviso was omitted with effect from 7 May 2018. It had required the appointment to be ratified by the members at every annual general meeting. It is no longer necessary, and stating otherwise is an error of live law.

munotes.in352

Auditors: Appointment, Rotation, Resignation, Removal and Disqualification

The surviving provisos.

Written consent and a certificate. Before the appointment is made, the written consent of the auditor and a certificate from him that the appointment, if made, shall be in accordance with the prescribed conditions, shall be obtained.

The certificate shall also indicate whether the auditor satisfies the criteria provided in section 141.

Notice. The company shall inform the auditor of his appointment and file a notice with the Registrar within fifteen days of the meeting.

The Explanation provides that "appointment" includes re-appointment.

Rotation: section 139(2)

No listed company, or a company of such class as may be prescribed, shall appoint or re-appoint:

  • (a) an individual as auditor for more than one term of five consecutive years; and
  • (b) an audit firm as auditor for more than two terms of five consecutive years.

So an individual gets five years and a firm gets ten.

The first proviso: cooling off. An individual who has completed his term shall not be eligible for re-appointment in the same company for five years; and an audit firm which has completed its term is likewise ineligible for five years.

The second proviso: common partners. As on the date of appointment, no audit firm having a common partner or partners with the other audit firm whose tenure has expired in the company in the immediately preceding financial year shall be appointed as auditor of the same company for five years.

That closes the obvious avoidance: a firm cannot hand the audit to a sister firm sharing partners.

The third proviso gave existing companies a transition period, and the fourth preserves the company's right to remove an auditor and the auditor's right to resign, notwithstanding rotation.

Section 139(3): what the members may add. Members may resolve that:

  • (a) in the audit firm appointed, the auditing partner and his team shall be rotated at such intervals as the members resolve; or
  • (b) the audit shall be conducted by more than one auditor, that is, a joint audit.

Section 139(4). The Central Government may prescribe the manner of rotation.

The Explanation provides that "firm" includes a limited liability partnership incorporated under the Limited Liability Partnership Act 2008.

Government companies: section 139(5) and (7)

Section 139(5). For a Government company, or any other company owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Central Government, or by any State Government or Governments, or partly by both, the Comptroller and Auditor-General of India shall appoint a duly qualified auditor within one hundred and eighty days from the commencement of the financial year, to hold office till the conclusion of the annual general meeting.

munotes.in353

Auditors: Appointment, Rotation, Resignation, Removal and Disqualification

Section 139(7) deals with the first auditor of such a company: appointed by the Comptroller and Auditor-General within sixty days of registration; failing which by the Board within the next thirty days; failing which by the members within sixty days at an extraordinary general meeting.

The first auditor and casual vacancies: section 139(6) and (8)

Section 139(6). The first auditor of a company other than a Government company shall be appointed by the Board within thirty days from the date of registration; and on the Board's failure, the Board shall inform the members, who shall appoint within ninety days at an extraordinary general meeting. The first auditor holds office till the conclusion of the first annual general meeting.

Section 139(8): casual vacancies. A casual vacancy shall be filled by the Board within thirty days; but if it results from the resignation of an auditor, the appointment shall also be approved by the company at a general meeting convened within three months of the Board's recommendation, and the auditor holds office till the conclusion of the next annual general meeting. For a company whose auditor is appointed by the Comptroller and Auditor-General, he fills the casual vacancy within thirty days, failing which the Board within the next thirty days.

Section 139(9) and (10). A retiring auditor may be re-appointed unless he is disqualified, has given notice of unwillingness, or a special resolution has been passed appointing somebody else or providing expressly that he shall not be re-appointed. Where no auditor is appointed or re-appointed at an annual general meeting, the existing auditor shall continue.

Removal: section 140(1)

The auditor appointed under section 139 may be removed from his office before the expiry of his term only:

  • by a special resolution of the company; and
  • after obtaining the previous approval of the Central Government in the prescribed manner.

The proviso: before any action is taken, the auditor concerned shall be given a reasonable opportunity of being heard.

Three requirements, and all three are examined together: special resolution, previous Central Government approval, and a hearing. Note the order: the Government's approval is previous, so it comes before the resolution is acted on.

Resignation: section 140(2) and (3)

Section 140(2). An auditor who has resigned shall, within thirty days from the date of resignation, file a statement in the prescribed form with the company and the Registrar, and, for companies under section 139(5), also with the Comptroller and Auditor-General, indicating the reasons and other relevant facts with regard to his resignation.

munotes.in354

Auditors: Appointment, Rotation, Resignation, Removal and Disqualification

The point of that sub-section is the word "reasons". An auditor who resigns because he has been asked to sign something he should not must put the reason on a public file.

Section 140(3): the penalty. On non-compliance, the auditor is liable to a penalty of fifty thousand rupees or an amount equal to the remuneration of the auditor, whichever is less, and in case of continuing failure a further five hundred rupees for each day after the first, subject to a maximum of two lakh rupees.

Replacing a retiring auditor: section 140(4)

Clause (i): special notice. Special notice shall be required for a resolution at an annual general meeting appointing as auditor a person other than a retiring auditor, or providing expressly that a retiring auditor shall not be re-appointed, except where the retiring auditor has completed a consecutive tenure of five years or ten years under section 139(2).

So where the auditor is going because of rotation, no special notice is needed. Where he is being displaced, it is.

Clause (ii). On receipt of notice of such a resolution, the company shall forthwith send a copy to the retiring auditor.

Clause (iii): the auditor's representation. Where the retiring auditor makes a representation in writing, not exceeding a reasonable length, and requests its notification to members, the company shall, unless it is received too late:

  • (a) state the fact of the representation having been made in any notice of the resolution; and
  • (b) send a copy of the representation to every member to whom notice of the meeting is sent.

And if a copy is not sent because it was received too late or because of the company's default, the auditor may, without prejudice to his right to be heard orally, require that the representation be read out at the meeting.

The first proviso: if a copy is not sent, a copy shall be filed with the Registrar.

The second proviso: if the Tribunal is satisfied, on the application of the company or any other aggrieved person, that the rights conferred by this sub-section are being abused by the auditor, the copy need not be sent and the representation need not be read out.

Compare this with section 111(3) for members' resolutions, where the Central Government stops an abuse. Here it is the Tribunal.

Removal by the Tribunal: section 140(5)

Where the Tribunal, either suo motu or on an application by the Central Government or by any person concerned, is satisfied that the auditor has, directly or indirectly, acted in a fraudulent manner or abetted or colluded in any fraud by or in relation to the company or its directors or officers, it may by order direct the company to change its auditor.

munotes.in355

Auditors: Appointment, Rotation, Resignation, Removal and Disqualification

Where the application is by the Central Government and the Tribunal is so satisfied, it may within fifteen days of receipt of the application make an order that the auditor shall not function as an auditor and the Central Government may appoint another. An auditor against whom a final order is passed shall not be eligible to be appointed as an auditor of any company for five years and is liable under section 447.

Disqualifications: section 141(3)

The following persons shall not be eligible for appointment as an auditor:

  • (a) a body corporate other than a limited liability partnership registered under the Limited Liability Partnership Act 2008;
  • (b) an officer or employee of the company;
  • (c) a person who is a partner, or who is in the employment, of an officer or employee of the company;
  • (d) a person who, or his relative or partner:
  • (i) is holding any security of or interest in the company, or its subsidiary, or its holding or associate company, or a subsidiary of such holding company. Proviso: a relative may hold security or interest of face value not exceeding one thousand rupees or such sum as may be prescribed;
  • (ii) is indebted to any of those companies in excess of such amount as may be prescribed; or
  • (iii) has given a guarantee or provided any security in connection with the indebtedness of any third person to any of those companies, for such amount as may be prescribed;
  • (e) a person or firm who, whether directly or indirectly, has a business relationship with any of those companies of such nature as may be prescribed;
  • (f) a person whose relative is a director, or is in the employment of the company as a director or key managerial personnel;
  • (g) a person who is in full time employment elsewhere, or a person or a partner of a firm holding appointment as its auditor, if such person or partner is at the date of appointment or reappointment holding appointment as auditor of more than twenty companies;
  • (h) a person who has been convicted by a court of an offence involving fraud and a period of ten years has not elapsed from the date of conviction; and
  • (i) a person who, directly or indirectly, renders any service referred to in section 144 to the company or its holding company or its subsidiary company.

Section 141(4): disqualification after appointment. Where a person appointed as auditor incurs any of these disqualifications after his appointment, he shall vacate his office, and such vacation shall be deemed to be a casual vacancy.

munotes.in356

Auditors: Appointment, Rotation, Resignation, Removal and Disqualification

Section 141(1) and (2) provide that only a chartered accountant may be appointed, that a firm may be appointed only where the majority of its partners practising in India are qualified for appointment, and that where a firm including a limited liability partnership is appointed, only the partners who are chartered accountants shall be authorised to act and sign on behalf of the firm.

A worked example

Wardha Cements Limited, a listed company, is incorporated on 1 May 2027.

The first auditor. The Board must appoint within thirty days of registration, by 31 May 2027; failing which it must inform the members, who appoint within ninety days at an extraordinary general meeting. He holds office till the conclusion of the first annual general meeting: section 139(6).

The appointment proper. At the first annual general meeting the company appoints a firm as auditor, to hold office till the conclusion of the sixth annual general meeting. Before appointment it obtains the firm's written consent and its certificate that the appointment will be in accordance with the prescribed conditions and that it satisfies section 141. It informs the auditor and files notice with the Registrar within fifteen days.

No ratification. The appointment does not have to be ratified at each subsequent annual general meeting. That proviso was omitted with effect from 7 May 2018.

Rotation. Being listed, the company may appoint the firm for two terms of five consecutive years, ten years in all. After that the firm is ineligible for five years, and no firm sharing a common partner with it may be appointed for five years either.

A disqualification appears. In year three a partner of the firm marries the daughter of the company's Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer is key managerial personnel, and by section 141(3)(f) a person whose relative is in the employment of the company as a director or key managerial personnel is not eligible. The auditor incurs the disqualification after appointment, so by section 141(4) he vacates office, and that vacation is deemed a casual vacancy.

Filling it. The Board fills the casual vacancy within thirty days: section 139(8). Had the vacancy arisen from resignation, the appointment would also have needed approval at a general meeting within three months of the Board's recommendation.

A resignation. In year five the auditor resigns because he is unwilling to sign the accounts. He must, within thirty days, file a statement in the prescribed form with the company and the Registrar indicating the reasons: section 140(2). If he does not, he pays fifty thousand rupees or his remuneration, whichever is less, plus five hundred rupees a day, capped at two lakh rupees.

munotes.in357

Auditors: Appointment, Rotation, Resignation, Removal and Disqualification

A removal. In year seven the Board wants the auditor out before his term ends. That needs a special resolution and the previous approval of the Central Government, and the auditor must first be given a reasonable opportunity of being heard: section 140(1).

A replacement at the annual general meeting. Instead the company proposes at the annual general meeting to appoint a different firm. Because the retiring auditor has not completed a tenure of five or ten years under section 139(2), special notice under section 115 is required, the company must forthwith send a copy to the retiring auditor, and if he makes a written representation of reasonable length and asks for it to be notified, the company must state the fact in the notice and send a copy to every member. If it fails to, he may require it to be read out at the meeting, and a copy must be filed with the Registrar. If the Tribunal finds he is abusing the right, neither need be done.

Fraud. Suppose it emerges that the auditor colluded in concealing borrowings. The Tribunal, suo motu or on an application by the Central Government or any person concerned, may direct the company to change its auditor; on a Central Government application it may within fifteen days order that he shall not function as auditor; and a final order makes him ineligible for any company for five years and liable under section 447: section 140(5).

Distinctions that carry marks

Removal, section 140(1)Replacement at the AGM, section 140(4)
WhenBefore the expiry of the termAt the expiry of the term
ResolutionSpecial resolutionOrdinary resolution, but on special notice
Government approvalPrevious approval of the Central GovernmentNone
HearingReasonable opportunity of being heardRepresentation circulated to members, or read out
ExceptionNoneNo special notice where the auditor has completed five or ten years under section 139(2)
Individual auditorAudit firm
Maximum in a listed or prescribed companyOne term of five consecutive yearsTwo terms of five consecutive years
Cooling offFive yearsFive years, and no firm with a common partner for five years
Who may be appointedA chartered accountantA firm, including an LLP, where a majority of partners practising in India are qualified; only chartered accountant partners may sign
AppointmentBy whomWithin
First auditor, ordinary companyBoardThirty days of registration; else members in ninety days
First auditor, Government companyComptroller and Auditor-GeneralSixty days of registration; else Board in thirty; else members in sixty
Subsequent auditorMembers at the first AGMTill the sixth AGM
Government company auditorComptroller and Auditor-GeneralOne hundred and eighty days from the start of the financial year
Casual vacancyBoardThirty days; if by resignation, also members within three months
munotes.in358

Auditors: Appointment, Rotation, Resignation, Removal and Disqualification

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean the appointment is ratified every year. That proviso was omitted with effect from 7 May 2018.

It does not mean an auditor can be removed by a simple majority. Removal before the term needs a special resolution, the previous approval of the Central Government, and a hearing.

It does not mean rotation applies to every company. Section 139(2) binds listed companies and prescribed classes.

It does not mean a relative may hold no interest at all. The proviso to section 141(3)(d)(i) permits a relative to hold security or interest of face value not exceeding one thousand rupees, or as prescribed.

Quick revision

  • 139(1): appointed at the first AGM, holds office till the conclusion of the sixth AGM. Written consent and a certificate including compliance with section 141; company informs the auditor and files notice with the Registrar in fifteen days. Appointment includes re-appointment. The ratification proviso was OMITTED w.e.f. 7 May 2018.
  • 139(2): listed and prescribed companies, individual one term of five years, firm two terms of five years; five year cooling off; no firm with a common partner for five years. 139(3): members may resolve on rotation of the audit partner or a joint audit. Firm includes an LLP.
  • 139(5) and (7): Comptroller and Auditor-General appoints for Government companies, within one hundred and eighty days of the start of the year, and the first auditor within sixty days of registration.
  • 139(6): first auditor of other companies by the Board within thirty days, else members within ninety days; holds office till the first AGM.
  • 139(8): casual vacancy, Board within thirty days; if by resignation, also approved by members within three months.
  • 140(1): removal before term, special resolution plus previous Central Government approval, after a reasonable opportunity of being heard.
  • 140(2) and (3): a resigning auditor files a statement with reasons with the company and the Registrar, and with the CAG where applicable, within thirty days; penalty fifty thousand rupees or his remuneration, whichever is less, plus five hundred a day, max two lakh.
  • 140(4): special notice to replace a retiring auditor, except where he has completed five or ten years under section 139(2); copy forthwith to him; his representation stated in the notice and sent to members, else read out, and a copy filed with the Registrar; the Tribunal may stop an abuse.
  • 140(5): the Tribunal, suo motu or on application, may direct a change of auditor for fraud or collusion; on a Central Government application, an order within fifteen days; a final order means five years' ineligibility and section 447.
  • 141(3), nine disqualifications: a body corporate other than an LLP; an officer or employee; a partner or employee of an officer or employee; holding security or interest, being indebted, or having given a guarantee, in the company or its group, with a one thousand rupee allowance for a relative; a prescribed business relationship; a relative who is a director or KMP; full time employment elsewhere or already auditor of more than twenty companies; conviction for fraud within ten years; and rendering any section 144 service.
  • 141(4): a disqualification incurred after appointment means the auditor vacates office, and it is deemed a casual vacancy.
munotes.in359

Auditors: Appointment, Rotation, Resignation, Removal and Disqualification

Test yourself

1. For how long does an auditor hold office, and must the appointment be ratified annually? From the conclusion of the first annual general meeting till the conclusion of the sixth annual general meeting, and thereafter till the conclusion of every sixth meeting: section 139(1). No annual ratification is required; that proviso was omitted by the Companies (Amendment) Act 2017 with effect from 7 May 2018.

2. State the rotation rule. A listed company or a company of a prescribed class shall not appoint or re-appoint an individual for more than one term of five consecutive years, or an audit firm for more than two terms of five consecutive years, and each is then ineligible for five years, as is any audit firm having a common partner with the outgoing firm: section 139(2).

3. How may an auditor be removed before his term expires? Only by a special resolution of the company after obtaining the previous approval of the Central Government in the prescribed manner, and only after the auditor has been given a reasonable opportunity of being heard: section 140(1).

4. What must a resigning auditor do? File, within thirty days of resignation, a statement in the prescribed form with the company and the Registrar, and with the Comptroller and Auditor-General in the case of a company under section 139(5), indicating the reasons and other relevant facts: section 140(2).

5. Name five disqualifications for appointment as auditor. Any five from section 141(3), for example: a body corporate other than a limited liability partnership; an officer or employee of the company; a person whose relative is a director or key managerial personnel; a person already holding appointment as auditor of more than twenty companies; and a person convicted of an offence involving fraud within the last ten years.

munotes.in360

Auditors: Appointment, Rotation, Resignation, Removal and Disqualification

6. What happens if an auditor becomes disqualified after his appointment? He shall vacate his office, and that vacation shall be deemed to be a casual vacancy in the office of the auditor: section 141(4), which is then filled under section 139(8).

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in361

Chapter Fifty-Four

Rights, Duties and Liabilities of Auditors

Syllabus topic 2.5, label: "Rights, Duties and Liabilities"

In one line

An auditor may see everything, must inquire into six specified questions, must report fraud to the Government, may not do the company's accounting or internal audit, and pays personally if he gets it wrong.

In exam wording: section 143(1) gives the auditor a right of access at all times to the books and vouchers and to require information and explanation from the officers, with six inquiries he must inquire into; section 143(12) requires him to report fraud; section 144 forbids him nine services; section 146 entitles him to attend and be heard at general meetings; and section 147 imposes fine, imprisonment, refund of remuneration and damages.

Why the law has this at all

An audit is an opinion given by one person on somebody else's account of themselves. Three things have to be true for it to be worth anything.

He must be able to see everything. Hence the right of access at all times to books and vouchers wherever kept, the right to require information and explanation from officers, and the holding company auditor's right of access to the records of subsidiaries and associates.

He must be independent. Hence section 144, which stops an auditor auditing his own work by forbidding him to keep the accounts, run the internal audit, design the financial information system, or provide management services.

And he must be answerable. Hence section 147, which makes him liable in fine, and in a knowing case in prison, and requires him to refund his remuneration and pay damages, not only to the company but to statutory authorities, members and creditors.

Section 143(12) is the newest idea and the most important. Traditionally an auditor who found fraud told the Board, which was sometimes the very body committing it. The Act now makes him report to the Central Government above a threshold, and to the audit committee or the Board below it, with disclosure in the Board's report.

Some words this chapter uses

Vouchers are the underlying documents for entries in the books. A qualification is a reservation in the audit report. A branch auditor audits a branch office. A supplementary audit is a second audit by the Comptroller and Auditor-General. A test audit is a sample audit under section 19A of the Comptroller and Auditor-General's (Duties, Powers and Conditions of Service) Act 1971. Auditing standards are those notified under section 143(10).

Rights: section 143(1)

Every auditor shall have a right of access at all times to the books of account and vouchers of the company, whether kept at the registered office or at any other place, and shall be entitled to require from the officers of the company such information and explanation as he may consider necessary for the performance of his duties.

munotes.in362

Rights, Duties and Liabilities of Auditors

Three features. The access is at all times, not at times the company chooses. It extends to books kept anywhere. And the entitlement to information is measured by what he considers necessary, not by what the company thinks he needs.

The proviso: group access. The auditor of a holding company shall also have the right of access to the records of all its subsidiaries and associate companies, so far as it relates to the consolidation of its financial statements with theirs.

The six statutory inquiries: section 143(1)(a) to (f)

The auditor shall inquire into:

  • (a) whether loans and advances made on the basis of security have been properly secured, and whether the terms are prejudicial to the interests of the company or its members;
  • (b) whether transactions represented merely by book entries are prejudicial to the interests of the company;
  • (c) where the company is not an investment company or a banking company, whether so much of its assets as consist of shares, debentures and other securities have been sold at a price less than that at which they were purchased;
  • (d) whether loans and advances made by the company have been shown as deposits;
  • (e) whether personal expenses have been charged to revenue account; and
  • (f) where it is stated that shares have been allotted for cash, whether cash has actually been received, and if not, whether the position stated in the account books and the balance sheet is correct, regular and not misleading.

These six are a favourite question and they should be learned as a list. Each corresponds to a classic way of dressing up accounts: bad lending, circular book entries, dumping assets cheaply on a friend, disguising loans as deposits, putting private spending through the company, and pretending shares were paid for.

The report and what it must state: section 143(2), (3) and (4)

Section 143(2). The auditor shall make a report to the members on the accounts examined by him and on every financial statement required to be laid in general meeting, and the report shall, after taking into account this Act, the accounting and auditing standards and the matters required to be included under the Act or the rules or an order under sub-section (11), and to the best of his information and knowledge, state whether the accounts give a true and fair view of the state of the company's affairs at the end of the financial year and of the profit or loss and cash flow for the year, and such other matters as may be prescribed.

munotes.in363

Rights, Duties and Liabilities of Auditors

Note who the report is to: the members. Not the Board, and not the management.

Section 143(3): the ten statements. The report shall also state:

  • (a) whether he has sought and obtained all the information and explanations necessary, and if not, the details and their effect on the financial statements;
  • (b) whether proper books of account as required by law have been kept, so far as appears from his examination, and whether proper returns adequate for his audit have been received from branches not visited by him;
  • (c) whether the branch auditor's report under sub-section (8) has been sent to him, and how he has dealt with it;
  • (d) whether the balance sheet and profit and loss account are in agreement with the books of account and returns;
  • (e) whether the financial statements comply with the accounting standards;
  • (f) his observations or comments on financial transactions or matters which have any adverse effect on the functioning of the company;
  • (g) whether any director is disqualified from being appointed as a director under section 164(2);
  • (h) any qualification, reservation or adverse remark relating to the maintenance of accounts and connected matters;
  • (i) whether the company has adequate internal financial controls with reference to financial statements and the operating effectiveness of those controls; and
  • (j) such other matters as may be prescribed.

Clause (g) is easily missed and is regularly asked. The auditor must report on directors' disqualification, which is a governance matter rather than an accounting one.

Section 143(4). Where any matter required to be included is answered in the negative or with a qualification, the report shall state the reasons.

Government companies: section 143(5), (6) and (7)

Section 143(5). For a Government company or a company owned or controlled by the Central or a State Government, the Comptroller and Auditor-General appoints the auditor under section 139(5) or (7) and directs the manner in which the accounts are to be audited, and the auditor submits a copy of the audit report to the Comptroller and Auditor-General, including the directions issued, the action taken and its impact on the accounts.

Section 143(6). The Comptroller and Auditor-General has, within sixty days of receipt, the right to:

  • (a) conduct a supplementary audit by persons he authorises, and require information to be furnished to them; and
  • (b) comment upon or supplement the audit report.

The proviso: any such comments or supplement shall be sent by the company to every person entitled to copies of the audited financial statements under section 136(1) and placed before the annual general meeting at the same time and in the same manner as the audit report.

munotes.in364

Rights, Duties and Liabilities of Auditors

Section 143(7). The Comptroller and Auditor-General may, if he considers it necessary, by order cause a test audit to be conducted, and section 19A of the Comptroller and Auditor-General's (Duties, Powers and Conditions of Service) Act 1971 applies to that report.

Branch audit: section 143(8)

Where a company has a branch office, its accounts shall be audited either by the company's auditor or by any other person qualified for appointment as auditor and appointed under section 139; and where the branch is outside India, either by the company's auditor or by an accountant or other person duly qualified under the laws of that country.

The proviso: the branch auditor shall prepare a report and send it to the company's auditor, who shall deal with it in his report in such manner as he considers necessary.

Auditing standards: section 143(9), (10) and (11)

Section 143(9). Every auditor shall comply with the auditing standards.

Section 143(10). The Central Government may prescribe the standards of auditing, as recommended by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India, in consultation with and after examination of the recommendations of the National Financial Reporting Authority. Proviso: until standards are notified, the standards specified by the Institute shall be deemed to be the auditing standards.

Section 143(11). The Central Government may, in consultation with the National Financial Reporting Authority, by general or special order, direct that in respect of a specified class of companies the auditor's report shall also include a statement on such matters as may be specified. This is the power under which the additional reporting orders are made.

Fraud reporting: section 143(12)

Notwithstanding anything contained in this section, if an auditor, in the course of the performance of his duties, has reason to believe that an offence of fraud involving such amount as may be prescribed is being or has been committed in the company by its officers or employees, he shall report the matter to the Central Government within the prescribed time and manner.

The first proviso: below the threshold. In the case of a fraud involving less than the specified amount, the auditor shall report the matter to the audit committee constituted under section 177, or to the Board in other cases, within the prescribed time and manner.

The second proviso: disclosure. Companies whose auditors have reported frauds to the audit committee or the Board but not to the Central Government shall disclose the details of such frauds in the Board's report in the prescribed manner. That is the clause section 134(3)(ca) matches.

Three things to fix. The trigger is reason to believe, not proof. It covers fraud by officers or employees, and it operates in the course of his duties. And there are two destinations according to the amount.

munotes.in365

Rights, Duties and Liabilities of Auditors

Sections 143(13), (14) and (15) complete it: nothing in sub-section (12) applies to a good faith report, the section applies to a cost accountant in practice conducting a cost audit and to a company secretary in practice conducting a secretarial audit, and failure to comply attracts a penalty.

Services an auditor may not render: section 144

An auditor shall provide to the company only such other services as are approved by the Board of Directors or the audit committee, but which shall not include any of the following, whether rendered directly or indirectly to the company, or its holding company or subsidiary company:

  • (a) accounting and book keeping services;
  • (b) internal audit;
  • (c) design and implementation of any financial information system;
  • (d) actuarial services;
  • (e) investment advisory services;
  • (f) investment banking services;
  • (g) rendering of outsourced financial services;
  • (h) management services; and
  • (i) any other kind of services as may be prescribed.

Nine prohibited services, and the reason for each is the same: an auditor who did the work cannot audit it. Note that approval by the Board or the audit committee is needed even for permitted services, and that the prohibition extends to the holding and subsidiary companies and to services rendered indirectly, which the Explanation defines.

Signing, attending and being heard: sections 145 and 146

Section 145. The auditor shall sign the auditor's report or sign or certify any other document of the company in accordance with section 141(2), and the qualifications, observations or comments on financial transactions or matters which have any adverse effect on the functioning of the company mentioned in the auditor's report shall be read before the company in general meeting and shall be open to inspection by any member.

That is a real protection. A qualification cannot be buried in an annexure; it must be read out to the members.

Section 146. All notices of, and other communications relating to, any general meeting shall be forwarded to the auditor, and the auditor shall, unless otherwise exempted by the company, attend either himself or through an authorised representative who is also qualified to be an auditor, and shall have the right to be heard at such meeting on any part of the business which concerns him as auditor.

Liability: section 147

Section 147(1): the company and its officers. Contravention of any of sections 139 to 146 makes the company punishable with a fine of not less than twenty-five thousand rupees and up to five lakh rupees, and every officer in default with a fine of not less than ten thousand rupees and up to one lakh rupees.

munotes.in366

Rights, Duties and Liabilities of Auditors

Section 147(2): the auditor. If an auditor contravenes section 139, 143, 144 or 145, he shall be punishable with a fine of not less than twenty-five thousand rupees and up to five lakh rupees, or four times the remuneration of the auditor, whichever is less.

The proviso: the knowing case. If he has contravened knowingly or wilfully with the intention to deceive the company or its shareholders or creditors or tax authorities, he shall be punishable with imprisonment up to one year and with a fine of not less than fifty thousand rupees and up to twenty-five lakh rupees, or eight times the remuneration of the auditor, whichever is less.

Section 147(3): on conviction under sub-section (2), the auditor shall be liable to:

  • (i) refund the remuneration received by him to the company; and
  • (ii) pay for damages to the company, statutory bodies or authorities, or to members or creditors of the company, for loss arising out of incorrect or misleading statements of particulars made in his audit report.

That is the provision to quote on "liabilities of an auditor". It is not merely a fine: he gives back his fee and pays damages, and the class of claimants includes members and creditors.

Section 147(4) provides for the Central Government to specify the authority to whom damages are payable, and section 147(5) provides that where the auditor is a firm and it is proved that the partners acted in a fraudulent manner or abetted or colluded in a fraud, the liability, whether civil or criminal, shall be of the firm and of the partners concerned jointly and severally, though only the concerned partners are criminally liable.

A worked example

Beed Sugar Mills Limited has an auditor, a firm, and a branch at Latur.

Access. The auditor may inspect the books and vouchers at all times, whether at the registered office or at the Latur branch, and may require information and explanation from the officers as he considers necessary. Because the company has a subsidiary, and its statements are consolidated, he also has access to the subsidiary's records so far as consolidation is concerned.

The six inquiries. He must inquire whether the loans to a supplier were properly secured and on terms not prejudicial, whether the year-end entries with a related party are merely book entries, whether shares in a listed company were sold below cost, whether loans have been shown as deposits, whether the managing director's travel is personal expenditure charged to revenue, and whether the cash for the rights issue was actually received.

munotes.in367

Rights, Duties and Liabilities of Auditors

The branch. The Latur branch is audited by another qualified person appointed under section 139. That branch auditor sends his report to the company's auditor, who deals with it as he considers necessary and states in his own report how he dealt with it: sections 143(8) and 143(3)(c).

The report. It is addressed to the members and states whether the accounts give a true and fair view, and covers the ten matters in section 143(3), including whether any director is disqualified under section 164(2) and whether internal financial controls with reference to financial statements are adequate and operating effectively. Where any answer is negative or qualified, he states the reasons.

A fraud. During the audit he has reason to believe that the Chief Financial Officer has diverted funds. If the amount is at or above the prescribed threshold, he must report to the Central Government. If it is below, he reports to the audit committee under section 177, or to the Board if there is none, and the company must then disclose the details in its Board's report.

A conflict. The company asks the audit firm to design its new accounting software and to run its internal audit. Both are forbidden by section 144(b) and (c), directly or indirectly, and the prohibition also covers the holding and subsidiary companies. Even a permitted service needs the approval of the Board or the audit committee.

The meeting. All notices of the annual general meeting are forwarded to the auditor, who attends himself or by a qualified representative and has the right to be heard on any business concerning him: section 146. His qualifications and adverse comments are read out at the meeting and are open to inspection by any member: section 145.

It goes wrong. The report fails to disclose a material misstatement. Under section 147(2) the firm is liable to a fine of twenty-five thousand to five lakh rupees, or four times its remuneration, whichever is less. If it is proved that the failure was knowing or wilful with intent to deceive the shareholders, the punishment is imprisonment up to one year and fifty thousand to twenty-five lakh rupees, or eight times the remuneration, whichever is less.

And on conviction the auditor must refund the remuneration and pay damages to the company, to statutory bodies or authorities, and to the members or creditors who lost by the incorrect or misleading statements: section 147(3). Where the partners acted fraudulently or colluded, the firm and the concerned partners are jointly and severally liable, though only those partners are criminally liable: section 147(5).

munotes.in368

Rights, Duties and Liabilities of Auditors

Distinctions that carry marks

Rights, section 143(1) and 146Duties, section 143(1) to (4) and (12)
AccessAt all times, to books and vouchers anywhere; a holding company auditor to subsidiaries and associatesTo inquire into the six statutory questions
InformationTo require it from officers, as he considers necessaryTo state whether he sought and obtained all of it
MeetingsTo receive all notices, to attend and to be heardTo have his qualifications read out, section 145
ReportNot applicableTo the members, on true and fair view and the ten matters, with reasons for any negative or qualified answer
FraudNot applicableTo report to the Central Government, or to the audit committee or Board below the threshold
Threshold under section 143(12)Report to
At or above the prescribed amountThe Central Government
Below the prescribed amountThe audit committee under section 177, or the Board, with disclosure in the Board's report
Liability under section 147Consequence
Company, contravening sections 139 to 146Fine twenty-five thousand to five lakh rupees
Officer in defaultFine ten thousand to one lakh rupees
Auditor, contravening sections 139, 143, 144 or 145Fine twenty-five thousand to five lakh rupees, or four times remuneration, whichever is less
Auditor, knowingly or wilfully with intent to deceiveImprisonment up to one year and fine fifty thousand to twenty-five lakh rupees, or eight times remuneration, whichever is less
Auditor, on convictionRefund the remuneration and pay damages to the company, statutory bodies, members or creditors
Audit firm, partners fraudulent or colludingFirm and concerned partners jointly and severally liable; criminal liability of the concerned partners only

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean the auditor reports to the Board. Section 143(2) makes the report to the members.

It does not mean he must prove fraud before reporting it. Section 143(12) is triggered by reason to believe.

It does not mean an auditor may do no other work for the company. He may render other services approved by the Board or the audit committee, so long as they are not among the nine in section 144.

It does not mean his liability stops at a fine. On conviction he must refund his remuneration and pay damages, including to members and creditors.

Quick revision

  • 143(1) rights: access at all times to books and vouchers wherever kept; require information and explanation from officers; a holding company auditor may access subsidiaries and associates for consolidation.
  • The six inquiries: properly secured loans and prejudicial terms; mere book entries; securities sold below cost, except for investment and banking companies; loans shown as deposits; personal expenses charged to revenue; and whether cash was actually received on shares stated to be allotted for cash.
  • 143(2): report to the members, on a true and fair view of affairs, profit or loss and cash flow. 143(3): ten statements, including branch returns, agreement with the books, compliance with accounting standards, adverse comments, director disqualification under section 164(2), and internal financial controls. 143(4): give reasons for any negative or qualified answer.
  • 143(5) to (7): Government companies, CAG appoints and directs, receives the report, and within sixty days may conduct a supplementary audit and comment, which the company must send to everyone entitled under section 136(1) and place before the AGM; and may order a test audit.
  • 143(8): branch audit by the company's auditor or another qualified person; a foreign branch by a person qualified under that country's law; the branch auditor's report goes to the company's auditor.
  • 143(9) to (11): comply with auditing standards, prescribed by the Central Government on the ICAI's recommendation in consultation with NFRA, the ICAI's standards applying until then; and the Central Government may order additional reporting.
  • 143(12): reason to believe fraud by officers or employees: report to the Central Government above the prescribed amount, to the audit committee or Board below it, with disclosure in the Board's report.
  • 144: nine forbidden services, directly or indirectly, to the company, its holding or subsidiary: accounting and book keeping; internal audit; design of financial information systems; actuarial; investment advisory; investment banking; outsourced financial services; management services; and as prescribed. Other services need Board or audit committee approval.
  • 145 and 146: sign the report; qualifications and adverse comments read out in general meeting and open to member inspection; all notices forwarded, and a right to attend and be heard.
  • 147: company twenty-five thousand to five lakh; officer in default ten thousand to one lakh; auditor twenty-five thousand to five lakh or four times remuneration, whichever is less; knowing or wilful, imprisonment up to one year and fifty thousand to twenty-five lakh or eight times remuneration, whichever is less; on conviction, refund of remuneration and damages to the company, statutory bodies, members or creditors; and for a firm, joint and several liability with the concerned partners.
munotes.in369

Rights, Duties and Liabilities of Auditors

Test yourself

1. State the auditor's rights of access. A right of access at all times to the books of account and vouchers, whether kept at the registered office or anywhere else, and an entitlement to require from the officers such information and explanation as he considers necessary. A holding company's auditor also has access to the records of its subsidiaries and associate companies so far as consolidation is concerned: section 143(1).

munotes.in370

Rights, Duties and Liabilities of Auditors

2. Name the six questions into which an auditor must inquire under section 143(1). Whether secured loans and advances are properly secured and their terms not prejudicial; whether transactions represented merely by book entries are prejudicial; whether securities have been sold below their purchase price, except in an investment or banking company; whether loans have been shown as deposits; whether personal expenses have been charged to revenue account; and whether cash was actually received where shares are stated to have been allotted for cash.

3. To whom does an auditor report a fraud? To the Central Government where the fraud involves the prescribed amount or more; and where it involves less, to the audit committee constituted under section 177, or to the Board in other cases, the company then disclosing the details in its Board's report: section 143(12).

4. Name five services an auditor may not render. Any five of the nine in section 144, for example accounting and book keeping, internal audit, design and implementation of any financial information system, actuarial services and management services, whether rendered directly or indirectly to the company or its holding or subsidiary company.

5. What happens to an auditor's qualifications in his report? They, and his observations or comments on financial transactions or matters having any adverse effect on the functioning of the company, shall be read before the company in general meeting and shall be open to inspection by any member: section 145.

6. State an auditor's liability on conviction under section 147(2). He must refund the remuneration received by him to the company and pay damages to the company, to statutory bodies or authorities, or to members or creditors for loss arising out of incorrect or misleading statements of particulars made in his audit report: section 147(3).

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in371

Chapter Fifty-Five

The Audit Report, Internal Audit and Cost Audit

Syllabus topic 2.5, labels: "Audit and Auditor's Report", "Internal Audit", "Cost Audit"

In one line

There are three audits in this Act, and they answer different questions: the statutory audit says whether the accounts are true and fair, the internal audit checks the company's own systems from inside, and the cost audit checks what things actually cost to make.

In exam wording: the statutory audit report is governed by section 143(2) to (4); section 138 requires prescribed classes of companies to appoint an internal auditor, who shall be a chartered accountant or a cost accountant or such other professional as the Board may decide; and section 148 empowers the Central Government to direct the maintenance of cost records and the conduct of a cost audit by a cost accountant appointed by the Board.

Why the law has this at all

The statutory audit is an annual, external, backward-looking examination of one thing: whether the financial statements give a true and fair view. It is done once a year by somebody outside the company, and by the time it is finished the year is over.

That leaves two gaps.

The first gap is time and process. A yearly check cannot catch a control that has been failing since April. The internal audit runs continuously, inside the company, and reports to the Board. It is about whether the systems work, not about whether the final numbers add up.

The second gap is cost. Financial accounts show what a company earned and spent in total. They do not show what it costs to make one tonne of cement, and in industries where prices are regulated or where the public interest is engaged, that number matters a great deal. The cost audit examines it, and the report goes to the Central Government.

And note who each reports to, because that is the cleanest way to keep them apart: the statutory auditor reports to the members, the internal auditor to the Board, and the cost auditor to the Board and then to the Central Government.

Some words this chapter uses

Cost records are the particulars of material, labour and other items of cost. Cost auditing standards are those issued by the Institute of Cost Accountants of India with the Central Government's approval. A reservation is a qualification in a report. Net worth is defined in section 2(57). Remuneration in section 142 includes expenses and facilities but not fees for other services.

The statutory audit report, in outline

The full treatment is in [Rights, Duties and Liabilities of Auditors]. In short: the auditor reports to the members under section 143(2) on whether the accounts give a true and fair view of the state of affairs, the profit or loss and the cash flow; the report must also state the ten matters in section 143(3); and where any of them is answered in the negative or with a qualification, the reasons must be given under section 143(4). The report is attached to every financial statement under section 134(2), and its qualifications are read out at the general meeting under section 145.

munotes.in372

The Audit Report, Internal Audit and Cost Audit

Remuneration of the auditor: section 142

Section 142(1). The remuneration of the auditor shall be fixed in its general meeting or in such manner as may be determined therein.

The proviso: the Board may fix the remuneration of the first auditor appointed by it.

The point of the sub-section is independence. The people who appoint the auditor also fix his pay, and those people are the members, not the management he audits. Only the first auditor, who is appointed by the Board under section 139(6), is paid on the Board's decision.

Section 142(2): what is included. The remuneration shall, in addition to the fee payable to the auditor, include the expenses incurred by him in connection with the audit and any facility extended to him, but does not include any remuneration paid to him for any other service rendered at the request of the company.

So the audit fee and the non-audit fee are kept separate, which is what makes section 144 workable and what lets section 147(2) compute a penalty by reference to "the remuneration of the auditor".

Internal audit: section 138

Section 138(1). Such class or classes of companies as may be prescribed shall be required to appoint an internal auditor, who shall be:

  • a chartered accountant, or
  • a cost accountant, or
  • such other professional as may be decided by the Board,

to conduct internal audit of the functions and activities of the company.

Three points that are regularly examined. The obligation applies only to prescribed classes, not to every company. The internal auditor need not be a chartered accountant: a cost accountant, or any other professional the Board decides on, will do. And the subject is the functions and activities of the company, which is wider than its accounts.

Section 138(2). The Central Government may prescribe the manner and the intervals in which the internal audit shall be conducted and reported to the Board.

Note the reporting line: to the Board. That is what distinguishes internal audit from the statutory audit, which reports to the members.

And note the connection to section 144(b). The statutory auditor may not conduct the internal audit, directly or indirectly, of the company or its holding or subsidiary company. The two functions must be in different hands.

munotes.in373

The Audit Report, Internal Audit and Cost Audit

Cost audit: section 148

Section 148(1): cost records. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Chapter, the Central Government may, by order, in respect of such class of companies engaged in the production of such goods or providing such services as may be prescribed, direct that particulars relating to the utilisation of material or labour or to other items of cost as may be prescribed shall also be included in the books of account kept by that class of companies.

The proviso: before issuing such an order in respect of a class of companies regulated under a special Act, the Central Government shall consult the regulatory body constituted or established under that Act.

Section 148(2): the cost audit. If the Central Government is of the opinion that it is necessary, it may by order direct that the audit of cost records of a class of companies covered under sub-section (1) which have a net worth or a turnover of such amount as may be prescribed shall be conducted in the manner specified in the order.

So there are two separate orders: one requiring cost records to be kept, and a second requiring them to be audited, and the second applies only to companies within the first that also meet a net worth or turnover threshold.

Section 148(3): who conducts it. The audit shall be conducted by a cost accountant, who shall be appointed by the Board on such remuneration as may be determined by the members in the prescribed manner.

Note the split: appointed by the Board, paid as the members determine.

The first proviso is the independence rule: no person appointed under section 139 as an auditor of the company shall be appointed for conducting the audit of cost records. The statutory auditor cannot be the cost auditor.

The second proviso: the auditor conducting the cost audit shall comply with the cost auditing standards.

The Explanation defines cost auditing standards as those issued by the Institute of Cost Accountants of India, constituted under the Cost and Works Accountants Act 1959, with the approval of the Central Government.

Section 148(4). An audit under this section shall be in addition to the audit conducted under section 143. The cost audit does not replace the statutory audit.

Section 148(5): the cost auditor's position. The qualifications, disqualifications, rights, duties and obligations applicable to auditors under this Chapter shall, so far as may be applicable, apply to a cost auditor, and it shall be the duty of the company to give all assistance and facilities to him.

The proviso: the report on the audit of cost records shall be submitted by the cost accountant to the Board of Directors.

munotes.in374

The Audit Report, Internal Audit and Cost Audit

Section 148(6): to the Central Government. The company shall, within thirty days from the date of receipt of a copy of the cost audit report, furnish the Central Government with the report along with full information and explanation on every reservation or qualification contained in it.

Section 148(7). If, after considering the report and the company's explanation, the Central Government is of the opinion that any further information or explanation is necessary, it may call for it, and the company shall furnish it within the time specified.

Section 148(8): default.

  • (a) the company and every officer in default shall be punishable in the manner provided in section 147(1), that is, the company twenty-five thousand to five lakh rupees and every officer in default ten thousand to one lakh rupees; and
  • (b) the cost auditor in default shall be punishable in the manner provided in section 147(2) to (4), that is, twenty-five thousand to five lakh rupees or four times his remuneration, whichever is less, with imprisonment up to one year and a heavier fine where the contravention was knowing or wilful with intent to deceive, and, on conviction, refund of remuneration and damages.

Section 143(14) completes the picture: the fraud reporting duty in section 143(12) applies to a cost accountant in practice conducting a cost audit and to a company secretary in practice conducting a secretarial audit, exactly as it applies to the statutory auditor.

A worked example

Chandrapur Cement Limited manufactures cement, which is a prescribed class of goods.

Cost records. By an order under section 148(1) the Central Government has directed that particulars relating to the utilisation of material and labour and other prescribed items of cost shall be included in the books of account of cement companies. Because cement is not regulated under a special Act, no consultation with a regulatory body was needed; had it been, for example, an electricity company, the proviso would have required the Central Government to consult the regulator first.

Cost audit. The company's turnover exceeds the prescribed amount, so a second order under section 148(2) requires its cost records to be audited.

Who does it. The Board appoints a cost accountant, and his remuneration is determined by the members in the prescribed manner. The company's statutory auditor cannot be appointed, by the first proviso to section 148(3). The cost auditor must comply with the cost auditing standards issued by the Institute of Cost Accountants of India with the Central Government's approval.

It is additional. The cost audit is in addition to the statutory audit under section 143: section 148(4). The company has both.

munotes.in375

The Audit Report, Internal Audit and Cost Audit

His position. The qualifications, disqualifications, rights, duties and obligations of auditors under Chapter X apply to him so far as applicable, and the company must give him all assistance and facilities: section 148(5).

The report. He submits it to the Board. The company must then, within thirty days of receiving it, furnish it to the Central Government with full information and explanation on every reservation or qualification: section 148(6). The Government asks for further explanation on one qualification, and the company must supply it within the time specified: section 148(7).

A default. The company files the report forty days late. The company and every officer in default are punishable as under section 147(1), and if the cost auditor were in default he would be punishable as under section 147(2) to (4).

And a fraud. During the cost audit the cost accountant has reason to believe that stock has been systematically misstated by employees. By section 143(14) the fraud reporting duty in section 143(12) applies to him, so he reports to the Central Government above the prescribed amount, or to the audit committee or the Board below it.

Internal audit. The company also falls within the prescribed class under section 138, so it must appoint an internal auditor. It appoints a cost accountant, which section 138(1) permits; it could equally have appointed a chartered accountant or any other professional the Board decided on. The internal audit covers the functions and activities of the company, and is conducted and reported to the Board in the manner and at the intervals prescribed.

A conflict avoided. The company asks its statutory auditor to take on the internal audit as well. Section 144(b) forbids it, directly or indirectly, and for the holding and subsidiary companies too.

Remuneration. The statutory auditor's remuneration is fixed in general meeting under section 142(1), except that the first auditor's was fixed by the Board. It includes his expenses and any facility extended to him, but not the fee for a permitted non-audit service: section 142(2).

Distinctions that carry marks

Statutory auditInternal auditCost audit
Section143138148
Compulsory forEvery companyPrescribed classesPrescribed classes meeting a net worth or turnover threshold
Who conducts itA chartered accountant or firm, section 141A chartered accountant, cost accountant or other professional the Board decidesA cost accountant
Appointed byThe members, section 139The company, under section 138The Board, section 148(3)
Remuneration fixed byThe members, section 142Not specifiedMembers, in the prescribed manner
Reports toThe membersThe BoardThe Board, then the Central Government within thirty days
SubjectWhether the accounts show a true and fair viewThe functions and activities and the systemsCost records: material, labour and other items of cost
May the statutory auditor do itNot applicableNo, section 144(b)No, first proviso to section 148(3)
munotes.in376

The Audit Report, Internal Audit and Cost Audit

Default under section 148(8)Punishable as
The company and every officer in defaultSection 147(1): company twenty-five thousand to five lakh rupees; officer ten thousand to one lakh rupees
The cost auditor in defaultSection 147(2) to (4): fine, imprisonment for a knowing contravention, refund of remuneration and damages

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean every company must have an internal audit. Only such classes as may be prescribed under section 138(1).

It does not mean the internal auditor must be a chartered accountant. He may be a cost accountant or such other professional as the Board may decide.

It does not mean a cost audit replaces the statutory audit. Section 148(4) makes it in addition to the section 143 audit.

It does not mean the cost audit report goes straight to the Government. It is submitted to the Board, and the company then furnishes it to the Central Government within thirty days, with explanations on every reservation or qualification.

Quick revision

  • 142(1): the auditor's remuneration is fixed in general meeting, or as determined there; the Board may fix the first auditor's. (2) it includes expenses and facilities, but not fees for other services.
  • 138(1): prescribed classes must appoint an internal auditor, being a chartered accountant, a cost accountant, or such other professional as the Board may decide, to audit the functions and activities of the company. (2) the manner and intervals are prescribed, and the report goes to the Board. Section 144(b) bars the statutory auditor from doing it.
  • 148(1): the Central Government may order prescribed classes producing prescribed goods or services to include cost particulars in their books; consult the regulator first where a special Act governs the class.
  • 148(2): a further order may require the cost records to be audited, for companies within (1) meeting a prescribed net worth or turnover.
  • 148(3): conducted by a cost accountant, appointed by the Board, remuneration determined by the members. The statutory auditor may not be appointed. Cost auditing standards of the Institute of Cost Accountants of India, approved by the Central Government, apply.
  • 148(4) and (5): in addition to the section 143 audit; the Chapter's qualifications, disqualifications, rights, duties and obligations apply so far as applicable; the company must give all assistance and facilities; the report goes to the Board.
  • 148(6) and (7): the company furnishes the report to the Central Government within thirty days of receipt, with full information and explanation on every reservation or qualification, and supplies further explanation if called for.
  • 148(8): company and officers punishable under section 147(1); the cost auditor under section 147(2) to (4).
  • 143(14): the fraud reporting duty in section 143(12) applies to a cost accountant conducting a cost audit and to a company secretary in practice conducting a secretarial audit.
munotes.in377

The Audit Report, Internal Audit and Cost Audit

Test yourself

1. Who may be appointed as an internal auditor? A chartered accountant, a cost accountant, or such other professional as may be decided by the Board, to conduct internal audit of the functions and activities of the company: section 138(1). The obligation applies only to such classes of companies as may be prescribed.

2. To whom does the internal auditor report? To the Board, in the manner and at the intervals prescribed by the Central Government: section 138(2).

3. Who conducts a cost audit, who appoints him and who fixes his pay? A cost accountant, appointed by the Board, on such remuneration as is determined by the members in the prescribed manner: section 148(3). No person appointed as the company's auditor under section 139 may be appointed to conduct the cost audit.

4. What must a company do with the cost audit report? Within thirty days of receipt of a copy, furnish the Central Government with the report together with full information and explanation on every reservation or qualification contained in it: section 148(6). The Central Government may call for further information, which the company must furnish within the time specified.

5. Is a cost audit a substitute for the statutory audit? No. Section 148(4) provides that an audit conducted under section 148 shall be in addition to the audit conducted under section 143.

6. How is the auditor's remuneration fixed, and what does it include? It is fixed in general meeting, or in such manner as may be determined there, except that the Board may fix the first auditor's remuneration: section 142(1). It includes the fee, the expenses incurred in connection with the audit and any facility extended to the auditor, but excludes remuneration for any other service rendered at the company's request: section 142(2).

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in378

Module III

munotes.in

Chapter Fifty-Six

Who is a Director, and the Director Identification Number

Syllabus topic 3.1, "Directors DIN, Types of Directors"

In one line

A director must be a natural person, every company must have a Board of a minimum size, and nobody can be appointed a director without first obtaining a unique number from the Central Government.

In exam wording: section 2(34) defines a director as a director appointed to the Board of a company; section 149(1) requires every company to have a Board of Directors consisting of individuals, with a minimum of three, two or one and a maximum of fifteen; and section 152(3) forbids the appointment of any person as a director unless he has been allotted a Director Identification Number under section 154.

Why the law has this at all

A company acts through its Board, so the law has to answer two questions before anything else: who may sit on it, and how many.

Who is answered by the single word individuals in section 149(1). A company cannot be a director of another company. If it could, a chain of companies could be run with no human being answerable anywhere in it, and every duty in section 166 would be owed by an artificial person to another artificial person.

How many is answered by minimums and a maximum. A minimum, because a Board of one can be a company run by one man with no check. A maximum of fifteen, because a Board large enough to be a public meeting decides nothing, and because a very large Board is a way of diluting responsibility.

And the Director Identification Number answers a question nobody had asked until it became a problem. The same man could be a director of forty companies under forty spellings of his name, and no register could connect them. The DIN gives each individual one number for life, which is why section 155 forbids a second one and why section 158 requires the number to appear on every filing that mentions a director.

Some words this chapter uses

The Board is the body of directors. An individual is a natural person. A nominee director is one appointed by an institution or under an agreement. Rotation means retiring and standing again by turns. To intimate is to inform formally. An officer in default is defined in section 2(60).

The definition, and what it leaves out

Section 2(34): "director" means a director appointed to the Board of a company.

That is circular on its face, and deliberately so. The Act does not define a director by what he does, because directors do very different things: some run the company daily, some attend four meetings a year. It defines him by office.

But the Act does reach people who are not appointed. Section 2(60) makes an officer in default include a person in accordance with whose advice, directions or instructions the Board is accustomed to act, and section 2(69) uses the same idea for a promoter. So a person who directs the Board from outside carries a director's liabilities without holding a director's office.

munotes.in379

Who is a Director, and the Director Identification Number

The Board: section 149(1)

Every company shall have a Board of Directors consisting of individuals as directors and shall have:

  • (a) a minimum number of three directors in the case of a public company, two directors in the case of a private company, and one director in the case of a One Person Company; and
  • (b) a maximum of fifteen directors.

The first proviso: a company may appoint more than fifteen directors after passing a special resolution. So fifteen is not an absolute ceiling; it is the number above which the members must be asked.

The second proviso: such class or classes of companies as may be prescribed shall have at least one woman director.

Learn the three minimums as a set: three, two, one, and note that they match the three minimum membership figures in section 3(1). A public company needs seven members and three directors; a private company two and two; a One Person Company one and one.

Section 149(2) gave existing companies one year from the commencement of the Act to comply.

The resident director: section 149(3)

Every company shall have at least one director who stays in India for a total period of not less than one hundred and eighty-two days during the financial year.

The proviso: for a newly incorporated company the requirement applies proportionately at the end of the financial year in which it is incorporated.

One hundred and eighty-two days is the number to remember. The purpose is practical: there must always be somebody in the country who can be served, questioned and, if necessary, prosecuted.

Independent directors, in outline

Section 149(4) requires every listed public company to have at least one-third of the total number of directors as independent directors, and lets the Central Government prescribe a minimum for other classes of public companies. The Explanation provides that any fraction in that one-third shall be rounded off as one.

Section 149(6) defines an independent director, and sections 149(7) to (13) deal with his declaration, the code in Schedule IV, his remuneration, his term and the exclusion of rotation. All of that belongs to [Board Composition and Independent Directors], because MU puts board composition in topic 3.2.

No appointment without a number: section 152(3), (4) and (5)

Section 152(3). No person shall be appointed as a director unless he has been allotted the Director Identification Number under section 154, or any other number as may be prescribed under section 153.

munotes.in380

Who is a Director, and the Director Identification Number

Section 152(4). Every person proposed to be appointed as a director, in general meeting or otherwise, shall furnish:

  • his Director Identification Number, or such other prescribed number; and
  • a declaration that he is not disqualified to become a director under this Act.

Note "or otherwise". The declaration is required whether the appointment is by the members, by the Board filling a casual vacancy, or in any other way.

Section 152(5). A person appointed shall not act as a director unless he gives his consent to hold the office, and that consent has been filed with the Registrar within thirty days of his appointment in the prescribed manner.

So three separate things are needed before a man may act: a DIN, a declaration that he is not disqualified, and a consent filed within thirty days.

The proviso adds a requirement for an independent director appointed in general meeting: the explanatory statement annexed to the notice shall include a statement that in the Board's opinion he fulfils the conditions specified in this Act for such an appointment.

The Director Identification Number: sections 153 to 159

Section 153: applying for it

Every individual intending to be appointed as a director shall make an application for allotment of a Director Identification Number to the Central Government, in the prescribed form and manner and with the prescribed fees.

The proviso lets the Central Government prescribe any identification number which shall be treated as a Director Identification Number, and where an individual holds or acquires such a number, the section does not apply, or applies as prescribed.

Section 154: allotting it

The Central Government shall, within one month from the receipt of the application under section 153, allot a Director Identification Number to the applicant in the prescribed manner.

Section 155: one number only

No individual who has already been allotted a Director Identification Number under section 154 shall apply for, obtain or possess another Director Identification Number.

Short, absolute, and the whole point of the scheme. Two numbers would let one man appear as two people across two sets of companies, which is exactly what the DIN exists to prevent.

Section 156: the director tells the company

Every existing director shall, within one month of the receipt of the Director Identification Number from the Central Government, intimate his Director Identification Number to the company or all companies wherein he is a director.

Note "all companies". A man who sits on nine boards must tell all nine.

Section 157: the company tells the Registrar

Section 157(1). Every company shall, within fifteen days of the receipt of intimation under section 156, furnish the Director Identification Number of all its directors to the Registrar, or any other officer or authority specified by the Central Government, with the prescribed fees or additional fees, in the prescribed form and manner.

munotes.in381

Who is a Director, and the Director Identification Number

Section 157(2): the penalty. On failure:

  • the company is liable to a penalty of twenty-five thousand rupees, and in case of continuing failure a further one hundred rupees for each day after the first, subject to a maximum of one lakh rupees; and
  • every officer in default is liable to a penalty of not less than twenty-five thousand rupees, and a further one hundred rupees for each day, subject to a maximum of one lakh rupees.

Section 158: quote it everywhere

Every person or company, while furnishing any return, information or particulars required under this Act, shall mention the Director Identification Number in that return, information or particulars, where it relates to a director or contains any reference to any director.

This is the section that makes the whole scheme work. Because the number appears on every filing, the Registrar's records can be searched by number rather than by name, and one man's forty directorships become visible as one man's.

Section 159: the punishment

If any individual or director contravenes section 152, 155 or 156, that individual or director shall be liable to a penalty which may extend to fifty thousand rupees, and where the default is a continuing one, with a further penalty which may extend to five hundred rupees for each day after the first during which the default continues.

A worked example

Mr Kulkarni is asked to join the Board of Sangli Foods Limited, a public company, in April 2028. He has never been a director before.

First, the number. He must apply to the Central Government under section 153 for a Director Identification Number, which the Government shall allot within one month of receiving the application: section 154. Until it is allotted, section 152(3) forbids his appointment.

At the meeting. He furnishes his DIN and a declaration that he is not disqualified under the Act: section 152(4). He is appointed.

Before he acts. He must give his consent to hold office, and the company must file that consent with the Registrar within thirty days of his appointment. Until then, he may not act as a director: section 152(5).

Telling everyone. Within one month of receiving his DIN he must intimate it to every company in which he is a director: section 156. Each of those companies must then, within fifteen days of that intimation, furnish it to the Registrar: section 157(1). If Sangli Foods does not, it pays twenty-five thousand rupees plus one hundred rupees a day, capped at one lakh, and so does every officer in default.

munotes.in382

Who is a Director, and the Director Identification Number

A second number. Two years later a consultant offers to obtain him a fresh DIN so that an old disqualification does not follow him. Section 155 forbids it absolutely, and by section 159 he would be liable to a penalty of up to fifty thousand rupees and a further five hundred rupees for each day of continuing default.

Board size. Sangli Foods, being a public company, must have at least three directors and not more than fifteen; it may exceed fifteen only by special resolution. Had it been a private company the minimum would be two, and a One Person Company one.

Residence. At least one of its directors must stay in India for not less than one hundred and eighty-two days in the financial year: section 149(3). Two of its directors live abroad, so the company must ensure a third qualifies.

A woman director. If Sangli Foods falls within the prescribed class, the second proviso to section 149(1) requires at least one woman director.

An independent director. Were the company listed, at least one-third of the total number of directors would have to be independent, any fraction being rounded off as one: section 149(4). So a Board of eight would need three.

Change one fact. Suppose the company appointed a private limited company as a director. It cannot. Section 149(1) requires the Board to consist of individuals.

Distinctions that carry marks

CompanyMinimum directorsMinimum members
PublicThree, section 149(1)(a)Seven, section 3(1)(a)
PrivateTwoTwo
One Person CompanyOneOne
Maximum, allFifteen, more only by special resolutionTwo hundred for a private company
DIN stepSectionPeriod
Individual applies to the Central Government153Before appointment
Government allots154One month from the application
Only one number ever155Absolute
Director intimates it to all his companies156One month from receipt
Company furnishes it to the Registrar157(1)Fifteen days from the intimation
Quoted in every return and particular158Always
Penalty for breach of 152, 155 or 156159Up to fifty thousand rupees, plus five hundred a day
Director, section 2(34)Officer in default, section 2(60)
How he gets thereAppointed to the BoardBy office, or by the Board being accustomed to act on his advice, directions or instructions
Must have a DINYes, section 152(3)Not necessarily
LiabilityAs a directorAs if an officer

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean a company can be a director. Section 149(1) requires the Board to consist of individuals.

munotes.in383

Who is a Director, and the Director Identification Number

It does not mean fifteen is an absolute maximum. A company may appoint more after passing a special resolution.

It does not mean a DIN holder may act at once. He must also give consent, which must be filed with the Registrar within thirty days, and must declare that he is not disqualified.

It does not mean the resident director must be Indian. Section 149(3) is about staying in India for one hundred and eighty-two days, not about nationality.

Quick revision

  • 2(34): a director is a director appointed to the Board. 2(60) reaches a person on whose advice, directions or instructions the Board is accustomed to act.
  • 149(1): Board of individuals; minimum three public, two private, one OPC; maximum fifteen, exceeded only by special resolution; prescribed classes need at least one woman director.
  • 149(3): at least one director staying in India not less than one hundred and eighty-two days in the financial year, applied proportionately in the year of incorporation.
  • 149(4): a listed public company, at least one-third independent, fractions rounded off as one.
  • 152(3), (4), (5): no appointment without a DIN; furnish the DIN and a declaration of non-disqualification; consent filed with the Registrar within thirty days before he may act; an independent director's explanatory statement must say the Board thinks he qualifies.
  • 153 and 154: apply to the Central Government, allotted within one month.
  • 155: never a second DIN.
  • 156: intimate within one month to all companies where he is a director.
  • 157: company furnishes to the Registrar within fifteen days; penalty twenty-five thousand plus one hundred a day, max one lakh, on the company and on every officer in default.
  • 158: quote the DIN in every return, information or particulars referring to a director.
  • 159: breach of 152, 155 or 156, penalty up to fifty thousand rupees and five hundred rupees a day continuing.

Test yourself

1. Who may be a director, and how many must a company have? Only individuals: section 149(1). A public company must have at least three, a private company two and a One Person Company one, and no company more than fifteen unless it passes a special resolution.

2. What is the resident director requirement? Every company shall have at least one director who stays in India for a total period of not less than one hundred and eighty-two days during the financial year, applied proportionately in the year of incorporation for a newly incorporated company: section 149(3).

munotes.in384

Who is a Director, and the Director Identification Number

3. What three things must be in place before a person acts as a director? He must have been allotted a Director Identification Number (section 152(3)); he must have furnished his DIN and a declaration that he is not disqualified (section 152(4)); and he must have given his consent to hold office, which must be filed with the Registrar within thirty days of his appointment (section 152(5)).

4. Trace the DIN through its sections. Applied for from the Central Government under section 153; allotted within one month under section 154; only one may ever be held, under section 155; intimated by the director to all his companies within one month under section 156; furnished by each company to the Registrar within fifteen days under section 157; and quoted in every return referring to a director under section 158.

5. What is the penalty on a company that fails to furnish its directors' DINs? Twenty-five thousand rupees, and for a continuing failure a further one hundred rupees for each day after the first, subject to a maximum of one lakh rupees, on the company and, in the same amounts, on every officer in default: section 157(2).

6. How many independent directors must a listed public company have? At least one-third of the total number of directors, any fraction in that one-third being rounded off as one: section 149(4) and its Explanation.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in385

Chapter Fifty-Seven

Types of Directors

Syllabus topic 3.1, "Types of Directors"

In one line

Directors are classified by how they got there and by what they do: some are elected by the members, some appointed by the Board between meetings, some sent by an institution, and some are independent of the company altogether.

In exam wording: besides ordinary directors appointed in general meeting under section 152, the Act recognises independent directors under section 149(6), a woman director under the second proviso to section 149(1), a resident director under section 149(3), a small shareholders' director under section 151, and, under section 161, an additional director, an alternate director, a nominee director and a director appointed to fill a casual vacancy.

Why the law has this at all

A Board has to do two things that pull against each other. It must be stable, so that the company is governed continuously, and it must be answerable to the members, who appoint it once a year.

Every category in this chapter is a compromise between those two.

The Board cannot wait for a general meeting when a director dies in March or when it needs another pair of hands. So sections 161(1) and 161(4) let the Board appoint, and then cut the appointee's tenure short so the members get the final say.

A director who goes abroad for six months should not leave his seat empty, but neither should he be able to install a permanent substitute. So section 161(2) allows an alternate, whose office ends the moment the original returns.

A lender or a Government that has put money in wants somebody on the Board watching it. So section 161(3) recognises the nominee director.

And the members who own very little would never elect anybody. So section 151 gives listed companies a small shareholders' director.

Some words this chapter uses

An executive director works in the company; a non-executive director does not. Whole-time director is defined in section 2(94) as a director in the whole-time employment of the company. Managing director is defined in section 2(54). A casual vacancy is one arising before a term expires in the normal course. Proportional representation is a voting system giving minorities seats in proportion to their votes. Small shareholders are defined in the Explanation to section 151.

The broad classification

Before the statutory categories, the practical one, which an answer should give first.

By involvement. An executive director is in the whole-time employment of the company: the managing director under section 2(54) and the whole-time director under section 2(94). A non-executive director attends the Board but does not run the business.

By independence. An independent director under section 149(6) is a non-executive director who additionally satisfies a long list of tests designed to ensure he has no material connection with the company.

munotes.in386

Types of Directors

By how appointed. Appointed by the members in general meeting under section 152(2), or by the Board under section 161, or by an institution or a Government as a nominee.

First directors: section 152(1)

Where no provision is made in the articles for the appointment of the first director, the subscribers to the memorandum who are individuals shall be deemed to be the first directors until directors are duly appointed; and in a One Person Company an individual being member shall be deemed to be its first director until directors are duly appointed by the member.

Note "who are individuals". Where a body corporate has subscribed to the memorandum, it is not deemed a first director, because a company cannot be a director.

Independent directors, and the databank: sections 149(6) and 150

Section 149(6) defines an independent director as a director other than a managing director, a whole-time director or a nominee director who satisfies a series of conditions: that in the Board's opinion he is a person of integrity possessing relevant expertise and experience; that he is or was not a promoter of the company or its holding, subsidiary or associate company and is not related to promoters or directors in them; that he has no pecuniary relationship with them beyond his director's remuneration or transactions not exceeding ten per cent of his total income, in the two preceding financial years or the current one; that none of his relatives holds security or interest, is indebted, has given a guarantee, or has a pecuniary relationship amounting to two per cent or more of gross turnover or total income, with a proviso permitting a relative to hold security of face value not exceeding fifty lakh rupees or two per cent of the paid-up capital; and that neither he nor his relatives has held key managerial personnel or employee positions in the three preceding financial years, with the further conditions the sub-section sets out.

The full treatment is in [Board Composition and Independent Directors], because MU puts board composition in topic 3.2.

Section 150: where they come from. An independent director may be selected from a data bank containing the names, addresses and qualifications of persons eligible and willing to act, maintained by a body, institute or association notified by the Central Government having expertise in creating and maintaining such a databank, and put on their website for the use of companies making such appointments.

The proviso is the important line: the responsibility of exercising due diligence before selecting a person from the data bank lies with the company making the appointment. The databank is a source of candidates, not a certificate of suitability.

munotes.in387

Types of Directors

Section 150(2). The appointment shall be approved by the company in general meeting as provided in section 152(2), and the explanatory statement annexed to the notice shall indicate the justification for choosing the appointee as an independent director.

Section 150(3) and (4) provide for the databank to be created and maintained under the rules, and for the Central Government to prescribe the manner and procedure of selection.

The small shareholders' director: section 151

A listed company may have one director elected by such small shareholders in such manner and with such terms and conditions as may be prescribed.

The Explanation defines a small shareholder as a shareholder holding shares of nominal value of not more than twenty thousand rupees, or such other sum as may be prescribed.

Three points. It applies to a listed company. It is permissive, "may have", not compulsory on the face of the section. And the qualifying figure is twenty thousand rupees of nominal value, not market value.

The four directors under section 161

(1) Additional director

The articles may confer on the Board the power to appoint any person as an additional director at any time, who shall hold office up to the date of the next annual general meeting or the last date on which the annual general meeting should have been held, whichever is earlier.

Two limits, and both are examined.

Who cannot be appointed: any person who fails to get appointed as a director in a general meeting. The Board cannot install through the back door a candidate the members have rejected.

Tenure: to the next annual general meeting, or the last date on which it should have been held, whichever is earlier. The second limb stops a company extending an additional director's term simply by not holding its meeting.

(2) Alternate director

The Board may, if so authorised by the articles or by a resolution passed in general meeting, appoint a person to act as an alternate director for a director during his absence for a period of not less than three months from India.

Who cannot be an alternate: a person holding any alternate directorship for any other director in the company, or holding directorship in the same company. So one man cannot be alternate for two directors, and a sitting director cannot double as somebody's alternate.

Three provisos.

No person shall be appointed as an alternate for an independent director unless he is himself qualified to be appointed as an independent director.

An alternate shall not hold office longer than is permissible to the original director, and shall vacate office if and when the original returns to India.

munotes.in388

Types of Directors

If the original director's term ends before he returns, any provision for the automatic re-appointment of retiring directors in default of another appointment applies to the original director, not to the alternate.

The trigger is absence from India for not less than three months. An absence of six weeks does not permit an alternate.

(3) Nominee director

Subject to the articles, the Board may appoint any person as a director nominated by any institution in pursuance of any law for the time being in force or of any agreement, or by the Central Government or a State Government by virtue of its shareholding in a Government company.

Three sources of nomination: a statute, an agreement, or the Government's shareholding. Note that a nominee director is excluded from being an independent director by the opening words of section 149(6).

(4) Casual vacancy

If the office of any director appointed by the company in general meeting is vacated before his term expires in the normal course, the resulting casual vacancy may, in default of and subject to any regulations in the articles, be filled by the Board at a meeting of the Board, which shall be subsequently approved by members in the immediate next general meeting.

The proviso: any person so appointed shall hold office only up to the date up to which the director in whose place he is appointed would have held office if it had not been vacated.

Two things to fix. The vacancy must be in the office of a director appointed in general meeting, so a casual vacancy in an additional director's office is not within the sub-section. And since the 2017 amendment the Board's appointment must be approved by the members at the next general meeting.

Voting individually, and proportional representation: sections 162 and 163

Section 162(1). At a general meeting, a motion for the appointment of two or more persons as directors by a single resolution shall not be moved unless a proposal to move such a motion has first been agreed to at the meeting without any vote being cast against it.

Section 162(2). A resolution moved in contravention shall be void, whether or not any objection was taken when it was moved.

Section 162(3). A motion for approving a person for appointment, or for nominating a person for appointment, as a director shall be treated as a motion for his appointment.

The purpose is to protect the members' choice. A single resolution appointing five directors forces a member who objects to one of them to vote against all five. Section 162 makes each appointment a separate decision unless nobody at all objects to taking them together.

munotes.in389

Types of Directors

Section 163: proportional representation. Notwithstanding anything in this Act, the articles may provide for the appointment of not less than two-thirds of the total number of directors in accordance with the principle of proportional representation, whether by the single transferable vote, by a system of cumulative voting, or otherwise; such appointments may be made once in every three years; and casual vacancies of such directors are filled under section 161(4).

Three numbers: not less than two-thirds, once in every three years, and casual vacancies under section 161(4). The purpose is to let a minority secure Board representation, which straight majority voting never allows.

Standing for election: section 160

A person who is not a retiring director is eligible for appointment at any general meeting if he, or some member intending to propose him, has, not less than fourteen days before the meeting, left at the registered office a notice in writing signifying his candidature, or the member's intention to propose him, along with a deposit of one lakh rupees or such higher amount as may be prescribed, which shall be refunded if the person gets elected or gets more than twenty-five per cent of the total valid votes.

Fourteen days, one lakh rupees, and twenty-five per cent. The deposit exists to deter frivolous candidatures, and it comes back to anyone who is either elected or seriously supported.

A worked example

Nashik Auto Components Limited, a listed public company, has a Board of nine.

An additional director. Its articles empower the Board to appoint additional directors. In June it appoints Ms Ranade. She holds office up to the next annual general meeting, or the last date on which it should have been held, whichever is earlier. She may then be appointed by the members in the ordinary way.

A rejected candidate. In the same year the members voted down Mr Bhosale's appointment. The Board cannot make him an additional director: section 161(1) excludes a person who fails to get appointed as a director in a general meeting.

An alternate. Mr Iyer, a director, leaves for Canada for eight months. That is not less than three months from India, so the Board, being authorised by the articles, may appoint an alternate. It may not appoint another sitting director of the company, nor anybody who is already an alternate for somebody else. When Mr Iyer returns to India, the alternate vacates office at once.

An alternate for an independent director. Had Ms Fernandes, an independent director, gone abroad, her alternate would have to be qualified to be an independent director himself: first proviso to section 161(2).

munotes.in390

Types of Directors

A nominee. A bank that has lent forty crore rupees has, under its loan agreement, the right to nominate a director. The Board appoints him under section 161(3). He cannot be counted as an independent director, because section 149(6) excludes a nominee director.

A casual vacancy. In November a director appointed by the members dies. The Board fills the vacancy at a Board meeting, and that appointment must be approved by the members at the immediate next general meeting. The appointee holds office only up to the date to which the deceased director would have held office.

A small shareholders' director. Being listed, the company may have one director elected by small shareholders, that is, shareholders holding shares of nominal value not more than twenty thousand rupees, in the prescribed manner.

An outsider stands. Mr Deshpande, not a retiring director, wishes to stand. He must leave a notice in writing at the registered office not less than fourteen days before the meeting, with a deposit of one lakh rupees, refunded if he is elected or polls more than twenty-five per cent of the total valid votes: section 160.

Voting. The company proposes to appoint four directors by one resolution. That motion cannot be moved unless a proposal to move it is first agreed to without any vote being cast against it: section 162(1). If it is moved anyway, the resolution is void, even if nobody objected at the time.

Distinctions that carry marks

KindSectionAppointed byTenure
Additional161(1)The Board, if the articles allowTo the next AGM or the last date it should have been held, whichever is earlier
Alternate161(2)The Board, if authorised by the articles or a general meeting resolutionUntil the original returns to India, and never longer than the original's term
Nominee161(3)The Board, on the nomination of an institution, an agreement, or a GovernmentAs the nomination provides
Casual vacancy161(4)The Board, approved by members at the next general meetingOnly to the date the vacating director would have served
Small shareholders'151Elected by small shareholders of a listed companyAs prescribed
Independent149(6), 150Members in general meeting, with a justification in the explanatory statementSection 149(10) and (11)
Additional directorCasual vacancy director
FillsA new seatA seat vacated early
PredecessorNoneA director appointed in general meeting
Members' approvalAt the next AGM, by fresh appointmentRequired at the immediate next general meeting
TenureTo the next AGM or the date it was dueTo the predecessor's unexpired term
munotes.in391

Types of Directors

Alternate directorNominee director
Why appointedThe original is absent from India three months or moreAn institution, agreement or Government nominates him
Whose seatThe original director'sHis own
Ends whenThe original returns to IndiaThe nomination ends
May be independentOnly if himself qualified as oneNo, excluded by section 149(6)

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean the Board may appoint anybody as an additional director. A person who failed to get appointed in a general meeting is excluded.

It does not mean an alternate can be appointed for any absence. The original must be absent from India for not less than three months.

It does not mean the databank guarantees an independent director's suitability. The proviso to section 150(1) puts the due diligence on the company.

It does not mean directors can be appointed in a batch. Section 162 requires individual voting unless a proposal to take them together is agreed without any vote against.

Quick revision

  • 152(1): subscribers who are individuals are the first directors where the articles are silent; in an OPC, the individual member.
  • 149(6) and 150: an independent director is not an MD, whole-time or nominee director and satisfies the independence tests; he may be selected from a notified data bank, but due diligence lies with the company, and the explanatory statement must give the justification.
  • 151: a listed company may have one director elected by small shareholders, being holders of shares of nominal value not more than twenty thousand rupees.
  • 161(1) additional: by the Board if the articles allow; not a person rejected in general meeting; holds office to the next AGM or the last date it should have been held, whichever is earlier.
  • 161(2) alternate: for a director absent from India not less than three months; not a person already an alternate or a director of the same company; an independent director's alternate must himself qualify; vacates when the original returns; automatic re-appointment applies to the original.
  • 161(3) nominee: nominated under a law, an agreement, or a Government's shareholding in a Government company.
  • 161(4) casual vacancy: in the office of a director appointed in general meeting, filled by the Board and approved by members at the immediate next general meeting, holding office only for the unexpired term.
  • 160: a non-retiring candidate needs fourteen days' notice at the registered office and a one lakh rupee deposit, refunded on election or more than twenty-five per cent of the total valid votes.
  • 162: no single resolution appointing two or more directors unless agreed without any vote against; otherwise void. A motion to approve or nominate counts as one for appointment.
  • 163: the articles may provide for not less than two-thirds of directors by proportional representation, by single transferable vote, cumulative voting or otherwise, once in every three years.
munotes.in392

Types of Directors

Test yourself

1. How long does an additional director hold office? Up to the date of the next annual general meeting, or the last date on which that meeting should have been held, whichever is earlier: section 161(1).

2. When may an alternate director be appointed, and when does he go? Where a director is absent from India for a period of not less than three months, and the Board is authorised by the articles or by a general meeting resolution. He vacates office if and when the original director returns to India, and may not hold office longer than the original could: section 161(2).

3. Who cannot be appointed an alternate director? A person already holding an alternate directorship for another director in the company, or holding directorship in the same company; and no person may be an alternate for an independent director unless he is himself qualified to be appointed as an independent director.

4. What is a small shareholder, and what right does section 151 give? A shareholder holding shares of nominal value of not more than twenty thousand rupees, or such other sum as may be prescribed. A listed company may have one director elected by such shareholders, in the manner and on the terms prescribed.

5. What must a person who is not a retiring director do to stand for election? He, or a member intending to propose him, must leave at the registered office, not less than fourteen days before the meeting, a notice in writing signifying his candidature, with a deposit of one lakh rupees, which is refunded if he is elected or obtains more than twenty-five per cent of the total valid votes: section 160.

6. Can two directors be appointed by one resolution? Only if a proposal to move such a motion has first been agreed to at the meeting without any vote being cast against it. A resolution moved in contravention is void, whether or not any objection was taken when it was moved: section 162.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in393

Chapter Fifty-Eight

Appointment and Reappointment of Directors

Syllabus topic 3.1, "Appointment/ Reappointment"

In one line

Directors are appointed by the members, and in a public company two-thirds of them must be liable to go out by turns, a third of that group retiring at each annual general meeting so the members get a regular say.

In exam wording: section 152(2) provides that, save as otherwise expressly provided, every director shall be appointed by the company in general meeting; and section 152(6) requires that, unless the articles provide for the retirement of all directors at every annual general meeting, not less than two-thirds of the total number of directors of a public company shall be liable to determination by retirement by rotation and be appointed in general meeting, one-third of those liable to retire going out at each annual general meeting.

Why the law has this at all

The members appoint the Board once and then have no further say until something goes wrong. Two obvious solutions both fail.

Appoint the whole Board every year, and no director has any security. A director who knows he may be gone in eleven months will not take an unpopular decision, and the company loses institutional memory annually.

Appoint them for life, and the members' power is a formality. A Board that never faces re-election is accountable to nobody.

Rotation is the compromise. Two-thirds of the Board is exposed to the members, but only a third of that two-thirds in any one year, so roughly a fifth of the Board faces the members annually while the rest carries on. And the rule that the longest-serving go first means the exposure is even over time rather than being aimed at whoever the Board finds inconvenient.

Independent directors are excluded from the count because they have their own tenure regime under section 149(10) and (11), and subjecting them to rotation as well would make their position turn on the majority's goodwill, which is the opposite of independence.

Some words this chapter uses

Liable to determination by retirement by rotation means the office comes to an end by turn. Rotational directors are those so liable; non-rotational directors are the rest. By lot means by drawing lots. A national holiday is one declared as such by the Central Government. Total number of directors, for section 152(6), excludes independent directors.

The first directors: section 152(1)

Where no provision is made in the articles for the appointment of the first director, the subscribers to the memorandum who are individuals shall be deemed to be the first directors until directors are duly appointed; and in a One Person Company, an individual being member shall be deemed to be its first director until directors are duly appointed by the member.

munotes.in394

Appointment and Reappointment of Directors

Note the two limits. It operates only where the articles are silent, and only the subscribers who are individuals are deemed directors, because a body corporate cannot be a director.

The general rule: section 152(2)

Save as otherwise expressly provided in this Act, every director shall be appointed by the company in general meeting.

The exceptions are the express ones: the first directors under section 152(1); the additional, alternate, nominee and casual vacancy directors the Board appoints under section 161; and a small shareholders' director elected under section 151. Everything else comes from the members.

What must accompany an appointment is in [Who is a Director, and the Director Identification Number]: a Director Identification Number, a declaration of non-disqualification, and a consent filed with the Registrar within thirty days before the appointee may act.

Retirement by rotation: section 152(6)

Unless the articles provide for the retirement of all directors at every annual general meeting:

(a) Not less than two-thirds of the total number of directors of a public company shall:

  • (i) be persons whose period of office is liable to determination by retirement of directors by rotation; and
  • (ii) save as otherwise expressly provided in this Act, be appointed by the company in general meeting.

(b) The remaining directors shall, in default of and subject to any regulations in the articles, also be appointed by the company in general meeting.

(c) At the first annual general meeting held next after the general meeting at which the first directors are appointed, and at every subsequent annual general meeting, one-third of such of the directors for the time being as are liable to retire by rotation, or, if their number is neither three nor a multiple of three, then the number nearest to one-third, shall retire from office.

(d) The directors to retire at every annual general meeting shall be those who have been longest in office since their last appointment; and as between persons who became directors on the same day, those to retire shall, in default of and subject to any agreement among themselves, be determined by lot.

(e) At the meeting at which a director so retires, the company may fill up the vacancy by appointing the retiring director or some other person.

The Explanation: for the purposes of this sub-section, "total number of directors" shall not include independent directors, whether appointed under this Act or any other law.

The arithmetic, done carefully

Step one: how many are rotational? Not less than two-thirds of the total number of directors, excluding independent directors. The remaining third or fewer are non-rotational.

Step two: how many retire this year? One-third of the rotational directors, and if that number is neither three nor a multiple of three, the number nearest to one-third.

munotes.in395

Appointment and Reappointment of Directors

Read step two again, because the wording is easy to misread. The "neither three nor a multiple of three" test applies to the number liable to retire by rotation, and where it is not divisible neatly the answer is the number nearest to one-third, not the next whole number up.

Step three: which ones? Those longest in office since their last appointment. Note "since their last appointment": a director who retired and was reappointed starts again from that reappointment.

Step four: ties. Those who became directors on the same day decide among themselves by agreement, and failing agreement, by lot.

The five points to say in an answer

  1. It binds a public company, and does not apply if the articles require all directors to retire every year.
  2. Not less than two-thirds must be rotational, and they are appointed in general meeting.
  3. One-third of those rotational directors retire at each annual general meeting, or the number nearest to one-third.
  4. Longest in office goes first; same-day directors by agreement or lot.
  5. Independent directors are not counted in the total number.

If the vacancy is not filled: section 152(7)

(a) If the vacancy of the retiring director is not filled up and the meeting has not expressly resolved not to fill it, the meeting shall stand adjourned till the same day in the next week, at the same time and place, or, if that day is a national holiday, till the next succeeding day which is not a holiday, at the same time and place.

(b) If at the adjourned meeting the vacancy is still not filled and that meeting has also not expressly resolved not to fill it, the retiring director shall be deemed to have been re-appointed, unless:

  • (i) at that meeting or the previous one, a resolution for his re-appointment has been put and lost;
  • (ii) the retiring director has, by notice in writing to the company or its Board, expressed his unwillingness to be re-appointed;
  • (iii) he is not qualified or is disqualified for appointment;
  • (iv) a resolution, whether special or ordinary, is required for his appointment or re-appointment by virtue of any provision of this Act; or
  • (v) section 162 is applicable to the case, that is, the appointment is caught by the rule against a single resolution appointing two or more directors.

The Explanation provides that for this section and section 160, "retiring director" means a director retiring by rotation.

munotes.in396

Appointment and Reappointment of Directors

The deemed re-appointment is the rule students most often miss. Silence twice over re-appoints the retiring director. Nothing happens by default except his continuation, and there are five ways out of it.

A worked example

Kolhapur Engineering Limited, a public company, has twelve directors, of whom three are independent.

The count. By the Explanation to section 152(6), independent directors are excluded from the total number, so the relevant total is nine.

Rotational directors. Not less than two-thirds of nine is six. So at least six directors must be liable to retire by rotation and be appointed in general meeting. The other three may be non-rotational, and are also appointed in general meeting in default of any regulation in the articles.

How many retire this year. One-third of six is two. Two directors retire at each annual general meeting. Had the rotational number been seven, one-third is 2.33, which is neither three nor a multiple of three, so the number nearest to one-third is two.

Which two. Those longest in office since their last appointment. Mr Pawar and Ms Joshi were both appointed on 12 August 2024 and are the longest serving. They are tied, so they may agree between themselves who goes; failing agreement, it is decided by lot.

At the meeting. The company may fill the vacancy by re-appointing the retiring director or by appointing somebody else: section 152(6)(e).

Nobody is appointed. The members neither appoint anybody nor expressly resolve not to fill the vacancy. The meeting stands adjourned to the same day in the next week, at the same time and place. That day turns out to be a national holiday, so it goes to the next succeeding day which is not a holiday.

At the adjourned meeting, again nothing happens. By section 152(7)(b) Mr Pawar is deemed to have been re-appointed.

Five ways that would not have happened. If a resolution for his re-appointment had been put and lost at either meeting; if he had written to the company expressing unwillingness; if he were disqualified; if the Act required a special or ordinary resolution for his appointment; or if section 162 applied.

An outsider. Mr Salunkhe, not a retiring director, wants the seat. He must leave a notice in writing at the registered office not less than fourteen days before the meeting, with a deposit of one lakh rupees, refunded if he is elected or polls more than twenty-five per cent of the total valid votes: section 160, treated in [Types of Directors].

A change to the articles. Suppose the articles were altered to require all directors to retire at every annual general meeting. Section 152(6) then does not apply at all: its opening words are "unless the articles provide for the retirement of all directors at every annual general meeting".

munotes.in397

Appointment and Reappointment of Directors

A private company. Had Kolhapur Engineering been a private company, section 152(6) would not have applied, because it speaks only of a public company. Its articles would decide.

Distinctions that carry marks

Rotational directorNon-rotational director
ProportionNot less than two-thirds of the total, excluding independent directorsThe remainder
RetiresOne-third of them at each AGM, or the number nearest to one-thirdNot by rotation
Appointed byThe members in general meetingThe members, in default of any regulation in the articles
Who goes firstLongest in office since last appointment; ties by agreement or lotNot applicable
Board ofIndependentCounted totalRotational, at leastRetiring each AGM
123962
90962
101962
153128nearest to one-third of 8, that is 3
Outcome at the meetingConsequence
Vacancy filledThe appointee takes office
Meeting expressly resolves not to fill itThe seat stays empty
NeitherMeeting adjourned to the same day next week, or the next non-holiday
At the adjourned meeting, neither againRetiring director deemed re-appointed, subject to the five exceptions

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean two-thirds of the Board retires each year. Two-thirds are liable to rotate; one-third of those retire annually.

It does not mean independent directors rotate. They are excluded from the total number by the Explanation to section 152(6).

It does not mean an unfilled vacancy stays empty. Unless the meeting expressly resolves not to fill it, the retiring director is deemed re-appointed after the adjourned meeting.

It does not mean rotation binds every company. Section 152(6) applies to a public company, and not even to that where the articles require all directors to retire at every annual general meeting.

Quick revision

  • 152(1): where the articles are silent, the subscribers who are individuals are the first directors; in an OPC, the individual member.
  • 152(2): save as otherwise expressly provided, every director is appointed in general meeting. The exceptions are sections 152(1), 161 and 151.
  • 152(6)(a): not less than two-thirds of a public company's directors are liable to retire by rotation and appointed in general meeting; (b) the rest are also appointed in general meeting in default of the articles.
  • 152(6)(c): at the first AGM after the first directors are appointed and at every subsequent AGM, one-third of those liable to retire, or, if their number is neither three nor a multiple of three, the number nearest to one-third, shall retire.
  • 152(6)(d): those longest in office since their last appointment retire first; same-day directors decide by agreement, failing which by lot.
  • 152(6)(e): the company may fill the vacancy with the retiring director or somebody else.
  • Explanation: independent directors are excluded from "total number of directors".
  • 152(7)(a): if not filled and not expressly resolved against, the meeting is adjourned to the same day next week, or the next non-holiday.
  • 152(7)(b): at the adjourned meeting the retiring director is deemed re-appointed, unless a resolution for his re-appointment was put and lost, he has given written notice of unwillingness, he is disqualified, a resolution is required by the Act, or section 162 applies.
munotes.in398

Appointment and Reappointment of Directors

Test yourself

1. Who appoints directors? Save as otherwise expressly provided in the Act, the company in general meeting: section 152(2). The express exceptions are the first directors under section 152(1), the additional, alternate, nominee and casual vacancy directors under section 161, and the small shareholders' director under section 151.

2. How many directors of a public company must be liable to retire by rotation, and how many retire each year? Not less than two-thirds of the total number of directors, excluding independent directors, must be liable to retire by rotation; and at each annual general meeting one-third of those liable to retire, or, if their number is neither three nor a multiple of three, the number nearest to one-third, retires: section 152(6)(a) and (c).

3. Which directors go first, and how are ties resolved? Those who have been longest in office since their last appointment; and as between persons who became directors on the same day, by agreement among themselves, failing which by lot: section 152(6)(d).

4. Are independent directors counted? No. By the Explanation to section 152(6), "total number of directors" shall not include independent directors, whether appointed under this Act or any other law.

5. What happens if the vacancy of a retiring director is not filled at the meeting? Unless the meeting has expressly resolved not to fill it, the meeting stands adjourned to the same day in the next week at the same time and place, or, if that is a national holiday, to the next succeeding non-holiday: section 152(7)(a).

6. And if it is still not filled at the adjourned meeting? The retiring director is deemed to have been re-appointed, unless a resolution for his re-appointment was put and lost, he has given written notice of unwillingness, he is not qualified or is disqualified, a special or ordinary resolution is required by the Act for his appointment, or section 162 applies: section 152(7)(b).

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in399

Chapter Fifty-Nine

Disqualification, Vacation of Office, Resignation and Removal

Syllabus topic 3.1, "Disqualifications, Vacation of Office, Retirement, Resignation and Removal"

In one line

There are four different ways a director stops being one: he was never eligible, his office falls vacant automatically, he resigns, or the members throw him out.

In exam wording: section 164(1) lists the personal disqualifications, section 164(2) the defaulting company disqualification; section 167 lists the events on which the office becomes vacant; section 168 governs resignation; and section 169 allows the members to remove a director by ordinary resolution on special notice, after a reasonable opportunity of being heard.

Why the law has this at all

Take the four in turn and the design is clear.

Disqualification is about who should never be there. A person of unsound mind, an undischarged insolvent, a recent convict, a man who has not paid his calls. These are all matters personal to him, and the law simply excludes him.

Section 164(2) is different and more aggressive. It is aimed not at the man but at companies that stop filing and stop paying, which is the commonest form of corporate failure in India. Making the directors of such a company unappointable everywhere else for five years gives every director a strong personal reason to keep his company's filings current. It is a blunt instrument and it is meant to be.

Vacation of office is about what happens automatically. No resolution, no meeting: the seat empties by force of section 167 the moment the event occurs. That matters because a company should not have to act to remove a man who is already disqualified.

Resignation is about the director's own exit, and section 168 makes it effective on his terms while keeping him liable for what happened on his watch.

And removal is the members' power, deliberately kept as an ordinary resolution, because a Board that could only be removed by a special resolution would be very hard to shift.

Some words this chapter uses

Moral turpitude means conduct contrary to accepted standards of honesty or morality. An undischarged insolvent is a person adjudged insolvent who has not been discharged. Calls are demands for unpaid amounts on shares. To vacate office is to cease to hold it, automatically. Special notice is the members' advance notice under section 115. A dormant company is one under section 455.

Personal disqualifications: section 164(1)

A person shall not be eligible for appointment as a director if:

  • (a) he is of unsound mind and stands so declared by a competent court;
  • (b) he is an undischarged insolvent;
  • (c) he has applied to be adjudicated as an insolvent and his application is pending;
  • (d) he has been convicted by a court of any offence, whether involving moral turpitude or otherwise, and sentenced to imprisonment for not less than six months, and a period of five years has not elapsed from the date of expiry of the sentence. Proviso: if he was sentenced to imprisonment for seven years or more, he shall not be eligible to be appointed as a director in any company at all;
  • (e) an order disqualifying him for appointment as a director has been passed by a court or Tribunal and is in force;
  • (f) he has not paid any calls on any shares of the company held by him, alone or jointly, and six months have elapsed from the last day fixed for payment;
  • (g) he has been convicted of the offence dealing with related party transactions under section 188 at any time during the last preceding five years;
  • (h) he has not complied with section 152(3), that is, he has no Director Identification Number; and
  • (i) he has not complied with section 165(1), the limit on the number of directorships.
munotes.in400

Disqualification, Vacation of Office, Resignation and Removal

Three points that earn marks. Clause (d) covers any offence, whether involving moral turpitude or otherwise, and the five years runs from the expiry of the sentence, not from conviction. Its proviso is permanent: seven years or more and he is out of every company for good. And clause (f) is about unpaid calls plus six months, not about unpaid calls alone.

The proviso to section 164(3) is important and is often missed: the disqualifications in clauses (d), (e) and (g) continue to apply even if an appeal or petition has been filed against the order of conviction or disqualification. Filing an appeal does not suspend the disqualification.

The defaulting company disqualification: section 164(2)

No person who is or has been a director of a company which:

  • (a) has not filed financial statements or annual returns for any continuous period of three financial years; or
  • (b) has failed to repay the deposits accepted by it, or pay interest on them, or redeem any debentures on the due date, or pay interest due on them, or pay any dividend declared, and such failure to pay or redeem continues for one year or more,

shall be eligible to be re-appointed as a director of that company or appointed in any other company for a period of five years from the date on which the said company fails to do so.

Take the elements apart.

Who is caught: a person who is or has been a director of the defaulting company. Past directors are within it.

Two triggers: three continuous financial years of non-filing, or one year or more of failure to repay deposits, interest, debentures or declared dividend.

munotes.in401

Disqualification, Vacation of Office, Resignation and Removal

The consequence: ineligible for re-appointment in that company and for appointment in any other company, for five years from the date of the default.

The proviso protects the rescuer. Where a person is appointed as a director of a company which is already in default under clause (a) or (b), he shall not incur the disqualification for a period of six months from the date of his appointment. Without it, nobody would ever join the board of a company in trouble to turn it round.

Section 164(3): a private company may add. A private company may by its articles provide for any disqualifications in addition to those in sub-sections (1) and (2). Note that it may add, never subtract.

The number of directorships: section 165

Section 165(1). No person shall hold office as a director, including any alternate directorship, in more than twenty companies at the same time.

The proviso: the maximum number of public companies in which a person can be appointed shall not exceed ten.

Explanation I: for reckoning the limit of public companies, directorship in private companies that are either holding or subsidiary companies of a public company shall be included.

Explanation II: for reckoning the limit of twenty, directorship in a dormant company shall not be included.

So the figures are twenty in all, of which not more than ten may be public, alternate directorships count towards the twenty, private companies in a public group count towards the ten, and dormant companies count towards neither.

Section 165(2). The members may by special resolution specify any lesser number of companies in which a director of the company may act.

Section 165(3) gave existing over-holders one year to choose, resign the rest and intimate the choice to each company and to each Registrar.

And note the link: breach of section 165(1) is itself a disqualification under section 164(1)(i).

Vacation of office: section 167

The office of a director shall become vacant in case:

  • (a) he incurs any of the disqualifications specified in section 164. Proviso: where he incurs a disqualification under section 164(2), the office shall become vacant in all the companies other than the company which is in default;
  • (b) he absents himself from all the meetings of the Board held during a period of twelve months, with or without seeking leave of absence;
  • (c) he acts in contravention of section 184 relating to entering into contracts or arrangements in which he is directly or indirectly interested;
  • (d) he fails to disclose his interest in any such contract or arrangement, in contravention of section 184;
  • (e) he becomes disqualified by an order of a court or the Tribunal;
  • (f) he is convicted by a court of any offence, whether involving moral turpitude or otherwise, and sentenced to imprisonment for not less than six months;
  • (g) he is removed in pursuance of the provisions of this Act; and
  • (h) he, having been appointed a director by virtue of holding any office or other employment in the holding, subsidiary or associate company, ceases to hold that office or employment.
munotes.in402

Disqualification, Vacation of Office, Resignation and Removal

The proviso to clauses (e) and (f) gives breathing space for an appeal. The office is not vacated:

  • (i) for thirty days from the date of conviction or order of disqualification;
  • (ii) where an appeal or petition is preferred within those thirty days, until the expiry of seven days from the date on which it is disposed of; and
  • (iii) where a further appeal or petition is preferred within those seven days, until that further appeal or petition is disposed of.

Now put the proviso to clause (a) beside section 164(2), because together they are the answer to the standard problem. A director of a company that has not filed for three years is disqualified under section 164(2). By the proviso to section 167(1)(a) he vacates his office in every other company, but keeps his seat in the defaulting company itself. The logic is deliberate: the people who created the default must stay and fix it, and cannot escape by being ejected.

Section 167(2): the punishment. If a person functions as a director knowing that his office has become vacant, he shall be punishable with a fine of not less than one lakh rupees and up to five lakh rupees.

Section 167(3): an empty Board. Where all the directors vacate their offices, the promoter, or in his absence the Central Government, shall appoint the required number of directors, who hold office till directors are appointed by the company in general meeting.

Section 167(4). A private company may by its articles provide any other ground for vacation, in addition to those specified.

Resignation: section 168

Section 168(1). A director may resign by giving a notice in writing to the company; the Board shall on receipt take note of it; the company shall intimate the Registrar in the prescribed manner, time and form; and the company shall also place the fact of the resignation in the report of directors laid in the immediately following general meeting.

The proviso: a director may also forward a copy of his resignation, along with detailed reasons, to the Registrar within thirty days of resignation, in the prescribed manner.

That proviso is the director's own protection. If he is resigning because he objects to something, he can put his reasons on the public file himself rather than rely on the company to report them.

munotes.in403

Disqualification, Vacation of Office, Resignation and Removal

Section 168(2): when it takes effect. The resignation shall take effect from the date on which the notice is received by the company, or the date, if any, specified by the director in the notice, whichever is later.

The proviso: the director who has resigned shall be liable even after his resignation for the offences which occurred during his tenure.

Section 168(3). Where all the directors resign or vacate office under section 167, the promoter, or in his absence the Central Government, shall appoint the required number, to hold office till the company appoints in general meeting.

Removal: section 169

Section 169(1). A company may, by ordinary resolution, remove a director, not being a director appointed by the Tribunal under section 242, before the expiry of the period of his office, after giving him a reasonable opportunity of being heard.

The first proviso: an independent director re-appointed for a second term under section 149(10) shall be removed only by special resolution, and after a reasonable opportunity of being heard.

The second proviso: the sub-section does not apply where the company has availed itself of section 163 to appoint not less than two-thirds of its directors by proportional representation. Otherwise the majority could simply remove the minority's representatives and defeat the whole point of proportional representation.

Section 169(2). Special notice is required of any resolution to remove a director, or to appoint somebody in place of a director so removed, at the meeting at which he is removed.

Section 169(3) and (4) give the director the right to be heard and to have his representation circulated, in terms closely following section 140(4) for auditors: the company sends him a copy, states the fact of the representation in the notice, sends copies to members, and, failing that, reads it out at the meeting, subject to the Tribunal's power to stop an abuse.

Section 169(5) to (7) deal with the vacancy: it may be filled at the same meeting if special notice of the proposed appointment was given, the appointee holds office for the unexpired term of the removed director, and the section is without prejudice to the removed director's right to compensation or damages payable under any contract of service.

That last point matters. Removal ends the office; it does not tear up a service contract. A managing director removed under section 169 may still sue for breach of his employment agreement.

A worked example

Mr Bhandari is a director of four companies: Latur Steel Limited, Beed Textiles Limited, Osmanabad Trading Private Limited and Solapur Exports Limited.

munotes.in404

Disqualification, Vacation of Office, Resignation and Removal

Latur Steel has not filed its financial statements or annual returns for three continuous financial years.

The disqualification. By section 164(2)(a) Mr Bhandari, being a director of that company, is ineligible to be re-appointed there or appointed in any other company for five years from the date of the default.

Which seats he loses. By section 167(1)(a) he vacates office because he has incurred a section 164 disqualification. But the proviso confines that: his office becomes vacant in Beed Textiles, Osmanabad Trading and Solapur Exports, and not in Latur Steel, the defaulting company. He stays where the problem is.

If he carries on regardless. If he functions as a director of Beed Textiles knowing his office is vacant, section 167(2) makes him liable to a fine of one lakh to five lakh rupees.

A rescuer. Ms Kale is invited to join the board of Latur Steel in order to clean it up. By the proviso to section 164(2) she does not incur the disqualification for six months from her appointment.

A conviction. Suppose Mr Bhandari is instead convicted of an offence and sentenced to eight months' imprisonment. Under section 164(1)(d) he is disqualified until five years from the expiry of the sentence, and under section 167(1)(f) his office becomes vacant. But by the proviso to section 167 the office is not vacated for thirty days; if he appeals within those thirty days, not until seven days after the appeal is disposed of; and if he files a further appeal within those seven days, not until that is disposed of.

Had the sentence been seven years or more, the proviso to section 164(1)(d) would have made him permanently ineligible in any company.

An appeal does not help with eligibility. By the proviso to section 164(3), the disqualifications in clauses (d), (e) and (g) continue to apply even while an appeal is pending.

Too many boards. Mr Bhandari also sits on twenty-two boards, of which twelve are public. He breaches section 165(1) on both counts: more than twenty in all and more than ten public. Two of the twenty-two are dormant companies, which do not count towards the twenty; and one is a private company that is a subsidiary of a public company, which does count towards the ten. Breach of section 165(1) is itself a disqualification under section 164(1)(i).

Absence. A different director, Mr Shaikh, attends no Board meeting at all between April 2027 and April 2028. By section 167(1)(b) his office becomes vacant, and it makes no difference that he sought and obtained leave of absence each time.

munotes.in405

Disqualification, Vacation of Office, Resignation and Removal

Resignation. Ms Kulkarni resigns by written notice received by the company on 10 June, stating that her resignation is to take effect on 30 June. It takes effect on 30 June, the later of the two dates. She may herself send a copy with detailed reasons to the Registrar within thirty days. She remains liable for offences that occurred during her tenure.

Removal. The members wish to remove Mr Patil before his term ends. They give special notice under section 115, the company sends him a copy, he makes a written representation which is circulated, he is given a reasonable opportunity of being heard, and the members pass an ordinary resolution: section 169(1) and (2).

Three things they cannot do. They cannot remove a director appointed by the Tribunal under section 242. If Mr Patil were an independent director in his second term, they would need a special resolution. And if the company had adopted proportional representation under section 163, section 169(1) would not apply at all.

And afterwards. If Mr Patil had a service contract, his removal is without prejudice to his right to compensation or damages under it.

Distinctions that carry marks

Section 164(1)Section 164(2)
Aimed atThe personDirectors of a defaulting company
TriggersUnsound mind, insolvency, conviction, court order, unpaid calls, section 188 conviction, no DIN, too many directorshipsThree years' non-filing, or one year's failure to repay deposits, debentures or dividend
EffectNot eligible for appointmentNot eligible for re-appointment there or appointment anywhere for five years
Which office is lostAll, under section 167(1)(a)All except the defaulting company, proviso to section 167(1)(a)
ReliefNone statedSix months for a person appointed to a company already in default
Way out of officeHow it happensSection
Retirement by rotationAutomatically at the AGM, by turn152(6)
VacationAutomatically, on an event167
ResignationThe director's own written notice168
RemovalOrdinary resolution of the members on special notice, after a hearing169
Section 165 limitsNumber
Companies in all, including alternate directorshipsTwenty
Of which public companiesNot more than ten
Private companies that are holding or subsidiary of a public companyCount towards the ten
Dormant companiesCount towards neither

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean a section 164(2) disqualification empties every seat. The proviso to section 167(1)(a) keeps the director in the defaulting company.

It does not mean an appeal postpones disqualification. The proviso to section 164(3) keeps clauses (d), (e) and (g) alive during an appeal. What the proviso to section 167 postpones is the vacation of office, not the disqualification.

munotes.in406

Disqualification, Vacation of Office, Resignation and Removal

It does not mean leave of absence saves a director. Section 167(1)(b) applies with or without seeking leave of absence.

It does not mean removal ends a service contract. Section 169 is without prejudice to compensation or damages payable under any contract of service.

Quick revision

  • 164(1), nine disqualifications: unsound mind so declared; undischarged insolvent; pending insolvency application; conviction with six months' imprisonment, five years from expiry of sentence, and seven years or more means permanent ineligibility in any company; a court or Tribunal disqualification order in force; unpaid calls plus six months; section 188 conviction in the last five years; no DIN; and breach of section 165(1).
  • 164(2): a director of a company that has not filed for three continuous financial years, or has failed for one year or more to repay deposits, interest, debentures or declared dividend, is ineligible for five years. Proviso: six months' grace for one appointed to a company already in default. 164(3): a private company may add disqualifications; and clauses (d), (e) and (g) survive an appeal.
  • 165: twenty companies including alternate directorships, not more than ten public; private companies in a public group count towards the ten; dormant companies count towards neither; members may fix a lesser number by special resolution.
  • 167(1), eight grounds: any section 164 disqualification, but a section 164(2) one vacates every office EXCEPT the defaulting company's; absence from all Board meetings for twelve months, with or without leave; contravening section 184; failing to disclose interest under section 184; disqualification by court or Tribunal order; conviction with six months' imprisonment; removal under the Act; and ceasing to hold the office or employment by virtue of which he was appointed.
  • Proviso to (e) and (f): office not vacated for thirty days, then until seven days after an appeal filed in that period is disposed of, then until a further appeal filed within those seven days is disposed of.
  • 167(2): functioning knowingly after vacation, one lakh to five lakh rupees. 167(3): all offices vacant, the promoter, else the Central Government, appoints. 167(4): a private company may add grounds.
  • 168: resign by written notice; the Board takes note, the company intimates the Registrar and reports it at the next general meeting; the director may himself send reasons to the Registrar within thirty days; effective on receipt or the date specified, whichever is later; and he remains liable for offences during his tenure.
  • 169: removal by ordinary resolution on special notice after a reasonable opportunity of being heard; not a director appointed by the Tribunal under section 242; an independent director in a second term needs a special resolution; not applicable where section 163 proportional representation has been adopted; the vacancy may be filled at the same meeting for the unexpired term; and all without prejudice to compensation or damages under a service contract.
munotes.in407

Disqualification, Vacation of Office, Resignation and Removal

Test yourself

1. State the disqualification in section 164(2) and its effect. A person who is or has been a director of a company which has not filed financial statements or annual returns for three continuous financial years, or has failed for one year or more to repay deposits or interest, redeem debentures or pay interest on them, or pay a declared dividend, is ineligible to be re-appointed in that company or appointed in any other company for five years from the date of the default.

2. Which offices does such a director lose? By the proviso to section 167(1)(a), his office becomes vacant in all the companies other than the company which is in default. He keeps his seat in the defaulting company.

3. A director is convicted and sentenced to nine months. When does he vacate office? Not immediately. By the proviso to section 167, the office is not vacated for thirty days from the conviction; if an appeal is preferred within those thirty days, not until seven days after it is disposed of; and if a further appeal is preferred within those seven days, not until that is disposed of.

4. How many companies may a person be a director of? Not more than twenty at the same time, including any alternate directorship, of which not more than ten may be public companies. Private companies that are holding or subsidiary companies of a public company count towards the ten; dormant companies count towards neither: section 165.

5. When does a resignation take effect, and what liability survives? From the date the notice is received by the company, or the date specified by the director, whichever is later: section 168(2). The director remains liable even after resignation for offences which occurred during his tenure.

6. What is required to remove a director? An ordinary resolution, preceded by special notice under section 115, and after giving him a reasonable opportunity of being heard: section 169(1) and (2). A director appointed by the Tribunal under section 242 cannot be removed; an independent director in a second term needs a special resolution; and the power does not apply where the company has adopted proportional representation under section 163.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in408

Chapter Sixty

Duties of Directors

Syllabus topic 3.1, "Duties of Directors"

In one line

The Act now writes down what a director owes his company: obey the articles, act in good faith for everybody's benefit, use care and independent judgment, avoid conflicts, take no secret gain, and never hand the job to somebody else.

In exam wording: section 166 codifies the duties of a director. He shall act in accordance with the articles; act in good faith to promote the objects of the company for the benefit of its members as a whole, and in the best interests of the company, its employees, the shareholders, the community and for the protection of the environment; exercise his duties with due and reasonable care, skill and diligence and independent judgment; avoid conflicts of interest; make no undue gain; and not assign his office.

Why the law has this at all

Before 2013 a director's duties in India came from decided cases. They were real, but they were scattered, they had to be extracted from judgments about particular facts, and a director who wanted to know what was expected of him had nowhere to look.

Section 166 puts them in one place, and that is its main achievement. It also does three things the old law did not.

It widens who the director must consider. Sub-section (2) names the employees, the community and the environment alongside the members. That is a deliberate move away from the pure shareholder model, and it is the most discussed sentence in the section.

It requires independent judgment. Sub-section (3) means a director cannot simply follow the managing director or the person who nominated him. A nominee director owes his duties to the company, not to his nominator, and that is where sub-section (3) bites hardest.

And it attaches a money remedy to secret profit. Sub-section (5) does not merely prohibit an undue gain: it makes the director liable to pay an amount equal to that gain to the company, which is a restitutionary remedy written into the statute.

Some words this chapter uses

Good faith means honestly and for the proper purpose. Independent judgment means forming one's own view rather than adopting another's. A conflict of interest is a situation where a person's own interest may pull against his duty. Undue gain is a benefit obtained without justification. To assign an office is to transfer it to somebody else. Relatives are defined in section 2(77).

The seven duties: section 166

(1) Act in accordance with the articles

Subject to the provisions of this Act, a director of a company shall act in accordance with the articles of the company.

Two limits in one sentence. The articles are the director's instructions, and he must follow them. But the duty is subject to the provisions of this Act, so an article that conflicts with the Act gives him no authority, which is what section 6 already provides.

munotes.in409

Duties of Directors

(2) Act in good faith, and for whom

A director of a company shall act in good faith in order to promote the objects of the company for the benefit of its members as a whole, and in the best interests of the company, its employees, the shareholders, the community and for the protection of environment.

This is the sentence to quote. Take the beneficiaries in order, because an examiner is looking for all of them:

  1. the objects of the company, which ties the duty back to the memorandum;
  2. the members as a whole, which excludes acting for one faction of them;
  3. the company itself;
  4. its employees;
  5. the shareholders;
  6. the community; and
  7. the protection of the environment.

The words "as a whole" are doing real work. A director appointed by a majority block must act for the general body of members, not for the block that put him there.

And the last three are the innovation. English company law reaches the same result through a duty to promote the success of the company while having regard to a list of factors; the Indian Act states them as part of the duty itself.

(3) Care, skill, diligence and independent judgment

A director of a company shall exercise his duties with due and reasonable care, skill and diligence and shall exercise independent judgment.

Four requirements: due and reasonable care, skill, diligence, and independent judgment.

The standard is not perfection. It is due and reasonable, judged by what may fairly be expected of a person in that position with that knowledge. A director is not liable for an honest commercial misjudgment made with proper care.

Independent judgment is separate from the other three, and it is the limb that catches the passive director. A director who signs whatever is put in front of him has not exercised independent judgment even if he has been diligent about attending.

(4) Avoid conflicts

A director of a company shall not involve in a situation in which he may have a direct or indirect interest that conflicts, or possibly may conflict, with the interest of the company.

Read the width of it. It covers a direct or indirect interest, and a conflict that possibly may arise, not only one that has arisen. It is a duty to stay out of the situation, not merely to behave properly once in it.

How it works in practice is through the disclosure machinery: section 184, under which a director discloses his concern or interest and does not participate, and section 188, which regulates related party transactions. Section 166(4) is the principle; those two are the procedure.

munotes.in410

Duties of Directors

(5) No undue gain, and the remedy

A director of a company shall not achieve or attempt to achieve any undue gain or advantage either to himself or to his relatives, partners, or associates and if such director is found guilty of making any undue gain, he shall be liable to pay an amount equal to that gain to the company.

Three points.

"Achieve or attempt to achieve", so an unsuccessful attempt is a breach.

The gain may be to himself or to his relatives, partners or associates. Routing a benefit through a family member is squarely within it.

And the remedy is restitution: he pays an amount equal to that gain to the company. Note that it is the gain he must pay over, not the company's loss, which may be smaller or nil.

(6) No assignment of office

A director of a company shall not assign his office and any assignment so made shall be void.

Void, not voidable. A director is chosen for himself, so he cannot transfer the office to another. This is not the same as appointing an alternate under section 161(2): an alternate acts during the original's absence and vacates when he returns, and the original keeps his office throughout.

(7) The penalty

If a director of the company contravenes the provisions of this section such director shall be punishable with fine which shall not be less than one lakh rupees but which may extend to five lakh rupees.

Note that it is the director alone, not the company, and that it is a fine, which survived the general conversion of the Act's penalties.

How section 166 sits with the rest of the Act

The duties are not the only source of liability. A breach of section 166 may also be:

  • a failure to disclose interest under section 184, which vacates the office under section 167(1)(c) and (d);
  • a related party transaction without approval under section 188, conviction for which is a disqualification under section 164(1)(g);
  • fraud under section 447, if there was an intent to deceive; and
  • ground for oppression or mismanagement proceedings under sections 241 and 242, or a class action under section 245.

And for independent directors there is more. Section 149(8) requires the company and its independent directors to abide by the provisions of Schedule IV, which sets out a code containing their professional conduct, roles, functions and duties, and their manner of appointment, evaluation and resignation. Section 149(12) then limits an independent director's liability to acts of omission or commission by the company which had occurred with his knowledge, attributable through Board processes, and with his consent or connivance or where he had not acted diligently.

munotes.in411

Duties of Directors

A worked example

Mr Ghatge is a director of Ichalkaranji Textiles Limited. The company is deciding whether to buy a dyeing plant.

Duty (1). The articles require any purchase above two crore rupees to be approved by the Board with a specified quorum. He must act in accordance with the articles, subject to the Act.

Duty (2). In deciding, he must act in good faith to promote the objects of the company for the benefit of the members as a whole, and in the best interests of the company, its employees, the shareholders, the community and the protection of the environment. The plant discharges effluent, so the environmental limb is not decoration: it is part of the duty he is exercising.

Duty (3). He must apply due and reasonable care, skill and diligence, which means reading the papers and asking about the effluent treatment, and independent judgment, which means forming his own view rather than deferring to the managing director's enthusiasm.

Duty (4). His brother-in-law owns the company selling the plant. That is an indirect interest that conflicts, or possibly may conflict, with the company's interest. He is in breach of section 166(4) simply by being in the situation, and the machinery for dealing with it is section 184, disclosure and non-participation, and section 188 if the seller is a related party.

Duty (5). Suppose he negotiates a private commission of eight lakh rupees from the seller. He has achieved an undue gain, and he is liable to pay eight lakh rupees to the company under section 166(5). It makes no difference that the company paid a fair price and lost nothing: the section takes the gain, not the loss. It would equally have applied had the commission gone to his brother-in-law.

Even an attempt. Had the seller refused to pay the commission, he would still have attempted to achieve an undue gain, which section 166(5) prohibits in terms.

Duty (6). He is unwell and proposes that his son take his seat on the Board "in his place". He cannot assign his office, and any assignment is void. What he may do, if the articles or a general meeting resolution allow and he will be absent from India for not less than three months, is have an alternate director appointed under section 161(2).

The consequences. For the contravention he faces a fine of one lakh to five lakh rupees under section 166(7). Separately, his failure to disclose under section 184 vacates his office under section 167(1)(d); if the transaction was a related party transaction without approval, conviction under section 188 disqualifies him for five years under section 164(1)(g); and if there was an intent to deceive, section 447 applies.

munotes.in412

Duties of Directors

Change one fact. Suppose Mr Ghatge were an independent director who knew nothing of the commission, had attended and questioned properly, and had no consent or connivance. Section 149(12) limits his liability to acts which occurred with his knowledge, attributable through Board processes, and with his consent or connivance, or where he had not acted diligently.

Distinctions that carry marks

DutySub-sectionThe point
Act per the articles166(1)Subject to the Act, so the Act prevails
Good faith for the objects, members as a whole, company, employees, shareholders, community, environment166(2)The widest statement of whom a director serves
Due and reasonable care, skill and diligence, and independent judgment166(3)Catches the passive and the deferential director
Avoid conflicts, direct or indirect, actual or possible166(4)A duty to stay out of the situation
No undue gain to himself, relatives, partners or associates; attempt included166(5)Remedy is to pay the gain to the company
No assignment of office166(6)Any assignment is void
Fine166(7)One lakh to five lakh rupees, on the director
Assignment of office, section 166(6)Alternate director, section 161(2)
What happens to the original's officeHe tries to transfer itHe keeps it
TriggerNone; simply prohibitedAbsence from India three months or more
ValidityVoidValid, if the articles or a general meeting resolution allow
EndsNot applicableWhen the original returns to India
Breach of section 166 may also beProvision
Non-disclosure of interest, vacating officeSections 184 and 167(1)(c) and (d)
An unapproved related party transactionSection 188; conviction disqualifies under 164(1)(g)
FraudSection 447
Oppression or mismanagement, or a class actionSections 241, 242 and 245

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean a director guarantees success. The standard is due and reasonable care, skill and diligence, not perfection, and an honest commercial misjudgment made with proper care is not a breach.

It does not mean a nominee director serves his nominator. Section 166(3) requires independent judgment, and section 166(2) fixes the beneficiaries, which do not include the nominating institution.

It does not mean the company must have lost money. Under section 166(5) the director pays an amount equal to the gain, whether or not the company suffered.

It does not mean a director may never step back. He may resign under section 168, or have an alternate appointed under section 161(2) if he is absent from India for three months or more. What he may not do is assign the office.

munotes.in413

Duties of Directors

Quick revision

  • 166(1): act in accordance with the articles, subject to the Act.
  • 166(2): act in good faith to promote the objects of the company for the benefit of its members as a whole, and in the best interests of the company, its employees, the shareholders, the community and for the protection of environment.
  • 166(3): due and reasonable care, skill and diligence, and independent judgment.
  • 166(4): do not involve yourself in a situation of direct or indirect interest that conflicts, or possibly may conflict, with the company's interest.
  • 166(5): no undue gain or advantage, or attempt, to himself or his relatives, partners or associates; if guilty, liable to pay an amount equal to that gain to the company.
  • 166(6): shall not assign his office; any assignment is void.
  • 166(7): contravention, fine not less than one lakh and up to five lakh rupees, on the director.
  • Related: section 184 disclosure, section 188 related party transactions, section 167(1)(c) and (d) vacation, section 447 fraud, section 149(8) and Schedule IV for independent directors, and section 149(12) limiting their liability.

Test yourself

1. State the duty in section 166(2) in full. A director shall act in good faith in order to promote the objects of the company for the benefit of its members as a whole, and in the best interests of the company, its employees, the shareholders, the community and for the protection of environment.

2. What standard of care does the Act require? Due and reasonable care, skill and diligence, together with the exercise of independent judgment: section 166(3). It is not a standard of perfection, and an honest commercial misjudgment made with proper care is not a breach.

3. How wide is the duty to avoid conflicts? A director shall not involve himself in a situation in which he may have a direct or indirect interest that conflicts, or possibly may conflict, with the interest of the company: section 166(4). It covers indirect interests and merely possible conflicts.

4. What is the remedy where a director makes an undue gain? He is liable to pay an amount equal to that gain to the company: section 166(5). The prohibition covers an attempt, and a gain to his relatives, partners or associates as well as to himself.

5. May a director appoint somebody to take his place? He may not assign his office, and any assignment is void: section 166(6). He may, if the articles or a general meeting resolution permit and he is absent from India for not less than three months, have an alternate director appointed under section 161(2), in which case he keeps his own office.

munotes.in414

Duties of Directors

6. What is the penalty for contravening section 166? The director shall be punishable with a fine of not less than one lakh rupees and up to five lakh rupees: section 166(7).

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in415

Chapter Sixty-One

Rights of Directors, and the Registers Kept About Them

Syllabus topic 3.1, labels: "Rights of Directors", "Register of directors and key managerial personnel and their shareholding"

In one line

A director has rights the Act gives him personally, chiefly to be told about meetings, to see the books and to be paid, and the company must keep a public register of who its directors are and what they own.

In exam wording: the Act confers on a director, among others, the right to notice of Board meetings under section 173(3), the right of inspection of the books of account under section 128(3), the right to participate and vote, the right to be heard before removal under section 169, and the right to remuneration under section 197. Section 170 requires a register of directors and key managerial personnel and their shareholding, section 171 gives members a right to inspect it, and section 172 supplies the residual penalty for Chapter XI.

Why the law has this at all

A director's duties in section 166 are demanding, and several of them are impossible to discharge without corresponding rights.

He must act with due and reasonable care, skill and diligence. He cannot, unless he is told when the Board meets and can see the books. So section 173(3) gives him seven days' notice and section 128(3) gives him access.

He must exercise independent judgment. He cannot, unless he may speak and vote and, when the company turns against him, be heard before he is removed. So section 169(1) and (3) protect him.

The registers exist for the opposite reason. A director's rights are personal; the register is public. Anybody dealing with a company needs to know who its directors are and what they hold, and section 170 read with section 171 makes that discoverable, by the members free of charge and, through the section 170(2) return, by the world through the Registrar.

Some words this chapter uses

Key managerial personnel is defined in section 2(51). Securities held means the shares, debentures and other securities a director or KMP holds. An extract is a copy of part of a register. Residual penalty means one that applies where no other is provided. Free of cost means without charge, which is unusual: most inspections in the Act carry a prescribed fee.

The rights of a director, gathered

The Act has no single section of rights, so an answer must assemble them and cite each.

1. The right to notice of Board meetings. Section 173(3): not less than seven days' notice in writing to every director at his registered address, by hand, post or electronic means. The officer whose duty it is to give notice and fails is liable to twenty-five thousand rupees under section 173(4). A meeting at shorter notice for urgent business needs at least one independent director present, or ratification afterwards.

munotes.in416

Rights of Directors, and the Registers Kept About Them

2. The right to participate and to vote. A director participates in person or by video conferencing or other audio visual means under section 173(2), and his presence counts towards the quorum under section 174(1). He votes at the meeting; he cannot appoint a proxy, because the office is personal, which is the same principle as section 166(6).

3. The right to inspect the books of account. Section 128(3): the books maintained within India shall be open for inspection at the registered office or the other place in India by any director during business hours, and where financial information is kept outside the country, copies shall be produced for inspection by any director. The proviso limits it: inspection of a subsidiary's books is only by the person authorised by a Board resolution. Under section 128(4) the officers and employees must give all assistance the company may reasonably be expected to give.

4. The right to a resolution being put to a meeting. Under section 175(1)'s proviso, where not less than one-third of the total number of directors require that a resolution under circulation be decided at a meeting, the chairperson shall put it to a meeting of the Board.

5. The right to have dissent recorded. Section 118(4)(b) requires the minutes of a Board meeting to contain, for each resolution, the names of the directors dissenting from or not concurring with it. That entry is a director's protection, and it is a right in substance.

6. The right to be heard before removal. Section 169(1): removal requires a reasonable opportunity of being heard; and section 169(3) and (4) give him the right to have a written representation circulated to members, or read out at the meeting.

7. The right to remuneration. Section 197, dealt with in [Remuneration of Managerial Personnel]. Note section 197(5), under which a director may receive sitting fees for attending meetings, of such sum as may be decided by the Board within the prescribed limit.

8. The right to resign. Section 168(1): by notice in writing, effective on receipt or on the date he specifies, whichever is later, and he may himself send reasons to the Registrar within thirty days.

9. The right, for an independent director, to a limited liability. Section 149(12) confines his liability to acts which occurred with his knowledge, attributable through Board processes, and with his consent or connivance, or where he had not acted diligently.

The register: section 170

Section 170(1). Every company shall keep at its registered office a register containing such particulars of its directors and key managerial personnel as may be prescribed, which shall include the details of securities held by each of them in:

munotes.in417

Rights of Directors, and the Registers Kept About Them

  • the company;
  • its holding company;
  • its subsidiary;
  • a subsidiary of the company's holding company; and
  • its associate companies.

Note the five levels. The register does not stop at the company: it reaches across the whole group, so a director's holding in a sister company is disclosed too. That is what makes it useful for detecting related party dealing.

Section 170(2): the return. A return containing the prescribed particulars and documents shall be filed with the Registrar within thirty days from the appointment of every director and key managerial personnel, and within thirty days of any change taking place.

Two thirty-day periods: one on appointment, one on any change.

Members' right to inspect: section 171

Section 171(1). The register kept under section 170(1):

  • (a) shall be open for inspection during business hours, and the members shall have a right to take extracts from it, and copies shall, on a request by the members, be provided to them free of cost within thirty days; and
  • (b) shall also be kept open for inspection at every annual general meeting, and shall be made accessible to any person attending the meeting.

Two features that are asked. Copies are free of cost, unlike almost every other inspection right in the Act, which carries a prescribed fee. And at the annual general meeting the register is open not merely to members but to any person attending.

Section 171(2): the remedy. If inspection under clause (a) is refused, or a copy is not sent within thirty days of the request, the Registrar shall, on an application made to him, order immediate inspection and supply of the copies required.

Note who gives the remedy here: the Registrar, not the Tribunal. Compare section 119(4), where refusal of the minute books goes to the Tribunal. It is worth keeping the two apart.

The residual penalty: section 172

If a company is in default in complying with any of the provisions of this Chapter and for which no specific penalty or punishment is provided therein, the company and every officer of the company who is in default shall be liable to a penalty of fifty thousand rupees, and in case of continuing failure, with a further penalty of five hundred rupees for each day during which such failure continues, subject to a maximum of three lakh rupees in case of a company and one lakh rupees in case of an officer who is in default.

It is a sweeper. Chapter XI runs from section 149 to section 172, and several of its sections create obligations without stating a penalty. Section 172 supplies one: fifty thousand rupees, plus five hundred rupees a day, capped at three lakh for the company and one lakh for an officer in default.

munotes.in418

Rights of Directors, and the Registers Kept About Them

And note the words "for which no specific penalty or punishment is provided". Where a section has its own penalty, such as section 157(2) for the DIN return or section 166(7) for breach of duty, section 172 does not apply.

A worked example

Ms Deshpande is appointed a director of Ahmednagar Foods Limited on 5 May 2028.

The register. The company must record in its register of directors and key managerial personnel at the registered office the prescribed particulars about her, including the securities she holds in the company, its holding company, its subsidiaries, a subsidiary of its holding company, and its associate companies: section 170(1).

The return. It must file a return with the Registrar within thirty days of her appointment, and again within thirty days of any change: section 170(2).

Her rights, as she starts work. She is entitled to seven days' written notice of every Board meeting at her registered address: section 173(3). She may attend in person or by video conferencing, and her attendance counts towards the quorum: sections 173(2) and 174(1). She may inspect the books of account at the registered office during business hours, and the officers must give her all assistance: section 128(3) and (4).

A subsidiary. She asks to inspect the books of the company's subsidiary. She may not, unless she is authorised by a Board resolution: proviso to section 128(3).

A circulated resolution. The Board proposes to approve a large borrowing by circulation. She and two other directors, together one-third of the total number of directors, require it to be decided at a meeting. The chairperson shall put it to a meeting: proviso to section 175(1).

Her dissent. At that meeting she votes against. The minutes must record her name as dissenting: section 118(4)(b).

A member asks. A shareholder asks to see the register of directors and their shareholding. He may inspect it during business hours, take extracts, and require copies free of cost within thirty days: section 171(1)(a). At the annual general meeting the register is open to any person attending, not merely members: section 171(1)(b).

The company refuses. No copy comes within thirty days. On the member's application the Registrar shall order immediate inspection and supply of the copies: section 171(2). Had the refusal concerned the minute books instead, the application would have gone to the Tribunal under section 119(4).

munotes.in419

Rights of Directors, and the Registers Kept About Them

A default with no stated penalty. Suppose the company fails to keep the register at its registered office at all. Section 170 states no penalty, so section 172 supplies it: fifty thousand rupees on the company and on every officer in default, plus five hundred rupees a day, capped at three lakh and one lakh respectively.

Removal. Two years later the majority wishes to remove her. She is entitled to a reasonable opportunity of being heard, and to have her written representation circulated to the members or read out at the meeting: section 169(1), (3) and (4). Her removal is without prejudice to any compensation or damages payable under a contract of service: section 169(7).

Distinctions that carry marks

RightSectionContent
Notice of Board meetings173(3)Seven days, in writing, to his registered address
Participate and count for quorum173(2), 174(1)In person or by video conferencing; no proxy
Inspect books of account128(3)At the registered office or other place in India, during business hours; a subsidiary's only on Board authority
Force a circulated resolution to a meetingProviso to 175(1)On the requirement of one-third of the directors
Dissent recorded118(4)(b)Names of dissenting directors in the Board minutes
Be heard before removal169(1), (3), (4)Reasonable opportunity, and representation circulated
Remuneration and sitting fees197Including sitting fees under section 197(5)
Resign168Effective on receipt or the stated date, whichever is later
Register of directors, section 171Minute books, section 119
Who may inspectMembers, and any person attending the AGMMembers only
Cost of inspectionFreeFree
Cost of a copyFree of cost, within thirty daysOn payment of the prescribed fees, within seven working days
Remedy on refusalThe Registrar orders immediate inspection and supplyThe Tribunal orders immediate inspection or despatch
PenaltyWhere
Chapter XI defaults with no specific penaltySection 172: fifty thousand rupees, plus five hundred a day, max three lakh company and one lakh officer
DIN return not furnishedSection 157(2), its own penalty
Breach of directors' dutiesSection 166(7), its own fine

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean the Act contains a section headed "rights of directors". They are scattered, and an answer should cite each by its own section.

It does not mean a director may inspect anything in the group. A subsidiary's books need a Board resolution authorising him.

It does not mean copies of the register cost money. Section 171(1)(a) requires them free of cost within thirty days.

It does not mean section 172 applies everywhere. It is residual, operating only where the Chapter provides no specific penalty or punishment.

munotes.in420

Rights of Directors, and the Registers Kept About Them

Quick revision

  • Rights, with their sections: notice of Board meetings, 173(3); participation and quorum, 173(2) and 174(1); inspection of books, 128(3), a subsidiary's only on Board authority; forcing a circulated resolution to a meeting, proviso to 175(1); dissent recorded, 118(4)(b); hearing and representation before removal, 169; remuneration and sitting fees, 197; resignation, 168; limited liability of an independent director, 149(12).
  • 170(1): register at the registered office of directors and key managerial personnel, including securities held in the company, its holding, its subsidiary, a subsidiary of its holding company, and its associate companies.
  • 170(2): return to the Registrar within thirty days of appointment and within thirty days of any change.
  • 171(1): open for inspection in business hours, members may take extracts, copies free of cost within thirty days; open at every AGM to any person attending.
  • 171(2): on refusal or failure to supply within thirty days, the Registrar shall order immediate inspection and supply.
  • 172: residual penalty for Chapter XI where none is provided: fifty thousand rupees on the company and every officer in default, plus five hundred rupees a day, maximum three lakh and one lakh.

Test yourself

1. Name five rights of a director and give the section for each. Notice of Board meetings, section 173(3); inspection of the books of account, section 128(3); requiring a circulated resolution to be decided at a meeting, the proviso to section 175(1); a reasonable opportunity of being heard before removal, section 169(1); and remuneration including sitting fees, section 197.

2. What must the register under section 170 contain? Such particulars of the company's directors and key managerial personnel as may be prescribed, including the details of securities held by each of them in the company, its holding company, its subsidiary, a subsidiary of its holding company, and its associate companies.

3. Within what time must the return be filed? Within thirty days from the appointment of every director and key managerial personnel, and within thirty days of any change taking place: section 170(2).

4. What are a member's rights over that register? To inspect it during business hours, to take extracts, and to be provided with copies free of cost within thirty days of a request; and the register must also be open at every annual general meeting, accessible to any person attending: section 171(1).

5. What happens if the company refuses inspection? On an application made to him, the Registrar shall order immediate inspection and supply of the copies required: section 171(2). Note that for the minute books the corresponding remedy under section 119(4) lies to the Tribunal.

munotes.in421

Rights of Directors, and the Registers Kept About Them

6. What is section 172 for? It is the residual penalty for Chapter XI. Where a company is in default of any provision of that Chapter for which no specific penalty or punishment is provided, the company and every officer in default are liable to fifty thousand rupees, plus five hundred rupees for each day of continuing failure, subject to a maximum of three lakh rupees for the company and one lakh rupees for an officer in default.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in422

Chapter Sixty-Two

Loans to Directors

Syllabus topic 3.1, "Loans to Directors"

In one line

A company may not lend to its own directors or their close connections at all, but it may lend to entities in which a director is merely interested if the members pass a special resolution and the money is used for the borrower's main business.

In exam wording: section 185(1) prohibits a company, directly or indirectly, from advancing any loan, giving any guarantee or providing any security to a director of the company or of its holding company, a partner or relative of such a director, or a firm in which such a director or relative is a partner; section 185(2) permits such a facility to a person in whom a director is interested, on a special resolution and on the condition that the loan is used for the borrower's principal business activities; and section 185(3) lists four exemptions.

Why the law has this at all

A loan from a company to its own director is the simplest way to take money out of a company without calling it remuneration or a dividend. It escapes the limits in section 197, it escapes the profit requirement in section 123, and it appears in the balance sheet as an asset rather than as a distribution.

Worse, the director is on both sides. He decides whether the company lends, on what security, at what rate and whether to enforce repayment. There is no arm's length bargaining anywhere in the transaction.

So the Act draws two circles.

The inner circle is absolutely barred. The director himself, his relatives and partners, and firms in which they are partners. No resolution can authorise it, because the conflict is total.

The outer circle is permitted but policed. A company in which the director happens to be a member or which he can influence is a genuine commercial counterparty as well as a possible conduit. So section 185(2) lets the company lend, but only if the members are told the full particulars and approve by special resolution, and only if the money goes into the borrower's principal business, not into the director's pocket.

Some words this chapter uses

A book debt is a debt due to the company recorded in its books; a "loan represented by a book debt" is a loan dressed up as a trade receivable. A relative is defined in section 2(77). A guarantee is a promise to answer for another's debt; security here means property pledged for it. Principal business activities are the borrower's main business. Government security yield is the return on Government bonds of the stated tenor.

The absolute prohibition: section 185(1)

No company shall, directly or indirectly, advance any loan, including any loan represented by a book debt, to, or give any guarantee or provide any security in connection with any loan taken by:

munotes.in423

Loans to Directors

  • (a) any director of the company, or of a company which is its holding company, or any partner or relative of any such director; or
  • (b) any firm in which any such director or relative is a partner.

Four features to draw out.

"Directly or indirectly" defeats routing the money through a third party.

"Including any loan represented by a book debt" defeats recording it as a trade receivable rather than as a loan.

Three transactions are covered, not one: a loan, a guarantee, and the provision of security. Guaranteeing a director's personal bank borrowing is as much a breach as lending him the money.

The circle is wide: the company's own directors, directors of its holding company, the partners and relatives of either, and firms in which any of them is a partner.

And there is no way round it. Sub-section (1) admits of no resolution and no approval. Only the four exemptions in sub-section (3) take a transaction outside it.

The permitted route: section 185(2)

A company may advance a loan, including one represented by a book debt, or give a guarantee or provide security in connection with a loan taken by any person in whom any of the directors of the company is interested, subject to:

  • (a) a special resolution passed by the company in general meeting. Proviso: the explanatory statement to the notice shall disclose the full particulars of the loans given, or guarantee given or security provided, and the purpose for which it is proposed to be utilised by the recipient, and any other relevant fact; and
  • (b) the loans are utilised by the borrowing company for its principal business activities.

Both conditions, and the second is a continuing one. The special resolution authorises; the use of the money must then actually match.

The Explanation defines "any person in whom any of the director of the company is interested":

  • (a) any private company of which any such director is a director or member;
  • (b) any body corporate at a general meeting of which not less than twenty-five per cent of the total voting power may be exercised or controlled by any such director, or by two or more such directors together; or
  • (c) any body corporate whose Board, managing director or manager is accustomed to act in accordance with the directions or instructions of the Board, or of any director or directors, of the lending company.

Note the three tests. Clause (a) is office or membership in a private company, with no percentage at all. Clause (b) is twenty-five per cent of total voting power, and it may be held by two or more directors together. Clause (c) is the shadow control test, the same idea as section 2(69)(c) for promoters.

munotes.in424

Loans to Directors

The four exemptions: section 185(3)

Nothing in sub-sections (1) and (2) shall apply to:

(a) A loan to a managing or whole-time director:

  • (i) as a part of the conditions of service extended by the company to all its employees; or
  • (ii) pursuant to any scheme approved by the members by a special resolution.

So a housing loan scheme open to all employees may include the managing director; and a scheme confined to him needs a special resolution.

(b) A company which in the ordinary course of its business provides loans or gives guarantees or securities for the due repayment of any loan, provided that in respect of such loans an interest is charged at a rate not less than the rate of prevailing yield of one year, three years, five years or ten years Government security closest to the tenor of the loan.

Two conditions here, and students remember only the first. The company must be a lender in the ordinary course, and the interest must be at least the Government security yield for the closest tenor. A lending company that charges its director a token rate is outside the exemption.

(c) Any loan made by a holding company to its wholly owned subsidiary, or any guarantee or security given by a holding company in respect of a loan made to its wholly owned subsidiary.

(d) Any guarantee or security given by a holding company in respect of a loan made by any bank or financial institution to its subsidiary company.

The proviso to (c) and (d): the loans so made must be utilised by the subsidiary company for its principal business activities.

Note the difference between (c) and (d), because it is examined. Clause (c) covers a wholly owned subsidiary and covers the holding company's own loan as well as its guarantee. Clause (d) covers any subsidiary, not only a wholly owned one, but only a guarantee or security for a loan by a bank or financial institution, not a loan by the holding company itself.

The punishment: section 185(4)

If any loan is advanced, or a guarantee or security given or provided or utilised, in contravention:

  • (i) the company shall be punishable with a fine of not less than five lakh rupees and up to twenty-five lakh rupees;
  • (ii) every officer of the company who is in default shall be punishable with imprisonment up to six months, or with a fine of not less than five lakh rupees and up to twenty-five lakh rupees; and
  • (iii) the director or the other person to whom the loan is advanced, or the guarantee or security given, shall be punishable with imprisonment up to six months, or with a fine of not less than five lakh rupees and up to twenty-five lakh rupees, or with both.
munotes.in425

Loans to Directors

Three separate defendants, and the recipient is one of them. A director who takes the money is punished in his own right, and note that he alone faces imprisonment or fine or both, while the officer in default faces imprisonment or fine.

And note the word "utilised" in the opening line. A facility lawfully given but then used in breach, for example a section 185(2) loan spent otherwise than on the borrower's principal business, is itself a contravention.

A worked example

Solapur Polymers Limited has four directors, including Mr Jadhav, who is also a director of its holding company.

Case one, the hard ban. Mr Jadhav asks the company for a personal loan of thirty lakh rupees. Section 185(1)(a) forbids it absolutely. So does a loan to his wife, being a relative, or to his business partner, or to a firm in which he or his wife is a partner under clause (b). No special resolution can authorise any of them.

A guarantee is the same thing. The company cannot instead guarantee his bank loan or pledge its fixed deposit as security for it: all three limbs, loan, guarantee and security, are covered.

Nor a book debt. Recording the advance as a trade receivable does not help: the sub-section covers any loan represented by a book debt.

Case two, the permitted route. Latur Coatings Private Limited wants a loan of two crore rupees, and Mr Jadhav is a member of it. By Explanation (a) it is a person in whom a director is interested, because it is a private company of which he is a director or member, with no percentage threshold.

So the company may lend, but only if:

  • the members pass a special resolution, and the explanatory statement discloses the full particulars of the loan and the purpose for which the borrower will use it; and
  • Latur Coatings uses the money for its principal business activities.

If Latur Coatings then uses the two crore to buy a flat for Mr Jadhav, the facility has been utilised in contravention, and section 185(4) applies to the company, the officers in default and the recipient.

Case three, twenty-five per cent. Beed Chemicals Limited is a public company in which Mr Jadhav and another director together control twenty-eight per cent of the total voting power. That is not less than twenty-five per cent, and two or more directors together may be counted, so Explanation (b) applies and the section 185(2) route is available.

munotes.in426

Loans to Directors

Case four, shadow control. Nanded Packaging Limited's Board is accustomed to act on Mr Jadhav's instructions, though he holds nothing in it. Explanation (c) catches it.

The exemptions.

A staff loan scheme. The company has a vehicle loan scheme open to all its employees. The managing director may take a loan under it: section 185(3)(a)(i). A scheme confined to the managing director alone would need a special resolution under clause (a)(ii).

A lending business. Had Solapur Polymers been a company that provides loans in the ordinary course of its business, clause (b) would exempt it, but only if the interest charged were not less than the prevailing yield on the Government security closest in tenor to the loan.

A wholly owned subsidiary. The company lends to Solapur Films Private Limited, its wholly owned subsidiary. Clause (c) exempts it, provided the subsidiary uses the money for its principal business activities.

A bank loan to a subsidiary. The company guarantees a bank loan to Solapur Logistics Limited, a subsidiary that is not wholly owned. Clause (d) exempts the guarantee, because it covers any subsidiary where the lender is a bank or financial institution. Had the company itself lent to that subsidiary, clause (c) would not have helped, because that subsidiary is not wholly owned.

The consequences of getting it wrong. The company pays five to twenty-five lakh rupees; every officer in default faces six months' imprisonment or five to twenty-five lakh rupees; and Mr Jadhav, as the recipient, faces six months' imprisonment or five to twenty-five lakh rupees, or both.

Distinctions that carry marks

Section 185(1), the inner circleSection 185(2), the outer circle
WhoThe director of the company or of its holding company, his partner or relative, and firms in which any of them is a partnerA person in whom a director is interested, as the Explanation defines
PermittedNever, save the section 185(3) exemptionsYes, on conditions
ConditionsNot applicableSpecial resolution with full particulars and purpose in the explanatory statement, and use for the borrower's principal business activities
Explanation to section 185(2)Test
(a)A private company of which such a director is a director or member
(b)A body corporate where not less than twenty-five per cent of total voting power is exercised or controlled by such a director, or by two or more such directors together
(c)A body corporate whose Board, managing director or manager is accustomed to act on the directions of the lending company's Board or directors
munotes.in427

Loans to Directors

Exemption, section 185(3)Covers
(a)(i)A loan to an MD or whole-time director as part of conditions of service extended to all employees
(a)(ii)A loan under a scheme approved by a special resolution
(b)A company lending in the ordinary course of business, at interest not less than the closest-tenor Government security yield
(c)A holding company's loan, guarantee or security to its wholly owned subsidiary
(d)A holding company's guarantee or security for a bank or financial institution's loan to any subsidiary

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean all loans to directors can be approved by resolution. Sub-section (1) is absolute; only the sub-section (3) exemptions take a transaction outside it.

It does not mean only loans are caught. Guarantees and the provision of security are equally within the section.

It does not mean a lending company may lend to its directors freely. Clause (b) requires both that it lends in the ordinary course and that the interest is at least the Government security yield of the closest tenor.

It does not mean a section 185(2) loan is safe once approved. Using it otherwise than for the borrower's principal business activities is itself a contravention under section 185(4).

Quick revision

  • 185(1): no loan, guarantee or security, directly or indirectly, including a loan represented by a book debt, to a director of the company or of its holding company, a partner or relative of such a director, or a firm in which any of them is a partner. Absolute.
  • 185(2): permitted to a person in whom a director is interested, on (a) a special resolution with full particulars and the purpose disclosed in the explanatory statement, and (b) use for the borrower's principal business activities.
  • Explanation: (a) a private company where the director is a director or member; (b) a body corporate where twenty-five per cent or more of total voting power is controlled by such a director or two or more together; (c) a body corporate accustomed to act on the lending company's directions.
  • 185(3): (a) a loan to an MD or whole-time director under a scheme for all employees, or a scheme approved by special resolution; (b) a company lending in the ordinary course, at interest not less than the closest-tenor Government security yield; (c) a holding company to its wholly owned subsidiary; (d) a holding company's guarantee for a bank or financial institution's loan to any subsidiary. Proviso to (c) and (d): the subsidiary must use it for its principal business activities.
  • 185(4): company five to twenty-five lakh rupees; officer in default, six months' imprisonment or the same fine; the recipient, six months' imprisonment or the same fine or both. Contravention includes a facility utilised in breach.
munotes.in428

Loans to Directors

Test yourself

1. To whom may a company never lend under section 185(1)? Any director of the company or of a company which is its holding company, any partner or relative of such a director, and any firm in which such a director or relative is a partner. The prohibition covers, directly or indirectly, any loan including one represented by a book debt, any guarantee, and any security.

2. On what conditions may a company lend to a person in whom a director is interested? On a special resolution of the company in general meeting, the explanatory statement disclosing the full particulars of the loan, guarantee or security and the purpose for which it will be used; and provided the loan is utilised by the borrowing company for its principal business activities: section 185(2).

3. Who is "a person in whom a director is interested"? A private company of which such a director is a director or member; a body corporate at a general meeting of which not less than twenty-five per cent of the total voting power may be exercised or controlled by such a director or by two or more such directors together; or a body corporate whose Board, managing director or manager is accustomed to act in accordance with the directions or instructions of the lending company's Board or directors.

4. When may a company lend to its managing director? Where the loan is part of the conditions of service extended by the company to all its employees, or is made pursuant to a scheme approved by the members by a special resolution: section 185(3)(a).

5. Distinguish the exemptions in clauses (c) and (d). Clause (c) exempts a holding company's loan, guarantee or security in favour of a wholly owned subsidiary. Clause (d) exempts only a guarantee or security given by a holding company for a loan made by a bank or financial institution to any subsidiary, not merely a wholly owned one. Under both, the subsidiary must use the money for its principal business activities.

6. Who is punished for a contravention? The company, by a fine of five to twenty-five lakh rupees; every officer in default, by imprisonment up to six months or the same fine; and the director or other person who received the loan, guarantee or security, by imprisonment up to six months or the same fine or both: section 185(4).

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in429

Chapter Sixty-Four

Loan and Investment by a Company

Syllabus topic 3.1, label: "Loan and Investment by a Company"

In one line

A company may lend, guarantee, secure and invest, but not beyond a ceiling fixed by its own capital and reserves without a special resolution, not through more than two layers of investment companies, not below a floor rate of interest, not while it is in default on deposits, and not in anybody's name but its own.

In exam wording: section 186(2) caps loans, guarantees, securities and acquisitions at sixty per cent of paid-up share capital, free reserves and securities premium account, or one hundred per cent of free reserves and securities premium account, whichever is more; section 186(3) allows the cap to be crossed only with a special resolution; and section 187(1) requires all investments to be made and held by the company in its own name.

Why the law has this at all

A company's money belongs to its members, and a director who cannot lend it to himself under section 185 may still be tempted to lend it to a company he is interested in, or to bury it under a chain of investment companies until nobody can trace it. The Act's answer has three parts, and it is worth seeing them as three separate ideas.

A ceiling. Beyond a certain proportion of the company's own resources, lending and investing stops being incidental to the business and becomes the business. Past that point the members, not the Board, must decide.

A limit on layering. Investment through investment companies stacked one above another hides the ultimate destination of the money. The Act allows two layers and no more.

A rule about the name. Money invested in a nominee's name is money the company may find hard to prove is its own. Section 187 requires the company's own name, with narrow exceptions.

Some words this chapter uses

Free reserves are reserves available for distribution as dividend, defined in section 2(43). Securities premium account is the account under section 52 holding the premium on shares issued above par. A layer, in relation to a holding company, means a subsidiary or subsidiaries: section 2(87), Explanation (d). An investment company is defined in the Explanation to section 186. A special resolution is one passed by a three-fourths majority under section 114(2). A public financial institution is defined in section 2(72).

Two layers of investment companies: section 186(1)

Without prejudice to the provisions contained in this Act, a company shall unless otherwise prescribed, make investment through not more than two layers of investment companies.

The proviso saves two situations.

  • (i) a company acquiring any other company incorporated in a country outside India where that other company has investment subsidiaries beyond two layers as per the laws of that country; and
  • (ii) a subsidiary company having any investment subsidiary for the purposes of meeting the requirements under any law, rule or regulation for the time being in force.
munotes.in440

Loan and Investment by a Company

Clause (i) is a rule of practicality. India cannot restructure a foreign company's own subsidiary chain as the price of an acquisition. Clause (ii) is a rule of necessity: where another law compels the layer, the Companies Act does not forbid it.

And note the reach of sub-section (1). Sub-section (11) exempts several classes of company from the whole section, but it says "except sub-section (1)". The two-layer rule binds even the exempted classes.

The ceiling: section 186(2)

No company shall directly or indirectly:

  • (a) give any loan to any person or other body corporate;
  • (b) give any guarantee or provide security in connection with a loan to any other body corporate or person; and
  • (c) acquire by way of subscription, purchase or otherwise, the securities of any other body corporate,

exceeding sixty per cent of its paid-up share capital, free reserves and securities premium account, or one hundred per cent of its free reserves and securities premium account, whichever is more.

Two figures, and the company gets the higher one. Take a company with paid-up capital of one crore, free reserves of two crore and securities premium of fifty lakh. Sixty per cent of three crore fifty lakh is two crore ten lakh. One hundred per cent of free reserves plus premium, two crore fifty lakh, is two crore fifty lakh. The ceiling is two crore fifty lakh, the higher of the two.

"Directly or indirectly" closes the obvious route of routing the loan through an intermediary.

The Explanation, inserted in 2017, provides that for the purposes of sub-section (2) the word "person" does not include any individual who is in the employment of the company. So a staff loan is outside the ceiling, which is sensible, because an employee advance is not an investment decision.

Crossing the ceiling: section 186(3)

Where the aggregate of the loans and investment so far made, the amount for which guarantee or security so far provided to or in all other bodies corporate along with the investment, loan, guarantee or security proposed to be made or given by the Board, exceed the limits specified under sub-section (2), no investment or loan shall be made or guarantee shall be given or security shall be provided unless previously authorised by a special resolution passed in a general meeting.

Three things to notice.

It is the aggregate that counts, past and proposed together, not each transaction on its own.

The authorisation must be previous. A special resolution passed after the money has gone out does not cure the breach.

munotes.in441

Loan and Investment by a Company

It is a special resolution, so a three-fourths majority, not an ordinary one.

The first proviso, substituted in 2017, exempts three relationships: where a loan or guarantee is given, or a security provided, by a company to its wholly owned subsidiary company or a joint venture company, or where an acquisition is made by a holding company of the securities of its wholly owned subsidiary company by subscription, purchase or otherwise, sub-section (3) does not apply.

The second proviso keeps the transparency even where the resolution is excused: the company shall disclose the details of such loans, guarantee, security or acquisition in the financial statement as provided under sub-section (4).

Disclosure, Board consent and the institution's approval: section 186(4) and (5)

Section 186(4). The company shall disclose to the members in the financial statement the full particulars of the loans given, investment made, guarantee given or security provided, and the purpose for which the loan, guarantee or security is proposed to be utilised by the recipient.

Note that the purpose is the recipient's purpose, not the lender's. The member is entitled to know where the money is going and what it will do there.

Section 186(5): two conditions on the Board's own decision.

  • the resolution sanctioning it must be passed at a meeting of the Board with the consent of all the directors present at the meeting; and
  • the prior approval of the public financial institution concerned must be obtained where any term loan is subsisting.

"Consent of all the directors present" is unanimity of those present, and it cannot be done by circulation, because the sub-section says at a meeting.

The proviso relaxes the second condition. Prior approval of a public financial institution is not required where the aggregate, past and proposed, does not exceed the limit in sub-section (2) and there is no default in repayment of loan instalments or payment of interest as per the terms of the loan to that institution. Both conditions must hold.

Four more restrictions: section 186(6), (7), (8) and (9)

Section 186(6): registered intermediaries. A company registered under section 12 of the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992 and covered under such class of companies as may be prescribed shall not take inter-corporate loan or deposits exceeding the prescribed limit, and shall furnish the details of the loan or deposits in its financial statement.

Section 186(7): a floor for the interest rate. No loan shall be given under this section at a rate of interest lower than the prevailing yield of one year, three year, five year or ten year Government Security closest to the tenor of the loan.

munotes.in442

Loan and Investment by a Company

This is the anti-subsidy rule. A cheap loan to a friendly company is a transfer of value dressed as a loan, so the Act fixes the floor by reference to the Government Security nearest in tenor.

Section 186(8): default on deposits. A company in default in the repayment of any deposits accepted before or after the commencement of this Act, or in payment of interest on them, shall not give any loan, guarantee or security or make any acquisition till the default is subsisting.

Section 186(9) and (10): the register. Every company giving a loan, guarantee or security or making an acquisition under the section shall keep a register with the prescribed particulars, kept in the prescribed manner. It shall be kept at the registered office, open to inspection at that office, and extracts may be taken by any member and copies furnished to any member on payment of such fees as may be prescribed.

Who is outside the section: section 186(11)

Nothing in the section, except sub-section (1), applies to:

  • (a) any loan, guarantee, security or investment by a banking company, an insurance company, or a housing finance company in the ordinary course of its business, or by a company established with the object of and engaged in the business of financing industrial enterprises or of providing infrastructural facilities; and
  • (b) any investment made (i) by an investment company; (ii) in shares allotted in pursuance of section 62(1)(a) or in shares allotted in a rights issue by a body corporate; or (iii) in respect of investment or lending activities, by a non-banking financial company registered under Chapter III-B of the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934, whose principal business is the acquisition of securities.

The logic is plain. For these companies lending or investing is the business, and a ceiling tied to their own capital would stop them trading. But the exemption is expressly "except sub-section (1)", so the two-layer rule still binds them.

Rules, punishment and definitions: section 186(12), (13) and the Explanation

Section 186(12). The Central Government may make rules for the purposes of the section.

Section 186(13): the punishment, and note that it is still an offence. The company is punishable with fine of not less than twenty-five thousand rupees, extending to five lakh rupees; and every officer in default with imprisonment which may extend to two years and with fine of not less than twenty-five thousand rupees, extending to one lakh rupees.

Contrast the neighbouring sections. Section 187(4) and section 189(6) impose penalties, recoverable in adjudication; section 186(13) imposes fine and imprisonment, which means a prosecution. When an answer asks about consequences, that difference is worth a sentence.

munotes.in443

Loan and Investment by a Company

The Explanation defines two expressions.

"Investment company" means a company whose principal business is the acquisition of shares, debentures or other securities; and, by the words added in 2017, a company is deemed to be principally engaged in that business if its assets in the form of investment in shares, debentures or other securities are not less than fifty per cent of its total assets, or if its income from investment business is not less than fifty per cent of its gross income. Either test suffices.

"Infrastructure facilities" means the facilities specified in Schedule VI.

Investments to be held in the company's own name: section 187

Section 187(1). All investments made or held by a company in any property, security or other asset shall be made and held by it in its own name.

The proviso allows the company to hold shares in its subsidiary company in the name of a nominee or nominees, if it is necessary to do so to ensure that the number of members of the subsidiary is not reduced below the statutory limit. So a wholly owned subsidiary whose entire holding sits with the parent still needs its second member on paper, and that nominee holding is lawful.

Section 187(2): four things the section does not prevent.

  • (a) depositing with a bank, being the bankers of the company, any shares or securities for the collection of any dividend or interest payable on them;
  • (b) depositing with, transferring to, or holding in the name of, the State Bank of India or a scheduled bank, being the bankers of the company, shares or securities in order to facilitate the transfer of them;
  • (c) depositing with or transferring to any person any shares or securities by way of security for the repayment of a loan advanced to the company or the performance of an obligation undertaken by it; and
  • (d) holding investments in the name of a depository where the investments are in the form of securities held by the company as a beneficial owner.

A time limit sits inside clause (b). If within six months of the transfer to, or first holding in the name of, the State Bank of India or a scheduled bank, no transfer takes place, the company must, as soon as practicable after that period, have the shares or securities re-transferred to it or again hold them in its own name.

Section 187(3). Where, under clause (d), shares or securities are not held in the company's own name, the company shall maintain a register with the prescribed particulars, open to inspection by any member or debenture-holder without any charge during business hours, subject to such reasonable restrictions as the company may impose by its articles or in general meeting.

munotes.in444

Loan and Investment by a Company

Note who may inspect. Under section 186(10) it is members; under section 187(3) it is members or debenture-holders, and without any charge.

Section 187(4), substituted by the Companies (Amendment) Act, 2020. If a company is in default in complying with the section, the company is liable to a penalty of five lakh rupees and every officer in default to a penalty of fifty thousand rupees.

A worked example

Vasai Engineering Limited has paid-up share capital of two crore rupees, free reserves of three crore rupees and a securities premium account of one crore rupees.

The ceiling. Sixty per cent of the sum of all three, six crore, is three crore sixty lakh. One hundred per cent of free reserves plus securities premium, four crore, is four crore. The higher figure governs, so the ceiling under section 186(2) is four crore rupees.

Within the ceiling. The Board proposes to lend one crore to Palghar Castings Private Limited and to acquire fifty lakh of shares in Bhiwandi Logistics Limited. The aggregate, one crore fifty lakh, is within four crore, so no special resolution is needed. But section 186(5) still applies: the resolution must be passed at a Board meeting with the consent of all the directors present, and, a term loan from a public financial institution being subsisting, prior approval of that institution is required unless the proviso is satisfied. Here the aggregate is below the sub-section (2) limit and the company has not defaulted on instalments or interest, so both conditions of the proviso hold and the institution's approval is not needed.

The rate. The loan to Palghar Castings is for five years. Under section 186(7) the rate must not be lower than the prevailing yield of the Government Security closest in tenor, which here is the five year Security. A loan at two per cent below that yield contravenes the section, however commercially friendly the intention.

Crossing the ceiling. The Board later proposes a further guarantee of three crore. Aggregated with what has gone before, the total is four crore fifty lakh, which exceeds four crore. Under section 186(3) the guarantee cannot be given unless previously authorised by a special resolution in general meeting. If the guarantee is given first and the resolution passed a month later, the section is still contravened, because the authorisation must be previous.

The wholly owned subsidiary. Suppose instead the three crore guarantee is given to Vasai Precision Private Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary. The first proviso to sub-section (3) applies and no special resolution is required, but the second proviso requires the details to be disclosed in the financial statement under sub-section (4).

munotes.in445

Loan and Investment by a Company

Default on deposits. If Vasai Engineering is in default in repaying deposits accepted from the public, section 186(8) stops it from giving any loan, guarantee or security or making any acquisition until the default is cured. The special resolution cannot cure that, because sub-section (8) is not tied to the ceiling at all.

Layers. The company wishes to invest through Vasai Holdings Private Limited, which will invest through Konkan Investments Private Limited, which will in turn invest through Thane Capital Private Limited. That is three layers of investment companies and sub-section (1) forbids it. Two would be permissible.

The name. The shares in Bhiwandi Logistics are registered in the name of the company's finance director, for convenience. That contravenes section 187(1), because investments must be made and held in the company's own name, and the director is not within any of the exceptions in sub-section (2). The company is liable to a penalty of five lakh rupees and every officer in default to fifty thousand rupees: section 187(4).

A holding that is lawful. The company's holding in Vasai Precision includes one share registered in the name of a nominee, so that the subsidiary keeps its minimum number of members. That is expressly saved by the proviso to section 187(1).

Punishment for the section 186 breaches. Under section 186(13) the company is punishable with fine of not less than twenty-five thousand rupees extending to five lakh rupees, and every officer in default with imprisonment up to two years and fine of not less than twenty-five thousand rupees extending to one lakh rupees.

Distinctions that carry marks

Section 185Section 186
To whomThe company's own directors and persons in whom they are interestedAny person or body corporate
Nature of the ruleProhibition, with a special-resolution route for the second categoryCeiling, crossed by special resolution
TestRelationship with the directorAmount, measured against capital and reserves
Exemption for lenders by tradeNot the scheme of the sectionSub-section (11) exempts banking, insurance, housing finance, financing and infrastructure companies, and investment companies and NBFCs for investment
Section 186Section 187
How much the company may lend or investIn whose name the investment is held
Register under 186(9) and (10), inspection by members, copies on feesRegister under 187(3), inspection by members or debenture-holders, without charge
Fine and imprisonment under 186(13)Penalty of five lakh and fifty thousand rupees under 187(4)
munotes.in446

Loan and Investment by a Company

The two ceilings in section 186(2)Computed on
Sixty per centPaid-up share capital + free reserves + securities premium account
One hundred per centFree reserves + securities premium account
Which appliesWhichever is more

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean a special resolution permits anything. It lifts the ceiling in sub-section (2) only. The two-layer rule in sub-section (1), the interest floor in sub-section (7), the deposit-default bar in sub-section (8) and the unanimity of directors present in sub-section (5) all continue to apply.

It does not mean the exempted companies in sub-section (11) are outside the whole section. Sub-section (11) says "except sub-section (1)", so the two-layer restriction still binds them.

It does not mean the ceiling is calculated transaction by transaction. Sub-section (3) speaks of the aggregate of what has been done and what is proposed.

It does not mean staff advances count. The Explanation to sub-section (2) excludes from "person" any individual in the employment of the company.

It does not mean the section 186(13) consequence is a mere penalty. It is fine, and for officers in default imprisonment up to two years, unlike section 187(4).

Quick revision

  • 186(1): investment through not more than two layers of investment companies; proviso saves acquiring a foreign company with deeper layers under its own law, and a subsidiary's investment subsidiary required by any law.
  • 186(2): no loan to any person or body corporate, guarantee or security for a loan to a body corporate or person, or acquisition of securities of another body corporate, exceeding sixty per cent of paid-up capital, free reserves and securities premium, or one hundred per cent of free reserves and securities premium, whichever is more. Explanation: "person" excludes an individual in the employment of the company.
  • 186(3): the aggregate, past and proposed, above the limit needs a previously passed special resolution. Not needed for a loan, guarantee or security to a wholly owned subsidiary or joint venture, or a holding company's acquisition of its wholly owned subsidiary's securities, but the details must still be disclosed in the financial statement.
  • 186(4): disclose to members in the financial statement the full particulars and the purpose for which the recipient will use it.
  • 186(5): Board resolution at a meeting with the consent of all directors present, plus prior approval of the public financial institution where a term loan subsists; approval not needed if the aggregate is within the sub-section (2) limit and there is no default to that institution.
  • 186(6): a company registered under section 12 of the SEBI Act, 1992 in a prescribed class shall not take inter-corporate loan or deposits beyond the prescribed limit and must disclose them.
  • 186(7): no loan below the prevailing yield of the one, three, five or ten year Government Security closest to the tenor.
  • 186(8): no loan, guarantee, security or acquisition while a default in repaying deposits or interest subsists.
  • 186(9) and (10): a register, kept at the registered office, open to inspection, extracts by any member, copies on fees.
  • 186(11): the section, except sub-section (1), does not apply to banking, insurance and housing finance companies in the ordinary course, companies financing industrial enterprises or providing infrastructural facilities, and to investments by an investment company, in section 62(1)(a) or rights shares, or by an NBFC under Chapter III-B of the RBI Act, 1934 whose principal business is acquisition of securities.
  • 186(13): company fined twenty-five thousand to five lakh rupees; officer in default imprisoned up to two years and fined twenty-five thousand to one lakh rupees.
  • Explanation: an investment company is one whose principal business is acquiring securities, deemed so if such investments are fifty per cent or more of total assets or investment income is fifty per cent or more of gross income; infrastructure facilities are those in Schedule VI.
  • 187(1): all investments made and held in the company's own name; nominee holding in a subsidiary permitted to keep the members above the statutory minimum.
  • 187(2): does not prevent deposit with the company's bankers for collection of dividend or interest; deposit with or holding in the name of the State Bank of India or a scheduled bank being its bankers to facilitate transfer, with re-transfer if no transfer within six months; deposit or transfer to any person as security for a loan to the company; or holding in the name of a depository where the company is the beneficial owner.
  • 187(3): where clause (d) applies, a register open to members and debenture-holders without charge during business hours.
  • 187(4): company five lakh rupees, officer in default fifty thousand rupees.
munotes.in447

Loan and Investment by a Company

Test yourself

1. State the ceiling in section 186(2) and how it is computed. A company shall not directly or indirectly give a loan to any person or body corporate, give a guarantee or provide security for a loan to any body corporate or person, or acquire the securities of any other body corporate, exceeding sixty per cent of its paid-up share capital, free reserves and securities premium account, or one hundred per cent of its free reserves and securities premium account, whichever is more.

munotes.in448

Loan and Investment by a Company

2. When is a special resolution required, and when is it dispensed with? It is required where the aggregate of loans, investments, guarantees and securities already made and those proposed exceeds the sub-section (2) limits, and it must be previously passed. It is not required where the loan, guarantee or security is given to a wholly owned subsidiary or a joint venture company, or where a holding company acquires the securities of its wholly owned subsidiary, though the details must still be disclosed in the financial statement.

3. What is the minimum rate of interest on a loan under section 186? Not lower than the prevailing yield of the one year, three year, five year or ten year Government Security closest to the tenor of the loan: section 186(7).

4. Which companies are outside section 186, and what still binds them? Banking, insurance and housing finance companies in the ordinary course of business, companies established to finance industrial enterprises or provide infrastructural facilities, and investments by an investment company, in shares under section 62(1)(a) or in a rights issue, or by an NBFC registered under Chapter III-B of the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934 whose principal business is the acquisition of securities. Sub-section (1), the two-layer rule, still binds them, because sub-section (11) says "except sub-section (1)".

5. In whose name must a company's investments be held, and what are the exceptions? In the company's own name: section 187(1). The exceptions are a nominee holding in a subsidiary to keep its membership above the statutory minimum; deposit with the company's bankers for collection of dividend or interest; deposit with or holding in the name of the State Bank of India or a scheduled bank being the company's bankers to facilitate transfer, with re-transfer if no transfer occurs within six months; deposit or transfer to any person as security for a loan to the company; and holding in the name of a depository where the company is the beneficial owner.

6. How does the consequence of breaching section 186 differ from that of breaching section 187? Section 186(13) provides fine on the company of twenty-five thousand to five lakh rupees and, for every officer in default, imprisonment up to two years with fine of twenty-five thousand to one lakh rupees. Section 187(4) provides only a penalty, of five lakh rupees on the company and fifty thousand rupees on every officer in default.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in449

Chapter Sixty-Five

Board Composition and Independent Directors

Syllabus topic 3.1, labels: "Board of Directors", "Independent Directors"

In one line

Every company must have a Board of a fixed minimum and maximum size, with a resident director, in prescribed cases a woman director, and in a listed public company at least one third independent directors, who must satisfy a long test of independence, declare it every year, follow a statutory code, hold office for a term of five years renewable once, and bear a liability narrower than that of an executive director.

In exam wording: section 149(1) fixes the numbers, section 149(4) requires at least one third independent directors in every listed public company, section 149(6) defines independence, section 149(10) and (11) fix the tenure at five consecutive years, twice at most, section 149(12) narrows the liability, and Schedule IV is the Code for Independent Directors.

Why the law has this at all

A Board that is entirely made up of the people who run the company cannot check the people who run the company. That is the whole problem of corporate governance in one line, and the Act's answer is structural rather than moral: put people on the Board who are not part of management, do not owe management money, and are not related to the promoters, and give them a code that tells them what they are for.

The other composition rules answer smaller problems. A maximum of fifteen prevents an unwieldy Board. A resident director ensures somebody the regulator can reach is actually in India. A woman director in prescribed companies answers the plain fact that boards were closed to half the population. A small shareholders' director gives the smallest holders a voice they could never win by voting.

And section 149(12) answers the objection to the whole scheme. If an independent director carried the same liability as the managing director, nobody worth having would take the job. So the Act narrows his liability, and the narrowing is the price of getting good people to sit.

Some words this chapter uses

A nominee director is defined in the Explanation to section 149(7). A relative is defined in section 2(77). A key managerial personnel is defined in section 2(51). Retirement by rotation is the scheme in section 152(6) and (7). A small shareholder is defined in the Explanation to section 151. A term here means the period of appointment, not a financial year.

The size and shape of the Board: section 149(1) and (2)

Every company shall have a Board of Directors consisting of individuals as directors.

Individuals, so a company cannot be a director of a company.

The minimum, under clause (a): three directors for a public company, two for a private company, one for a One Person Company.

munotes.in450

Board Composition and Independent Directors

The maximum, under clause (b): fifteen directors. First proviso: a company may appoint more than fifteen after passing a special resolution. So the ceiling is not absolute; it requires the members' three-fourths approval to cross.

Second proviso: the woman director. Such class or classes of companies as may be prescribed shall have at least one woman director.

Section 149(2) gave companies existing on the commencement of the Act one year to comply with sub-section (1). It is spent as a transitional provision, but it is worth knowing that the Act phased these requirements in.

The resident director: section 149(3)

Every company shall have at least one director who stays in India for a total period of not less than one hundred and eighty-two days during the financial year.

The proviso, added by the Companies (Amendment) Act, 2017, provides that for a newly incorporated company the requirement applies proportionately at the end of the financial year in which it is incorporated. A company incorporated in January cannot have anybody in India for a hundred and eighty-two days of that financial year, so the requirement is scaled to the part-year.

Note the two features. It is every company, not merely a public or listed one. And it is stay, counted in days across the financial year, not domicile or citizenship.

How many independent directors: section 149(4) and (5)

Every listed public company shall have at least one-third of the total number of directors as independent directors, and the Central Government may prescribe the minimum number of independent directors in case of any class or classes of public companies.

The Explanation: any fraction contained in that one third shall be rounded off as one. So a Board of ten needs three and one third, which rounds to four, not three. Rounding is upward by the express words, and that is a favourite examination point.

Two limbs, and they are different. The one third applies of its own force to a listed public company. For other classes of public companies the number is what the Central Government prescribes, which is why an unlisted public company of sufficient size also carries independent directors.

Section 149(5) gave existing companies one year from commencement, or from notification of the relevant rules, to comply with sub-section (4).

Who is independent: section 149(6)

An independent director, in relation to a company, means a director other than a managing director, a whole-time director or a nominee director, who satisfies all the following.

(a) Integrity and expertise. Who, in the opinion of the Board, is a person of integrity and possesses relevant expertise and experience. This is the only limb resting on the Board's judgment; the rest are objective tests.

munotes.in451

Board Composition and Independent Directors

(b) Not a promoter, not related. Who is or was not a promoter of the company or its holding, subsidiary or associate company; and who is not related to promoters or directors in the company or its holding, subsidiary or associate company.

(c) No pecuniary relationship. Who has or had no pecuniary relationship, other than remuneration as such director or having transaction not exceeding ten per cent of his total income or such amount as may be prescribed, with the company, its holding, subsidiary or associate company, or their promoters or directors, during the two immediately preceding financial years or during the current financial year.

Note the words inserted in 2017. Before them any pecuniary relationship destroyed independence. Now a transaction not exceeding ten per cent of his total income is tolerated, which is a de minimis rule of the same family as the two per cent rules elsewhere in the Act.

(d) His relatives, four separate tests, all measured over the two immediately preceding financial years or the current one. None of whose relatives:

  • (i) is holding any security of or interest in the company or its holding, subsidiary or associate company. Proviso: the relative may hold security or interest of face value not exceeding fifty lakh rupees or two per cent of the paid-up capital, or such higher sum as may be prescribed;
  • (ii) is indebted to the company, its holding, subsidiary or associate company or their promoters or directors in excess of such amount as may be prescribed;
  • (iii) has given a guarantee or provided any security in connection with the indebtedness of any third person to those companies or their promoters or the directors of such holding company, for such amount as may be prescribed; or
  • (iv) has any other pecuniary transaction or relationship with the company or its subsidiary, holding or associate company amounting to two per cent or more of its gross turnover or total income, singly or in combination with the transactions in sub-clauses (i), (ii) or (iii).

(e) Neither himself nor any of his relatives, four more tests:

  • (i) holds or has held the position of a key managerial personnel, or is or has been an employee of the company or its holding, subsidiary or associate company, in any of the three financial years immediately preceding the year in which he is proposed to be appointed. Proviso: where the relative is an employee, the restriction does not apply to his employment in those preceding three financial years;
  • (ii) is or has been, in any of those three financial years, an employee, proprietor or partner of (A) a firm of auditors or company secretaries in practice or cost auditors of the company or its holding, subsidiary or associate company, or (B) any legal or consulting firm that has or had any transaction with those companies amounting to ten per cent or more of the gross turnover of that firm;
  • (iii) holds together with his relatives two per cent or more of the total voting power of the company; or
  • (iv) is a Chief Executive or director, by whatever name called, of any nonprofit organisation that receives twenty-five per cent or more of its receipts from the company, its promoters, directors or its holding, subsidiary or associate company, or that holds two per cent or more of the total voting power of the company.
munotes.in452

Board Composition and Independent Directors

(f) Who possesses such other qualifications as may be prescribed.

Note the three time windows. Clause (c) and clause (d) look back two financial years plus the current one; clause (e) looks back three financial years. Confusing the two is the commonest error in an answer on independence.

And note the definition of nominee director, in the Explanation to the section: a director nominated by any financial institution in pursuance of any law or agreement, or appointed by any Government or any other person to represent its interests. A nominee director is excluded from independence by the opening words of sub-section (6), because he sits for somebody.

The annual declaration: section 149(7)

Every independent director shall give a declaration that he meets the criteria of independence in sub-section (6):

  • at the first meeting of the Board in which he participates as a director;
  • thereafter at the first meeting of the Board in every financial year; and
  • whenever there is any change in the circumstances which may affect his status as an independent director.

The pattern is the same as the disclosure of interest under section 184(1), and the two are worth learning together: on joining, every year, and on any change.

The Code: section 149(8) and Schedule IV

The company and independent directors shall abide by the provisions specified in Schedule IV.

Note "the company and". The Code binds both sides; several of its paragraphs are obligations of the company, not of the director.

Schedule IV has eight parts.

I. Guidelines of professional conduct. An independent director shall uphold ethical standards of integrity and probity; act objectively and constructively; exercise his responsibilities bona fide in the interest of the company; devote sufficient time and attention; not allow extraneous considerations to vitiate his independent judgment, whether he concurs in or dissents from the Board's collective judgment; not abuse his position for personal advantage or that of an associated person; refrain from any action that would lead to loss of his independence; immediately inform the Board if circumstances arise which make him lose his independence; and assist the company in implementing the best corporate governance practices.

munotes.in453

Board Composition and Independent Directors

II. Role and functions. To bring independent judgment on strategy, performance, risk management, resources, key appointments and standards of conduct; to bring an objective view in evaluating the Board and management; to scrutinise the performance of management against agreed goals; to satisfy themselves on the integrity of financial information and on financial controls and risk management systems; to safeguard the interests of all stakeholders, particularly the minority shareholders; to balance conflicting interests; to determine appropriate levels of remuneration of executive directors, key managerial personnel and senior management and to have a prime role in appointing and, where necessary, recommending the removal of them; and to moderate and arbitrate in conflicts between management and shareholder interest.

III. Duties. Thirteen of them, of which the ones that recur in examinations are: to undertake induction and refresh their knowledge; to take professional advice of outside experts at the expense of the company where necessary; to strive to attend all Board and committee meetings and the general meetings; where they have concerns, to ensure these are addressed by the Board and, if unresolved, insist that they are recorded in the minutes; not to unfairly obstruct an otherwise proper Board; to pay sufficient attention to related party transactions and assure themselves these are in the company's interest; to ensure an adequate and functional vigil mechanism and that whistleblowers are not prejudiced; to report concerns about unethical behaviour, actual or suspected fraud or violation of the code of conduct; to act within their authority; and not to disclose confidential information including unpublished price sensitive information unless expressly approved by the Board or required by law.

The right to have a dissent recorded in the minutes is the practical heart of the Code, because it is how an independent director protects both the company and himself.

IV. Manner of appointment. The appointment process shall be independent of the company management; the appointment shall be approved at the meeting of the shareholders; the explanatory statement shall state that in the Board's opinion the appointee fulfils the conditions specified and is independent of the management; the appointment shall be formalised through a letter of appointment setting out the term, the Board's expectations and committees, the fiduciary duties and accompanying liabilities, any directors' and officers' insurance, the Code of Business Ethics, the list of things a director should not do, and the remuneration; and the terms and conditions shall be open for inspection at the registered office by any member during normal business hours and posted on the company's website.

munotes.in454

Board Composition and Independent Directors

V. Re-appointment. On the basis of the report of performance evaluation.

VI. Resignation or removal. In the same manner as sections 168 and 169; a director who resigns or is removed shall be replaced within three months; and the replacement requirement does not apply where the company still meets the independent director requirement without filling the vacancy.

VII. Separate meetings. The independent directors shall hold at least one meeting in a financial year without the attendance of non-independent directors and members of management, which shall review the performance of the non-independent directors and of the Board as a whole, review the performance of the Chairperson taking into account the views of executive and non-executive directors, and assess the quality, quantity and timeliness of the flow of information between management and the Board.

VIII. Evaluation mechanism. Performance evaluation of independent directors is done by the entire Board excluding the director being evaluated, and on the basis of that report it is determined whether to extend or continue the term.

A note added in 2017 disapplies several of these paragraphs to a Government company where the concerned Ministry or Department specifies the requirements and the company complies with them.

What an independent director may be paid: section 149(9)

Notwithstanding anything in any other provision of the Act, but subject to sections 197 and 198, an independent director:

  • shall not be entitled to any stock option; and
  • may receive remuneration by way of fee under section 197(5), reimbursement of expenses for participation in Board and other meetings, and profit related commission as may be approved by the members.

The bar on stock options is deliberate. A director holding options has a personal stake in the share price, and a personal stake in the share price is exactly the kind of interest independence is meant to exclude.

The proviso, added in 2020, allows an independent director to receive remuneration in accordance with Schedule V, exclusive of sitting fees under section 197(5), where the company has no profits or its profits are inadequate. Without it a loss-making company could not pay its independent directors at all.

Tenure: section 149(10) and (11)

Section 149(10). Subject to section 152, an independent director shall hold office for a term up to five consecutive years on the Board, but shall be eligible for reappointment on passing of a special resolution and disclosure of such appointment in the Board's report.

Section 149(11). No independent director shall hold office for more than two consecutive terms, but he shall be eligible for appointment after the expiration of three years of ceasing to become an independent director.

munotes.in455

Board Composition and Independent Directors

The proviso closes the obvious evasion: during those three years he shall not be appointed in or be associated with the company in any other capacity, either directly or indirectly. So he cannot spend the cooling-off period as a consultant.

The Explanation provides that any tenure of an independent director on the date of commencement of the Act shall not be counted as a term under sub-sections (10) and (11). The clock started fresh in 2014.

So the maximum is ten years, then three years out. Five plus five, with a special resolution for the second term.

Liability: section 149(12)

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Act, (i) an independent director; (ii) a non-executive director not being promoter or key managerial personnel, shall be held liable, only in respect of such acts of omission or commission by a company which had occurred with his knowledge, attributable through Board processes, and with his consent or connivance or where he had not acted diligently.

Take the test apart, because it is four conditions and an answer should show all four.

  • the act or omission occurred with his knowledge;
  • that knowledge is attributable through Board processes, so through papers, agendas and minutes rather than gossip;
  • and it was with his consent or connivance;
  • or he had not acted diligently.

Notice who else is protected. Not only independent directors, but any non-executive director who is not a promoter and not a key managerial personnel. That is the protection a nominee director relies on, since he is not independent.

And notice that diligence is a separate route to liability. A director who knew nothing because he never read the papers cannot say he did not consent; he did not act diligently.

Retirement by rotation: section 149(13)

The provisions of sub-sections (6) and (7) of section 152 in respect of retirement of directors by rotation shall not be applicable to appointment of independent directors.

This follows from the fixed term. An independent director appointed for five consecutive years cannot also be liable to retire by rotation at the third annual general meeting; the two schemes would contradict each other. He is also therefore not counted in working out the two thirds liable to retire by rotation.

The databank: section 150

Section 150(1). Subject to section 149(6), an independent director may be selected from a data bank containing the names, addresses and qualifications of persons who are eligible and willing to act as independent directors, maintained by any body, institute or association notified by the Central Government having expertise in creating and maintaining such a databank, and put on their website for the use of companies making the appointment.

munotes.in456

Board Composition and Independent Directors

The proviso keeps the responsibility where it belongs: the duty of exercising due diligence before selecting a person from the databank lies with the company making the appointment. The databank is a list, not a certificate.

Section 150(2). The appointment shall be approved by the company in general meeting as provided in section 152(2), and the explanatory statement annexed to the notice shall indicate the justification for choosing the appointee.

Section 150(3) and (4). The databank shall be created and maintained in accordance with prescribed rules, and the Central Government may prescribe the manner and procedure of selection.

The small shareholders' director: section 151

A listed company may have one director elected by such small shareholders in such manner and with such terms and conditions as may be prescribed.

"Small shareholders" means a shareholder holding shares of nominal value of not more than twenty thousand rupees, or such other sum as may be prescribed.

Note the word "may". Unlike the one third independent directors, this is not compulsory on the face of the section; it is an enabling provision, and the manner of election is left to the rules.

A worked example

Konkan Cements Limited is a listed public company with a Board of eleven directors: a managing director, two whole-time directors, a nominee director of a financial institution, and seven others.

How many independent directors? One third of eleven is three and two thirds. By the Explanation to section 149(4), any fraction is rounded off as one, so the company needs four independent directors.

Can the nominee director count? No. Section 149(6) opens with "a director other than managing director or a whole-time director or a nominee director", and by the Explanation he is a director nominated by a financial institution in pursuance of any law or agreement. He is outside the definition.

A candidate. Mrs Deshpande is proposed. She was a partner in the firm of cost auditors of the company's subsidiary two financial years ago. Clause (e)(ii)(A) disqualifies a person who was a partner of a firm of cost auditors of the company or its holding, subsidiary or associate company in any of the three financial years immediately preceding the year of appointment. Two years ago falls within three, so she cannot be appointed this year.

Another. Mr Rao's son holds shares in the company of face value forty lakh rupees. Clause (d)(i) bars a relative holding any security or interest, but the proviso permits a holding of face value not exceeding fifty lakh rupees or two per cent of the paid-up capital. Forty lakh is within it, so the holding does not disqualify him. Had it been sixty lakh, it would.

munotes.in457

Board Composition and Independent Directors

A third. Mr Fernandes receives professional fees from the company amounting to six per cent of his total income. Clause (c) bars a pecuniary relationship other than remuneration as such director or a transaction not exceeding ten per cent of his total income. Six per cent is within the tolerance, so he is not disqualified.

A fourth. Ms Iyer is the Chief Executive of a charitable trust that receives thirty per cent of its receipts from the company's promoters. Clause (e)(iv) disqualifies a Chief Executive or director of a nonprofit organisation receiving twenty-five per cent or more of its receipts from the company, its promoters, directors or its holding, subsidiary or associate company. She cannot be appointed.

Appointment. The four appointments are approved by the members in general meeting under section 150(2), and the explanatory statement gives the justification for choosing each appointee and states, as Schedule IV paragraph IV(3) requires, that in the Board's opinion each fulfils the statutory conditions and is independent of the management. Each receives a letter of appointment setting out the term, the committees, the fiduciary duties and liabilities, the remuneration and the code of ethics, and the terms are open to inspection at the registered office and posted on the website.

The annual declaration. At the first Board meeting each attends, and at the first meeting of every financial year, each gives the declaration under section 149(7) that he or she meets the criteria in sub-section (6). When Mr Rao's son later increases his holding to sixty lakh rupees, Mr Rao must give a fresh declaration, because there is a change in the circumstances affecting his status, and in truth he must inform the Board immediately under Schedule IV paragraph I(8) and cease to be independent.

Remuneration. The company proposes to grant each independent director stock options. Section 149(9) forbids it. They may receive sitting fees under section 197(5), reimbursement of expenses for participation in meetings, and profit related commission approved by the members. In a year of inadequate profits, the proviso allows remuneration in accordance with Schedule V, exclusive of sitting fees.

Tenure. Each is appointed for five consecutive years. At the end, reappointment for a second five year term is possible on a special resolution, with the appointment disclosed in the Board's report, and the reappointment is to be on the basis of the report of performance evaluation under Schedule IV paragraph V. After two consecutive terms, ten years in all, each must wait three years, during which he may not be associated with the company in any other capacity, directly or indirectly.

munotes.in458

Board Composition and Independent Directors

Retirement by rotation. At the annual general meeting the company works out which directors retire by rotation. The four independent directors are left out of the calculation entirely, because section 149(13) disapplies section 152(6) and (7) to them.

A resignation. One independent director resigns in March. Under Schedule IV paragraph VI(2) the company must replace him within three months, unless, under paragraph VI(3), the Board still satisfies the independent director requirement without filling the vacancy. Here it would fall to three of eleven, below the required four, so the vacancy must be filled.

A loss. A contract approved by the Board turns out to have been procured by the managing director's fraud. The independent directors had the papers, raised no question and did not read them. Under section 149(12) they are liable only for acts occurring with their knowledge, attributable through Board processes, and with their consent or connivance, or where they had not acted diligently. They did not consent or connive, but on these facts the question is whether they acted diligently, and a director who did not read the Board papers on a transaction of that size has difficulty saying he did.

The separate meeting. Once in the financial year the independent directors meet without the non-independent directors and management, to review the performance of the non-independent directors and the Board as a whole, review the Chairperson's performance, and assess the flow of information from management to the Board: Schedule IV paragraph VII.

A small shareholders' director. Being listed, the company may have one director elected by shareholders holding shares of nominal value of not more than twenty thousand rupees, in the prescribed manner: section 151. It is not obliged to.

Distinctions that carry marks

MinimumMaximum
Public companyThree directorsFifteen, more by special resolution
Private companyTwo directorsSame
One Person CompanyOne directorSame
Resident directorAt least one staying in India 182 days in the financial year, proportionate for a newly incorporated companyApplies to every company
Time window in section 149(6)ClausesLength
Pecuniary relationship of the director, and of relatives(c) and (d)The two immediately preceding financial years or the current financial year
Employment, key managerial personnel, audit or consulting firms(e)(i) and (e)(ii)Any of the three financial years immediately preceding the year of proposed appointment
Threshold in section 149(6)Figure
Director's tolerated transaction, clause (c)Ten per cent of his total income
Relative's permitted holding, proviso to (d)(i)Face value fifty lakh rupees or two per cent of paid-up capital
Relative's other pecuniary transaction, (d)(iv)Two per cent or more of gross turnover or total income
Legal or consulting firm's transactions, (e)(ii)(B)Ten per cent or more of that firm's gross turnover
Voting power held with relatives, (e)(iii)Two per cent or more
Nonprofit's receipts from the company, (e)(iv)Twenty-five per cent or more, or the nonprofit holding two per cent of voting power
munotes.in459

Board Composition and Independent Directors

Independent directorExecutive director
Stock optionsBarred by section 149(9)Permissible
Retirement by rotationNot applicable, section 149(13)Applies under section 152(6)
TenureFive consecutive years, two terms, then three years outNo statutory term limit as such
LiabilityNarrowed by section 149(12)Full

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean fifteen is an absolute ceiling. More than fifteen directors may be appointed after passing a special resolution.

It does not mean the one third is rounded down. The Explanation to section 149(4) says any fraction shall be rounded off as one, so three and a third becomes four.

It does not mean any pecuniary relationship destroys independence. Since 2017, remuneration as a director and a transaction not exceeding ten per cent of his total income are excepted by clause (c).

It does not mean an independent director cannot be paid at all in a loss-making year. The proviso to section 149(9) allows remuneration in accordance with Schedule V, exclusive of sitting fees.

It does not mean section 149(12) protects only independent directors. It also protects a non-executive director who is not a promoter or key managerial personnel.

It does not mean a company must have a small shareholders' director. Section 151 says a listed company may have one.

Quick revision

  • 149(1): Board of individuals; minimum three public, two private, one OPC; maximum fifteen, exceeded by special resolution; prescribed classes must have at least one woman director.
  • 149(3): at least one director staying in India not less than one hundred and eighty-two days in the financial year, proportionately for a newly incorporated company.
  • 149(4): every listed public company, at least one third independent directors, fractions rounded off as one; the Central Government may prescribe the number for other classes of public companies.
  • 149(6): independent director is a director other than a managing, whole-time or nominee director, who is (a) in the Board's opinion of integrity with relevant expertise; (b) not a promoter and not related to promoters or directors; (c) without pecuniary relationship save director's remuneration or a transaction within ten per cent of his total income, over the two preceding years and the current year; (d) none of whose relatives holds security beyond fifty lakh rupees or two per cent, is indebted beyond the prescribed amount, has guaranteed a third person's debt beyond the prescribed amount, or has other pecuniary dealings of two per cent or more of turnover or income; (e) neither he nor his relatives being KMP or employee in the preceding three financial years (relative's employment excepted), employee, proprietor or partner of the auditors, company secretaries or cost auditors or of a legal or consulting firm with ten per cent or more of its turnover from the company, holding with relatives two per cent or more voting power, or heading a nonprofit taking twenty-five per cent or more of its receipts from the company or holding two per cent of its voting power; and (f) such other prescribed qualifications.
  • 149(7): declaration of independence at the first meeting he attends, at the first meeting of every financial year, and on any change of circumstances.
  • 149(8) and Schedule IV: the Code for Independent Directors, binding the company and the directors: professional conduct, role and functions, thirteen duties, manner of appointment by shareholders' approval and a letter of appointment, re-appointment on performance evaluation, resignation or removal under sections 168 and 169 with replacement in three months, one separate meeting a financial year without management, and evaluation by the entire Board excluding the director evaluated.
  • 149(9): no stock options; sitting fees under section 197(5), reimbursement of expenses and profit related commission approved by members; Schedule V remuneration where profits are absent or inadequate.
  • 149(10) and (11): five consecutive years, reappointment by special resolution with disclosure in the Board's report; not more than two consecutive terms; three years before reappointment, during which no association with the company in any capacity; tenure before the Act not counted.
  • 149(12): an independent director, and a non-executive director who is not a promoter or KMP, is liable only for acts of the company occurring with his knowledge attributable through Board processes and with his consent or connivance, or where he had not acted diligently.
  • 149(13): retirement by rotation does not apply to independent directors.
  • 150: selection from a databank notified by the Central Government, due diligence remaining with the appointing company; appointment approved in general meeting with the justification in the explanatory statement.
  • 151: a listed company may have one director elected by small shareholders, that is, holders of shares of nominal value not more than twenty thousand rupees.
munotes.in460

Board Composition and Independent Directors

Test yourself

1. A listed public company has a Board of eight. How many independent directors must it have? One third of eight is two and two thirds. By the Explanation to section 149(4) any fraction is rounded off as one, so the company must have three independent directors.

munotes.in461

Board Composition and Independent Directors

2. Who cannot be an independent director by the opening words of section 149(6)? A managing director, a whole-time director and a nominee director, the last being a director nominated by a financial institution under any law or agreement or appointed by any Government or other person to represent its interests.

3. How long may an independent director serve? Up to five consecutive years in a term, renewable by special resolution with disclosure in the Board's report, but not more than two consecutive terms; after that he is eligible only after three years of ceasing to be an independent director, during which he must not be associated with the company in any other capacity, directly or indirectly: section 149(10) and (11).

4. State the limits on an independent director's liability. Under section 149(12) an independent director, and a non-executive director who is not a promoter or key managerial personnel, is liable only in respect of acts of omission or commission by the company which occurred with his knowledge, attributable through Board processes, and with his consent or connivance, or where he had not acted diligently.

5. What must the explanatory statement say when an independent director is appointed? Under section 150(2) it must indicate the justification for choosing the appointee, and under Schedule IV paragraph IV(3) it must state that in the Board's opinion the proposed director fulfils the conditions specified in the Act and the rules and is independent of the management.

6. What must the separate meeting of independent directors do? It is held at least once in a financial year without the attendance of non-independent directors and members of management, and it must review the performance of the non-independent directors and of the Board as a whole, review the performance of the Chairperson taking into account the views of executive and non-executive directors, and assess the quality, quantity and timeliness of the flow of information between management and the Board: Schedule IV paragraph VII.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in462

Chapter Sixty-Six

Powers of the Board, and the Restrictions on Them

Syllabus topic 3.1, labels: "Powers of the Board", "Restrictions on the powers of the Board"

In one line

The Board may do everything the company itself may do, except what the Act or the constitution reserves to the general meeting; ten kinds of decision must be taken at a Board meeting by resolution; four kinds need a special resolution of the members; and charitable, political and defence contributions each have their own rule.

In exam wording: section 179(1) gives the Board the company's whole authority subject to the Act, the memorandum and the articles; section 179(3) lists eleven powers exercisable only by resolution at a Board meeting; section 180(1) lists four powers exercisable only with the consent of the company by special resolution; section 181 caps charitable contributions at five per cent of average net profits of three preceding financial years without the members' prior permission; section 182 governs political contributions; and section 183 permits contributions to the National Defence Fund free of all three.

Why the law has this at all

A company is an artificial person and can act only through people, so somebody must be given the whole of its authority. That is the Board, and section 179(1) says so in the widest possible words.

But a general authority needs three kinds of limit.

A limit of subject matter. Some decisions are so important that the members must take them. Selling the undertaking, or borrowing beyond the company's own capital and reserves, changes what the members invested in. Section 180 reserves those.

A limit of procedure. Some decisions may stay with the Board, but must not be made casually by one director signing a paper. Section 179(3) requires them to be made by resolution at a meeting, so there is a record, a quorum and a chance to dissent.

A limit of purpose. The company's money is not the directors' money to give away. Sections 181 and 182 fix who may authorise a gift and how large it may be.

Some words this chapter uses

An undertaking is defined in the Explanation to section 180(1)(a). Substantially the whole of the undertaking is defined in the same Explanation. Temporary loans are defined in the Explanation to section 180(1)(c). Free reserves are defined in section 2(43). A political party means one registered under section 29A of the Representation of the People Act, 1951. A resolution by circulation is the procedure in section 175.

The general grant: section 179(1) and (2)

The Board of Directors of a company shall be entitled to exercise all such powers, and to do all such acts and things, as the company is authorised to exercise and do.

That is the widest formula the Act could have used, and it means the Board's powers are the company's powers. The two provisos then cut it back.

munotes.in463

Powers of the Board, and the Restrictions on Them

First proviso: the Board is subject to the Act and the constitution. In exercising any such power the Board is subject to the provisions contained in that behalf in this Act, or in the memorandum or articles, or in any regulations not inconsistent therewith and duly made thereunder, including regulations made by the company in general meeting.

Second proviso: what belongs to the members stays with the members. The Board shall not exercise any power or do any act or thing which is directed or required, whether under this Act or by the memorandum or articles or otherwise, to be exercised or done by the company in general meeting.

Section 179(2) protects what the Board has already done. No regulation made by the company in general meeting shall invalidate any prior act of the Board which would have been valid if that regulation had not been made. So the members may bind the Board for the future, but cannot undo a completed act by passing a regulation afterwards.

Take the three together and the division of power is clear. The Board has everything, the members may narrow it for the future, and what the Act itself reserves to a general meeting is beyond the Board altogether.

The eleven powers that need a Board meeting: section 179(3)

The Board shall exercise the following powers on behalf of the company by means of resolutions passed at meetings of the Board:

  • (a) to make calls on shareholders in respect of money unpaid on their shares;
  • (b) to authorise buy-back of securities under section 68;
  • (c) to issue securities, including debentures, whether in or outside India;
  • (d) to borrow monies;
  • (e) to invest the funds of the company;
  • (f) to grant loans or give guarantee or provide security in respect of loans;
  • (g) to approve financial statement and the Board's report;
  • (h) to diversify the business of the company;
  • (i) to approve amalgamation, merger or reconstruction;
  • (j) to take over a company or acquire a controlling or substantial stake in another company;
  • (k) any other matter which may be prescribed.

The point of the sub-section is the words "at meetings of the Board". These eleven cannot be done by resolution by circulation under section 175. Everything else the Board may decide by circulation if the articles allow.

First proviso: three of them may be delegated. The Board may, by a resolution passed at a meeting, delegate clauses (d), (e) and (f), that is borrowing, investing and granting loans, guarantees or security, to any committee of directors, the managing director, the manager or any other principal officer, or, in the case of a branch office, the principal officer of that branch, on such conditions as it may specify.

munotes.in464

Powers of the Board, and the Restrictions on Them

Note what cannot be delegated. Calls, buy-back, issue of securities, approval of the financial statement and Board's report, diversification, amalgamation and takeover stay with the Board.

Second proviso and the two Explanations: banking companies. The acceptance of deposits from the public repayable on demand and withdrawable by cheque, draft or order, and the placing of monies on deposit by one banking company with another, are not borrowing or lending within the section. Explanation I takes borrowings by a banking company from other banks, the Reserve Bank of India, the State Bank of India or any bank established by or under any Act outside clause (d). Explanation II provides that in dealings with bankers, the power to borrow means the arrangement made for an overdraft or cash credit, not the day-to-day operation of that account.

Explanation II is the practical one. Every cheque drawn on an overdraft is technically a borrowing; without the Explanation a Board meeting would be needed for each.

Section 179(4) preserves the members' right: nothing in the section affects the right of the company in general meeting to impose restrictions and conditions on the exercise by the Board of any of these powers.

The four powers that need a special resolution: section 180(1)

The Board shall exercise the following powers only with the consent of the company by a special resolution.

(a) Selling the undertaking

To sell, lease or otherwise dispose of the whole or substantially the whole of the undertaking of the company, or, where the company owns more than one undertaking, of the whole or substantially the whole of any of such undertakings.

The Explanation defines both expressions, and both are twenty per cent tests measured differently.

  • "Undertaking" means one in which the investment of the company exceeds twenty per cent of its net worth as per the audited balance sheet of the preceding financial year, or which generates twenty per cent of the total income of the company during the previous financial year.
  • "Substantially the whole of the undertaking" in any financial year means twenty per cent or more of the value of the undertaking as per the audited balance sheet of the preceding financial year.

So the enquiry has two stages. First ask whether the thing being sold is an undertaking at all, by the net worth or income test. Then ask whether what is being sold is the whole or twenty per cent or more of its value.

(b) Investing compensation on a merger

To invest otherwise than in trust securities the amount of compensation received by the company as a result of any merger or amalgamation.

munotes.in465

Powers of the Board, and the Restrictions on Them

(c) Borrowing beyond capital and reserves

To borrow money where the money to be borrowed, together with the money already borrowed, will exceed the aggregate of its paid-up share capital, free reserves and securities premium, apart from temporary loans obtained from the company's bankers in the ordinary course of business.

"Securities premium" was added by the Companies (Amendment) Act, 2017; before that the measure was paid-up capital and free reserves alone.

The proviso excludes a banking company's acceptance of public deposits from being a borrowing within the clause.

The Explanation defines "temporary loans" as loans repayable on demand or within six months from the date of the loan, such as short-term cash credit arrangements, the discounting of bills and other short-term loans of a seasonal character, but not loans raised for the purpose of financial expenditure of a capital nature.

Note the sting in the tail. A six-month loan taken to build a factory is not a temporary loan, because it is capital expenditure. Duration alone does not decide it.

(d) Remitting a director's debt

To remit, or give time for the repayment of, any debt due from a director.

Short but important, and it belongs beside sections 185 and 184: the Board cannot forgive what a director owes the company; only the members can.

The rest of section 180

Section 180(2): the resolution must state the amount. Every special resolution in relation to clause (c) shall specify the total amount up to which monies may be borrowed by the Board. An open-ended borrowing resolution is not enough.

Section 180(3): two savings for clause (a). Nothing in clause (a) affects (a) the title of a buyer or other person who buys or takes on lease any property, investment or undertaking in good faith, or (b) the sale or lease of any property where the ordinary business of the company consists of or comprises such selling or leasing.

The first saving protects the market; a good faith buyer does not have to audit the seller's internal resolutions. The second is common sense: a company whose business is selling property does not need a special resolution for every sale.

Section 180(4): conditions in the resolution. The special resolution may stipulate conditions, including conditions regarding the use, disposal or investment of the sale proceeds. Proviso: this does not authorise any reduction of capital except in accordance with the Act.

Section 180(5): the consequence of excess borrowing. No debt incurred in excess of the limit in clause (c) shall be valid or effectual, unless the lender proves that he advanced the loan in good faith and without knowledge that the limit had been exceeded.

munotes.in466

Powers of the Board, and the Restrictions on Them

Read that carefully, because the burden is the answer. The debt is invalid, and it is the lender who must prove both good faith and absence of knowledge to save it. The company does not have to prove the lender knew.

Charitable contributions: section 181

The Board of Directors of a company may contribute to bona fide charitable and other funds.

The proviso is the limit: prior permission of the company in general meeting is required where the amount, in the aggregate in any financial year, exceeds five per cent of the company's average net profits for the three immediately preceding financial years.

Three details decide most questions on this section.

  • The permission must be prior, not a later ratification.
  • The measure is the aggregate in the financial year, not each gift.
  • The base is the average net profits of the three immediately preceding financial years, not the current year's profit.

And note the relationship with section 135. Corporate social responsibility spending under section 135 is a statutory obligation measured at two per cent of average net profits of the three immediately preceding financial years; section 181 is a power to give, capped without members' permission at five per cent of the same base. The base is the same; the character of the two provisions is not.

Political contributions: section 182

Section 182(1). Notwithstanding anything contained in any other provision of this Act, a company, other than a Government company and a company which has been in existence for less than three financial years, may contribute any amount directly or indirectly to any political party.

Two companies are excluded outright: a Government company, and a company in existence for less than three financial years.

And note the words "any amount". The proviso that once capped contributions at seven and a half per cent of average net profits of the three immediately preceding financial years was omitted by the Finance Act, 2017. There is now no statutory ceiling in section 182. An answer that still recites the cap is quoting a repealed proviso.

The surviving proviso is procedural: no contribution shall be made unless a resolution authorising it is passed at a meeting of the Board, and that resolution shall be deemed to be justification in law for making the contribution it authorises.

Section 182(2): two deeming provisions that close the obvious evasions.

  • (a) a donation, subscription or payment given by the company to a person who, to its knowledge, is carrying on any activity which at the time can reasonably be regarded as likely to affect public support for a political party, is deemed to be a contribution of that amount to that person for a political purpose; and
  • (b) expenditure on an advertisement in a souvenir, brochure, tract, pamphlet or the like is deemed, (i) where the publication is by or on behalf of a political party, a contribution to that party, and (ii) where it is not by or on behalf of but for the advantage of a political party, a contribution for a political purpose.
munotes.in467

Powers of the Board, and the Restrictions on Them

The souvenir advertisement was the classic route by which money reached a party without being called a donation, and clause (b) exists to name it.

Section 182(3): disclosure. Every company shall disclose in its profit and loss account the total amount contributed under the section during the financial year to which the account relates.

Section 182(3A): the mode of payment. The contribution shall not be made except by an account payee cheque drawn on a bank, an account payee bank draft, or use of electronic clearing system through a bank account. Proviso: a company may contribute through any instrument issued pursuant to any scheme notified under any law for the time being in force for contribution to political parties. That proviso operates only so long as such a scheme is in force, so a student answering on it should say what the position is at the time of the paper.

Section 182(4): punishment, and it is heavy. The company is punishable with fine which may extend to five times the amount contributed, and every officer in default with imprisonment up to six months and with fine which may extend to five times the amount contributed.

The Explanation defines a political party as one registered under section 29A of the Representation of the People Act, 1951.

Defence contributions: section 183

Section 183(1). The Board of Directors of any company, or any person or authority exercising the powers of the Board, or the company in general meeting, may, notwithstanding anything contained in sections 180, 181 and 182 or any other provision of this Act or in the memorandum, articles or any other instrument, contribute such amount as it thinks fit to the National Defence Fund or any other Fund approved by the Central Government for the purpose of national defence.

Section 183(2). Every company shall disclose in its profit and loss account the total amount contributed to that Fund during the financial year.

This is the widest of the three giving powers, and deliberately so. There is no ceiling, no members' resolution, and it overrides sections 180, 181 and 182 and the company's own constitution. The only requirement is disclosure.

munotes.in468

Powers of the Board, and the Restrictions on Them

A worked example

Sahyadri Textiles Limited has paid-up share capital of five crore rupees, free reserves of eight crore and a securities premium account of two crore. It owns two units, a spinning mill at Ichalkaranji and a garment unit at Solapur. Its average net profits of the three immediately preceding financial years are four crore rupees.

Borrowing. The company has already borrowed twelve crore. The Board proposes to borrow five crore more, of which one crore is a cash credit from its bankers repayable within four months for seasonal working capital.

The cash credit is a temporary loan obtained from the company's bankers in the ordinary course of business, so it is left out. The rest, four crore, brings borrowings to sixteen crore. The aggregate of paid-up capital, free reserves and securities premium is fifteen crore. Sixteen exceeds fifteen, so the borrowing needs a special resolution under section 180(1)(c), and by section 180(2) the resolution must specify the total amount up to which the Board may borrow.

If the Board borrows without it. The debt of one crore in excess is not valid or effectual under section 180(5) unless the lender proves that he advanced it in good faith and without knowledge that the limit had been exceeded. If the lender saw the audited balance sheet and the borrowing resolutions, that proof will be hard.

A six-month loan for a new shed. The company borrows two crore for six months to build a new shed. Six months is within the period in the Explanation, but the loan is for financial expenditure of a capital nature, so it is not a temporary loan and it counts towards the limit.

Selling the Solapur unit. The garment unit represents an investment of twenty-five per cent of net worth and generates twenty-two per cent of total income. Either test makes it an undertaking under the Explanation to section 180(1)(a). The company proposes to sell the whole of it, so a special resolution is required. The resolution may, under section 180(4), stipulate how the sale proceeds are to be used or invested.

If only a part is sold. The company sells machinery worth twenty-two per cent of the value of that undertaking as per the audited balance sheet of the preceding year. That is "substantially the whole of the undertaking", twenty per cent or more, so it still needs a special resolution. Had it been fifteen per cent, it would not.

The buyer. A purchaser who buys the unit in good faith takes a good title even if the special resolution was defective, by section 180(3)(a).

munotes.in469

Powers of the Board, and the Restrictions on Them

Board procedure. The decision to borrow and to invest the sale proceeds must be taken by resolution at a Board meeting under section 179(3)(d) and (e), though the Board may delegate both to a committee, the managing director, the manager or a principal officer by a resolution passed at a meeting, on conditions it specifies. The decision to approve the financial statement and the Board's report under clause (g) cannot be delegated at all, and cannot be taken by circulation.

A charitable gift. The Board wishes to give twenty-five lakh rupees to a hospital trust during the year. Five per cent of average net profits of four crore is twenty lakh rupees. The aggregate exceeds it, so prior permission of the company in general meeting is required under the proviso to section 181. A gift of eighteen lakh would not need it, but a second gift of five lakh in the same financial year would take the aggregate to twenty-three lakh and bring the proviso into play.

A political contribution. The company has been in existence for eleven years and is not a Government company, so it may contribute. Since the Finance Act, 2017 there is no ceiling by amount, but it must be authorised by a resolution passed at a Board meeting, paid only by account payee cheque, account payee bank draft or electronic clearing system (or through an instrument under a notified scheme, if one is in force), and disclosed in the profit and loss account. If it instead pays six lakh rupees for an advertisement in a party's souvenir, that is deemed a contribution of six lakh to that party under section 182(2)(b)(i) and every one of those requirements applies to it.

If the company were two years old. It could not contribute at all, being in existence for less than three financial years, and a contribution would expose the company to a fine up to five times the amount and every officer in default to imprisonment up to six months and a like fine.

A defence contribution. The Board contributes fifty lakh rupees to the National Defence Fund. Section 183 permits it notwithstanding sections 180, 181 and 182 and the articles, with no ceiling and no members' resolution, subject only to disclosure in the profit and loss account.

Distinctions that carry marks

Section 179(3)Section 180(1)
Who decidesThe BoardThe members
HowResolution at a Board meeting, not by circulationSpecial resolution in general meeting
Number of itemsEleven, including "any other prescribed matter"Four
DelegationClauses (d), (e) and (f) onlyNot delegable at all
munotes.in470

Powers of the Board, and the Restrictions on Them

ContributionWho authorisesCeilingBase
Charitable, section 181Board, but prior permission of the general meeting above the capFive per centAverage net profits of the three immediately preceding financial years
Political, section 182Board resolution at a meetingNone, the cap having been omitted in 2017Not applicable
National defence, section 183Board, any person exercising the Board's powers, or the general meetingNoneNot applicable
CSR, section 135Board, on the CSR Committee's recommendationTwo per cent, and it is an obligation, not a powerAverage net profits of the three immediately preceding financial years
Twenty per cent tests in section 180(1)(a)Measured as
Is it an undertaking?Investment exceeding twenty per cent of net worth per the audited balance sheet of the preceding financial year, or generating twenty per cent of total income during the previous financial year
Is it substantially the whole?Twenty per cent or more of the value of the undertaking per the audited balance sheet of the preceding financial year

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean the members may undo what the Board has already done. Section 179(2) protects a prior act of the Board that would have been valid but for a later regulation.

It does not mean all eleven powers in section 179(3) may be delegated. Only borrowing, investing and granting loans, guarantees or security, clauses (d) to (f).

It does not mean every sale of a large asset needs a special resolution. The asset must be an undertaking on the net worth or income test, and the sale must be of the whole or twenty per cent or more of its value; and a company whose ordinary business is selling or leasing property is outside clause (a) altogether by section 180(3)(b).

It does not mean excess borrowing is always void against the lender. It is invalid unless the lender proves good faith and want of knowledge.

It does not mean political contributions are capped at seven and a half per cent. That proviso was omitted by the Finance Act, 2017 with effect from 31 March 2017.

It does not mean section 181 requires ratification. It requires prior permission of the general meeting.

Quick revision

  • 179(1): the Board may exercise all powers the company may exercise, subject to the Act, memorandum, articles and regulations made in general meeting, and may not do what must be done by the company in general meeting.
  • 179(2): a later regulation of the general meeting does not invalidate a prior act of the Board.
  • 179(3), by resolution at a Board meeting only: calls; buy-back under section 68; issue of securities including debentures in or outside India; borrowing; investing the funds; granting loans, guarantees or security; approving the financial statement and Board's report; diversifying the business; approving amalgamation, merger or reconstruction; taking over a company or acquiring a controlling or substantial stake; and any prescribed matter. Only (d), (e) and (f) may be delegated, to a committee, the managing director, the manager, a principal officer, or a branch's principal officer. Banking company deposits and inter-bank placements are not borrowing or lending; the power to borrow means the overdraft arrangement, not day-to-day operation.
  • 179(4): the general meeting may still impose restrictions and conditions.
  • 180(1), only by special resolution: (a) selling, leasing or disposing of the whole or substantially the whole of an undertaking; (b) investing compensation from a merger otherwise than in trust securities; (c) borrowing beyond paid-up capital, free reserves and securities premium, apart from temporary loans from bankers in the ordinary course; (d) remitting or giving time for a debt due from a director.
  • Explanations to (a): an undertaking is one with investment above twenty per cent of net worth or generating twenty per cent of total income; substantially the whole means twenty per cent or more of its value. Temporary loans are those repayable on demand or within six months, excluding loans for capital expenditure.
  • 180(2): the borrowing resolution must specify the total amount. 180(3): a good faith buyer's title is safe, and a company in the business of selling or leasing property is outside clause (a). 180(4): the resolution may impose conditions on the use of proceeds, but cannot authorise a reduction of capital outside the Act. 180(5): excess borrowing is not valid or effectual unless the lender proves good faith and want of knowledge.
  • 181: the Board may contribute to bona fide charitable and other funds, but needs prior permission of the general meeting where the aggregate in a financial year exceeds five per cent of average net profits of the three immediately preceding financial years.
  • 182: any company other than a Government company and one in existence less than three financial years may contribute any amount to a political party, by resolution at a Board meeting; souvenir advertisements and payments to persons affecting public support for a party are deemed contributions; disclosure in the profit and loss account; payment only by account payee cheque, draft or electronic clearing system, or an instrument under a notified scheme; punishment fine up to five times the amount on the company and imprisonment up to six months with a like fine on every officer in default. A political party is one registered under section 29A of the Representation of the People Act, 1951.
  • 183: contribution of such amount as it thinks fit to the National Defence Fund or a Fund approved by the Central Government for national defence, notwithstanding sections 180, 181 and 182 and the company's constitution, subject to disclosure in the profit and loss account.
munotes.in471

Powers of the Board, and the Restrictions on Them

Test yourself

1. Which powers must the Board exercise by resolution passed at a meeting, and which of them may be delegated? The eleven in section 179(3): calls, buy-back, issue of securities, borrowing, investing funds, granting loans, guarantees or security, approving the financial statement and Board's report, diversification, amalgamation or reconstruction, takeover or acquisition of a controlling or substantial stake, and any prescribed matter. Only clauses (d), (e) and (f), borrowing, investing and granting loans, guarantees or security, may be delegated to a committee, the managing director, the manager, a principal officer, or a branch's principal officer.

munotes.in472

Powers of the Board, and the Restrictions on Them

2. When does a sale of assets require a special resolution? When what is sold, leased or disposed of is the whole or substantially the whole of an undertaking. An undertaking is one in which the company's investment exceeds twenty per cent of its net worth per the audited balance sheet of the preceding financial year, or which generates twenty per cent of total income during the previous financial year; substantially the whole means twenty per cent or more of the value of that undertaking per the same balance sheet.

3. What is the borrowing limit in section 180(1)(c), and what is excluded? Borrowings, existing and proposed together, exceeding the aggregate of the company's paid-up share capital, free reserves and securities premium require a special resolution specifying the total amount. Temporary loans from the company's bankers in the ordinary course of business are excluded, being loans repayable on demand or within six months, but not loans raised for capital expenditure.

4. Is a loan taken beyond that limit recoverable? No debt incurred in excess of the limit is valid or effectual, unless the lender proves that he advanced the loan in good faith and without knowledge that the limit had been exceeded: section 180(5).

5. What is the ceiling on charitable contributions? There is no absolute ceiling, but prior permission of the company in general meeting is required where the aggregate in any financial year exceeds five per cent of the company's average net profits for the three immediately preceding financial years: proviso to section 181.

6. Which companies may not make political contributions, and what is the penalty for a contribution in contravention? A Government company and a company in existence for less than three financial years. The company is punishable with fine up to five times the amount contributed, and every officer in default with imprisonment up to six months and fine up to five times the amount: section 182(4).

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in473

Chapter Sixty-Seven

Board Committees

Syllabus topic 3.1, labels: "Audit Committee", "Nomination and Remuneration Committee", "Stakeholders Relationship Committee", "Vigil mechanism"

In one line

A listed public company and other prescribed companies must have an Audit Committee of at least three directors with a majority of independent directors, and a Nomination and Remuneration Committee of three or more non-executive directors half of them independent; a company with more than a thousand security holders must have a Stakeholders Relationship Committee; and a listed company must have a vigil mechanism giving whistleblowers direct access to the Audit Committee's chairperson.

In exam wording: section 177 creates the Audit Committee and the vigil mechanism; section 178 creates the Nomination and Remuneration Committee and the Stakeholders Relationship Committee.

Why the law has this at all

A Board of a dozen people meeting a few times a year cannot itself examine the auditor's independence, read every related party contract, design a remuneration policy and answer a shareholder whose dividend warrant never arrived. So the Act carves out the work that most needs sustained attention and gives it to standing committees, each with a composition designed for its task.

The design of each committee follows from its job.

The Audit Committee checks the numbers and the people who certify them, so it needs a majority of independent directors and members who can read and understand a financial statement.

The Nomination and Remuneration Committee decides who joins the Board and what everybody is paid, so it must contain no executive directors at all and at least half independent ones. Nobody should be setting his own salary.

The Stakeholders Relationship Committee answers complaints, so it needs only a non-executive chairperson and whatever members the Board decides.

And the vigil mechanism exists because the person who knows about a fraud is usually junior to the person committing it, which is why the Act gives that person direct access to the chairperson of the Audit Committee and safeguards against victimisation.

Some words this chapter uses

Independent director is defined in section 149(6). Non-executive director means a director who is not a managing or whole-time director. Senior management is defined in the Explanation to section 178. Omnibus approval is a standing approval for a class of transactions rather than a single one. A vigil mechanism is what is commonly called a whistleblower policy.

Who must have an Audit Committee: section 177(1) to (3)

The Board of Directors of every listed public company and such other class or classes of companies as may be prescribed shall constitute an Audit Committee.

Note the words "listed public company". They were substituted for "listed company", so a listed private company, if such a thing exists in a given case, is outside the compulsion.

Section 177(2): the composition. The Audit Committee shall consist of a minimum of three directors with independent directors forming a majority.

munotes.in474

Board Committees

The proviso adds a qualification of ability, not of status: the majority of members including the Chairperson shall be persons with ability to read and understand the financial statement.

So two majorities must be satisfied at once. A majority independent, and a majority financially literate including the Chairperson. They are different tests and both must hold.

Section 177(3) required committees existing before the Act to be reconstituted within one year of its commencement.

What the Audit Committee does: section 177(4)

Every Audit Committee shall act in accordance with the terms of reference specified in writing by the Board, which shall inter alia include:

  • (i) the recommendation for appointment, remuneration and terms of appointment of auditors;
  • (ii) review and monitoring of the auditor's independence and performance, and the effectiveness of the audit process;
  • (iii) examination of the financial statement and the auditors' report on it;
  • (iv) approval or any subsequent modification of transactions of the company with related parties;
  • (v) scrutiny of inter-corporate loans and investments;
  • (vi) valuation of undertakings or assets of the company, wherever it is necessary;
  • (vii) evaluation of internal financial controls and risk management systems; and
  • (viii) monitoring the end use of funds raised through public offers and related matters.

"Inter alia" matters. This is a floor, not a ceiling; the Board may add to the terms of reference but cannot subtract from this list.

The four provisos to clause (iv)

First, omnibus approval. The Audit Committee may make omnibus approval for related party transactions proposed to be entered into by the company, subject to such conditions as may be prescribed. Without it a committee would have to meet for every routine purchase from a related party.

Second, referral to the Board. In the case of a transaction other than one referred to in section 188, where the Audit Committee does not approve it, it shall make its recommendations to the Board. The committee's refusal is not final; it goes up.

Third, small unapproved transactions. Where a transaction not exceeding one crore rupees is entered into by a director or officer without the Audit Committee's approval and is not ratified by the Committee within three months, the transaction is voidable at the option of the Audit Committee; and if it is with a related party to any director or authorised by any other director, the director concerned shall indemnify the company against any loss.

Compare section 188(3), which does the same work for related party transactions generally, with the same three months and the same indemnity, but voidable at the option of the Board or the shareholders. Here the option belongs to the Audit Committee.

munotes.in475

Board Committees

Fourth, wholly owned subsidiaries. Clause (iv) does not apply to a transaction, other than one referred to in section 188, between a holding company and its wholly owned subsidiary.

The Audit Committee's powers: section 177(5) to (8)

Section 177(5). The Committee may call for the comments of the auditors about internal control systems, the scope of audit including the auditors' observations, and review of the financial statement before their submission to the Board, and may discuss any related issues with the internal and statutory auditors and the management.

Section 177(6): the investigative power, and it is a real one. The Committee shall have authority to investigate into any matter in relation to the items specified in sub-section (4) or referred to it by the Board, and for that purpose shall have power to obtain professional advice from external sources and full access to information contained in the records of the company.

Note the two limbs. Outside advice at the company's expense, and unrestricted access to the records. A committee without either would be ornamental.

Section 177(7): a right to be heard, but no vote. The auditors and the key managerial personnel shall have a right to be heard in the meetings of the Audit Committee when it considers the auditor's report, but shall not have the right to vote.

Section 177(8): disclosure in the Board's report. The Board's report under section 134(3) shall disclose the composition of the Audit Committee, and where the Board had not accepted any recommendation of the Committee, that shall be disclosed along with the reasons.

That last requirement is the committee's real protection. The Board may overrule it, but must say so in public and say why.

The vigil mechanism: section 177(9) and (10)

Section 177(9). Every listed company or such class or classes of companies as may be prescribed shall establish a vigil mechanism for directors and employees to report genuine concerns in the prescribed manner.

Section 177(10): what the mechanism must contain.

  • adequate safeguards against victimisation of persons who use it; and
  • provision for direct access to the chairperson of the Audit Committee in appropriate or exceptional cases.

The proviso: the details of the establishment of the mechanism shall be disclosed on the company's website, if any, and in the Board's report.

Note that it is "directors and employees", not the public, and that the concerns must be genuine.

The Nomination and Remuneration Committee: section 178(1) to (4)

Section 178(1). The Board of every listed public company and such other class or classes of companies as may be prescribed shall constitute the Nomination and Remuneration Committee consisting of three or more non-executive directors, out of which not less than one-half shall be independent directors.

munotes.in476

Board Committees

The proviso: the chairperson of the company, whether executive or non-executive, may be appointed as a member of the Committee but shall not chair it.

Compare the two compositions carefully, because they are examined together.

Audit CommitteeNomination and Remuneration Committee
Minimum sizeThree directorsThree non-executive directors
Independent directorsA majorityNot less than one-half
Executive directorsPermitted, so long as independents are a majorityNot permitted at all
Chairperson of the companyNo special ruleMay be a member but may not chair

Section 178(2): what it does. The Committee shall identify persons qualified to become directors and who may be appointed in senior management in accordance with the criteria laid down, recommend to the Board their appointment and removal, and, by words substituted in 2017, specify the manner for effective evaluation of the performance of the Board, its committees and individual directors, to be carried out either by the Board, by the Committee, or by an independent external agency, and review its implementation and compliance.

Section 178(3). The Committee shall formulate the criteria for determining qualifications, positive attributes and independence of a director, and recommend to the Board a policy relating to the remuneration for the directors, key managerial personnel and other employees.

Section 178(4): three things the policy must ensure.

  • (a) the level and composition of remuneration is reasonable and sufficient to attract, retain and motivate directors of the quality required to run the company successfully;
  • (b) the relationship of remuneration to performance is clear and meets appropriate performance benchmarks; and
  • (c) remuneration involves a balance between fixed and incentive pay reflecting short and long-term performance objectives.

The proviso requires the policy to be placed on the company's website, if any, and the salient features and any changes, along with the web address, to be disclosed in the Board's report.

The Stakeholders Relationship Committee: section 178(5) and (6)

Section 178(5). The Board of a company which consists of more than one thousand shareholders, debenture-holders, deposit-holders and any other security holders at any time during a financial year shall constitute a Stakeholders Relationship Committee consisting of a chairperson who shall be a non-executive director and such other members as the Board may decide.

Note the trigger. It is not listing, and not a prescribed class; it is a head count of more than one thousand security holders of all kinds taken together, at any time during the financial year.

munotes.in477

Board Committees

Section 178(6). The Committee shall consider and resolve the grievances of security holders of the company.

Attendance and punishment: section 178(7) and (8)

Section 178(7). The chairperson of each of the committees constituted under this section, or in his absence any other member authorised by him, shall attend the general meetings of the company.

Section 178(8): the punishment for contravening section 177 or section 178. As substituted by the Companies (Amendment) Act, 2020, the company is liable to a penalty of five lakh rupees and every officer in default to a penalty of one lakh rupees.

The proviso protects the Stakeholders Relationship Committee from an impossible standard: inability to resolve or consider any grievance in good faith shall not constitute a contravention of the section. The committee must try; it need not succeed.

The Explanation defines "senior management" as personnel who are members of the company's core management team excluding the Board of Directors, comprising all members of management one level below the executive directors, including the functional heads.

A worked example

Girgaon Chemicals Limited is a listed public company with a Board of nine: a managing director, two whole-time directors, one nominee director, one non-executive director who is the chairperson of the company, and four independent directors. It has one thousand four hundred shareholders and debenture-holders taken together.

The Audit Committee. It must have at least three directors with independent directors in a majority. A committee of the managing director and two independent directors satisfies the majority, but the proviso also requires that a majority of members, including the Chairperson, be able to read and understand the financial statement. If the Chairperson of the committee cannot, the composition is bad however the independence test is satisfied. The company constitutes a committee of three independent directors and one whole-time director, with an independent director who is a chartered accountant as Chairperson.

A related party purchase. The company proposes to buy packaging from a firm in which a director is a partner. That is a section 188 transaction, so it needs Board consent by resolution, and, being a related party transaction, it also requires the Audit Committee's approval under section 177(4)(iv). For the routine monthly purchases the Committee grants an omnibus approval subject to the prescribed conditions.

A transaction that slips through. An officer enters into a contract worth eighty lakh rupees with a company related to a director, without the Audit Committee's approval. If the Committee does not ratify it within three months, the transaction is voidable at the option of the Audit Committee, and the director concerned must indemnify the company against any loss: third proviso to section 177(4)(iv). Had the transaction been for one crore twenty lakh, that proviso would not apply, because it is confined to transactions not exceeding one crore rupees, but section 188(3) would still operate.

munotes.in478

Board Committees

A refusal. The Committee declines to approve a proposed valuation assignment, which is not a section 188 transaction. Under the second proviso the Committee makes its recommendations to the Board, and if the Board proceeds anyway, section 177(8) requires the Board's report to disclose that the recommendation was not accepted, with reasons.

An investigation. The Committee suspects the end use of funds raised in a rights issue. Under section 177(6) it may investigate, obtain professional advice from external sources and demand full access to the company's records. When it considers the auditor's report, the auditors and the key managerial personnel may be heard but may not vote: section 177(7).

The vigil mechanism. Being listed, the company must establish a vigil mechanism for directors and employees to report genuine concerns, with safeguards against victimisation and direct access to the Chairperson of the Audit Committee in appropriate or exceptional cases, the details being disclosed on the website and in the Board's report. A junior accountant who reports a suspected diversion of funds and is thereafter transferred punitively has a complaint the mechanism must answer.

The Nomination and Remuneration Committee. It must consist of three or more non-executive directors, not less than half of them independent. The managing director and the whole-time directors are ineligible. The chairperson of the company, though non-executive, may be a member but may not chair the Committee. So a Committee of the chairperson of the company and three independent directors is valid, provided one of the independent directors chairs it.

Its work. It identifies persons qualified to become directors and senior management, recommends their appointment and removal, specifies the manner of performance evaluation of the Board, its committees and individual directors, formulates the criteria for qualifications, positive attributes and independence, and recommends a remuneration policy for directors, key managerial personnel and other employees, ensuring the three matters in sub-section (4). The policy goes on the website and its salient features into the Board's report.

The Stakeholders Relationship Committee. The company has more than one thousand security holders, so it must constitute one, with a non-executive chairperson and such members as the Board decides, to consider and resolve the grievances of security holders. A debenture-holder whose interest warrant is not received complains, and the committee, having pursued the matter in good faith with the registrar, is unable to trace it. The proviso to section 178(8) protects the company: inability to resolve a grievance in good faith is not a contravention.

munotes.in479

Board Committees

A default. If the company simply fails to constitute the Nomination and Remuneration Committee, the company is liable to a penalty of five lakh rupees and every officer in default to one lakh rupees: section 178(8) as substituted in 2020.

The general meeting. At the annual general meeting the chairperson of each committee constituted under section 178, or a member he authorises, must attend: section 178(7).

Distinctions that carry marks

CommitteeTriggerComposition
Audit Committee, section 177Every listed public company and prescribed classesAt least three directors, independent directors in a majority, and a majority including the Chairperson able to read and understand the financial statement
Nomination and Remuneration Committee, section 178(1)Every listed public company and prescribed classesThree or more non-executive directors, not less than one-half independent; the company's chairperson may be a member but may not chair
Stakeholders Relationship Committee, section 178(5)More than one thousand shareholders, debenture-holders, deposit-holders and other security holders at any time during the financial yearA non-executive chairperson and such members as the Board decides
Vigil mechanism, section 177(9)Every listed company and prescribed classesNot a committee, but must give direct access to the Audit Committee's chairperson
Unapproved transactionVoidable at whose optionTime to ratify
Related party transaction under section 188(3)The Board or the shareholdersThree months
Transaction not exceeding one crore rupees without Audit Committee approval, third proviso to section 177(4)(iv)The Audit CommitteeThree months
Contract where an interested director did not disclose or participated, section 184(3)The companyNo ratification provided

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean a majority of independent directors is the only test for the Audit Committee. A majority including the Chairperson must also be able to read and understand the financial statement.

It does not mean executive directors are barred from the Audit Committee. They are barred from the Nomination and Remuneration Committee, which must consist of non-executive directors.

It does not mean the Board must accept the Audit Committee's recommendations. It may refuse, but the Board's report must disclose the refusal with reasons.

It does not mean the Stakeholders Relationship Committee is required only in a listed company. The trigger is more than one thousand security holders of all kinds, whether the company is listed or not.

It does not mean an unresolved grievance is a contravention. Inability to resolve or consider a grievance in good faith is expressly excluded by the proviso to section 178(8).

It does not mean section 178(8) still carries imprisonment. The 2020 Act substituted a penalty: five lakh rupees on the company and one lakh rupees on every officer in default.

munotes.in480

Board Committees

Quick revision

  • 177(1) and (2): an Audit Committee in every listed public company and prescribed classes; minimum three directors, independent directors a majority, and a majority including the Chairperson able to read and understand the financial statement.
  • 177(4), terms of reference in writing by the Board, including: recommending the appointment, remuneration and terms of auditors; reviewing the auditor's independence, performance and the effectiveness of the audit process; examining the financial statement and auditors' report; approving related party transactions, with omnibus approval permitted, referral to the Board where a non-section-188 transaction is not approved, transactions up to one crore rupees unratified in three months being voidable at the Committee's option with the director indemnifying the company, and holding-and-wholly-owned-subsidiary transactions outside the clause; scrutiny of inter-corporate loans and investments; valuation of undertakings or assets; evaluation of internal financial controls and risk management; and monitoring the end use of funds raised through public offers.
  • 177(5) to (8): may call for the auditors' comments; may investigate, take external professional advice and have full access to records; auditors and KMP may be heard but not vote; the Board's report discloses the composition and any recommendation not accepted, with reasons.
  • 177(9) and (10): every listed company and prescribed classes shall establish a vigil mechanism for directors and employees to report genuine concerns, with safeguards against victimisation and direct access to the Audit Committee's chairperson in appropriate or exceptional cases, disclosed on the website and in the Board's report.
  • 178(1): a Nomination and Remuneration Committee of three or more non-executive directors, not less than one-half independent; the company's chairperson may be a member but not chair it.
  • 178(2) to (4): identify persons qualified to be directors and senior management, recommend appointment and removal, specify the manner of performance evaluation of the Board, its committees and individual directors and review compliance; formulate criteria for qualifications, positive attributes and independence; recommend a remuneration policy for directors, KMP and other employees ensuring remuneration that is reasonable and sufficient, clearly related to performance, and balanced between fixed and incentive pay; the policy on the website and its salient features in the Board's report.
  • 178(5) and (6): a Stakeholders Relationship Committee where there are more than one thousand shareholders, debenture-holders, deposit-holders and other security holders at any time in the financial year, with a non-executive chairperson, to consider and resolve the grievances of security holders.
  • 178(7): the chairperson of each committee under section 178, or an authorised member, attends the general meetings.
  • 178(8): contravention of section 177 or 178 makes the company liable to a penalty of five lakh rupees and every officer in default to one lakh rupees; inability in good faith to resolve or consider a grievance is not a contravention.
  • Explanation: senior management means the core management team excluding the Board, one level below the executive directors, including functional heads.
munotes.in481

Board Committees

Test yourself

1. State the composition of the Audit Committee. A minimum of three directors with independent directors forming a majority, and, by the proviso to section 177(2), a majority of members including the Chairperson must be persons able to read and understand the financial statement.

2. What happens to a transaction of eighty lakh rupees entered into without the Audit Committee's approval? If it is not ratified by the Audit Committee within three months of the date of the transaction, it is voidable at the option of the Audit Committee; and if it is with a related party to any director or authorised by any other director, the director concerned must indemnify the company against any loss: third proviso to section 177(4)(iv). The proviso applies only to transactions not exceeding one crore rupees.

3. Who may be a member of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee? Three or more non-executive directors, of whom not less than one-half must be independent directors. The chairperson of the company, whether executive or non-executive, may be appointed a member but shall not chair the Committee: section 178(1) and its proviso.

4. When must a Stakeholders Relationship Committee be constituted, and what is its function? Where the company consists of more than one thousand shareholders, debenture-holders, deposit-holders and any other security holders at any time during a financial year. It shall consider and resolve the grievances of the security holders of the company: section 178(5) and (6).

5. What must a vigil mechanism provide? Adequate safeguards against victimisation of persons who use it, and direct access to the chairperson of the Audit Committee in appropriate or exceptional cases; and the details of its establishment must be disclosed on the company's website, if any, and in the Board's report: section 177(10).

6. What is the punishment for contravening section 177 or section 178? The company is liable to a penalty of five lakh rupees and every officer of the company who is in default to a penalty of one lakh rupees, as substituted by the Companies (Amendment) Act, 2020. Inability to resolve or consider a grievance in good faith by the Stakeholders Relationship Committee is not a contravention.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in482

Chapter Sixty-Eight

Other Provisions About the Board and its Officers

Syllabus topic 3.1, the residue of Chapter XII of the Act that the syllabus labels do not name individually but that the module's coverage of "Board of Directors" carries with it.

In one line

An act done by a person as a director stands even if his appointment turns out to have been defective; a director may not take a payment for loss of office on a transfer of the undertaking or of shares without disclosure to and approval by the members; a company may not swap assets with a director for anything other than cash without the members' prior approval on a registered valuer's valuation; and a One Person Company must record in writing every contract it makes with its sole member who is also its director.

In exam wording: section 176 validates the acts of a defectively appointed director; section 191 governs payment to a director for loss of office; section 192 restricts non-cash transactions involving directors; and section 193 governs the contract by a One Person Company with its sole member.

Why the law has this at all

Each of the four answers a different problem, and it is worth naming them separately, because that is how an answer should open.

Section 176 protects the outsider. A person dealing with a company cannot audit whether the director who signed was validly appointed. If a defect in appointment unravelled every act, no contract with a company would ever be safe.

Section 191 closes the takeover bribe. When a company is being sold, the easiest way to buy the directors' cooperation is to pay them personally for giving up office, out of money that would otherwise have improved the price to the shareholders. So the payment must be disclosed to the members and approved by them.

Section 192 closes the valuation trick. Sections 185 and 188 catch loans and contracts, but a company could still transfer land to a director in exchange for shares in his private company, and nobody would know what either was worth. So a non-cash swap needs the members' prior approval and a registered valuer's figure.

Section 193 answers the peculiar problem of the One Person Company, where the company, its only member and its director may all be the same human being. Without a record there would be no evidence at all of what was agreed, and nobody on the other side to give it.

Some words this chapter uses

A person connected with a director is the expression used in section 192; the Act elsewhere uses "person in whom the director is interested", as in section 185. A registered valuer is a valuer registered under section 247. Restitution means giving back what was received. Bona fide for value and without notice is the ordinary equitable formula protecting an innocent purchaser.

Defects in appointment: section 176

No act done by a person as a director shall be deemed to be invalid, notwithstanding that it was subsequently noticed that his appointment was invalid by reason of any defect or disqualification or had terminated by virtue of any provision contained in this Act or in the articles of the company.

munotes.in483

Other Provisions About the Board and its Officers

The proviso is the whole limit of the section: nothing in it gives validity to any act done by the director after his appointment has been noticed by the company to be invalid or to have terminated.

So the section works forwards to the moment of discovery and no further. Acts done before the company noticed the defect stand; acts done after it noticed do not.

Three points decide most questions on the section.

It covers three kinds of failure, and an answer should list all three: a defect in appointment, a disqualification, and a termination by force of the Act or the articles. The last is the important one, because it catches a director whose office was vacated automatically under section 167 without anybody realising it.

It validates the act, not the office. The man does not become a director. His acts are simply not to be treated as invalid.

Notice is by the company. The trigger in the proviso is that the appointment has been noticed by the company to be invalid or terminated, not that some outsider knew.

Payment for loss of office: section 191

Section 191(1): the prohibition. No director of a company shall, in connection with:

  • (a) the transfer of the whole or any part of any undertaking or property of the company; or
  • (b) the transfer to any person of all or any of the shares in a company, being a transfer resulting from (i) an offer made to the general body of shareholders; (ii) an offer made by or on behalf of some other body corporate with a view to the company becoming its subsidiary or a subsidiary of its holding company; (iii) an offer made by or on behalf of an individual with a view to his obtaining the right to exercise or control not less than one-third of the total voting power at any general meeting; or (iv) any other offer conditional on acceptance to a given extent,

receive any payment by way of compensation for loss of office, or as consideration for retirement from office, or in connection with such loss or retirement, from the company, from the transferee of the undertaking or property, from the transferees of shares, or from any other person, unless the prescribed particulars of the proposed payment, including the amount, have been disclosed to the members and the proposal has been approved by the company in general meeting.

munotes.in484

Other Provisions About the Board and its Officers

Take the structure apart, because it is the shape of the answer. There is a triggering transaction in clause (a) or clause (b), a payment to a director, a payer who may be anybody including a stranger, and a cure, which is disclosure plus approval in general meeting.

The four offers in clause (b) are worth learning as a list, because they are the four ways control of a company changes hands: a general offer to shareholders, a corporate takeover creating a subsidiary, an individual acquiring one third of voting power, and any offer conditional on a given level of acceptance.

Section 191(2): what the section does not touch. Nothing in sub-section (1) affects a payment made by a company to a managing director, whole-time director or manager by way of compensation for loss of office or consideration for retirement, subject to such limits or priorities as may be prescribed.

So an ordinary severance payment by the company to its own managing director is outside the section and is governed by section 202 instead. Section 191 is about payments connected with a transfer of the undertaking or of control.

Section 191(3): quorum. If the payment is not approved for want of quorum in a meeting or an adjourned meeting, the proposal shall not be deemed to have been approved. A meeting that fails for want of quorum is not deemed consent.

Section 191(4): the trust. Where a director receives payment in contravention of sub-section (1), or the proposed payment is made before it is approved, the amount so received shall be deemed to have been received by him in trust for the company.

That is the section's teeth. The money is the company's in his hands, so the company may trace and recover it, and he cannot keep it merely by offering to pay a penalty.

Section 191(5), as substituted: a director in default is liable to a penalty of one lakh rupees.

Section 191(6): nothing in the section prejudices the operation of any other law requiring disclosure of such payments.

Non-cash transactions with directors: section 192

Section 192(1): the prohibition. No company shall enter into an arrangement by which:

  • (a) a director of the company or of its holding, subsidiary or associate company, or a person connected with him, acquires or is to acquire assets for consideration other than cash, from the company; or
  • (b) the company acquires or is to acquire assets for consideration other than cash, from such director or person so connected,

unless prior approval for the arrangement is accorded by a resolution of the company in general meeting; and if the director or connected person is a director of its holding company, approval shall also be obtained by a resolution in general meeting of the holding company.

munotes.in485

Other Provisions About the Board and its Officers

Note three features.

It runs both ways. Clause (a) is the company parting with assets; clause (b) is the company acquiring them. Both need approval.

The approval must be prior. Ratification afterwards is not what the sub-section provides.

Two approvals may be needed. Where the counterparty is a director of the holding company, the holding company's members must also resolve.

Section 192(2): the valuation. The notice for the resolution shall include the particulars of the arrangement along with the value of the assets involved, duly calculated by a registered valuer.

This is what makes the members' approval meaningful. Without an independent figure the members would be voting on a swap whose value only the director knows.

Section 192(3): the consequence. Any arrangement entered into in contravention shall be voidable at the instance of the company, unless:

  • (a) the restitution of any money or other consideration which is the subject matter of the arrangement is no longer possible and the company has been indemnified by any other person for any loss or damage caused to it; or
  • (b) any rights are acquired bona fide for value and without notice of the contravention by any other person.

Clause (a) is conjunctive. Impossibility of restitution alone does not save the arrangement; the company must also have been indemnified. Clause (b) is the ordinary protection of an innocent third party.

The One Person Company's contract: section 193

Section 193(1). Where a One Person Company limited by shares or by guarantee enters into a contract with the sole member who is also the director, the company shall, unless the contract is in writing, ensure that the terms of the contract or offer are contained in a memorandum or are recorded in the minutes of the first meeting of the Board held next after entering into the contract.

The proviso takes out contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business. A One Person Company that buys stationery from its own member every week does not have to minute each purchase.

Section 193(2). The company shall inform the Registrar about every contract so recorded within fifteen days of the date of approval by the Board.

Note what the section does and does not require. It does not forbid the contract, and it does not require anybody's approval. It requires a record, and notice to the Registrar. The One Person Company is the one case where the Act's usual technique, taking the interested man out of the decision, is impossible, so the Act settles for evidence instead.

munotes.in486

Other Provisions About the Board and its Officers

The two sections that are no longer there

Section 194, which prohibited forward dealings in securities of the company by a director or key managerial personnel, was omitted by the Companies (Amendment) Act, 2017 (1 of 2018), with effect from 9 February 2018.

Section 195, which prohibited insider trading, was omitted by the same Act with effect from the same date.

Neither was left unregulated; both were moved. Forward dealing and insider trading are dealt with under the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992 and the regulations made under it, which is where [Insider Trading: The Definitions] takes up the subject. But an answer that cites section 195 of the Companies Act as the law on insider trading is citing a repealed provision, and that is a costly error in a paper that also asks about insider trading.

A worked example

Vile Parle Instruments Limited is being acquired. Bandra Holdings Limited makes an offer to the general body of shareholders to buy their shares, with the object of making Vile Parle Instruments its subsidiary.

A payment to the directors. Bandra Holdings offers each of the three retiring directors of Vile Parle Instruments twenty lakh rupees described as compensation for loss of office.

Section 191 applies. The transfer is of shares on an offer made to the general body of shareholders and by a body corporate with a view to the company becoming its subsidiary, so both clause (b)(i) and clause (b)(ii) are answered. The payment is by the transferee, which the sub-section expressly covers.

What must be done. The prescribed particulars of the payment, including the amount, must be disclosed to the members of Vile Parle Instruments and the proposal approved by the company in general meeting.

If it is paid first. Under section 191(4) the twenty lakh rupees in each director's hands is deemed to have been received in trust for the company, so the company may recover it; and each director is liable to a penalty of one lakh rupees under sub-section (5).

If the meeting fails for want of quorum. Under section 191(3) the proposal is not deemed approved. The directors cannot argue that the members had their chance.

A payment that is outside the section. Separately, Vile Parle Instruments itself pays its managing director compensation for loss of office on his retirement. Section 191(2) puts that outside sub-section (1), subject to prescribed limits and priorities, and it falls to be judged under section 202.

munotes.in487

Other Provisions About the Board and its Officers

A defective appointment. It then emerges that one of the three directors had incurred a disqualification under section 164 two years earlier, so his office had vacated automatically under section 167 and everything he did since was done by a man who was not a director.

Section 176 saves the acts. No act done by him as a director is invalid merely because it is subsequently noticed that his appointment was invalid by reason of a defect or disqualification or had terminated by force of the Act or the articles. So the Board resolutions he voted on stand, and the contracts made under them are good.

But only up to the discovery. Once the company notices that his office had terminated, the proviso bites, and anything he purports to do after that is not saved. If he signs a further contract the next week, section 176 does not help.

A non-cash swap. Before the takeover, the company had agreed to transfer a godown at Andheri to a private company in which a director of its holding company is interested, in exchange for shares in that private company.

Section 192 applies, because the company is parting with an asset for a consideration other than cash to a person connected with a director of its holding company. So prior approval by resolution of the company in general meeting is required, and, the counterparty being connected with a director of the holding company, a resolution in general meeting of the holding company as well. The notice for each resolution must carry the particulars and the value of the assets calculated by a registered valuer: section 192(2).

If it goes through without approval. The arrangement is voidable at the instance of the company: section 192(3). It is not voidable if restitution has become impossible and the company has been indemnified by some other person, both together, or if some other person has acquired rights bona fide for value and without notice of the contravention. So if the godown has since been sold to an innocent purchaser for value, the company's remedy lies against the director, not against that purchaser.

A One Person Company. Separately, Mr Shirke is the sole member and sole director of Shirke Tooling (OPC) Private Limited, and he leases his own premises to the company. The contract is oral.

Section 193 requires a record. Because it is not in writing, the terms must be contained in a memorandum or recorded in the minutes of the first Board meeting held next after the contract was made, and the company must inform the Registrar within fifteen days of the Board's approval. Had the lease been in the ordinary course of the company's business, which for a tooling company it is not, the proviso would have excused the record.

munotes.in488

Other Provisions About the Board and its Officers

Distinctions that carry marks

SectionWhat it protectsCure or consequence
176The outsider who dealt with a defectively appointed directorActs valid until the company notices the defect, disqualification or termination
191The members, from a payment that diverts value on a change of controlDisclosure and approval in general meeting; otherwise the money is held in trust for the company and a penalty of one lakh rupees
192The company, from an unpriced swap with a directorPrior approval in general meeting on a registered valuer's figure; otherwise voidable, with two exceptions
193The evidence, where company and member are the same personRecord in writing, memorandum or minutes, and inform the Registrar in fifteen days
Payment for loss of officeGoverned by
Connected with a transfer of the undertaking, property or sharesSection 191: disclosure and approval in general meeting
By the company to its managing director, whole-time director or manager, otherwiseSection 191(2) takes it out of sub-section (1); section 202 governs
Section 192(3), when is the arrangement NOT voidableRequirement
Clause (a)Restitution no longer possible and the company indemnified by another person
Clause (b)Rights acquired bona fide for value and without notice by another person

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean section 176 makes the man a director. It saves the acts, and only those done before the company noticed the invalidity or termination.

It does not mean section 191 forbids the payment. It forbids it without disclosure to the members and their approval in general meeting.

It does not mean section 191 covers every severance payment. A payment by the company to its own managing director, whole-time director or manager is taken out by sub-section (2).

It does not mean an unapproved section 192 arrangement is void. It is voidable at the instance of the company, and not even that where restitution is impossible and the company has been indemnified, or where a third party took bona fide for value without notice.

It does not mean a One Person Company needs approval for a contract with its member. Section 193 requires a record and intimation to the Registrar, not approval, and it does not apply to contracts in the ordinary course of business.

It does not mean section 195 still governs insider trading. It was omitted with effect from 9 February 2018.

Quick revision

  • 176: no act done as a director is invalid though it is subsequently noticed that the appointment was invalid by reason of a defect or disqualification, or had terminated under the Act or the articles; proviso, nothing done after the company has noticed it is saved.
  • 191(1): a director shall not, in connection with the transfer of the whole or part of any undertaking or property, or a transfer of shares on (i) an offer to the general body of shareholders, (ii) an offer by a body corporate to make the company its subsidiary or a subsidiary of its holding company, (iii) an offer by an individual to obtain or control not less than one-third of total voting power, or (iv) any offer conditional on acceptance to a given extent, receive any payment as compensation for loss of office or consideration for retirement, from the company, the transferee or any other person, unless the prescribed particulars including the amount are disclosed to the members and the proposal is approved in general meeting.
  • 191(2) to (6): payments by the company to its managing or whole-time director or manager are outside sub-section (1), subject to prescribed limits; failure of quorum is not approval; money received in contravention is deemed received in trust for the company; the director is liable to a penalty of one lakh rupees; and other disclosure laws are unaffected.
  • 192(1): no arrangement by which a director of the company or of its holding, subsidiary or associate company, or a person connected with him, acquires assets from the company for consideration other than cash, or by which the company acquires assets from him so, without prior approval by resolution in general meeting; and where he is a director of the holding company, a resolution of the holding company in general meeting as well.
  • 192(2) and (3): the notice must give the particulars and the value of the assets calculated by a registered valuer; a contravening arrangement is voidable at the instance of the company, unless restitution is no longer possible and the company has been indemnified, or rights were acquired bona fide for value and without notice.
  • 193: a One Person Company limited by shares or by guarantee contracting with the sole member who is also the director must, unless the contract is in writing, put the terms in a memorandum or the minutes of the first Board meeting held next after it, and must inform the Registrar within fifteen days of the Board's approval; contracts in the ordinary course of business are excepted.
  • 194 and 195: both omitted by the Companies (Amendment) Act, 2017 (1 of 2018) with effect from 9 February 2018; forward dealing and insider trading are now dealt with under the SEBI Act, 1992 and the regulations made under it.
munotes.in489

Other Provisions About the Board and its Officers

Test yourself

1. Are the acts of a director whose appointment was defective valid? Yes. Under section 176 no act done by a person as a director is deemed invalid though it is subsequently noticed that his appointment was invalid by reason of a defect or disqualification or had terminated under the Act or the articles. But the proviso gives no validity to anything done after the company has noticed the invalidity or termination.

munotes.in490

Other Provisions About the Board and its Officers

2. When may a director receive compensation for loss of office on a takeover? Only where the prescribed particulars of the proposed payment, including its amount, have been disclosed to the members and the proposal has been approved by the company in general meeting: section 191(1). Approval that fails for want of quorum is not approval: section 191(3).

3. What happens to money received in breach of section 191? It is deemed to have been received by the director in trust for the company: section 191(4). The director is also liable to a penalty of one lakh rupees: section 191(5).

4. What does section 192 require, and when are two approvals needed? Prior approval by a resolution of the company in general meeting for any arrangement by which a director of the company or of its holding, subsidiary or associate company, or a person connected with him, acquires assets from the company, or the company acquires assets from him, for consideration other than cash; the notice must carry the particulars and the value of the assets calculated by a registered valuer. A second resolution, of the holding company in general meeting, is required where the director or connected person is a director of the holding company.

5. When is a contravening non-cash arrangement not voidable? Where restitution of the money or other consideration is no longer possible and the company has been indemnified by another person for its loss, or where rights have been acquired bona fide for value and without notice of the contravention by another person: section 192(3).

6. What must a One Person Company do about a contract with its sole member? Unless the contract is in writing, the terms must be contained in a memorandum or recorded in the minutes of the first Board meeting held next after the contract, and the company must inform the Registrar within fifteen days of the Board's approval. Contracts in the ordinary course of business are excepted: section 193.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in491

Chapter Sixty-Nine

Appointment of Key Managerial Personnel

Syllabus topic 3.2, label: "Key Managerial Personnel"

In one line

Prescribed companies must appoint, as whole-time key managerial personnel, a managing director or Chief Executive Officer or manager and in their absence a whole-time director, a company secretary and a Chief Financial Officer; each must be appointed by a Board resolution stating the terms, may not hold office in more than one company except a subsidiary, and a vacancy must be filled within six months.

In exam wording: section 2(51) defines key managerial personnel; section 203 governs their appointment.

Why the law has this at all

Until 2013 the Act named a few managerial offices but did not gather them into a class, so an obligation could be imposed on "the managing director" and quietly avoided by a company that had none.

Section 2(51) creates the class, and once the class exists the Act can use it everywhere: for disclosure of interest under section 189(2), for the right to be heard before the Audit Committee under section 177(7), for the definition of a related party under section 2(76)(ii), for the officer in default under section 2(60), and for the narrowed liability of a non-executive director under section 149(12), which expressly excludes a key managerial personnel from its protection.

Section 203 then does three things. It says which companies must actually have these officers, so that the class is not empty where it matters. It requires the appointment to be by a Board resolution stating the terms, so nobody is a key managerial personnel by accident. And it forbids holding office in more than one company, because an office that is by definition whole-time cannot be held twice over.

Some words this chapter uses

Whole-time, in "whole-time key managerial personnel", means the office is a full-time occupation. A manager is defined in section 2(53), a managing director in section 2(54), a whole-time director in section 2(94), a Chief Executive Officer in section 2(18), a Chief Financial Officer in section 2(19) and a company secretary in section 2(24). An officer in default is defined in section 2(60).

Who is a key managerial personnel: section 2(51)

"Key managerial personnel", in relation to a company, means:

  • (i) the Chief Executive Officer or the managing director or the manager;
  • (ii) the company secretary;
  • (iii) the whole-time director;
  • (iv) the Chief Financial Officer;
  • (v) such other officer, not more than one level below the directors who is in whole-time employment, designated as key managerial personnel by the Board; and
  • (vi) such other officer as may be prescribed.

Clauses (v) and (vi) were added by the Companies (Amendment) Act, 2017, and clause (v) is the interesting one: the Board may designate a whole-time officer not more than one level below the directors as key managerial personnel. So the class is partly closed by the Act and partly open to the Board.

munotes.in492

Appointment of Key Managerial Personnel

Note the difference between clause (i) and the rest. In clause (i) the three offices are alternatives, joined by "or". Clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv) stand on their own.

And note who is not in the list. An independent director is not, and a nominee director is not, and that matters for section 149(12), which protects a non-executive director not being a promoter or key managerial personnel.

The four short definitions that support the list.

  • Section 2(18): a Chief Executive Officer means an officer of a company who has been designated as such by it. So the office exists because the company says so.
  • Section 2(19): a Chief Financial Officer means a person appointed as the Chief Financial Officer of a company.
  • Section 2(94): a whole-time director includes a director in the whole-time employment of the company. It is an inclusive definition, not an exhaustive one.
  • Section 2(24): a company secretary or secretary means a company secretary as defined in the Company Secretaries Act, 1980 who is appointed by a company to perform the functions of a company secretary under this Act. That definition is taken up in [The Company Secretary].

Which companies must have them: section 203(1)

Every company belonging to such class or classes of companies as may be prescribed shall have the following whole-time key managerial personnel: (i) managing director, or Chief Executive Officer or manager and in their absence, a whole-time director; (ii) company secretary; and (iii) Chief Financial Officer.

Read clause (i) carefully. The company must have one of a managing director, a Chief Executive Officer or a manager; and only in their absence must it have a whole-time director. The whole-time director is the fallback, not a fourth alternative.

And note that the obligation is on a prescribed class, not on every company. The Act sets the pattern; the rules set the threshold.

The chairperson and the managing director: the first proviso

An individual shall not be appointed or reappointed as the chairperson of the company, in pursuance of the articles, as well as the managing director or Chief Executive Officer at the same time, after the commencement of the Act, unless:

  • (a) the articles of the company provide otherwise; or
  • (b) the company does not carry multiple businesses.

The purpose is the separation of the chair from the chief executive, which is the oldest recommendation in corporate governance: the person who runs the company should not also be the person who chairs the body that supervises him.

munotes.in493

Appointment of Key Managerial Personnel

But notice how easily the bar is lifted. Either the articles say otherwise, or the company does not carry multiple businesses. Since a single-business company is outside the bar altogether, the rule bites mainly on diversified groups.

The second proviso further disapplies the first to such class of companies engaged in multiple businesses which has appointed one or more Chief Executive Officers for each such business as may be notified by the Central Government.

How they are appointed: section 203(2)

Every whole-time key managerial personnel of a company shall be appointed by means of a resolution of the Board containing the terms and conditions of the appointment including the remuneration.

Three requirements in one sentence: a Board resolution, the terms and conditions, and the remuneration. An appointment by the managing director's letter alone does not satisfy the sub-section.

One company only: section 203(3)

A whole-time key managerial personnel shall not hold office in more than one company except in its subsidiary company at the same time.

The exception is narrow. The other company must be a subsidiary of the first. Two companies in the same group that are not in a holding and subsidiary relationship do not qualify.

Three provisos qualify the rule.

First, directorships are not touched. Nothing in the sub-section disentitles a key managerial personnel from being a director of any company with the permission of the Board. So he may sit on other boards; he may not hold office as key managerial personnel in them.

Second, the transitional rule. A person holding office in more than one company on the date of commencement of the Act had six months to choose one company in which to continue.

Third, the managing director of two companies. A company may appoint or employ a person as its managing director if he is the managing director or manager of one, and not more than one, other company, provided the appointment is made or approved by a resolution passed at a Board meeting with the consent of all the directors present, and specific notice of that meeting and of the resolution to be moved has been given to all the directors then in India.

So the maximum is two companies, and the procedure is deliberately demanding: unanimity of those present plus specific notice to all directors in India. This is the same procedural pattern as section 179(3) and section 186(5), and it is worth noticing that the Act reserves it for decisions where one director might otherwise be pushed through quietly.

Vacancies: section 203(4)

If the office of any whole-time key managerial personnel is vacated, the resulting vacancy shall be filled up by the Board at a meeting of the Board within a period of six months from the date of such vacancy.

munotes.in494

Appointment of Key Managerial Personnel

Two features. It must be filled by the Board at a meeting, not by circulation; and the period is six months from the date of the vacancy, not from its discovery.

Default: section 203(5)

As substituted, if a company makes any default in complying with the section:

  • the company is liable to a penalty of five lakh rupees;
  • every director and key managerial personnel in default is liable to a penalty of fifty thousand rupees; and
  • where the default continues, a further penalty of one thousand rupees for each day after the first, not exceeding five lakh rupees.

Note that the continuing penalty is capped, and note that the persons liable are directors and key managerial personnel, not officers generally.

A worked example

Kalyan Polymers Limited falls within the prescribed class and must therefore have whole-time key managerial personnel.

What it must appoint. One of a managing director, Chief Executive Officer or manager, and only if none of those is appointed, a whole-time director; a company secretary; and a Chief Financial Officer. It appoints a managing director, a company secretary and a Chief Financial Officer, and that satisfies section 203(1).

How. Each appointment is made by a resolution of the Board containing the terms and conditions including the remuneration: section 203(2). A letter of appointment signed by the chairman, without a Board resolution, would not do.

The chairperson. The company's articles name a chairperson, and the Board proposes that the managing director also be chairperson. Kalyan Polymers carries three distinct businesses, so clause (b) of the first proviso does not help. Unless the articles provide otherwise, the same individual cannot hold both offices. If the company were a single-business company, the bar would not apply at all.

A second company. The Chief Financial Officer is offered the same office in Kalyan Speciality Chemicals Private Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of the company. Section 203(3) permits it, the other company being a subsidiary. Had it been a fellow subsidiary of the same parent, and not a subsidiary of Kalyan Polymers itself, it would not be permitted.

A directorship. The company secretary is invited to join the Board of an unrelated company as a director. The first proviso permits it with the permission of the Board, because the sub-section restricts holding office as key managerial personnel, not directorships.

A managing director of two companies. Mr Kulkarni is the managing director of Thane Extrusions Limited and is proposed as managing director of Kalyan Polymers as well. The third proviso permits it, that being one other company and not more, but only if the appointment is made or approved by a resolution passed at a Board meeting with the consent of all the directors present, and specific notice of the meeting and of the resolution has been given to all the directors then in India. A resolution passed by a majority, or without that specific notice, does not satisfy the proviso.

munotes.in495

Appointment of Key Managerial Personnel

Were he already managing director of two other companies, the appointment would be impossible, because the proviso allows one, and not more than one, other company.

A resignation. The company secretary resigns on 1 April. The Board must fill the vacancy at a Board meeting within six months, that is by 30 September: section 203(4). If it does not, the company is liable to a penalty of five lakh rupees, every director and key managerial personnel in default to fifty thousand rupees, and, the default continuing, one thousand rupees a day after the first, subject to a ceiling of five lakh rupees.

A designated officer. The Board designates the Head of Operations, who is in whole-time employment and is one level below the directors, as key managerial personnel under section 2(51)(v). From that moment he is within the class, so, for example, he must disclose his interests within thirty days under section 189(2), he is a related party of the company under section 2(76)(ii), and he is an officer in default within section 2(60).

Distinctions that carry marks

Section 2(51)Comprises
(i)The Chief Executive Officer or the managing director or the manager, in the alternative
(ii) to (iv)The company secretary, the whole-time director, the Chief Financial Officer
(v)Any whole-time officer not more than one level below the directors, designated by the Board
(vi)Such other officer as may be prescribed
Section 203(1) requiresWhich office
First alternativeManaging director, or Chief Executive Officer, or manager
Only in their absenceA whole-time director
In additionA company secretary and a Chief Financial Officer
Holding two officesPermitted?
Key managerial personnel in the company and in its subsidiaryYes, section 203(3)
Key managerial personnel in two unrelated companiesNo
Director of another companyYes, with the Board's permission, first proviso
Managing director of one, and not more than one, other companyYes, on a Board resolution with the consent of all directors present and specific notice to all directors in India, third proviso
munotes.in496

Appointment of Key Managerial Personnel

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean every company must appoint key managerial personnel. Section 203(1) applies to such class or classes of companies as may be prescribed.

It does not mean a company must have a managing director, a Chief Executive Officer and a manager. They are alternatives, and a whole-time director is required only in their absence.

It does not mean a key managerial personnel may never be connected with another company. He may be a director of another company with the Board's permission, and may hold office as key managerial personnel in a subsidiary.

It does not mean the chairperson can never be the managing director. He can, if the articles provide otherwise or the company does not carry multiple businesses.

It does not mean the vacancy may be filled by circulation. Section 203(4) requires the Board to fill it at a meeting of the Board.

Quick revision

  • 2(51): key managerial personnel means the Chief Executive Officer or managing director or manager; the company secretary; the whole-time director; the Chief Financial Officer; any whole-time officer not more than one level below the directors designated by the Board; and such other officer as may be prescribed.
  • Supporting definitions: a Chief Executive Officer is an officer designated as such by the company, section 2(18); a Chief Financial Officer is a person appointed as such, section 2(19); a whole-time director includes a director in the whole-time employment of the company, section 2(94).
  • 203(1): prescribed classes shall have whole-time key managerial personnel: a managing director, or Chief Executive Officer, or manager, and in their absence a whole-time director; a company secretary; and a Chief Financial Officer.
  • First proviso: the same individual shall not be chairperson under the articles and managing director or Chief Executive Officer, unless the articles provide otherwise or the company does not carry multiple businesses; second proviso, the first does not apply to notified classes engaged in multiple businesses that have appointed a Chief Executive Officer for each business.
  • 203(2): appointment by a resolution of the Board containing the terms and conditions including the remuneration.
  • 203(3): a whole-time key managerial personnel shall not hold office in more than one company except in its subsidiary; he may still be a director elsewhere with the Board's permission; those holding two offices at commencement had six months to choose; and a person may be managing director of one other company, and not more than one, if approved by a Board resolution with the consent of all directors present and specific notice to all directors then in India.
  • 203(4): a vacancy shall be filled by the Board at a meeting within six months of the date of the vacancy.
  • 203(5): company five lakh rupees; every director and key managerial personnel in default fifty thousand rupees; continuing default one thousand rupees a day after the first, up to five lakh rupees.
munotes.in497

Appointment of Key Managerial Personnel

Test yourself

1. Who are the key managerial personnel of a company? Under section 2(51), the Chief Executive Officer or the managing director or the manager; the company secretary; the whole-time director; the Chief Financial Officer; such other whole-time officer not more than one level below the directors as the Board designates; and such other officer as may be prescribed.

2. Which officers must a prescribed company appoint under section 203(1)? A managing director, or a Chief Executive Officer, or a manager, and in their absence a whole-time director; a company secretary; and a Chief Financial Officer, all of them whole-time.

3. May the same person be chairperson and managing director? Not after the commencement of the Act, unless the articles of the company provide otherwise or the company does not carry multiple businesses; and the bar does not apply to notified classes engaged in multiple businesses that have appointed one or more Chief Executive Officers for each business: provisos to section 203(1).

4. May a whole-time key managerial personnel hold office in another company? Only in a subsidiary of that company: section 203(3). He may be a director of another company with the Board's permission, and he may be managing director of one, and not more than one, other company if the appointment is approved by a resolution passed at a Board meeting with the consent of all directors present, specific notice of the meeting and the resolution having been given to all directors then in India.

5. Within what time must a vacancy be filled, and how? Within six months from the date of the vacancy, and by the Board at a meeting of the Board: section 203(4).

6. What is the penalty for default under section 203? The company, five lakh rupees; every director and key managerial personnel in default, fifty thousand rupees; and for a continuing default a further one thousand rupees for each day after the first, not exceeding five lakh rupees: section 203(5).

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in498

Chapter Seventy

Managing Directors, Whole-Time Directors and Managers

Syllabus topic 3.2, labels: "Managing Director", "Whole-time Director", "Manager"

In one line

A company may not have a managing director and a manager at the same time; none of the three may be appointed for more than five years at a time; a person below twenty-one or aged seventy or more, an insolvent, one who has compounded with creditors, or one sentenced to more than six months, cannot hold any of these offices except in the case of age by a special resolution; and compensation for loss of office may be paid to these three and to nobody else, capped at the remuneration for the unexpired term or three years, whichever is shorter.

In exam wording: section 2(54) defines a managing director, section 2(53) a manager, and section 2(94) a whole-time director; section 196 governs their appointment; and section 202 governs compensation for loss of office.

Why the law has this at all

Every other provision about directors assumes a body deciding collectively. But a company cannot be run by a committee meeting once a quarter, so somebody must have day-to-day authority, and the Act's problem is that the person who has it can do the most damage.

Hence three kinds of control, and each explains a part of section 196.

Control of duration. A five year maximum term means the members revisit the appointment regularly, and no one acquires the office for life.

Control of the person. The disqualifications in sub-section (3) keep out the insolvent, the person who has compounded with creditors and the person sentenced to more than six months, because a company's day-to-day authority should not sit with someone whose own affairs failed or whose honesty a court has doubted.

Control by the members. Sub-section (4) requires the appointment and its terms to be approved by the Board at a meeting, then by the members at the next general meeting, and, where the terms depart from Schedule V, by the Central Government.

Section 202 answers a different problem. A severance payment is the easiest way to pay somebody more than the remuneration rules allow, so the Act names who may receive it, lists six situations in which it may not be paid at all, and caps the amount.

Some words this chapter uses

Substantial powers of management is the phrase in section 2(54), qualified by its Explanation. Reconstruction and amalgamation are the schemes dealt with in sections 230 to 232. Schedule V contains the conditions for managerial appointment and remuneration, including where profits are absent or inadequate. An undischarged insolvent is a person adjudged insolvent who has not obtained a discharge.

The three definitions

Managing director: section 2(54)

"Managing director" means a director who, by virtue of the articles of a company or an agreement with the company or a resolution passed in its general meeting, or by its Board of Directors, is entrusted with substantial powers of management of the affairs of the company, and includes a director occupying the position of managing director, by whatever name called.

munotes.in499

Managing Directors, Whole-Time Directors and Managers

Three elements, and an answer should separate them.

He must be a director. A person who is not on the Board cannot be a managing director, whatever his title.

He must be entrusted with substantial powers of management, and the entrustment may come from four sources: the articles, an agreement with the company, a resolution in general meeting, or the Board.

Substance prevails over name. The definition includes a director occupying the position of managing director, by whatever name called.

The Explanation says what "substantial powers" are not. The power to do administrative acts of a routine nature when so authorised by the Board, such as affixing the common seal, drawing and endorsing cheques on the company's bank account, drawing and endorsing any negotiable instrument, signing any share certificate, or directing registration of transfer of any share, shall not be deemed to be included within the substantial powers of management.

That Explanation is the answer to the standard problem question. A director authorised to sign cheques and share certificates is not, by that alone, a managing director.

Manager: section 2(53)

"Manager" means an individual who, subject to the superintendence, control and direction of the Board of Directors, has the management of the whole, or substantially the whole, of the affairs of a company, and includes a director or any other person occupying the position of a manager, by whatever name called, whether under a contract of service or not.

Compare the two definitions and the differences fall out.

  • A managing director must be a director; a manager may be a director or any other person.
  • A managing director has substantial powers of management; a manager has the management of the whole or substantially the whole of the affairs.
  • A manager is expressly subject to the superintendence, control and direction of the Board.
  • A manager may hold the position whether under a contract of service or not.

Both definitions are inclusive as to name, so a title such as "chief executive" or "general manager" decides nothing by itself.

Whole-time director: section 2(94)

"Whole-time director" includes a director in the whole-time employment of the company.

An inclusive definition, and a short one. The test is whole-time employment, not the extent of the powers. So a whole-time director may have no more authority than any other director, but he is on the payroll full time.

munotes.in500

Managing Directors, Whole-Time Directors and Managers

And two offices that are not directors

Section 2(18): a Chief Executive Officer means an officer of a company who has been designated as such by it.

Section 2(19): a Chief Financial Officer means a person appointed as the Chief Financial Officer of a company.

Neither definition requires a directorship, and both are key managerial personnel under section 2(51).

No managing director and manager together: section 196(1)

No company shall appoint or employ at the same time a managing director and a manager.

The reason is in the two definitions. Each is given the running of the company, one by entrustment of substantial powers, the other by having the management of the whole of its affairs. Two people cannot both hold that, and a company that tried would create a conflict of authority the Act does not intend.

Note that the bar is on the pair. A company may have a managing director and several whole-time directors, or a manager and several whole-time directors.

Five years at a time: section 196(2)

No company shall appoint or re-appoint any person as its managing director, whole-time director or manager for a term exceeding five years at a time.

The proviso: no re-appointment shall be made earlier than one year before the expiry of his term.

Two rules, and both are commonly examined. The term may not exceed five years, though there is no limit on the number of terms; and a re-appointment may not be made more than one year before the current term expires, so a Board cannot entrench a favourite by renewing him four years in advance.

Who cannot be appointed: section 196(3)

No company shall appoint or continue the employment of any person as managing director, whole-time director or manager who:

  • (a) is below the age of twenty-one years or has attained the age of seventy years;
  • (b) is an undischarged insolvent or has at any time been adjudged as an insolvent;
  • (c) has at any time suspended payment to his creditors, or makes, or has at any time made, a composition with them; or
  • (d) has at any time been convicted by a court of an offence and sentenced for a period of more than six months.

Note the words "or continue the employment". These are not merely conditions of appointment; a person who incurs one of them must cease to hold the office.

Note also how far back three of them look. Clauses (b), (c) and (d) each say "at any time", so an insolvency, a composition or a sentence long since served still disqualifies.

munotes.in501

Managing Directors, Whole-Time Directors and Managers

Only the age bar can be lifted, and by two routes.

First proviso: a special resolution. A person who has attained the age of seventy may be appointed by passing a special resolution, in which case the explanatory statement annexed to the notice shall indicate the justification for appointing him.

Second proviso, inserted by the Companies (Amendment) Act, 2017: where no such special resolution is passed but the votes cast in favour exceed the votes cast against, and the Central Government is satisfied on an application made by the Board that the appointment is most beneficial to the company, the appointment may be made.

So the second proviso rescues an appointment that got an ordinary majority but fell short of three fourths, at the price of an application to the Central Government.

How the appointment is made: section 196(4)

Subject to section 197 and Schedule V, a managing director, whole-time director or manager shall be appointed, and the terms and conditions of the appointment and the remuneration payable approved:

  • by the Board of Directors at a meeting;
  • subject to approval by a resolution at the next general meeting; and
  • by the Central Government where the appointment is at variance with the conditions specified in Part I of Schedule V.

Three approvals, and the third only where the appointment departs from Schedule V Part I.

First proviso: what the notice must contain. A notice convening the Board or general meeting for considering the appointment shall include the terms and conditions, the remuneration payable, and such other matters including the interest of a director or directors in the appointment.

Second proviso: a return in the prescribed form shall be filed within sixty days of the appointment with the Registrar.

If the members do not approve: section 196(5)

Where an appointment of a managing director, whole-time director or manager is not approved by the company at a general meeting, any act done by him before such approval shall not be deemed to be invalid.

This is the same idea as section 176, applied to a different failure. The appointment falls, but what he did in the meantime stands, so that outsiders who dealt with him are not prejudiced.

Compensation for loss of office: section 202

Section 202(1): who may be paid. A company may make payment to a managing or whole-time director or manager, but not to any other director, by way of compensation for loss of office, or as consideration for retirement from office, or in connection with such loss or retirement.

The words "but not to any other director" are the heart of the section. A non-executive or independent director cannot be paid compensation for loss of office at all.

munotes.in502

Managing Directors, Whole-Time Directors and Managers

Section 202(2): six cases in which no payment shall be made.

  • (a) where the director resigns as a result of the reconstruction of the company or its amalgamation with any other body corporate, and is appointed as managing or whole-time director, manager or other officer of the reconstructed company or of the body corporate resulting from the amalgamation;
  • (b) where the director resigns otherwise than on such reconstruction or amalgamation;
  • (c) where the office is vacated under section 167(1);
  • (d) where the company is being wound up, whether by order of the Tribunal or voluntarily, provided the winding up was due to the negligence or default of the director;
  • (e) where the director has been guilty of fraud or breach of trust in relation to, or of gross negligence in or gross mismanagement of, the conduct of the affairs of the company or of any subsidiary or holding company; and
  • (f) where the director has instigated, or taken part directly or indirectly in bringing about, the termination of his office.

The organising idea is that compensation is for loss, not for choice or fault. Clauses (a) and (b) exclude those who resigned; clauses (c), (e) and (f) exclude those whose office ended through their own default or contrivance; clause (d) excludes the man whose own negligence sank the company.

Notice the qualification in clause (d). A winding up alone does not bar the payment; it must have been due to the negligence or default of the director.

Section 202(3): the cap, and it is a two-part calculation. The payment shall not exceed the remuneration which he would have earned if he had been in office for the remainder of his term, or for three years, whichever is shorter, calculated on the basis of the average remuneration actually earned by him during the three years immediately preceding the date on which he ceased to hold office, or, where he held office for a lesser period than three years, during that period.

So: the shorter of the unexpired term and three years, priced at his average pay over the last three years.

The proviso: nothing where the company cannot repay its capital. No such payment shall be made in the event of the commencement of the winding up of the company, whether before, or at any time within twelve months after, the date on which he ceased to hold office, if the assets of the company on the winding up, after deducting the expenses, are not sufficient to repay to the shareholders the share capital including the premiums contributed by them.

munotes.in503

Managing Directors, Whole-Time Directors and Managers

Section 202(4). Nothing in the section prohibits payment to a managing or whole-time director or manager of any remuneration for services rendered to the company in any other capacity.

And remember section 191. Where the payment is connected with a transfer of the undertaking, property or shares, section 191 requires disclosure to the members and approval in general meeting, and section 191(2) puts the ordinary company-to-managing-director payment outside that requirement, leaving it to section 202.

A worked example

Dombivli Forgings Limited proposes to appoint Mr Patwardhan, a director, as its managing director for seven years from 1 April, and separately to employ Mr Sheikh as its manager.

Two objections at once. Section 196(1) forbids appointing a managing director and a manager at the same time, so one or the other must go. And section 196(2) forbids a term exceeding five years at a time, so the seven year term is bad; five years, renewable, is the most the company may give.

Age. Mr Patwardhan is seventy-two. Section 196(3)(a) bars a person who has attained the age of seventy, but the first proviso permits the appointment by special resolution, the explanatory statement indicating the justification. At the meeting the resolution gets sixty-eight per cent in favour, short of three fourths. It has therefore failed as a special resolution, but the votes in favour exceed the votes against, so under the second proviso the Board may apply to the Central Government, and if the Government is satisfied the appointment is most beneficial to the company, the appointment may be made.

A different candidate. Mr Joshi was adjudged insolvent in 2009 and discharged in 2012. Clause (b) bars a person who is an undischarged insolvent or has at any time been adjudged as an insolvent. The discharge does not help him; the words are "at any time". He is disqualified, and there is no special resolution route, because only the age bar has one.

Another. Ms Dsouza was convicted of an offence and sentenced to eight months' imprisonment in 2015. Clause (d) bars a person sentenced for a period of more than six months at any time. She is disqualified.

Another still. Mr Rane is a director whom the Board has authorised to affix the common seal, sign share certificates and endorse cheques. He is described in the company's letters as its "chief executive". Is he a managing director? No. By the Explanation to section 2(54) those administrative acts of a routine nature are not substantial powers of management, and the title decides nothing, because the definition looks at whether he is entrusted with substantial powers, by whatever name called.

munotes.in504

Managing Directors, Whole-Time Directors and Managers

The procedure for Mr Patwardhan's appointment. The Board approves it at a meeting, together with the terms and conditions and remuneration; the notice convening that meeting and the general meeting includes the terms, the remuneration and the interest of any director in the appointment; the next general meeting approves it by resolution; and, the remuneration being at variance with Part I of Schedule V, the Central Government's approval is obtained. A return in the prescribed form is filed with the Registrar within sixty days.

If the members refuse. Suppose the general meeting declines to approve. The appointment fails, but under section 196(5) any act done by him before that approval is not deemed invalid, so the contracts he signed in the meantime bind the company.

Compensation on his exit. Three years into a five year term the company terminates the appointment. He may be paid compensation for loss of office under section 202(1), being a managing director. The unexpired term is two years, which is shorter than three years, so the cap is two years' remuneration, priced at his average remuneration over the three years immediately preceding the date he ceased to hold office.

A non-executive director's claim. An independent director who leaves at the same time asks for a similar payment. Section 202(1) forbids it: the payment may be made to a managing or whole-time director or manager, but not to any other director.

A payment that cannot be made. Suppose instead Mr Patwardhan had resigned to take the same office in the company resulting from an amalgamation. Clause (a) of section 202(2) bars the payment. Had he simply resigned for his own reasons, clause (b) would bar it. Had his office been vacated under section 167(1), clause (c) would bar it. Had he been found guilty of gross negligence in the conduct of the company's affairs, clause (e) would bar it. And had he engineered his own removal in order to claim the money, clause (f) would bar it.

And if the company goes into liquidation. If winding up commences before, or within twelve months after, the date he ceased to hold office, and the assets after expenses are not sufficient to repay the shareholders their capital including premiums, no payment may be made at all: proviso to section 202(3).

A payment that is not caught. He is separately engaged by the company as a technical consultant after his exit. Section 202(4) preserves remuneration for services rendered in any other capacity.

munotes.in505

Managing Directors, Whole-Time Directors and Managers

And a payment on a takeover. Had the payment been offered by a transferee acquiring the company's shares, section 191 would require disclosure of the prescribed particulars to the members and approval in general meeting, quite apart from section 202.

Distinctions that carry marks

Managing director, section 2(54)Manager, section 2(53)Whole-time director, section 2(94)
Must be a directorYesNo, may be any individualYes
Extent of authoritySubstantial powers of managementManagement of the whole or substantially the whole of the affairsNot defined by authority
Source of authorityArticles, agreement, resolution in general meeting, or the BoardSubject to the superintendence, control and direction of the BoardWhole-time employment
Contract of serviceNot mentionedWhether under a contract of service or notEmployment is the test
Together with the otherMay not hold with a manager, section 196(1)May not hold with a managing directorMay coexist with either
Section 196(3) disqualificationCan it be lifted?
Below twenty-one or has attained seventyYes, by special resolution with justification in the explanatory statement; or, failing that, where votes in favour exceed votes against and the Central Government is satisfied it is most beneficial to the company
Undischarged insolvent, or adjudged insolvent at any timeNo
Suspended payment to creditors or made a composition, at any timeNo
Convicted and sentenced for more than six months, at any timeNo
Section 202Position
Who may be paidManaging director, whole-time director, manager
Who may notAny other director
CapRemuneration for the unexpired term or three years, whichever is shorter, at the average of the last three years' actual remuneration
Absolute barWinding up commencing before or within twelve months after he ceased to hold office, where assets after expenses cannot repay the share capital and premiums

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean a managing director may serve only five years. The term may not exceed five years at a time; there is no limit on renewals, except that a re-appointment may not be made earlier than one year before the expiry of the current term.

It does not mean a person authorised to sign cheques is a managing director. The Explanation to section 2(54) excludes routine administrative acts from substantial powers of management.

It does not mean age seventy is an absolute bar. It may be crossed by special resolution, or, failing that, on the Central Government's satisfaction where the votes in favour exceeded those against.

It does not mean an unapproved appointment invalidates what was done. Section 196(5) saves acts done before the general meeting's refusal.

It does not mean every managing director who leaves is entitled to compensation. Six cases in section 202(2) bar it, and the amount is capped by section 202(3).

munotes.in506

Managing Directors, Whole-Time Directors and Managers

It does not mean section 202 covers takeover payments. Where the payment is connected with a transfer of the undertaking, property or shares, section 191 applies as well.

Quick revision

  • 2(54): a managing director is a director entrusted, by the articles, an agreement, a resolution in general meeting or the Board, with substantial powers of management, including a director occupying that position by whatever name called; routine administrative acts, such as affixing the seal, endorsing cheques or negotiable instruments, signing share certificates, or directing registration of transfers, are not substantial powers.
  • 2(53): a manager is an individual who, subject to the superintendence, control and direction of the Board, has the management of the whole or substantially the whole of the affairs, including any person occupying that position by whatever name called, whether under a contract of service or not.
  • 2(94): a whole-time director includes a director in the whole-time employment of the company. 2(18): a Chief Executive Officer is an officer designated as such. 2(19): a Chief Financial Officer is a person appointed as such.
  • 196(1): no company shall appoint or employ a managing director and a manager at the same time.
  • 196(2): no term exceeding five years at a time; no re-appointment earlier than one year before expiry.
  • 196(3): no appointment or continuance of a person below twenty-one or who has attained seventy; an undischarged insolvent or one ever adjudged insolvent; one who has at any time suspended payment to creditors or made a composition; or one ever convicted and sentenced for more than six months. The age bar alone is liftable, by special resolution with justification, or, that failing, where votes in favour exceed votes against and the Central Government is satisfied the appointment is most beneficial to the company.
  • 196(4): appointment and terms approved by the Board at a meeting, then by resolution at the next general meeting, and by the Central Government where at variance with Part I of Schedule V; the notice must state the terms, remuneration and any director's interest; a return within sixty days to the Registrar.
  • 196(5): acts done before the general meeting's refusal to approve are not invalid.
  • 202(1) and (2): compensation for loss of office may be paid to a managing or whole-time director or manager, but to no other director, and not at all where he resigned on a reconstruction or amalgamation and took office in the resulting company, resigned otherwise, vacated office under section 167(1), where the company is wound up due to his negligence or default, where he was guilty of fraud, breach of trust, gross negligence or gross mismanagement, or where he instigated or took part in bringing about the termination.
  • 202(3): the payment may not exceed the remuneration for the remainder of the term or three years, whichever is shorter, on the average remuneration actually earned in the three years immediately preceding the cessation, or such shorter period as he held office; and no payment at all where winding up commences before or within twelve months after cessation and the assets, after expenses, cannot repay the share capital and premiums.
  • 202(4): remuneration for services rendered in any other capacity is unaffected.
munotes.in507

Managing Directors, Whole-Time Directors and Managers

Test yourself

1. Distinguish a managing director from a manager. A managing director must be a director and is entrusted with substantial powers of management by the articles, an agreement, a resolution in general meeting or the Board: section 2(54). A manager need not be a director; he is an individual who, subject to the superintendence, control and direction of the Board, has the management of the whole or substantially the whole of the affairs, whether under a contract of service or not: section 2(53). A company may not have both at the same time: section 196(1).

2. For how long may a managing director be appointed? For a term not exceeding five years at a time, and a re-appointment may not be made earlier than one year before the expiry of his term: section 196(2).

3. Can a person of seventy-three be appointed managing director? Yes, but only by special resolution, the explanatory statement indicating the justification; and where no special resolution is passed but the votes in favour exceed the votes against, the appointment may still be made if the Central Government, on an application by the Board, is satisfied that it is most beneficial to the company: provisos to section 196(3)(a).

4. Whose approval is needed for the appointment and its terms? The Board at a meeting, then the company by resolution at the next general meeting, and the Central Government where the appointment is at variance with the conditions in Part I of Schedule V: section 196(4).

5. To whom may compensation for loss of office be paid, and how much? Only to a managing director, whole-time director or manager, and to no other director: section 202(1). The amount may not exceed the remuneration he would have earned for the remainder of his term or three years, whichever is shorter, calculated on the average remuneration actually earned during the three years immediately preceding the date he ceased to hold office, or such shorter period as he held office: section 202(3).

munotes.in508

Managing Directors, Whole-Time Directors and Managers

6. Name three situations in which no such compensation may be paid. Any three of: he resigned on a reconstruction or amalgamation and was appointed in the resulting company; he resigned otherwise; his office was vacated under section 167(1); the company is being wound up due to his negligence or default; he was guilty of fraud, breach of trust, gross negligence or gross mismanagement; or he instigated or took part in bringing about the termination of his office: section 202(2).

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in509

Chapter Seventy-One

Remuneration of Managerial Personnel

Syllabus topic 3.2, label: "Remuneration of Managerial Personnel"

In one line

A public company may pay its directors and manager together no more than eleven per cent of its net profits, and within that no more than five per cent to one managing or whole-time director or manager, ten per cent to all of them together, one per cent to the other directors where there is a managing or whole-time director or manager, and three per cent where there is not; the members may authorise more; net profits are computed under section 198; excess drawn must be refunded and is held in trust until it is; and where there are no profits or they are inadequate, Schedule V governs.

In exam wording: section 197 fixes the overall maximum managerial remuneration; section 198 tells you how to calculate the profits on which those percentages bite; section 199 requires recovery on a restatement of accounts; section 200 lets the company fix the remuneration where profits are absent or inadequate; and section 201 prescribes the form and procedure for applications.

Why the law has this at all

Managerial remuneration is the one payment a company makes where the recipients sit on the body that decides it. Left alone, a board could pay itself the whole of the profit and leave the members with nothing, and the members would learn of it only after the year had closed.

So the Act does four things.

It fixes a ceiling as a share of profit, so that pay rises only when the members' returns rise.

It defines the profit, in section 198, because a ceiling expressed as a percentage is worthless if the company may choose what the denominator means. Without section 198 a company could revalue its land, call the increase profit, and pay eleven per cent of it.

It makes the excess recoverable, in section 197(9) and (10), and holds it in trust until it is refunded, which gives the company a proprietary remedy and not merely a claim in debt.

And it deals with the awkward case of a company with no profits, where a percentage ceiling means nothing, by sending it to Schedule V.

Some words this chapter uses

Net profits here means profits computed under section 198, not book profit or taxable profit. Sitting fees are the fees under section 197(5). Managerial remuneration covers directors, including the managing and whole-time directors, and the manager. Restatement of financial statements means their revision to correct an error or a fraud. Median employee's remuneration is the middle figure in the ranked list of employees' pay.

The overall ceiling: section 197(1)

The total managerial remuneration payable by a public company to its directors, including managing director and whole-time director, and its manager in respect of any financial year shall not exceed eleven per cent of the net profits of that company for that financial year computed in the manner laid down in section 198, except that the remuneration of the directors shall not be deducted from the gross profits.

munotes.in510

Remuneration of Managerial Personnel

Note four things at once.

It applies to a public company. A private company is not subject to the section's percentage limits.

It covers directors and the manager together, not each separately.

The base is net profits under section 198.

And the exception matters arithmetically. Section 198(4)(b) would deduct directors' remuneration in computing net profits; for this purpose it is not deducted, so the percentage is taken on profits before managerial pay.

Crossing eleven per cent

First proviso: the company in general meeting may authorise the payment of remuneration exceeding eleven per cent of the net profits, subject to the provisions of Schedule V.

Until 12 September 2018 that proviso also required the approval of the Central Government. Those words were omitted. The decision now belongs to the members alone.

The inner limits

Second proviso: except with the approval of the company in general meeting by a special resolution:

  • (i) the remuneration payable to any one managing director, whole-time director or manager shall not exceed five per cent of the net profits; and where there is more than one such director, the remuneration to all of them and the manager taken together shall not exceed ten per cent;
  • (ii) the remuneration payable to directors who are neither managing directors nor whole-time directors shall not exceed (A) one per cent of the net profits if there is a managing or whole-time director or manager, and (B) three per cent in any other case.

So the five inner limits are: eleven overall, five to one, ten to all of them, one to the others where there is an executive, three to the others where there is not.

And note the words "except with the approval of the company in general meeting, by a special resolution". These inner limits are crossed by a special resolution, the requirement of a special resolution having been inserted in 2018.

Third proviso, inserted in 2020: the lenders come first. Where the company has defaulted in payment of dues to any bank or public financial institution, or to non-convertible debenture holders or any other secured creditor, the prior approval of that creditor must be obtained before the company obtains the members' approval.

The logic is plain. A company that is not paying its lenders should not be raising its directors' pay over the lenders' heads.

munotes.in511

Remuneration of Managerial Personnel

Fees, form and computation: section 197(2), (4), (5), (6) and (8)

Section 197(2). The percentages are exclusive of any fees payable to directors under sub-section (5). So sitting fees do not count towards the eleven per cent.

Section 197(4): who fixes it. The remuneration payable to the directors, including any managing or whole-time director or manager, shall be determined either by the articles, or by a resolution, or, if the articles so require, by a special resolution passed in general meeting; and the remuneration so determined shall be inclusive of the remuneration payable for services rendered by him in any other capacity.

The proviso excludes professional services. Remuneration for services rendered in another capacity is not included if (a) the services are of a professional nature, and (b) in the opinion of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee, where the company is covered by section 178(1), or of the Board in other cases, the director possesses the requisite qualification for the practice of the profession.

Both conditions must hold. A director who happens to give advice is not thereby a professional; the committee or Board must be satisfied he is qualified to practise.

Section 197(5): sitting fees. A director may receive remuneration by way of fee for attending meetings of the Board or a committee, or for any other purpose whatsoever as may be decided by the Board. The amount shall not exceed the prescribed amount, and different fees may be prescribed for different classes of companies and for independent directors.

Section 197(6): the form of payment. A director or manager may be paid either by a monthly payment, or at a specified percentage of the net profits, or partly one and partly the other.

Section 197(7) has been omitted by the Companies (Amendment) Act, 2019.

Section 197(8). The net profits for the purposes of the section are computed in the manner referred to in section 198.

No profits or inadequate profits: section 197(3)

Notwithstanding sub-sections (1) and (2), but subject to Schedule V, if in any financial year a company has no profits or its profits are inadequate, the company shall not pay to its directors, including any managing or whole-time director or manager, or any other non-executive director including an independent director, by way of remuneration any sum exclusive of any fees payable under sub-section (5), except in accordance with the provisions of Schedule V.

Two amendments have shaped this sub-section.

The words "or any other non-executive director, including an independent director" were inserted by the Companies (Amendment) Act, 2020. Before that, a loss-making company could not lawfully pay its non-executive and independent directors at all beyond sitting fees. This is the same change that added the proviso to section 149(9).

munotes.in512

Remuneration of Managerial Personnel

And the fallback of "previous approval of the Central Government" was omitted in 2018. The route is now Schedule V alone.

Excess drawn, refund and waiver: section 197(9) and (10)

Section 197(9). If any director draws or receives, directly or indirectly, by way of remuneration any sums in excess of the limit prescribed by the section, or without the approval required under it, he shall refund such sums to the company within two years or such lesser period as may be allowed by the company, and until such sum is refunded, hold it in trust for the company.

Three features to state in an answer. The refund is due within two years, or less if the company allows; the money is held in trust until refunded; and the sub-section catches both excess and want of approval.

Section 197(10): waiver. The company shall not waive the recovery of any sum refundable under sub-section (9) unless approved by the company by special resolution within two years from the date the sum becomes refundable.

The proviso, inserted in 2020, again puts the lenders first: where the company has defaulted in payment of dues to any bank, public financial institution, non-convertible debenture holders or other secured creditor, the prior approval of that creditor must be obtained before the waiver is approved.

The rest of section 197

Section 197(11). Where Schedule V is applicable on grounds of no profits or inadequate profits, any provision increasing a director's remuneration, whether in the memorandum, articles, an agreement, or a resolution of the company or the Board, shall not have effect unless the increase is in accordance with the conditions specified in that Schedule.

Section 197(12): the pay ratio. Every listed company shall disclose in the Board's report the ratio of the remuneration of each director to the median employee's remuneration and such other details as may be prescribed.

Section 197(13): insurance. Where a company takes insurance on behalf of its managing director, whole-time director, manager, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or Company Secretary, indemnifying them against liability for negligence, default, misfeasance, breach of duty or breach of trust in relation to the company, the premium shall not be treated as part of the remuneration. Proviso: if such person is proved to be guilty, the premium shall be treated as part of the remuneration.

That proviso is neat. The company may insure honest officers freely; if the officer turns out to be guilty, the premium becomes his pay and counts against the limits.

munotes.in513

Remuneration of Managerial Personnel

Section 197(14): commission from a holding or subsidiary company. A director in receipt of a commission from the company who is a managing or whole-time director is not disqualified from receiving remuneration or commission from any holding or subsidiary company, subject to disclosure by the company in the Board's report.

Section 197(15): the penalty. Any person in default is liable to a penalty of one lakh rupees, and where the default is by a company, the company is liable to a penalty of five lakh rupees.

Section 197(16): the auditor's statement. The auditor shall, in his report under section 143, state whether the remuneration paid to the directors is in accordance with this section, whether any director's remuneration is in excess of the limit, and such other details as may be prescribed.

Section 197(17) is transitional: applications pending with the Central Government under the section as it stood before the 2017 amendment abate, and the company must obtain approval under the amended section within one year.

Calculation of profits: section 198

Section 198(1) sets the method in one sentence. In computing net profits for section 197, credit shall be given for the sums in sub-section (2) and shall not be given for those in sub-section (3); and the sums in sub-section (4) shall be deducted and those in sub-section (5) shall not be deducted.

So the section is four lists: two of receipts and two of outgoings.

Sub-section (2), credit shall be given for: bounties and subsidies received from any Government or public authority constituted or authorised by any Government, unless and except so far as the Central Government otherwise directs.

Sub-section (3), credit shall NOT be given for:

  • (a) profits by way of premium on shares or debentures issued or sold by the company, unless the company is an investment company within clause (a) of the Explanation to section 186;
  • (b) profits on sales of forfeited shares;
  • (c) profits of a capital nature, including profits from the sale of the undertaking or any part of it;
  • (d) profits from the sale of immovable property or fixed assets of a capital nature, unless the business of the company consists wholly or partly of buying and selling such property or assets. Proviso: where the sale price exceeds the written-down value, credit shall be given for so much of the excess as is not higher than the difference between original cost and written-down value, which is to say the depreciation written back, and no more;
  • (e) any change in the carrying amount of an asset or liability recognised in equity reserves, including surplus in the profit and loss account, on measurement at fair value; and
  • (f), inserted in 2018, any amount representing unrealised gains, notional gains or revaluation of assets.
munotes.in514

Remuneration of Managerial Personnel

Clauses (e) and (f) are the modern heart of the section. They stop a company from turning an accounting write-up into a bonus.

Sub-section (4), the deductions. All the usual working charges; directors' remuneration; bonus or commission paid to staff, engineers, technicians or persons employed whole-time or part-time; taxes on excess or abnormal profits notified by the Central Government; taxes on business profits imposed for special reasons and so notified; interest on debentures; interest on mortgages and on loans and advances secured by a charge on fixed or floating assets; interest on unsecured loans and advances; expenses on repairs not of a capital nature; outgoings including contributions under section 181; depreciation to the extent specified in section 123; the excess of expenditure over income of an earlier year so far as not already deducted; compensation or damages payable under a legal liability including breach of contract; insurance against that risk; and bad debts written off or adjusted during the year.

Sub-section (5), what shall NOT be deducted.

  • (a) income-tax and super-tax payable under the Income-tax Act, 1961, or any other tax on the company's income not falling under clauses (d) and (e) of sub-section (4);
  • (b) compensation, damages or payments made voluntarily, that is, otherwise than under a legal liability of the kind in sub-section (4)(m);
  • (c) losses of a capital nature, including loss on sale of the undertaking, but not the excess of the written-down value of an asset sold, discarded, demolished or destroyed over its sale proceeds or scrap value; and
  • (d) any change in the carrying amount of an asset or liability recognised in equity reserves on fair value measurement.

The symmetry is worth pointing out in an answer. Capital profits are not credited and capital losses are not deducted; fair value movements are neither credited nor deducted; income-tax is not deducted, but a tax on excess profits is.

Recovery on restatement: section 199

Where a company is required to re-state its financial statements due to fraud or non-compliance with any requirement under this Act and the rules made thereunder, the company shall recover from any past or present managing director or whole-time director or manager or Chief Executive Officer, by whatever name called, who during the period for which the financial statements are required to be re-stated received the remuneration, including stock option, in excess of what would have been payable to him as per restatement of financial statements.

Note four things.

Recovery is mandatory. The section says the company shall recover.

munotes.in515

Remuneration of Managerial Personnel

It reaches past officers, not only serving ones.

It includes stock options, not merely cash.

And the measure is the difference between what was paid and what would have been payable on the restated figures.

It is expressly without prejudice to any other liability under this or any other law.

Fixing remuneration where profits are absent: section 200

Notwithstanding anything in the Chapter, a company may, while according its approval under section 196 to any appointment, or to any remuneration under section 197 in cases where the company has inadequate or no profits, fix the remuneration within the limits specified in the Act at such amount or percentage of profits as it may deem fit; and while fixing it the company shall have regard to:

  • (a) the financial position of the company;
  • (b) the remuneration or commission drawn by the individual in any other capacity;
  • (c) the remuneration or commission drawn by him from any other company;
  • (d) the professional qualifications and experience of the individual; and
  • (e) such other matters as may be prescribed.

The marginal note still reads "Central Government or company to fix limit", but the words giving the Central Government that role were omitted in 2018, and what survives is the company's power, guided by the five matters above. The marginal note is a leftover, and an answer that relies on it will misstate the law.

Applications: section 201

Section 201(1). Every application to the Central Government under section 196 shall be in such form as may be prescribed.

Section 201(2). Before any such application is made, (a) the company shall issue a general notice to its members indicating the nature of the application proposed; (b) the notice shall be published at least once in a newspaper in the principal language of the district in which the registered office is situate and circulating in that district, and at least once in English in an English newspaper circulating in that district; and (c) copies of the notices, with a certificate of due publication, shall be attached to the application.

Note what section 201 now serves. Since 2018 the Central Government's role in remuneration has gone; the application that remains is the one under section 196(3), for the appointment of a person who has attained the age of seventy where the special resolution was not passed.

A worked example

Ambernath Alloys Limited is a public company. Its net profits computed under section 198, without deducting directors' remuneration, are five crore rupees. It has one managing director, one whole-time director, and six other directors of whom four are independent.

The ceilings.

  • Overall, to all directors and the manager together: eleven per cent of five crore, that is fifty-five lakh rupees.
  • To any one of the managing or whole-time directors: five per cent, that is twenty-five lakh.
  • To both of them together: ten per cent, that is fifty lakh.
  • To the six other directors together: there is a managing director, so one per cent, that is five lakh.
munotes.in516

Remuneration of Managerial Personnel

Had there been no managing or whole-time director or manager, the other directors' ceiling would have been three per cent, fifteen lakh.

Sitting fees. The company pays each director a fee for attending Board and committee meetings, within the prescribed amount. Those fees are excluded from all the percentages by section 197(2).

Crossing a limit. The company wishes to pay the managing director thirty-five lakh, which is seven per cent. That exceeds the five per cent inner limit, so it needs the approval of the company in general meeting by a special resolution: second proviso to section 197(1). If the total to all directors and the manager also exceeded fifty-five lakh, the first proviso would require the members' authorisation, subject to Schedule V. Since 12 September 2018 no Central Government approval is needed for either.

A defaulting company. Ambernath Alloys has defaulted on its term loan to a bank. Then, by the third proviso, the bank's prior approval must be obtained before the company obtains the members' approval. The same requirement applies under the proviso to section 197(10) if the company later wants to waive a refund.

Professional services. A director who is a practising architect designs the company's new plant and is paid a fee. Under section 197(4) remuneration in another capacity is normally included in his remuneration, but the proviso excludes it where the services are of a professional nature and the Nomination and Remuneration Committee, this being a company covered by section 178(1), is of opinion that he possesses the requisite qualification for the practice of the profession. Both being satisfied, the fee is outside the limits.

Computing the profits. During the year the company sold a plot of land at a profit of eighty lakh rupees. Its business is making alloys, not dealing in land, so under section 198(3)(d) that profit is not credited, except that where the price exceeds the written-down value, credit is given for so much of the excess as does not exceed the difference between original cost and written-down value. It also revalued its buildings upward by two crore. Under section 198(3)(f) that revaluation is not credited at all. And it received a State subsidy of ten lakh, which is credited under sub-section (2).

munotes.in517

Remuneration of Managerial Personnel

On the other side, it paid income-tax, which is not deducted under section 198(5)(a), and made a voluntary ex gratia payment to a supplier, which is not deducted under clause (b); but it deducted interest on its debentures and on its secured and unsecured loans, depreciation to the extent specified in section 123, bad debts written off, and its contribution to a charitable fund under section 181, all under sub-section (4).

Excess drawn. The managing director in fact draws forty lakh although only thirty-five lakh was approved. Under section 197(9) he must refund five lakh within two years, or such lesser period as the company allows, and holds it in trust for the company until he does. The company may waive it only by special resolution passed within two years from the date the sum became refundable: section 197(10). He is also liable to a penalty of one lakh rupees, and the company, if in default, to five lakh rupees: section 197(15). And the auditor must state in his report under section 143 whether the remuneration is in accordance with the section and whether any director's remuneration exceeds the limit: section 197(16).

A restatement. Two years later the company is required to re-state its financial statements because of a fraud. On the restated figures the managing director's entitlement for those years was eighteen lakh a year lower. Under section 199 the company shall recover that excess, including any stock option, and it may recover from him whether or not he is still in office.

A bad year. In the following year the company makes no profit. It may not pay remuneration to its directors, including the managing and whole-time directors and any non-executive or independent director, except in accordance with Schedule V, sitting fees apart: section 197(3). In fixing what to pay within those limits, the company must, under section 200, have regard to its financial position, the individual's remuneration in any other capacity, his remuneration from any other company, and his professional qualifications and experience.

Insurance. The company insures its managing director and Chief Financial Officer against liability for negligence and breach of duty. The premium is not part of their remuneration under section 197(13), unless either is proved to be guilty, in which case the premium becomes part of his remuneration.

Disclosure. Being listed, the company must disclose in the Board's report the ratio of each director's remuneration to the median employee's remuneration: section 197(12). And where the managing director also draws a commission from the company's subsidiary, that is not a disqualification, but it must be disclosed in the Board's report: section 197(14).

munotes.in518

Remuneration of Managerial Personnel

Distinctions that carry marks

Section 197(1) ceilingPercentage of net profits
All directors and the manager togetherEleven per cent; more only with the members' authorisation, subject to Schedule V
Any one managing or whole-time director or managerFive per cent
All such directors and the manager togetherTen per cent
Other directors, where there is a managing or whole-time director or managerOne per cent
Other directors, where there is notThree per cent
Crossing the inner limitsSpecial resolution in general meeting
Sitting fees under sub-section (5)Excluded from all the above
Section 198Treatment
Government bounties and subsidiesCredited, unless the Central Government directs otherwise
Share or debenture premium, forfeited-share profits, capital profits, profits on sale of fixed assets, fair value changes, unrealised or notional gains, revaluationNot credited
Working charges, directors' remuneration, staff bonus, interest, non-capital repairs, section 181 outgoings, depreciation under section 123, past losses, legal compensation, insurance, bad debtsDeducted
Income-tax, voluntary payments, capital losses, fair value changesNot deducted
Who approves what, after 12 September 2018Approval
Remuneration above eleven per centCompany in general meeting, subject to Schedule V
Remuneration above the inner limitsSpecial resolution
Where the company has defaulted to a lenderPrior approval of that lender, then the members
Where there are no or inadequate profitsSchedule V, the company fixing the amount under section 200
Appointment of a person aged seventy or more where no special resolution passedCentral Government, on application under section 196(3), in the form under section 201

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean the Central Government approves excess managerial remuneration. That requirement was omitted with effect from 12 September 2018; the members decide.

It does not mean the eleven per cent includes sitting fees. Section 197(2) makes the percentages exclusive of fees under sub-section (5).

It does not mean net profits means book profit. It means profits computed under section 198, and for section 197 without deducting directors' remuneration.

It does not mean a loss-making company can pay nothing to its independent directors. Since the 2020 amendment, section 197(3) lets it pay them in accordance with Schedule V, and the proviso to section 149(9) says the same.

It does not mean excess remuneration is merely a debt. It is held in trust for the company until refunded: section 197(9).

It does not mean a waiver is in the Board's gift. It requires a special resolution within two years of the sum becoming refundable, and where the company has defaulted to a lender, that lender's prior approval.

munotes.in519

Remuneration of Managerial Personnel

Quick revision

  • 197(1): total managerial remuneration of a public company to its directors and manager shall not exceed eleven per cent of net profits computed under section 198, directors' remuneration not being deducted in that computation; the general meeting may authorise more, subject to Schedule V; and except with the approval of the company in general meeting by a special resolution, five per cent to any one managing or whole-time director or manager, ten per cent to all of them together, one per cent to the other directors where there is such an executive and three per cent where there is not; where the company has defaulted to a bank, public financial institution, non-convertible debenture holders or other secured creditor, that creditor's prior approval comes first.
  • 197(2), (4), (5), (6), (8): percentages exclusive of sitting fees; remuneration determined by the articles, a resolution, or a special resolution if the articles so require, and inclusive of pay in any other capacity unless the services are professional and the Nomination and Remuneration Committee or the Board is satisfied he is qualified to practise; sitting fees within the prescribed amount, with different fees prescribable for classes of companies and independent directors; payment monthly, as a percentage of net profits, or partly both; net profits as in section 198.
  • 197(3): where there are no profits or profits are inadequate, nothing may be paid to directors, including non-executive and independent directors, except sitting fees and what Schedule V allows.
  • 197(9) and (10): excess or unapproved sums must be refunded within two years and are held in trust meanwhile; waiver only by special resolution within two years, with the defaulting company's lender approving first.
  • 197(11) to (17): where Schedule V applies, an increase has no effect unless it conforms to the Schedule; a listed company discloses the ratio of each director's remuneration to the median employee's; insurance premium is not remuneration unless the person is proved guilty; a managing or whole-time director may take commission from a holding or subsidiary company, disclosed in the Board's report; penalty one lakh rupees on a person and five lakh on a company; the auditor must report on compliance; and pre-2017 applications abate.
  • 198: credit Government bounties and subsidies; do not credit premium on shares or debentures (save for an investment company), forfeited-share profits, capital profits, profits on sale of immovable property or fixed assets (save the depreciation written back, and save where the business is dealing in them), fair value changes, and unrealised or notional gains and revaluation; deduct working charges, directors' remuneration, staff bonus and commission, notified excess-profits and special business-profits taxes, interest on debentures, on secured and on unsecured loans, non-capital repairs, section 181 outgoings, depreciation under section 123, unabsorbed past excess of expenditure, legal compensation and damages, insurance against that risk, and bad debts; do not deduct income-tax, voluntary payments, capital losses (except the shortfall on an asset sold, discarded, demolished or destroyed), and fair value changes.
  • 199: on a restatement due to fraud or non-compliance, the company shall recover from any past or present managing or whole-time director, manager or Chief Executive Officer the remuneration, including stock option, in excess of what the restated accounts would have supported.
  • 200: the company, when approving an appointment under section 196 or remuneration under section 197 where profits are inadequate or absent, may fix the remuneration within the limits specified in the Act, having regard to the financial position of the company, the individual's remuneration in any other capacity and from any other company, his professional qualifications and experience, and any prescribed matters.
  • 201: an application to the Central Government under section 196 shall be in the prescribed form, preceded by a general notice to members, published once in the principal language of the district and once in English, the notices and a certificate of due publication being attached to the application.
munotes.in520

Remuneration of Managerial Personnel

Test yourself

1. State the limits in section 197(1). Total managerial remuneration of a public company to its directors and manager: eleven per cent of net profits computed under section 198. Within that, and except with the approval of the company in general meeting by special resolution: five per cent to any one managing or whole-time director or manager; ten per cent to all of them taken together; one per cent to directors who are neither managing nor whole-time directors where there is such an executive or a manager; and three per cent in any other case.

2. Who may authorise remuneration above eleven per cent? The company in general meeting, subject to Schedule V. The words requiring the approval of the Central Government were omitted with effect from 12 September 2018.

3. Are sitting fees counted in those percentages? No. The percentages are exclusive of fees payable to directors under section 197(5): section 197(2).

4. What happens if a director draws more than he is entitled to? He must refund it to the company within two years, or such lesser period as the company allows, and until it is refunded he holds it in trust for the company: section 197(9). The company may waive recovery only by special resolution passed within two years from the date the sum became refundable, and where it has defaulted to a lender, only with that lender's prior approval: section 197(10).

munotes.in521

Remuneration of Managerial Personnel

5. Name four sums for which credit shall not be given in computing net profits. Any four of: premium on shares or debentures issued or sold (unless the company is an investment company); profits on sales of forfeited shares; profits of a capital nature, including on the sale of an undertaking; profits from the sale of immovable property or fixed assets of a capital nature, save where the business is dealing in them and save the depreciation written back; changes in the carrying amount of assets or liabilities on fair value measurement; and unrealised gains, notional gains or revaluation of assets: section 198(3).

6. When must a company recover remuneration already paid? Where it is required to re-state its financial statements due to fraud or non-compliance with the Act or the rules, it shall recover from any past or present managing director, whole-time director, manager or Chief Executive Officer the remuneration, including stock option, received during that period in excess of what would have been payable on the restated statements: section 199.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in522

Chapter Seventy-Two

The Company Secretary

Syllabus topic 3.2, label: "Company Secretary"

In one line

A company secretary is a member of the Institute of Company Secretaries of India appointed by a company to perform the functions of a company secretary under the Act; he is one of the key managerial personnel; his statutory functions are to report to the Board on compliance, to ensure the company observes the secretarial standards, and to discharge such other duties as may be prescribed.

In exam wording: section 2(24) defines the company secretary, section 2(25) the company secretary in practice, and section 205 states his functions.

Why the law has this at all

A company is under a very large number of continuing obligations, and almost none of them is a single act. Registers must be kept, meetings called on the right notice, resolutions filed within the right number of days, disclosures taken from directors every financial year. Directors cannot do that work, and auditors come once a year and look at the accounts.

So the Act creates an officer whose whole job is compliance, gives him a professional qualification so that the job is done by somebody trained to do it, and makes him one of the key managerial personnel so that the Act's other obligations can attach to him by name.

And then it does something more interesting. It requires him to report to the Board on compliance. That is not a duty to comply; it is a duty to tell the Board where the company stands, which turns a private failure into something the Board is on notice of, and therefore something for which the directors can be held answerable.

Some words this chapter uses

The Company Secretaries Act, 1980 is the statute governing the profession. The Institute of Company Secretaries of India is constituted under section 3 of that Act. Secretarial standards are defined in the Explanation to section 205. In practice means practising the profession rather than being employed by one company.

Who is a company secretary: section 2(24)

"Company secretary" or "secretary" means a company secretary as defined in clause (c) of sub-section (1) of section 2 of the Company Secretaries Act, 1980, who is appointed by a company to perform the functions of a company secretary under this Act.

Two conditions, and both must hold.

A qualification. He must be a company secretary as defined in the Company Secretaries Act, 1980, that is to say a member of the Institute.

An appointment. He must be appointed by a company to perform the functions of a company secretary under this Act.

So the definition is not satisfied by either half alone. A member of the Institute working as a company's finance manager is not its company secretary; and an employee called "secretary" who is not a member of the Institute is not one either.

munotes.in523

The Company Secretary

Company secretary in practice: section 2(25)

"Company secretary in practice" means a company secretary who is deemed to be in practice under sub-section (2) of section 2 of the Company Secretaries Act, 1980.

The distinction matters throughout the Act, because several functions must be performed by a company secretary in practice and not by the company's own secretary. The secretarial audit report under section 204 is the clearest example: it must be given by a company secretary in practice, for the obvious reason that a company's own officer cannot audit his own compliance.

The functions: section 205(1)

The functions of the company secretary shall include:

  • (a) to report to the Board about compliance with the provisions of this Act, the rules made thereunder and other laws applicable to the company;
  • (b) to ensure that the company complies with the applicable secretarial standards;
  • (c) to discharge such other duties as may be prescribed.

Note the word "include". The list is not exhaustive; it is a statutory floor beneath whatever the company's own terms of appointment provide.

Note the width of clause (a). He reports not only on the Companies Act and its rules, but on other laws applicable to the company. A secretary of a manufacturing company therefore has the environmental and labour legislation within his reporting duty.

And note that clause (b) is stated as a duty to "ensure", not to advise. It is the strongest verb in the sub-section.

The Explanation defines secretarial standards as standards issued by the Institute of Company Secretaries of India constituted under section 3 of the Company Secretaries Act, 1980, and approved by the Central Government.

Two requirements again. Issued by the Institute, and approved by the Central Government. A standard the Institute has issued but the Government has not approved is not a secretarial standard for the purposes of this section.

And the standards are not merely professional guidance. Section 118(10) requires every company to observe secretarial standards with respect to general and Board meetings specified by the Institute and approved by the Central Government, which makes their observance a statutory obligation of the company, not only of its secretary.

What the section does not disturb: section 205(2)

The provisions contained in section 204 and section 205 shall not affect the duties and functions of the Board of Directors, chairperson of the company, managing director or whole-time director under this Act, or any other law for the time being in force.

This is the saving that keeps responsibility where it belongs. Neither the secretary's compliance function nor the secretarial audit relieves the Board, the chairperson, the managing director or a whole-time director of anything. A director cannot answer a charge of default by saying the company had a secretary.

munotes.in524

The Company Secretary

Where else the secretary appears in this book

As key managerial personnel: section 2(51)(ii). He is within the class, with everything that follows from it.

As an officer in default: section 2(60). The definition of officer who is in default includes key managerial personnel, so the secretary is exposed to the penalties the Act imposes on officers in default.

In the appointment rules: section 203. A prescribed company must have a whole-time company secretary; the appointment must be by Board resolution stating the terms and remuneration; he may not hold office in more than one company except a subsidiary; and a vacancy must be filled by the Board at a meeting within six months.

In the disclosure of interest: section 189(2). Every key managerial personnel must, within thirty days of appointment or relinquishment of office, disclose to the company the particulars specified in section 184(1).

Before the Audit Committee: section 177(7). Key managerial personnel have a right to be heard when the Committee considers the auditor's report, but no right to vote.

As a related party: section 2(76)(ii). A key managerial personnel or his relative is a related party of the company.

And outside the protection of section 149(12), which narrows liability only for an independent director and a non-executive director not being a promoter or key managerial personnel.

A worked example

Panvel Ceramics Limited falls within the prescribed class under section 203 and must have a whole-time company secretary.

Who may be appointed. Only a member of the Institute of Company Secretaries of India who is appointed by the company to perform the functions of a company secretary under the Act: section 2(24). The company's experienced administration manager, who is not a member of the Institute, cannot be appointed however the office is described.

How. By a resolution of the Board containing the terms and conditions including the remuneration: section 203(2). He may not simultaneously hold the office in another company unless it is a subsidiary of Panvel Ceramics: section 203(3).

What he must do. He must report to the Board on compliance with the Companies Act, its rules and other laws applicable to the company, which for this company includes its environmental and factory legislation; ensure compliance with the applicable secretarial standards issued by the Institute and approved by the Central Government; and discharge such other duties as may be prescribed: section 205(1).

A failure of notice. The company calls an annual general meeting on fourteen clear days' notice instead of twenty-one. That breaches the Act and the secretarial standard on general meetings, and the observance of secretarial standards is also required of the company by section 118(10). The secretary's duty was to ensure compliance and, having failed, to report the position to the Board, because the report is what puts the Board in a position to call the meeting afresh.

munotes.in525

The Company Secretary

Who is answerable. The secretary is key managerial personnel and therefore within officer who is in default under section 2(60), so penalties for the default may reach him. But section 205(2) preserves the duties of the Board, the chairperson, the managing director and any whole-time director, so they cannot answer the charge by pointing at him.

A vacancy. He resigns on 10 June. The Board must fill the vacancy at a Board meeting within six months, that is by 9 December: section 203(4). Failing that the company is liable to a penalty of five lakh rupees and every director and key managerial personnel in default to fifty thousand rupees, with one thousand rupees a day for a continuing default up to five lakh rupees: section 203(5).

The secretarial audit. Being within the class prescribed under section 204, the company must also annex to its Board's report a secretarial audit report given by a company secretary in practice: section 2(25). Its own secretary cannot give that report, and the point is dealt with in [Secretarial Audit].

On appointment. Within thirty days of his appointment the new secretary must disclose to the company the particulars specified in section 184(1) about his concern or interest in other bodies corporate and firms, because he is key managerial personnel: section 189(2).

Distinctions that carry marks

Company secretary, section 2(24)Company secretary in practice, section 2(25)
QualificationMember of the Institute under the Company Secretaries Act, 1980The same, and deemed to be in practice under section 2(2) of that Act
Relationship with the companyAppointed by the company to perform the functions under this ActIndependent of the company
Typical statutory roleKey managerial personnel under section 2(51); functions under section 205Gives the secretarial audit report under section 204
Section 205(1)The function
(a)Report to the Board on compliance with the Act, the rules and other laws applicable to the company
(b)Ensure compliance with the applicable secretarial standards
(c)Discharge such other duties as may be prescribed
Secretarial standardsRequirement
Issued byThe Institute of Company Secretaries of India, constituted under section 3 of the Company Secretaries Act, 1980
AndApproved by the Central Government
Binding on the company bySection 118(10), for general and Board meetings
munotes.in526

The Company Secretary

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean anyone the company calls "secretary" is a company secretary. He must be a member of the Institute and be appointed to perform the functions of a company secretary under the Act.

It does not mean the list in section 205(1) is exhaustive. The sub-section says the functions shall include those three.

It does not mean the secretary reports only on the Companies Act. Clause (a) extends to other laws applicable to the company.

It does not mean a standard issued by the Institute is automatically a secretarial standard. It must also be approved by the Central Government.

It does not mean the secretary's compliance function relieves the directors. Section 205(2) expressly preserves the duties of the Board, chairperson, managing director and whole-time director.

It does not mean the company's own secretary may conduct its secretarial audit. Section 204 requires a company secretary in practice.

Quick revision

  • 2(24): a company secretary is a company secretary as defined in the Company Secretaries Act, 1980, appointed by a company to perform the functions of a company secretary under this Act. Both the qualification and the appointment are required.
  • 2(25): a company secretary in practice is one deemed to be in practice under section 2(2) of that Act; he is who gives the secretarial audit report under section 204.
  • 205(1): the functions include (a) reporting to the Board on compliance with this Act, the rules and other laws applicable to the company; (b) ensuring compliance with the applicable secretarial standards; and (c) such other prescribed duties.
  • Explanation: secretarial standards are those issued by the Institute of Company Secretaries of India and approved by the Central Government; section 118(10) obliges the company to observe them for general and Board meetings.
  • 205(2): sections 204 and 205 do not affect the duties and functions of the Board, the chairperson, the managing director or a whole-time director under this Act or any other law.
  • Elsewhere: he is key managerial personnel under 2(51)(ii); an officer in default under 2(60); appointed and restricted under 203; must disclose his interests within thirty days under 189(2); may be heard but not vote before the Audit Committee under 177(7); is a related party under 2(76)(ii); and is outside the narrowed liability of 149(12).

Test yourself

1. Who can be appointed a company secretary? A person who is a company secretary as defined in clause (c) of section 2(1) of the Company Secretaries Act, 1980, that is a member of the Institute, and who is appointed by the company to perform the functions of a company secretary under the Companies Act: section 2(24). Both requirements must be satisfied.

munotes.in527

The Company Secretary

2. State the functions of a company secretary. To report to the Board about compliance with the Companies Act, the rules made under it and other laws applicable to the company; to ensure that the company complies with the applicable secretarial standards; and to discharge such other duties as may be prescribed: section 205(1). The list is inclusive, not exhaustive.

3. What are secretarial standards? Standards issued by the Institute of Company Secretaries of India, constituted under section 3 of the Company Secretaries Act, 1980, and approved by the Central Government: Explanation to section 205. By section 118(10) every company must observe those relating to general and Board meetings.

4. Does the appointment of a company secretary relieve the directors of their duties? No. Section 205(2) provides that sections 204 and 205 shall not affect the duties and functions of the Board of Directors, the chairperson, the managing director or a whole-time director under this Act or any other law in force.

5. Distinguish a company secretary from a company secretary in practice. A company secretary is appointed by, and is an officer of, the company, and is one of its key managerial personnel. A company secretary in practice is one deemed to be in practice under section 2(2) of the Company Secretaries Act, 1980, is independent of the company, and is the person who may give the secretarial audit report under section 204.

6. Where does the Act treat the company secretary as an officer in default? Section 2(60) defines officer who is in default to include key managerial personnel, and section 2(51)(ii) makes the company secretary key managerial personnel, so penalties imposed on officers in default may reach him.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in528

Chapter Seventy-Three

Majority Rule, Minority Rights and the Principle of Non-interference

Syllabus topic 3.3, labels: "Majority Rule", "Minority Rights", "Principle of non-interference (Rule in Foss v. Harbottle)"

In one line

What the majority of members decides binds the company, so a court will not interfere in the internal management of a company at the suit of a member; but that rule fails where the act complained of is illegal or ultra vires, needs a special majority, invades a member's personal right, or is a fraud on the minority, and the Act now supplies statutory remedies of its own.

In exam wording: the rule in Foss v. Harbottle has two branches, the proper plaintiff rule and the internal management rule; the exceptions are the source of minority protection; and sections 241 to 246 are the modern statutory route.

Why the law has this at all

A company decides by voting, and voting means the larger holding prevails. That is not an accident of the Act; it is what buying more shares is for.

But majority rule creates two problems, and the law's answer to each is different.

The first problem is litigation. If any one of ten thousand members could sue the directors whenever he disagreed with them, the company would never be out of court, and the same complaint could be litigated by each member in turn. So the courts developed the rule in Foss v. Harbottle, which sends the complaint back to the company, whose own majority may decide whether to sue.

The second problem is abuse. A majority that can do anything can help itself to the company at the minority's expense, and telling the minority to persuade the majority to sue is telling them to ask the wrongdoer for permission. So the rule has exceptions, and the Act, building on them, gives the minority its own standing under sections 241 and 245.

The Act keeps both halves. Nothing in it abolishes majority rule; what it does is name the situations in which a member may go to the Tribunal in his own name.

Some words this chapter uses

The proper plaintiff is the person in whom the cause of action is vested. Internal management means the conduct of the company's affairs in matters the company itself can regulate. Ratification is the company's approval, after the event, of something done without authority. A fraud on the minority is a use of majority power to appropriate to the majority what belongs to the company or to the members generally. A qualified majority means a special resolution or other prescribed majority. A personal right is one a member holds in his own capacity, as against a right of the company.

The rule in Foss v. Harbottle

Facts. Foss v. Harbottle arose out of a company formed to lay out and sell land as a park. Two members sued the directors and promoters, alleging that they had applied the company's property improperly and had wasted it, and asked the court to make them make good the loss. The company itself was not the plaintiff; the two members sued on their own behalf and on behalf of the other members.

munotes.in529

Majority Rule, Minority Rights and the Principle of Non-interference

Held. The action could not be maintained. The wrong complained of was a wrong done to the company, so the company was the proper plaintiff; and the acts complained of were capable of being confirmed by the majority of the members, so it was for the company in general meeting, and not for the court at the suit of individual members, to decide whether to pursue them.

Why it matters. From those two reasons come the two branches of the rule, and an answer should state them separately.

The proper plaintiff rule. Where a wrong is done to the company, the company alone can sue for it. A member has suffered no legal injury of his own; his shares may be worth less, but that is a reflection of the company's loss, not a separate loss of his.

The internal management rule. Where the act complained of is one the company can ratify by an ordinary majority, the court will not interfere at the instance of a member, because the majority may lawfully decide to let the matter go. This is the principle of non-interference that MU's label names.

The practical consequence is that a minority shareholder complaining of the directors' conduct is met by the answer: the company is the plaintiff, and the company is controlled by the majority who see no reason to sue.

The exceptions

The exceptions are the examinable half of the topic, and they should be given as a list with a sentence of reasoning each, because each rests on a different ground.

Ultra vires or illegal acts

Where the act complained of is ultra vires the company or illegal, any member may sue to restrain it. The reason is decisive: the majority cannot ratify what the company itself has no power to do, so the internal management rule has nothing to work on. A member may accordingly seek an injunction to restrain the company from doing an act outside its memorandum or forbidden by law.

The Act now gives that exception statutory form. Under section 245(1)(a), (b) and (e) a class action may seek to restrain the company from an act ultra vires the memorandum or articles, from a breach of its memorandum or articles, and from an act contrary to this Act or any other law.

munotes.in530

Majority Rule, Minority Rights and the Principle of Non-interference

Acts requiring a special majority

Where the Act or the articles require a special resolution or other qualified majority, and the thing is purported to be done by a simple majority, a member may sue. The reason again is that ratification is impossible on the terms attempted: what the law requires three fourths to do cannot be validated by one half.

Invasion of a member's individual rights

Where the act complained of infringes a personal right of the member rather than a right of the company, he sues in his own right, and the proper plaintiff rule does not apply at all, because the cause of action is his.

Examples of such personal rights run through this book. The right to have one vote for each equity share under section 47; the right to receive notice of a general meeting and to vote at it; the right to have the vote recorded; the right to a share certificate; the right to have a dividend once declared paid; and the right to inspect the registers the Act says are open to members.

Fraud on the minority

Where those in control have committed a fraud on the minority, and are themselves the wrongdoers so that the company will not sue, a member may bring the action. This is the exception that matters most in practice, because it deals with precisely the case the rule would otherwise leave without a remedy: the wrongdoers control the company and will not permit it to sue itself.

What counts is not fraud in the criminal sense but the use of majority power to appropriate to the majority what belongs to the company or to the members generally: expropriating the company's property or business opportunities, issuing shares to entrench control, or passing a resolution that takes value from the minority to the majority.

Oppression and mismanagement, and other statutory rights

Beyond those, the Act itself confers rights that a member may enforce whatever the majority thinks, and they are dealt with in the next chapters: an application for relief against oppression and mismanagement under section 241, a class action under section 245, a petition for winding up on the just and equitable ground under section 271(e), the right of a qualifying minority to requisition a general meeting under section 100, the right to remove a director by ordinary resolution under section 169, and the protection of dissentients in a scheme of compromise or arrangement under section 230.

A useful way to organise the answer is to say that the first four exceptions were made by the courts, and the Act has since converted their reasoning into standing: sections 241 and 245 give the minority a forum without having to prove that its case fits an exception to a nineteenth century rule.

munotes.in531

Majority Rule, Minority Rights and the Principle of Non-interference

The statutory qualification: section 244

The Act does not give every member the right to complain of oppression. Section 244(1) requires:

  • (a) in a company having a share capital, not less than one hundred members or not less than one-tenth of the total number of its members, whichever is less, or any member or members holding not less than one-tenth of the issued share capital, subject to having paid all calls and other sums due on the shares; and
  • (b) in a company not having a share capital, not less than one-fifth of the total number of its members.

The proviso is the safety valve. The Tribunal may waive all or any of those requirements so as to enable the members to apply.

The Explanation: where shares are held by two or more persons jointly, they are counted as one member.

Section 244(2): where members are entitled to apply, any one or more of them, having obtained the written consent of the rest, may apply on behalf and for the benefit of all of them.

Notice how this reproduces the balance of the common law. A threshold keeps out the single disgruntled holder; a waiver keeps the door open where the case deserves it.

A worked example

Mira Road Textiles Limited has eight hundred members. Mr Karnik holds two per cent of the issued share capital and is unhappy with the Board.

A bad bargain. The directors sell a machine to a buyer at a price Mr Karnik thinks too low. He wishes to sue them for the loss.

The rule answers him. The loss, if any, is the company's; the company is the proper plaintiff; and a decision to sell at a low price is a matter of internal management which the members in general meeting may ratify. His suit fails on both branches of Foss v. Harbottle.

An act beyond the memorandum. The company then proposes to lend twenty crore rupees for a purpose plainly outside its objects. Now any member may sue, because the act is ultra vires and the majority cannot ratify it. Mr Karnik may seek an injunction, and, if he can gather the numbers, section 245(1)(a) gives him the same relief before the Tribunal by way of class action.

A resolution passed by the wrong majority. The Board procures a resolution altering the articles by a simple majority. Alteration of articles requires a special resolution under section 14. Mr Karnik may sue, because what the law requires three fourths to do cannot be done by one half, and no ratification by simple majority can cure it.

munotes.in532

Majority Rule, Minority Rights and the Principle of Non-interference

A personal right. The company refuses to register his vote at the annual general meeting, and later refuses to let him inspect the register of members. Those are his own rights as a member, not the company's rights, so he sues in his own name and the proper plaintiff rule does not arise.

A fraud on the minority. The controlling group causes the company to transfer its most profitable division to a private company owned by them at a nominal price. Ratification by the majority is worthless here, because the majority are the wrongdoers. This is the classic fraud on the minority, and the member may bring the action notwithstanding the rule.

The statutory route. Rather than litigate the exception, Mr Karnik considers section 241. He needs the qualification in section 244: one hundred members, or one-tenth of eight hundred, that is eighty members, whichever is less, so eighty members; or a member holding one-tenth of the issued share capital. He holds two per cent, so he does not qualify on capital, and he must either gather eighty members or ask the Tribunal to waive the requirement under the proviso.

If he gathers them. Any one or more of the eighty, having the written consent of the rest, may apply on behalf and for the benefit of all: section 244(2). And where some of the eighty hold their shares jointly, each joint holding counts as one member.

A class action instead. For the sale of the division at an undervalue he might also consider section 245, which lets members claim damages or compensation from the company or its directors for a fraudulent, unlawful or wrongful act, and which is dealt with in [Class Action].

Distinctions that carry marks

Branch of the ruleWhat it saysWhat defeats it
Proper plaintiffA wrong to the company is actionable by the company aloneThe wrong invades a member's personal right, or those in control are the wrongdoers, a fraud on the minority
Internal managementThe court will not interfere where the act can be ratified by the majorityThe act is ultra vires or illegal, or requires a special majority
ExceptionThe reason it works
Ultra vires or illegal actThe majority cannot ratify what the company has no power to do
Act requiring a special majorityA simple majority cannot validate what the law reserves to a qualified majority
Invasion of an individual rightThe cause of action is the member's own, so the proper plaintiff rule does not arise
Fraud on the minorityThe wrongdoers control the company, so leaving the decision to the majority denies any remedy
Statutory rightsThe Act itself gives standing, chiefly sections 241 and 245
munotes.in533

Majority Rule, Minority Rights and the Principle of Non-interference

Section 244(1) qualificationRequirement
Company with share capitalOne hundred members, or one-tenth of the total number of members, whichever is less; or members holding one-tenth of the issued share capital; all calls paid
Company without share capitalOne-fifth of the total number of members
RelaxationThe Tribunal may waive all or any of these requirements
Joint holdersCounted as one member

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean a member can never sue. He may where the act is ultra vires or illegal, where a special majority was required, where his personal rights are invaded, or where there is a fraud on the minority.

It does not mean the rule has been abolished by the Act. Sections 241 and 245 give statutory standing in defined situations; they do not make every complaint about management justiciable at the suit of a member.

It does not mean a fall in the value of his shares is a loss the member can sue for. That is a reflection of the company's loss, and the company is the proper plaintiff.

It does not mean any single member may apply under section 241. The thresholds in section 244 apply, subject to the Tribunal's power to waive them.

It does not mean the majority may do as it pleases. Majority power used to appropriate to the majority what belongs to the company or the members generally is a fraud on the minority.

Quick revision

  • The rule in Foss v. Harbottle has two branches: the proper plaintiff rule, that a wrong to the company is actionable by the company alone; and the internal management rule, that the court will not interfere where the act is capable of ratification by the majority. Together they are the principle of non-interference.
  • Facts: members of a company formed to lay out land as a park sued the directors for misapplying and wasting the company's property. Held: the action could not be maintained, the company being the proper plaintiff and the acts being capable of confirmation by the majority.
  • Exception 1, ultra vires or illegal acts: any member may sue, because the majority cannot ratify them; now also section 245(1)(a), (b) and (e).
  • Exception 2, acts requiring a special majority: a simple majority cannot do what the Act or articles reserve to a special resolution or other qualified majority.
  • Exception 3, invasion of individual membership rights: the member sues in his own right, for example on the one vote per equity share rule in section 47, notice of and voting at meetings, share certificates, payment of a declared dividend, and inspection of registers.
  • Exception 4, fraud on the minority: where those in control are the wrongdoers, the member may sue, because ratification by the majority would deny any remedy; it means the use of majority power to appropriate what belongs to the company or the members generally, not fraud in the criminal sense.
  • Statutory rights: section 241 oppression and mismanagement; section 245 class action; section 271(e) just and equitable winding up; section 100 requisition of a meeting; section 169 removal of a director; section 230 protection in a compromise or arrangement.
  • Section 244(1): to apply under section 241 a member needs, with share capital, one hundred members or one-tenth of the members, whichever is less, or one-tenth of the issued share capital, all calls paid; without share capital, one-fifth of the members. The Tribunal may waive these. Joint holders count as one member, and 244(2) lets one or more apply with the written consent of the rest, on behalf of all.
munotes.in534

Majority Rule, Minority Rights and the Principle of Non-interference

Test yourself

1. State the rule in Foss v. Harbottle. Where a wrong is alleged to have been done to a company, the company is the proper plaintiff and an individual member cannot sue in respect of it; and where the act complained of is one the company can ratify by a majority of its members, the court will not interfere at the suit of a member in the internal management of the company.

2. Why did the action fail in that case? Because the wrong complained of, the misapplication and wasting of the company's property, was a wrong to the company, which alone could sue for it; and because the acts were capable of being confirmed by the majority of the members, so it was for the company in general meeting to decide whether to pursue them.

3. Name the four judicially developed exceptions. Acts which are ultra vires the company or illegal; acts requiring a special majority which are purported to be done by a simple majority; invasion of the individual or personal rights of a member; and a fraud on the minority where the wrongdoers are in control of the company.

4. Why can an ultra vires act be restrained at the suit of a single member? Because the majority cannot ratify what the company itself has no power to do, so the internal management rule, which rests on the possibility of ratification, has no application.

munotes.in535

Majority Rule, Minority Rights and the Principle of Non-interference

5. Who may apply to the Tribunal under section 241? In a company having a share capital, not less than one hundred members or one-tenth of the total number of members, whichever is less, or any member or members holding not less than one-tenth of the issued share capital, having paid all calls and other sums due; in a company without share capital, not less than one-fifth of the total number of members. The Tribunal may waive all or any of these requirements: proviso to section 244(1).

6. How many members does a company of eight hundred members need to qualify? One hundred, or one-tenth of eight hundred, that is eighty, whichever is less, so eighty members; alternatively a member or members holding one-tenth of the issued share capital. Joint holders of a share count as one member.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in536

Chapter Seventy-Four

Prevention of Oppression and Mismanagement

Syllabus topic 3.3, label: "Prevention of Oppression and Mismanagement"

In one line

A qualified minority may complain to the Tribunal that the company's affairs are being conducted in a manner prejudicial to the public interest, to the company or oppressively to any member, or that a change in management makes such conduct likely; and the Tribunal, if it is satisfied and if winding up would unfairly prejudice the complainants although the facts would justify a just and equitable winding up, may make any order it thinks fit to bring the matter to an end.

In exam wording: section 241 states the grounds, section 242 the powers of the Tribunal, section 243 the consequences of terminating an agreement, and section 244 the right to apply.

Why the law has this at all

The exceptions to the rule in Foss v. Harbottle gave the minority a remedy only if it could fit its complaint into one of them, and even then the remedy was usually damages, which does nothing about a course of conduct that will continue tomorrow.

And the only other remedy was the harshest one. A member could petition to wind the company up on the just and equitable ground, which ended the oppression by ending the company, destroying the value of his own shares along with everybody else's.

Section 242(1)(b) is the sentence that solves that problem, and it is worth reading twice: the Tribunal may act where winding up would unfairly prejudice the complaining members, but the facts would otherwise justify a winding-up order on the just and equitable ground. In other words, the section is for the case that deserves a winding up but should not have one, and it substitutes a tailored order for the blunt one.

And because the mischief is a course of conduct, the relief in section 242(2) is largely prospective: regulate the affairs in future, buy the minority out, remove the managing director, appoint directors who report to the Tribunal.

Some words this chapter uses

Oppression is conduct that is burdensome, harsh and wrongful to a member in his character as a member. Mismanagement is the second limb, conduct prejudicial to the interests of the company or to the public interest. Just and equitable is the ground of winding up in section 271(e). A fraudulent preference is a transfer that would, in an individual's insolvency, be set aside as preferring one creditor over others. Fit and proper is the standard the Tribunal applies under section 242(4A).

Who may complain, and of what: section 241(1)

Any member of a company who complains:

  • (a) that the affairs of the company have been or are being conducted in a manner prejudicial to public interest, or in a manner prejudicial or oppressive to him or any other member or members, or in a manner prejudicial to the interests of the company; or
  • (b) that a material change, not being one brought about by or in the interests of any creditors including debenture holders or any class of shareholders, has taken place in the management or control of the company, whether by an alteration in the Board of Directors or manager, or in the ownership of the company's shares, or, if it has no share capital, in its membership, or in any other manner whatsoever, and that by reason of that change it is likely that the affairs will be conducted in a manner prejudicial to the company's interests or to its members or any class of members,
munotes.in537

Prevention of Oppression and Mismanagement

may apply to the Tribunal, provided he has a right to apply under section 244, for an order under this Chapter.

Clause (a) covers three distinct wrongs, and an answer should separate them: conduct prejudicial to public interest; conduct prejudicial or oppressive to a member; and conduct prejudicial to the interests of the company. The first and third are what is usually called mismanagement; the second is oppression.

Clause (b) is different in kind, because it looks forward. It does not require any wrong yet done. It requires a material change in management or control, and a likelihood that the affairs will be conducted prejudicially by reason of that change. So a takeover by persons whose past conduct makes prejudicial management likely can be attacked before the harm occurs.

And notice the carve-out in clause (b). A change brought about by or in the interests of creditors, debenture holders or any class of shareholders is outside it, because such a change is the exercise of rights those persons already hold.

The Central Government's applications: section 241(2) to (5)

Section 241(2). The Central Government, if of opinion that the affairs of the company are being conducted in a manner prejudicial to public interest, may itself apply to the Tribunal.

The proviso, inserted later, requires applications under this sub-section, in respect of prescribed companies or classes, to be made before the Principal Bench of the Tribunal, which shall deal with them.

Section 241(3): the fit and proper reference. Where in the Central Government's opinion circumstances exist suggesting that:

  • (a) any person concerned in the conduct and management of a company is or has been guilty of fraud, misfeasance, persistent negligence or default in carrying out his obligations and functions under the law, or of breach of trust;
  • (b) the business has not been conducted and managed by such person in accordance with sound business principles or prudent commercial practices;
  • (c) the company is or has been conducted and managed by such person in a manner likely to cause, or which has caused, serious injury or damage to the interest of the trade, industry or business to which the company pertains; or
  • (d) the business is or has been conducted and managed by such person with intent to defraud its creditors, members or any other person, or otherwise for a fraudulent or unlawful purpose, or in a manner prejudicial to public interest,
munotes.in538

Prevention of Oppression and Mismanagement

the Central Government may initiate a case against such person and refer it to the Tribunal, with a request that the Tribunal inquire into the case and record a decision whether or not he is a fit and proper person to hold the office of director or any other office connected with the conduct and management of any company.

Section 241(4). The person against whom the case is referred shall be joined as a respondent.

Section 241(5). Every application under sub-section (3) shall contain a concise statement of the circumstances and materials the Central Government considers necessary for the inquiry, and shall be signed and verified in the manner laid down in the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908 for a plaint in a suit by the Central Government.

Note what this machinery is for. It is not about relieving a minority; it is about disqualifying a person from managing any company, which is why the order under section 243(1A) runs for five years across all companies.

The Tribunal's jurisdiction: section 242(1)

If, on any application under section 241, the Tribunal is of opinion:

  • (a) that the company's affairs have been or are being conducted in a manner prejudicial or oppressive to any member or members, or prejudicial to public interest, or prejudicial to the interests of the company; and
  • (b) that to wind up the company would unfairly prejudice such member or members, but that otherwise the facts would justify the making of a winding-up order on the ground that it was just and equitable that the company should be wound up,

the Tribunal may, with a view to bringing to an end the matters complained of, make such order as it thinks fit.

Both conditions must be satisfied, and the conjunction is "and". This is the point most often missed in an answer. It is not enough to prove oppression; the applicant must also bring his case within clause (b), which is a double test: a winding up would be unfairly prejudicial to him, and yet the facts would justify one on the just and equitable ground.

munotes.in539

Prevention of Oppression and Mismanagement

The purpose clause matters too. The order is to be made "with a view to bringing to an end the matters complained of", so the Tribunal's function is remedial and forward-looking, not punitive.

What the Tribunal may order: section 242(2)

Without prejudice to the generality of sub-section (1), an order may provide for:

  • (a) the regulation of the conduct of the affairs of the company in future;
  • (b) the purchase of the shares or interests of any members by other members or by the company;
  • (c) in the case of a purchase by the company, the consequent reduction of its share capital;
  • (d) restrictions on the transfer or allotment of the shares;
  • (e) the termination, setting aside or modification of any agreement between the company and the managing director, any other director or the manager, on such terms as the Tribunal thinks just and equitable;
  • (f) the termination, setting aside or modification of any agreement between the company and any other person, provided that no such agreement shall be so dealt with except after due notice to, and after obtaining the consent of, the party concerned;
  • (g) the setting aside of any transfer, delivery of goods, payment, execution or other act relating to property made or done by or against the company within three months before the date of the application, which would, if made by or against an individual, be deemed in his insolvency to be a fraudulent preference;
  • (h) removal of the managing director, manager or any of the directors;
  • (i) recovery of undue gains made by any managing director, manager or director during the period of his appointment, and the manner of utilisation of the recovery, including transfer to the Investor Education and Protection Fund or repayment to identifiable victims;
  • (j) the manner in which a managing director or manager may be appointed after an order of removal under clause (h);
  • (k) appointment of such number of persons as directors as the Tribunal may require to report to it on such matters as it directs;
  • (l) imposition of costs; and
  • (m) any other matter for which, in the Tribunal's opinion, it is just and equitable that provision should be made.

Three of these deserve a sentence each in an answer.

Clause (b), the buy-out, is the commonest order in practice, because it separates people who cannot work together while keeping the company alive. Note that the purchase may be by other members or by the company, and if by the company, clause (c) authorises the consequent reduction of capital without the usual procedure.

munotes.in540

Prevention of Oppression and Mismanagement

Clause (f) is conditional, and the condition is the difference between it and clause (e). An agreement with an outsider may be interfered with only after due notice and with his consent; an agreement with the managing director or a director or the manager may be terminated without it.

Clause (i) is restitutionary. Undue gains are recovered and may be sent to the Investor Education and Protection Fund or repaid to identifiable victims, so the money does not simply return to a company still controlled by the wrongdoers.

The rest of section 242

Section 242(3). A certified copy of the order shall be filed by the company with the Registrar within thirty days.

Section 242(4). The Tribunal may, on the application of any party, make any interim order for regulating the company's affairs on such terms as appear just and equitable.

Section 242(4A). At the conclusion of the hearing of a case referred under section 241(3), the Tribunal shall record its decision stating specifically whether or not the respondent is a fit and proper person to hold the office of director or any other office connected with the conduct and management of any company.

Section 242(5) and (6): alterations to the constitution. Where the order alters the memorandum or articles, the company shall not, without the leave of the Tribunal, make any alteration inconsistent with the order, except so far as the order permits; and the alterations made by the order have the same effect as if duly made by the company under the Act.

Section 242(7). A certified copy of every order altering, or giving leave to alter, the memorandum or articles shall be filed with the Registrar within thirty days, and he shall register it.

Section 242(8): the punishment for breach of sub-section (5). The company is punishable with fine of not less than one lakh rupees extending to twenty-five lakh rupees, and every officer in default with fine of not less than twenty-five thousand rupees extending to one lakh rupees.

Consequences of terminating an agreement: section 243

Section 243(1)(a): no claim against the company. Where an order under section 242 terminates, sets aside or modifies an agreement, that order shall not give rise to any claim whatever against the company by any person for damages or for compensation for loss of office, or in any other respect, whether under the agreement or otherwise.

That is a complete answer to the removed managing director's suit. His contract may have had years to run; the order extinguishes the claim.

Section 243(1)(b): a five year bar. No managing director, other director or manager whose agreement is so terminated or set aside shall, for five years from the date of the order, without the leave of the Tribunal, be appointed, or act, as managing director, director or manager of the company.

munotes.in541

Prevention of Oppression and Mismanagement

The proviso: the Tribunal shall not grant leave unless notice of the intention to apply for leave has been served on the Central Government and that Government has been given a reasonable opportunity of being heard.

Section 243(1A): the fit and proper bar, and note how much wider it is. A person found not fit and proper under section 242(4A) shall not hold the office of a director or any other office connected with the conduct and management of the affairs of any company for five years from the date of that decision. Proviso: the Central Government may, with the leave of the Tribunal, permit him to hold such office before the expiry of the five years.

Compare the two bars. Clause (b) keeps a man out of that company; sub-section (1A) keeps him out of any company. And the leave works the other way round: under clause (b) the Tribunal grants leave after hearing the Central Government; under sub-section (1A) the Central Government permits it with the leave of the Tribunal.

Section 243(1B): no compensation. Notwithstanding anything in this Act, any other law, any contract, memorandum or articles, a person removed from the office of a director or any other office connected with the conduct and management of the affairs of the company shall not be entitled to, or be paid, any compensation for the loss or termination of office.

Section 243(2): the offence. Any person who knowingly acts as managing director, other director or manager in contravention of clause (b) of sub-section (1) or of sub-section (1A), and every other director who is knowingly a party to the contravention, is punishable with fine which may extend to five lakh rupees.

Who may apply: section 244

Dealt with in [Majority Rule, Minority Rights and the Principle of Non-interference] and repeated here in short. In a company having a share capital, one hundred members or one-tenth of the total number of members, whichever is less, or members holding one-tenth of the issued share capital, all calls being paid; in a company without share capital, one-fifth of the total number of members. The Tribunal may waive all or any of these. Joint holders count as one member. And under section 244(2) one or more of the qualified members, with the written consent of the rest, may apply on behalf and for the benefit of all.

munotes.in542

Prevention of Oppression and Mismanagement

Procedure borrowed from winding up: section 246

The provisions of sections 337 to 341, both inclusive, apply mutatis mutandis to an application under section 241 or section 245. Those sections deal with the penalty for frauds by officers, the liability where proper accounts are not kept, the liability for fraudulent conduct of business, the power to assess damages against delinquent directors, and the liability of the officers under them. Their extension here means the Tribunal hearing an oppression petition has the same machinery for fixing personal liability as a Tribunal winding a company up.

A worked example

Vasind Rubber Limited has six hundred members. The Deshmukh group holds fifty-five per cent and controls the Board; the Nadkarni group holds thirty per cent, and the rest is widely held.

The conduct complained of. Over two years the Deshmukh group has excluded the Nadkarni nominee from Board meetings by giving him no notice, stopped dividends while paying itself large managerial remuneration, allotted new shares to itself at par to reduce the Nadkarni holding, and diverted the company's export orders to a firm the Deshmukhs own.

Standing. The Nadkarni group holds thirty per cent of the issued share capital, well over the one-tenth required by section 244(1)(a), so it qualifies without needing one hundred members or one-tenth of six hundred, and without a waiver.

The ground. The affairs are being conducted in a manner oppressive to a member and prejudicial to the interests of the company: section 241(1)(a). The allotment to entrench control and the diversion of orders are the classic instances.

The jurisdictional test. The Tribunal must be satisfied not only of that conduct, but that winding up would unfairly prejudice the Nadkarni group, while the facts would otherwise justify a winding-up order on the just and equitable ground: section 242(1)(b). The company is profitable and the applicants' shares would fetch far more as a going concern than in liquidation, so winding up would unfairly prejudice them; and the loss of mutual confidence and the exclusion from management would justify a just and equitable winding up. Both limbs are answered.

The orders. The Tribunal may regulate the conduct of the affairs in future (clause (a)); set aside the allotment and impose restrictions on further transfer or allotment of shares (clause (d)); terminate the managing director's agreement (clause (e)); remove him (clause (h)); direct recovery of the undue gains he made, to be repaid to identifiable victims or transferred to the Investor Education and Protection Fund (clause (i)); prescribe the manner of appointing his successor (clause (j)); appoint two directors to report to the Tribunal (clause (k)); and, most usefully, order the purchase of the Nadkarni group's shares by the Deshmukh group or by the company, with the consequent reduction of capital if the company buys them (clauses (b) and (c)).

munotes.in543

Prevention of Oppression and Mismanagement

A payment made shortly before the petition. Two months before the application the company paid one crore rupees to a Deshmukh family concern in respect of an old and doubtful debt. Since it was made within three months before the date of the application and would, in an individual's insolvency, be a fraudulent preference, the Tribunal may set it aside under clause (g).

A contract with an outsider. The company has a long supply agreement with an unconnected transporter on unfavourable terms. The Tribunal may modify it under clause (f), but only after due notice to the transporter and with his consent, which is not required for the managing director's agreement under clause (e).

The removed managing director's claim. He sues the company for damages for wrongful termination and compensation for loss of office. Section 243(1)(a) bars it: the order gives rise to no claim whatever against the company. He is also barred by section 243(1)(b) from acting as managing director, director or manager of that company for five years without the leave of the Tribunal, and the Tribunal cannot grant leave unless notice has been served on the Central Government and it has been heard. And under section 243(1B) he is not entitled to any compensation for the loss or termination of office, notwithstanding his contract or the articles.

If he takes office anyway. He, and every other director knowingly a party, is punishable with fine up to five lakh rupees: section 243(2).

Meanwhile. On an application by either party the Tribunal may make an interim order regulating the company's affairs: section 242(4). And a certified copy of the final order must be filed with the Registrar within thirty days: section 242(3).

An alteration of the articles. If the order alters the articles, the company may not, without the leave of the Tribunal, make any alteration inconsistent with the order; the altered articles take effect as if the company had altered them; a certified copy goes to the Registrar within thirty days for registration; and breach exposes the company to a fine of one lakh to twenty-five lakh rupees and every officer in default to twenty-five thousand to one lakh rupees.

A different route. Independently, the Central Government, if of opinion that the affairs are being conducted prejudicially to public interest, may itself apply under section 241(2); and if it considers that the managing director has been guilty of fraud, persistent negligence or breach of trust, or has managed the business contrary to sound business principles or with intent to defraud creditors, it may refer a case under section 241(3) asking the Tribunal to decide whether he is a fit and proper person. If the Tribunal records under section 242(4A) that he is not, he is barred from holding office in any company for five years under section 243(1A), and only the Central Government, with the leave of the Tribunal, can shorten that.

munotes.in544

Prevention of Oppression and Mismanagement

Distinctions that carry marks

OppressionMismanagement
Words of section 241(1)(a)Affairs conducted in a manner prejudicial or oppressive to him or any other memberAffairs conducted in a manner prejudicial to public interest or prejudicial to the interests of the company
Whose interest is hurtA member, in his character as memberThe company, or the public
TimingPast or continuing conductPast or continuing conduct
Section 241(1)(a)Section 241(1)(b)
Looks at conduct that has occurred or is occurringLooks forward from a material change in management or control
No change of control need be shownA material change in the Board, the manager, share ownership, membership or in any other manner
The wrong is provedOnly a likelihood of prejudicial conduct by reason of the change need be shown
No carve-outA change brought about by or in the interests of creditors, debenture holders or a class of shareholders is outside it
Bar after an orderSection 243(1)(b)Section 243(1A)
Arises fromTermination or setting aside of his agreement under section 242A finding under section 242(4A) that he is not a fit and proper person
ExtentThat companyAny company
DurationFive yearsFive years
RelaxationLeave of the Tribunal, after notice to and hearing of the Central GovernmentCentral Government's permission, with the leave of the Tribunal

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean proof of oppression is enough. Section 242(1) requires both that the affairs are being conducted oppressively or prejudicially and that winding up would unfairly prejudice the applicants although the facts would justify a just and equitable winding up.

It does not mean any member may petition. The thresholds in section 244 apply, subject to the Tribunal's waiver.

It does not mean a single act of unfairness founds the petition. Section 241 speaks of the affairs being conducted in a manner prejudicial or oppressive, which points to a course of conduct, though clause (b) allows a forward-looking complaint on a material change in management or control.

It does not mean an outsider's contract can be torn up. Clause (f) of section 242(2) requires due notice to and the consent of the party concerned; only agreements with the managing director, other directors or the manager fall under clause (e).

munotes.in545

Prevention of Oppression and Mismanagement

It does not mean a removed managing director keeps his contractual claim. Section 243(1)(a) bars any claim against the company for damages or compensation, and section 243(1B) denies compensation notwithstanding any contract, memorandum or articles.

It does not mean the fit and proper machinery is old law. Sections 241(3) to (5), 242(4A) and 243(1A) and (1B) came in with the Companies (Amendment) Act, 2019 with effect from 21 December 2020.

Quick revision

  • 241(1)(a): a member may apply where the affairs have been or are being conducted in a manner prejudicial to public interest, prejudicial or oppressive to him or any other member, or prejudicial to the interests of the company.
  • 241(1)(b): or where a material change has taken place in the management or control, by alteration of the Board, the manager, the ownership of shares or the membership, or in any other manner, not being a change brought about by or in the interests of creditors, debenture holders or a class of shareholders, and by reason of it prejudicial conduct is likely.
  • 241(2) to (5): the Central Government may apply where the affairs are prejudicial to public interest, prescribed applications going to the Principal Bench; and it may refer a fit and proper case where a person managing the company is guilty of fraud, misfeasance, persistent negligence, default or breach of trust, has not managed by sound business principles or prudent commercial practices, has caused serious injury to the trade or industry, or has managed with intent to defraud or for a fraudulent or unlawful purpose; he is joined as respondent, and the application carries a concise statement, signed and verified as a plaint by the Central Government under the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908.
  • 242(1): the Tribunal must be satisfied both that the affairs are conducted oppressively or prejudicially, and that winding up would unfairly prejudice the members but the facts would justify a just and equitable winding up; then it may make such order as it thinks fit to bring the matters complained of to an end.
  • 242(2), thirteen heads: regulate future conduct; purchase of shares by members or the company; consequent reduction of capital; restrictions on transfer or allotment; termination, setting aside or modification of agreements with the managing director, directors or manager; the same for other agreements, only after notice and with consent; setting aside a fraudulent preference within three months before the application; removal of the managing director, manager or directors; recovery of undue gains, to the Investor Education and Protection Fund or identifiable victims; the manner of appointing a successor; appointment of directors to report to the Tribunal; costs; and any other just and equitable matter.
  • 242(3) to (8): certified copy to the Registrar in thirty days; interim orders; a fit and proper decision recorded under (4A); alterations to the memorandum or articles binding, no inconsistent alteration without the Tribunal's leave, certified copy within thirty days for registration; breach punished by fine of one lakh to twenty-five lakh rupees on the company and twenty-five thousand to one lakh rupees on every officer in default.
  • 243: an order terminating an agreement gives rise to no claim against the company for damages or compensation; the person concerned may not be appointed or act in that company for five years without the Tribunal's leave, granted only after notice to and hearing of the Central Government; a person found not fit and proper is barred from any company for five years, relaxable only by the Central Government with the Tribunal's leave; no compensation is payable on removal, notwithstanding any contract or the articles; and knowingly acting in contravention is punishable with fine up to five lakh rupees, as is every director knowingly a party.
  • 244: one hundred members or one-tenth of the members, whichever is less, or one-tenth of the issued share capital, all calls paid; one-fifth of the members where there is no share capital; waiver by the Tribunal; joint holders count as one; and one or more may apply with the written consent of the rest, on behalf of all.
  • 246: sections 337 to 341 apply mutatis mutandis to applications under section 241 or section 245.
munotes.in546

Prevention of Oppression and Mismanagement

Test yourself

1. On what grounds may a member apply under section 241? That the affairs of the company have been or are being conducted in a manner prejudicial to public interest, or prejudicial or oppressive to him or any other member, or prejudicial to the interests of the company; or that a material change has taken place in the management or control of the company, not brought about by or in the interests of creditors, debenture holders or any class of shareholders, and that by reason of that change it is likely that the affairs will be conducted in a manner prejudicial to the company's interests or to its members or any class of members.

2. What must the Tribunal be satisfied of before it can make an order under section 242? Both that the affairs have been or are being conducted in a manner prejudicial or oppressive to any member, or prejudicial to public interest or to the interests of the company, and that to wind up the company would unfairly prejudice such member or members, but that otherwise the facts would justify a winding-up order on the just and equitable ground.

munotes.in547

Prevention of Oppression and Mismanagement

3. Name six orders the Tribunal may make. Any six of: regulation of the conduct of the affairs in future; purchase of the shares of any members by other members or by the company, with the consequent reduction of capital; restrictions on the transfer or allotment of shares; termination, setting aside or modification of agreements with the managing director, directors or manager, or with others after notice and consent; setting aside a fraudulent preference made within three months before the application; removal of the managing director, manager or directors; recovery of undue gains; the manner of appointing a successor; appointment of directors to report to the Tribunal; costs; and any other just and equitable provision: section 242(2).

4. Can a director removed by such an order sue for damages? No. Section 243(1)(a) provides that the order shall not give rise to any claim whatever against the company for damages or compensation for loss of office or in any other respect; and section 243(1B) denies him compensation notwithstanding any contract, memorandum or articles.

5. What is the effect of a finding that a person is not fit and proper? He shall not hold the office of a director or any other office connected with the conduct and management of the affairs of any company for five years from the date of the decision, though the Central Government may, with the leave of the Tribunal, permit him to hold such office earlier: section 243(1A). Knowingly acting in contravention is punishable with fine up to five lakh rupees: section 243(2).

6. Which transactions before the petition can be set aside? Any transfer, delivery of goods, payment, execution or other act relating to property made or done by or against the company within three months before the date of the application which would, if made or done by or against an individual, be deemed in his insolvency to be a fraudulent preference: section 242(2)(g).

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in548

Chapter Seventy-Five

Class Action

Syllabus topic 3.3, label: "Class Action"

In one line

A prescribed number of members or depositors who think the company's affairs are being conducted prejudicially may apply to the Tribunal on behalf of all of them for orders restraining ultra vires or unlawful acts, declaring a resolution obtained by suppression or misstatement void, and claiming damages from the company, its directors, its auditors including the audit firm, or any expert, adviser or consultant.

In exam wording: section 245 is the class action, and it is the one provision of the Act under which a depositor may sue and an auditor or expert may be made liable to the class.

Why the law has this at all

Section 241 has three limits that a modern remedy has to overcome.

It is for members only. A depositor who has lent the company money has no standing under it, though he may lose everything.

It is against the company's own management. It cannot reach the auditor who certified accounts he should not have certified, or the valuer or consultant whose report induced the loss.

And it does not award damages. Section 242 regulates, removes, buys out and sets aside; it is not designed to compensate.

Section 245 answers all three. It admits depositors as applicants; it names the auditor including the audit firm and any expert, adviser or consultant as respondents; and it lets the class claim damages or compensation.

And it adds the machinery a group remedy needs: public notice to the class, consolidation of parallel applications, a lead applicant, a bar on two applications for the same cause, and costs borne by the company or the person responsible, so that the cost of suing does not fall on the small holders who bring it.

Some words this chapter uses

A class here means the members or the depositors, or any class of them. A depositor is a person who has made a deposit with the company under Chapter V. A lead applicant is the person in charge of the proceedings from the applicants' side. An expert is defined in section 2(38) and includes an engineer, a valuer, a chartered accountant, a company secretary, a cost accountant and any other person having the power or authority to issue a certificate under any law. Frivolous or vexatious describes an application without substance or brought to harass.

Who may apply, and on what opinion: section 245(1)

Such number of member or members, depositor or depositors, or any class of them, as is indicated in sub-section (2) may, if they are of the opinion that the management or conduct of the affairs of the company are being conducted in a manner prejudicial to the interests of the company or its members or depositors, file an application before the Tribunal on behalf of the members or depositors for all or any of the following orders.

munotes.in549

Class Action

Note three things before the list.

Depositors stand with members. This is the section's first innovation.

The test is prejudice to the company, its members or its depositors. There is no requirement, as under section 242(1)(b), that winding up would be justified but unfairly prejudicial. The section 245 threshold is lower, and that is a good point to make in a comparison question.

And the application is made on behalf of the class, not merely for the applicants.

The orders that may be sought

  • (a) to restrain the company from committing an act which is ultra vires the articles or memorandum;
  • (b) to restrain the company from committing breach of any provision of the memorandum or articles;
  • (c) to declare a resolution altering the memorandum or articles void if it was passed by suppression of material facts or obtained by mis-statement to the members or depositors;
  • (d) to restrain the company and its directors from acting on such resolution;
  • (e) to restrain the company from doing an act contrary to this Act or any other law for the time being in force;
  • (f) to restrain the company from taking action contrary to any resolution passed by the members;
  • (g) to claim damages or compensation or demand any other suitable action from or against:
  • (i) the company or its directors for any fraudulent, unlawful or wrongful act or omission or conduct, or any likely act, omission or conduct on their part;
  • (ii) the auditor including the audit firm for any improper or misleading statement of particulars made in his audit report, or for any fraudulent, unlawful or wrongful act or conduct; or
  • (iii) any expert or adviser or consultant or any other person for any incorrect or misleading statement made to the company, or for any fraudulent, unlawful or wrongful act or conduct or any likely act or conduct on his part;
  • (h) to seek any other remedy as the Tribunal may deem fit.

Clauses (a) to (f) are injunctions; clause (g) is money. That is the shortest way to hold the list in mind.

And notice how far clause (g) reaches. It catches conduct that is merely likely, so the class need not wait for the loss; and it reaches three sets of respondents, of whom two are outside the company altogether.

The audit firm and its partners: section 245(2)

Where the members or depositors seek any damages or compensation or demand any other suitable action from or against an audit firm, the liability shall be of the firm as well as of each partner who was involved in making any improper or misleading statement of particulars in the audit report or who acted in a fraudulent, unlawful or wrongful manner.

munotes.in550

Class Action

Two liabilities, and the second is personal. The firm is liable; and each partner who was involved in the improper statement, or who acted fraudulently, unlawfully or wrongfully, is liable as well.

The qualification matters. It is not every partner of the firm, but the partner involved in the statement or the conduct.

The numbers: section 245(3)

Members. In a company having a share capital, not less than one hundred members, or not less than such percentage of the total number of members as may be prescribed, whichever is less, or any member or members holding not less than such percentage of the issued share capital as may be prescribed, subject to having paid all calls and other sums due on the shares. In a company not having a share capital, not less than one-fifth of the total number of its members.

Depositors. Not less than one hundred depositors, or not less than such percentage of the total number of depositors as may be prescribed, whichever is less, or any depositor or depositors to whom the company owes such percentage of total deposits as may be prescribed.

Compare section 244. There the fractions are fixed in the section itself, one-tenth of the members or of the issued share capital. Here the Act says "such percentage as may be prescribed", leaving the figures to the rules. So an answer should state the structure confidently and say that the percentages are prescribed, rather than inventing a fraction.

What the Tribunal considers on admission: section 245(4)

In considering an application, the Tribunal shall take into account, in particular:

  • (a) whether the member or depositor is acting in good faith;
  • (b) any evidence as to the involvement of any person other than directors or officers of the company in the matters in clauses (a) to (f) of sub-section (1);
  • (c) whether the cause of action is one the member or depositor could pursue in his own right rather than through an order under the section;
  • (d) any evidence as to the views of the members or depositors who have no personal interest, direct or indirect, in the matter;
  • (e) where the cause of action is an act or omission yet to occur, whether it could be, and would likely be, authorised by the company before it occurs, or ratified after it occurs; and
  • (f) where the act or omission has already occurred, whether it could be, and would likely be, ratified by the company.
munotes.in551

Class Action

Clauses (e) and (f) put the internal management rule into statutory form, the rule in Foss v. Harbottle being worked in [Majority Rule, Minority Rights and the Principle of Non-interference]. The Tribunal asks whether the company can and would ratify, which is precisely the internal management inquiry. So the common law idea survives, but as a discretionary consideration rather than a bar.

Clause (c) has the same flavour, keeping the class action for wrongs that are not the applicant's own to pursue.

Procedure after admission: section 245(5)

If the application is admitted, the Tribunal shall have regard to the following.

  • (a) public notice shall be served on admission to all the members or depositors of the class in the prescribed manner;
  • (b) all similar applications prevalent in any jurisdiction shall be consolidated into a single application, and the class shall be allowed to choose the lead applicant; if they cannot agree, the Tribunal shall appoint one, who shall be in charge of the proceedings from the applicants' side;
  • (c) two class action applications for the same cause of action shall not be allowed; and
  • (d) the cost or expenses connected with the application shall be defrayed by the company or any other person responsible for any oppressive act.

Clause (d) is what makes the remedy usable. A hundred small depositors cannot fund litigation against a company and its auditors; the section puts the cost on the company or the wrongdoer.

Binding effect, punishment, and the two exclusions: section 245(6) to (10)

Section 245(6): who is bound. Any order passed by the Tribunal is binding on the company and all its members, depositors and auditor including audit firm or expert or consultant or adviser or any other person associated with the company.

That is the essence of a class action. The order binds the whole class, whether or not they joined, and binds the professional respondents too.

Section 245(7): failure to comply. A company failing to comply with an order is punishable with fine of not less than five lakh rupees extending to twenty-five lakh rupees, and every officer in default with imprisonment which may extend to three years and with fine of not less than twenty-five thousand rupees extending to one lakh rupees.

Section 245(8): frivolous or vexatious applications. Where an application is found frivolous or vexatious, the Tribunal shall, for reasons to be recorded in writing, reject it and order the applicant to pay to the opposite party such cost, not exceeding one lakh rupees, as may be specified.

munotes.in552

Class Action

Section 245(9): banking companies. Nothing contained in this section shall apply to a banking company.

Section 245(10): who else may bring it. Subject to compliance with the section, an application may be filed or any other action taken by any person, group of persons or any association of persons representing the persons affected by any act or omission specified in sub-section (1).

Sub-section (10) is wider than it looks. An association representing affected depositors may act, which matters because the affected persons are often scattered and individually small.

The borrowed machinery: section 246

Sections 337 to 341, both inclusive, apply mutatis mutandis to an application under section 241 or section 245: penalty for frauds by officers, liability where proper accounts are not kept, liability for fraudulent conduct of business, and the power to assess damages against delinquent directors and others.

A worked example

Kurla Financial Services Limited has twelve hundred members and nine hundred depositors. Its accounts for two years show profits that were never earned; the auditor's report certified them; and a valuer's report used to support a large acquisition overstated the value of the assets acquired.

Who may apply. Members must number one hundred, or the prescribed percentage of the twelve hundred, whichever is less, or hold the prescribed percentage of the issued share capital, all calls being paid. Depositors must number one hundred, or the prescribed percentage of nine hundred, whichever is less, or be owed the prescribed percentage of the total deposits. Either group may apply, and, under section 245(10), an association representing the affected depositors may act for them.

On what opinion. That the management or conduct of the affairs is prejudicial to the interests of the company, its members or its depositors: section 245(1). Note that they need not show, as they would under section 242(1)(b), that winding up would be justified but unfairly prejudicial.

What they may ask for. Damages or compensation from the company and its directors for the fraudulent and wrongful conduct; from the auditor including the audit firm for the improper or misleading statement of particulars in the audit report; and from the valuer, an expert, for the incorrect or misleading statement made to the company: section 245(1)(g)(i), (ii) and (iii).

The audit firm's partners. Under section 245(2) the firm is liable, and so is each partner who was involved in making the improper statement or who acted fraudulently, unlawfully or wrongfully. A partner in another city who had nothing to do with the audit is not caught by the sub-section.

A resolution obtained by suppression. The acquisition was approved by a special resolution altering the objects clause, and the notice suppressed the fact that the seller was controlled by a director. The class may ask the Tribunal to declare the resolution void under clause (c) and to restrain the company and its directors from acting on it under clause (d).

munotes.in553

Class Action

A proposed act. The company now proposes a further investment plainly outside its memorandum. The class may seek to restrain it under clause (a), and, the act being contrary to the Act as well, under clause (e).

What the Tribunal weighs. Whether the applicants act in good faith; whether persons other than directors and officers are involved, which here they are, being the auditor and the valuer; whether the applicants could pursue the cause in their own right; the views of members and depositors with no personal interest; and whether the acts could and would be authorised or ratified by the company: section 245(4).

After admission. Public notice goes to all members or depositors of the class; a second application filed elsewhere on the same facts is consolidated with this one; the class chooses a lead applicant, and failing agreement the Tribunal appoints one; no second class action on the same cause of action is allowed; and the costs are borne by the company or by the person responsible for the oppressive act: section 245(5).

The order. It binds the company, all its members and depositors, the auditor and audit firm, the valuer, and any other person associated with the company, whether or not they took part: section 245(6). If the company does not comply, it is punishable with fine of five lakh to twenty-five lakh rupees and every officer in default with imprisonment up to three years and fine of twenty-five thousand to one lakh rupees: section 245(7).

A hopeless application. A rival businessman procures a hundred depositors to file a second, baseless application. The Tribunal, recording its reasons in writing, rejects it as frivolous or vexatious and orders the applicants to pay the opposite party costs not exceeding one lakh rupees: section 245(8).

And one company that is outside all of this. If Kurla Financial Services were a banking company, section 245(9) would exclude the section entirely, and the aggrieved members would be left to section 241.

Distinctions that carry marks

Section 241Section 245
Who may applyMembers onlyMembers or depositors, or a class of them, and any person or association representing the affected persons
Against whomThe company and its managementThe company, its directors, the auditor including the audit firm, and any expert, adviser or consultant
ThresholdAffairs conducted prejudicially or oppressively, and winding up justified but unfairly prejudicialApplicants are of the opinion that the management or conduct is prejudicial to the company, its members or its depositors
ReliefRegulatory: regulate, buy out, remove, set asideInjunctions and damages or compensation
NumbersFixed in section 244: one-tenthOne hundred or such percentage as may be prescribed, whichever is less
Banking companyAvailableExcluded, section 245(9)
munotes.in554

Class Action

Section 245(1)Nature of the order
(a), (b), (e), (f)Restrain acts ultra vires, in breach of the memorandum or articles, contrary to law, or contrary to a members' resolution
(c) and (d)Declare void a resolution obtained by suppression of material facts or mis-statement, and restrain action on it
(g)Damages or compensation from the company or directors, the auditor or audit firm, or an expert, adviser or consultant
(h)Any other remedy the Tribunal thinks fit

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean any hundred people may sue. They must be members or depositors meeting the numbers in section 245(3), and the members must have paid all calls and other sums due.

It does not mean the whole audit firm's partners are liable. Only the firm and each partner involved in the improper statement or the wrongful conduct: section 245(2).

It does not mean the section 242(1)(b) test applies. Section 245 has no requirement that winding up would be justified but unfairly prejudicial.

It does not mean ratification is irrelevant. Whether the act could and would be authorised or ratified is one of the matters the Tribunal must take into account under section 245(4)(e) and (f).

It does not mean parallel actions may proceed. They are consolidated, and two applications for the same cause of action are not allowed.

It does not mean the applicants bear the cost. The costs are defrayed by the company or the person responsible, though a frivolous or vexatious applicant pays the other side up to one lakh rupees.

It does not apply to a banking company at all.

Quick revision

  • 245(1): members or depositors, or a class of them, of the number in sub-section (3), who are of the opinion that the management or conduct of the affairs is prejudicial to the interests of the company, its members or depositors, may apply on behalf of the class for orders (a) restraining an ultra vires act; (b) restraining a breach of the memorandum or articles; (c) declaring void a resolution altering the memorandum or articles passed by suppression of material facts or obtained by mis-statement; (d) restraining action on it; (e) restraining an act contrary to this Act or any other law; (f) restraining action contrary to a members' resolution; (g) claiming damages or compensation from the company or directors for fraudulent, unlawful or wrongful conduct including likely conduct, from the auditor including the audit firm for an improper or misleading statement in the audit report or wrongful conduct, and from any expert, adviser, consultant or other person for an incorrect or misleading statement to the company or wrongful conduct; and (h) any other remedy.
  • 245(2): against an audit firm, the firm and each partner involved in the improper statement or the wrongful conduct are liable.
  • 245(3): members, one hundred or the prescribed percentage of the total number, whichever is less, or holders of the prescribed percentage of issued share capital, all calls paid; or one-fifth of the members where there is no share capital. Depositors, one hundred or the prescribed percentage of the total number, whichever is less, or those owed the prescribed percentage of total deposits.
  • 245(4): the Tribunal considers good faith; the involvement of persons other than directors and officers; whether the cause could be pursued in the applicant's own right; the views of disinterested members or depositors; and whether a future act would be authorised or ratified, or a past act ratified.
  • 245(5): on admission, public notice to the class; consolidation of similar applications with a lead applicant chosen by the class or appointed by the Tribunal; no two applications on the same cause of action; costs defrayed by the company or the person responsible.
  • 245(6) to (10): the order binds the company, its members, depositors, auditor and audit firm, expert, consultant, adviser and any person associated with the company; non-compliance is punishable with fine of five lakh to twenty-five lakh rupees on the company and imprisonment up to three years with fine of twenty-five thousand to one lakh rupees on every officer in default; a frivolous or vexatious application is rejected for reasons recorded in writing with costs up to one lakh rupees; the section does not apply to a banking company; and any person, group or association representing the affected persons may act.
  • 246: sections 337 to 341 apply mutatis mutandis.
munotes.in555

Class Action

Test yourself

1. Who may bring a class action? Members or depositors, or any class of them, of the numbers in section 245(3): for members, one hundred or the prescribed percentage of the total number of members, whichever is less, or holders of the prescribed percentage of the issued share capital, all calls and sums due being paid, or one-fifth of the members in a company without share capital; for depositors, one hundred or the prescribed percentage of the total number, whichever is less, or depositors owed the prescribed percentage of total deposits. Under section 245(10) any person, group of persons or association representing the affected persons may also act.

munotes.in556

Class Action

2. Against whom may damages be claimed? The company or its directors for any fraudulent, unlawful or wrongful act, omission or conduct, or any likely such conduct; the auditor, including the audit firm, for any improper or misleading statement of particulars in the audit report or for fraudulent, unlawful or wrongful conduct; and any expert, adviser, consultant or other person for an incorrect or misleading statement made to the company or for such conduct: section 245(1)(g).

3. How far does an audit firm's liability extend? To the firm itself, and to each partner who was involved in making the improper or misleading statement of particulars in the audit report or who acted in a fraudulent, unlawful or wrongful manner: section 245(2).

4. What must the Tribunal consider in deciding whether to admit an application? The applicant's good faith; evidence of the involvement of persons other than directors or officers; whether the cause of action could be pursued in his own right; the views of members or depositors having no personal interest; and whether an act yet to occur could and would be authorised or ratified, or an act already done ratified, by the company: section 245(4).

5. What happens once an application is admitted? Public notice is served on all members or depositors of the class; similar applications in any jurisdiction are consolidated and the class chooses a lead applicant, the Tribunal appointing one if they cannot agree; two applications for the same cause of action are not allowed; and the costs are defrayed by the company or any other person responsible for the oppressive act: section 245(5).

6. Does section 245 apply to every company? No. Nothing in the section applies to a banking company: section 245(9).

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in557

Chapter Seventy-Six

Compromises and Arrangements

Syllabus topic 3.4, labels: "Compromise", "Arrangement"

In one line

Where a company proposes a compromise with its creditors or an arrangement with its members, the Tribunal may order meetings of each class; if a majority of persons representing three-fourths in value of each class agree and the Tribunal sanctions it, the scheme binds everybody, including dissentients and, in a winding up, the liquidator and contributories.

In exam wording: section 230 is the power to compromise or make arrangements, section 231 the Tribunal's power to enforce it, and section 232 its application to mergers and amalgamations.

Why the law has this at all

A company that owes more than it can pay has two ways out. It can be wound up, which sells the assets in a hurry and pays a few paise in the rupee. Or it can agree with its creditors to take less, or to take shares, or to wait, and go on trading.

The second is almost always better for everybody, and the obstacle to it is not commercial but legal: a company cannot vary a debt without the creditor's consent, so one creditor out of two hundred can refuse and defeat the arrangement, whatever the other hundred and ninety-nine think.

Section 230 removes that obstacle in a controlled way. It lets a qualified majority of each class bind the rest, but only after the Tribunal has ordered the meetings, full disclosure has been made, the regulators have been given thirty days to object, and the Tribunal has sanctioned the result. The majority's power over the minority is real, and it is fenced.

Section 231 then keeps the Tribunal in the picture after sanction, because a scheme is a thing to be carried out over years, not an order that exhausts itself when made.

And section 232 exists because the same machinery, meetings plus sanction, is the natural way to move an undertaking from one company to another, so the Act uses it for mergers and amalgamations with the additional disclosures such a scheme needs.

Some words this chapter uses

A compromise presupposes a dispute or a difficulty and settles it. An arrangement is wider, and by the Explanation to section 230(1) includes a reorganisation of the company's share capital by the consolidation of shares of different classes, or by their division into shares of different classes, or both. A class is a group whose rights are so similar that they can consult together with a common interest. Corporate debt restructuring is the rescheduling of a company's borrowings. A registered valuer is one registered under section 247. The appointed date is the date from which a scheme under section 232 takes effect.

munotes.in558

Compromises and Arrangements

Who may apply, and for what: section 230(1)

Where a compromise or arrangement is proposed:

  • (a) between a company and its creditors or any class of them; or
  • (b) between a company and its members or any class of them,

the Tribunal may, on the application of the company, or of any creditor or member, or, where the company is being wound up, of the liquidator appointed under this Act or under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016, order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, or of the members or class of members, to be called, held and conducted in such manner as the Tribunal directs.

Note who may apply: the company, any creditor, any member, or the liquidator. It is not the company's application alone.

And note that the first order is only to call a meeting. Sanction comes later, under sub-section (6), and the two stages are commonly confused in answers.

What must be disclosed: section 230(2)

The applicant shall disclose to the Tribunal by affidavit:

  • (a) all material facts relating to the company, such as its latest financial position, the latest auditor's report on its accounts, and the pendency of any investigation or proceedings against the company;
  • (b) any reduction of share capital included in the scheme;
  • (c) any scheme of corporate debt restructuring consented to by not less than seventy-five per cent of the secured creditors in value, including (i) a creditor's responsibility statement in the prescribed form; (ii) safeguards for the protection of other secured and unsecured creditors; (iii) a report by the auditor that the company's fund requirements after the restructuring conform to the liquidity test based on the Board's estimates; (iv) where the company proposes to adopt the Reserve Bank of India's corporate debt restructuring guidelines, a statement to that effect; and (v) a valuation report on the shares and on all the property and assets, tangible and intangible, movable and immovable, by a registered valuer.

Seventy-five per cent of the secured creditors in value is the figure to remember for a corporate debt restructuring, and it is different from the three-fourths in value of each class voting at the meeting under sub-section (6).

Notice of the meeting: section 230(3)

Notice of the meeting shall be sent individually, at the address registered with the company, to all the creditors or class of creditors, to all the members or class of members, and to the debenture-holders, accompanied by:

  • a statement disclosing the details of the compromise or arrangement;
  • a copy of the valuation report, if any; and
  • an explanation of the scheme's effect on creditors, key managerial personnel, promoters and non-promoter members and the debenture-holders, and its effect on any material interests of the directors or the debenture trustees, with such other matters as may be prescribed.
munotes.in559

Compromises and Arrangements

The first proviso: publicity. The notice and documents shall also be placed on the company's website, and, in the case of a listed company, sent to the Securities and Exchange Board and the stock exchange for placing on their websites, and published in newspapers in the prescribed manner.

The second proviso: where the notice is also issued by advertisement, it shall indicate the time within which copies of the scheme may be had free of charge from the registered office.

Voting and objections: section 230(4)

The notice shall provide that the persons to whom it is sent may vote, themselves or through proxies or by postal ballot, on the adoption of the scheme within one month from the date of receipt of the notice.

The proviso is one of the most examinable sentences in the section. An objection to the compromise or arrangement may be made only by persons holding not less than ten per cent of the shareholding, or having outstanding debt amounting to not less than five per cent of the total outstanding debt as per the latest audited financial statement.

Two different thresholds, and they must not be mixed up: ten per cent of shareholding for a member, five per cent of total outstanding debt for a creditor.

The purpose is to stop a single small holder from obstructing a scheme that the great body of members and creditors want, while leaving a substantial minority its voice.

The regulators: section 230(5)

The notice and the prescribed documents shall also be sent to the Central Government, the income-tax authorities, the Reserve Bank of India, the Securities and Exchange Board, the Registrar, the respective stock exchanges, the Official Liquidator, the Competition Commission of India if necessary, and such other sectoral regulators or authorities likely to be affected, requiring that representations, if any, be made within thirty days from the date of receipt, failing which it shall be presumed that they have no representations to make.

Note the deeming. Silence for thirty days is consent, which is what makes the timetable workable.

The majority, and the binding effect: section 230(6)

Where, at a meeting held in pursuance of sub-section (1), majority of persons representing three-fourths in value of the creditors, or class of creditors or members or class of members, as the case may be, voting in person or by proxy or by postal ballot, agree to any compromise or arrangement and if such compromise or arrangement is sanctioned by the Tribunal by an order, the same shall be binding on the company, all the creditors, or class of creditors or members or class of members, as the case may be, or, in case of a company being wound up, on the liquidator and the contributories of the company.

munotes.in560

Compromises and Arrangements

Take the majority apart, because it has three components.

A majority of persons. More than half of those voting, counted by head.

Representing three-fourths in value. Those persons must hold at least three-fourths of the value of the class voting.

Of those voting in person, by proxy or by postal ballot. Absentees are not counted either way.

And the sanction is separate from the vote. Even a unanimous meeting produces nothing until the Tribunal sanctions the scheme; and once it does, the scheme binds everybody in the class, including those who voted against and those who did not vote.

What the sanction order provides: section 230(7)

An order under sub-section (6) shall provide for all or any of:

  • (a) where the scheme provides for the conversion of preference shares into equity shares, an option to the preference shareholders either to obtain arrears of dividend in cash or to accept equity shares equal to the value of the dividend payable;
  • (b) the protection of any class of creditors;
  • (c) where the scheme varies the shareholders' rights, effect being given to it under section 48;
  • (d) where the creditors have agreed under sub-section (6), the abatement of proceedings pending before the Board for Industrial and Financial Reconstruction under the Sick Industrial Companies (Special Provisions) Act, 1985; and
  • (e) such other matters, including an exit offer to dissenting shareholders, as the Tribunal thinks necessary to implement the scheme effectively.

The proviso: the auditor's certificate. No compromise or arrangement shall be sanctioned unless a certificate by the company's auditor has been filed with the Tribunal to the effect that the accounting treatment proposed in the scheme is in conformity with the accounting standards prescribed under section 133.

The rest of section 230

Section 230(8). The order shall be filed with the Registrar by the company within thirty days of receipt of the order.

Section 230(9): dispensing with a creditors' meeting. The Tribunal may dispense with calling a meeting of creditors or a class of creditors where creditors having at least ninety per cent in value agree and confirm the scheme by affidavit.

Note the two figures side by side. Three-fourths in value of those voting is needed to pass the scheme at a meeting; ninety per cent in value agreeing by affidavit lets the Tribunal dispense with the meeting altogether.

Section 230(10): buy-back. No compromise or arrangement in respect of any buy-back of securities shall be sanctioned unless the buy-back is in accordance with section 68.

munotes.in561

Compromises and Arrangements

Section 230(11) and (12): takeover offers. Any compromise or arrangement may include a takeover offer made in the prescribed manner; for listed companies the takeover offer shall be as per the regulations framed by the Securities and Exchange Board. An aggrieved party may apply to the Tribunal in respect of a takeover offer of a company other than a listed company, and the Tribunal may pass such order as it thinks fit.

The Explanation. For the removal of doubts, section 66 does not apply to a reduction of share capital effected in pursuance of an order under this section. So a scheme that reduces capital does not have to go through the separate reduction procedure.

Enforcing the scheme: section 231

Section 231(1). Where the Tribunal sanctions a scheme, it (a) shall have power to supervise its implementation; and (b) may, at the time of the order or at any time afterwards, give such directions or make such modifications as it considers necessary for the proper implementation of the scheme.

Section 231(2): the failed scheme. If the Tribunal is satisfied that the scheme cannot be implemented satisfactorily with or without modifications, and the company is unable to pay its debts as per the scheme, it may make an order for winding up the company, and that order shall be deemed to be an order made under section 273.

That is a striking provision. A petition that began as a rescue can end in a winding-up order without a fresh petition, because the Tribunal that sanctioned the scheme retains seisin of it.

Section 231(3). The section applies also to a company in respect of which a scheme was sanctioned before the commencement of this Act.

Mergers and amalgamations: section 232

Section 232(1): when the section applies. Where an application is made under section 230 and it is shown to the Tribunal:

  • (a) that the compromise or arrangement is proposed for the purposes of, or in connection with, a scheme for the reconstruction of the company or companies involving merger or the amalgamation of any two or more companies; and
  • (b) that under the scheme the whole or any part of the undertaking, property or liabilities of any company, the transferor company, is required to be transferred to another company, the transferee company, or is proposed to be divided among and transferred to two or more companies,

the Tribunal may order meetings to be called, held and conducted as it directs, and sub-sections (3) to (6) of section 230 apply mutatis mutandis.

munotes.in562

Compromises and Arrangements

Section 232(2): the five additional documents. The merging companies, or the companies in respect of which a division is proposed, shall also circulate for the meeting:

  • (a) the draft of the proposed terms of the scheme drawn up and adopted by the directors;
  • (b) confirmation that a copy of the draft scheme has been filed with the Registrar;
  • (c) a report adopted by the directors explaining the effect of the compromise on each class of shareholders, key managerial personnel, promoters and non-promoter shareholders, laying out in particular the share exchange ratio and specifying any special valuation difficulties;
  • (d) the report of the expert with regard to valuation, if any; and
  • (e) a supplementary accounting statement where the last annual accounts of any merging company relate to a financial year ending more than six months before the first meeting summoned to approve the scheme.

The share exchange ratio is the heart of a merger, because it decides what each set of shareholders gets, and clause (c) makes the directors explain it.

Section 232(3): what the Tribunal's order may provide. After satisfying itself that the procedure has been complied with, the Tribunal may sanction the scheme and provide for:

  • (a) the transfer of the whole or part of the undertaking, property or liabilities of the transferor company to the transferee company from a date determined by the parties, unless the Tribunal for reasons recorded in writing decides otherwise;
  • (b) the allotment or appropriation by the transferee company of shares, debentures, policies or other like instruments; with a proviso that the transferee company shall not, as a result of the scheme, hold any shares in its own name or in the name of any trust, whether on its own behalf or on behalf of a subsidiary or associate, and any such shares shall be cancelled or extinguished;
  • (c) the continuation by or against the transferee company of legal proceedings pending by or against the transferor company on the date of transfer;
  • (d) the dissolution, without winding up, of any transferor company;
  • (e) provision for persons who dissent from the scheme within the time and manner the Tribunal directs;
  • (f) where share capital is held by a non-resident shareholder under foreign direct investment norms, the allotment of shares of the transferee company in the manner specified in the order;
  • (g) the transfer of the employees of the transferor company to the transferee company;
  • (h) where the transferor company is listed and the transferee company is unlisted, that (A) the transferee shall remain unlisted until it becomes a listed company, and (B) if shareholders of the transferor company opt out, provision shall be made for payment of the value of their shares and other benefits on a pre-determined price formula or after a valuation, provided that the amount shall not be less than what the Securities and Exchange Board has specified by regulations;
  • (i) where the transferor company is dissolved, the set-off of the fee paid by it on its authorised capital against the fee payable by the transferee company on its authorised capital after the amalgamation; and
  • (j) such incidental, consequential and supplemental matters as are necessary to carry the merger fully into effect.
munotes.in563

Compromises and Arrangements

The same auditor's certificate proviso applies: no scheme is sanctioned unless the auditor certifies that the accounting treatment conforms to the accounting standards under section 133.

Clause (d) is the practical point of the section. The transferor company is dissolved without winding up, so a merger does not require a liquidation.

Section 232(4): the transfer takes effect by the order. Where the order provides for the transfer of property or liabilities, by virtue of the order the property is transferred to and the liabilities become the liabilities of the transferee company, and any property may, if the order so directs, be freed from any charge, which ceases to have effect.

No conveyance is needed. The order itself passes the property, which is why a scheme can move thousands of assets at once.

Section 232(5). Every company in relation to which the order is made shall file a certified copy with the Registrar for registration within thirty days of receipt of the certified copy.

Section 232(6): the appointed date. The scheme shall clearly indicate an appointed date from which it shall be effective, and it shall be deemed to be effective from that date and not at a date subsequent to it.

Section 232(7): annual compliance statement. Every such company shall, until the completion of the scheme, file a statement every year with the Registrar, in the prescribed form and time, duly certified by a chartered accountant, a cost accountant or a company secretary in practice, indicating whether the scheme is being complied with in accordance with the Tribunal's orders.

Section 232(8): the penalty for failing to file under sub-section (5). The company and every officer in default are liable to a penalty of twenty thousand rupees, and for a continuing failure a further one thousand rupees for each day after the first, subject to a maximum of three lakh rupees.

The Explanation defines the vocabulary of mergers, and it should be quoted, not paraphrased, in an answer on kinds of merger.

  • A merger by absorption: the undertaking, property and liabilities of one or more companies are transferred to another existing company.
  • A merger by formation of a new company: the undertaking, property and liabilities of two or more companies are transferred to a new company, whether or not a public company.
  • Merging companies means, in a merger by absorption, the transferor and transferee companies, and in a merger by formation of a new company, the transferor companies.
  • A division: the undertaking, property and liabilities of the company are divided among and transferred to two or more companies, each either existing or new.
  • Property includes assets, rights and interests of every description, and liabilities include debts and obligations of every description.
munotes.in564

Compromises and Arrangements

A worked example

Ulhasnagar Papers Limited owes forty crore rupees to two hundred creditors and has fallen behind. It proposes a scheme under which unsecured creditors take sixty paise in the rupee in cash and equity shares for the balance, and preference shares are converted into equity.

The application. The company, or any creditor or member, may apply to the Tribunal to order meetings: section 230(1). The scheme is an arrangement with creditors under clause (a) and with members under clause (b), and, converting preference shares, it is also a reorganisation of share capital within the Explanation.

The affidavit. The applicant must disclose all material facts: the latest financial position, the latest auditor's report, and any pending investigation or proceedings; the reduction of capital the scheme involves; and, this being a corporate debt restructuring, the consent of not less than seventy-five per cent of the secured creditors in value, with the creditor's responsibility statement, the safeguards for other creditors, the auditor's liquidity report, a statement if the Reserve Bank's guidelines are adopted, and a registered valuer's report on the shares and all the assets: section 230(2).

The notices. Individual notice goes to every creditor, member and debenture-holder at the registered address, with the statement of the scheme, the valuation report and the explanation of its effect on creditors, key managerial personnel, promoters, non-promoter members and debenture-holders, and on the material interests of the directors and debenture trustees; the documents go on the company's website; and copies go to the Central Government, income-tax authorities, Reserve Bank, Securities and Exchange Board, Registrar, stock exchanges, Official Liquidator and, if necessary, the Competition Commission of India, which have thirty days to make representations, failing which they are presumed to have none: section 230(3) and (5).

Voting. Those noticed may vote in person, by proxy or by postal ballot within one month of receipt: section 230(4).

A small objector. A member holding three per cent and a creditor owed two per cent of the total outstanding debt wish to object. Neither may. An objection may be made only by a member holding not less than ten per cent of the shareholding or a creditor with not less than five per cent of the total outstanding debt as per the latest audited financial statement.

munotes.in565

Compromises and Arrangements

The result. At the creditors' meeting, one hundred and twenty of the two hundred creditors vote, and those voting in favour are seventy in number holding thirty-one crore rupees of the forty crore voting value. Are both tests satisfied? Seventy of one hundred and twenty is a majority in number; thirty-one of forty crore is seventy-seven and a half per cent, which is more than three-fourths in value. Both are satisfied, so the meeting has agreed.

Had ninety of the creditors voted in favour but holding only twenty-eight crore, that is seventy per cent in value, the scheme would have failed, though a clear majority in number supported it. That is the trap the two-limb test sets.

Sanction. Even so, the scheme takes effect only when the Tribunal sanctions it, and the Tribunal will not sanction it unless the auditor's certificate that the accounting treatment conforms to the standards under section 133 has been filed. On sanction it binds the company and all the creditors and members of the class, including the objectors. The order provides an option to preference shareholders to take arrears of dividend in cash or equity of equal value, protection for a class of creditors, effect to the variation of shareholders' rights under section 48, and an exit offer to dissenting shareholders: section 230(7). A certified copy goes to the Registrar within thirty days: section 230(8). And because the reduction of capital is effected by the order, section 66 does not apply.

If the creditors were nearly unanimous. Had creditors holding ninety per cent in value agreed and confirmed by affidavit, the Tribunal could have dispensed with the creditors' meeting altogether: section 230(9).

Afterwards. The Tribunal supervises the implementation and may give directions or modify the scheme as necessary: section 231(1). If, two years later, the scheme cannot be implemented satisfactorily even with modifications and the company cannot pay its debts under it, the Tribunal may order the company to be wound up, and that order is deemed to be made under section 273: section 231(2).

A merger instead. Suppose the rescue takes the form of a merger with Kalyan Paper Mills Limited, the whole undertaking of Ulhasnagar Papers passing to it. Section 232 applies. The merging companies must also circulate the draft terms adopted by the directors, confirmation that the draft was filed with the Registrar, the directors' report explaining the effect on each class and stating the share exchange ratio and any special valuation difficulties, the expert's valuation report, and, the last annual accounts being more than six months old, a supplementary accounting statement: section 232(2).

munotes.in566

Compromises and Arrangements

The order. It transfers the undertaking, property and liabilities from the appointed date; provides for allotment of Kalyan's shares to Ulhasnagar's members, cancelling any shares Kalyan would otherwise hold in itself; continues the pending litigation against Kalyan; dissolves Ulhasnagar Papers without winding up; provides for dissentients; transfers the employees; and sets off the fee paid on Ulhasnagar's authorised capital against Kalyan's: section 232(3). The property passes by virtue of the order, freed from any charge the order so directs: section 232(4).

If Ulhasnagar were listed and Kalyan unlisted, Kalyan would remain unlisted until it became listed, and Ulhasnagar's shareholders opting out would be paid the value of their shares on a pre-determined formula or a valuation, not less than what the Securities and Exchange Board has specified: section 232(3)(h).

Compliance. A certified copy goes to the Registrar within thirty days, and until the scheme is complete an annual statement certified by a chartered accountant, cost accountant or company secretary in practice must be filed: section 232(5) and (7). Failure to file the certified copy costs the company and every officer in default twenty thousand rupees, with one thousand rupees a day thereafter, up to three lakh rupees: section 232(8).

Distinctions that carry marks

Threshold in this chapterWhere it appears
Majority in number representing three-fourths in value of those voting in a classSection 230(6), to pass the scheme
Ninety per cent in value of creditors agreeing by affidavitSection 230(9), to dispense with the creditors' meeting
Seventy-five per cent of secured creditors in valueSection 230(2)(c), consent to a corporate debt restructuring
Ten per cent of shareholdingSection 230(4) proviso, to object as a member
Five per cent of total outstanding debtSection 230(4) proviso, to object as a creditor
Thirty daysRepresentations by regulators, section 230(5); filing with the Registrar, sections 230(8) and 232(5)
Merger by absorptionMerger by formation of a new company
Undertaking, property and liabilities of one or more companies pass to another existing companyThose of two or more companies pass to a new company, whether or not a public company
Merging companies means the transferor and transfereeMerging companies means the transferor companies
Section 230Section 232
Any compromise or arrangement with creditors or membersThe scheme is for a reconstruction, merger or amalgamation with a transfer of undertaking, property or liabilities
Documents under sub-sections (2) and (3)Those and the five in section 232(2), including the share exchange ratio
Order under sub-section (7)Order under section 232(3), which may dissolve the transferor without winding up and transfer property by force of the order
munotes.in567

Compromises and Arrangements

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean a bare three-fourths in value is enough. A majority of persons representing three-fourths in value of those voting is required, and both limbs must be satisfied in each class.

It does not mean an approved scheme takes effect. It takes effect only when the Tribunal sanctions it, and not before the auditor's certificate under section 133 is filed.

It does not mean every dissatisfied member may object. Only a member holding ten per cent of the shareholding or a creditor holding five per cent of the total outstanding debt.

It does not mean a creditors' meeting is always necessary. The Tribunal may dispense with it where creditors holding ninety per cent in value agree and confirm by affidavit.

It does not mean a reduction of capital under a scheme needs the section 66 procedure. The Explanation to section 230 says section 66 does not apply.

It does not mean a merger requires the transferor to be wound up. Section 232(3)(d) provides for dissolution without winding up.

It does not mean the scheme may choose a later effective date. Under section 232(6) it is deemed effective from the appointed date and not at a date subsequent to it.

Quick revision

  • 230(1): on the application of the company, any creditor or member, or the liquidator, the Tribunal may order meetings of creditors or members or any class; arrangement includes a reorganisation of share capital by consolidation or division of shares of different classes.
  • 230(2): disclose by affidavit all material facts, the latest financial position and auditor's report, any pending investigation, any reduction of capital, and any corporate debt restructuring consented to by seventy-five per cent of secured creditors in value, with the creditor's responsibility statement, safeguards, auditor's liquidity report, any Reserve Bank guidelines statement, and a registered valuer's report.
  • 230(3) to (5): individual notice to creditors, members and debenture-holders, with the statement, valuation report and explanation of effects; publication on the website, and for a listed company to SEBI and the stock exchange and in newspapers; voting in person, by proxy or by postal ballot within one month; objections only by a ten per cent shareholder or a creditor with five per cent of outstanding debt; notice to the regulators, whose silence for thirty days is deemed to be no representation.
  • 230(6): a majority of persons representing three-fourths in value of the class voting must agree, and the Tribunal must sanction; then the scheme binds the company, the whole class, and in a winding up the liquidator and contributories.
  • 230(7) to (12): the order may provide for the preference shareholders' option, protection of creditors, variation of rights under section 48, abatement of BIFR proceedings, and an exit offer to dissentients, and requires the auditor's certificate under section 133; filing with the Registrar in thirty days; dispensing with the creditors' meeting on ninety per cent in value by affidavit; buy-back only under section 68; takeover offers included, per SEBI regulations for listed companies, with an aggrieved party's application for unlisted ones; and section 66 does not apply to a reduction under the order.
  • 231: the Tribunal supervises implementation and may direct or modify; if the scheme cannot be implemented and the company cannot pay its debts under it, the Tribunal may wind the company up, the order being deemed one under section 273.
  • 232(1) and (2): applies where the scheme is for a reconstruction, merger or amalgamation with a transfer of undertaking, property or liabilities, sections 230(3) to (6) applying mutatis mutandis; the merging companies circulate the draft terms, confirmation of filing with the Registrar, the directors' report with the share exchange ratio, the expert's valuation report, and a supplementary accounting statement where the accounts are more than six months old.
  • 232(3) to (8): the order may transfer the undertaking from the date the parties determine, provide for allotment with the transferee holding no shares in itself, continue pending proceedings, dissolve the transferor without winding up, provide for dissentients, deal with non-resident holdings, transfer the employees, protect opting-out shareholders of a listed transferor merging into an unlisted transferee at not less than the SEBI-specified amount, set off the fee on authorised capital, and settle incidental matters; the auditor's certificate is again a condition; property passes by virtue of the order, freed of charges if so directed; a certified copy to the Registrar in thirty days; an appointed date from which the scheme is effective and not later; an annual compliance statement certified by a chartered accountant, cost accountant or company secretary in practice; and failure to file costs twenty thousand rupees plus one thousand a day, up to three lakh rupees.
munotes.in568

Compromises and Arrangements

Test yourself

1. What majority is required to approve a compromise or arrangement? A majority of persons representing three-fourths in value of the creditors, or class of creditors, or members, or class of members, voting in person or by proxy or by postal ballot: section 230(6). Both limbs, a majority in number and three-fourths in value, must be satisfied, and the scheme must then be sanctioned by the Tribunal.

munotes.in569

Compromises and Arrangements

2. Who may object to a scheme? Only persons holding not less than ten per cent of the shareholding, or having outstanding debt amounting to not less than five per cent of the total outstanding debt as per the latest audited financial statement: proviso to section 230(4).

3. When may the Tribunal dispense with a creditors' meeting? Where creditors or a class of creditors having at least ninety per cent in value agree and confirm the scheme by way of affidavit: section 230(9).

4. What happens if a sanctioned scheme cannot be implemented? If the Tribunal is satisfied that it cannot be implemented satisfactorily with or without modifications and the company is unable to pay its debts as per the scheme, it may order the company to be wound up, and such an order is deemed to be an order under section 273: section 231(2).

5. Distinguish a merger by absorption from a merger by formation of a new company. In a merger by absorption, the undertaking, property and liabilities of one or more companies are transferred to another existing company; in a merger by formation of a new company, those of two or more companies are transferred to a new company, whether or not a public company: Explanation (i) to section 232.

6. How does property pass under a scheme of merger? By virtue of the Tribunal's order itself: where the order provides for the transfer of property or liabilities, the property is transferred to, and the liabilities become the liabilities of, the transferee company, and any property may, if the order so directs, be freed from any charge, which ceases to have effect: section 232(4).

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in570

Chapter Seventy-Seven

Mergers, Amalgamations and the Acquisition of Minority Shares

Syllabus topic 3.4, labels: "Merger", "Amalgamation", "Acquisition of shares of dissenting shareholders", "Purchase of minority shareholding"

In one line

Small companies and a holding company with its wholly owned subsidiary may merge by a fast track route needing no Tribunal order; a company may merge with a foreign company in a notified jurisdiction with the Reserve Bank's approval; a transferee whose offer has been accepted by nine-tenths in value may compulsorily buy out the dissentients; a person who comes to hold ninety per cent of the equity must offer to buy the rest at a registered valuer's price; and the Central Government may order an amalgamation in the public interest.

In exam wording: section 233 is the fast track merger, section 234 the cross-border merger, section 235 the acquisition of dissenting shareholders' shares, section 236 the purchase of minority shareholding, and section 237 the amalgamation in the public interest.

Why the law has this at all

Section 232 is a good procedure and an expensive one. Meetings of every class, notice to eight regulators, a valuation report and a Tribunal hearing are proportionate when a listed company absorbs another, and absurd when a holding company absorbs a wholly owned subsidiary whose only shareholder is the holding company itself. Section 233 is the Act's answer: the same result, with the Central Government and the Registrar in place of the Tribunal, for companies where nobody outside can be hurt.

Sections 235 and 236 answer the opposite problem, the holdout. After a takeover in which nine-tenths of the shareholders have accepted, the last few per cent can refuse to sell and leave the acquirer with a company it cannot integrate. Section 235 lets it buy them out on the same terms. And where an acquirer already holds ninety per cent, the remaining holders are locked into a company with no market for their shares; section 236 makes the acquirer offer to buy them out at a valuer's price, and lets the minority require the purchase.

Section 237 is different in kind. It is not a bargain at all but a public interest power, exercised by order in the Official Gazette, with compensation for any member or creditor left worse off.

Some words this chapter uses

A small company is defined in section 2(85). A wholly owned subsidiary is one all of whose shares are held by the holding company. A declaration of solvency is a statement that the company can pay its debts. A dissenting shareholder is defined in the Explanation to section 235. An acquirer and a person acting in concert take their meanings, by the Explanation to section 236, from the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Substantial Acquisition of Shares and Takeovers) Regulations, 1997. Depository Receipts are instruments representing shares, issued outside the country of the issuer.

munotes.in571

Mergers, Amalgamations and the Acquisition of Minority Shares

The fast track merger: section 233(1)

Notwithstanding the provisions of section 230 and section 232, a scheme of merger or amalgamation may be entered into between two or more small companies, or between a holding company and its wholly-owned subsidiary company, or such other class or classes of companies as may be prescribed, subject to the following.

Who may use it: two or more small companies; a holding company and its wholly owned subsidiary; or prescribed classes.

The four conditions:

  • (a) a notice of the proposed scheme inviting objections or suggestions within thirty days is issued by the transferor and transferee companies to the Registrar and the Official Liquidator where their registered offices are situated, and to persons affected by the scheme;
  • (b) the objections and suggestions are considered by the companies in their respective general meetings, and the scheme is approved by the members or class of members at a general meeting holding at least ninety per cent of the total number of shares;
  • (c) each company files a declaration of solvency in the prescribed form with the Registrar of the place where its registered office is situated; and
  • (d) the scheme is approved by a majority representing nine-tenths in value of the creditors or class of creditors at a meeting convened on twenty-one days' notice with the scheme, or otherwise approved in writing.

Note the two different measures in clauses (b) and (d). Members are counted by ninety per cent of the total number of shares; creditors by nine-tenths in value. And note that the creditors' approval may be in writing without any meeting.

The fast track procedure: section 233(2) to (7)

Section 233(2). The transferee company files a copy of the approved scheme with the Central Government, the Registrar and the Official Liquidator of the place where its registered office is situated.

Section 233(3). If the Registrar or the Official Liquidator has no objections or suggestions, the Central Government shall register the scheme and issue a confirmation to the companies.

Section 233(4). If either has objections or suggestions, he may communicate them in writing to the Central Government within thirty days. Proviso: if no such communication is made, it shall be presumed that he has no objection.

Section 233(5). If the Central Government, after receiving the objections or for any reason, is of opinion that the scheme is not in the public interest or in the interest of the creditors, it may apply to the Tribunal within sixty days of receipt of the scheme, stating its objections and requesting that the Tribunal consider the scheme under section 232.

munotes.in572

Mergers, Amalgamations and the Acquisition of Minority Shares

Section 233(6). On an application from the Central Government or from any person, the Tribunal, for reasons to be recorded in writing, may direct that the scheme be considered under section 232, or may confirm the scheme by such order as it thinks fit. Proviso: if the Central Government has no objection or files no application, it shall be deemed to have no objection.

Section 233(7). A copy of the confirming order is communicated to the Registrar having jurisdiction over the transferee company and to the persons concerned; the Registrar registers the scheme and issues a confirmation, which is communicated to the Registrars where the transferor companies were situated.

So there are two ways the scheme becomes effective: registration by the Central Government under sub-section (3), or registration following the Tribunal's confirmation under sub-sections (6) and (7).

What registration does: section 233(8) to (14)

Section 233(8): the transferor disappears. Registration under sub-section (3) or sub-section (7) is deemed to have the effect of dissolution of the transferor company without process of winding up.

Section 233(9): four effects.

  • (a) the property and liabilities of the transferor become the property and liabilities of the transferee;
  • (b) charges on the transferor's property are applicable and enforceable as if they were on the transferee's property;
  • (c) legal proceedings by or against the transferor pending before any court are continued by or against the transferee; and
  • (d) where the scheme provides for the purchase of shares held by dissenting shareholders or settlement of debt due to dissenting creditors, that amount, so far as unpaid, becomes the liability of the transferee company.

Section 233(10). The transferee company shall not hold any shares in its own name or in the name of any trust, on its own behalf or on behalf of a subsidiary or associate, and all such shares shall be cancelled or extinguished on the merger.

Section 233(11). The transferee files an application with the Registrar with the registered scheme, indicating the revised authorised capital and paying the fees due on it; the fee paid by the transferor on its authorised capital is set off against the fee payable by the transferee on its enhanced capital.

Section 233(12). The section applies mutatis mutandis to those companies in respect of a compromise or arrangement under section 230 or a division or transfer under section 232(1)(b).

Section 233(13). The Central Government may prescribe the manner of merger or amalgamation of companies.

Section 233(14). A company covered by the section may nonetheless use section 232. The fast track is optional, not compulsory.

munotes.in573

Mergers, Amalgamations and the Acquisition of Minority Shares

Cross-border mergers: section 234

Section 234(1). The provisions of this Chapter, unless otherwise provided under any other law, apply mutatis mutandis to schemes of mergers and amalgamations between companies registered under this Act and companies incorporated in the jurisdictions of such countries as may be notified from time to time by the Central Government.

The proviso: the Central Government may make rules in consultation with the Reserve Bank of India in connection with such mergers.

Section 234(2). A foreign company may, with the prior approval of the Reserve Bank of India, merge into a company registered under this Act, or vice versa, and the terms of the scheme may provide for payment of consideration to the shareholders of the merging company in cash, or in Depository Receipts, or partly in each.

The Explanation: for sub-section (2), "foreign company" means any company or body corporate incorporated outside India, whether having a place of business in India or not.

Two features are examinable. The merger may run either way, an inbound merger into an Indian company or an outbound merger of an Indian company into a foreign one, which is what "or vice versa" means. And the jurisdiction must be notified by the Central Government; a merger with a company in an unnotified country is outside the section.

Buying out dissentients after an offer: section 235

Section 235(1): the trigger. Where a scheme or contract involving the transfer of shares or any class of shares in the transferor company to the transferee company has, within four months after the making of an offer by the transferee company, been approved by the holders of not less than nine-tenths in value of the shares whose transfer is involved, other than shares already held at the date of the offer by, or by a nominee of, the transferee company or its subsidiaries, the transferee company may, at any time within two months after the expiry of those four months, give notice in the prescribed manner to any dissenting shareholder that it desires to acquire his shares.

Three numbers, and they should be given exactly. Nine-tenths in value; approval within four months of the offer; notice within two months after that period.

And the exclusion matters. Shares already held by the transferee or its nominee or subsidiaries at the date of the offer are left out of the nine-tenths, so an acquirer cannot manufacture the majority out of its own holding.

Section 235(2): the effect of the notice. Where notice is given, the transferee company is, unless the Tribunal on an application by the dissenting shareholder made within one month from the date of the notice thinks fit to order otherwise, entitled and bound to acquire those shares on the terms on which the shares of the approving shareholders are to be transferred.

munotes.in574

Mergers, Amalgamations and the Acquisition of Minority Shares

Note "entitled and bound". It is not merely a power to buy; once the notice is given the transferee must buy. And the dissentient gets the same terms as the majority, which is the section's protection for him.

Section 235(3): the mechanics. Where notice has been given and the Tribunal has made no contrary order, the transferee shall, on the expiry of one month from the notice or, if an application is pending, after it is disposed of, send a copy of the notice to the transferor company with an instrument of transfer, executed on behalf of the shareholder by a person appointed by the transferor company and on its own behalf by the transferee company, and pay or transfer the price to the transferor company; whereupon the transferor company shall (a) register the transferee as the holder of those shares, and (b) within one month of that registration, inform the dissenting shareholders of the registration and of the receipt of the price.

Section 235(4): the trust. Any sum so received by the transferor company shall be paid into a separate bank account, and that sum and any other consideration shall be held by that company in trust for the persons entitled to the shares and disbursed to them within sixty days.

Section 235(5) modifies the section for offers made before the commencement of the Act.

The Explanation defines a dissenting shareholder to include a shareholder who has not assented to the scheme or contract, and any shareholder who has failed or refused to transfer his shares in accordance with it. So silence as well as refusal makes a man a dissentient.

Purchase of minority shareholding: section 236

Section 236(1): the trigger. Where an acquirer, or a person acting in concert with him, becomes the registered holder of ninety per cent or more of the issued equity share capital, or where any person or group of persons becomes a ninety per cent majority or holds ninety per cent of the issued equity share capital, by virtue of an amalgamation, share exchange, conversion of securities or for any other reason, that acquirer, person or group shall notify the company of their intention to buy the remaining equity shares.

Section 236(2): the offer and the price. They shall offer to the minority shareholders to buy their equity shares at a price determined on the basis of valuation by a registered valuer in accordance with the prescribed rules.

Section 236(3): the minority may also start it. Without prejudice to sub-sections (1) and (2), the minority shareholders may offer to the majority shareholders to purchase the minority equity shareholding at the price determined under the same rules.

munotes.in575

Mergers, Amalgamations and the Acquisition of Minority Shares

That is the important symmetry. The section is not only a squeeze-out; it is also a sell-out right for the minority.

Section 236(4): the money goes in first. The majority shall deposit an amount equal to the value of the shares to be acquired in a separate bank account to be operated by the company whose shares are being transferred for at least one year, for payment to the minority, disbursed to the entitled shareholders within sixty days. Proviso: disbursement continues for one year for those who were not paid within the sixty days or who failed to receive or claim payment.

Section 236(5). The company whose shares are being transferred shall act as transfer agent for receiving and paying the price and for taking delivery of the shares and delivering them to the majority.

Section 236(6): no physical delivery. Where shares are not physically delivered within the time specified by the company, the share certificates are deemed to be cancelled, and the company is authorised to issue shares in lieu of the cancelled shares, complete the transfer, and make payment of the price out of the deposit.

Section 236(7): untraced or deceased holders. Where the majority requires a full purchase and deposits the price for shareholders who have died or ceased to exist, or whose heirs, successors, administrators or assignees have not been brought on record by transmission, the right of those shareholders to offer their shares for sale continues for three years from the date of the majority acquisition.

Section 236(8): sharing a better price. Where minority shares have been acquired under the section and, on or before the date of transfer, shareholders holding seventy-five per cent or more of the minority equity shareholding negotiate or reach an understanding on a higher price for a transfer of their own shares without disclosing that fact or likelihood, the majority shall share the additional compensation with those minority shareholders on a pro rata basis.

Section 236(9). Where the majority fails to acquire full purchase, the section continues to apply to the residual minority shareholding.

The Explanation takes "acquirer" and "person acting in concert" from the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Substantial Acquisition of Shares and Takeovers) Regulations, 1997.

Amalgamation in the public interest: section 237

Section 237(1). Where the Central Government is satisfied that it is essential in the public interest that two or more companies should amalgamate, it may, by order notified in the Official Gazette, provide for their amalgamation into a single company with such constitution, property, powers, rights, interests, authorities and privileges, and such liabilities, duties and obligations, as may be specified in the order.

munotes.in576

Mergers, Amalgamations and the Acquisition of Minority Shares

Section 237(2). The order may also provide for the continuation of pending legal proceedings by or against the transferee company and such consequential, incidental and supplemental provisions as the Central Government thinks necessary.

Section 237(3): the guarantee of no loss. Every member or creditor, including a debenture holder, of each transferor company shall have, as nearly as may be, the same interest in or rights against the transferee company as he had in his original company; and where his interest or rights are less, he is entitled to compensation to that extent, assessed by the prescribed authority, published in the Official Gazette, and paid by the transferee company.

Section 237(4): appeal. A person aggrieved by the assessment may, within thirty days of its publication in the Official Gazette, appeal to the Tribunal, which shall then make the assessment.

Section 237(5): three preconditions to the order. No order shall be made unless (a) a draft has been sent to each company concerned; (b) the time for appeal under sub-section (4) has expired or the appeal has been finally disposed of; and (c) the Central Government has considered, and made such modifications as it thinks fit in the light of, suggestions and objections received from any such company, any class of shareholders, or any creditors or class of creditors, within a period fixed by it not being less than two months from the receipt of the draft.

Section 237(6). Copies of every order shall be laid before each House of Parliament.

The remaining three sections

Section 238: registration of the offer circular under section 235. In relation to every offer under section 235:

  • (a) every circular containing the offer and the directors' recommendation to the members of the transferor company to accept it shall be accompanied by the prescribed information in the prescribed manner;
  • (b) every offer shall contain a statement by or on behalf of the transferee company disclosing the steps it has taken to ensure that the necessary cash will be available; and
  • (c) every circular shall be presented to the Registrar for registration, and no circular shall be issued until it is registered.

The proviso: the Registrar may refuse registration, for reasons recorded in writing, where the circular does not contain the required information or sets it out in a manner likely to give a false impression, communicating the refusal to the parties within thirty days.

munotes.in577

Mergers, Amalgamations and the Acquisition of Minority Shares

Section 238(2): an appeal lies to the Tribunal against the Registrar's refusal. Section 238(3): a director who issues an unregistered circular is liable to a penalty of one lakh rupees.

Section 239: preservation of books and papers. The books and papers of a company amalgamated with, or whose shares have been acquired by, another company under this Chapter shall not be disposed of without the prior permission of the Central Government; and before granting permission that Government may appoint a person to examine them to ascertain whether they contain evidence of the commission of an offence in connection with the promotion or formation, or the management of the affairs, of the transferor company, or its amalgamation or the acquisition of its shares.

Section 240: liability survives the merger. Notwithstanding anything in any other law, the liability in respect of offences committed under this Act by the officers in default of the transferor company prior to its merger, amalgamation or acquisition shall continue after it.

Sections 239 and 240 exist for the same reason. A merger must not be a way of destroying the evidence or escaping the consequences of what was done before it.

A worked example

Karjat Springs Private Limited and Neral Fasteners Private Limited are both small companies and propose to merge, Neral Fasteners being absorbed.

The fast track. Being small companies they may use section 233. They issue notice of the scheme inviting objections or suggestions within thirty days to the Registrar and Official Liquidator of each registered office and to persons affected; consider the objections in their respective general meetings; obtain approval of members holding at least ninety per cent of the total number of shares; file a declaration of solvency with each Registrar; and obtain approval of a majority representing nine-tenths in value of the creditors, either at a meeting called on twenty-one days' notice with the scheme or in writing.

Then the filing. The transferee, Karjat Springs, files the approved scheme with the Central Government, the Registrar and the Official Liquidator. The Official Liquidator raises no objection and says nothing for thirty days, so he is presumed to have none. The Central Government registers the scheme and issues a confirmation.

What that does. Neral Fasteners is dissolved without winding up; its property and liabilities pass to Karjat Springs; charges on its property are enforceable as if on Karjat's property; pending suits continue by or against Karjat; and any unpaid amount for dissenting shareholders or creditors becomes Karjat's liability: section 233(8) and (9). Karjat cancels any shares it would otherwise hold in itself, files for its revised authorised capital, and sets off the fee Neral had paid on its own authorised capital.

munotes.in578

Mergers, Amalgamations and the Acquisition of Minority Shares

If the Central Government objected. It could have applied to the Tribunal within sixty days on the ground that the scheme is not in the public interest or in the interest of creditors, and the Tribunal could have directed that it go through section 232 or confirmed it. And the companies could in any case have chosen section 232 from the start: section 233(14).

A takeover instead. Suppose Panvel Holdings Limited offers to buy all the shares of Neral Fasteners. Within four months of the offer, holders of ninety-two per cent in value of the shares whose transfer is involved accept, excluding a two per cent block Panvel already held through a nominee at the date of the offer.

Section 235 applies, the acceptance being of not less than nine-tenths in value of the relevant shares. Panvel may, within two months after the four months expire, give notice to any dissenting shareholder that it desires to acquire his shares. A dissenting shareholder may apply to the Tribunal within one month of the notice; failing an order otherwise, Panvel is entitled and bound to acquire the shares on the same terms as the accepting shareholders.

The mechanics. On the expiry of that month, or after the application is disposed of, Panvel sends the notice and an instrument of transfer to Neral Fasteners, executed on the shareholder's behalf by a person Neral appoints and on its own behalf by Panvel, and pays the price to Neral. Neral registers Panvel as the holder, informs the dissentients within one month of the registration and the receipt of the price, holds the money in a separate bank account in trust, and disburses it within sixty days.

The circular. The offer circular carrying the directors' recommendation had to be accompanied by the prescribed information, to contain a statement of the steps taken to ensure the cash will be available, and to be registered by the Registrar before issue. Had a director issued it unregistered he would be liable to a penalty of one lakh rupees, and the Registrar's refusal to register could have been appealed to the Tribunal.

A ninety per cent holding. Suppose instead Panvel comes to hold ninety-one per cent of the issued equity share capital of Neral by a share exchange. Under section 236(1) it must notify the company of its intention to buy the remaining equity shares, and under sub-section (2) offer to buy them at a price determined on a registered valuer's valuation. The minority may equally offer to sell at that price under sub-section (3).

munotes.in579

Mergers, Amalgamations and the Acquisition of Minority Shares

The money. Panvel deposits the value in a separate bank account operated by Neral for at least one year; the amount is disbursed within sixty days, and continues to be available for a year for those not paid or who did not claim. Neral acts as transfer agent. A shareholder who does not deliver his certificates within the time specified has them deemed cancelled, Neral issuing shares in lieu and paying him out of the deposit.

A dead shareholder. For a holder who has died and whose heirs have not been brought on record by transmission, the right to offer the shares for sale continues for three years from the date of the majority acquisition: section 236(7).

A better price later. If, on or before the date of transfer, holders of seventy-five per cent or more of the minority shareholding had negotiated a higher price for their own shares without disclosing it, Panvel must share the additional compensation pro rata with those minority shareholders: section 236(8).

A foreign merger. Had Neral instead merged into a company incorporated in a country notified by the Central Government, section 234 would apply, with the prior approval of the Reserve Bank of India, and the consideration to Neral's shareholders could be paid in cash, in Depository Receipts, or partly in each.

And a public interest order. If the Central Government were satisfied that it is essential in the public interest that the two companies amalgamate, it could order it by notification in the Official Gazette under section 237, after sending a draft to each company, allowing not less than two months for objections from the companies, any class of shareholders and any creditors, and after any appeal against the assessment of compensation had been disposed of. Every member or creditor left with less than he had would be compensated, the assessment being published in the Official Gazette and appealable to the Tribunal within thirty days. Copies of the order would be laid before each House of Parliament.

Afterwards. Neral's books and papers may not be disposed of without the Central Government's prior permission, which may first appoint a person to examine them for evidence of an offence: section 239. And the liability of Neral's officers in default for offences committed before the merger continues after it: section 240.

Distinctions that carry marks

RouteWho decidesKey threshold
Section 232The TribunalMajority in number representing three-fourths in value of each class voting
Section 233, fast trackThe Central Government, with the Registrar and Official Liquidator; the Tribunal only if invokedMembers holding ninety per cent of the total number of shares; creditors representing nine-tenths in value
Section 234, cross-borderThe Chapter's procedure, plus the Reserve Bank of IndiaCountry notified by the Central Government
Section 235, squeeze-outThe transferee company, subject to the TribunalNine-tenths in value of the shares whose transfer is involved, within four months of the offer
Section 236, minority purchaseThe acquirer, or the minorityNinety per cent of the issued equity share capital
Section 237, public interestThe Central Government, by Gazette orderSatisfaction that it is essential in the public interest
munotes.in580

Mergers, Amalgamations and the Acquisition of Minority Shares

Section 235Section 236
Follows an offer by a transferee companyFollows the acquisition of ninety per cent by any means
Threshold is nine-tenths in value of the shares whose transfer is involved, excluding the transferee's existing holdingThreshold is ninety per cent of the issued equity share capital
Price is the terms the approving shareholders acceptedPrice is determined on a registered valuer's valuation
Only the transferee may initiateThe acquirer must offer, and the minority may offer
Money held in trust by the transferor company, disbursed in sixty daysMoney deposited in a separate account for at least one year, disbursed in sixty days, available for one year

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean the fast track is compulsory for small companies. Section 233(14) says such a company may use section 232.

It does not mean the Registrar's or Official Liquidator's silence blocks the scheme. Silence for thirty days is presumed to be no objection.

It does not mean the transferee's own shares count towards the nine-tenths in section 235. Shares already held at the date of the offer by the transferee, its nominee or its subsidiaries are excluded.

It does not mean a dissentient under section 235 gets a different price. He is bought out on the terms on which the approving shareholders' shares are to be transferred.

It does not mean section 236 is only a squeeze-out. Sub-section (3) lets the minority offer to sell at the same valuation.

It does not mean an amalgamation ends the officers' liability. Section 240 continues the liability of the transferor's officers in default for offences committed before it, and section 239 protects the books and papers.

Quick revision

  • 233(1): fast track for two or more small companies, a holding company and its wholly owned subsidiary, or prescribed classes, on (a) notice inviting objections within thirty days to the Registrar, Official Liquidator and persons affected; (b) approval of members holding ninety per cent of the total number of shares after considering the objections in general meeting; (c) a declaration of solvency filed with each Registrar; and (d) approval of a majority representing nine-tenths in value of the creditors at a meeting on twenty-one days' notice, or in writing.
  • 233(2) to (7): the transferee files with the Central Government, Registrar and Official Liquidator; no objection means registration and confirmation; objections go to the Central Government within thirty days, silence being presumed to be none; the Central Government may apply to the Tribunal within sixty days if the scheme is not in the public interest or the creditors' interest; the Tribunal may direct section 232 or confirm; the Registrar then registers and confirms.
  • 233(8) to (14): registration dissolves the transferor without winding up; property and liabilities pass, charges remain enforceable, proceedings continue, and amounts due to dissentients become the transferee's liability; the transferee holds no shares in itself; revised authorised capital filed with set-off of the transferor's fee; the section applies to section 230 schemes and section 232(1)(b) divisions; and section 232 remains available.
  • 234: the Chapter applies mutatis mutandis to mergers with companies in countries notified by the Central Government, rules being made in consultation with the Reserve Bank of India; a foreign company may merge into an Indian company or vice versa with the Reserve Bank's prior approval, consideration payable in cash, in Depository Receipts or partly in each; a foreign company here means any company or body corporate incorporated outside India, whether having a place of business in India or not.
  • 235: where an offer is approved within four months by holders of not less than nine-tenths in value of the shares whose transfer is involved, excluding shares already held by the transferee, its nominee or subsidiaries, the transferee may within two months after give notice to a dissenting shareholder; unless the Tribunal on an application within one month orders otherwise it is entitled and bound to acquire on the same terms; thereafter it sends the notice and instrument of transfer and pays the price to the transferor company, which registers the transfer, informs the dissentients within one month, holds the money in a separate account in trust and disburses it within sixty days. A dissenting shareholder includes one who has not assented and one who has failed or refused to transfer.
  • 236: on becoming holder of ninety per cent or more of the issued equity share capital, by amalgamation, share exchange, conversion or otherwise, the acquirer or group shall notify the company of the intention to buy the rest and offer at a registered valuer's price; the minority may offer to sell at that price; the money is deposited in a separate account operated by the company whose shares are transferred for at least one year, disbursed within sixty days and available for one year; the company acts as transfer agent; undelivered certificates are deemed cancelled and shares issued in lieu; the right of deceased or untraced holders continues for three years; where seventy-five per cent or more of the minority secretly negotiate a higher price, the majority share the additional compensation pro rata; and the section continues to apply to the residual minority.
  • 237: the Central Government may, by order in the Official Gazette, amalgamate companies in the public interest, providing for the constitution, property, rights and liabilities and for pending proceedings; every member or creditor keeps as nearly as may be the same interest, with compensation for any shortfall, assessed by the prescribed authority, published in the Gazette and appealable to the Tribunal within thirty days; no order without a draft to each company, the appeal time expired or disposed of, and consideration of objections given at least two months; copies laid before each House of Parliament.
  • 238: the offer circular under section 235 must carry the prescribed information, a statement of the steps taken to ensure the cash is available, and must be registered by the Registrar before issue, who may refuse for reasons in writing within thirty days, subject to appeal to the Tribunal; issuing an unregistered circular costs a director a penalty of one lakh rupees.
  • 239 and 240: the books and papers of the amalgamated or acquired company may not be disposed of without the Central Government's prior permission, which may appoint a person to examine them for evidence of an offence; and the liability of the transferor's officers in default for offences committed before the merger continues after it.
munotes.in581

Mergers, Amalgamations and the Acquisition of Minority Shares

Test yourself

1. Which companies may use the fast track merger, and what approvals do they need? Two or more small companies, a holding company and its wholly owned subsidiary, or prescribed classes: section 233(1). They need notice inviting objections within thirty days to the Registrar, the Official Liquidator and persons affected; approval of members holding at least ninety per cent of the total number of shares; a declaration of solvency; and approval of a majority representing nine-tenths in value of the creditors, at a meeting on twenty-one days' notice or in writing.

munotes.in582

Mergers, Amalgamations and the Acquisition of Minority Shares

2. What is the effect of registration of a fast track scheme? It is deemed to dissolve the transferor company without winding up; its property and liabilities become the transferee's; charges remain applicable and enforceable as if on the transferee's property; pending legal proceedings continue by or against the transferee; and amounts payable to dissenting shareholders or creditors become the transferee's liability: section 233(8) and (9).

munotes.in583

Mergers, Amalgamations and the Acquisition of Minority Shares

3. When may a transferee company compulsorily acquire a dissenting shareholder's shares? Where a scheme or contract involving the transfer of shares has, within four months of the offer, been approved by holders of not less than nine-tenths in value of the shares whose transfer is involved, excluding shares already held by the transferee, its nominee or its subsidiaries at the date of the offer; the transferee may then, within two months after the expiry of those four months, give notice to a dissenting shareholder: section 235(1).

4. Can a dissenting shareholder resist? He may apply to the Tribunal within one month from the date of the notice, and unless the Tribunal thinks fit to order otherwise the transferee is entitled and bound to acquire the shares on the same terms as the approving shareholders: section 235(2).

5. What triggers section 236, and at what price? An acquirer, or a person acting in concert, becoming the registered holder of ninety per cent or more of the issued equity share capital, or any person or group becoming a ninety per cent majority by amalgamation, share exchange, conversion of securities or any other reason. The price is determined on the basis of valuation by a registered valuer in accordance with the prescribed rules: section 236(1) and (2).

6. Does an amalgamation wipe out earlier offences? No. Section 240 provides that the liability in respect of offences committed under the Act by the officers in default of the transferor company before the merger, amalgamation or acquisition continues after it; and section 239 forbids disposal of the transferor's books and papers without the Central Government's prior permission.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in584

Module IV

munotes.in

Chapter Seventy-Eight

Corporate Social Responsibility

Syllabus topic 4.1, label: "Corporate Social Responsibility"

In one line

A company above any one of three financial thresholds must have a Corporate Social Responsibility Committee, adopt a policy on Schedule VII activities, and spend at least two per cent of its average net profits of the three immediately preceding financial years, transferring what it does not spend either to a Schedule VII Fund or, for an ongoing project, to a special bank account.

In exam wording: section 135 is the whole subject, and Schedule VII is the list of activities.

Why the law has this at all

India was the first country to make corporate social responsibility a statutory obligation rather than an exhortation, and the choice the Act made is worth stating because it explains the section's shape.

It did not tax companies and spend the money itself. It left the choice of activity to the company, within a list, and the management of the project to the company's own committee.

But a duty to spend with no consequence for not spending is a duty in name only. The original section said only that the Board must explain in its report why it had not spent. Companies explained. So the 2019 and 2020 amendments added the machinery that now dominates the section: transfer the unspent amount out of the company's hands, either to a Fund or into a dedicated account that can only be spent on the project it was earmarked for, and a penalty if the transfer is not made.

The result is a section with two halves. The first, sub-sections (1) to (4), is about governance: who decides, what policy, what disclosure. The second, sub-sections (5) to (9), is about money: how much, where it goes if unspent, and what it costs to keep it.

Some words this chapter uses

Net worth, turnover and net profit are the three thresholds in sub-section (1). Average net profits are computed under section 198, excluding such sums as may be prescribed. An ongoing project is one fulfilling the prescribed conditions. A Fund specified in Schedule VII means a fund named in that Schedule, such as the Prime Minister's National Relief Fund. A scheduled bank is a bank in the Second Schedule to the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934.

Which companies are covered: section 135(1)

Every company having net worth of rupees five hundred crore or more, or turnover of rupees one thousand crore or more, or a net profit of rupees five crore or more during the immediately preceding financial year shall constitute a Corporate Social Responsibility Committee of the Board consisting of three or more directors, out of which at least one director shall be an independent director.

munotes.in585

Corporate Social Responsibility

Note that the thresholds are alternatives. The word is "or", so a company crossing any one of them is covered. A company with a net worth of six hundred crore is caught although it made no profit at all.

And note the period. All three are measured during the immediately preceding financial year, words substituted for the original "any financial year", which had made the obligation permanent once triggered.

The proviso, inserted in 2018, fixes an impossibility. Where a company is not required to appoint an independent director under section 149(4), it shall have two or more directors in its Committee. Without it, an unlisted company with no independent director could not lawfully constitute a Committee at all.

Section 135(2). The Board's report under section 134(3) shall disclose the composition of the Committee.

What the Committee does: section 135(3)

The Committee shall:

  • (a) formulate and recommend to the Board a Corporate Social Responsibility Policy indicating the activities to be undertaken by the company in areas or subject specified in Schedule VII;
  • (b) recommend the amount of expenditure to be incurred on those activities; and
  • (c) monitor the Policy from time to time.

The words "in areas or subject, specified in Schedule VII" were substituted in 2017. Before them the clause read "as specified in Schedule VII", and the change makes clear that the Schedule describes fields of activity rather than a closed list of projects.

What the Board does: section 135(4)

The Board shall:

  • (a) after taking into account the Committee's recommendations, approve the Policy, disclose its contents in its report, and place it on the company's website in the prescribed manner; and
  • (b) ensure that the activities included in the Policy are undertaken by the company.

Clause (b) is the operative duty. The Committee recommends and monitors; the Board must see that the work is actually done.

The two per cent: section 135(5)

The Board of every company referred to in sub-section (1) shall ensure that the company spends, in every financial year, at least two per cent of the average net profits of the company made during the three immediately preceding financial years, or, where the company has not completed three financial years since its incorporation, during such immediately preceding financial years, in pursuance of its Corporate Social Responsibility Policy.

Two figures must not be confused. The threshold in sub-section (1) looks at the immediately preceding financial year; the amount to be spent is two per cent of the average of the three immediately preceding financial years.

The words for a young company were inserted in 2017, so a company two years old averages over the years it has had.

munotes.in586

Corporate Social Responsibility

First proviso: where the money should go. The company shall give preference to the local area and areas around it where it operates.

Second proviso: unspent money leaves the company. If the company fails to spend the amount, the Board shall, in its report under section 134(3)(o), specify the reasons; and, unless the unspent amount relates to an ongoing project under sub-section (6), transfer the unspent amount to a Fund specified in Schedule VII within six months of the expiry of the financial year.

Third proviso, inserted in 2020: set-off of excess. If the company spends more than required, it may set off the excess against the requirement of succeeding financial years, in such number of years and in such manner as may be prescribed.

The Explanation. For the purposes of the section, "net profit" shall not include such sums as may be prescribed, and shall be calculated in accordance with section 198.

So the same section 198 that fixes the base for managerial remuneration fixes it here, which is a point worth making because it means capital profits and revaluations do not swell the CSR obligation any more than they swell a director's commission.

Ongoing projects: section 135(6)

Any amount remaining unspent under sub-section (5) pursuant to an ongoing project fulfilling the prescribed conditions shall be transferred by the company within thirty days from the end of the financial year to a special account opened in any scheduled bank, to be called the Unspent Corporate Social Responsibility Account for that financial year; and that amount shall be spent in pursuance of the Policy within three financial years from the date of the transfer, failing which the company shall transfer it to a Fund specified in Schedule VII within thirty days from the completion of the third financial year.

Three periods in one sub-section: thirty days to move the money in, three financial years to spend it, thirty days to move what is left to a Fund.

And note the contrast with the second proviso to sub-section (5). Money not tied to an ongoing project goes straight to a Fund in six months; money tied to one goes to the special account in thirty days and stays available to the project for three years.

The penalty: section 135(7)

If a company is in default in complying with sub-section (5) or sub-section (6):

  • the company is liable to a penalty of twice the amount required to be transferred to the Schedule VII Fund or to the Unspent Corporate Social Responsibility Account, or one crore rupees, whichever is less; and
  • every officer in default is liable to a penalty of one-tenth of that amount, or two lakh rupees, whichever is less.
munotes.in587

Corporate Social Responsibility

Note that the penalty attaches to the failure to transfer, not to the failure to spend as such. A company that spends nothing but transfers everything on time is not within sub-section (7), though its Board must still explain the failure to spend in its report.

And note that both penalties are capped, at one crore and two lakh rupees respectively.

Directions and the small company: section 135(8) and (9)

Section 135(8). The Central Government may give general or special directions to a company or class of companies as it considers necessary to ensure compliance, and they shall comply.

Section 135(9), inserted in 2020. Where the amount to be spent does not exceed fifty lakh rupees, the requirement to constitute a Committee does not apply, and the functions of the Committee shall be discharged by the Board.

That is a sensible relief. A company whose obligation is a few lakh rupees does not need a standing committee of three directors to spend it.

Schedule VII

Schedule VII lists the activities that may be included in a Policy. They should be given in an answer as a list, not paraphrased into a sentence.

  • (i) eradicating hunger, poverty and malnutrition, promoting health care including preventive health and sanitation, including contribution to the Swachh Bharat Kosh, and making available safe drinking water;
  • (ii) promoting education, including special education and employment enhancing vocational skills especially among children, women, the elderly and the differently abled, and livelihood enhancement projects;
  • (iii) promoting gender equality, empowering women, setting up homes and hostels for women and orphans, old age homes, day care centres and other facilities for senior citizens, and measures for reducing inequalities faced by socially and economically backward groups;
  • (iv) ensuring environmental sustainability, ecological balance, protection of flora and fauna, animal welfare, agroforestry, conservation of natural resources and maintaining the quality of soil, air and water, including contribution to the Clean Ganga Fund;
  • (v) protection of national heritage, art and culture, including restoration of buildings and sites of historical importance and works of art, setting up public libraries, and promotion of traditional arts and handicrafts;
  • (vi) measures for the benefit of armed forces veterans, war widows and their dependents;
  • (vii) training to promote rural sports, nationally recognised sports, paralympic sports and Olympic sports;
  • (viii) contribution to the Prime Minister's National Relief Fund or the Prime Minister's Citizen Assistance and Relief in Emergency Situations Fund, or any other fund set up by the Central Government for socio-economic development and relief and welfare of the Scheduled Castes, the Scheduled Tribes, other backward classes, minorities and women;
  • (ix) contribution to incubators or research and development projects in science, technology, engineering and medicine funded by Government or a public sector undertaking, and to public funded universities and named national research bodies conducting research aimed at promoting the Sustainable Development Goals;
  • (x) rural development projects;
  • (xi) slum area development; and
  • (xii) disaster management, including relief, rehabilitation and reconstruction activities.
munotes.in588

Corporate Social Responsibility

A worked example

Ambivali Chemicals Limited has, in the immediately preceding financial year, a net worth of two hundred crore, a turnover of four hundred crore and a net profit of eight crore rupees.

Is it covered? Yes. The three thresholds are alternatives, and although it is below the net worth and turnover figures, its net profit of eight crore exceeds five crore. Section 135(1) applies.

The Committee. It must constitute a Corporate Social Responsibility Committee of three or more directors, at least one of them independent. If the company is not required to appoint an independent director under section 149(4), the proviso lets it have a Committee of two or more directors. The Board's report must disclose the composition: section 135(2).

The amount. Its net profits computed under section 198 for the three immediately preceding financial years are six crore, eight crore and ten crore. The average is eight crore, and two per cent of eight crore is sixteen lakh rupees. That is what the Board must ensure is spent this financial year: section 135(5).

A younger company. Had Ambivali Chemicals been incorporated two years ago, the average would be taken over the financial years since incorporation, by the words inserted in 2017.

The policy. The Committee formulates and recommends a Policy on activities in the areas specified in Schedule VII, recommends the expenditure, and monitors the Policy. The Board approves it after considering the recommendations, discloses its contents in its report, places it on the website, and ensures the activities are actually undertaken: section 135(3) and (4).

Where. The company's plant is at Ambivali, so under the first proviso to sub-section (5) it must give preference to the local area and the areas around it. It funds a school building under Schedule VII item (ii) and a water treatment project under item (i), both within the taluka.

A shortfall not tied to a project. It spends only ten lakh of the sixteen lakh, and the unspent six lakh is not for an ongoing project. Two things follow. The Board's report under section 134(3)(o) must specify the reasons for not spending; and the six lakh must be transferred to a Fund specified in Schedule VII within six months of the end of that financial year.

munotes.in589

Corporate Social Responsibility

A shortfall that is tied to a project. Suppose instead the unspent six lakh relates to an ongoing project, a rural health centre being built over two years. Then it goes, within thirty days from the end of the financial year, into a special account in a scheduled bank called the Unspent Corporate Social Responsibility Account for that year, and must be spent on the Policy within three financial years of the transfer. Whatever is still unspent then goes to a Schedule VII Fund within thirty days of the end of the third financial year: section 135(6).

If it makes neither transfer. The company is liable to a penalty of twice the amount required to be transferred, or one crore rupees, whichever is less, so on six lakh unspent the penalty is twelve lakh rupees; and every officer in default is liable to one-tenth of the amount, or two lakh rupees, whichever is less, so sixty thousand rupees each: section 135(7).

Spending more than required. In the next year the company spends twenty-four lakh although only sixteen lakh was required. The excess of eight lakh may be set off against the requirement of succeeding financial years, in the number of years and manner prescribed: third proviso to section 135(5).

A small obligation. Suppose the average net profits were only twenty crore in total across the three years, so the two per cent came to well under fifty lakh. Wherever the amount to be spent does not exceed fifty lakh rupees, no Committee need be constituted, and the Board itself discharges the Committee's functions: section 135(9).

A direction. The Central Government may give the company general or special directions to ensure compliance, which it must obey: section 135(8).

A donation that is not CSR. The company also gives ten lakh rupees to a charitable trust that does no Schedule VII activity. That is a contribution under section 181, needing the prior permission of the general meeting if the aggregate exceeds five per cent of average net profits of the three immediately preceding financial years. It does not count towards the two per cent, because sub-section (5) requires the spending to be in pursuance of the company's Corporate Social Responsibility Policy.

Distinctions that carry marks

Section 135, CSRSection 181, charitable contributions
NatureA statutory obligation to spendA power to give
AmountAt least two per cent of average net profits of the three immediately preceding financial yearsMembers' prior permission above five per cent of the same base
WhereActivities in Schedule VII, with preference to the local areaAny bona fide charitable and other funds
Consequence of defaultTransfer of the unspent amount, and a penalty under sub-section (7)The contribution is beyond the Board's power without permission
munotes.in590

Corporate Social Responsibility

Which figurePeriod
Net worth five hundred crore, turnover one thousand crore, or net profit five croreThe immediately preceding financial year
Two per cent to be spentAverage net profits of the three immediately preceding financial years, or since incorporation if shorter
Unspent amountWhere it goesBy when
Not relating to an ongoing projectA Fund specified in Schedule VIISix months from the expiry of the financial year
Relating to an ongoing projectThe Unspent Corporate Social Responsibility Account in a scheduled bankThirty days from the end of the financial year
Still unspent after three financial yearsA Fund specified in Schedule VIIThirty days from completion of the third financial year

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean all three thresholds must be crossed. They are alternatives; any one brings the company within the section.

It does not mean the two per cent is of the preceding year's profit. It is of the average net profits of the three immediately preceding financial years, computed under section 198.

It does not mean an explanation in the Board's report is now enough. Since the 2019 and 2020 amendments the unspent amount must be transferred, and failure to transfer attracts the penalty in sub-section (7).

It does not mean every covered company needs a Committee. Where the amount to spend does not exceed fifty lakh rupees, the Board discharges the Committee's functions: section 135(9).

It does not mean any donation counts. The spending must be in pursuance of the company's Corporate Social Responsibility Policy, on activities in the areas or subjects specified in Schedule VII.

It does not mean overspending is wasted. The excess may be set off against the requirement of succeeding financial years, as prescribed.

Quick revision

  • 135(1): applies to a company with net worth of five hundred crore or more, or turnover of one thousand crore or more, or net profit of five crore or more, during the immediately preceding financial year; it shall constitute a Corporate Social Responsibility Committee of three or more directors, at least one independent; where no independent director is required under section 149(4), two or more directors suffice. 135(2): the Board's report discloses the composition.
  • 135(3): the Committee formulates and recommends the Policy on activities in areas or subjects specified in Schedule VII, recommends the expenditure, and monitors the Policy.
  • 135(4): the Board approves the Policy after considering the recommendations, discloses its contents in its report and on the website, and ensures the activities are undertaken.
  • 135(5): spend at least two per cent of the average net profits of the three immediately preceding financial years, or since incorporation if shorter; preference to the local area; failing which the Board states the reasons under section 134(3)(o) and, unless the amount relates to an ongoing project, transfers it to a Schedule VII Fund within six months of the end of the financial year; excess spending may be set off against succeeding years as prescribed; net profit excludes prescribed sums and is computed under section 198.
  • 135(6): an unspent amount for an ongoing project goes within thirty days of the end of the financial year to an Unspent Corporate Social Responsibility Account in a scheduled bank, is to be spent within three financial years, and what remains goes to a Schedule VII Fund within thirty days of the third financial year's completion.
  • 135(7): default under sub-section (5) or (6) costs the company twice the amount to be transferred or one crore rupees, whichever is less, and every officer in default one-tenth of it or two lakh rupees, whichever is less.
  • 135(8) and (9): the Central Government may give directions; where the amount to be spent is not more than fifty lakh rupees, no Committee is needed and the Board discharges its functions.
  • Schedule VII, twelve heads: hunger, poverty, malnutrition, health care, sanitation and safe drinking water; education and vocational skills; gender equality, women, orphans and senior citizens; environmental sustainability and animal welfare; national heritage, art and culture; armed forces veterans and war widows; rural, national, paralympic and Olympic sports; the Prime Minister's National Relief Fund and PM CARES Fund and other Central Government funds; incubators, research and development and public funded universities and research bodies; rural development; slum area development; and disaster management including relief, rehabilitation and reconstruction.
munotes.in591

Corporate Social Responsibility

Test yourself

1. Which companies must comply with section 135? Every company having, during the immediately preceding financial year, a net worth of five hundred crore rupees or more, or a turnover of one thousand crore rupees or more, or a net profit of five crore rupees or more. The thresholds are alternatives.

2. How much must be spent, and on what base? At least two per cent of the average net profits of the company made during the three immediately preceding financial years, or, where three financial years have not been completed since incorporation, during such immediately preceding financial years. Net profit excludes such sums as may be prescribed and is calculated in accordance with section 198.

munotes.in592

Corporate Social Responsibility

3. What happens to money that is not spent? The Board must state the reasons in its report under section 134(3)(o); and unless the amount relates to an ongoing project, it must be transferred to a Fund specified in Schedule VII within six months of the expiry of the financial year. Where it does relate to an ongoing project, it goes within thirty days of the end of the financial year into an Unspent Corporate Social Responsibility Account in a scheduled bank, must be spent within three financial years, and any balance then goes to a Schedule VII Fund within thirty days.

4. What is the penalty for default? The company, twice the amount required to be transferred or one crore rupees, whichever is less; and every officer in default, one-tenth of that amount or two lakh rupees, whichever is less: section 135(7).

5. Must every covered company have a CSR Committee? No. Where the amount to be spent does not exceed fifty lakh rupees, the requirement to constitute a Committee does not apply and the Board discharges the Committee's functions: section 135(9). And where the company need not appoint an independent director under section 149(4), the Committee may consist of two or more directors.

6. Name six activities in Schedule VII. Any six of: eradicating hunger, poverty and malnutrition and promoting health care, sanitation and safe drinking water; promoting education and vocational skills; gender equality and the empowerment of women, homes for orphans and facilities for senior citizens; environmental sustainability and animal welfare; protection of national heritage, art and culture; benefit of armed forces veterans and war widows; promotion of sports; contribution to the Prime Minister's National Relief Fund or the PM CARES Fund; contribution to incubators, research and development and public funded universities; rural development projects; slum area development; and disaster management including relief, rehabilitation and reconstruction.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in593

Chapter Seventy-Nine

Secretarial Audit

Syllabus topic 4.1, label: "Secretarial Audit"

In one line

Every listed company and other prescribed companies must annex to the Board's report a secretarial audit report given by a company secretary in practice; the company must help him audit its records; the Board must explain in full anything he qualifies; and a default costs the company, its officers and the auditor two lakh rupees each.

In exam wording: section 204 is the whole subject, and its marginal note is "Secretarial audit for bigger companies".

Why the law has this at all

A company's accounts are audited every year by a chartered accountant, and that audit answers one question: are the numbers right. It does not answer the other question a member or a regulator wants answered, which is whether the company obeyed the law.

Nobody was checking that. The company secretary reports to the Board on compliance under section 205(1)(a), but he is the company's own officer, and asking him to certify compliance is asking a man to audit his own work.

Section 204 supplies the missing audit and gives it to a company secretary in practice, who is independent of the company, qualified in the law of companies rather than in accounting, and subject to his own professional discipline.

Two features make the audit useful rather than decorative. The company must give him the records, because an auditor who can be starved of papers audits nothing; and the Board must explain in full what he qualifies, so a bad report cannot be buried by annexing it and saying nothing about it.

Some words this chapter uses

A company secretary in practice is defined in section 2(25), being one deemed to be in practice under section 2(2) of the Company Secretaries Act, 1980. A qualification in a report is a statement that the auditor cannot certify something without reservation. The Board's report is the report under section 134(3). Secretarial records are the registers, minutes, returns and filings the Act requires.

Who must have one: section 204(1)

Every listed company and a company belonging to other class of companies as may be prescribed shall annex with its Board's report made in terms of sub-section (3) of section 134, a secretarial audit report, given by a company secretary in practice, in such form as may be prescribed.

Four elements, and an answer should name all four.

Who. Every listed company, and any company in a prescribed class. Note that the marginal note, "secretarial audit for bigger companies", is a description and not a test; the test is listing or the prescribed class.

What. A secretarial audit report in the prescribed form.

By whom. A company secretary in practice, and by nobody else. Not the company's own secretary, and not the statutory auditor.

munotes.in594

Secretarial Audit

How it reaches the reader. It is annexed to the Board's report under section 134(3), so it goes to every member with the financial statements and is filed with them.

The company's duty to assist: section 204(2)

It shall be the duty of the company to give all assistance and facilities to the company secretary in practice, for auditing the secretarial and related records of the company.

Two words carry the sub-section. "All" assistance and facilities, and "secretarial and related" records, which is wider than the registers the Act names.

And the duty is on the company, so a refusal by an officer is the company's default, punishable under sub-section (4).

The Board must explain: section 204(3)

The Board of Directors, in their report made in terms of sub-section (3) of section 134, shall explain in full any qualification or observation or other remarks made by the company secretary in practice in his report.

Three things must be explained, and they are listed in ascending order of gravity in reverse: a qualification, an observation, or other remarks. So it is not only a formal qualification that must be answered; a mere observation must be too.

"In full" is the standard. A one-line acknowledgement is not an explanation.

Compare section 134(3)(f), which requires the Board to explain in full every qualification in the statutory auditor's report. The Act treats the two audits alike, and an answer can usefully say so.

The penalty: section 204(4)

If a company, or any officer of the company, or the company secretary in practice contravenes the section, the company, every officer in default and the company secretary in practice in default is liable to a penalty of two lakh rupees.

Note that the auditor is exposed as well. The same penalty attaches to the company secretary in practice who contravenes the section, which is what makes his report worth something.

And note the change. The words were substituted so that the consequence is a penalty, imposed in adjudication, in place of the earlier fine.

A worked example

Chembur Polymers Limited is a listed company.

The audit. It must annex to its Board's report a secretarial audit report in the prescribed form, given by a company secretary in practice: section 204(1). Its own company secretary cannot give it, because he is an officer of the company and section 2(25) requires a person deemed to be in practice.

The records. The auditor asks for the register of members, the register of charges, the minutes of Board and general meetings, the register under section 189, the returns filed with the Registrar and the correspondence with the stock exchange. The company is under a duty to give all assistance and facilities for auditing the secretarial and related records: section 204(2). If the managing director instructs that the section 189 register be withheld, the company is in default, and so is he as an officer in default.

munotes.in595

Secretarial Audit

The report. The auditor's report qualifies two matters: that the annual general meeting was called on shorter notice than the Act requires, and that two Board meetings were held with a gap exceeding the permitted interval. He also makes an observation that the register of members was not updated for three months.

What the Board must do. In its report under section 134(3), the Board must explain in full the two qualifications and the observation: section 204(3). It may not annex the report and say nothing, and it may not answer only the qualifications and ignore the observation, because the sub-section covers any qualification or observation or other remarks.

A default. Suppose the company simply does not obtain a secretarial audit report at all. The company, every officer in default and, if he is in default, the company secretary in practice are each liable to a penalty of two lakh rupees: section 204(4).

And what the audit does not do. Section 205(2) provides that sections 204 and 205 shall not affect the duties and functions of the Board, the chairperson, the managing director or a whole-time director. So the directors cannot answer a charge of non-compliance by pointing to a clean secretarial audit report.

Distinctions that carry marks

Statutory audit, section 143Secretarial audit, section 204
Who conducts itThe company's auditor, a chartered accountantA company secretary in practice
What it examinesThe accounts and financial statementsThe secretarial and related records and compliance with law
Who must have itEvery companyEvery listed company and prescribed classes
Where the report goesTo the members, under section 143Annexed to the Board's report under section 134(3)
Board's duty on a qualificationExplain in full, section 134(3)(f)Explain in full, section 204(3)
Company secretary, section 2(24)Company secretary in practice, section 2(25)
PositionAn officer of the company, and key managerial personnelIndependent of the company
Function under this chapterReports to the Board on compliance, section 205(1)(a)Gives the secretarial audit report, section 204(1)

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean every company needs a secretarial audit. Only every listed company and companies in a prescribed class.

It does not mean the company's own secretary may give the report. It must be a company secretary in practice within section 2(25).

munotes.in596

Secretarial Audit

It does not mean annexing the report discharges the Board. The Board must explain in full any qualification, observation or other remarks.

It does not mean only the company is liable. The company, every officer in default and the company secretary in practice each face a penalty of two lakh rupees.

It does not mean a clean report protects the directors. Section 205(2) preserves the duties of the Board, the chairperson, the managing director and any whole-time director.

Quick revision

  • 204(1): every listed company and prescribed classes shall annex to the Board's report under section 134(3) a secretarial audit report in the prescribed form, given by a company secretary in practice.
  • 204(2): the company must give all assistance and facilities to him for auditing its secretarial and related records.
  • 204(3): the Board shall explain in full any qualification, observation or other remarks made in that report.
  • 204(4): contravention makes the company, every officer in default and the company secretary in practice in default liable to a penalty of two lakh rupees.
  • Related: the auditor is a company secretary in practice under section 2(25), not the company's own secretary under section 2(24); and section 205(2) preserves the duties of the Board, chairperson, managing director and whole-time director.

Test yourself

1. Which companies must obtain a secretarial audit report, and from whom? Every listed company and every company belonging to such other class as may be prescribed, from a company secretary in practice, in the prescribed form, the report being annexed to the Board's report made under section 134(3): section 204(1).

2. What duty does the company owe the auditor? To give all assistance and facilities to the company secretary in practice for auditing the secretarial and related records of the company: section 204(2).

3. What must the Board do about a qualification in the report? Explain it in full in its report under section 134(3), and the duty extends to any qualification or observation or other remarks made by the company secretary in practice: section 204(3).

4. Who is liable for a contravention, and how much? The company, every officer of the company in default, and the company secretary in practice in default, each liable to a penalty of two lakh rupees: section 204(4).

5. Can the company's own company secretary conduct the secretarial audit? No. The report must be given by a company secretary in practice, that is one deemed to be in practice under section 2(2) of the Company Secretaries Act, 1980: section 2(25). The company's own secretary is its officer and its key managerial personnel.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in597

Chapter Eighty

Winding Up: The Modern Map

Syllabus topic 4.2, label: "Winding Up", the introductory chapter to it.

In one line

Winding up by the Tribunal on five grounds remains in the Companies Act; voluntary winding up has gone out of it altogether and lives in the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code as voluntary liquidation; and a company that cannot pay its debts is no longer wound up under the Companies Act at all but goes through the Code.

In exam wording: section 270 applies Part I of Chapter XX to winding up by the Tribunal; section 271 states the five grounds; and section 59 of the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016 provides for voluntary liquidation.

Why the law has this at all

The Companies Act, 1956 dealt with every kind of company failure, and it dealt with them slowly. A creditor's winding up petition on the ground of inability to pay debts could take years to reach an order, by which time the assets were worth little.

The Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016 took that whole subject away, and the reasoning was that a company which cannot pay its debts should first be rescued if it can be, through a time-bound resolution process, and liquidated only if it cannot. That is a different question from the one the Companies Act asks, which is whether a company ought to be brought to an end.

So the Eleventh Schedule to the Code performed a large amputation on 15 November 2016.

  • It substituted section 270, which had set out the two modes of winding up, so that it now says only that Part I applies to winding up by the Tribunal.
  • It substituted section 271, deleting the ground of inability to pay debts and the whole of the old sub-section (2) defining it.
  • It omitted sections 304 to 323, the entire Part on voluntary winding up: the circumstances, the declaration of solvency, the meeting of creditors, the appointment and powers of the liquidator, and the final meeting.

What was left in the Companies Act is winding up for reasons that are not about money: the members' own decision, conduct against the State, fraud, persistent default in filing, and the just and equitable ground.

Some words this chapter uses

Winding up is defined in section 2(94A) as winding up under this Act or liquidation under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016, as applicable. Liquidation is the Code's word for the same process. A corporate person is the Code's expression, wider than a company. The Adjudicating Authority for corporate persons under the Code is the National Company Law Tribunal. Dissolution is the end of the company's existence, which follows the winding up.

The two modes today

Winding up by the Tribunal, under the Companies Act, 2013. Governed by sections 270 to 303 and sections 324 to 365, and dealt with in the chapters that follow this one.

munotes.in598

Winding Up: The Modern Map

Voluntary liquidation, under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016. Governed by section 59 of the Code, and dealt with in [Voluntary Liquidation under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code].

And a third process that is not winding up at all, though students often place it here: the corporate insolvency resolution process under Chapter II of the Code, which is what happens when a company defaults on a debt. It aims at a resolution plan, and liquidation under the Code follows only if the plan fails.

So the correct answer to "on what ground may a company that cannot pay its debts be wound up under the Companies Act, 2013" is that it may not. That ground was deleted, and the creditor's route is the Code.

Section 270 as it now stands

The provisions of Part I shall apply to the winding up of a company by the Tribunal under this Act.

That is the whole section. Before the substitution it read that a company may be wound up either by the Tribunal or voluntarily, and it was the roof over both. With voluntary winding up gone, the section does nothing but point at Part I.

A student who quotes the old section 270 for the proposition that there are two modes of winding up under the Companies Act is quoting a repealed provision.

The five grounds: section 271

A company may, on a petition under section 272, be wound up by the Tribunal:

  • (a) if the company has, by special resolution, resolved that it be wound up by the Tribunal;
  • (b) if the company has acted against the interests of the sovereignty and integrity of India, the security of the State, friendly relations with foreign States, public order, decency or morality;
  • (c) if, on an application by the Registrar or any other person authorised by the Central Government by notification, the Tribunal is of opinion that the affairs of the company have been conducted in a fraudulent manner, or the company was formed for a fraudulent and unlawful purpose, or the persons concerned in its formation or the management of its affairs have been guilty of fraud, misfeasance or misconduct in connection with it, and that it is proper that the company be wound up;
  • (d) if the company has made a default in filing with the Registrar its financial statements or annual returns for immediately preceding five consecutive financial years; or
  • (e) if the Tribunal is of opinion that it is just and equitable that the company should be wound up.
munotes.in599

Winding Up: The Modern Map

Five grounds, and it is worth naming what each is for.

Clause (a) is the members' own decision, and note that it needs a special resolution, and that the result is a Tribunal winding up, not a voluntary one. This is the survivor of what used to be voluntary winding up inside the Companies Act.

Clause (b) is the public interest ground in its sharpest form. The words follow the language of the reasonable restrictions on freedom of speech in the Constitution, and they cover a company used against the State.

Clause (c) is the fraud ground, and it has a gatekeeper. Only the Registrar or a person authorised by the Central Government may apply, and the Tribunal must be satisfied not only of the fraud but that it is proper that the company be wound up.

Clause (d) is the dormant company ground. Five consecutive financial years of default in filing financial statements or annual returns. Compare section 248, under which the Registrar may simply strike the name off the register, which is the cheaper route to the same end and is dealt with in [Registered Valuers, and Removal of a Company's Name from the Register].

Clause (e) is the just and equitable ground, the oldest of them, and the one that connects this chapter to section 242(1)(b): the Tribunal grants relief against oppression precisely where the facts would justify a just and equitable winding up but a winding up would unfairly prejudice the applicants.

Voluntary liquidation under the Code: section 59

Section 59(1). A corporate person who intends to liquidate itself voluntarily and has not committed any default may initiate voluntary liquidation proceedings.

Note the condition. No default. A company in default cannot use this route; its creditors' route is the resolution process.

Section 59(2). The liquidation shall meet such conditions and procedural requirements, and be completed within such period, which shall not be more than one year, as may be specified.

Section 59(3): the conditions for a company.

  • (a) a declaration from a majority of the directors, verified by affidavit, stating (i) that they have made a full inquiry into the affairs and have formed the opinion that the company has no debt, or that it will be able to pay its debts in full from the proceeds of the assets to be sold; and (ii) that the company is not being liquidated to defraud any person;
  • (b) accompanied by (i) audited financial statements and a record of business operations for the previous two years or since incorporation, whichever is later, and (ii) a report of the valuation of the assets by a registered valuer, if any;
  • (c) within four weeks of that declaration, either (i) a special resolution of the members requiring voluntary liquidation and appointing an insolvency professional as liquidator, or (ii) a resolution of the members requiring liquidation on the expiry of the period of duration fixed by the articles or on the occurrence of an event on which the articles provide for dissolution, and appointing such a liquidator.
munotes.in600

Winding Up: The Modern Map

The proviso: the creditors have a say. Where the company owes any debt, creditors representing two-thirds in value of the debt must approve the resolution within seven days of it.

Section 59(4) and (5). The company shall inform the Registrar of Companies and the Board within seven days of the resolution or of the creditors' subsequent approval; and, subject to that approval, the proceedings are deemed to have commenced from the date of the resolution.

Sections 59(5A) to (5C): termination. After commencement but before the dissolution application is filed, the proceeding terminates if the members pass a special resolution to terminate it, creditors representing two-thirds in value approve within seven days where there is debt, and other specified conditions are met; the liquidator informs the Board and the Registrar within seven days; and the proceeding is deemed terminated from the date of that intimation, which ends the liquidator's term.

Section 59(7), (8) and (9): the end. Where the affairs have been completely wound up and the assets completely liquidated, the liquidator applies to the Adjudicating Authority for dissolution; the Authority orders that the corporate debtor shall be dissolved from the date of the order; and a copy of the order is forwarded within fourteen days to the authority with which the corporate person is registered.

A worked example

Titwala Trading Limited has stopped trading. Its directors want it brought to an end. Three different routes are possible, and choosing the right one is the whole question.

It can pay everybody. Its assets exceed its debts. So a majority of its directors may make the declaration verified by affidavit under section 59(3)(a) that they have made a full inquiry and the company will be able to pay its debts in full from the proceeds of the assets, and that it is not being liquidated to defraud any person, annexing the audited financial statements for the previous two years and a registered valuer's report. Within four weeks, the members pass a special resolution to liquidate voluntarily and appoint an insolvency professional as liquidator; and because the company owes debt, creditors representing two-thirds in value must approve within seven days. The company informs the Registrar and the Board within seven days, and the liquidation is deemed to have commenced on the date of the resolution. When everything is realised and distributed, the liquidator applies to the National Company Law Tribunal, which orders dissolution, and a copy goes to the Registrar within fourteen days.

munotes.in601

Winding Up: The Modern Map

It cannot pay everybody. Then section 59 is unavailable, because it requires that the corporate person has not committed any default, and the route is the corporate insolvency resolution process under the Code, at the instance of a financial or operational creditor or of the company itself.

Under the Companies Act. If instead the members simply want the Tribunal to wind it up, they may pass a special resolution and petition under section 271(a). And if the company has not filed its financial statements or annual returns for the last five consecutive financial years, the Registrar may seek a winding up under clause (d), though in practice he is more likely to strike the name off under section 248.

A case for the just and equitable ground. Suppose Titwala Trading was formed by two families to carry on one business, the business has failed, and the two sides no longer speak. Neither is guilty of oppression, so section 241 gives nothing; but the substratum of the company is gone and there is a complete deadlock. That is the classic case for section 271(e).

And a case for clause (c). If the Registrar finds that the company was formed for a fraudulent purpose and that those managing it have been guilty of fraud, he, or a person authorised by the Central Government, may apply; and the Tribunal must be satisfied both of the fraud and that it is proper that the company be wound up.

What nobody can do. A creditor owed fifty lakh rupees cannot petition under the Companies Act on the ground that the company is unable to pay its debts. That ground was deleted from section 271 on 15 November 2016, and his remedy is under the Code.

Distinctions that carry marks

Winding up by the TribunalVoluntary liquidation
StatuteCompanies Act, 2013, sections 270 to 303 and 324 to 365Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016, section 59
Who initiatesA petition under section 272The corporate person itself, having committed no default
Decision makerThe TribunalThe members, with the creditors' two-thirds approval where there is debt; the Tribunal only for dissolution
LiquidatorThe Company Liquidator under section 275An insolvency professional appointed by the members
Time limitNone fixed by the sectionTo be completed within a period not more than one year, as specified
munotes.in602

Winding Up: The Modern Map

What the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code did on 15 November 2016Effect
Substituted section 270It now applies Part I to winding up by the Tribunal only
Substituted section 271Inability to pay debts ceased to be a ground, and the old sub-section (2) defining it went with it
Omitted sections 304 to 323Voluntary winding up left the Companies Act entirely
Inserted section 2(94A)Winding up now means winding up under the Act or liquidation under the Code, as applicable

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean there is no voluntary winding up in Indian law. It means there is none in the Companies Act; it is voluntary liquidation under section 59 of the Code.

It does not mean a company that cannot pay its debts cannot be wound up. It means it is not wound up under section 271; the Code applies.

It does not mean a members' winding up is voluntary. Under section 271(a) the members pass a special resolution and the Tribunal winds the company up.

It does not mean any person may petition on the fraud ground. Clause (c) is available only on an application by the Registrar or a person authorised by the Central Government by notification.

It does not mean five years of default is the only consequence of not filing. The Registrar may also strike the company's name off the register under section 248.

Quick revision

  • 2(94A): winding up means winding up under this Act or liquidation under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016, as applicable.
  • 270: Part I applies to winding up of a company by the Tribunal under this Act. The old section, which set out two modes, was substituted by the Code on 15 November 2016.
  • 271, five grounds: (a) a special resolution that the company be wound up by the Tribunal; (b) acting against the sovereignty and integrity of India, the security of the State, friendly relations with foreign States, public order, decency or morality; (c) on the application of the Registrar or a person authorised by the Central Government, fraudulent conduct of the affairs, formation for a fraudulent and unlawful purpose, or fraud, misfeasance or misconduct by those concerned in the formation or management, and that it is proper that the company be wound up; (d) default in filing financial statements or annual returns for five immediately preceding consecutive financial years; (e) that it is just and equitable.
  • Sections 304 to 323 are OMITTED: voluntary winding up is no longer in the Companies Act.
  • Code, section 59: available to a corporate person that intends to liquidate voluntarily and has committed no default, to be completed within a period not exceeding one year as specified; needs a declaration by a majority of directors on affidavit of full inquiry, ability to pay debts in full and absence of intent to defraud, with two years' audited statements and a registered valuer's report; a special resolution within four weeks appointing an insolvency professional as liquidator, or a resolution on the expiry of the articles' period or an event of dissolution; approval of creditors representing two-thirds in value within seven days where there is debt; intimation to the Registrar and the Board within seven days; commencement deemed from the date of the resolution; termination by special resolution with the creditors' two-thirds approval before the dissolution application; and on completion, the liquidator applies for dissolution, the Adjudicating Authority orders it, and a copy goes to the registering authority within fourteen days.
munotes.in603

Winding Up: The Modern Map

Test yourself

1. On what grounds may a company be wound up by the Tribunal? That the company has by special resolution resolved to be wound up by the Tribunal; that it has acted against the sovereignty and integrity of India, the security of the State, friendly relations with foreign States, public order, decency or morality; that, on the application of the Registrar or a person authorised by the Central Government, the Tribunal is of opinion that its affairs have been conducted fraudulently, or it was formed for a fraudulent and unlawful purpose, or those concerned in its formation or management have been guilty of fraud, misfeasance or misconduct, and that it is proper to wind it up; that it has defaulted in filing financial statements or annual returns for five immediately preceding consecutive financial years; or that it is just and equitable: section 271.

2. Can a company be wound up under the Companies Act because it cannot pay its debts? No. That ground was removed from section 271 by the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016, section 255 and the Eleventh Schedule, with effect from 15 November 2016. A company in default is dealt with under the Code.

3. Where is voluntary winding up now dealt with? In section 59 of the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016, as voluntary liquidation. Sections 304 to 323 of the Companies Act, 2013 were omitted by the same Eleventh Schedule on the same date.

4. What must the directors declare before a voluntary liquidation? A majority of the directors, by declaration verified by affidavit, must state that they have made a full inquiry into the affairs and formed the opinion that the company has no debt or will be able to pay its debts in full from the proceeds of the assets to be sold, and that the company is not being liquidated to defraud any person, accompanied by audited financial statements and a record of business operations for the previous two years or since incorporation, whichever is later, and a registered valuer's report on the assets: section 59(3)(a) and (b).

munotes.in604

Winding Up: The Modern Map

5. What part do the creditors play in a voluntary liquidation? Where the company owes any debt, creditors representing two-thirds in value of the debt must approve the members' resolution within seven days of its passing: proviso to section 59(3). The same two-thirds approval is needed to terminate the proceeding under section 59(5A).

6. How does a voluntary liquidation end? When the affairs are completely wound up and the assets completely liquidated, the liquidator applies to the Adjudicating Authority for dissolution; the Authority orders that the corporate debtor be dissolved from the date of the order; and a copy is forwarded within fourteen days to the authority with which the corporate person is registered: section 59(7), (8) and (9).

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in605

Chapter Eighty-One

Winding Up by the Tribunal: The Petition and the Order

Syllabus topic 4.2, label: "Winding Up by the Tribunal"

In one line

A winding up petition may be presented by the company, a contributory, the Registrar, a person authorised by the Central Government or, on the sovereignty ground, a Government; the Tribunal must dispose of it within ninety days and may dismiss it, make interim orders, appoint a provisional liquidator or wind the company up; and once it does, the order operates for all creditors and contributories, no suit may proceed without leave, and the Tribunal takes jurisdiction over everything touching the company.

In exam wording: section 272 is who may petition, section 273 the powers of the Tribunal, section 274 the statement of affairs, section 277 the intimation and the winding up committee, section 278 the effect of the order, section 279 the stay of suits, and section 280 the Tribunal's jurisdiction.

Why the law has this at all

A winding up order does something no other order of a court does: it stops a company trading, discharges its employees, gathers all its creditors into one process and ends its existence.

Because the order is so drastic, the Act controls three things.

Who may ask for it. Not anybody with a grievance. Section 272 lists the petitioners exhaustively, and puts the fraud ground behind the Registrar and the sovereignty ground behind a Government.

How long it may take. A company under a pending winding up petition cannot borrow, cannot be sold and cannot plan. The ninety day limit in the proviso to section 273(1) exists because uncertainty is itself a harm.

And what happens the moment it is made. The order is for everybody, not only the petitioner; litigation stops; and the Tribunal takes over every question about the company, so the assets are not dissipated in a hundred separate courts.

Some words this chapter uses

A contributory is a person liable to contribute to the assets in a winding up, defined in section 2(26). A provisional liquidator is one appointed before the winding up order, to hold the position. A statement of affairs is the sworn account of the company's assets and liabilities. The Company Liquidator is the liquidator appointed on the order, under section 275. The commencement of the winding up is dealt with in section 357.

Who may petition: section 272(1)

A petition shall be presented by:

  • (a) the company;
  • (b) any contributory or contributories;
  • (c) all or any of the persons specified in clauses (a) and (b);
  • (d) the Registrar;
  • (e) any person authorised by the Central Government in that behalf; or
  • (f) in a case falling under clause (b) of section 271, by the Central Government or a State Government.

Note who is missing. A creditor is not in the list, and that is not an oversight; the ground on which creditors used to petition, inability to pay debts, was removed in 2016, and their remedy is under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code.

munotes.in606

Winding Up by the Tribunal: The Petition and the Order

And note clause (f). Only on the sovereignty and integrity ground in section 271(b) may a Government petition.

The contributory's right: section 272(2)

A contributory is entitled to petition notwithstanding:

  • that he holds fully paid-up shares;
  • that the company may have no assets at all; or
  • that there may be no surplus assets left for distribution among the shareholders after the liabilities are satisfied;

and the shares in respect of which he is a contributory, or some of them, must either have been originally allotted to him, or have been held by him and registered in his name for at least six months during the eighteen months immediately before the commencement of the winding up, or have devolved on him through the death of a former holder.

The first three words remove the old objections. A fully paid shareholder has nothing left to contribute, and a company with no surplus gives him nothing; the sub-section says neither matters.

The holding requirement is the real condition. Six months out of the preceding eighteen, unless the shares were originally allotted to him or came to him on a death. It stops a person buying a share in order to present a petition.

The Registrar's petition: section 272(3)

The Registrar may petition on any ground in section 271 except clause (a), the special resolution ground, which is for the company itself.

Two provisos control him. He must obtain the previous sanction of the Central Government; and the Central Government shall not accord sanction unless the company has been given a reasonable opportunity of making representations.

So the company is heard before the petition is even filed, which is unusual and deliberate.

The company's own petition, and the Registrar's views: section 272(4) and (5)

Section 272(4). A petition by the company shall be admitted only if accompanied by a statement of affairs in the prescribed form and manner.

Section 272(5). A copy of the petition shall be filed with the Registrar, who shall submit his views to the Tribunal within sixty days of receiving it.

That is a useful safeguard. The Registrar holds the company's filings and can tell the Tribunal what the petition does not.

What the Tribunal may do: section 273(1)

On receipt of a petition the Tribunal may:

  • (a) dismiss it, with or without costs;
  • (b) make any interim order as it thinks fit;
  • (c) appoint a provisional liquidator of the company till the making of a winding up order;
  • (d) make an order for the winding up of the company with or without costs; or
  • (e) any other order as it thinks fit.
munotes.in607

Winding Up by the Tribunal: The Petition and the Order

First proviso: the time limit. An order shall be made within ninety days from the date of presentation of the petition.

Second proviso: notice before a provisional liquidator. Before appointing one, the Tribunal shall give notice to the company and a reasonable opportunity to make its representations, unless for special reasons recorded in writing it thinks fit to dispense with notice.

Third proviso: poverty is no answer. The Tribunal shall not refuse to make a winding up order on the ground only that the assets have been mortgaged for an amount equal to or in excess of those assets, or that the company has no assets.

The third proviso matters more than it looks. A company whose assets are fully charged will yield nothing to unsecured creditors, and the argument that a winding up is therefore futile used to succeed. The proviso answers it: there are reasons to wind a company up besides distributing money.

The alternative remedy: section 273(2)

Where a petition is presented on the ground that it is just and equitable that the company should be wound up, the Tribunal may refuse to make an order of winding up, if it is of the opinion that some other remedy is available to the petitioners and that they are acting unreasonably in seeking to have the company wound up instead of pursuing the other remedy.

Both limbs are required. Another remedy must be available, and the petitioners must be acting unreasonably in preferring winding up to it. A petitioner who has a remedy but good reason not to use it does not lose his petition.

The obvious other remedy is section 241, and the two sections read together are a closed loop: section 242(1)(b) lets the Tribunal give relief where winding up is justified but would unfairly prejudice, and section 273(2) lets it refuse winding up where the oppression remedy would serve.

The statement of affairs: section 274

Section 274(1). Where the petition is filed by anyone other than the company, the Tribunal, if satisfied that a prima facie case for winding up is made out, shall by order direct the company to file its objections along with a statement of its affairs within thirty days of the order, in the prescribed form.

First proviso: the Tribunal may allow a further thirty days in a situation of contingency or special circumstances. Second proviso: the Tribunal may direct the petitioner to deposit security for costs as a precondition to issuing directions to the company.

munotes.in608

Winding Up by the Tribunal: The Petition and the Order

Section 274(2): the sanction for not filing. A company which fails to file the statement of affairs shall forfeit the right to oppose the petition, and the directors and officers found responsible are liable to punishment under sub-section (4).

Forfeiting the right to oppose is a severe consequence, and it is the reason the statement of affairs is not a formality.

Section 274(3): the books. Where a winding up order is made under section 273(1)(d), the directors and other officers shall, within thirty days of the order, submit to the liquidator, at the cost of the company, the books of account completed and audited up to the date of the order, in the manner the Tribunal specifies.

Section 274(4): punishment. A director or officer in default is punishable with imprisonment up to six months, or with fine of not less than twenty-five thousand rupees extending to five lakh rupees, or with both.

Section 274(5): who may complain. The complaint may be filed before the Special Court by the Registrar, the provisional liquidator, the Company Liquidator or any person authorised by the Tribunal.

Intimation, and the winding up committee: section 277

Section 277(1). Where the Tribunal appoints a provisional liquidator or makes a winding up order, it shall, within a period not exceeding seven days, send intimation to the Company Liquidator or provisional liquidator and to the Registrar.

Section 277(2). On receipt, the Registrar shall endorse it in his records and notify it in the Official Gazette; and for a listed company he shall intimate the stock exchanges where its securities are listed.

Section 277(3): the employees. The winding up order shall be deemed to be a notice of discharge to the officers, employees and workmen of the company, except when the business of the company is continued.

That single sentence is the most important practical effect of the order, and the exception matters: if the liquidator carries on the business, there is no discharge.

Section 277(4): the winding up committee. Within three weeks of the winding up order, the Company Liquidator shall apply to the Tribunal for the constitution of a winding up committee to assist and monitor the liquidation, comprising:

  • (i) the Official Liquidator attached to the Tribunal;
  • (ii) a nominee of the secured creditors; and
  • (iii) a professional nominated by the Tribunal.

Section 277(5): what the committee oversees. The Company Liquidator is its convener, and it assists and monitors: taking over assets; examination of the statement of affairs; recovery of property, cash or other assets including benefits derived from them; review of audit reports and accounts; sale of assets; finalisation of the list of creditors and contributories; compromise, abandonment and settlement of claims; payment of dividends; and any other function the Tribunal directs.

munotes.in609

Winding Up by the Tribunal: The Petition and the Order

Section 277(6), (7) and (8). The Company Liquidator shall place before the Tribunal a monthly report with the minutes of the committee's meetings, signed by the members present, until the final report is submitted; shall prepare the draft final report for the committee's approval; and shall submit the approved final report to the Tribunal for a dissolution order.

The effect of the order: section 278

The order for the winding up of a company shall operate in favour of all the creditors and all contributories of the company as if it had been made out on the joint petition of creditors and contributories.

One petitioner, everybody's order. This is why a winding up is called a representative proceeding, and why a creditor who did not petition need not petition afterwards.

Stay of suits: section 279

Section 279(1). When a winding up order has been passed or a provisional liquidator has been appointed, no suit or other legal proceeding shall be commenced, or, if pending at the date of the winding up order, shall be proceeded with, by or against the company, except with the leave of the Tribunal and subject to such terms as it imposes.

The proviso: an application for leave shall be disposed of within sixty days.

Section 279(2). The sub-section does not apply to a proceeding pending in appeal before the Supreme Court or a High Court.

Note that the stay bites from the appointment of a provisional liquidator, not only from the winding up order; and that it protects the company both as plaintiff and as defendant, since it covers proceedings by or against it.

The Tribunal's jurisdiction: section 280

Notwithstanding anything in any other law, the Tribunal shall have jurisdiction to entertain or dispose of:

  • (a) any suit or proceeding by or against the company;
  • (b) any claim made by or against the company, including claims by or against any of its branches in India;
  • (c) any application made under section 233;
  • (d) any question of priorities or any other question whatsoever, whether of law or facts, including those relating to assets, business, actions, rights, entitlements, privileges, benefits, duties, responsibilities, obligations, or any matter arising out of or in relation to the winding up,

whether the suit, proceeding, claim, question or application arose or was made before or after the winding up order.

The width is deliberate. One forum decides everything about a company being wound up, and it decides it whether the dispute is older than the order or newer.

munotes.in610

Winding Up by the Tribunal: The Petition and the Order

A worked example

Khopoli Castings Limited has not filed its financial statements or annual returns for six consecutive financial years and has ceased trading. Mr Bhosale, who was allotted two hundred fully paid shares when the company was formed, wants it wound up.

May he petition? Yes. He is a contributory, and by section 272(2) he may petition although his shares are fully paid and although the company has no assets and no surplus for shareholders. His shares were originally allotted to him, so he need not show the six months out of eighteen holding.

On what ground? Section 271(d), default in filing for five immediately preceding consecutive financial years, and, the company having ceased trading with its substratum gone, section 271(e), the just and equitable ground.

The Registrar's route. The Registrar could also petition under clause (d), but he must first obtain the previous sanction of the Central Government, which shall not be given unless the company has had a reasonable opportunity of making representations: section 272(3).

The statement of affairs. The petition being by a person other than the company, the Tribunal, if satisfied that a prima facie case is made out, orders the company to file objections and a statement of affairs within thirty days, extendable by another thirty in a contingency; and it may require Mr Bhosale to deposit security for costs: section 274(1).

The company does nothing. It files no statement of affairs. It forfeits the right to oppose the petition, and the directors and officers responsible are liable to imprisonment up to six months or fine of twenty-five thousand to five lakh rupees or both, on a complaint before the Special Court by the Registrar, the provisional liquidator, the Company Liquidator or a person the Tribunal authorises: section 274(2), (4) and (5).

A provisional liquidator. Assets are being removed from the factory. The Tribunal may appoint a provisional liquidator under section 273(1)(c), but must first give the company notice and a reasonable opportunity to make representations, unless for special reasons recorded in writing it dispenses with notice. On these facts, assets disappearing overnight, those special reasons exist.

The objection that the exercise is pointless. The company's assets are mortgaged to a bank for more than they are worth. The Tribunal shall not refuse a winding up order on that ground alone, nor on the ground that the company has no assets: third proviso to section 273(1).

The time limit. The Tribunal must make its order within ninety days from the presentation of the petition: first proviso to section 273(1).

munotes.in611

Winding Up by the Tribunal: The Petition and the Order

A different case. Suppose the petition had been by two shareholders on the just and equitable ground alone, complaining of exclusion from management, and they could equally have applied under section 241. The Tribunal may refuse the winding up order if it thinks another remedy is available to them and that they are acting unreasonably in preferring winding up: section 273(2). Both limbs must be satisfied.

The order is made. Within seven days, the Tribunal sends intimation to the Company Liquidator and the Registrar, who endorses it in his records and notifies the Official Gazette, and, for a listed company, informs the stock exchanges: section 277(1) and (2).

The staff. The order is deemed notice of discharge to the officers, employees and workmen, unless the business is continued: section 277(3).

The committee. Within three weeks the Company Liquidator applies for a winding up committee of the Official Liquidator attached to the Tribunal, a nominee of the secured creditors and a professional nominated by the Tribunal; he convenes it, it oversees the taking over of assets, the statement of affairs, recovery, audit reports, sale of assets, the list of creditors and contributories, settlement of claims and payment of dividends, and he places monthly reports and minutes before the Tribunal until he submits the final report approved by the committee for a dissolution order: section 277(4) to (8).

The books. The directors must, within thirty days of the order and at the company's cost, hand the liquidator the books of account completed and audited to the date of the order: section 274(3).

Everybody's order. Although only Mr Bhosale petitioned, the order operates in favour of all creditors and contributories as if made on their joint petition: section 278.

A pending suit. A supplier's suit against the company is pending in the City Civil Court. It cannot be proceeded with except with the leave of the Tribunal, and the leave application must be disposed of within sixty days: section 279. Had the matter been in appeal before the High Court or the Supreme Court, the stay would not apply.

Where everything else goes. Any suit or claim by or against the company, including claims by or against its branches in India, any section 233 application, and any question of priorities or any other question of law or fact relating to the winding up, are all for the Tribunal, whether they arose before or after the order: section 280.

Distinctions that carry marks

Section 272(1), who may petitionNote
(a) the companyMust annex a statement of affairs, section 272(4)
(b) any contributory or contributoriesQualified by section 272(2)
(c) both together
(d) the RegistrarAny ground except section 271(a), and only with the Central Government's previous sanction after the company is heard
(e) any person authorised by the Central Government
(f) the Central Government or a State GovernmentOnly on the section 271(b) sovereignty ground
munotes.in612

Winding Up by the Tribunal: The Petition and the Order

PeriodWhat it governs
Ninety daysThe Tribunal's order on the petition, from presentation
Sixty daysThe Registrar's views on a petition copy; and disposal of a leave application under section 279
Thirty daysObjections and statement of affairs, extendable by thirty; and delivery of the audited books after the order
Seven daysIntimation of the order to the liquidator and the Registrar
Three weeksThe Company Liquidator's application for a winding up committee
Consequence of the winding up orderSection
Operates for all creditors and contributories278
Deemed notice of discharge to officers, employees and workmen unless the business is continued277(3)
No suit or proceeding by or against the company without leave279
The Tribunal takes jurisdiction over everything touching the company280

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean a creditor may petition. He is not in the list in section 272(1), because the ground on which creditors petitioned was removed in 2016.

It does not mean a fully paid shareholder cannot petition. Section 272(2) says he may, and that the absence of assets or of surplus is no answer.

It does not mean every contributory qualifies. Unless the shares were originally allotted to him or devolved on a death, they must have been held and registered in his name for at least six months during the eighteen months before the commencement of the winding up.

It does not mean the Tribunal must wind up a company on the just and equitable ground. It may refuse where another remedy is available and the petitioners are acting unreasonably in not pursuing it.

It does not mean a company with no assets escapes winding up. The third proviso to section 273(1) forbids refusing an order on that ground only.

It does not mean the winding up order dismisses everybody. It is deemed notice of discharge except when the business of the company is continued.

Quick revision

  • 272(1): petitioners are the company, any contributory or contributories, both together, the Registrar, a person authorised by the Central Government, and, on the section 271(b) ground, the Central or a State Government.
  • 272(2): a contributory may petition though his shares are fully paid, the company has no assets, or there is no surplus; his shares must have been originally allotted to him, held and registered in his name for at least six months of the eighteen months before commencement, or have devolved on a death.
  • 272(3) to (5): the Registrar may petition on any ground except clause (a), with the Central Government's previous sanction, not given unless the company has a reasonable opportunity to represent; a company's petition needs a statement of affairs; a copy goes to the Registrar, who submits his views within sixty days.
  • 273(1): the Tribunal may dismiss with or without costs, make an interim order, appoint a provisional liquidator, make a winding up order, or any other order; within ninety days of presentation; notice to the company before appointing a provisional liquidator unless dispensed with for special reasons recorded in writing; and no refusal merely because the assets are fully mortgaged or there are none.
  • 273(2): on the just and equitable ground the Tribunal may refuse if another remedy is available and the petitioners are acting unreasonably in not pursuing it.
  • 274: on a prima facie case, the company files objections and a statement of affairs within thirty days, extendable by thirty; the petitioner may be required to deposit security for costs; failure forfeits the right to oppose and exposes the responsible directors and officers to imprisonment up to six months or fine of twenty-five thousand to five lakh rupees or both, on a complaint to the Special Court by the Registrar, provisional liquidator, Company Liquidator or a person authorised by the Tribunal; and the books of account, completed and audited to the date of the order, go to the liquidator within thirty days at the company's cost.
  • 277: intimation within seven days to the liquidator and the Registrar; the Registrar endorses, notifies the Official Gazette and informs the stock exchanges for a listed company; the order is deemed notice of discharge to officers, employees and workmen unless the business is continued; within three weeks the Company Liquidator applies for a winding up committee of the Official Liquidator, a secured creditors' nominee and a professional nominated by the Tribunal, which oversees nine listed functions; monthly reports with signed minutes; and the final report approved by the committee goes to the Tribunal for a dissolution order.
  • 278: the order operates in favour of all creditors and contributories as if made on their joint petition.
  • 279: after a winding up order or the appointment of a provisional liquidator, no suit or proceeding by or against the company may be begun or continued without the Tribunal's leave, applications for which are disposed of within sixty days; appeals pending before the Supreme Court or a High Court are excepted.
  • 280: the Tribunal has jurisdiction, notwithstanding any other law, over suits and proceedings by or against the company, claims including those of its Indian branches, applications under section 233, and questions of priorities or any other question of law or fact relating to the winding up, whenever they arose.
munotes.in613

Winding Up by the Tribunal: The Petition and the Order

Test yourself

1. Who may present a winding up petition? The company; any contributory or contributories; all or any of them together; the Registrar; any person authorised by the Central Government; and, in a case falling under section 271(b), the Central Government or a State Government: section 272(1).

munotes.in614

Winding Up by the Tribunal: The Petition and the Order

2. When may a contributory petition? Notwithstanding that he holds fully paid-up shares, or that the company has no assets or no surplus assets for shareholders; provided the shares were originally allotted to him, or have been held by him and registered in his name for at least six months during the eighteen months immediately before the commencement of the winding up, or have devolved on him through the death of a former holder: section 272(2).

3. What orders may the Tribunal make on the petition, and within what time? It may dismiss the petition with or without costs, make any interim order, appoint a provisional liquidator, make a winding up order with or without costs, or any other order it thinks fit; and the order shall be made within ninety days from the date of presentation of the petition: section 273(1).

4. What is the consequence of not filing a statement of affairs? The company forfeits the right to oppose the petition, and the directors and officers found responsible are liable to imprisonment up to six months, or fine of not less than twenty-five thousand rupees extending to five lakh rupees, or both: section 274(2) and (4).

5. What is the effect of the winding up order on employees and on pending suits? It is deemed to be a notice of discharge to the officers, employees and workmen, except when the business of the company is continued: section 277(3). And no suit or other legal proceeding may be commenced or proceeded with by or against the company except with the leave of the Tribunal, applications for which must be disposed of within sixty days; appeals pending before the Supreme Court or a High Court are excepted: section 279.

6. Who sits on the winding up committee? The Official Liquidator attached to the Tribunal, a nominee of the secured creditors, and a professional nominated by the Tribunal, with the Company Liquidator as convener; the application to constitute it is made within three weeks of the winding up order: section 277(4) and (5).

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in615

Chapter Eighty-Two

The Company Liquidator

Syllabus topic 4.2, label: "Liquidator", within "Winding Up by the Tribunal"

In one line

On the winding up order the Tribunal appoints a Company Liquidator from among insolvency professionals; he takes custody of everything, reports to the Tribunal within sixty days, has fourteen statutory powers subject to the Tribunal's overall control, is advised by an advisory committee and directed by meetings of creditors and contributories, keeps books, has his accounts audited twice a year, and may be removed on five grounds and made to make good any loss he causes.

In exam wording: section 275 is appointment, section 276 removal, section 281 the report, section 283 custody, section 287 the advisory committee, section 290 powers and duties, and sections 293 and 294 books and accounts.

Why the law has this at all

When a winding up order is made, the company still exists but nobody is running it: the directors' authority is at an end in substance, the employees are discharged by the order itself, and the assets are exposed.

So the Act creates an officer to stand in the company's place, and it has to solve three problems at once.

He must have enough power to act. Hence the fourteen powers in section 290, which let him trade, sell, borrow, sue, settle claims and sign anything necessary.

He must not be free to use them as he likes. Hence the overall control of the Tribunal in section 290(2), the advisory committee in section 287, the directions of creditors and contributories in section 292, the quarterly reports in section 288, the books in section 293 and the audited accounts twice a year in section 294.

And he must be answerable if he fails. Hence section 276, which lets the Tribunal remove him on five grounds and recover from him the loss he caused.

Some words this chapter uses

An insolvency professional is a person registered under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016. The Official Liquidator is the officer attached to the Tribunal. A provisional liquidator is appointed before the winding up order under section 273(1)(c). A contributory is defined in section 2(26). Actionable claims are claims to a debt or beneficial interest in movable property not in possession. A going concern sale is a sale of the business as a working whole rather than of its assets separately.

Appointment: section 275

Section 275(1). For the purposes of winding up by the Tribunal, the Tribunal, at the time of passing the winding up order, shall appoint an Official Liquidator or a liquidator from the panel maintained under sub-section (2) as the Company Liquidator.

Section 275(2), as substituted by the Code. The provisional liquidator or the Company Liquidator shall be appointed by the Tribunal from amongst the insolvency professionals registered under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016.

munotes.in616

The Company Liquidator

Section 275(3). Where a provisional liquidator is appointed, the Tribunal may limit and restrict his powers by the order appointing him or by a later order; otherwise he has the same powers as a liquidator.

Section 275(5): fee and terms. The terms and conditions and the fee are specified by the Tribunal on the basis of the task to be performed, the experience and qualification of the liquidator, and the size of the company.

Section 275(6): the conflict declaration. On appointment the liquidator shall, within seven days, file with the Tribunal a declaration in the prescribed form disclosing any conflict of interest or lack of independence, and that obligation continues throughout his term.

Section 275(7). While passing the winding up order the Tribunal may appoint the provisional liquidator as the Company Liquidator for the conduct of the proceedings.

Removal and liability: section 276

Section 276(1): five grounds. On reasonable cause shown and for reasons recorded in writing, the Tribunal may remove the provisional liquidator or Company Liquidator for:

  • (a) misconduct;
  • (b) fraud or misfeasance;
  • (c) professional incompetence or failure to exercise due care and diligence in performing his powers and functions;
  • (d) inability to act; or
  • (e) conflict of interest or lack of independence during the term of his appointment that would justify removal.

Section 276(2). On death, resignation or removal, the Tribunal may transfer the work to another Company Liquidator, for reasons recorded in writing.

Section 276(3): personal liability. Where the Tribunal is of opinion that a liquidator is responsible for causing loss or damage to the company due to fraud or misfeasance or failure to exercise due care and diligence, it may recover or cause to be recovered such loss or damage from the liquidator and pass such other orders as it thinks fit.

Section 276(4). The Tribunal shall, before passing any order under the section, give a reasonable opportunity of being heard.

The first report: section 281

Section 281(1). The Company Liquidator shall, within sixty days from the order, submit to the Tribunal a report containing:

  • (a) the nature and details of the assets, including location and value, stating separately the cash in hand and at bank and the negotiable securities; proviso, the valuation shall be obtained from registered valuers;
  • (b) the capital issued, subscribed and paid-up;
  • (c) the existing and contingent liabilities, with the names, addresses and occupations of creditors, secured and unsecured debts stated separately, and for secured debts the particulars of the securities, their value and the dates on which they were given;
  • (d) the debts due to the company, from whom, and the amount likely to be realised;
  • (e) guarantees extended by the company;
  • (f) the list of contributories, the dues payable by them and any unpaid call;
  • (g) trade marks and intellectual property owned;
  • (h) subsisting contracts, joint ventures and collaborations;
  • (i) holding and subsidiary companies;
  • (j) legal cases filed by or against the company; and
  • (k) any other information the Tribunal directs or he considers necessary.
munotes.in617

The Company Liquidator

Section 281(2): the fraud opinion. He shall include how the company was promoted or formed, and whether in his opinion any fraud has been committed by any person in its promotion or formation, or by any officer in relation to the company since its formation, and any other matter it is desirable to bring to the Tribunal's notice.

Section 281(3): viability. He shall also report on the viability of the business or the steps necessary for maximising the value of the assets.

That sub-section is the modern one. The liquidator is not only an undertaker; he must say whether the business can be saved or sold whole.

Section 281(4) and (5). He may make further reports; and any person describing himself in writing as a creditor or contributory may, himself or by his agent, inspect the report at all reasonable times and take copies or extracts on payment of the prescribed fees.

What the Tribunal does with it: section 282

Section 282(1). On considering the report the Tribunal shall fix a time limit within which the entire proceedings shall be completed and the company dissolved. Proviso: it may revise that time limit at any stage if, after hearing the Company Liquidator, creditors, contributories or any other interested person, it is of opinion that it will not be advantageous or economical to continue the proceedings.

Section 282(2): sale as a going concern. The Tribunal may order the sale of the company as a going concern, or of its assets or part of them; and it may appoint a sale committee of such creditors, promoters and officers as it decides to assist the Company Liquidator.

Section 282(3): fraud. Where a report is received from the Company Liquidator, the Central Government or any person that a fraud has been committed, the Tribunal shall, without prejudice to the winding up, order an investigation under section 210, and on the investigation report may pass orders and give directions under sections 339 to 342 or direct the Company Liquidator to file a criminal complaint.

Section 282(4) and (5). The Tribunal may order steps to protect, preserve or enhance the value of the assets, and pass such other orders or directions as it considers fit.

munotes.in618

The Company Liquidator

Custody and cooperation: sections 283 and 284

Section 283(1). On the winding up order or the appointment of a provisional liquidator, the liquidator shall, on the Tribunal's order, forthwith take into his custody or control all the property, effects and actionable claims to which the company is or appears to be entitled, and take steps to protect and preserve them.

Section 283(2): the deeming. Notwithstanding sub-section (1), all the property and effects of the company shall be deemed to be in the custody of the Tribunal from the date of the winding up order.

That is an important distinction to make in an answer. The liquidator has custody or control in fact; the property is deemed to be in the custody of the Tribunal in law.

Section 283(3). On application or otherwise, the Tribunal may require any contributory on the list, and any trustee, receiver, banker, agent, officer or other employee to pay, deliver, surrender or transfer forthwith or within such time as it directs any money, property, books or papers in his custody or control to which the company is or appears to be entitled.

Section 284: cooperation. Promoters, directors, officers and employees who are or have been in the employment of the company, or acting or associated with it, shall extend full cooperation to the Company Liquidator. If any such person does not assist or cooperate, the liquidator may apply to the Tribunal, which shall by order direct him to comply with the liquidator's instructions and cooperate.

The advisory committee: section 287

Section 287(1). The Tribunal may, while passing the winding up order, direct that there shall be an advisory committee to advise the Company Liquidator and to report to the Tribunal on such matters as it directs.

Section 287(2). The committee shall consist of not more than twelve members, being creditors and contributories of the company or such other persons in such proportion as the Tribunal may direct, keeping in view the circumstances of the company.

Section 287(3). The Company Liquidator shall convene a meeting of creditors and contributories, as ascertained from the books and documents, within thirty days of the winding up order, to enable the Tribunal to determine who may be members of the committee.

Section 287(4), (5) and (6). The committee may inspect the books of account and other documents, assets and properties at a reasonable time; its meetings and procedure are as prescribed; and its meetings are chaired by the Company Liquidator.

Reports and review: section 288

The Company Liquidator shall make periodical reports to the Tribunal and in any case a report at the end of each quarter on the progress of the winding up, in the prescribed form and manner; and the Tribunal may, on his application, review its own orders and make such modifications as it thinks fit.

munotes.in619

The Company Liquidator

The powers: section 290(1)

Subject to the Tribunal's directions, the Company Liquidator shall have the power:

  • (a) to carry on the business of the company so far as may be necessary for the beneficial winding up;
  • (b) to do all acts and execute, in the name and on behalf of the company, all deeds, receipts and other documents, using the company's seal where necessary;
  • (c) to sell the immovable and movable property and actionable claims by public auction or private contract, with power to transfer the property to any person or body corporate, or to sell in parcels;
  • (d) to sell the whole of the undertaking of the company as a going concern;
  • (e) to raise any money required on the security of the assets;
  • (f) to institute or defend any suit, prosecution or other legal proceeding, civil or criminal, in the name and on behalf of the company;
  • (g) to invite and settle claims of creditors, employees or any other claimant, and distribute the sale proceeds in accordance with the priorities established under this Act;
  • (h) to inspect the records and returns of the company on the files of the Registrar or any other authority;
  • (i) to prove, rank and claim in the insolvency of any contributory for any balance against his estate, and to receive dividends in that insolvency as a separate debt rateably with the other separate creditors;
  • (j) to draw, accept, make and endorse any negotiable instrument in the name and on behalf of the company, with the same effect as if drawn in the course of its business;
  • (k) to take out, in his official name, letters of administration to any deceased contributory and do any other act in his official name necessary to obtain payment from a contributory or his estate, the money due being deemed due to the Company Liquidator himself for that purpose;
  • (l) to obtain professional assistance or appoint any professional, and to appoint an agent to do business he cannot do himself;
  • (m) to take all such actions and sign, execute and verify any paper, deed, document, application, petition, affidavit, bond or instrument necessary for the winding up, for distribution of assets, and in discharge of his duties; and
  • (n) to apply to the Tribunal for such orders or directions as may be necessary.

Section 290(2) and (3). The exercise of those powers is subject to the overall control of the Tribunal, and he shall perform such other duties as the Tribunal may specify.

munotes.in620

The Company Liquidator

Two powers deserve emphasis in an answer. Clause (a), carrying on the business, is limited by the words "so far as may be necessary for the beneficial winding up", so it is not a licence to trade generally. And clause (d), selling the undertaking as a going concern, is what preserves employment and value, and it is the power the Tribunal supports with a sale committee under section 282(2).

Professional assistance: section 291

The Company Liquidator may, with the sanction of the Tribunal, appoint one or more chartered accountants, company secretaries, cost accountants, legal practitioners or other professionals on such terms as may be necessary to assist him; and any person so appointed shall forthwith disclose to the Tribunal, in the prescribed form, any conflict of interest or lack of independence.

Control by the creditors: section 292

Section 292(1). In administering and distributing the assets, the Company Liquidator shall have regard to any directions given by resolution of the creditors or contributories at a general meeting or by the advisory committee.

Section 292(2): who prevails. Directions given by the creditors or contributories at a general meeting shall, in case of conflict, be deemed to override directions given by the advisory committee.

Section 292(3): meetings. He may summon meetings of creditors or contributories whenever he thinks fit to ascertain their wishes; and he shall summon them at such times as they may by resolution direct, or whenever requested in writing by not less than one-tenth in value of the creditors or contributories.

Section 292(4): the appeal. Any person aggrieved by any act or decision of the Company Liquidator may apply to the Tribunal, which may confirm, reverse or modify it and make such further order as is just and proper.

Books and accounts: sections 293 and 294

Section 293. He shall keep proper books in the prescribed manner, with entries or minutes of proceedings at meetings and such other matters as may be prescribed; and any creditor or contributory may, subject to the control of the Tribunal, inspect them personally or through an agent.

Section 294(1) and (2). He shall maintain proper and regular books of account including receipts and payments, and shall, at prescribed times but not less than twice in each year of his tenure, present to the Tribunal an account of receipts and payments in the prescribed form in duplicate, verified by a declaration.

Section 294(3) and (4). The Tribunal shall cause the accounts to be audited as it thinks fit, the liquidator furnishing vouchers and information and producing his books on demand; and when audited, one copy is filed with the Tribunal and the other delivered to the Registrar, where it is open to inspection by any creditor, contributory or person interested.

munotes.in621

The Company Liquidator

Section 294(5): Government companies. Where the account relates to a Government company, a copy goes to the Central Government, or the State Government, or both, according to which of them is a member.

Section 294(6). He shall cause the audited accounts, or a summary, to be printed and send a printed copy by post to every creditor and every contributory; the Tribunal may dispense with this in any case it thinks fit.

A worked example

Badlapur Alloys Limited is ordered to be wound up on 1 April.

The appointment. At the time of passing the order the Tribunal appoints a Company Liquidator from among the insolvency professionals registered under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016, and fixes his terms and fee by reference to the task, his experience and qualification, and the size of the company. Within seven days he files a declaration disclosing any conflict of interest or lack of independence, and that duty continues throughout his term. Had a provisional liquidator been appointed earlier, the Tribunal could have appointed him as the Company Liquidator.

Custody. He forthwith takes into his custody or control all the property, effects and actionable claims of the company and takes steps to preserve them; but in law all the property is deemed to be in the custody of the Tribunal from the date of the order. The company's banker, who holds fixed deposits, and a former officer, who has the minute books, may be directed by the Tribunal to deliver them up forthwith: section 283(3). The promoters, directors, officers and employees must extend full cooperation, and if the former managing director will not, the liquidator applies to the Tribunal, which directs him to comply: section 284.

The report. Within sixty days of the order he submits his report, with the assets and their value from registered valuers, the capital, the creditors secured and unsecured with particulars of securities and their dates, the debts due to the company and what is likely to be realised, the guarantees, the list of contributories and unpaid calls, the trade marks, the subsisting contracts, the holding and subsidiary companies, and the pending cases. He states how the company was promoted and gives his opinion whether any fraud was committed, and reports on the viability of the business and the steps for maximising the value of the assets. A creditor may inspect the report and take copies on payment of the prescribed fees.

munotes.in622

The Company Liquidator

The Tribunal's directions. On that report the Tribunal fixes a time limit for completing the proceedings and dissolving the company, and, the business having a viable order book, orders the sale of the company as a going concern, appointing a sale committee of creditors, promoters and officers to assist: section 282(1) and (2).

Fraud. The liquidator's report says the company's stock was stripped by its promoters in the months before the petition. The Tribunal, without prejudice to the winding up, orders an investigation under section 210, and on the report may give directions under sections 339 to 342 or direct the Company Liquidator to file a criminal complaint: section 282(3).

The committees and the meetings. Within thirty days of the order the liquidator convenes a meeting of creditors and contributories so that the Tribunal may decide who sits on an advisory committee of not more than twelve members, which he chairs and which may inspect the books and the assets. Separately, creditors holding more than one-tenth in value ask him in writing to summon a meeting; he must do so: section 292(3).

A conflict of directions. The advisory committee advises him to sell the plant piecemeal; a general meeting of creditors resolves that it be sold whole. The creditors' resolution overrides the committee's advice: section 292(2). And a contributory who thinks the sale price wrong may apply to the Tribunal, which may confirm, reverse or modify the liquidator's decision: section 292(4).

Running the business. To complete a half-finished export order he carries on the business, but only so far as necessary for the beneficial winding up: section 290(1)(a). He borrows on the security of the assets to buy the raw material (clause (e)), draws and endorses cheques in the company's name (clause (j)), defends a suit brought against the company (clause (f)), and, with the Tribunal's sanction, appoints a chartered accountant and a legal practitioner to assist, who must disclose any conflict of interest (section 291).

A dead contributory. One contributory has died and no representative has been brought on record. The liquidator may take out letters of administration in his official name, the money due being deemed due to him for that purpose: section 290(1)(k).

Reporting. He makes periodical reports and in any case a quarterly report on the progress of the winding up, keeps proper books with minutes of meetings open to inspection by any creditor or contributory, and twice a year presents to the Tribunal his account of receipts and payments in duplicate, verified by declaration. The Tribunal has the accounts audited; one audited copy is filed with the Tribunal and the other delivered to the Registrar for public inspection; and the liquidator prints the accounts or a summary and posts a copy to every creditor and contributory, unless the Tribunal dispenses with it.

munotes.in623

The Company Liquidator

If he fails. Suppose he sells the plant to a company in which he is interested, having disclosed nothing. That is conflict of interest or lack of independence under section 276(1)(e), and may be misconduct under clause (a). The Tribunal, after giving him a reasonable opportunity of being heard and recording its reasons in writing, may remove him, transfer his work to another Company Liquidator, and recover from him the loss or damage caused to the company: section 276.

Distinctions that carry marks

Provisional liquidatorCompany Liquidator
When appointedBefore the winding up order, under section 273(1)(c)At the time of the winding up order, section 275(1)
PowersAs limited and restricted by the Tribunal; otherwise the same as a liquidatorThe fourteen powers in section 290(1), subject to the Tribunal's overall control
ContinuityMay be appointed as the Company Liquidator on the order, section 275(7)
Control over the liquidatorProvision
Overall control of the TribunalSection 290(2)
Advisory committee of not more than twelve creditors and contributoriesSection 287
Directions of creditors or contributories in general meeting, which override the committeeSection 292(1) and (2)
Quarterly and periodical reportsSection 288
Books open to any creditor or contributorySection 293
Accounts twice a year, audited, filed with the Tribunal and the Registrar, printed and postedSection 294
Appeal by any person aggrieved by his act or decisionSection 292(4)
Section 276 grounds for removal
(a) misconduct(b) fraud or misfeasance
(c) professional incompetence or failure of due care and diligence(d) inability to act
(e) conflict of interest or lack of independence during the termAnd under 276(3) the Tribunal may recover the loss from him

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean the liquidator is chosen from a Central Government panel. Since the Code, he is appointed from among insolvency professionals registered under it, the old sub-section (4) having been omitted.

It does not mean he may trade freely. He may carry on the business so far as may be necessary for the beneficial winding up, and under the overall control of the Tribunal.

It does not mean the property is his. He has custody or control; the property is deemed to be in the custody of the Tribunal from the date of the order.

It does not mean the advisory committee governs him. Directions of the creditors or contributories in general meeting override the committee's directions.

munotes.in624

The Company Liquidator

It does not mean his decisions are final. Any person aggrieved may apply to the Tribunal, which may confirm, reverse or modify them.

It does not mean he escapes the consequences of carelessness. The Tribunal may remove him on five grounds and recover from him the loss caused by fraud, misfeasance or want of due care and diligence.

Quick revision

  • 275: the Tribunal appoints the Company Liquidator at the time of the winding up order, from among insolvency professionals registered under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016; a provisional liquidator's powers may be limited, otherwise they are the same as a liquidator's; terms and fee fixed by the Tribunal on the task, experience, qualification and size of the company; a conflict declaration within seven days, continuing throughout; and the provisional liquidator may be made the Company Liquidator.
  • 276: removal for misconduct, fraud or misfeasance, professional incompetence or want of due care and diligence, inability to act, or conflict of interest or lack of independence, on reasonable cause and reasons recorded in writing; transfer of work on death, resignation or removal; recovery of loss caused by fraud, misfeasance or want of due care; and a reasonable opportunity of being heard before any order.
  • 281: a report within sixty days covering assets valued by registered valuers, capital, secured and unsecured liabilities with particulars of securities, debts due, guarantees, contributories and unpaid calls, intellectual property, subsisting contracts, holding and subsidiary companies, and legal cases; how the company was promoted and whether any fraud was committed; the viability of the business and steps for maximising value; further reports; and inspection and copies by any creditor or contributory on the prescribed fees.
  • 282: the Tribunal fixes and may revise the time limit for completing the proceedings and dissolving the company; may order sale as a going concern or of assets, with a sale committee; on a report of fraud shall order investigation under section 210 and may give directions under sections 339 to 342 or direct a criminal complaint; and may order steps to protect, preserve or enhance the value of the assets.
  • 283 and 284: the liquidator takes custody or control of all property, effects and actionable claims, though the property is deemed to be in the Tribunal's custody from the date of the order; the Tribunal may require any contributory, trustee, receiver, banker, agent, officer or employee to deliver up property, books or papers; and promoters, directors, officers and employees must extend full cooperation, failing which the Tribunal directs them to comply.
  • 287 and 288: an advisory committee of not more than twelve creditors and contributories, the liquidator convening the meeting within thirty days and chairing the committee, which may inspect books, assets and properties; and periodical and quarterly reports to the Tribunal, which may review its own orders on the liquidator's application.
  • 290: fourteen powers, chiefly to carry on the business so far as necessary for a beneficial winding up, execute documents and use the seal, sell property and actionable claims by auction or private contract or in parcels, sell the whole undertaking as a going concern, raise money on the security of the assets, sue and defend, invite and settle claims and distribute according to the Act's priorities, inspect the Registrar's records, prove in a contributory's insolvency, draw and endorse negotiable instruments, take out letters of administration to a deceased contributory, appoint professionals and agents, sign and verify all necessary documents, and apply to the Tribunal for directions; all subject to the overall control of the Tribunal.
  • 291: with the Tribunal's sanction, chartered accountants, company secretaries, cost accountants, legal practitioners or other professionals may be appointed, and must disclose any conflict of interest forthwith.
  • 292: he must have regard to the directions of creditors or contributories in general meeting or of the advisory committee, the general meeting prevailing in a conflict; he may summon meetings at will and must when they resolve or when one-tenth in value requests in writing; and any person aggrieved may apply to the Tribunal.
  • 293 and 294: proper books with minutes, open to any creditor or contributory subject to the Tribunal's control; books of account of receipts and payments; accounts twice a year in duplicate, verified by declaration; audit by the Tribunal; one copy filed with the Tribunal, the other with the Registrar for public inspection; copies to the Central or State Government for a Government company; and the audited accounts or a summary printed and posted to every creditor and contributory, unless dispensed with.
munotes.in625

The Company Liquidator

Test yourself

1. Who may be appointed Company Liquidator? The Tribunal appoints him at the time of passing the winding up order, from amongst the insolvency professionals registered under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016: section 275(1) and (2). A provisional liquidator already appointed may be made the Company Liquidator: section 275(7).

2. On what grounds may a liquidator be removed, and what else may the Tribunal do? Misconduct; fraud or misfeasance; professional incompetence or failure to exercise due care and diligence; inability to act; or conflict of interest or lack of independence during his term: section 276(1). The Tribunal may also recover from him any loss or damage caused to the company by fraud, misfeasance or want of due care and diligence: section 276(3); and must first give him a reasonable opportunity of being heard.

munotes.in626

The Company Liquidator

3. What must the liquidator's first report contain, and by when? Within sixty days from the order: the assets and their value obtained from registered valuers, the capital issued, subscribed and paid-up, the existing and contingent liabilities with creditors' particulars and details of securities, debts due to the company, guarantees, the list of contributories and unpaid calls, trade marks and intellectual property, subsisting contracts and joint ventures, holding and subsidiary companies, legal cases, and anything else directed or thought necessary; together with how the company was promoted, whether any fraud was committed, and a report on the viability of the business and steps for maximising the value of the assets: section 281.

4. Name six powers of the Company Liquidator. Any six of: to carry on the business so far as necessary for the beneficial winding up; to execute deeds and documents in the company's name; to sell property and actionable claims by public auction or private contract or in parcels; to sell the undertaking as a going concern; to raise money on the security of the assets; to sue and defend; to invite and settle claims and distribute according to the Act's priorities; to inspect the Registrar's records; to prove in a contributory's insolvency; to draw and endorse negotiable instruments; to take out letters of administration to a deceased contributory; to appoint professionals and agents; to sign and verify necessary documents; and to apply to the Tribunal for directions: section 290(1).

5. Whose directions must the liquidator follow? Those of the Tribunal, whose overall control governs the exercise of his powers; and, in administering and distributing the assets, he must have regard to directions given by resolution of the creditors or contributories at a general meeting or by the advisory committee, the general meeting's directions overriding the committee's in case of conflict: sections 290(2) and 292(1) and (2).

6. How often are his accounts presented and audited? He must present an account of receipts and payments to the Tribunal at prescribed times and not less than twice in each year of his tenure, in duplicate and verified by a declaration; the Tribunal causes them to be audited; one copy is then filed with the Tribunal and the other delivered to the Registrar, open to inspection by any creditor, contributory or person interested; and the audited accounts or a summary must be printed and posted to every creditor and contributory unless the Tribunal dispenses with it: section 294.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in627

Chapter Eighty-Three

Contributories, Calls and the Conduct of a Winding Up

Syllabus topic 4.2, label: "Contributories", within "Winding Up by the Tribunal"

In one line

The Tribunal settles a list of everyone liable to contribute, distinguishing present from past members and limiting each by the unpaid amount on his shares or the sum he guaranteed; it may make calls, set off what the company owes him, summon and examine anybody holding the company's property or suspected of fraud, detain a contributory about to abscond, and at the end dissolve the company.

In exam wording: section 285 is the list of contributories, section 296 the power to make calls, section 299 the power to summon, section 300 the examination of promoters and directors, section 301 the arrest of a person about to abscond, and section 302 the dissolution.

Why the law has this at all

A winding up asks one question about money: is there enough. If there is not, somebody must make up the difference, and the Act has to say who and how much.

The answer follows from limited liability itself. A member of a company limited by shares promised to pay the full price of his shares; if he has not paid it, the company's creditors are entitled to it. That unpaid amount, and nothing more, is his contribution.

But the question has a history. A member who sold his shares last month escaped, and the man who bought them may be worthless. So the Act reaches back to past members, but only for one year, only for debts contracted while they were members, and only if the present members cannot pay. Those three conditions are the balance the section strikes between the creditor's claim and the finality a seller is entitled to.

And a winding up asks a second question: where has everything gone. Sections 299 to 301 exist because the assets of a failing company have a way of leaving before the liquidator arrives, and a liquidator with no power to summon, examine or detain would arrive to an empty building.

Some words this chapter uses

A contributory is a person liable to contribute towards the assets in a winding up, and by the Explanation to section 2(26) a holder of fully paid-up shares is a contributory but has no liabilities of one, retaining a contributory's rights. A call is a demand for the unpaid amount on shares. Set-off is the deduction of what the company owes the contributory from what he owes it. Exculpation is being cleared of a charge. Dissolution is the end of the company's legal existence.

Settling the list: section 285(1) and (2)

Section 285(1). As soon as may be after the winding up order, the Tribunal shall settle a list of contributories, cause rectification of the register of members wherever required, and cause the assets to be applied for the discharge of the company's liability.

munotes.in628

Contributories, Calls and the Conduct of a Winding Up

The proviso: where it appears that it would not be necessary to make calls on or adjust the rights of contributories, the Tribunal may dispense with settling a list at all. In a company whose shares are fully paid and whose assets exceed its debts, the list would serve no purpose.

Section 285(2). In settling the list the Tribunal shall distinguish between those who are contributories in their own right and those who are contributories as representatives of, or liable for the debts of, others.

That distinction matters because a representative, such as the legal representative of a deceased member, contributes out of the estate he represents and not out of his own pocket.

Who is liable, and how far: section 285(3)

The Tribunal shall include every person who is or has been a member, liable to contribute an amount sufficient for payment of the debts and liabilities, the costs, charges and expenses of winding up, and the adjustment of the rights of contributories among themselves, subject to five conditions.

  • (a) a past member is not liable if he ceased to be a member for one year or more before the commencement of the winding up;
  • (b) a past member is not liable in respect of any debt or liability contracted after he ceased to be a member;
  • (c) no past member is liable unless it appears to the Tribunal that the present members are unable to satisfy the contributions required of them;
  • (d) in a company limited by shares, no contribution is required from any present or past member exceeding the amount, if any, unpaid on the shares in respect of which he is liable as a member; and
  • (e) in a company limited by guarantee, no contribution is required exceeding the amount he undertook to contribute in the event of winding up; but if such a company has a share capital, he is also liable to the extent of any sum unpaid on his shares as if the company were limited by shares.

Read (a), (b) and (c) together as the past member's three shields, and (d) and (e) as the ceiling that applies to everybody.

And note what clause (c) means in practice. The liquidator must exhaust the present members first. Only when their contributions are insufficient does the past members' list, called in older books the B list, come into play.

Directors with unlimited liability: section 286

In the case of a limited company, a person who is or has been a director or manager whose liability is unlimited under the Act shall, in addition to his liability to contribute as an ordinary member, be liable to make a further contribution as if he were, at the commencement of the winding up, a member of an unlimited company.

munotes.in629

Contributories, Calls and the Conduct of a Winding Up

The three provisos mirror section 285(3).

  • (a) he is not liable if he ceased to hold office for a year or upwards before the commencement of the winding up;
  • (b) he is not liable in respect of a debt or liability contracted after he ceased to hold office; and
  • (c) subject to the articles, he is not liable unless the Tribunal deems the contribution necessary to satisfy the company's debts and liabilities and the costs, charges and expenses of the winding up.

This is the counterpart of section 4(1)(d), under which a company may provide by its memorandum that the liability of its directors or manager is unlimited.

Payment and set-off: section 295

Section 295(1). The Tribunal may, at any time after the winding up order, order any contributory on the list to pay any money due to the company from him or from the estate of the person he represents, exclusive of any money payable by virtue of a call.

Section 295(2): who gets a set-off. In making that order the Tribunal may:

  • (a) in the case of an unlimited company, allow the contributory a set-off of any money due to him or to the estate he represents from the company on any independent dealing or contract, but not money due to him as a member in respect of any dividend or profit; and
  • (b) in the case of a limited company, allow such a set-off to a director or manager whose liability is unlimited, or to his estate.

So an ordinary member of a limited company gets no set-off, and that is deliberate: his unpaid capital is the creditors' fund, and letting him deduct his own claim would prefer him to them.

Section 295(3): the exception. In any company, limited or unlimited, when all the creditors have been paid in full, any money due on any account whatever to a contributory from the company may be allowed to him by way of set-off against any subsequent call. Once the creditors are paid there is nobody left to prefer.

Calls: section 296

The Tribunal may, at any time after the winding up order and either before or after ascertaining the sufficiency of the assets:

  • (a) make calls on all or any of the contributories on the list, to the extent of their liability, for payment of money it considers necessary to satisfy the debts and liabilities, the costs, charges and expenses of winding up, and the adjustment of the rights of contributories among themselves; and
  • (b) make an order for payment of the calls so made.
munotes.in630

Contributories, Calls and the Conduct of a Winding Up

Note the words "either before or after it has ascertained the sufficiency of the assets". The Tribunal need not wait until the realisation is complete.

Adjustment and costs: sections 297 and 298

Section 297. The Tribunal shall adjust the rights of the contributories among themselves and distribute any surplus among the persons entitled to it.

Section 298. Where the assets are insufficient to satisfy the liabilities, the Tribunal may order payment out of the assets of the costs, charges and expenses incurred in the winding up, in such order of priority among themselves as it thinks just and proper.

Compare section 327, which fixes the preferential payments, and section 326, the workmen's dues. Section 298 is only about the expenses of the winding up itself.

Summoning those who hold the company's property: section 299

Section 299(1). At any time after the appointment of a provisional liquidator or the winding up order, the Tribunal may summon before it:

  • any officer of the company;
  • any person known or suspected to have in his possession any property, books or papers of the company;
  • any person known or suspected to be indebted to the company; or
  • any person the Tribunal thinks capable of giving information concerning the promotion, formation, trade, dealings, property, books or papers, or affairs of the company.

Section 299(2). The Tribunal may examine him on oath, by word of mouth, on written interrogatories or on affidavit, and in the first case may reduce his answers to writing and require him to sign them.

Section 299(3): the lien. The Tribunal may require production of books and papers in his custody or power; but where he claims a lien, the production is without prejudice to the lien, and the Tribunal has power to determine all questions relating to it.

Section 299(4). The Tribunal may direct the liquidator to file a report on debts or property of the company in the possession of other persons.

Section 299(5): the orders. If the Tribunal finds that a person is indebted, it may order him to pay the liquidator at such time and in such manner as it thinks just, in whole or in part, with or without the costs of the examination; and if it finds him in possession of property belonging to the company, it may order him to deliver it on such terms as it thinks just.

munotes.in631

Contributories, Calls and the Conduct of a Winding Up

Section 299(6), (7) and (8). Failure to appear without reasonable cause may attract an appropriate cost; orders under sub-section (5) are executed as decrees for the payment of money or delivery of property under the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908; and a person making payment or delivery under such an order is, unless the order directs otherwise, discharged from all liability in respect of that debt or property.

Examination on a report of fraud: section 300

Section 300(1). Where a winding up order has been made and the Company Liquidator has reported that in his opinion a fraud has been committed by any person in the promotion, formation, business or conduct of affairs of the company since its formation, the Tribunal may, after considering the report, direct that person or officer to attend on a day appointed and be examined as to the promotion or formation or the conduct of the business, or as to his conduct and dealings as an officer.

Section 300(2) and (3). The Company Liquidator shall take part in the examination and may, if specially authorised, employ legal assistance sanctioned by the Tribunal; and the person shall be examined on oath and shall answer all questions the Tribunal puts or allows.

Section 300(4): the safeguards for the person examined. He shall, before his examination, be furnished at his own cost with a copy of the liquidator's report; and he may at his own cost employ chartered accountants, company secretaries, cost accountants or legal practitioners entitled to appear before the Tribunal under section 432, who may put such questions as the Tribunal considers just to enable him to explain or qualify any answers he has given.

Section 300(5) and (6): exculpation. If he applies to be exculpated from any charges made or suggested against him, it is the duty of the Company Liquidator to appear and call the Tribunal's attention to any relevant matters; and if the Tribunal allows the application, it may order payment to him of such costs as it thinks fit.

Section 300(7). Notes of the examination shall be taken down in writing, read over to or by and signed by the person examined, a copy supplied to him, and may thereafter be used in evidence against him; and they are open to inspection by any creditor or contributory at all reasonable times.

Section 300(8), (9) and (10). The examination may be adjourned; it may be held before any person or authority the Tribunal authorises; and that person may exercise the Tribunal's powers as to the conduct of the examination but not as to costs.

munotes.in632

Contributories, Calls and the Conduct of a Winding Up

Arrest of an absconder: section 301

At any time before or after the winding up order, if the Tribunal is satisfied that a contributory, or a person having property, accounts or papers of the company in his possession, is about to leave India or otherwise to abscond, or is about to remove or conceal any of his property, for the purpose of evading payment of calls or avoiding examination respecting the affairs of the company, the Tribunal may cause:

  • (a) the contributory to be detained until such time as the Tribunal may order; and
  • (b) his books and papers and movable property to be seized and safely kept until such time as the Tribunal may order.

Note the two limbs of purpose. Evading calls, or avoiding examination. And note that the power exists before the winding up order as well.

Dissolution: section 302

Section 302(1). When the affairs have been completely wound up, the Company Liquidator shall apply to the Tribunal for dissolution.

Section 302(2). The Tribunal shall, on that application, or when it is of opinion that it is just and reasonable in the circumstances that an order for dissolution should be made, order that the company be dissolved from the date of the order, and it shall be dissolved accordingly.

Section 302(3). The Tribunal shall, within thirty days from the date of the order, forward a copy to the Registrar, who shall record a minute of the dissolution in the register relating to the company, and direct the Company Liquidator to forward a copy to the Registrar, who shall likewise record it.

Note that the Tribunal may dissolve on its own opinion, and not only on the liquidator's application.

Section 303

Nothing in this Chapter affects the operation or enforcement of any order made by any Court in winding up proceedings immediately before the commencement of this Act, and an appeal against such an order shall be filed before the authority competent to hear such appeals before the commencement.

A worked example

Panvel Rolling Mills Limited, a company limited by shares, is wound up. Its debts exceed its assets by two crore rupees.

The list. The Tribunal settles a list of contributories, rectifies the register of members where required, and applies the assets to the liabilities: section 285(1). It distinguishes those liable in their own right from those liable as representatives, so the son who holds his late father's shares as legal representative is listed as such.

A fully paid member. Mr Naik holds fully paid shares. By the Explanation to section 2(26) he is a contributory and keeps a contributory's rights, but has no liabilities as one, and by section 285(3)(d) nothing can be required of him beyond the unpaid amount, which is nil.

munotes.in633

Contributories, Calls and the Conduct of a Winding Up

A partly paid member. Mrs Shaikh holds one thousand shares of one hundred rupees each, sixty rupees paid. Her maximum contribution is forty rupees a share, that is forty thousand rupees, and no more, whatever the deficiency: section 285(3)(d). The Tribunal may make a call on her to that extent and order payment: section 296.

A past member. Mr Kulkarni sold the same kind of holding eight months before the commencement of the winding up. He is within the year, so clause (a) does not save him; but he is liable only for debts contracted while he was a member (clause (b)), and only if the present members cannot satisfy their contributions (clause (c)), and only up to the amount unpaid on his shares (clause (d)).

Had he sold fourteen months before, clause (a) would have taken him out altogether.

A company limited by guarantee. Suppose instead the company were limited by guarantee, each member having undertaken to contribute five thousand rupees. No more than that may be required of him; but if it also has a share capital, he is liable in addition to the extent of any sum unpaid on his shares as if the company were limited by shares: section 285(3)(e).

A director with unlimited liability. The memorandum makes the liability of the managing director unlimited. He must contribute as an ordinary member and, in addition, as if he were a member of an unlimited company at the commencement of the winding up, unless he ceased to hold office a year or more before it, or the debt was contracted after he ceased to hold office, or the Tribunal does not deem the further contribution necessary to satisfy the debts and the costs of the winding up: section 286.

Set-off. Mrs Shaikh says the company owes her thirty thousand rupees for goods she supplied, and asks to set it off against the call. The company being limited, she gets no set-off under section 295(2); only an unlimited company's contributory, or a director or manager of a limited company whose liability is unlimited, may set off an independent dealing. But if, later, all the creditors are paid in full, she may set off what is due to her against any subsequent call: section 295(3).

Property in other hands. The liquidator suspects a former storekeeper holds the company's machinery and a customer owes it money. The Tribunal may summon both, and any person capable of giving information about the company's promotion, trade, dealings, property, books or affairs, and examine them on oath, requiring production of books and papers; where the storekeeper claims a lien on the books, production is without prejudice to the lien, which the Tribunal itself determines. Finding the customer indebted, it may order him to pay the liquidator; finding the storekeeper in possession, it may order delivery. Those orders are executed as decrees under the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, and a person who pays or delivers under them is discharged from all liability in respect of that debt or property: section 299.

munotes.in634

Contributories, Calls and the Conduct of a Winding Up

Fraud. The liquidator reports that in his opinion the promoters committed a fraud in the formation of the company. The Tribunal may direct them to attend and be examined on oath about the promotion and the conduct of the business. Each is furnished with a copy of the report at his own cost before the examination, and may at his own cost employ a chartered accountant, company secretary, cost accountant or legal practitioner entitled to appear under section 432 to put questions enabling him to explain or qualify his answers. If one applies to be exculpated, the liquidator must appear and place the relevant matters before the Tribunal, and if the application is allowed the Tribunal may order his costs. The notes are signed by him, copied to him, usable in evidence against him, and open to inspection by any creditor or contributory: section 300.

An absconder. One promoter books a flight out of India and begins moving his furniture. The Tribunal, satisfied that he is about to leave India or remove his property to evade calls or avoid examination, may detain him and seize and safely keep his books, papers and movable property until it orders otherwise: section 301.

The end. When the affairs are completely wound up, the liquidator applies for dissolution; the Tribunal orders that the company be dissolved from the date of the order, and within thirty days forwards a copy to the Registrar and directs the liquidator to do the same, the Registrar recording a minute of the dissolution: section 302.

And the costs. The assets being insufficient, the Tribunal orders payment out of the assets of the costs, charges and expenses of the winding up, in such order of priority among themselves as it thinks just and proper: section 298. What surplus there is, if any, is distributed after the Tribunal adjusts the rights of the contributories among themselves: section 297.

munotes.in635

Contributories, Calls and the Conduct of a Winding Up

Distinctions that carry marks

Present memberPast member
Liable at all?Yes, subject to the ceilingOnly if he ceased to be a member less than one year before commencement
For which debtsAllOnly those contracted while he was a member
Order of recourseFirstOnly if the present members cannot satisfy their contributions
CeilingUnpaid amount on his shares, or the guaranteed sumThe same
Set-off under section 295Allowed?
Contributory of an unlimited company, on an independent dealingYes, but not for money due to him as a member by way of dividend or profit
Director or manager of a limited company whose liability is unlimitedYes
Ordinary contributory of a limited companyNo
Any contributory, after all creditors are paid in full, against a subsequent callYes
Tribunal's investigative powersSection
Summon anyone holding property, indebted, or able to give information, and order payment or delivery299
Examine on oath a person the liquidator's report names as having committed fraud, with exculpation and costs300
Detain a contributory about to leave India or abscond, and seize his books, papers and movable property301

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean a fully paid shareholder must contribute. By the Explanation to section 2(26) he is a contributory with a contributory's rights but no liabilities, and section 285(3)(d) caps the contribution at the unpaid amount.

It does not mean a past member is safe merely because he sold his shares. He escapes only if he ceased to be a member a year or more before the commencement, or the debt was contracted after he left, or the present members can pay.

It does not mean every contributory may set off what the company owes him. In a limited company only a director or manager with unlimited liability may, until all creditors are paid in full.

It does not mean the Tribunal must wait for the realisation before making calls. It may make them before or after ascertaining the sufficiency of the assets.

It does not mean a person examined under section 300 is defenceless. He gets the report in advance, may employ professionals to put questions, may apply to be exculpated with costs, and the notes are read to him and signed by him.

It does not mean dissolution needs the liquidator's application. The Tribunal may order it where it is of opinion that it is just and reasonable in the circumstances.

Quick revision

  • 285: the Tribunal settles the list of contributories, rectifies the register and applies the assets, and may dispense with the list where no calls or adjustment are needed; it distinguishes those liable in their own right from representatives; and every present or past member contributes enough for the debts, the costs of winding up and the adjustment of rights, subject to: (a) a past member who left a year or more before commencement is not liable; (b) he is not liable for debts contracted after he left; (c) he is liable only if the present members cannot pay; (d) in a company limited by shares, nothing beyond the unpaid amount on his shares; (e) in a company limited by guarantee, nothing beyond the guaranteed sum, plus any unpaid amount on shares if it has a share capital.
  • 286: a director or manager whose liability is unlimited contributes further as if a member of an unlimited company, unless he left office a year or more before commencement, the debt was contracted after he left, or the Tribunal does not deem it necessary.
  • 295: the Tribunal may order a contributory to pay money due to the company apart from calls; set-off is allowed to a contributory of an unlimited company on an independent dealing but not for dividend or profit, and to a director or manager of a limited company with unlimited liability; and in any company, once all creditors are paid in full, money due to a contributory may be set off against a subsequent call.
  • 296: the Tribunal may, before or after ascertaining the sufficiency of the assets, make calls to the extent of the contributories' liability and order payment.
  • 297 and 298: the Tribunal adjusts the rights of contributories and distributes any surplus; and where the assets are insufficient it may order the costs, charges and expenses of the winding up to be paid out of the assets in such order of priority as it thinks just and proper.
  • 299: power to summon officers, persons holding the company's property, books or papers, persons indebted, and persons able to give information; examination on oath by word of mouth, interrogatories or affidavit; production of books without prejudice to a lien, the Tribunal deciding lien questions; orders to pay or deliver, executed as decrees under the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908; costs for non-appearance; and discharge from liability for one who pays or delivers under the order.
  • 300: on the liquidator's report of fraud in the promotion, formation, business or conduct of the affairs, the Tribunal may direct examination on oath; the liquidator takes part, with sanctioned legal assistance; the person gets the report in advance at his own cost and may employ professionals entitled to appear under section 432 to put clarifying questions; he may seek exculpation, on which the liquidator must appear, and may be awarded costs; the notes are signed, copied to him, usable in evidence and open to creditors and contributories; the examination may be adjourned or held before an authorised person, who has the Tribunal's powers as to conduct but not costs.
  • 301: the Tribunal may detain a contributory and seize his books, papers and movable property where he is about to leave India, abscond, or remove or conceal property to evade calls or avoid examination, before or after the winding up order.
  • 302: on the affairs being completely wound up, the liquidator applies for dissolution; the Tribunal orders dissolution from the date of the order, on that application or on its own opinion that it is just and reasonable; and within thirty days it forwards a copy to the Registrar and directs the liquidator to do so, the Registrar recording a minute of the dissolution.
  • 303: the Chapter does not affect orders made by any Court before the commencement of the Act, appeals against which lie to the authority competent before the commencement.
munotes.in636

Contributories, Calls and the Conduct of a Winding Up

Test yourself

1. Who is included in the list of contributories, and subject to what conditions? Every person who is or has been a member, liable to contribute enough for the debts and liabilities, the costs, charges and expenses of winding up, and the adjustment of the rights of contributories among themselves, subject to: no liability for a person who ceased to be a member one year or more before the commencement; none for debts contracted after he ceased to be a member; none unless the present members are unable to satisfy their contributions; a ceiling of the amount unpaid on his shares in a company limited by shares; and a ceiling of the amount undertaken in a company limited by guarantee, with any unpaid amount on shares in addition where it has a share capital: section 285(3).

munotes.in637

Contributories, Calls and the Conduct of a Winding Up

2. When may a contributory set off what the company owes him? In an unlimited company, against money due on an independent dealing or contract, but not money due to him as a member by way of dividend or profit; in a limited company, only where he is a director or manager whose liability is unlimited; and in any company, after all creditors have been paid in full, any money due to him against a subsequent call: section 295.

munotes.in638

Contributories, Calls and the Conduct of a Winding Up

3. When may the Tribunal make calls? At any time after the passing of the winding up order, and either before or after it has ascertained the sufficiency of the assets, on all or any of the contributories to the extent of their liability, for what it considers necessary to satisfy the debts and liabilities, the costs of winding up, and the adjustment of the rights of contributories: section 296.

4. Whom may the Tribunal summon under section 299? Any officer of the company; any person known or suspected to have in his possession any property, books or papers of the company; any person known or suspected to be indebted to the company; and any person the Tribunal thinks capable of giving information concerning the promotion, formation, trade, dealings, property, books or papers, or affairs of the company.

5. What protection has a person examined under section 300? He must be furnished with a copy of the Company Liquidator's report before his examination, at his own cost; he may at his own cost employ chartered accountants, company secretaries, cost accountants or legal practitioners entitled to appear under section 432 to put questions enabling him to explain or qualify his answers; he may apply to be exculpated, on which the liquidator must appear and place the relevant matters before the Tribunal, and if allowed he may be awarded costs; and the notes are read over to and signed by him and copied to him.

6. When may a contributory be detained? Where the Tribunal is satisfied, before or after the winding up order, that a contributory, or a person having the company's property, accounts or papers, is about to leave India or otherwise abscond, or to remove or conceal his property, for the purpose of evading payment of calls or avoiding examination respecting the affairs of the company; his books, papers and movable property may also be seized and safely kept: section 301.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in639

Chapter Eighty-Four

Provisions Applicable to Every Mode of Winding Up

Syllabus topic 4.2, the general provisions the syllabus label "Winding Up" carries with it.

In one line

Every claim, however contingent, may be proved; workmen's dues and part of a secured creditor's shortfall are paid before everything else; then taxes, wages, holiday pay, insurance contributions, compensation, welfare fund dues and investigation expenses; preferences given within six months, transfers not in good faith within a year and floating charges created within twelve months can be undone; onerous property may be disclaimed; and the officers who caused the failure can be punished, made personally liable without limit, and ordered to restore what they took.

In exam wording: section 326 is overriding preferential payments, section 327 preferential payments, sections 328 to 335 the avoidance provisions, section 333 disclaimer of onerous property, and sections 336 to 341 the offences and personal liability.

Why the law has this at all

The general rule of a winding up is that the unsecured creditors share the assets rateably, each taking the same proportion of his debt. That rule is fair between creditors who lent money on the same terms, and unfair in two situations the Act therefore corrects.

The first is the creditor who could not choose. A workman did not lend the company anything; he worked for wages he has already earned, and he has no way of securing himself. The State did not lend either; taxes accrue by law. So sections 326 and 327 lift them out of the ordinary queue.

The second is the creditor who was preferred. A company that knows it is failing can pay a friendly creditor in full, mortgage its assets to a director, or transfer a factory at an undervalue, and the rateable rule is defeated before the winding up begins. Sections 328 to 335 look back in time and undo those transactions, each with its own period.

And the third correction is not about creditors at all. A company fails because people ran it badly or dishonestly, and the corporate form should not shelter them. Sections 336 to 341 make them criminally liable, personally liable without limitation, and liable to restore the money.

Some words this chapter uses

To prove a debt is to establish it in the winding up. The relevant date is defined in the Explanation to section 327. Workmen's dues and workmen's portion are defined in the Explanation to section 326. A fraudulent preference is a transaction putting a creditor in a better position than he would otherwise have been. A floating charge is one that hovers over a class of assets until it crystallises. Onerous property is property that costs more to hold than it is worth. Misfeasance is a wrongful act in the performance of an office.

munotes.in640

Provisions Applicable to Every Mode of Winding Up

Everything may be proved: section 324

In every winding up, subject in the case of insolvent companies to the law of insolvency, all debts payable on a contingency and all claims against the company, present or future, certain or contingent, ascertained or sounding only in damages, are admissible to proof, a just estimate being made, so far as possible, of the value of those which are contingent, sound only in damages, or for some other reason do not bear a certain value.

The section is wider than it looks. A claim that has not yet accrued, or whose amount nobody knows, is not shut out; it is valued.

Overriding preferential payments: section 326

In the winding up of a company under this Act, the following debts shall be paid in priority to all other debts:

  • (a) workmen's dues; and
  • (b) where a secured creditor has realised a secured asset, so much of his debt as could not be realised by him, or the amount of the workmen's portion in his security, whichever is less, pari passu with the workmen's dues.

The proviso is the sharpest rule in the Chapter. The sums in sub-clauses (i) and (ii) of clause (b) of the Explanation, that is wages or salary and accrued holiday remuneration, payable for a period of two years preceding the winding up order or such other period as may be prescribed, shall be paid in priority to all other debts including debts due to secured creditors, within thirty days of the sale of assets, and shall be subject to such charge over the security of secured creditors as may be prescribed.

Section 326(2). Those debts shall be paid in full before any payment is made to secured creditors; and thereafter the debts payable under sub-section (1) shall be paid in full unless the assets are insufficient, in which case they abate in equal proportions.

So two years of wages and holiday pay outrank even a secured creditor, and that is the point to make first in any answer on priorities.

The Explanation defines the three key expressions.

"Workmen" means employees who are workmen within the meaning of section 2(s) of the Industrial Disputes Act, 1947.

"Workmen's dues" means the aggregate of: (i) all wages or salary, including wages for time or piece work and salary earned wholly or partly by commission, and any compensation under the Industrial Disputes Act, 1947; (ii) all accrued holiday remuneration payable to a workman or, on his death, to another in his right, on the termination of his employment before or by the winding up; (iii) unless the company had insurance rights transferable to the workmen under section 14 of the Workmen's Compensation Act, 1923, all amounts due for compensation for death or disablement under that Act; and (iv) all sums due to a workman from the provident fund, pension fund, gratuity fund or any other welfare fund maintained by the company.

munotes.in641

Provisions Applicable to Every Mode of Winding Up

"Workmen's portion", in relation to a secured creditor's security, means the amount bearing to the value of the security the same proportion as the workmen's dues bear to the aggregate of the workmen's dues and the debts due to secured creditors.

The Act's own illustration should be reproduced in an answer. The security is worth one lakh rupees; the workmen's dues are one lakh; the secured creditors are owed three lakh. The aggregate is four lakh. The workmen's portion is therefore one-fourth of the security, that is twenty-five thousand rupees.

Preferential payments: section 327

Subject to section 326, the following are paid in priority to all other debts:

  • (a) all revenues, taxes, cesses and rates due to the Central Government, a State Government or a local authority at the relevant date, having become due and payable within the twelve months immediately before that date;
  • (b) all wages or salary of any employee for services rendered, due for a period not exceeding four months within the twelve months immediately before the relevant date, subject to a notified ceiling per workman;
  • (c) all accrued holiday remuneration becoming payable to an employee, or on his death to a person claiming under him, on the termination of his employment before or by the winding up order or the dissolution;
  • (d) unless the company is being wound up voluntarily merely for reconstruction or amalgamation, all contributions payable during the twelve months immediately before the relevant date by the company as employer under the Employees' State Insurance Act, 1948 or any other law in force;
  • (e) unless the company had, at the commencement, insurance rights transferable to the workmen under section 14 of the Workmen's Compensation Act, 1923, all amounts due for compensation for death or disablement of an employee under that Act, a weekly payment being taken at the lump sum for which it could be redeemed if the employer has applied under that Act;
  • (f) all sums due to an employee from the provident fund, pension fund, gratuity fund or any other welfare fund; and
  • (g) the expenses of any investigation under sections 213 and 216, so far as payable by the company.

Section 327(2): the person who advanced the money. Where wages, salary or accrued holiday remuneration have been paid to an employee out of money advanced by some person for that purpose, that person has the same priority to the extent that the employee's own priority has been reduced by the payment.

munotes.in642

Provisions Applicable to Every Mode of Winding Up

Section 327(3): how they rank. They rank equally among themselves and are paid in full, unless the assets are insufficient, in which case they abate in equal proportions; and so far as the assets available for general creditors are insufficient, they have priority over the claims of debenture holders under a floating charge and are paid out of the property comprised in or subject to that charge.

That second limb is important. Preferential creditors beat a floating charge holder, though not a fixed one.

Section 327(4). Subject to retaining what is necessary for the costs and expenses of the winding up, these debts are discharged forthwith so far as the assets suffice; and for clause (d) debts, formal proof is not required except as prescribed.

Section 327(5): distress by a landlord. Where a landlord or other person has distrained on the company's goods within three months immediately before the winding up order, the preferential debts are a first charge on the goods distrained on or the proceeds of their sale; and the landlord, in respect of money so paid, has the same rights of priority as the person to whom the payment is made.

Section 327(6). Remuneration for a period of holiday or of absence from work on medical grounds through sickness or other good cause is deemed to be wages for services rendered during that period.

Section 327(7): the great exclusion. Sections 326 and 327 shall not be applicable in the event of liquidation under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016.

That sub-section must be stated in any answer on priorities, because most liquidations in India today are under the Code, where section 53 of the Code supplies a different order.

The Explanation defines three expressions. "Accrued holiday remuneration" covers sums payable, under the contract of employment or any enactment, for a holiday period that would have become payable had the employment continued until he became entitled to the holiday. "Employee" does not include a workman, which is why sections 326 and 327 do not overlap. And "relevant date" means, for a winding up by the Tribunal, the date of appointment or first appointment of a provisional liquidator, or if none was made, the date of the winding up order, unless the company had already commenced to be wound up voluntarily under the Code.

Undoing what was done: sections 328 to 332

Fraudulent preference: section 328

Section 328(1). Where a company has given preference to a creditor, surety or guarantor, and does or suffers anything which has the effect of putting that person into a position better than he would have been in if the thing had not been done prior to six months of making the winding up application, the Tribunal, if satisfied that the transaction is a fraudulent preference, may order as it thinks fit to restore the position to what it would have been.

munotes.in643

Provisions Applicable to Every Mode of Winding Up

Section 328(2). If satisfied that there is a preference transfer of property, movable or immovable, or any delivery of goods, payment or execution made, taken or done by or against a company within six months before the winding up application, the Tribunal may declare the transaction invalid and restore the position.

Transfers not in good faith: section 329

Any transfer of property, movable or immovable, or any delivery of goods, made by a company, not being in the ordinary course of its business or in favour of a purchaser or encumbrancer in good faith and for valuable consideration, if made within one year before the presentation of the winding up petition, shall be void against the Company Liquidator.

Three ways out of the section: the ordinary course of business, a purchaser or encumbrancer in good faith, and valuable consideration.

Assignments to trustees: section 330

Any transfer or assignment by a company of all its properties or assets to trustees for the benefit of all its creditors shall be void. No qualification and no period; such an assignment is void outright, because it substitutes a private arrangement for the statutory scheme.

The preferred person's position: section 331

Where a thing is invalid under section 328 as a fraudulent preference of a person interested in property mortgaged or charged to secure the company's debt, that person is subject to the same liabilities and has the same rights as if he had undertaken to be personally liable as a surety for the debt, to the extent of the mortgage or charge, or the value of his interest, whichever is less. That value is taken as at the date of the transaction, as if the interest were free of all encumbrances other than those to which the mortgage or charge was then subject. And on an application about a payment said to be a fraudulent preference of a surety or guarantor, the Tribunal may determine questions between the payee and the surety and grant relief.

Floating charges: section 332

A floating charge on the undertaking or property created within the twelve months immediately preceding the commencement of the winding up is invalid, unless it is proved that the company was solvent immediately after the creation of the charge, except for the amount of any cash paid to the company at the time of, or after, and in consideration for, the charge, with interest at five per cent per annum or such other rate as the Central Government may notify.

munotes.in644

Provisions Applicable to Every Mode of Winding Up

The exception is the sensible part. A charge given for fresh money is good to the extent of that money; a charge given to secure an old debt is the mischief.

Disclaimer of onerous property: section 333

Section 333(1): what may be disclaimed. Where part of the company's property consists of (a) land burdened with onerous covenants, (b) shares or stocks in companies, (c) any other property not saleable or not readily saleable because the possessor is bound to perform an onerous act or pay money, or (d) unprofitable contracts, the Company Liquidator may, with the leave of the Tribunal, by writing signed by him, within twelve months after the commencement of the winding up or such extended period as the Tribunal allows, disclaim the property, notwithstanding that he has tried to sell it, taken possession, exercised ownership or acted under the contract.

The proviso: where he did not become aware of the property within one month of the commencement, the power may be exercised within twelve months after he becomes aware of it, or such extended period as the Tribunal allows.

Section 333(2): the effect. The disclaimer determines, from its date, the rights, interest and liabilities of the company in the property, but does not affect the rights, interest or liabilities of any other person except so far as necessary to release the company and its property from liability.

Section 333(3). Before or on granting leave, the Tribunal may require notices to persons interested, impose terms, and make such other order as is just and proper.

Section 333(4): being forced to decide. He may not disclaim where a person interested has applied to him in writing requiring him to decide, and he has not, within twenty-eight days of receipt or such extended period as the Tribunal allows, given notice that he intends to apply for leave to disclaim; and where the property is under a contract, failing to disclaim within that period means he is deemed to have adopted it.

Section 333(5). On the application of a person entitled to the benefit or subject to the burden of a contract with the company, the Tribunal may rescind the contract on such terms as to damages as it thinks just, and damages so payable may be proved as a debt in the winding up.

Section 333(6): vesting orders. On the application of a person claiming an interest in disclaimed property or under an undischarged liability in respect of it, the Tribunal may order the property to be vested in or delivered to the person entitled or to whom it seems just it should go by way of compensation, and the property then vests without any conveyance or assignment.

munotes.in645

Provisions Applicable to Every Mode of Winding Up

The proviso for leasehold property. Where the disclaimed property is leasehold, the Tribunal shall not make a vesting order in favour of a person claiming under the company, whether as under-lessee or mortgagee, except on terms making him (a) subject to the same liabilities and obligations as the company was under the lease at the commencement of the winding up, or (b) if the Tribunal thinks fit, subject only to the same liabilities as if the lease had been assigned to him at that date, in either case as if the lease comprised only the property in the vesting order. A mortgagee or under-lessee declining such an order is excluded from all interest in and security upon the property; and if nobody claiming under the company will accept, the Tribunal may vest the company's estate in any person liable to perform the lessee's covenants, free of all estates, encumbrances and interests created by the company.

Section 333(7). Any person affected by a disclaimer is deemed a creditor to the amount of the compensation or damages payable, and may prove it as a debt.

After commencement, nothing moves: sections 334 and 335

Section 334. In a winding up by the Tribunal, any disposition of the property including actionable claims, and any transfer of shares or alteration in the status of members, made after the commencement of the winding up, shall be void unless the Tribunal otherwise orders.

Section 335(1). Where a company is being wound up by the Tribunal, any attachment, distress or execution put in force without leave of the Tribunal against the estate or effects of the company after the commencement, and any sale held without leave of the Tribunal of any of its properties or effects after that commencement, shall be void.

Section 335(2). Nothing in the section applies to proceedings for the recovery of any tax or impost or any dues payable to the Government.

Offences and personal liability: sections 336 to 341

Offences by officers in liquidation: section 336

A person who is or has been an officer of a company being wound up by the Tribunal, or subsequently ordered to be wound up by the Tribunal, commits an offence if he:

  • (a) does not fully and truly disclose to the Company Liquidator all the property of the company and how, to whom, for what consideration and when any part was disposed of, except in the ordinary course of business;
  • (b) does not deliver up the property in his custody or control which he is required by law to deliver up;
  • (c) does not deliver up the books and papers he is required by law to deliver up;
  • (d) within the twelve months immediately before the commencement of the winding up or at any time thereafter: (i) conceals property worth one thousand rupees or more, or any debt due to or from the company; (ii) fraudulently removes property worth one thousand rupees or more; (iii) conceals, destroys, mutilates or falsifies any book or paper relating to the property or affairs, or is privy to it; (iv) makes or is privy to a false entry; (v) fraudulently parts with, alters or omits anything in such a book or paper; (vi) by false representation or other fraud obtains property on credit which the company does not pay for; (vii) under the false pretence that the company is carrying on business, obtains property on credit which it does not pay for; or (viii) pawns, pledges or disposes of property obtained on credit and not paid for, otherwise than in the ordinary course of business;
  • (e) makes any material omission in any statement relating to the affairs of the company;
  • (f) knowing or believing that a false debt has been proved, fails for one month to inform the Company Liquidator;
  • (g) after the commencement, prevents the production of any book or paper;
  • (h) after the commencement, or at a creditors' meeting within the twelve months before it, attempts to account for property by fictitious losses or expenses; or
  • (i) is guilty of false representation or fraud to obtain the creditors' consent to an agreement about the affairs or the winding up.
munotes.in646

Provisions Applicable to Every Mode of Winding Up

Punishment: imprisonment of not less than three years extending to five years, and fine of not less than one lakh rupees extending to three lakh rupees.

The proviso is the defence: it is a good defence if the accused proves that he had no intent to defraud or to conceal the true state of affairs of the company or to defeat the law.

Section 336(2): the receiver of pledged goods. A person who takes in pawn or pledge or otherwise receives property knowing it to be pawned, pledged or disposed of in circumstances amounting to an offence under clause (d)(viii) is punishable with imprisonment of not less than three years extending to five years and fine of not less than three lakh rupees extending to five lakh rupees.

munotes.in647

Provisions Applicable to Every Mode of Winding Up

The Explanation: "officer" includes any person in accordance with whose directions or instructions the directors have been accustomed to act.

Frauds by officers: section 337

An officer of a company subsequently ordered to be wound up by the Tribunal who has (a) by false pretences or other fraud induced any person to give credit to the company; (b) with intent to defraud creditors, made or caused any gift, transfer or charge, or connived at an execution against the company's property; or (c) with intent to defraud creditors, concealed or removed property since the date of an unsatisfied judgment or order for payment of money, or within two months before that date, is punishable with imprisonment of not less than one year extending to three years and fine of not less than one lakh rupees extending to three lakh rupees.

Proper accounts not kept: section 338

Where proper books of account were not kept throughout the two years immediately preceding the commencement of the winding up, or the period between incorporation and commencement if shorter, every officer in default is punishable with imprisonment of not less than one year extending to three years and fine of not less than one lakh rupees extending to three lakh rupees, unless he shows that he acted honestly and that in the circumstances in which the business was carried on the default was excusable.

Section 338(2) deems proper books not to have been kept where (a) books necessary to exhibit and explain the transactions and financial position, including day-to-day entries of all cash received and paid, were not kept; and (b) where the business involved dealings in goods, statements of annual stock takings and, except for ordinary retail sales, of all goods sold and purchased showing the goods and the buyers and sellers in sufficient detail to identify them, were not kept.

Fraudulent conduct of business: section 339

Section 339(1). If in the course of the winding up it appears that any business of the company has been carried on with intent to defraud creditors or any other persons, or for any fraudulent purpose, the Tribunal, on the application of the Official Liquidator, the Company Liquidator, or any creditor or contributory, may declare that any person who is or has been a director, manager or officer, or any persons who were knowingly parties to carrying on the business in that manner, shall be personally responsible, without any limitation of liability, for all or any of the debts or other liabilities of the company as the Tribunal may direct. On the hearing the liquidator may himself give evidence or call witnesses.

munotes.in648

Provisions Applicable to Every Mode of Winding Up

Section 339(2). The Tribunal may give further directions, and in particular make the liability a charge on any debt or obligation due from the company to that person, or on any mortgage or charge or interest in one held by or vested in him or a person on his behalf or an assignee, and make orders to enforce that charge.

Section 339(3). Every person knowingly a party to such conduct is liable for action under section 447, the fraud section.

Section 339(4). The section applies notwithstanding that the person may be punishable under any other law.

The Explanation excludes from "assignee" a person taking for valuable consideration, not being marriage, in good faith and without notice; and defines "officer" to include a person on whose directions the directors are accustomed to act.

Misfeasance: section 340

Section 340(1). If in the course of winding up it appears that a person who took part in the promotion or formation, or who is or has been a director, manager, Company Liquidator or officer, has (a) misapplied or retained or become liable or accountable for any money or property, or (b) been guilty of any misfeasance or breach of trust in relation to the company, the Tribunal may, on the application of the Official Liquidator, the Company Liquidator, or any creditor or contributory, inquire into his conduct and order him to repay or restore the money or property with interest at such rate as it considers just, or to contribute such sum to the assets by way of compensation as it considers just and proper.

Section 340(2): limitation. The application shall be made within five years from the date of the winding up order, or of the first appointment of the Company Liquidator, or of the misapplication, retainer, misfeasance or breach of trust, whichever is longer.

Section 340(3). The section applies notwithstanding that the matter is one for which the person may be criminally liable.

Partners and directors: section 341

Where a declaration under section 339 or an order under section 340 is made in respect of a firm or body corporate, the Tribunal may also make such a declaration or order in respect of any person who was at the relevant time a partner in that firm or a director of that body corporate.

And remember section 246: sections 337 to 341 apply mutatis mutandis to applications under section 241 or section 245, so this machinery is available in an oppression petition too.

A worked example

Ulwe Steel Limited is wound up by the Tribunal. A provisional liquidator was appointed on 1 June; the winding up order followed on 1 September.

munotes.in649

Provisions Applicable to Every Mode of Winding Up

The relevant date is therefore 1 June, the date of appointment of the provisional liquidator, not the date of the order: Explanation (c) to section 327.

The realisations. The factory, mortgaged to a bank, sells for one crore; the unencumbered assets realise fifty lakh.

Who is paid first. Two years' wages and accrued holiday remuneration preceding the winding up order are paid in priority to all other debts including the bank's, within thirty days of the sale of the assets, subject to the prescribed charge over the bank's security: proviso to section 326(1). Only then do the other workmen's dues and the bank's shortfall or the workmen's portion of its security, whichever is less, rank pari passu under section 326(1).

Working out the workmen's portion. Say the bank's security is worth one crore, the workmen's dues are one crore, and the secured debts are three crore. The aggregate is four crore, so the workmen's portion is one-fourth of the security, twenty-five lakh rupees, exactly as the Act's illustration shows.

Next in the queue. Under section 327, and subject to section 326: taxes due and payable within the twelve months before 1 June; wages of employees for not more than four months within those twelve months, subject to the notified ceiling; accrued holiday remuneration; Employees' State Insurance contributions for those twelve months; workmen's compensation; provident, pension, gratuity and welfare fund dues; and the expenses of any investigation under sections 213 and 216. They rank equally, are paid in full or abate equally, and are paid out of property subject to a floating charge in priority to the debenture holders if the general assets fall short.

A landlord who distrained. The landlord of the godown distrained on goods two months before the winding up order. The preferential debts are a first charge on those goods or the proceeds, and in respect of money so paid the landlord has the same rights of priority as the person paid: section 327(5).

A payment before the winding up. Two months before the petition the company paid a supplier in full who was also a director's brother, while paying nobody else. That put him in a better position than he would have been in, and it was within six months of the winding up application, so the Tribunal may hold it a fraudulent preference and order restoration: section 328.

A transfer at an undervalue. Ten months before the petition the company transferred a plot of land to a promoter's firm for a nominal sum. It was not in the ordinary course of business and the transferee was not a purchaser in good faith for valuable consideration, and it was within one year of the petition, so it is void against the Company Liquidator: section 329.

munotes.in650

Provisions Applicable to Every Mode of Winding Up

A charge for an old debt. Eight months before the commencement the company created a floating charge over its stock to secure a debt already owed to a finance company. Being created within twelve months and the company not being solvent immediately after, the charge is invalid except for cash paid at or after its creation in consideration for it, with interest at five per cent per annum or the notified rate: section 332.

An assignment to trustees. The Board also purported to assign all the company's assets to trustees for the benefit of all its creditors. That is void outright under section 330.

After commencement. A shareholder transfers his shares in October, and a creditor levies execution against the company's plant without leave. The transfer of shares is void unless the Tribunal orders otherwise (section 334), and the execution is void (section 335), though recovery of tax or dues payable to the Government is outside section 335.

Onerous property. The company holds a lease with heavy repairing covenants and an unprofitable long-term supply contract. The liquidator may, with the Tribunal's leave and by writing signed by him, within twelve months of the commencement, disclaim both. The lessor, affected by the disclaimer, is deemed a creditor for the damages and may prove them. If the lessor writes requiring the liquidator to decide, and the liquidator does not within twenty-eight days give notice of his intention to apply for leave, he loses the right to disclaim, and as to the contract he is deemed to have adopted it. An under-lessee may ask for a vesting order, but only on terms making him subject to the company's liabilities under the lease, or, if the Tribunal thinks fit, as if the lease had been assigned to him at the commencement.

The officers. The former managing director did not disclose two godowns to the liquidator and removed stock worth four lakh rupees five months before the commencement. Both are offences under section 336(1)(a) and (d)(ii), punishable with imprisonment of three to five years and fine of one to three lakh rupees, unless he proves he had no intent to defraud, to conceal the true state of affairs or to defeat the law. The pawnbroker who took the stock knowing how it was obtained is punishable with three to five years and fine of three to five lakh rupees: section 336(2).

munotes.in651

Provisions Applicable to Every Mode of Winding Up

The books. The company kept no day-to-day cash records and no stock statements for the two years before the commencement. Every officer in default is punishable with imprisonment of one to three years and fine of one to three lakh rupees, unless he shows he acted honestly and that the default was excusable in the circumstances: section 338.

The business itself. It appears that for a year the company took deposits knowing it could not repay them. On the application of the liquidator or any creditor or contributory, the Tribunal may declare the directors and everyone knowingly a party personally responsible, without any limitation of liability, for the company's debts, and may make that liability a charge on any debt the company owes them or on any security they hold; and each is liable for action under section 447: section 339.

Misfeasance. A former director retained sale proceeds of scrap. On an application made within five years of the winding up order, the first appointment of the Company Liquidator, or the misapplication, whichever is longer, the Tribunal may inquire into his conduct and order him to repay with interest or to contribute compensation, and it may do so although he is also criminally liable: section 340.

A firm. Where the declaration or order is made against a firm of promoters, the Tribunal may make it also against any person who was then a partner in that firm: section 341.

Distinctions that carry marks

Priority ladderProvision
Two years' wages and accrued holiday remuneration, paid within thirty days of the sale of assetsProviso to section 326(1), in priority to all debts including secured creditors
Other workmen's dues, and a secured creditor's shortfall or the workmen's portion, whichever is less, pari passuSection 326(1)
Taxes, four months' wages, holiday pay, ESI contributions, workmen's compensation, welfare fund dues, investigation expensesSection 327(1), ranking equally and abating equally
Floating charge debenture holdersAfter the section 327 debts, where general assets are insufficient
Unsecured creditorsRateably
ContributoriesAny surplus, section 297
None of this in a liquidation under the CodeSection 327(7)
ClawbackPeriodMeasured from
Fraudulent preference, section 328Six monthsThe making of the winding up application
Transfer not in good faith, section 329One yearThe presentation of the petition
Floating charge, section 332Twelve monthsThe commencement of the winding up
Landlord's distress, section 327(5)Three monthsThe winding up order
Officers' concealment offences, section 336(1)(d)Twelve months before commencement, and any time after
Section 339, fraudulent conductSection 340, misfeasance
What must appearThe business was carried on with intent to defraud or for a fraudulent purposeMisapplication or retention of money or property, or misfeasance or breach of trust
Who is liableDirectors, managers, officers and anyone knowingly a partyPromoters, directors, managers, the Company Liquidator and officers
ConsequencePersonal responsibility without limitation for the debts, and action under section 447Order to repay or restore with interest, or contribute compensation
LimitationNot fixed by the sectionFive years from the winding up order, the liquidator's first appointment, or the act, whichever is longer
munotes.in652

Provisions Applicable to Every Mode of Winding Up

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean secured creditors are always paid first. Two years' wages and accrued holiday remuneration are paid in priority to all other debts including debts due to secured creditors.

It does not mean sections 326 and 327 apply to every liquidation. Section 327(7) disapplies them in a liquidation under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016.

It does not mean every transfer within a year is void. A transfer in the ordinary course of business, or to a purchaser or encumbrancer in good faith for valuable consideration, is outside section 329.

It does not mean every floating charge within twelve months is invalid. It is valid if the company is proved to have been solvent immediately after its creation, and in any event to the extent of cash paid at or after its creation in consideration for it, with interest.

It does not mean the liquidator may disclaim at leisure. He has twelve months, and only twenty-eight days to respond to a written demand that he decide, failing which a contract is deemed adopted.

It does not mean an officer charged under section 336 has no defence. It is a good defence to prove no intent to defraud, to conceal the true state of affairs, or to defeat the law.

It does not mean criminal liability excludes the civil remedy. Sections 339(4) and 340(3) both say the section applies notwithstanding liability under other law or criminal liability.

Quick revision

  • 324: all debts payable on a contingency and all claims present or future, certain or contingent, ascertained or sounding only in damages are admissible to proof, a just estimate being made of uncertain values.
  • 326: workmen's dues, and a secured creditor's unrealised debt or the workmen's portion of his security, whichever is less, pari passu, are paid in priority to all other debts; and wages and accrued holiday remuneration for two years preceding the winding up order are paid before all debts including secured creditors, within thirty days of the sale of assets. Workmen are those under section 2(s) of the Industrial Disputes Act, 1947; workmen's dues are wages and salary with Industrial Disputes Act compensation, accrued holiday remuneration, workmen's compensation, and provident, pension, gratuity and welfare fund sums; the workmen's portion is the security's value multiplied by the workmen's dues over the aggregate of workmen's dues and secured debts.
  • 327: subject to section 326, taxes due within twelve months before the relevant date; four months' wages within those twelve months, up to a notified ceiling; accrued holiday remuneration; ESI and like contributions for twelve months; workmen's compensation; welfare fund dues; and investigation expenses under sections 213 and 216. They rank equally, abate equally, and beat floating charge holders; one who advanced money to pay wages takes the employee's priority; a landlord distraining within three months takes subject to a first charge; holiday and sick pay count as wages; and none of this applies in a liquidation under the Code. The relevant date is the appointment of the provisional liquidator, or the winding up order if none.
  • 328 to 332: a fraudulent preference within six months of the winding up application may be restored or declared invalid; a transfer not in the ordinary course, or not to a good faith purchaser for value, within one year of the petition is void against the liquidator; an assignment of all assets to trustees for creditors is void; a person preferred who is interested in mortgaged property is treated as a surety to the extent of the charge or his interest, whichever is less; and a floating charge within twelve months is invalid unless the company was solvent immediately after, save for cash paid for it with interest at five per cent or the notified rate.
  • 333: the liquidator may, with the Tribunal's leave and in writing, disclaim land with onerous covenants, shares or stocks, property not readily saleable because of an onerous obligation, and unprofitable contracts, within twelve months of commencement or of becoming aware; the disclaimer ends the company's rights and liabilities without affecting others; a written demand forces a decision in twenty-eight days, failing which a contract is deemed adopted; the Tribunal may rescind contracts with damages, and make vesting orders, leasehold vesting being on terms of assuming the company's liabilities; and a person affected is deemed a creditor for the damages.
  • 334 and 335: after commencement, dispositions of property, transfers of shares and alterations in the status of members are void unless the Tribunal orders otherwise; and attachment, distress, execution or sale without the Tribunal's leave is void, except recovery of tax or dues payable to the Government.
  • 336: nine kinds of default by an officer, from non-disclosure and non-delivery to concealment or fraudulent removal of property worth a thousand rupees or more, falsifying books, obtaining property on credit by fraud or false pretence of carrying on business, pledging unpaid-for goods, material omissions, failing for a month to report a false debt, preventing production of books, fictitious losses, and fraud to obtain creditors' consent, punishable with three to five years and one to three lakh rupees; a knowing receiver of pledged goods with three to five years and three to five lakh rupees; good defence of no intent to defraud, conceal or defeat the law; and "officer" includes a person on whose directions the directors act.
  • 337: an officer who induced credit by fraud, made a gift, transfer or charge or connived at execution with intent to defraud creditors, or concealed or removed property since an unsatisfied judgment or within two months before it, is punishable with one to three years and one to three lakh rupees.
  • 338: failure to keep proper books for two years before commencement, or since incorporation if shorter, punishes every officer in default with one to three years and one to three lakh rupees, unless he shows he acted honestly and the default was excusable; books are deemed improper without day-to-day cash entries or, in a goods business, annual stock takings and records of goods sold and purchased identifying buyers and sellers.
  • 339 to 341: business carried on with intent to defraud or for a fraudulent purpose exposes directors, managers, officers and anyone knowingly a party to personal responsibility without limitation, chargeable on debts and securities owed to them, and to action under section 447; misapplication, retention, misfeasance or breach of trust by a promoter, director, manager, Company Liquidator or officer may be met by an order to repay or restore with interest or contribute compensation, on an application within five years of the winding up order, the liquidator's first appointment or the act, whichever is longer, and although he is criminally liable; and both may be extended to a partner of a firm or a director of a body corporate against which the declaration or order is made.
munotes.in653

Provisions Applicable to Every Mode of Winding Up

Test yourself

1. What is paid first in a winding up under the Companies Act? Wages or salary and accrued holiday remuneration payable for the two years preceding the winding up order, which are paid in priority to all other debts including debts due to secured creditors, within thirty days of the sale of assets: proviso to section 326(1). Then the remaining workmen's dues, and so much of a secured creditor's debt as he could not realise or the workmen's portion of his security, whichever is less, rank pari passu.

munotes.in654

Provisions Applicable to Every Mode of Winding Up

2. How is the workmen's portion calculated? It is the amount bearing to the value of the security the same proportion as the workmen's dues bear to the aggregate of the workmen's dues and the debts due to the secured creditors. On the Act's own illustration, a security worth one lakh, workmen's dues of one lakh and secured debts of three lakh give an aggregate of four lakh, so the workmen's portion is one-fourth of the security, twenty-five thousand rupees.

munotes.in655

Provisions Applicable to Every Mode of Winding Up

3. Do sections 326 and 327 apply to a liquidation under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code? No. Section 327(7) provides that sections 326 and 327 shall not be applicable in the event of liquidation under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016.

4. State the periods within which a transaction may be undone. A fraudulent preference within six months of the making of the winding up application: section 328. A transfer not in the ordinary course of business and not to a purchaser or encumbrancer in good faith for valuable consideration within one year before the presentation of the petition: section 329. A floating charge created within the twelve months immediately preceding the commencement: section 332.

5. What property may the liquidator disclaim, and within what time? Land burdened with onerous covenants, shares or stocks in companies, property not saleable or not readily saleable because the possessor is bound to an onerous act or payment, and unprofitable contracts; with the leave of the Tribunal, by writing signed by him, within twelve months of the commencement or of becoming aware of the property, or such extended period as the Tribunal allows: section 333(1).

6. When may a director be made personally liable without limit? Where it appears in the course of the winding up that any business of the company has been carried on with intent to defraud creditors or any other persons, or for any fraudulent purpose, the Tribunal may, on the application of the Official Liquidator, the Company Liquidator or any creditor or contributory, declare any person who is or has been a director, manager or officer, or anyone knowingly a party to it, personally responsible without any limitation of liability for all or any of the company's debts: section 339(1).

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in656

Chapter Eighty-Five

Official Liquidators, Records and the Close of a Winding Up

Syllabus topic 4.2, the closing provisions of the winding up chapter.

In one line

The Tribunal may direct the prosecution of delinquent officers; the liquidator needs sanction to compromise; every invoice must say the company is in liquidation; money must go into a scheduled bank and unclaimed dividends into a special account; a pending liquidation must be reported yearly; a dissolution may be declared void within two years; the winding up is deemed to commence with the petition; and small companies are wound up summarily by the Official Liquidator under the Central Government.

In exam wording: section 356 is the power to declare a dissolution void, section 357 the commencement of winding up, section 359 the appointment of the Official Liquidator, and sections 361 to 365 the summary procedure for liquidation.

Why the law has this at all

A winding up is a long administration of other people's money, and the sections gathered here answer the practical questions that arise while it goes on.

How is the world told? By section 344, which requires every invoice, order and business letter to say the company is being wound up, so that nobody deals with it in ignorance.

Where is the money kept? By sections 349 to 352, which put it in the public account of India or a scheduled bank, forbid a private account, and provide a permanent home for dividends nobody claims.

Who watches a liquidation that drags on? By section 348, which requires an audited statement every year once the winding up passes twelve months.

What if a company is dissolved and something turns up afterwards? By section 356, which lets the Tribunal declare the dissolution void within two years, so that an asset discovered later, or a claim never made, is not lost forever.

And what about the company too small to be worth the Tribunal's time? By sections 361 to 365, a summary procedure, with fixed and short periods, administered by the Official Liquidator under the Central Government.

Some words this chapter uses

The Official Liquidator is a whole-time officer of the Central Government appointed under section 359. The Company Liquidator is the liquidator in a Tribunal winding up, appointed under section 275. A scheduled bank is one in the Second Schedule to the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934. The commencement of the winding up is defined by section 357. Judicial notice means acceptance without proof.

Prosecution and compromise: sections 342 and 343

Section 342(1). If it appears to the Tribunal in the course of a winding up that any person who is or has been an officer, or any member, has been guilty of any offence in relation to the company, the Tribunal may, on the application of any person interested in the winding up or suo motu, direct the liquidator to prosecute the offender or to refer the matter to the Registrar.

munotes.in657

Official Liquidators, Records and the Close of a Winding Up

Section 342(5). When a prosecution is instituted, it is the duty of the liquidator and of every person who is or has been an officer or agent of the company to give all assistance he is reasonably able to give. The Explanation provides that "agent" includes any banker or legal adviser of the company and any person employed by the company as auditor.

Section 343(1): three things needing the Tribunal's sanction. The Company Liquidator may, with the sanction of the Tribunal:

  • (i) pay any class of creditors in full;
  • (ii) make any compromise or arrangement with creditors or persons claiming to be creditors, or having or alleging any claim present or future, certain or contingent, against the company or whereby the company may be rendered liable; or
  • (iii) compromise any call or liability to call, debt, and liability capable of resulting in a debt, and any claim subsisting or alleged between the company and a contributory or alleged contributory or other debtor or person apprehending liability, and all questions relating to the assets or liabilities or the winding up, on such terms as may be agreed, taking security for the discharge and giving a complete discharge.

Section 343(2). The Central Government may make rules allowing the liquidator to exercise the compromise powers without the Tribunal's sanction in prescribed circumstances and subject to prescribed conditions.

Section 343(3). Any creditor or contributory may apply to the Tribunal about any exercise or proposed exercise of these powers, and the Tribunal, after giving a reasonable opportunity to the applicant and the liquidator, may pass such orders as it thinks fit.

Telling the world: section 344

Section 344(1). Where a company is being wound up, every invoice, order for goods or business letter issued by or on behalf of the company, the Company Liquidator, or a receiver or manager of its property, being a document on or in which the name of the company appears, shall contain a statement that the company is being wound up.

Section 344(2). Contravention makes the company, every officer, the Company Liquidator and any receiver or manager who wilfully authorises or permits it punishable with fine of not less than fifty thousand rupees extending to three lakh rupees.

Note the words "wilfully authorises or permits" for the officers and liquidator; the company's liability is not so qualified.

Books and papers: sections 345, 346 and 347

Section 345. All books and papers of the company and of the Company Liquidator shall, as between the contributories, be prima facie evidence of the truth of all matters purporting to be recorded in them.

munotes.in658

Official Liquidators, Records and the Close of a Winding Up

Note the limit: "as between the contributories". The presumption does not run against strangers.

Section 346. After a winding up order, any creditor or contributory may inspect the books and papers only in accordance with, and subject to, such rules as may be prescribed; and nothing in that restricts rights conferred by any law on the Central or a State Government, any authority or officer of theirs, or a person acting under their authority.

Section 347(1). When the affairs have been completely wound up and the company is about to be dissolved, the books and papers of the company and of the Company Liquidator may be disposed of as the Tribunal directs.

Section 347(2). After five years from the dissolution, no responsibility devolves on the company, the liquidator, or a custodian, by reason of any book or paper not being forthcoming to a person claiming to be interested in it.

Section 347(3) and (4). The Central Government may make rules preventing destruction of such books and papers for such period as it thinks proper, and enabling a creditor or contributory to make representations and to appeal to the Tribunal against its order; contravention of such a rule or order is punishable with fine up to fifty thousand rupees.

Reporting a long liquidation: section 348

Section 348(1). If the winding up is not concluded within one year after its commencement, the Company Liquidator shall, unless exempted wholly or in part by the Central Government, within two months of the expiry of that year and thereafter at intervals of not more than one year until it is concluded, file with the Tribunal a statement in the prescribed form, duly audited by a person qualified to act as auditor of the company, on the proceedings in and position of the liquidation. Proviso: no such audit is necessary where section 294 applies.

Section 348(2), (3) and (4). A copy is filed simultaneously with the Registrar and kept with the company's records; for a Government company a copy goes to the Central Government, the State Government, or both, according to which is a member; and any person stating himself in writing to be a creditor or contributory may, himself or by his agent, at all reasonable times and on payment of the prescribed fee, inspect the statement and receive a copy or extract.

Section 348(5). A person fraudulently stating himself to be a creditor or contributory is deemed guilty of an offence under section 182 of the Indian Penal Code, 1860 and, on the application of the Company Liquidator, punishable accordingly.

munotes.in659

Official Liquidators, Records and the Close of a Winding Up

Section 348(6). Where a Company Liquidator who is an insolvency professional registered under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016 defaults under the section, the default is deemed a contravention of that Code and its rules and regulations for the purposes of proceedings under Chapter VI of Part IV of it.

That last sub-section is the modern link. The liquidator's discipline follows him from one statute to the other.

Where the money goes: sections 349 to 352

Section 349. Every Official Liquidator shall pay the monies received by him into the public account of India in the Reserve Bank of India, in the prescribed manner and at the prescribed times.

Section 350(1). Every Company Liquidator shall deposit the monies received by him in a scheduled bank to the credit of a special bank account opened by him; proviso, the Tribunal may permit an account in another bank it specifies if that is advantageous for the creditors, contributories or the company.

Section 350(2): keeping cash back. If he retains for more than ten days a sum exceeding five thousand rupees, or such other amount as the Tribunal authorises, then unless he explains the retention to the Tribunal's satisfaction he shall (a) pay interest on the excess at twelve per cent per annum and such penalty as the Tribunal determines; (b) be liable for any expenses occasioned by his default; and (c) be liable to have all or part of his remuneration disallowed, or to be removed from office.

Section 351. Neither the Official Liquidator nor the Company Liquidator shall deposit any monies received in his capacity as such into any private banking account.

Section 352(1) and (2): the special account. Where the liquidator holds money representing (a) dividends payable to a creditor unpaid for six months after they were declared, or (b) assets refundable to a contributory undistributed for six months after they became refundable, he shall forthwith deposit it in a separate special account in a scheduled bank called the Company Liquidation Dividend and Undistributed Assets Account; and on the dissolution he shall pay into that account any such money in his hands at that date.

Section 352(3) and (4). With the payment he shall furnish the Registrar a statement in the prescribed form giving the nature of the sums, the names and last known addresses of the persons entitled, the amount to which each is entitled and the nature of his claim; and the bank's receipt is an effectual discharge.

Section 352(5). In a voluntary winding up the liquidator shall, when filing the section 348 statement, indicate the sum payable under sub-sections (1) and (2) during the preceding six months, and within fourteen days of filing pay it into the account.

munotes.in660

Official Liquidators, Records and the Close of a Winding Up

Section 352(6): claiming it back. Any person claiming to be entitled may apply to the Registrar, who may pay him if satisfied; and the Registrar shall settle the claim within sixty days, failing which he shall report to the Regional Director giving reasons.

Section 352(7). Money remaining unclaimed for fifteen years is transferred to the general revenue account of the Central Government, but a claim may still be preferred under sub-section (6) and dealt with as if the transfer had not been made, an order for payment being treated as an order for refund of revenue.

Section 352(8): retaining what should have been paid in. The liquidator shall pay interest at twelve per cent per annum and such penalty as the Registrar determines, the Central Government being able to remit the interest in whole or in part in a proper case; shall be liable for expenses occasioned by his default; and, in a Tribunal winding up, is liable to have his remuneration disallowed and to be removed from office.

Compelling returns, and ascertaining wishes: sections 353 and 354

Section 353. Where a Company Liquidator has defaulted in filing, delivering or making any return, account or other document, or in giving any notice, and fails to make good the default within fourteen days after service of a notice requiring him to do so, the Tribunal may, on the application of any contributory or creditor or the Registrar, order him to make good the default within a specified time; the order may direct that all costs of and incidental to the application be borne by him; and nothing in the section prejudices any enactment imposing penalties for such a default.

Section 354. In all matters relating to a winding up the Tribunal may (a) have regard to the wishes of creditors or contributories as proved by sufficient evidence, (b) direct meetings to be called, held and conducted as it directs to ascertain those wishes, and (c) appoint a chairman to report the result. In ascertaining the wishes of creditors, regard is had to the value of each debt; of contributories, to the number of votes each may cast.

Affidavits: section 355

An affidavit for the purposes of the Chapter may be sworn in India before any court, tribunal, judge or person lawfully authorised to take affidavits, and in any other country before any court, judge or person lawfully authorised there, or before an Indian diplomatic or consular officer; and all tribunals, judges, Justices, commissioners and persons acting judicially in India shall take judicial notice of the seal, stamp or signature of any such authority on such an affidavit or document.

munotes.in661

Official Liquidators, Records and the Close of a Winding Up

Undoing a dissolution: section 356

Section 356(1). Where a company has been dissolved, whether under this Chapter or section 232 or otherwise, the Tribunal may, at any time within two years of the date of dissolution, on the application of the Company Liquidator or any other person who appears to be interested, declare the dissolution void on such terms as it thinks fit; thereupon such proceedings may be taken as if the company had not been dissolved.

Section 356(2). The Tribunal shall forward a copy of the order to the Registrar within thirty days, who shall record it, and shall direct the Company Liquidator or the applicant to file a certified copy with the Registrar within thirty days or such further period as the Tribunal allows, and the Registrar shall record that too.

Two years is the whole of the section's difficulty. After that the dissolution stands.

Commencement: section 357

The winding up of a company by the Tribunal under this Act shall be deemed to commence at the time of the presentation of the petition for the winding up.

Everything else in the winding up chapters is measured from this date, and it is not the date of the order. The floating charge in section 332 looks back twelve months from this date; the past member's year in section 285(3)(a) runs to this date; the void dispositions in section 334 begin from this date.

Limitation: section 358

Notwithstanding the Limitation Act, 1963 or any other law, in computing the period of limitation for any suit or application in the name and on behalf of a company being wound up by the Tribunal, the period from the date of commencement of the winding up to one year immediately following the date of the winding up order shall be excluded.

The reason is practical. A company being wound up has nobody to sue on its behalf until the liquidator is appointed and has found out what claims exist, and the section gives him a clear year after the order.

The Official Liquidator: sections 359 and 360

Section 359. For winding up by the Tribunal, the Central Government may appoint as many Official Liquidators and Joint, Deputy or Assistant Official Liquidators as it considers necessary; they are whole-time officers of the Central Government, and their salary and allowances are paid by it.

Section 360. The Official Liquidator shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as the Central Government may prescribe; and, without prejudice to that, he may exercise all or any of the powers of a Company Liquidator and conduct inquiries or investigations if directed by the Tribunal or the Central Government in respect of matters arising out of winding up proceedings.

munotes.in662

Official Liquidators, Records and the Close of a Winding Up

The summary procedure: sections 361 to 365

Section 361(1) and (2): who qualifies. Where the company to be wound up has assets of book value not exceeding one crore rupees and belongs to such class or classes as may be prescribed, the Central Government may order it to be wound up by summary procedure, and shall appoint the Official Liquidator as the liquidator.

Both conditions are required, and the decision is the Central Government's, not the Tribunal's.

Section 361(3) to (6). The Official Liquidator shall forthwith take into custody or control all assets, effects and actionable claims; shall, within thirty days of his appointment, report to the Central Government, including his opinion whether any fraud has been committed in the promotion, formation or management of the company; on that report, if satisfied that fraud has been committed by the promoters, directors or any other officer, the Central Government may direct further investigation with a report within a specified time; and after considering it may order that the winding up proceed under Part I of the Chapter or under this Part.

Section 362: realisation, and its two thirty-day and sixty-day clocks. The Official Liquidator shall dispose of all the assets, movable or immovable, within sixty days of his appointment; shall within thirty days of his appointment serve notice on the debtors and contributories to deposit within thirty days the amount payable; where a debtor does not, the Central Government may, on the Official Liquidator's application, pass such orders as it thinks fit; and the amounts recovered are deposited under section 349, that is into the public account of India.

Section 363: the creditors. He shall, within thirty days of his appointment, call upon the creditors to prove their claims within thirty days of receiving the call; shall prepare a list of claims in the prescribed manner; and shall communicate to each creditor whether his claim is accepted or rejected, with reasons recorded in writing.

Section 364: appeal. A creditor aggrieved by that decision may appeal to the Central Government within thirty days; the Central Government, after calling for the Official Liquidator's report, may dismiss the appeal or modify the decision; the Official Liquidator shall pay the creditors whose claims have been accepted; and the Central Government may at any stage refer the matter to the Tribunal for necessary orders.

munotes.in663

Official Liquidators, Records and the Close of a Winding Up

Section 365: the end. When satisfied that the company is finally wound up, the Official Liquidator submits a final report to the Central Government where no reference was made to the Tribunal under section 364(4), and to the Central Government and the Tribunal in any other case; the Central Government or the Tribunal shall order that the company be dissolved; and the Registrar shall strike the company's name off the register and publish a notification.

A worked example

Panvel Fasteners Limited, whose assets have a book value of eighty lakh rupees, is to be wound up.

Which track? Its assets are not more than one crore, so if it also belongs to a prescribed class, the Central Government may order a summary winding up and appoint the Official Liquidator: section 361.

The clocks. The Official Liquidator takes custody of all assets, effects and actionable claims forthwith; within thirty days he reports to the Central Government, saying whether in his opinion fraud was committed in the promotion, formation or management; within thirty days he notices the debtors and contributories to deposit within thirty days; within sixty days he disposes of all the assets; and within thirty days he calls on the creditors to prove within thirty days. What he recovers goes into the public account of India in the Reserve Bank: sections 349 and 362(4).

A rejected claim. A supplier's claim is rejected with reasons recorded in writing. He may appeal to the Central Government within thirty days, which, after calling for the Official Liquidator's report, may dismiss the appeal or modify the decision, or refer the matter to the Tribunal: sections 363 and 364.

Fraud. The report says stock was diverted before the petition. The Central Government may direct further investigation and, on the investigation report, order that the winding up proceed under Part I, that is before the Tribunal, instead of summarily: section 361(5) and (6).

The end. On the final report the Central Government orders dissolution, and the Registrar strikes the name off the register and publishes a notification: section 365.

A larger company, on the ordinary track. Take instead Kalamboli Castings Limited, wound up by the Tribunal on a petition presented on 10 January.

When did the winding up commence? On 10 January, the date of presentation of the petition, not the date of the order: section 357. Every clawback period is measured from that date.

Its letters. From then, every invoice, order for goods and business letter issued by the company, the liquidator or a receiver must state that the company is being wound up; failure exposes the company, every officer, the liquidator and any receiver who wilfully authorises or permits it to a fine of fifty thousand to three lakh rupees: section 344.

munotes.in664

Official Liquidators, Records and the Close of a Winding Up

The money. The Company Liquidator deposits everything in a special account in a scheduled bank, and never in a private account: sections 350 and 351. He holds eighty thousand rupees in cash for a fortnight without explanation, so he must pay interest at twelve per cent and such penalty as the Tribunal determines, bear the expenses occasioned, and may have his remuneration disallowed or be removed: section 350(2).

A compromise. He wishes to settle a disputed call with a contributory and to pay the workmen in full at once. Both need the Tribunal's sanction under section 343(1), and any creditor or contributory may apply to the Tribunal about that exercise of power.

A delinquent officer. It appears that a former director falsified the stock records. The Tribunal may, on the application of any person interested or of its own motion, direct the liquidator to prosecute him or refer the matter to the Registrar; and the liquidator, the officers and the company's bankers, legal advisers and auditors must give all reasonable assistance to the prosecution: section 342.

A liquidation that drags. The winding up is not concluded by the following January. Within two months of that anniversary, and every year thereafter, the liquidator must file with the Tribunal an audited statement on the position of the liquidation, with a copy to the Registrar; a person stating himself in writing to be a creditor or contributory may inspect it and take a copy on the prescribed fee, and one who does so fraudulently is punishable under section 182 of the Indian Penal Code, 1860: section 348.

Unclaimed money. Dividends declared for a creditor who cannot be found remain unpaid for six months, so they go into the Company Liquidation Dividend and Undistributed Assets Account in a scheduled bank, with a statement to the Registrar of the names, last known addresses and amounts. The creditor's heir may later apply to the Registrar, who must settle the claim within sixty days or report to the Regional Director. If nobody claims for fifteen years, the money goes to the general revenue account of the Central Government, though a claim may still be made and is treated as a refund of revenue: section 352.

A suit for the company. A debt owed to the company was already three years old when the petition was presented. In computing limitation for a suit in the company's name, the period from 10 January to one year after the winding up order is excluded: section 358.

munotes.in665

Official Liquidators, Records and the Close of a Winding Up

After dissolution. Eighteen months after the company is dissolved, a bank account in its name comes to light. A person interested may apply, and the Tribunal may declare the dissolution void, after which proceedings may be taken as if the company had never been dissolved; a copy goes to the Registrar within thirty days, and the applicant must file a certified copy within thirty days: section 356. Had thirty months passed, nothing could be done.

The books. When the affairs are completely wound up, the books and papers are disposed of as the Tribunal directs; and five years after the dissolution no responsibility attaches to anybody for a book that cannot be produced: section 347.

Distinctions that carry marks

Company LiquidatorOfficial Liquidator
Appointed byThe Tribunal, from insolvency professionalsThe Central Government, section 359
StatusA professional appointed for the caseA whole-time officer of the Central Government, paid by it
Where money goesA special account in a scheduled bank, section 350The public account of India in the Reserve Bank, section 349
Role in the summary procedureNoneHe is the liquidator, section 361(2)
PeriodWhat it governs
Two yearsApplication to declare a dissolution void, section 356
Fifteen yearsUnclaimed money passing to the general revenue account, section 352(7)
Five yearsAfter dissolution, no responsibility for missing books, section 347(2)
One year, then yearlyStatement on a pending liquidation, filed within two months of each anniversary, section 348
Sixty daysRegistrar to settle a claim to the special account, section 352(6); Official Liquidator to dispose of assets, section 362(1)
Thirty daysMost steps of the summary procedure, sections 361 to 364
Fourteen daysTo make good a default after notice, section 353
Ten days and five thousand rupeesThe cash a liquidator may retain, section 350(2)
Summary procedureOrdinary winding up by the Tribunal
Ordered by the Central Government, section 361(1)Ordered by the Tribunal, section 273
Liquidator is the Official LiquidatorA Company Liquidator from among insolvency professionals
Claims decided by the Official Liquidator, appeal to the Central GovernmentClaims proved in the winding up, the Tribunal deciding
Dissolution ordered by the Central Government or the Tribunal, and the name struck offDissolution ordered by the Tribunal, section 302
Threshold: assets of book value not exceeding one crore rupees and a prescribed classNo threshold

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean the winding up commences with the order. Section 357 deems it to commence at the presentation of the petition.

munotes.in666

Official Liquidators, Records and the Close of a Winding Up

It does not mean a dissolution can be reopened at any time. The application must be made within two years of the date of dissolution.

It does not mean the liquidator may compromise freely. Paying a class of creditors in full, and compromising claims and calls, need the Tribunal's sanction, subject to rules the Central Government may make.

It does not mean he may hold cash. More than five thousand rupees for more than ten days costs him twelve per cent interest, a penalty, the expenses and possibly his remuneration or his office.

It does not mean unclaimed money is lost after fifteen years. It goes to the general revenue account, but a claim may still be preferred and is treated as a refund of revenue.

It does not mean the books are prima facie evidence against everybody. They are so as between the contributories.

It does not mean the summary procedure is available for any small company. The assets must be of book value not exceeding one crore rupees and the company must belong to a prescribed class.

Quick revision

  • 342 and 343: the Tribunal may, suo motu or on application, direct the liquidator to prosecute a delinquent officer or member or refer the matter to the Registrar, everyone including the banker, legal adviser and auditor giving assistance; and the liquidator needs the Tribunal's sanction to pay a class of creditors in full or to compromise claims, calls and liabilities, subject to rules dispensing with sanction, any creditor or contributory being able to apply about it.
  • 344 to 347: every invoice, order and business letter must say the company is being wound up, on pain of fifty thousand to three lakh rupees; the books are prima facie evidence as between contributories; inspection by creditors and contributories is only as prescribed, Government rights being unaffected; and on dissolution the books are disposed of as the Tribunal directs, with no responsibility after five years and rules preventing destruction, contravention costing up to fifty thousand rupees.
  • 348: a winding up not concluded within one year requires an audited statement filed with the Tribunal within two months of that year's expiry and yearly thereafter, a copy to the Registrar, copies to the Central or State Government for a Government company, inspection by creditors and contributories on a fee, section 182 of the Indian Penal Code, 1860 for a false claim to be one, and a deemed contravention of the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code by a liquidator registered under it.
  • 349 to 352: the Official Liquidator pays into the public account of India in the Reserve Bank; the Company Liquidator into a special account in a scheduled bank, never a private account; retaining more than five thousand rupees for over ten days without explanation costs twelve per cent interest, penalty, expenses, and disallowance of remuneration or removal; dividends unpaid and assets undistributed for six months, and everything left at dissolution, go into the Company Liquidation Dividend and Undistributed Assets Account with a statement to the Registrar; claims are settled by the Registrar within sixty days; and money unclaimed for fifteen years passes to the general revenue account, still claimable as a refund of revenue.
  • 353 to 355: default in returns not made good within fourteen days of notice may be met by a Tribunal order with costs; the Tribunal may ascertain the wishes of creditors by value and of contributories by votes, directing meetings and a chairman; and affidavits may be sworn in India or abroad, judicial notice being taken of the seal or signature.
  • 356 to 358: a dissolution may be declared void within two years on the application of the liquidator or any interested person, copies going to the Registrar within thirty days; a winding up by the Tribunal commences at the presentation of the petition; and in computing limitation for a suit by the company, the period from commencement to one year after the winding up order is excluded.
  • 359 and 360: the Central Government appoints Official Liquidators and Joint, Deputy and Assistant Official Liquidators as whole-time officers paid by it; they exercise prescribed powers, all or any of a Company Liquidator's powers, and inquiries or investigations directed by the Tribunal or the Central Government.
  • 361 to 365, the summary procedure: available where assets are of book value not exceeding one crore rupees and the company is of a prescribed class; the Central Government orders it and appoints the Official Liquidator, who takes custody forthwith, reports within thirty days including on fraud, notices debtors and contributories within thirty days to pay within thirty days, disposes of all assets within sixty days, calls on creditors within thirty days to prove within thirty days, and communicates acceptance or rejection with reasons; a creditor may appeal to the Central Government within thirty days, which may dismiss, modify or refer to the Tribunal; and on the final report the Central Government or the Tribunal orders dissolution and the Registrar strikes the name off and publishes a notification.
munotes.in667

Official Liquidators, Records and the Close of a Winding Up

Test yourself

1. When does a winding up by the Tribunal commence? It is deemed to commence at the time of the presentation of the petition for winding up: section 357. Every period measured from the commencement, such as the twelve months for a floating charge under section 332, runs from that date.

munotes.in668

Official Liquidators, Records and the Close of a Winding Up

2. Can a dissolved company be revived? Yes, within limits. The Tribunal may, at any time within two years of the date of dissolution, on the application of the Company Liquidator or any other person who appears to be interested, declare the dissolution void, whereupon proceedings may be taken as if the company had not been dissolved: section 356.

3. What happens to dividends nobody claims? Dividends unpaid for six months after declaration, and assets undistributed for six months after becoming refundable, are deposited forthwith in the Company Liquidation Dividend and Undistributed Assets Account in a scheduled bank, with a statement to the Registrar; a claimant may apply to the Registrar, who must settle within sixty days; and money unclaimed for fifteen years goes to the general revenue account of the Central Government, though a claim may still be made and treated as a refund of revenue: section 352.

4. How much cash may a Company Liquidator retain? Not more than five thousand rupees, or such other amount as the Tribunal authorises, for more than ten days. Otherwise, unless he explains it to the Tribunal's satisfaction, he must pay interest at twelve per cent per annum and such penalty as the Tribunal determines, bear any expenses occasioned, and may have his remuneration disallowed or be removed from office: section 350(2).

5. Which companies may be wound up by the summary procedure, and who conducts it? A company with assets of book value not exceeding one crore rupees which belongs to such class or classes as may be prescribed. The Central Government orders it and appoints the Official Liquidator as liquidator: section 361.

6. What must be stated on the company's letters during a winding up? Every invoice, order for goods or business letter issued by or on behalf of the company, the Company Liquidator, or a receiver or manager, on which the company's name appears, must contain a statement that the company is being wound up; contravention costs the company, every officer, the liquidator and any receiver or manager who wilfully authorises or permits it a fine of not less than fifty thousand rupees extending to three lakh rupees: section 344.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in669

Chapter Eighty-Six

Voluntary Liquidation under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code

Syllabus topic 4.2, label: "Voluntary Winding Up", which the Companies Act no longer contains.

In one line

A company that has committed no default may liquidate itself voluntarily on a declaration of solvency by a majority of its directors, a special resolution of its members appointing an insolvency professional as liquidator, and, where it owes anything, the approval of creditors representing two-thirds in value; the liquidator then realises and distributes under the Code's own waterfall and applies to the Tribunal for dissolution.

In exam wording: section 59 of the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016 is the whole of voluntary liquidation, and section 53 of the Code supplies the order of distribution.

Why the law has this at all

A solvent company that has finished what it was formed to do should be able to end itself without a court. Under the Companies Act, 1956 and the 2013 Act as first enacted, it did so by a members' voluntary winding up, with a declaration of solvency and a liquidator appointed by the members.

The Code did not abolish that idea; it moved it. The reason is that after 2016 one statute deals with all corporate insolvency and liquidation, and it was untidy to leave a solvent liquidation in a different Act, administered by different officers, with a different order of distribution.

But the move changed three things, and they are the examinable differences.

The liquidator is an insolvency professional, registered and regulated by the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Board of India, not a person of the members' choosing.

The creditors have a veto. Where the company owes anything, creditors representing two-thirds in value must approve the members' resolution within seven days.

And the distribution follows the Code's waterfall in section 53, not the preferential payments in sections 326 and 327 of the Companies Act, which section 327(7) expressly disapplies to a liquidation under the Code.

Some words this chapter uses

A corporate person includes a company, a limited liability partnership and any other person incorporated with limited liability, but not a financial service provider. Default means non-payment of a debt when it has become due and payable. The Board is the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Board of India. The Adjudicating Authority for corporate persons is the National Company Law Tribunal: section 60 of the Code. Specified means specified by regulations made by the Board.

Who may do it: section 59(1) and (2)

A corporate person who intends to liquidate itself voluntarily and has not committed any default may initiate voluntary liquidation proceedings under the provisions of this Chapter.

Two conditions, and the second is decisive. An intention to liquidate voluntarily, and no default committed.

Section 59(2). The voluntary liquidation shall meet such conditions and procedural requirements, and be completed within such period, which shall not be more than one year, as may be specified.

munotes.in670

Voluntary Liquidation under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code

The outer limit of one year is a recent addition and should be stated: a voluntary liquidation is not to be left open indefinitely.

The conditions for a company: section 59(3)

The declaration of solvency

A declaration from a majority of the directors of the company, verified by an affidavit, stating:

  • (i) that they have made a full inquiry into the affairs of the company and have formed an opinion that either the company has no debt or that it will be able to pay its debts in full from the proceeds of the assets to be sold in the voluntary liquidation; and
  • (ii) that the company is not being liquidated to defraud any person.

Note three things. It is a majority of the directors, not all; it is verified by affidavit, so it is sworn; and it contains two statements, of solvency and of good faith, not one.

The accompanying documents

  • (i) audited financial statements and a record of the business operations of the company for the previous two years, or for the period since its incorporation, whichever is later; and
  • (ii) a report of the valuation of the assets of the company, if any, prepared by a registered valuer.

The resolution, within four weeks

Within four weeks of the declaration there shall be either:

  • (i) a special resolution of the members in general meeting requiring the company to be liquidated voluntarily and appointing an insolvency professional to act as the liquidator; or
  • (ii) a resolution of the members in general meeting requiring the company to be liquidated voluntarily as a result of the expiry of the period of its duration fixed by its articles, or on the occurrence of any event on which the articles provide that the company shall be dissolved, and appointing such a liquidator.

The difference between the two is the majority required. Clause (i) needs a special resolution, three fourths; clause (ii), where the articles themselves have brought the company to its end, needs only a resolution.

The creditors' approval

The proviso: where the company owes any debt to any person, creditors representing two-thirds in value of the debt of the company shall approve the resolution within seven days of it.

Seven days, and two-thirds in value. Not in number.

Intimation, commencement and termination: section 59(4) to (5C)

Section 59(4). The company shall inform the Registrar of Companies and the Board about the resolution within seven days of the resolution or of the subsequent approval by the creditors, as the case may be.

Section 59(5). Subject to the creditors' approval, the proceedings are deemed to have commenced from the date of passing of the resolution under sub-clause (c) of sub-section (3).

munotes.in671

Voluntary Liquidation under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code

Section 59(5A): termination. At any time after commencement but before the dissolution application under sub-section (7) is filed, the proceeding shall be terminated if:

  • (a) the members have passed a special resolution for terminating it;
  • (b) where the company owes debt on the date of that resolution, creditors representing two-thirds in value have approved it within seven days; and
  • (c) such other conditions as may be specified are satisfied.

Section 59(5B) and (5C). The liquidator shall intimate the Board and the Registrar within seven days of the special resolution or of the creditors' subsequent approval; and the proceeding is deemed terminated from the date of that intimation, which brings the liquidator's term to an end and has such other consequences as may be specified.

The termination provisions are the newest part of the section, and they answer a real problem: a solvent company that changed its mind used to have no way back.

What law applies to the liquidation: section 59(6)

The provisions of clause (b) of section 18 of Chapter II, sections 35 to 53 of Chapter III, and Chapter VII, shall apply to voluntary liquidation proceedings for corporate persons with such modifications as may be necessary.

So three bodies of the Code's own law are borrowed.

Section 35 gives the liquidator his powers and duties: to maintain an updated list of claims; to take custody or control of all the assets, property, effects and actionable claims; to evaluate the assets and prepare a report; to protect and preserve them; to carry on the business for beneficial liquidation; to sell the immovable and movable property and actionable claims by public auction or private contract, or in parcels, but not to a person ineligible to be a resolution applicant; to draw, accept, make and endorse negotiable instruments; to take out letters of administration to a deceased contributory; to obtain professional assistance; and to settle claims and distribute the proceeds in accordance with the Code.

Sections 36 to 52 carry the liquidation estate, the consultation with stakeholders, the claims procedure and the treatment of secured creditors.

Section 53 supplies the order of distribution, and it should be learned as a list because it is what replaces sections 326 and 327 of the Companies Act:

  • (a) the insolvency resolution process costs and the liquidation costs, paid in full;
  • (b) ranking equally, workmen's dues for the twenty-four months preceding the liquidation commencement date and debts owed to a secured creditor who has relinquished his security under section 52;
  • (c) wages and unpaid dues of employees other than workmen for the twelve months preceding that date;
  • (d) financial debts owed to unsecured creditors;
  • (e) ranking equally, amounts due to the Central and State Governments in respect of the two years preceding that date, and debts owed to a secured creditor for any amount unpaid following the enforcement of his security;
  • (f) any remaining debts and dues;
  • (g) preference shareholders; and
  • (h) equity shareholders or partners.
munotes.in672

Voluntary Liquidation under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code

And section 53(2) forbids contracting out. Any contractual arrangement between recipients of equal ranking which disrupts that order shall be disregarded by the liquidator, and the Code's own illustration is an agreement that the secured creditors be paid before the workmen, which is to be disregarded.

Chapter VII of Part II supplies the offences and penalties: concealment of property, transactions defrauding creditors, misconduct in the course of the process, falsification of books, and wilful and material omissions from statements relating to the affairs.

Dissolution: section 59(7), (8) and (9)

Section 59(7). Where the affairs of the corporate person have been completely wound up and its assets completely liquidated, the liquidator shall apply to the Adjudicating Authority for dissolution.

Section 59(8). The Adjudicating Authority shall, on that application, pass an order that the corporate debtor shall be dissolved from the date of that order, and it shall be dissolved accordingly.

Section 59(9). A copy of the order shall, within fourteen days from its date, be forwarded to the authority with which the corporate person is registered, which for a company is the Registrar of Companies.

And who is the Adjudicating Authority? By section 60(1) of the Code, the National Company Law Tribunal having territorial jurisdiction over the place where the registered office of the corporate person is located.

A worked example

Kharghar Software Private Limited has completed its only project, holds three crore rupees in bank deposits and owes forty lakh rupees to three suppliers and a bank. Its members want it wound up.

Which statute? The Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016, section 59. The Companies Act's Part II on voluntary winding up no longer exists.

Is it eligible? It must have committed no default. Its debts are current and none is overdue, so it may proceed. Had it defaulted on the bank loan, section 59 would be closed to it and the route would be the corporate insolvency resolution process.

The declaration. A majority of its directors make a declaration verified by affidavit that they have made a full inquiry into the affairs and are of opinion that the company will be able to pay its debts in full from the proceeds of the assets to be sold, and that it is not being liquidated to defraud any person. With it go the audited financial statements and record of business operations for the previous two years and, there being assets to value, a registered valuer's report.

munotes.in673

Voluntary Liquidation under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code

The resolution. Within four weeks of the declaration the members pass a special resolution to liquidate voluntarily and appoint an insolvency professional as liquidator.

Had the articles fixed a duration that had just expired, a resolution, not a special resolution, would have sufficed.

The creditors. The company owes debt, so creditors representing two-thirds in value of forty lakh rupees, that is holders of at least twenty-six lakh sixty-seven thousand rupees of it, must approve the resolution within seven days. Note that it is value, not number: the bank alone, if owed thirty lakh, could carry it.

Intimation and commencement. The company informs the Registrar of Companies and the Board within seven days of the creditors' approval; and the liquidation is deemed to have commenced on the date of the members' resolution, not on the date of the approval.

A change of mind. Three months later a buyer offers to purchase the business. Before the dissolution application is filed, the members may pass a special resolution to terminate the proceeding; creditors representing two-thirds in value must approve within seven days; the liquidator intimates the Board and the Registrar within seven days; and the proceeding is deemed terminated from the date of that intimation, ending the liquidator's term: section 59(5A) to (5C).

If it goes on. The liquidator takes custody of all the assets and actionable claims, evaluates them and prepares a report, protects and preserves them, carries on the business so far as beneficial, sells the assets by auction or private contract, though not to a person ineligible to be a resolution applicant, and settles claims and distributes: section 35.

The order of distribution. Under section 53: first the liquidation costs in full; then, ranking equally, workmen's dues for twenty-four months and any secured creditor who relinquished his security; then other employees' wages for twelve months; then financial debts of unsecured creditors; then, equally, Government dues for two years and secured creditors' shortfalls after enforcing security; then remaining debts and dues; then preference shareholders; and last, the equity shareholders, who here receive the substantial surplus.

A contract to jump the queue. The bank's loan agreement says it is to be paid before the employees. That is a contractual arrangement between recipients disrupting the order of priority, and the liquidator disregards it: section 53(2).

munotes.in674

Voluntary Liquidation under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code

Not the Companies Act's waterfall. A student who applies sections 326 and 327 of the Companies Act here is wrong, because section 327(7) disapplies them in the event of liquidation under the Code.

The end. When the affairs are completely wound up and the assets completely liquidated, the liquidator applies to the National Company Law Tribunal, which orders that the company be dissolved from the date of the order; and a copy goes within fourteen days to the Registrar of Companies.

Distinctions that carry marks

Voluntary liquidation, section 59Winding up by the Tribunal, Companies Act
StatuteInsolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016Companies Act, 2013
PreconditionThe corporate person has committed no defaultOne of the five grounds in section 271
Who resolvesThe members, by special resolution, with creditors representing two-thirds in value approving where there is debtThe Tribunal, on a petition under section 272
LiquidatorAn insolvency professional appointed by the membersA Company Liquidator appointed by the Tribunal, also from insolvency professionals
DistributionSection 53 of the CodeSections 326 and 327 of the Companies Act
Time limitNot more than one year, as specifiedThe Tribunal fixes it under section 282(1)
DissolutionOrder of the Adjudicating Authority on the liquidator's applicationOrder of the Tribunal under section 302
Period in section 59What it governs
Four weeksFrom the declaration of solvency to the members' resolution
Seven daysCreditors' approval of the resolution; intimation to the Registrar and the Board; intimation of a termination
Two yearsThe audited financial statements and record of business operations required
One yearThe outer period for completing the liquidation, as specified
Fourteen daysForwarding the dissolution order to the registering authority
Section 53 waterfall
(a) insolvency resolution process costs and liquidation costs, in full(b) workmen's dues for twenty-four months and secured creditors relinquishing security, equally
(c) other employees' wages and dues for twelve months(d) financial debts of unsecured creditors
(e) Government dues for two years and secured creditors' shortfall after enforcement, equally(f) any remaining debts and dues
(g) preference shareholders(h) equity shareholders or partners

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean a company in difficulty may liquidate voluntarily. The corporate person must have committed no default.

It does not mean the members alone decide. Where the company owes any debt, creditors representing two-thirds in value must approve within seven days.

It does not mean all the directors must declare. A majority of them, verified by affidavit.

munotes.in675

Voluntary Liquidation under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code

It does not mean the resolution is always a special resolution. Where the articles' fixed duration has expired or an event of dissolution has occurred, an ordinary resolution suffices.

It does not mean the Companies Act's preferential payments apply. Section 327(7) disapplies sections 326 and 327 to a liquidation under the Code; section 53 of the Code governs.

It does not mean a voluntary liquidation cannot be stopped. It may be terminated before the dissolution application by a special resolution with the creditors' two-thirds approval.

Quick revision

  • 59(1) and (2): available to a corporate person intending to liquidate voluntarily which has committed no default, on specified conditions and procedural requirements, and to be completed within a period not exceeding one year as specified.
  • 59(3)(a) and (b): a declaration by a majority of the directors, verified by affidavit, of full inquiry, of no debt or ability to pay debts in full from the proceeds of the assets to be sold, and that the company is not being liquidated to defraud any person, with audited financial statements and a record of business operations for the previous two years or since incorporation, whichever is later, and a registered valuer's report on the assets.
  • 59(3)(c) and proviso: within four weeks, a special resolution to liquidate voluntarily and appoint an insolvency professional as liquidator, or a resolution where the articles' period has expired or an event of dissolution has occurred; and where the company owes any debt, approval by creditors representing two-thirds in value within seven days.
  • 59(4) and (5): intimation to the Registrar of Companies and the Board within seven days; commencement deemed from the date of the members' resolution, subject to the creditors' approval.
  • 59(5A) to (5C): termination before the dissolution application on a members' special resolution, creditors' two-thirds approval within seven days where there is debt, and specified conditions; the liquidator intimates the Board and the Registrar within seven days; and the proceeding is deemed terminated from that intimation, ending the liquidator's term.
  • 59(6): section 18(b), sections 35 to 53 and Chapter VII of the Code apply with necessary modifications, giving the liquidator his powers and duties, the claims and distribution machinery, and the offences.
  • Section 53 waterfall: liquidation costs; workmen's dues for twenty-four months with relinquishing secured creditors; other employees for twelve months; unsecured financial debts; Government dues for two years with secured creditors' shortfalls; remaining debts; preference shareholders; equity shareholders. Contractual arrangements disrupting the order are disregarded.
  • 59(7) to (9): on the affairs being completely wound up and the assets completely liquidated, the liquidator applies to the Adjudicating Authority, which orders dissolution from the date of the order, a copy going within fourteen days to the registering authority; the Adjudicating Authority is the National Company Law Tribunal with jurisdiction over the registered office: section 60(1).
munotes.in676

Voluntary Liquidation under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code

Test yourself

1. Which company may liquidate itself voluntarily? A corporate person who intends to liquidate itself voluntarily and has not committed any default: section 59(1) of the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016.

2. What must the directors declare? A majority of the directors, by declaration verified by affidavit, must state that they have made a full inquiry into the affairs and formed the opinion that either the company has no debt or that it will be able to pay its debts in full from the proceeds of the assets to be sold, and that the company is not being liquidated to defraud any person: section 59(3)(a).

3. What resolution is needed, and within what time? Within four weeks of the declaration, a special resolution of the members requiring voluntary liquidation and appointing an insolvency professional as liquidator; or, where the period fixed by the articles has expired or an event on which the articles provide for dissolution has occurred, a resolution to the same effect: section 59(3)(c).

4. What say have the creditors? Where the company owes any debt to any person, creditors representing two-thirds in value of the debt must approve the resolution within seven days of its passing: proviso to section 59(3). The same approval is needed to terminate the proceeding under section 59(5A).

5. In what order are the assets distributed? Under section 53 of the Code: liquidation costs in full; then, equally, workmen's dues for twenty-four months and secured creditors who relinquished security; then other employees' wages and dues for twelve months; then financial debts of unsecured creditors; then, equally, Government dues for two years and secured creditors' unpaid amounts after enforcing security; then remaining debts and dues; then preference shareholders; and finally equity shareholders or partners. Sections 326 and 327 of the Companies Act do not apply: section 327(7).

6. How does a voluntary liquidation end? When the affairs are completely wound up and the assets completely liquidated, the liquidator applies to the Adjudicating Authority, the National Company Law Tribunal, which orders that the corporate debtor be dissolved from the date of the order; a copy of the order is forwarded within fourteen days to the authority with which the corporate person is registered: section 59(7) to (9).

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in677

Chapter Eighty-Seven

Winding Up of Unregistered Companies

Syllabus topic 4.2, within "Winding Up".

In one line

Bodies that are not registered under the Companies Act, but that carry on business with more than seven members, may be wound up by the Tribunal as unregistered companies, on three grounds, never voluntarily, and a foreign body corporate that has stopped carrying on business in India may be wound up here even though it has been dissolved abroad.

In exam wording: section 375 is the winding up of unregistered companies, section 376 the power to wind up dissolved foreign companies, and section 377 makes the Part cumulative.

Why the law has this at all

A large unincorporated association can fail in exactly the way a company fails. It has creditors who dealt with the group rather than with any individual, assets that nobody has authority to distribute, and members who dispute among themselves. But it has no liquidator, no winding up procedure and no forum, because those things belong to incorporation, and it never incorporated.

So the Act lends it the machinery without giving it the status. An unregistered company may be wound up under the Act, and for that purpose only, it is treated as a company; the proviso to section 377(2) says so in terms: "an unregistered company shall not, except in the event of its being wound up, be deemed to be a company under this Act, and then only to the extent provided by this Part".

And section 376 answers the foreign case. A body corporate incorporated abroad that traded here, and has been dissolved at home, leaves Indian creditors with nothing to sue. The section keeps it alive for the purpose of a winding up in India.

Some words this chapter uses

An unregistered company is defined by the Explanation to section 375. A nominal defendant is a person authorised to be sued on behalf of an unincorporated body. To compound a debt is to settle it for a lesser sum. Cumulative means added to, not in substitution for.

Which bodies are unregistered companies

The Explanation to section 375 defines the expression negatively and then positively.

It shall NOT include:

  • (i) a railway company incorporated under any Act of Parliament or other Indian law, or any Act of Parliament of the United Kingdom;
  • (ii) a company registered under this Act; or
  • (iii) a company registered under any previous companies law, other than one whose registered office was in Burma, Aden or Pakistan immediately before the separation of that country from India.

And save as aforesaid it SHALL include:

any partnership firm, limited liability partnership or society or co-operative society, association or company consisting of more than seven members at the time when the petition for winding up is presented before the Tribunal.

munotes.in678

Winding Up of Unregistered Companies

Two features of that definition decide most questions.

The list is wide. A partnership firm, a limited liability partnership, a society, a co-operative society, an association and a company are all within it.

And the number is counted at the date of the petition. More than seven members at the time the petition is presented, not when the body was formed and not when the debt was incurred.

The three grounds: section 375(1) to (3)

Section 375(1). Any unregistered company may be wound up under this Act in such manner as may be prescribed, and all the provisions of this Act with respect to winding up shall apply, with the exceptions and additions in sub-sections (2) to (4).

Section 375(2): the prohibition. No unregistered company shall be wound up under this Act voluntarily.

The reason is structural. A voluntary winding up is a members' decision taken through the machinery of the company's own constitution, and an unregistered body has none the Act recognises. Since 2016 there is in any case no voluntary winding up left in the Companies Act at all.

Section 375(3): the grounds. An unregistered company may be wound up:

  • (a) if the company is dissolved, or has ceased to carry on business, or is carrying on business only for the purpose of winding up its affairs;
  • (b) if the company is unable to pay its debts; or
  • (c) if the Tribunal is of opinion that it is just and equitable that it should be wound up.

Compare section 271. For a registered company there are five grounds and inability to pay debts is not among them. For an unregistered company there are three, and inability to pay debts is one. That contrast is the sharpest point in this chapter.

When it is deemed unable to pay its debts: section 375(4)

An unregistered company shall be deemed unable to pay its debts:

  • (a) where a creditor, by assignment or otherwise, to whom it is indebted in a sum exceeding one lakh rupees then due, has served a demand under his hand requiring payment, by leaving it at the principal place of business, or delivering it to the secretary, or some director, manager or principal officer, or otherwise as the Tribunal approves or directs, and the company has, for three weeks after service, neglected to pay the sum or to secure or compound for it to the creditor's satisfaction;
  • (b) where a suit or other legal proceeding has been instituted against any member for a debt or demand due, or claimed to be due, from the company or from him in his character as a member, and, notice in writing of the institution having been served on the company in the same ways, the company has not within ten days after service: (i) paid, secured or compounded for the debt or demand; (ii) procured the suit or proceeding to be stayed; or (iii) indemnified the defendant to his satisfaction against the suit and against all costs, damages and expenses;
  • (c) where execution or other process issued on a decree or order of any Court or Tribunal in favour of a creditor against the company, or any member as such, or any person authorised to be sued as nominal defendant on its behalf, is returned unsatisfied in whole or in part; or
  • (d) where it is otherwise proved to the satisfaction of the Tribunal that the company is unable to pay its debts.
munotes.in679

Winding Up of Unregistered Companies

Four routes, and the numbers matter. Clause (a): more than one lakh rupees, three weeks. Clause (b): ten days. Clause (c) needs no demand at all, only a return of execution unsatisfied. Clause (d) is the residual proof.

And note clause (b)'s subject. It looks at a suit against a member, which is how creditors of an unincorporated body usually sue, since there is no separate person to sue.

Dissolved foreign bodies: section 376

Where a body corporate incorporated outside India which has been carrying on business in India ceases to carry on business in India, it may be wound up as an unregistered company under this Part, notwithstanding that the body corporate has been dissolved or otherwise ceased to exist as such under or by virtue of the laws of the country under which it was incorporated.

Three conditions: the body was incorporated outside India; it has been carrying on business in India; and it has ceased to carry on business in India.

And the point of the section is in the last clause. Dissolution abroad is no answer. For the purposes of a winding up here, the body may still be wound up as an unregistered company.

The Part is additional: section 377

Section 377(1). The provisions of this Part are in addition to and not in derogation of the provisions of the Act relating to winding up of companies by the Tribunal.

Section 377(2). The Tribunal or the Official Liquidator may exercise any powers or do any act in the case of unregistered companies which might be exercised or done in winding up a company formed and registered under this Act.

The proviso, which is the key to the whole Part: an unregistered company shall not, except in the event of its being wound up, be deemed to be a company under this Act, and then only to the extent provided by this Part.

munotes.in680

Winding Up of Unregistered Companies

So the status is temporary and partial. Winding up a partnership firm as an unregistered company does not make it a company for any other purpose, and does not give its members limited liability.

Other enactments preserved: section 378

Nothing in this Part affects the operation of any enactment providing for a partnership firm, limited liability partnership, society, co-operative society, association or company being wound up, or being wound up as a company or as an unregistered company, under the Companies Act, 1956 or any Act repealed by it. Proviso: references in such an enactment to a provision of the Companies Act, 1956 or of a repealed Act are to be read as references to the corresponding provision, if any, of this Act.

A worked example

Ratnagiri Traders, a partnership firm of eleven partners, has stopped trading and owes four lakh rupees to a supplier and eighteen lakh to a bank.

Is it an unregistered company? Yes. By the Explanation to section 375 the expression includes a partnership firm consisting of more than seven members at the time the petition is presented, and eleven exceeds seven. It is not a railway company, not registered under the Act, and not registered under any previous companies law.

On what grounds? It has ceased to carry on business, so clause (a) of section 375(3) is answered; it is unable to pay its debts, so clause (b); and, the partners being in deadlock, the Tribunal might also think it just and equitable under clause (c).

Proving inability to pay. The supplier, owed four lakh rupees then due, which exceeds one lakh, serves a demand under his hand at the firm's principal place of business requiring payment. The firm does nothing for three weeks. It is deemed unable to pay its debts under section 375(4)(a).

A second route. The bank has instead sued one of the partners for the debt, and served written notice of the suit on the firm at its principal place of business. The firm has ten days to pay, secure or compound the debt, procure the suit to be stayed, or indemnify the defendant against the suit and all costs, damages and expenses. Doing none of those, it is deemed unable to pay under clause (b).

A third. A decree obtained earlier was put into execution and the warrant was returned unsatisfied in part. That alone satisfies clause (c), with no demand and no waiting period.

munotes.in681

Winding Up of Unregistered Companies

What cannot be done. The partners cannot resolve to wind the firm up voluntarily under the Act: section 375(2) forbids it, and in any case the Companies Act no longer contains a voluntary winding up.

Which machinery applies. All the winding up provisions of the Act apply, with the exceptions and additions in section 375; and the Tribunal and the Official Liquidator may exercise the same powers as in winding up a registered company: section 377(2). So the list of contributories, the priority of workmen's dues, the avoidance of preferences and the summoning powers are all available.

What does not follow. The firm does not become a company for any other purpose. The proviso to section 377(2) is express: it is deemed a company only in the event of its being wound up, and then only to the extent provided by this Part. Its partners' liability under the Indian Partnership Act, 1932 is untouched.

A foreign body. Muscat Marine LLC, incorporated in a foreign country, carried on business in Mumbai for six years, closed its Indian office, and was then dissolved under the law of its own country, leaving Indian creditors unpaid. Under section 376 it may still be wound up in India as an unregistered company, notwithstanding that it has been dissolved or ceased to exist under the law of its incorporation, because it was incorporated outside India, carried on business in India, and has ceased to do so.

A small firm. Had Ratnagiri Traders consisted of six partners at the date of the petition, it would not be an unregistered company at all, and the creditors would be left to their ordinary remedies against the firm and the partners.

Distinctions that carry marks

Registered company, section 271Unregistered company, section 375(3)
Number of groundsFiveThree
Inability to pay debtsNot a ground; removed in 2016Is a ground, with the deeming rules in section 375(4)
Special resolution of membersA ground, clause (a)Not a ground
Voluntary winding upNot available in the Companies Act at allExpressly forbidden, section 375(2)
Just and equitableA groundA ground
Section 375(4), deemed inabilityTriggerTime
(a) creditor's demandDebt exceeding one lakh rupees then due, demand under his hand served at the principal place of business or on an officerThree weeks of neglect to pay, secure or compound
(b) suit against a memberWritten notice of the suit served on the companyTen days to pay, secure, compound, stay the suit, or indemnify the defendant
(c) executionReturned unsatisfied in whole or in part on a decree against the company, a member as such, or a nominal defendantNo period
(d) residualOtherwise proved to the Tribunal's satisfactionNo period
munotes.in682

Winding Up of Unregistered Companies

The Explanation to section 375
ExcludesA railway company incorporated by an Act of Parliament, Indian or of the United Kingdom; a company registered under this Act; a company registered under a previous companies law, other than one whose registered office was in Burma, Aden or Pakistan before separation
IncludesAny partnership firm, limited liability partnership, society, co-operative society, association or company of more than seven members at the time the petition is presented

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean an unregistered company becomes a company. The proviso to section 377(2) deems it one only in the event of its being wound up, and then only to the extent provided by this Part.

It does not mean any partnership can be wound up under the Act. It must consist of more than seven members at the time the petition is presented.

It does not mean the members can wind it up themselves. Section 375(2) forbids a voluntary winding up of an unregistered company.

It does not mean a demand is always needed. Clause (c) is satisfied by an execution returned unsatisfied, and clause (d) by any other proof to the Tribunal's satisfaction.

It does not mean dissolution abroad protects a foreign body. Section 376 allows a winding up here notwithstanding that it has been dissolved or ceased to exist under the law of its incorporation.

It does not mean this Part replaces the rest of the Act. It is in addition to and not in derogation of the provisions on winding up by the Tribunal.

Quick revision

  • 375(1) and (2): an unregistered company may be wound up under this Act in the prescribed manner, all the winding up provisions applying with the exceptions and additions in sub-sections (2) to (4); and it shall not be wound up voluntarily.
  • 375(3), three grounds: the company is dissolved, has ceased to carry on business, or is carrying on business only to wind up its affairs; it is unable to pay its debts; or the Tribunal thinks it just and equitable.
  • 375(4), deemed inability: a creditor's demand for a sum exceeding one lakh rupees then due, served at the principal place of business or on the secretary, a director, manager or principal officer, neglected for three weeks; a suit against a member with written notice to the company, not answered within ten days by payment, security, composition, a stay, or an indemnity to the defendant against the suit and all costs, damages and expenses; execution returned unsatisfied on a decree against the company, a member as such, or a nominal defendant; or any other proof to the Tribunal's satisfaction.
  • Explanation: the expression excludes railway companies incorporated by an Act of Parliament, companies registered under this Act, and companies registered under a previous companies law save those whose registered office was in Burma, Aden or Pakistan before separation; and includes any partnership firm, limited liability partnership, society, co-operative society, association or company of more than seven members at the time the petition is presented.
  • 376: a body corporate incorporated outside India which carried on business in India and has ceased to do so may be wound up as an unregistered company notwithstanding its dissolution or ceasing to exist under the law of its incorporation.
  • 377: the Part is in addition to and not in derogation of the winding up provisions; the Tribunal and Official Liquidator have the same powers as in a registered company's winding up; but an unregistered company is not deemed a company except in the event of its being wound up, and then only to the extent provided by this Part.
  • 378: enactments providing for such bodies to be wound up under the Companies Act, 1956 or an Act repealed by it are unaffected, references being read as references to the corresponding provision of this Act.
munotes.in683

Winding Up of Unregistered Companies

Test yourself

1. What is an unregistered company? By the Explanation to section 375 it excludes a railway company incorporated by an Act of Parliament, a company registered under this Act, and a company registered under any previous companies law other than one whose registered office was in Burma, Aden or Pakistan before separation; and otherwise includes any partnership firm, limited liability partnership, society, co-operative society, association or company consisting of more than seven members at the time the winding up petition is presented.

2. On what grounds may it be wound up? That it is dissolved, has ceased to carry on business, or is carrying on business only for the purpose of winding up its affairs; that it is unable to pay its debts; or that the Tribunal is of opinion that it is just and equitable that it should be wound up: section 375(3).

3. When is it deemed unable to pay its debts on a creditor's demand? Where a creditor to whom it is indebted in a sum exceeding one lakh rupees then due serves a demand under his hand at the principal place of business, or on the secretary, a director, manager or principal officer, or as the Tribunal approves, and the company for three weeks after service neglects to pay the sum or to secure or compound for it to the creditor's satisfaction: section 375(4)(a).

munotes.in684

Winding Up of Unregistered Companies

4. What must the company do when a member is sued? Within ten days after service of written notice of the institution of the suit, it must pay, secure or compound for the debt or demand, procure the suit or other legal proceeding to be stayed, or indemnify the defendant to his satisfaction against the suit and against all costs, damages and expenses he will incur; otherwise it is deemed unable to pay its debts: section 375(4)(b).

5. Can a foreign company dissolved abroad be wound up in India? Yes. Where a body corporate incorporated outside India which has been carrying on business in India ceases to carry on business in India, it may be wound up as an unregistered company notwithstanding that it has been dissolved or otherwise ceased to exist under the laws of the country of its incorporation: section 376.

6. Does winding up an unregistered company make it a company? No. By the proviso to section 377(2) an unregistered company is not deemed to be a company under this Act except in the event of its being wound up, and then only to the extent provided by this Part.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in685

Chapter Eighty-Eight

The Tribunal and the Appellate Tribunal

Syllabus topic 4.3, labels: "National Company Law Tribunal", "National Company Law Appellate Tribunal"

In one line

The Central Government constitutes the National Company Law Tribunal of a President and Judicial and Technical Members, and above it the Appellate Tribunal of a Chairperson and Members; both sit in benches, are not bound by the Code of Civil Procedure but by natural justice, have a civil court's powers and the power to punish for contempt; appeals lie to the Appellate Tribunal within forty-five days and from it to the Supreme Court on a question of law within sixty; and no civil court may entertain what the Tribunal is empowered to decide.

In exam wording: section 408 constitutes the Tribunal, section 410 the Appellate Tribunal, section 421 the appeal, section 423 the appeal to the Supreme Court, section 424 the procedure, and section 430 the ouster of the civil court.

Why the law has this at all

Before the 2013 Act, company matters were divided among three forums: the High Court wound companies up and sanctioned schemes, the Company Law Board heard oppression petitions, and the Board for Industrial and Financial Reconstruction dealt with sick companies. A single dispute could therefore be split three ways, and the High Court's company jurisdiction competed for time with its ordinary work.

The Tribunal was created to gather all of it into one specialist forum, and the design follows from that purpose.

It is a mixed bench, one Judicial and one Technical Member, because company disputes turn as much on accounts and finance as on law.

It is not bound by the Code of Civil Procedure, because a winding up or a scheme is an administration rather than a lis, and it needs to move faster than a suit.

It has a civil court's coercive powers and the power to commit for contempt, because a forum that gathers assets must be able to compel.

And section 430 shuts the civil court out, because the whole gain would be lost if the same questions could be reopened in a suit.

Some words this chapter uses

A Judicial Member is a Member qualified by judicial or advocacy experience. A Technical Member is qualified by professional or service experience. A Bench is the constituted sitting that exercises the Tribunal's powers. A mistake apparent from the record is an error visible without argument. Natural justice requires notice and a hearing by an impartial decider.

Constitution: sections 407 to 412

Section 408. The Central Government shall, by notification, constitute a Tribunal to be known as the National Company Law Tribunal, consisting of a President and such number of Judicial and Technical Members as it deems necessary, to exercise the powers conferred by or under this Act or any other law for the time being in force.

munotes.in686

The Tribunal and the Appellate Tribunal

Section 409: qualifications for the Tribunal.

  • The President shall be a person who is or has been a Judge of a High Court for five years.
  • A Judicial Member must (a) be or have been a judge of a High Court, (b) be or have been a District Judge for at least five years, or (c) have been an advocate of a court for at least ten years. The Explanation counts, within that ten years, any period in judicial office, as a member of a tribunal, or in a post under the Union or a State requiring special knowledge of law, after he became an advocate.
  • A Technical Member must have fifteen years in the Indian Corporate Law Service or Indian Legal Service holding the rank of Secretary or Additional Secretary to the Government of India; or fifteen years in practice as a chartered accountant, cost accountant or company secretary; or be a person of proven ability, integrity and standing with special knowledge and professional experience of not less than fifteen years in industrial finance, industrial management, industrial reconstruction, investment and accountancy; or have been for at least five years a presiding officer of a Labour Court, Tribunal or National Tribunal under the Industrial Disputes Act, 1947.

Section 410. The Central Government shall, by notification, constitute an Appellate Tribunal to be known as the National Company Law Appellate Tribunal, consisting of a chairperson and such number of Judicial and Technical Members as it deems fit, for hearing appeals against (a) the orders of the Tribunal or of the National Financial Reporting Authority under this Act, and (b) any direction, decision or order referred to in section 53A of the Competition Act, 2002.

Note clause (b). The Appellate Tribunal is also the appellate forum from the Competition Commission of India, which is why it is not a purely company law body.

Section 411: qualifications for the Appellate Tribunal. The chairperson shall be or have been a Judge of the Supreme Court or the Chief Justice of a High Court. A Judicial Member shall be or have been a Judge of a High Court, or a Judicial Member of the Tribunal for five years. A Technical Member shall be a person of proven ability, integrity and standing with special knowledge and professional experience of not less than twenty-five years in industrial finance, industrial management, industrial reconstruction, investment and accountancy.

Twenty-five years above, fifteen below, and that difference is worth remembering.

Section 412: selection. The President of the Tribunal and the chairperson and Judicial Members of the Appellate Tribunal are appointed after consultation with the Chief Justice of India. The Members of the Tribunal and the Technical Members of the Appellate Tribunal are appointed on the recommendation of a Selection Committee consisting of the Chief Justice of India or his nominee as Chairperson, a senior Judge of the Supreme Court or a Chief Justice of a High Court, the Secretary in the Ministry of Corporate Affairs and the Secretary in the Ministry of Law and Justice; the Chairperson has a casting vote; the Secretary, Ministry of Corporate Affairs is Convener; the Committee determines its own procedure; and no appointment is invalid merely by reason of a vacancy or defect in the Committee's constitution.

munotes.in687

The Tribunal and the Appellate Tribunal

Tenure and conditions: sections 413 to 418

Section 413. The President and every other Member of the Tribunal hold office for five years, eligible for re-appointment for another five years, and until they attain the age of sixty-seven years in the case of the President and sixty-five in the case of any other Member. A person who has not completed fifty years of age is not eligible for appointment, and a Member may retain his lien with his parent cadre, Ministry or Department for not more than one year.

The chairperson and Members of the Appellate Tribunal hold office for five years, re-appointable for five, until the age of seventy for the Chairperson and sixty-seven for any other Member, with the same fifty year minimum and one year lien.

Section 414 deals with the salary, allowances and other terms and conditions of service, and section 418 with the officers and employees of the Tribunal and the Appellate Tribunal; section 417A provides for the conditions of service to be as prescribed. The remaining three deserve a line each.

Section 415: acting President or chairperson. On a vacancy in the office of the President or the Chairperson by death, resignation or otherwise, the senior-most Member shall act until a new appointee enters upon his office; and where the President or Chairperson is unable to discharge his functions owing to absence, illness or any other cause, the senior-most Member shall discharge them until he resumes his duties.

Section 416: resignation. The President, the Chairperson or any Member may resign by notice in writing under his hand addressed to the Central Government; but he continues to hold office until the earliest of the expiry of three months from the receipt of the notice, the entry upon office of a duly appointed successor, or the expiry of his term.

Section 417: removal. The Central Government may, after consultation with the Chief Justice of India, remove the President, Chairperson or a Member who (a) has been adjudged an insolvent; (b) has been convicted of an offence which in the Central Government's opinion involves moral turpitude; (c) has become physically or mentally incapable; (d) has acquired such financial or other interest as is likely to affect his functions prejudicially; or (e) has so abused his position as to render his continuance prejudicial to the public interest. Proviso: no removal on grounds (b) to (e) without a reasonable opportunity of being heard.

munotes.in688

The Tribunal and the Appellate Tribunal

And sub-section (2) is the real protection of tenure. He shall not be removed except by an order of the Central Government on the ground of proved misbehaviour or incapacity, after an inquiry by a Judge of the Supreme Court nominated by the Chief Justice of India on a reference by the Central Government, in which he has been informed of the charges and given a reasonable opportunity of being heard. Pending that reference he may be suspended with the concurrence of the Chief Justice of India, and the procedure for the inquiry is regulated by rules made after consultation with the Supreme Court.

Benches and how they decide: section 419

Section 419(1) and (2). Such number of Benches as the Central Government specifies by notification; the Principal Bench is at New Delhi, presided over by the President.

Section 419(3): the composition of a Bench. The powers of the Tribunal shall be exercisable by Benches consisting of two Members, one Judicial and one Technical.

First proviso: single member benches. Members authorised in this behalf may function as a Bench of a single Judicial Member for such class of cases as the President may by general or special order specify.

Second proviso: if at any stage it appears to that Member that the matter ought to be heard by two Members, it may be transferred by the President, or referred to him for transfer, to such Bench as he thinks fit.

Section 419(4). The Central Government shall, by notification, establish such Benches as it considers necessary to exercise the jurisdiction of the Adjudicating Authority under Part II of the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016.

Section 419(5): a divided Bench. A difference is decided according to the majority if there is one; if the Members are equally divided, they state the points of difference, and the President refers the case for hearing on those points by one or more other Members, the points then being decided according to the opinion of the majority of the Members who have heard the case, including those who first heard it.

munotes.in689

The Tribunal and the Appellate Tribunal

Orders and rectification: section 420

Section 420(1). The Tribunal may, after giving the parties a reasonable opportunity of being heard, pass such orders as it thinks fit.

Section 420(2): rectification. It may, at any time within two years from the date of the order, amend any order with a view to rectifying any mistake apparent from the record, and shall do so if the mistake is brought to its notice by the parties. Proviso: no such amendment where an appeal has been preferred against the order.

Section 420(3). A copy of every order shall be sent to all the parties concerned.

Note the two limbs of sub-section (2). The power is discretionary when exercised on the Tribunal's own motion and mandatory when the parties point the mistake out.

Appeal to the Appellate Tribunal: section 421

Section 421(1) and (2). Any person aggrieved by an order of the Tribunal may appeal to the Appellate Tribunal; but no appeal lies from an order made with the consent of parties.

Section 421(3): time. Within forty-five days from the date on which a copy of the order is made available to the person aggrieved, in the prescribed form and with the prescribed fees. Proviso: the Appellate Tribunal may entertain an appeal after that period but within a further period not exceeding forty-five days, if satisfied that the appellant was prevented by sufficient cause.

So the outer limit is ninety days, and the second forty-five days is not available as of right.

Section 421(4) and (5). The Appellate Tribunal shall, after giving the parties a reasonable opportunity of being heard, pass such orders as it thinks fit, confirming, modifying or setting aside the order appealed against, and shall send a copy of every order to the Tribunal and to the parties.

Expedition: section 422

Every application or petition before the Tribunal and every appeal before the Appellate Tribunal shall be dealt with as expeditiously as possible, and every endeavour shall be made to dispose of it within three months of presentation or filing. Where it is not, the Tribunal or Appellate Tribunal shall record the reasons, and the President or Chairperson may, after taking those reasons into account, extend the period by not more than ninety days.

Appeal to the Supreme Court: section 423

Any person aggrieved by an order of the Appellate Tribunal may appeal to the Supreme Court within sixty days from the date of receipt of the order, on any question of law arising out of it; and the Supreme Court may, if satisfied that the appellant was prevented by sufficient cause, allow it within a further period not exceeding sixty days.

munotes.in690

The Tribunal and the Appellate Tribunal

Two limits, and both are examined. The appeal lies only on a question of law, and the outer time is one hundred and twenty days.

Procedure and powers: sections 424 and 425

Section 424(1). Neither Tribunal is bound by the procedure laid down in the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908; both are guided by the principles of natural justice, and, subject to this Act or the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016 and the rules, have power to regulate their own procedure.

Section 424(2): the civil court's powers. For discharging their functions under this Act or the Code, they have the same powers as a civil court under the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908 in respect of:

  • (a) summoning and enforcing attendance and examining a person on oath;
  • (b) requiring the discovery and production of documents;
  • (c) receiving evidence on affidavits;
  • (d) requisitioning any public record or document, subject to sections 123 and 124 of the Indian Evidence Act, 1872;
  • (e) issuing commissions for the examination of witnesses or documents;
  • (f) dismissing a representation for default or deciding it ex parte;
  • (g) setting aside such a dismissal or ex parte order; and
  • (h) any other prescribed matter.

Section 424(3): enforcement. An order may be enforced in the same manner as a decree of a court in a suit pending in it, and may be sent for execution to the court within whose local limits the registered office of the company is situate, or, against any other person, where he voluntarily resides or carries on business or personally works for gain.

Section 424(4): the criminal law's view. All proceedings are deemed judicial proceedings within sections 193 and 228 and for the purposes of section 196 of the Indian Penal Code, 1860, and both bodies are deemed civil courts for section 195 and Chapter XXVI of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973.

Section 425: contempt. Both have the same jurisdiction, powers and authority in respect of contempt of themselves as a High Court, exercising the powers of the Contempt of Courts Act, 1971, references to a High Court in that Act being read as including them, and the reference to the Advocate-General in its section 15 being read as a reference to such Law Officers as the Central Government may specify.

Assistance, ouster, representation and limitation: sections 429 to 433

Section 426: delegation. The Tribunal or the Appellate Tribunal may, by general or special order and subject to specified conditions, direct any of its officers or employees, or any other person authorised by it, to inquire into any matter connected with a proceeding or appeal before it and to report in the manner specified.

munotes.in691

The Tribunal and the Appellate Tribunal

Section 427: public servants. The President, Members, officers and other employees of the Tribunal, and the Chairperson, Members, officers and employees of the Appellate Tribunal, are deemed to be public servants within the meaning of section 21 of the Indian Penal Code, 1860.

Section 428: good faith. No suit, prosecution or other legal proceeding shall lie against the Tribunal or the Appellate Tribunal, their President, Chairperson, Members, officers or employees, or a liquidator or other person authorised by them, in respect of any loss or damage caused or likely to be caused by any act done or intended to be done in good faith in pursuance of this Act.

Section 431: a vacancy does not invalidate. No act or proceeding of the Tribunal or the Appellate Tribunal shall be questioned or shall be invalid merely on the ground of the existence of any vacancy or defect in its constitution.

Section 429. In any winding up proceeding under this Act or any proceeding under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016, the Tribunal may request in writing the Chief Metropolitan Magistrate, the Chief Judicial Magistrate or the District Collector within whose jurisdiction the property, books of account or other documents are situated to take possession of them and entrust them to the Tribunal or persons it authorises; that officer may use such force as in his opinion is necessary; and no act done by him under the section shall be called in question in any court or before any authority on any ground whatsoever.

Section 430: the ouster. No civil court shall have jurisdiction to entertain any suit or proceeding in respect of any matter which the Tribunal or the Appellate Tribunal is empowered to determine by or under this Act or any other law, and no injunction shall be granted by any court or other authority in respect of any action taken or to be taken in pursuance of any power conferred on them.

Section 432: representation. A party may appear in person or authorise one or more chartered accountants, company secretaries, cost accountants, legal practitioners or any other person to present his case.

That is a wider right of audience than a civil court allows, and it is the section cited in section 300(4)(b) when a person examined in a winding up employs professionals to put questions.

Section 433: limitation. The provisions of the Limitation Act, 1963 shall, as far as may be, apply to proceedings or appeals before either body.

munotes.in692

The Tribunal and the Appellate Tribunal

Section 434: transfer of pending proceedings. On the notified date, all matters pending before the Company Law Board under the Companies Act, 1956 stand transferred to the Tribunal, which disposes of them in accordance with this Act, with corresponding provision for proceedings before the Board for Industrial and Financial Reconstruction, the Appellate Authority for Industrial and Financial Reconstruction, and the High Courts.

A worked example

A group of shareholders of Nerul Chemicals Limited applies under section 241 complaining of oppression.

Where. To the National Company Law Tribunal, before the Bench having jurisdiction, ordinarily of two Members, one Judicial and one Technical: section 419(3). Had the Central Government prescribed the class of company for the purpose, an application by the Central Government under section 241(2) would have gone to the Principal Bench at New Delhi.

A single Member. If the President has, by general or special order, specified the class of case for a single Judicial Member, one Member may hear it; and if it turns out to need two, the President transfers it: provisos to section 419(3).

A split Bench. The two Members differ. There being no majority of two, they state the points of difference, and the President refers the case for hearing on those points by one or more other Members; the points are then decided by the majority of all who have heard the case, including the two who first heard it: section 419(5).

Procedure. The Tribunal is not bound by the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908 but by natural justice, and regulates its own procedure; it summons the former managing director and examines him on oath, orders discovery of the Board minutes, receives evidence on affidavit, and issues a commission to examine a witness abroad: section 424.

Representation. One petitioner appears in person; another authorises a company secretary; a third a legal practitioner. All are permissible: section 432.

An order and a slip. The Tribunal orders the majority to buy out the petitioners at a valuation, but the order misstates the number of shares. Within two years the Tribunal may amend it to rectify a mistake apparent from the record, and must do so once the parties point it out, unless an appeal has already been preferred: section 420(2).

Contempt. The majority shareholders ignore an interim order restraining a further allotment. The Tribunal has the same powers in respect of contempt of itself as a High Court, exercisable under the Contempt of Courts Act, 1971: section 425.

Enforcement. The buy-out price is not paid. The order may be enforced as a decree, and sent for execution to the court within whose local limits the company's registered office is situate, or, against an individual, where he resides, carries on business or personally works for gain: section 424(3).

munotes.in693

The Tribunal and the Appellate Tribunal

A suit instead. One shareholder files a civil suit in the City Civil Court on the same facts. Section 430 bars it: no civil court has jurisdiction in respect of a matter the Tribunal is empowered to determine, and no injunction may be granted in respect of action taken under those powers.

Appeal. The majority appeal to the National Company Law Appellate Tribunal within forty-five days from the date the copy of the order was made available to them. They are eleven days late, but show sufficient cause, and the Appellate Tribunal may condone the delay within a further forty-five days: section 421(3). Had the order been made with the consent of the parties, no appeal would lie at all: section 421(2).

Expedition. Both the petition and the appeal are to be disposed of, so far as possible, within three months; if not, the reasons are recorded and the President or Chairperson may extend the period by up to ninety days: section 422.

To the Supreme Court. The Appellate Tribunal confirms the order. An appeal lies to the Supreme Court within sixty days of receipt of the order, but only on a question of law arising out of it, extendable by a further sixty days for sufficient cause: section 423. A complaint that the Appellate Tribunal weighed the evidence wrongly raises no question of law and will not be entertained.

And in a winding up. Where the Tribunal needs to take property or books of account into its control, it may request the Chief Metropolitan Magistrate, the Chief Judicial Magistrate or the District Collector to take possession and entrust them to it; force may be used; and no act done under the section may be questioned in any court: section 429.

Distinctions that carry marks

TribunalAppellate Tribunal
HeadPresident, a Judge of a High Court for five yearsChairperson, a Judge of the Supreme Court or Chief Justice of a High Court
Judicial MemberJudge of a High Court, District Judge of five years, or advocate of ten yearsJudge of a High Court, or a Judicial Member of the Tribunal for five years
Technical MemberFifteen years of qualifying service or practiceTwenty-five years of special knowledge and professional experience
Retirement ageSixty-seven for the President, sixty-five for othersSeventy for the Chairperson, sixty-seven for others
Appointed after consultation with the Chief Justice of IndiaThe PresidentThe chairperson and Judicial Members
munotes.in694

The Tribunal and the Appellate Tribunal

AppealTo whomTimeExtensionScope
Section 421Appellate TribunalForty-five days from the date the copy is made availableForty-five days for sufficient causeAny order, except one made with the consent of parties
Section 423Supreme CourtSixty days from receipt of the orderSixty days for sufficient causeOnly on a question of law
Powers under section 424(2)
Summon and examine on oathRequire discovery and production of documents
Receive evidence on affidavitRequisition public records, subject to sections 123 and 124 of the Indian Evidence Act, 1872
Issue commissionsDismiss for default or decide ex parte, and set aside such orders

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean every matter is heard by two Members. The President may specify classes of cases for a single Judicial Member, subject to transfer where two are needed.

It does not mean an equally divided Bench fails. The points of difference are referred to other Members, and decided by the majority of all who heard the case.

It does not mean every order may be appealed. No appeal lies from an order made with the consent of parties.

It does not mean the Supreme Court rehears the case. The appeal lies only on a question of law arising out of the Appellate Tribunal's order.

It does not mean the Tribunal follows the Code of Civil Procedure. It is not bound by it, but is guided by the principles of natural justice and has a civil court's powers in the listed matters.

It does not mean a mistake can be corrected at any time. The rectification power runs for two years, and is unavailable once an appeal has been preferred.

Quick revision

  • 408 and 409: the Central Government constitutes the National Company Law Tribunal of a President and Judicial and Technical Members; the President has been a High Court Judge for five years; a Judicial Member is a High Court judge, a District Judge of five years or an advocate of ten years; a Technical Member has fifteen years in the Indian Corporate Law Service or Indian Legal Service at Secretary or Additional Secretary rank, or in practice as a chartered accountant, cost accountant or company secretary, or fifteen years' special knowledge in industrial finance, management, reconstruction, investment and accountancy, or five years as a presiding officer under the Industrial Disputes Act, 1947.
  • 410 and 411: the Appellate Tribunal hears appeals from the Tribunal and the National Financial Reporting Authority, and matters under section 53A of the Competition Act, 2002; the chairperson has been a Supreme Court Judge or Chief Justice of a High Court; a Judicial Member a High Court Judge or a Judicial Member of the Tribunal for five years; a Technical Member a person of twenty-five years' special knowledge and experience.
  • 412 and 413: the President, chairperson and Judicial Members of the Appellate Tribunal are appointed after consultation with the Chief Justice of India; other Members on a Selection Committee of the Chief Justice or his nominee, a senior Supreme Court Judge or Chief Justice of a High Court, and the Secretaries of Corporate Affairs and of Law and Justice, the Chairperson having a casting vote; terms are five years, renewable once, with retirement at sixty-seven and sixty-five in the Tribunal and seventy and sixty-seven in the Appellate Tribunal, a minimum age of fifty, and a lien for not more than one year.
  • 419: Benches as notified, the Principal Bench at New Delhi under the President; a Bench of one Judicial and one Technical Member, with single Judicial Member benches for specified classes and transfer where two are needed; separate benches for the Adjudicating Authority under Part II of the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016; and an equally divided Bench referring the points of difference to other Members, the majority of all who heard it deciding.
  • 420: orders after a reasonable opportunity of being heard; rectification of a mistake apparent from the record within two years, mandatory when the parties point it out, but not where an appeal has been preferred; and copies to all parties.
  • 421 to 423: appeal by any person aggrieved, but not from a consent order, within forty-five days of the copy being made available, extendable by forty-five; the Appellate Tribunal may confirm, modify or set aside; disposal to be attempted within three months, extendable by ninety days on recorded reasons; and appeal to the Supreme Court within sixty days, extendable by sixty, only on a question of law.
  • 424 and 425: not bound by the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908 but guided by natural justice, regulating their own procedure; a civil court's powers to summon and examine on oath, require discovery and production, receive affidavits, requisition public records, issue commissions, dismiss for default or decide ex parte and set such orders aside; orders enforceable as decrees, executable where the registered office is or where the person resides, carries on business or works for gain; proceedings deemed judicial under the Indian Penal Code, 1860 and both bodies deemed civil courts under the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973; and the contempt powers of a High Court under the Contempt of Courts Act, 1971.
  • 429 to 434: the Tribunal may request the Chief Metropolitan Magistrate, Chief Judicial Magistrate or District Collector to take possession of property and books, using force, his acts being unquestionable in any court; no civil court may entertain what the Tribunal is empowered to decide, and no injunction may issue against action under those powers; a party may be represented by chartered accountants, company secretaries, cost accountants, legal practitioners or any other person; the Limitation Act, 1963 applies as far as may be; and pending matters of the Company Law Board and other bodies stand transferred to the Tribunal.
munotes.in695

The Tribunal and the Appellate Tribunal

Test yourself

1. Who may be appointed President of the Tribunal and chairperson of the Appellate Tribunal? The President must be a person who is or has been a Judge of a High Court for five years: section 409(1). The chairperson must be a person who is or has been a Judge of the Supreme Court or the Chief Justice of a High Court: section 411(1). Both are appointed after consultation with the Chief Justice of India: section 412(1).

munotes.in696

The Tribunal and the Appellate Tribunal

2. How is a Bench of the Tribunal constituted, and what happens if its Members differ? Of two Members, one Judicial and one Technical, though Members authorised may sit as a single Judicial Member for classes of cases the President specifies. If the Members differ, the matter is decided by the majority where there is one; if they are equally divided, they state the points of difference and the President refers them for hearing by one or more other Members, the points being decided by the majority of all the Members who have heard the case, including those who first heard it: section 419.

3. Within what time does an appeal lie to the Appellate Tribunal? Within forty-five days from the date on which a copy of the Tribunal's order is made available to the person aggrieved, and the Appellate Tribunal may entertain an appeal within a further period not exceeding forty-five days if satisfied that the appellant was prevented by sufficient cause: section 421(3). No appeal lies from an order made with the consent of parties: section 421(2).

4. On what ground and within what time does an appeal lie to the Supreme Court? On any question of law arising out of the Appellate Tribunal's order, within sixty days from the date of receipt of the order, extendable by a further period not exceeding sixty days for sufficient cause: section 423.

5. Is the Tribunal bound by the Code of Civil Procedure? No. It is not bound by the procedure laid down in the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908 but is guided by the principles of natural justice and may regulate its own procedure, while having the same powers as a civil court in the eight matters listed in section 424(2).

munotes.in697

The Tribunal and the Appellate Tribunal

6. Can a civil suit be filed on a matter within the Tribunal's jurisdiction? No. No civil court has jurisdiction to entertain any suit or proceeding in respect of any matter which the Tribunal or the Appellate Tribunal is empowered to determine by or under this Act or any other law, and no injunction may be granted by any court or authority in respect of any action taken or to be taken under those powers: section 430.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in698

Chapter Eighty-Nine

Special Courts and the Trial of Offences

Syllabus topic 4.3, label: "Special Courts"

In one line

The Central Government may establish Special Courts to try offences under the Act, staffed according to the gravity of the offence; those offences are non-cognizable and are prosecuted only on the complaint of the Registrar, a member or an authorised person; the lesser ones may be compounded by the Tribunal or the Regional Director; parties may be sent to mediation; and the punishment is fixed with regard to the size of the company, the nature of the default and its repetition, with lesser penalties for the smallest companies.

In exam wording: section 435 establishes the Special Courts, section 436 states what they try, section 439 makes offences non-cognizable, section 441 provides for compounding, and section 442 for the Mediation and Conciliation Panel.

Why the law has this at all

A company law offence is usually a failure to file, to disclose or to hold a meeting, and there are thousands of them. Two problems follow.

The first is delay. Company prosecutions in ordinary criminal courts joined a queue behind everything else, and a prosecution decided ten years after the failure to file punishes nobody usefully. Special Courts exist to shorten that queue, and section 436(3) lets them try summarily anything punishable with not more than three years.

The second is proportion. Not every default deserves a trial. A company that filed its return three months late has done something real but small. Section 441 lets the offence be compounded, that is settled on payment, by the Tribunal or, for smaller fines, by the Regional Director; section 442 offers mediation; section 446A tells the court to weigh the size of the company and the nature and repetition of the default; and section 446B halves the penalty for the smallest companies.

And the third idea, which runs through the whole Chapter, is control of who may prosecute. Section 439(2) allows a court to take cognizance only on the complaint of the Registrar, a shareholder or member, or a person authorised by the Central Government, so that a company's competitor or a disgruntled outsider cannot start a criminal case about its internal compliance.

Some words this chapter uses

Cognizable means an offence for which the police may arrest without warrant and investigate without an order. To compound an offence is to settle it on payment, so that the prosecution ends. The Regional Director is a person appointed as such by the Central Government. A summary trial is a shortened procedure with a limited sentencing power. Cognizance is a court's taking notice of an offence so as to proceed.

The Special Courts: section 435

Section 435(1). The Central Government may, for the purpose of providing speedy trial of offences under this Act, except under section 452, by notification, establish or designate as many Special Courts as may be necessary.

munotes.in699

Special Courts and the Trial of Offences

Note the exception. Section 452, wrongful withholding of property by an officer or employee, is left out.

Section 435(2): two kinds of court. A Special Court shall consist of:

  • (a) a single judge holding office as Sessions Judge or Additional Sessions Judge, in the case of offences punishable under this Act with imprisonment of two years or more; and
  • (b) a Metropolitan Magistrate or a Judicial Magistrate of the First Class, in the case of other offences,

appointed by the Central Government with the concurrence of the Chief Justice of the High Court within whose jurisdiction the judge to be appointed is working.

The dividing line is two years' imprisonment, and the concurrence of the Chief Justice is the safeguard of judicial independence in the appointment.

What they try, and how: section 436

Section 436(1)(a): exclusive jurisdiction. All offences specified under section 435(1) shall be triable only by the Special Court established or designated for the area in which the registered office of the company is situated; where there is more than one such court, by the one the High Court concerned specifies.

Section 436(1)(b) and (c): custody. Where an accused is forwarded to a Magistrate under section 167(2) or (2A) of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973, that Magistrate may authorise detention for not more than fifteen days in the whole if he is a Judicial Magistrate, and seven days in the whole if he is an Executive Magistrate; and where he considers further detention unnecessary he shall forward the person to the Special Court having jurisdiction. The Special Court then has the same powers under section 167 as a Magistrate having jurisdiction to try the case.

Section 436(1)(d): cognizance without committal. A Special Court may, on a police report of the facts or on a complaint, take cognizance without the accused being committed to it for trial.

Section 436(2): joinder. When trying an offence under this Act, a Special Court may also try any other offence with which the accused may, under the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973, be charged at the same trial.

Section 436(3): summary trial. The Special Court may, if it thinks fit, try summarily any offence under this Act punishable with imprisonment for a term not exceeding three years.

First proviso: on conviction in a summary trial, no sentence of imprisonment exceeding one year shall be passed.

Second proviso: where at the commencement or in the course of a summary trial it appears that a sentence exceeding one year may have to be passed, or that summary trial is otherwise undesirable, the Special Court shall, after hearing the parties, record an order to that effect, recall any witnesses already examined, and hear or rehear the case under the regular procedure.

munotes.in700

Special Courts and the Trial of Offences

Appeal, revision and procedure: sections 437 and 438

Section 437. The High Court may exercise all the powers conferred by Chapters XXIX and XXX of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973, that is appeal and revision, as if a Special Court within its jurisdiction were a Court of Session trying cases there.

Section 438. Save as otherwise provided in this Act, the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973 applies to proceedings before a Special Court, which is deemed to be a Court of Session or the court of a Metropolitan Magistrate or Judicial Magistrate of the First Class, as the case may be; and the person conducting the prosecution is deemed to be a Public Prosecutor.

Non-cognizable, and who may complain: section 439

Section 439(1). Notwithstanding the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973, every offence under this Act, except the offences referred to in section 212(6), shall be deemed to be non-cognizable.

Section 212(6) covers the gravest offences, including fraud under section 447 investigated by the Serious Fraud Investigation Office; everything else is non-cognizable, so there is no arrest without warrant and no investigation without an order.

Section 439(2): who may set the law in motion. No court shall take cognizance of any offence under this Act alleged to have been committed by a company or any officer of it, except on the complaint in writing of the Registrar, a shareholder or a member of the company, or a person authorised by the Central Government.

First proviso: the court may take cognizance of offences relating to issue and transfer of securities and non-payment of dividend on the written complaint of a person authorised by the Securities and Exchange Board of India.

Second proviso: the sub-section does not apply to a prosecution by a company of any of its officers.

Section 439(3). Where the complainant is the Registrar or a person authorised by the Central Government, his presence before the court is not necessary unless the court requires his personal attendance.

Section 439(4) and the Explanation. Sub-section (2) does not apply to any action taken by the liquidator in respect of an offence relating to Chapter XX or any other winding up provision; and the liquidator is not deemed an officer of the company for the purposes of sub-section (2).

munotes.in701

Special Courts and the Trial of Offences

Until the Special Court exists: section 440

Any offence triable by a Special Court shall, until one is established, be tried by the Court of Session, or the court of a Metropolitan Magistrate or a Judicial Magistrate of the First Class, exercising jurisdiction over the area, notwithstanding the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973; and nothing in the section affects the High Court's power under section 407 of the Code to transfer any case or class of cases.

Compounding: section 441

Section 441(1): who may compound, and what. Notwithstanding the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973, any offence punishable under this Act, whether committed by a company or an officer, not being an offence punishable with imprisonment only, or with imprisonment and also with fine, may, either before or after the institution of any prosecution, be compounded by:

  • (a) the Tribunal; or
  • (b) where the maximum fine does not exceed twenty-five lakh rupees, by the Regional Director or any officer authorised by the Central Government,

on payment or credit to the Central Government of such sum as the Tribunal or the Regional Director may specify.

Three provisos. The sum specified shall not exceed the maximum fine for the offence compounded. In fixing it, any additional fee paid under section 403 shall be taken into account. And no offence shall be compounded if an investigation against the company has been initiated or is pending under this Act.

Section 441(2) and the Explanation: the three year bar. Sub-section (1) does not apply to an offence committed by a company or its officer within three years from the date on which a similar offence committed by it or him was compounded. A second or subsequent offence committed after that three years is deemed to be a first offence. "Regional Director" means a person appointed as such by the Central Government.

Section 441(3): the procedure.

  • (a) every application is made to the Registrar, who forwards it with his comments to the Tribunal or the Regional Director;
  • (b) where an offence is compounded, the company shall intimate the Registrar within seven days;
  • (c) where compounding is before prosecution, no prosecution shall be instituted in relation to that offence by the Registrar, a shareholder or an authorised person; and
  • (d) where it is after prosecution, the Registrar shall bring it in writing to the notice of the court, and on that notice the company or officer shall be discharged.

Section 441(4) and (5): making good the default. In compounding a default in filing, registering, delivering or sending any return, account or document to the Registrar, the Tribunal or Regional Director may order any officer or employee to file it, on payment of the fee and the additional fee under section 403, within a specified time; and failure to comply doubles the maximum fine for the offence proposed to be compounded.

munotes.in702

Special Courts and the Trial of Offences

Section 441(6) and (7). Any offence punishable with imprisonment only, or with imprisonment and also with fine, shall not be compoundable; and no offence specified in the section shall be compounded except under and in accordance with it.

Mediation: section 442

Section 442(1). The Central Government shall maintain a Mediation and Conciliation Panel of experts with prescribed qualifications, for mediation between the parties during the pendency of any proceedings before the Central Government, the Tribunal or the Appellate Tribunal.

Section 442(2) and (3). Any party may apply, in the prescribed form and on the prescribed fee, for a reference to the Panel, and the authority shall appoint one or more experts from it; and the authority may also refer a matter suo motu.

Section 442(4), (5) and (6). The fee and terms of the experts are prescribed; the Panel shall follow the prescribed procedure, dispose of the matter within three months of the reference and forward its recommendations; and any party aggrieved by the recommendation may file objections to the referring authority.

The prosecution: sections 443 to 446

Section 443. The Central Government may appoint company prosecutors, generally or for a case or class of cases in a local area, for the conduct of prosecutions arising out of this Act; they have all the powers and privileges of Public Prosecutors appointed under section 24 of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973.

Section 444. The Central Government may direct a company prosecutor, or authorise any other person by name or office, to present an appeal from an order of acquittal passed by any court other than a High Court, and such an appeal is deemed to have been validly presented.

Section 445. Section 250 of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973 applies mutatis mutandis to compensation for accusation without reasonable cause before the Special Court or the Court of Session.

Section 446. A court imposing a fine may direct that the whole or part of it be applied towards the costs of the proceedings, or towards a reward to the person on whose information the proceedings were instituted.

Fixing the punishment: sections 446A and 446B

Section 446A: five factors. The court or Special Court, in deciding the amount of fine or imprisonment, shall have due regard to:

  • (a) the size of the company;
  • (b) the nature of the business carried on by the company;
  • (c) injury to public interest;
  • (d) the nature of the default; and
  • (e) repetition of the default.
munotes.in703

Special Courts and the Trial of Offences

Section 446B: lesser penalties for the smallest companies. Notwithstanding anything in the Act, where a penalty is payable for non-compliance by a One Person Company, a small company, a start-up company or a Producer Company, or by any of its officers in default or any other person in respect of it, the penalty shall be not more than one-half of that specified, subject to a maximum of two lakh rupees for the company and one lakh rupees for an officer in default or other person.

The Explanation defines a Producer Company by reference to section 378A(l), and a start-up company as a private company incorporated under this Act or the Companies Act, 1956 and recognised as a start-up under the notification of the Department for Promotion of Industry and Internal Trade.

A worked example

Airoli Instruments Limited has failed to file its annual return for two years, and its managing director is separately alleged to have fraudulently removed the company's stock during a winding up, an offence under section 336 punishable with three to five years' imprisonment and fine.

Which court. Both offences are triable only by the Special Court for the area in which the registered office is situated. The section 336 offence, punishable with imprisonment of two years or more, goes before a Special Court consisting of a Sessions Judge or Additional Sessions Judge; the filing default, punishable with less, before a Metropolitan Magistrate or Judicial Magistrate of the First Class: sections 435(2) and 436(1)(a).

Who may complain. Only the Registrar, a shareholder or member, or a person authorised by the Central Government, by complaint in writing: section 439(2). A rival company cannot start the prosecution. But the liquidator's action in respect of a winding up offence is outside sub-section (2) altogether: section 439(4).

Investigation. Every offence under the Act except those referred to in section 212(6) is non-cognizable, so the police cannot arrest without warrant on the filing default: section 439(1).

The Registrar's attendance. Where the Registrar is the complainant, his presence at the trial is not necessary unless the court requires it: section 439(3).

Summary trial. The filing default, punishable with less than three years, may be tried summarily, but no sentence exceeding one year may be passed in such a trial; and if it appears that a longer sentence may be needed, the court records an order, recalls the witnesses already examined and rehears the case regularly: section 436(3).

Compounding the filing default. It is not punishable with imprisonment only, nor with imprisonment and also fine, so it may be compounded. If the maximum fine does not exceed twenty-five lakh rupees, the Regional Director or an officer authorised by the Central Government may compound it; otherwise the Tribunal. The application goes to the Registrar, who forwards it with his comments; the sum specified may not exceed the maximum fine, and any additional fee paid under section 403 is taken into account. Compounded before prosecution, no prosecution may be instituted; compounded after, the Registrar tells the court and the accused is discharged. The company must intimate the Registrar within seven days: section 441.

munotes.in704

Special Courts and the Trial of Offences

And the Tribunal or Regional Director may order an officer to actually file the return, on payment of the fee and additional fee, within a specified time; failing which the maximum fine doubles: section 441(4) and (5).

What cannot be compounded. The section 336 offence carries imprisonment and also fine, so by section 441(6) it is not compoundable at all. Nor could the filing default have been compounded if an investigation against the company had been initiated or were pending, or if a similar offence had been compounded within the last three years.

Mediation. While an oppression petition between the same parties is pending before the Tribunal, either party may apply for a reference to the Mediation and Conciliation Panel, or the Tribunal may refer it suo motu; the Panel must dispose of the matter within three months and forward its recommendations, to which a party may file objections: section 442.

Sentence. On conviction the court, in fixing the fine or imprisonment, must have due regard to the size of the company, the nature of its business, injury to public interest, the nature of the default and its repetition: section 446A. If the company were a One Person Company, small company, start-up or Producer Company, any penalty would be halved, subject to two lakh rupees for the company and one lakh for an officer in default: section 446B.

An acquittal. If the managing director is acquitted, the Central Government may direct a company prosecutor or authorise another person to appeal against the acquittal, the court not being a High Court: section 444. And if the prosecution was launched without reasonable cause, section 250 of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973 applies and compensation may be ordered: section 445.

The fine. The court may direct that the whole or part of the fine be applied towards the costs of the proceedings or as a reward to the informant: section 446.

Distinctions that carry marks

Offence punishable withSpecial Court composed of
Imprisonment of two years or moreA Sessions Judge or Additional Sessions Judge
Any other offenceA Metropolitan Magistrate or Judicial Magistrate of the First Class
Both appointed byThe Central Government with the concurrence of the Chief Justice of the High Court
munotes.in705

Special Courts and the Trial of Offences

Compounding under section 441
By the TribunalAny compoundable offence
By the Regional Director or an authorised officerWhere the maximum fine does not exceed twenty-five lakh rupees
Not compoundable at allOffences punishable with imprisonment only, or with imprisonment and also with fine; and where an investigation has been initiated or is pending
Barred for three yearsAfter a similar offence was compounded; a later offence is then deemed a first offence
Intimation to the RegistrarWithin seven days of compounding
Non-cognizable, section 439(1)Who may complain, section 439(2)
RuleEvery offence under the ActThe Registrar, a shareholder or member, or a person authorised by the Central Government
ExceptionOffences referred to in section 212(6)SEBI's authorised person for securities and dividend offences; a company prosecuting its own officer; and the liquidator in winding up matters

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean every offence goes before a Sessions Judge. Only those punishable with imprisonment of two years or more; the rest go before a Magistrate.

It does not mean anybody may prosecute. A court takes cognizance only on the written complaint of the Registrar, a shareholder or member, or an authorised person, with the SEBI, company and liquidator exceptions.

It does not mean any offence may be compounded. Offences punishable with imprisonment only, or with imprisonment and also with fine, are not compoundable, and compounding is barred where an investigation is initiated or pending or where a similar offence was compounded within three years.

It does not mean compounding wipes out the default. The Tribunal or Regional Director may order the return or document actually to be filed, and non-compliance doubles the maximum fine.

It does not mean a summary trial can impose any sentence. No sentence of imprisonment exceeding one year may be passed in a summary trial.

It does not mean the smallest companies escape. Section 446B halves the penalty, subject to a maximum of two lakh rupees for the company and one lakh rupees for an officer in default.

Quick revision

  • 435: the Central Government may establish or designate Special Courts for speedy trial of offences under the Act, except section 452; a Sessions Judge or Additional Sessions Judge for offences punishable with imprisonment of two years or more, a Metropolitan Magistrate or Judicial Magistrate of the First Class for the rest, appointed with the concurrence of the Chief Justice of the High Court.
  • 436: such offences are triable only by the Special Court for the area of the registered office; a Magistrate to whom an accused is forwarded under section 167 of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973 may detain him for fifteen days if judicial, seven if executive, and shall then forward him to the Special Court; the Special Court may take cognizance without committal, may try other offences jointly, and may try summarily anything punishable with not more than three years, with no sentence above one year in a summary trial and a rehearing where a longer sentence may be needed.
  • 437 and 438: the High Court has appeal and revision powers as if the Special Court were a Court of Session; the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973 applies, the Special Court being deemed a Court of Session or Magistrate's court, and the prosecutor a Public Prosecutor.
  • 439: every offence is non-cognizable except those in section 212(6); cognizance only on the written complaint of the Registrar, a shareholder or member, or a person authorised by the Central Government, with provisos for SEBI's authorised person in securities and dividend matters and for a company prosecuting its own officer; the Registrar's presence is not necessary unless required; and the liquidator's winding up actions are outside sub-section (2), he not being an officer for its purposes.
  • 440 and 441: until a Special Court exists, the Court of Session or Magistrate tries the offence, the High Court's transfer power under section 407 of the Code being preserved; and offences not punishable with imprisonment only or with imprisonment and fine may be compounded by the Tribunal, or by the Regional Director where the maximum fine is not more than twenty-five lakh rupees, on payment to the Central Government of a sum not exceeding the maximum fine, taking into account additional fees under section 403, not where an investigation is initiated or pending, and not within three years of a similar offence being compounded; applications go through the Registrar with his comments, intimation within seven days, no prosecution if compounded before, discharge if after; the authority may order the document to be filed, failing which the maximum fine doubles; and imprisonment offences are not compoundable.
  • 442: a Mediation and Conciliation Panel maintained by the Central Government, referable on a party's application or suo motu in any proceeding before the Central Government, the Tribunal or the Appellate Tribunal, disposing of the matter within three months and forwarding recommendations, to which objections may be filed.
  • 443 to 446: company prosecutors with the powers of Public Prosecutors under section 24 of the Code; the Central Government may direct an appeal against an acquittal by any court other than a High Court; section 250 of the Code applies to accusation without reasonable cause; and a fine may be applied to the costs of the proceedings or a reward to the informant.
  • 446A and 446B: punishment is fixed with regard to the size of the company, the nature of its business, injury to public interest, the nature of the default and its repetition; and a One Person Company, small company, start-up company or Producer Company, its officer in default or any other person, pays not more than one-half of the specified penalty, subject to two lakh rupees for the company and one lakh rupees for an officer or other person.
munotes.in706

Special Courts and the Trial of Offences

Test yourself

1. How is a Special Court constituted? Of a single judge holding office as Sessions Judge or Additional Sessions Judge for offences punishable under the Act with imprisonment of two years or more, and of a Metropolitan Magistrate or a Judicial Magistrate of the First Class for other offences; appointed by the Central Government with the concurrence of the Chief Justice of the High Court within whose jurisdiction the judge is working: section 435(2).

munotes.in707

Special Courts and the Trial of Offences

2. Who may complain of an offence under the Act? No court may take cognizance except on the complaint in writing of the Registrar, a shareholder or a member of the company, or a person authorised by the Central Government; with provisos allowing a person authorised by the Securities and Exchange Board of India to complain of offences relating to issue and transfer of securities and non-payment of dividend, and excepting a prosecution by a company of its own officers: section 439(2). The sub-section does not apply to the liquidator's actions in winding up matters.

3. Which offences may be compounded, and by whom? Any offence punishable under the Act not being one punishable with imprisonment only, or with imprisonment and also with fine, by the Tribunal, or, where the maximum fine does not exceed twenty-five lakh rupees, by the Regional Director or an officer authorised by the Central Government: section 441(1) and (6).

4. When may an offence not be compounded even though it is otherwise compoundable? Where an investigation against the company has been initiated or is pending under the Act; and where the offence was committed within three years from the date on which a similar offence by the same company or officer was compounded: third proviso to section 441(1) and section 441(2).

5. What are the limits of a summary trial before a Special Court? It may be used for any offence punishable with imprisonment for a term not exceeding three years; no sentence of imprisonment exceeding one year may be passed on conviction; and where it appears that a longer sentence may be required or summary trial is otherwise undesirable, the court must record an order, recall witnesses already examined, and hear or rehear the case under the regular procedure: section 436(3).

munotes.in708

Special Courts and the Trial of Offences

6. What must a court consider in fixing punishment, and what relief have small companies? The size of the company, the nature of the business, injury to public interest, the nature of the default and its repetition: section 446A. A One Person Company, small company, start-up company or Producer Company, its officer in default or any other person, is liable to a penalty of not more than one-half of that specified, subject to a maximum of two lakh rupees for the company and one lakh rupees for the officer or other person: section 446B.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in709

Chapter Ninety

Corporate Governance

Syllabus topic 4.4, label: "Corporate Governance"

In one line

Corporate governance in the Act is the sum of four devices: a Board with people on it who are not management, committees to do the work the Board cannot, a duty to disclose in writing what was decided and why, and an independent check by auditors of the accounts and of compliance.

In exam wording: section 149 supplies independent directors, sections 177 and 178 the committees, section 134 the Board's report and the Directors' Responsibility Statement, section 197 the control of remuneration, and sections 143 and 204 the audits.

Why the law has this at all

A company's members own it and its directors run it, and the two are not the same people. That separation is what makes the joint stock company useful, since it lets thousands of savers finance a business none of them could manage. It is also the whole problem of corporate governance, because the people in control of the money are not the people whose money it is.

The law's answer is not to close the gap but to police it, and it does so in four ways.

Composition. Put people on the Board who are not part of management, do not owe it money and are not related to the promoters, and require them to say so every year. That is section 149(6) and (7).

Delegation to specialists. A Board meeting quarterly cannot itself examine the auditor's independence or design a remuneration policy. So sections 177 and 178 create committees with fixed compositions matched to their tasks.

Disclosure. Nothing disciplines a Board like having to write down what it did and why. Section 134(3) lists seventeen matters the Board's report must contain, and section 134(5) makes the directors state, in their own names, that the accounts were prepared properly.

Independent verification. A statement is worth what its checker is worth. Section 143 gives the accounts to an auditor, section 204 gives compliance to a company secretary in practice, and sections 134(3)(f) and 204(3) make the Board explain in full whatever either of them qualifies.

And behind all four stands section 166, the statutory statement of a director's duties, which is what the machinery is there to enforce.

Some words this chapter uses

Governance here means the system by which a company is directed and controlled. A qualification is an auditor's reservation. Internal financial controls are defined in the Explanation to section 134(5)(e). Median employee's remuneration is the middle figure in the ranked list of employees' pay. A vigil mechanism is the whistleblower channel under section 177(9).

The first device: who sits on the Board

Independent directors, section 149(4) and (6). Every listed public company must have at least one third independent directors, fractions rounded off as one, and the Central Government may prescribe a number for other classes of public companies. Independence is defined by a long objective test: not a promoter, not related to promoters or directors, no pecuniary relationship beyond a director's remuneration or a transaction within ten per cent of his total income, and neither he nor his relatives connected with the company as key managerial personnel or employees in the preceding three financial years, or with its auditors or consulting firms, or holding two per cent of the voting power.

munotes.in710

Corporate Governance

A declaration, section 149(7). He must declare that he meets those criteria at the first Board meeting he attends, at the first meeting of every financial year, and whenever the circumstances change.

A code, section 149(8) and Schedule IV. The company and the independent directors must abide by the Code for Independent Directors, which requires him to insist that unresolved concerns are recorded in the minutes, to satisfy himself on related party transactions, to ensure a functional vigil mechanism, and to meet once a financial year without management present to review the performance of the other directors and the Chairperson and the flow of information from management.

A fixed term, section 149(10) and (11). Five years, renewable once by special resolution, then three years out with no association in any capacity.

No stock options, section 149(9), because a personal stake in the share price is exactly the interest independence excludes.

A narrowed liability, section 149(12), without which nobody worth having would accept the office.

And the small shareholders' director, section 151, by which a listed company may have one director elected by holders of shares of nominal value not more than twenty thousand rupees.

The second device: committees

The Audit Committee, section 177. At least three directors with independent directors in a majority, and a majority including the Chairperson able to read and understand a financial statement. Its written terms of reference must include recommending the appointment and remuneration of auditors, monitoring their independence and the effectiveness of the audit, examining the financial statement and the auditors' report, approving related party transactions, scrutinising inter-corporate loans and investments, valuation, evaluating internal financial controls and risk management, and monitoring the end use of funds raised through public offers. It may investigate, take outside professional advice and demand full access to records; the auditors and key managerial personnel may be heard but not vote; and where the Board does not accept its recommendation, the Board's report must say so with reasons.

munotes.in711

Corporate Governance

The vigil mechanism, section 177(9) and (10). Every listed company and prescribed classes must give directors and employees a channel to report genuine concerns, with safeguards against victimisation and direct access to the Audit Committee's chairperson.

The Nomination and Remuneration Committee, section 178(1) to (4). Three or more non-executive directors, not less than half independent, the company's chairperson able to be a member but not to chair. It identifies who should be a director or in senior management, specifies the manner of performance evaluation of the Board, its committees and individual directors, and recommends a remuneration policy balancing fixed and incentive pay against performance benchmarks.

The Stakeholders Relationship Committee, section 178(5) and (6), where there are more than one thousand security holders, to consider and resolve their grievances.

And the Corporate Social Responsibility Committee, section 135, for companies above the thresholds, unless the amount to be spent is not more than fifty lakh rupees, when the Board itself does the work.

The third device: the Board's report

Section 134(3) requires the Board's report attached to the financial statements to include, among other things:

  • (a) the web address where the annual return under section 92(3) has been placed;
  • (b) the number of meetings of the Board;
  • (c) the Directors' Responsibility Statement;
  • (ca) details of frauds reported by auditors under section 143(12) other than those reportable to the Central Government;
  • (d) a statement on the declaration of independence given by independent directors;
  • (e) for a company covered by section 178(1), the policy on directors' appointment and remuneration, including the criteria for qualifications, positive attributes and independence;
  • (f) explanations or comments by the Board on every qualification, reservation, adverse remark or disclaimer made by the auditor and by the company secretary in practice in his secretarial audit report;
  • (g) particulars of loans, guarantees or investments under section 186;
  • (h) particulars of related party contracts under section 188;
  • (i) to (l) the state of the company's affairs, amounts carried to reserves, the dividend recommended, and material changes and commitments affecting the financial position between the end of the financial year and the date of the report;
  • (m) conservation of energy, technology absorption, and foreign exchange earnings and outgo;
  • (n) the development and implementation of a risk management policy, identifying elements of risk which in the Board's opinion may threaten the existence of the company;
  • (o) the corporate social responsibility policy and the initiatives taken;
  • (p) for a listed company and prescribed public companies, the manner of the formal annual evaluation of the performance of the Board, its committees and individual directors; and
  • (q) such other matters as may be prescribed.
munotes.in712

Corporate Governance

Two provisos ease the burden. Disclosures already in the financial statements are referred to rather than repeated; and where the policy under clause (e) or (o) is on the website, it is enough to give the salient features and the web address.

Section 134(3A) allows the Central Government to prescribe an abridged Board's report for a One Person Company or a small company, and section 134(4) reduces the report of a One Person Company to the explanations on the auditor's qualifications.

The Directors' Responsibility Statement: section 134(5)

The Directors' Responsibility Statement shall state that:

  • (a) in preparing the annual accounts, the applicable accounting standards had been followed with proper explanation of material departures;
  • (b) the directors had selected accounting policies and applied them consistently, and made judgments and estimates that are reasonable and prudent, so as to give a true and fair view of the state of affairs at the end of the financial year and of the profit and loss for the period;
  • (c) the directors had taken proper and sufficient care for the maintenance of adequate accounting records in accordance with the Act, for safeguarding the assets and for preventing and detecting fraud and other irregularities;
  • (d) the directors had prepared the annual accounts on a going concern basis;
  • (e) in the case of a listed company, the directors had laid down internal financial controls and that they are adequate and were operating effectively; and
  • (f) the directors had devised proper systems to ensure compliance with all applicable laws and that those systems were adequate and operating effectively.

The Explanation defines internal financial controls as the policies and procedures for the orderly and efficient conduct of the business, including adherence to the company's policies, safeguarding of assets, prevention and detection of frauds and errors, accuracy and completeness of accounting records, and timely preparation of reliable financial information.

Learn clause (f) as well as the others. Compliance with all applicable laws, not merely the Companies Act, is something the directors state in their own names.

The fourth device: independent verification

The statutory audit, section 143. The auditor reports to the members on the accounts, and under section 197(16) he must also state whether the remuneration paid to the directors is in accordance with section 197 and whether any director's remuneration exceeds the limit. Under section 143(12) he must report frauds, and those not reportable to the Central Government come into the Board's report under section 134(3)(ca).

munotes.in713

Corporate Governance

The secretarial audit, section 204. Every listed company and prescribed classes must annex to the Board's report a secretarial audit report by a company secretary in practice; the company must give all assistance and facilities; and the Board must explain in full any qualification, observation or other remarks.

And the audit committee's oversight of both, under section 177(4)(i) and (ii).

Controlling what management is paid: section 197

The ceilings. Eleven per cent of net profits to all directors and the manager; five per cent to any one managing or whole-time director or manager; ten per cent to all of them together; one per cent to the other directors where there is such an executive and three per cent where there is not.

Who decides. The members, by resolution or special resolution as the case requires; and since 12 September 2018 the Central Government has no part in it. Where the company has defaulted to a bank, public financial institution, debenture holders or other secured creditor, that creditor's prior approval comes first.

Transparency. A listed company must disclose in the Board's report the ratio of each director's remuneration to the median employee's remuneration: section 197(12).

And recovery. Excess drawn must be refunded within two years and is held in trust meanwhile (section 197(9)); and on a restatement of accounts due to fraud or non-compliance, the company shall recover the excess, including stock options, from past or present managerial personnel (section 199).

A worked example

Kopar Khairane Pharma Limited is a listed public company with a Board of twelve, four of them independent, and three thousand shareholders.

Composition. One third of twelve is four, so four independent directors satisfy section 149(4). Each gives the declaration under section 149(7) at the first Board meeting of the financial year. The company may, being listed, also have a small shareholders' director under section 151.

Committees. It constitutes an Audit Committee of three independent directors and one whole-time director, an independent chartered accountant chairing it, satisfying both the independent majority and the financial literacy requirements; a Nomination and Remuneration Committee of four non-executive directors, two of them independent, chaired by an independent director though the company's non-executive chairperson is a member; and, having more than one thousand security holders, a Stakeholders Relationship Committee with a non-executive chairperson.

The vigil mechanism. A junior quality officer reports, through the mechanism, that batch records were altered. He has direct access to the chairperson of the Audit Committee and safeguards against victimisation: section 177(10).

Investigation. The Audit Committee investigates, takes outside professional advice and demands full access to the records: section 177(6). It recommends that the head of quality be suspended and that the matter be reported. The Board disagrees. It may do so, but the Board's report must disclose that the recommendation was not accepted, with reasons: section 177(8).

munotes.in714

Corporate Governance

The auditors. The statutory auditor qualifies his report on the valuation of inventory, and the company secretary in practice qualifies his secretarial audit report on the late filing of two returns. Under section 134(3)(f) and section 204(3) the Board must explain both in full in its report. The auditor also reports a fraud under section 143(12) which is not reportable to the Central Government, and the details go into the report under clause (ca).

The report. It states the web address of the annual return, the number of Board meetings, the Directors' Responsibility Statement, the independent directors' declaration, the remuneration policy with the criteria for qualifications, positive attributes and independence, the section 186 loans and investments, the section 188 related party contracts, the state of affairs, reserves and recommended dividend, material changes since the year end, energy, technology and foreign exchange, the risk management policy and the risks that may threaten the company's existence, the corporate social responsibility policy and initiatives, and the manner of the annual evaluation of the Board, its committees and individual directors.

The Responsibility Statement. The directors state that the accounting standards were followed with explanation of material departures, that policies were applied consistently and estimates were reasonable and prudent so as to give a true and fair view, that proper and sufficient care was taken for adequate accounting records, safeguarding assets and preventing and detecting fraud, that the accounts were on a going concern basis, that, the company being listed, internal financial controls were laid down and are adequate and operating effectively, and that systems to ensure compliance with all applicable laws were devised and are adequate and operating effectively: section 134(5).

Remuneration. The managing director's pay is six per cent of net profits, which crosses the five per cent inner limit, so a special resolution is required. The company has defaulted on a term loan, so the bank's prior approval must be obtained before the members' approval: third proviso to section 197(1). The Board's report gives the ratio of each director's remuneration to the median employee's remuneration: section 197(12).

A restatement. Two years later the accounts for this year are re-stated because of the fraud. The company shall recover from the managing director, past or present, the remuneration including any stock option in excess of what the restated figures would have supported: section 199.

munotes.in715

Corporate Governance

The evaluation. The Nomination and Remuneration Committee specifies the manner in which the performance of the Board, its committees and individual directors is evaluated, and the independent directors meet once in the financial year without management to review the performance of the non-independent directors, the Board as a whole and the Chairperson, and the flow of information from management: section 178(2) and Schedule IV paragraph VII.

Distinctions that carry marks

DeviceProvisionWhat it does
CompositionSections 149, 151Independent directors, their declaration, code, term, and narrowed liability; a small shareholders' director
CommitteesSections 135, 177, 178Audit, Nomination and Remuneration, Stakeholders Relationship, and Corporate Social Responsibility Committees, and the vigil mechanism
DisclosureSection 134The Board's report and the Directors' Responsibility Statement
VerificationSections 143, 204Statutory audit of the accounts, secretarial audit of compliance, and the duty to explain qualifications in full
Restraint on paySections 197, 199Ceilings, members' approval, the pay ratio, refund of excess and recovery on restatement
DutySection 166The statutory duties the whole machinery enforces
Section 134(5), the six statements
(a) accounting standards followed, material departures explained(b) consistent policies and prudent estimates giving a true and fair view
(c) proper and sufficient care for accounting records, safeguarding assets and preventing and detecting fraud(d) accounts on a going concern basis
(e) for a listed company, internal financial controls laid down, adequate and operating effectively(f) systems to ensure compliance with all applicable laws, adequate and operating effectively

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean corporate governance is one section. There is none; it is the combined working of sections 134, 149, 151, 166, 177, 178, 135, 143, 197, 199 and 204 and Schedule IV.

It does not mean the Board must accept its committees' advice. It may refuse, but the Board's report must disclose the refusal with reasons.

It does not mean the Responsibility Statement is about accounts alone. Clause (f) covers compliance with all applicable laws, and clause (e) internal financial controls in a listed company.

It does not mean disclosure must be repeated. Where a disclosure is already in the financial statements it is referred to, and a policy on the website may be given by its salient features and web address.

It does not mean an audit protects the directors. Section 205(2) preserves the duties of the Board, the chairperson, the managing director and any whole-time director notwithstanding the secretarial audit.

Quick revision

  • Composition: one third independent directors in a listed public company, fractions rounded up; independence defined objectively in section 149(6); annual declarations under 149(7); Schedule IV code, including the separate meeting and the right to have concerns recorded in the minutes; five year terms, twice, then three years out; no stock options; narrowed liability under 149(12); and a small shareholders' director under section 151.
  • Committees: Audit Committee with an independent majority and financial literacy including the Chairperson, eight terms of reference, powers to investigate, take outside advice and access all records, the auditors and KMP heard but not voting, and disclosure of any recommendation not accepted with reasons; the vigil mechanism with safeguards against victimisation and direct access to its chairperson; the Nomination and Remuneration Committee of non-executive directors, half independent, fixing the evaluation manner and the remuneration policy; the Stakeholders Relationship Committee above one thousand security holders; and the CSR Committee under section 135.
  • Disclosure: section 134(3), seventeen matters including the annual return's web address, number of Board meetings, the Directors' Responsibility Statement, frauds reported under section 143(12), the independence declarations, the remuneration policy, explanations of every qualification by the auditor and the secretarial auditor, section 186 loans and section 188 related party contracts, the state of affairs, reserves, dividend and material changes, energy, technology and foreign exchange, the risk management policy, the CSR policy and initiatives, and the annual performance evaluation; with cross-reference instead of repetition and website plus salient features for policies.
  • Section 134(5): accounting standards with explanation of material departures; consistent policies and prudent estimates giving a true and fair view; proper and sufficient care for records, safeguarding assets and preventing and detecting fraud; a going concern basis; for a listed company, adequate and effective internal financial controls; and systems for compliance with all applicable laws.
  • Verification and restraint: section 143 statutory audit and the auditor's statement under section 197(16); section 204 secretarial audit by a company secretary in practice with the Board explaining qualifications in full; section 197 ceilings of eleven, five, ten, one and three per cent, the members deciding and a defaulting company's lender approving first; section 197(12) the pay ratio; section 197(9) refund of excess held in trust; and section 199 mandatory recovery on a restatement due to fraud or non-compliance.
munotes.in716

Corporate Governance

Test yourself

1. What does the Directors' Responsibility Statement contain? That the applicable accounting standards were followed with proper explanation of material departures; that the directors selected accounting policies and applied them consistently and made reasonable and prudent judgments and estimates so as to give a true and fair view; that they took proper and sufficient care for the maintenance of adequate accounting records, for safeguarding the assets and for preventing and detecting fraud and other irregularities; that the accounts were prepared on a going concern basis; that, in a listed company, internal financial controls were laid down and are adequate and operating effectively; and that proper systems to ensure compliance with all applicable laws were devised and are adequate and operating effectively: section 134(5).

munotes.in717

Corporate Governance

2. Name five matters the Board's report must contain. Any five of: the web address of the annual return; the number of Board meetings; the Directors' Responsibility Statement; details of frauds reported by auditors; the independent directors' declaration; the remuneration policy; explanations of every qualification by the auditor and the secretarial auditor; section 186 loans, guarantees and investments; section 188 related party contracts; the state of affairs, reserves and dividend; material changes since the year end; energy, technology and foreign exchange; the risk management policy; the corporate social responsibility policy; and the manner of the annual performance evaluation: section 134(3).

3. How does the Act make independent directors effective rather than ornamental? By an objective test of independence in section 149(6), an annual declaration under section 149(7), a statutory code in Schedule IV giving the right to have unresolved concerns recorded in the minutes and requiring a separate meeting once a financial year without management, a fixed term of five years renewable once, a bar on stock options, a narrowed liability under section 149(12), and a majority on the Audit Committee.

4. What happens when the Board rejects a recommendation of the Audit Committee? The Board's report must disclose that the recommendation was not accepted, together with the reasons: section 177(8).

5. How is managerial remuneration controlled? By the ceilings in section 197(1), eleven per cent overall and five, ten, one and three per cent within it; by requiring the members' approval, and a special resolution to cross the inner limits, with the prior approval of a lender to whom the company has defaulted; by the pay ratio disclosure for a listed company under section 197(12); by the duty to refund excess within two years, holding it in trust meanwhile, under section 197(9); and by the mandatory recovery on a restatement of accounts under section 199.

6. Which two audits does the Act require, and what must the Board do about their qualifications? The statutory audit of the accounts under section 143, and the secretarial audit of compliance by a company secretary in practice under section 204. The Board must explain in full every qualification, reservation, adverse remark or disclaimer by the auditor and by the secretarial auditor: sections 134(3)(f) and 204(3).

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in718

Chapter Ninety-One

Environmental, Social and Governance

Syllabus topic 4.4, label: "ESG (Environmental, Social and Governance)"

In one line

Environmental, social and governance is not a chapter of the Act but a way of reading it: the environment appears in the director's statutory duty, in Schedule VII and in the Board's report on energy and technology; the social component in corporate social responsibility, the woman director and the stakeholders' committee; and governance in the whole of the machinery examined in the previous chapter.

In exam wording: section 166(2) carries the environment and the community into the director's duty; section 135 with Schedule VII carries the social and environmental spending; and sections 134, 149, 177, 178 and 197 carry the governance.

Why the law has this at all

For most of the history of company law the answer to "in whose interest is a company run" was one word: the members. Everything else was somebody else's law, the environment belonging to environmental statutes and labour to labour statutes.

The 2013 Act made a deliberate change, and it made it in two places.

In the duty itself. Section 166(2) does not say a director must act for the members alone. It names the company, its employees, the shareholders, the community and the protection of the environment, which is a statutory statement that the interests a director must weigh are wider than the share price.

And in the money. Section 135 requires a prescribed company to spend two per cent of its average net profits on the activities in Schedule VII, which include environmental sustainability and a long list of social ends.

Why the expression "ESG" is nonetheless absent from the Act is a matter of chronology, not of substance. The vocabulary came from investors and from securities regulation, where reporting frameworks address listed companies. The Companies Act came first, and it expresses the same ideas in its own words. An answer that says so, and then shows where each component sits, is doing exactly what the topic asks.

Some words this chapter uses

Environmental here means the company's effect on the natural world. Social means its effect on employees, customers, suppliers and the community. Governance means how the company is directed and controlled, the subject of [Corporate Governance]. Sustainability means meeting present needs without compromising the ability of the future to meet its own. A stakeholder is anyone affected by the company, as against a shareholder, who owns part of it.

The environmental component

In the director's duty: section 166(2). A director shall act in good faith in order to promote the objects of the company for the benefit of its members as a whole, and in the best interests of the company, its employees, the shareholders, the community and for the protection of the environment.

munotes.in719

Environmental, Social and Governance

Note what that sentence does. It makes the protection of the environment an interest a director is required to have regard to, so a decision taken in disregard of it is a breach of a statutory duty, not merely a bad decision.

In the CSR list: Schedule VII item (iv). Activities relating to ensuring environmental sustainability, ecological balance, protection of flora and fauna, animal welfare, agroforestry, conservation of natural resources and maintaining the quality of soil, air and water, including contribution to the Clean Ganga Fund.

In the Board's report: section 134(3)(m). The report must contain the conservation of energy, technology absorption, foreign exchange earnings and outgo, in such manner as may be prescribed.

That clause is older than the ESG vocabulary and was written when energy conservation was an industrial policy concern rather than a climate one, but it is where a company's energy disclosure sits in this Act.

And in the risk statement: section 134(3)(n). A statement of the development and implementation of a risk management policy, identifying elements of risk which in the Board's opinion may threaten the existence of the company. Where a company's existence is threatened by environmental exposure, that is where it must be said.

The social component

Corporate social responsibility: section 135 and Schedule VII. The obligation of a company above five hundred crore net worth, one thousand crore turnover or five crore net profit to spend two per cent of the average net profits of the three immediately preceding financial years, with preference to the local area, on the twelve heads of Schedule VII: hunger, poverty, malnutrition, health care, sanitation and safe drinking water; education and vocational skills; gender equality, women, orphans and senior citizens; environmental sustainability; national heritage, art and culture; armed forces veterans and war widows; sports; the Prime Minister's National Relief Fund and the PM CARES Fund; research and public funded universities; rural development; slum area development; and disaster management.

And since the 2019 and 2020 amendments the obligation has teeth, the unspent amount having to be transferred and the failure carrying a penalty: [Corporate Social Responsibility].

Employees, in the director's duty. Section 166(2) again, which names employees before shareholders in its list.

Employees, in a winding up. Section 326 puts workmen's dues, and two years of wages and holiday pay ahead of even secured creditors, which is the Act's strongest statement about whose interest survives a failure.

The woman director. The second proviso to section 149(1) requires prescribed classes of companies to have at least one woman director.

Security holders' grievances. Section 178(5) and (6), the Stakeholders Relationship Committee where there are more than a thousand security holders.

munotes.in720

Environmental, Social and Governance

The whistleblower. Section 177(9) and (10), the vigil mechanism for directors and employees with safeguards against victimisation.

And pay equity, of a kind. Section 197(12) requires a listed company to disclose in the Board's report the ratio of the remuneration of each director to the median employee's remuneration, which is a comparison between the top and the middle of the company.

The governance component

This is the whole of [Corporate Governance], and in an answer on ESG it should be summarised rather than repeated: independent directors and their declaration, code and fixed term under section 149 and Schedule IV; the Audit, Nomination and Remuneration and Stakeholders Relationship Committees under sections 177 and 178; the Board's report and the Directors' Responsibility Statement under section 134; the statutory and secretarial audits under sections 143 and 204; and the control of managerial remuneration under sections 197 and 199.

Two of those carry a governance point that belongs here. The Directors' Responsibility Statement requires the directors to state that they devised proper systems to ensure compliance with all applicable laws, which includes environmental and labour law. And section 134(3)(p) requires a listed company to state the manner of the annual evaluation of the performance of the Board, its committees and individual directors.

Where the Act stops

It is as important to say what the Act does not do, because an answer that claims more than the statute contains is wrong on the law.

There is no statutory ESG report. The Act requires the Board's report under section 134(3), and within it the specific items listed above. A separate sustainability or ESG report is not required by the Companies Act.

There is no statutory ESG rating or assurance. The Act provides for a statutory audit of the accounts and a secretarial audit of compliance, and for nothing else.

And the listed-company reporting framework is not in this Act. Reporting obligations of that kind for listed entities are imposed under the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992 and the regulations made under it, and they change from time to time. A student answering this topic should say that the framework for listed companies is prescribed by the Securities and Exchange Board of India and state the position as it stands at the date of the paper, rather than reciting a framework from a textbook that may have been superseded.

That is not a gap in the answer; it is the answer. The Companies Act supplies the duty, the spending obligation and the governance machinery; the securities regulator supplies the reporting.

munotes.in721

Environmental, Social and Governance

A worked example

Taloja Chemicals Limited has a net worth of six hundred crore rupees, a plant on a river, twelve hundred employees and a Board of ten.

Environmental. Its directors must, under section 166(2), act in the best interests of the company, its employees, the shareholders, the community and for the protection of the environment. A decision to save cost by discharging untreated effluent is not merely unlawful under environmental law; it is a breach of the statutory duty of a director.

Its Board's report must state the conservation of energy, technology absorption and foreign exchange earnings and outgo (section 134(3)(m)), and its risk management policy identifying risks that may threaten the company's existence (clause (n)), which for a chemical plant on a river includes the risk of closure on environmental grounds.

Its CSR. Crossing the five hundred crore net worth threshold, it must constitute a CSR Committee, adopt a policy on Schedule VII activities, and spend two per cent of the average net profits of the three immediately preceding financial years, preferring the local area. It funds effluent treatment for the village downstream and tree planting on the riverbank, both within Schedule VII item (iv), and a vocational training centre, within item (ii). Unspent money goes to a Schedule VII Fund within six months, or, for its ongoing water project, to the Unspent Corporate Social Responsibility Account within thirty days.

Social. Being within the prescribed class it has at least one woman director: second proviso to section 149(1). It has more than a thousand security holders, so it has a Stakeholders Relationship Committee with a non-executive chairperson. Its vigil mechanism lets an employee report the effluent discharge with direct access to the Audit Committee's chairperson and protection from victimisation. Being listed, it discloses the ratio of each director's remuneration to the median employee's remuneration.

Governance. Four independent directors, one third of ten rounded up; their annual declarations; an Audit Committee with an independent majority; a Nomination and Remuneration Committee of non-executive directors; the Board's report and the Directors' Responsibility Statement, in which the directors state that they devised proper systems to ensure compliance with all applicable laws, which covers the environmental statutes; a secretarial audit by a company secretary in practice; and the section 197 ceilings on managerial pay.

What it need not do under this Act. It need not publish a separate ESG or sustainability report, obtain an ESG rating, or have its environmental disclosures assured. Whether it must make a prescribed sustainability disclosure as a listed entity is a question under the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992 and the regulations made under it, and the answer should be stated as at the date of the question.

munotes.in722

Environmental, Social and Governance

If it fails. The consequences come from the individual provisions, not from any general ESG provision: section 135(7) for the unspent CSR amount, section 134(8) for a defective Board's report, section 178(8) for the missing committee, and section 166(7) for the breach of a director's duty.

Distinctions that carry marks

ComponentWhere it sits in the Act
EnvironmentalSection 166(2), the director's duty; Schedule VII item (iv); section 134(3)(m) energy and technology; section 134(3)(n) risks threatening the company's existence
SocialSection 135 and Schedule VII; section 166(2) employees and community; section 326 workmen's dues in a winding up; the woman director under the second proviso to section 149(1); the Stakeholders Relationship Committee under section 178(5); the vigil mechanism under section 177(9); the pay ratio under section 197(12)
GovernanceSections 134, 143, 149, 177, 178, 197, 199, 204 and Schedule IV, as set out in [Corporate Governance]
The Act doesThe Act does not
Impose a duty to have regard to the community and the environmentUse the expression "ESG" at all
Require spending under section 135Require a separate ESG or sustainability report
Require a statutory audit and a secretarial auditRequire an ESG rating or assurance
Require the items in section 134(3) in the Board's reportPrescribe the listed-entity reporting framework, which is for the Securities and Exchange Board of India

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean ESG is a legal category in the Companies Act. The Act nowhere uses the expression; the components are found in provisions written for their own purposes.

It does not mean the environment is only a CSR matter. It is written into the director's duty in section 166(2), which applies to every company whether or not section 135 does.

It does not mean corporate social responsibility is voluntary. Since the 2019 and 2020 amendments the unspent amount must be transferred and the failure carries a penalty.

It does not mean the Act requires sustainability reporting. That obligation, for listed entities, comes from the securities regulator, not from this Act.

It does not mean the governance component is separate from the rest. The same Board that must have regard to the environment is the Board that the committees, the report and the audits are there to discipline.

Quick revision

  • The expression "ESG" appears nowhere in the Companies Act, 2013. The topic is the location of its three components in provisions written for other purposes.
  • Environmental: section 166(2), the duty to act in the best interests of the company, its employees, the shareholders, the community and for the protection of the environment; Schedule VII item (iv), environmental sustainability, ecological balance, flora and fauna, animal welfare, agroforestry, conservation of natural resources and the quality of soil, air and water, including the Clean Ganga Fund; section 134(3)(m), conservation of energy, technology absorption and foreign exchange; section 134(3)(n), the risk management policy identifying risks that may threaten the existence of the company.
  • Social: section 135, the two per cent obligation on companies above five hundred crore net worth, one thousand crore turnover or five crore net profit, with preference to the local area and the twelve heads of Schedule VII; section 166(2), employees and community; section 326, workmen's dues and two years of wages and holiday pay ahead of secured creditors; the woman director; the Stakeholders Relationship Committee; the vigil mechanism with direct access to the Audit Committee's chairperson; and the pay ratio to the median employee's remuneration.
  • Governance: the machinery of sections 134, 143, 149, 177, 178, 197, 199 and 204 and Schedule IV, including the Directors' Responsibility Statement's undertaking that proper systems to ensure compliance with all applicable laws were devised and are adequate and operating effectively, and the annual evaluation disclosure under section 134(3)(p).
  • The limits: the Act requires no separate ESG or sustainability report, no ESG rating or assurance, and does not prescribe the listed-entity reporting framework, which is made under the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992; consequences flow from the individual provisions, such as sections 135(7), 134(8), 178(8) and 166(7).
munotes.in723

Environmental, Social and Governance

Test yourself

1. Does the Companies Act, 2013 use the expression "ESG"? No. The expression appears in no section, Schedule or marginal note. The Act carries the three components separately: the environment and the community in the director's duty under section 166(2), the social and environmental heads of Schedule VII under section 135, and the governance machinery of sections 134, 149, 177, 178, 197 and 204.

2. Which single provision carries the environment into every company's law? Section 166(2): a director shall act in good faith to promote the objects of the company for the benefit of its members as a whole, and in the best interests of the company, its employees, the shareholders, the community and for the protection of the environment.

3. Where do environmental matters appear in the Board's report? In section 134(3)(m), the conservation of energy, technology absorption and foreign exchange earnings and outgo; in clause (n), the risk management policy identifying elements of risk which in the Board's opinion may threaten the existence of the company; and in clause (o), the corporate social responsibility policy and the initiatives taken, which may include Schedule VII item (iv) activities.

munotes.in724

Environmental, Social and Governance

4. Name four social provisions of the Act. Any four of: section 135 and Schedule VII, corporate social responsibility; section 166(2), employees and the community; section 326, workmen's dues and two years of wages and holiday pay in priority to secured creditors; the woman director under the second proviso to section 149(1); the Stakeholders Relationship Committee under section 178(5); the vigil mechanism under section 177(9) and (10); and the pay ratio disclosure under section 197(12).

5. Does the Act require a sustainability report? No. It requires the Board's report under section 134(3) with the items specified there, a statutory audit under section 143 and, for prescribed companies, a secretarial audit under section 204. Reporting obligations of a sustainability kind for listed entities are imposed under the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992 and the regulations made under it, and their content should be stated as at the date of the question.

6. What is the consequence of failing on an ESG obligation? There is no general consequence, because there is no general obligation. The consequences attach to the individual provisions: section 135(7) for a failure to transfer unspent corporate social responsibility money, section 134(8) for a defective Board's report, section 178(8) for the absence of a required committee, and section 166(7) for the breach of a director's duty.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in725

Chapter Ninety-Two

Insider Trading: The Definitions

Syllabus topic 4.5, label: "Insider Trading"

In one line

An insider is a connected person, or anybody in possession of or having access to unpublished price sensitive information; such information is anything about a company or its securities that is not generally available and would materially affect the price if it were; and no insider may communicate it, and nobody may procure it, except in furtherance of legitimate purposes, the performance of duties or the discharge of legal obligations.

In exam wording: regulation 2(1)(g) defines an insider, 2(1)(d) a connected person, 2(1)(n) unpublished price sensitive information, 2(1)(e) generally available information, 2(1)(l) trading; and regulation 3 prohibits communication and procurement.

Why the law has this at all

A stock market works because buyers and sellers face the same uncertainty about what a share is worth. When one side knows the results are about to be announced and the other does not, the trade is not a bargain between equals; it is a transfer from the uninformed to the informed.

The harm is not to the individual on the other side of the trade, who would probably have sold anyway, but to the market itself. If outsiders believe insiders are dealing on what they know, they demand a discount for the risk, and every company pays for it in the price of its capital.

Hence the design of these Regulations, which is worth stating before any definition.

Define the information first, in regulation 2(1)(n), by a price test, not by a list. The list that follows is illustrative.

Define the person widely, in regulation 2(1)(g), so that it catches anybody in possession, however he came by it, and not only the company's own officers.

Prohibit two things separately. Communicating it, and trading on it. Regulation 3 does the first; regulation 4, in the next chapter, does the second. A director who tells his broker and never trades has still broken the law.

And leave a lawful channel, "in furtherance of legitimate purposes, performance of duties or discharge of legal obligations", because a company must be able to tell its auditors, its bankers and its advisers.

Some words this chapter uses

Trading is defined in regulation 2(1)(l) and is wider than buying and selling. A trading day is a day on which the recognised stock exchanges are open. An intermediary is one specified in section 12 of the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992. Legitimate purposes are to be defined by the Board of a listed company in its Code of Fair Disclosure and Conduct. A rebuttable presumption is one the person may displace by proof.

Where the law now lives

Section 195 of the Companies Act, 2013, which prohibited insider trading, was omitted with effect from 9 February 2018. So was section 194, on forward dealings.

munotes.in726

Insider Trading: The Definitions

The governing law is now:

  • the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992, whose section 12A(d) and (e) prohibit dealing in securities while in possession of material non-public information and communicating it, and whose section 15G provides the penalty; and
  • the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Prohibition of Insider Trading) Regulations, 2015, made under section 30 read with section 11(2)(g) and section 12A(d) and (e) of that Act.

Note the consequence for the scope of the subject. These Regulations apply to securities listed or proposed to be listed, so insider trading in this sense is a listed company subject, unlike the rest of this book.

Who is an insider: regulation 2(1)(g)

"Insider" means any person who is: (i) a connected person; or (ii) in possession of or having access to unpublished price sensitive information.

Two limbs, and the second is the wider. Limb (i) catches people by their relationship with the company. Limb (ii) catches them by their knowledge, whatever the relationship.

The Note to the definition explains the design. Since "generally available information" is defined, anyone in possession of or having access to unpublished price sensitive information should be considered an insider regardless of the manner in which he came into possession of it; and the onus of showing that a person was in possession of or had access to such information at the time of trading is on the person levelling the charge, after which that person may demonstrate that he was not in such possession or bring himself within the defences.

So a taxi driver who overhears two directors is an insider under limb (ii), though he is connected with nobody.

Who is a connected person: regulation 2(1)(d)

The general test, in sub-clause (i), as substituted with effect from 6 December 2024:

any person who is or has been, during the six months prior to the concerned act, associated with a company, in any capacity, directly or indirectly, including by reason of frequent communication with its officers or by being in any contractual, fiduciary or employment relationship or by being a director, officer or an employee of the company or holds any position including a professional or business relationship, whether temporary or permanent, with the company, that allows such a person, directly or indirectly, access to unpublished price sensitive information or is reasonably expected to allow such access.

Three features decide most questions. The look-back is six months prior to the concerned act; the association may be in any capacity, directly or indirectly; and the test is access, actual or reasonably expected, not actual knowledge.

munotes.in727

Insider Trading: The Definitions

The deemed categories, in sub-clause (ii), are deemed to be connected persons unless the contrary is established, that is by a rebuttable presumption:

  • (a) a relative of a connected person under sub-clause (i);
  • (b) a holding, associate or subsidiary company;
  • (c) an intermediary specified in section 12 of the Act, or an employee or director of it;
  • (d) an investment company, trustee company or asset management company, or an employee or director of it;
  • (e) an official of a stock exchange, clearing house or corporation;
  • (f) a member of the board of trustees of a mutual fund, or of the board of the asset management company of a mutual fund, or an employee of either;
  • (g) a member of the board of directors or an employee of a public financial institution as defined in section 2(72) of the Companies Act, 2013;
  • (h) an official or employee of a self-regulatory organisation recognised or authorised by the Board;
  • (i) a banker of the company;
  • (j) a concern, firm, trust, Hindu undivided family, company or association of persons in which a director of the company, or his relative, or the banker of the company, holds more than ten per cent of the holding or interest;
  • (k) a firm, or its partner or employee, in which a connected person under sub-clause (i) is also a partner; and
  • (l) a person sharing household or residence with such a connected person.

Clauses (k) and (l) were inserted on 6 December 2024, and they are the modern additions: the professional's firm, and the person who lives with him.

"Relative" is defined in regulation 2(1)(hc) as the spouse; the parent of the person and of the spouse; the sibling of the person and of the spouse; the child of the person and of the spouse; and the spouses of those siblings and children.

The Note is worth quoting in an answer. A connected person is one who has a connection with the company expected to put him in possession of unpublished price sensitive information; the listed categories are presumed to be connected, but the presumption is a deeming legal fiction and is rebuttable; and the definition is intended to reach persons who seemingly do not occupy any position in the company but are in regular touch with it and its officers and are in the know of its operations.

What is unpublished price sensitive information: regulation 2(1)(n)

any information, relating to a company or its securities, directly or indirectly, that is not generally available which upon becoming generally available, is likely to materially affect the price of the securities.

munotes.in728

Insider Trading: The Definitions

That is the test, and it has three elements: the information relates to the company or its securities; it is not generally available; and on becoming generally available it is likely to materially affect the price.

The list that follows is expressly "ordinarily including but not restricted to", so it illustrates and does not confine. As it stands after the amendments of 10 June 2025 it covers:

  • (i) financial results; (ii) dividends; (iii) change in capital structure;
  • (iv) mergers, de-mergers, acquisitions, delistings, disposals and expansion of business, and the award or termination of orders or contracts not in the normal course of business, and such other transactions;
  • (v) changes in key managerial personnel, other than due to superannuation or end of term, and the resignation of a Statutory Auditor or Secretarial Auditor;
  • (vi) change in ratings, other than ESG ratings; (vii) fund raising proposed to be undertaken;
  • (viii) agreements, by whatever name called, which may impact the management or control of the company;
  • (ix) fraud or defaults by the company, its promoter, director, key managerial personnel or subsidiary, or the arrest of a key managerial personnel, promoter or director, whether in India or abroad;
  • (x) a resolution plan, restructuring or one-time settlement in relation to loans or borrowings from banks or financial institutions;
  • (xi) admission of a winding up petition, or admission by the Tribunal of an application for a corporate insolvency resolution process against the company, and the approval or rejection of a resolution plan under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016;
  • (xii) the initiation of a forensic audit for detecting misstatement in financials or misappropriation, siphoning or diversion of funds, and the receipt of the final forensic audit report;
  • (xiii) actions initiated or orders passed, in India or abroad, by any regulatory, statutory or enforcement authority or judicial body against the company or its directors, key managerial personnel, promoter or subsidiary;
  • (xiv) the outcome of litigation or disputes which may have an impact on the company;
  • (xv) the giving of guarantees, indemnities or suretyship for a third party not in the normal course of business; and
  • (xvi) the granting, withdrawal, surrender, cancellation or suspension of key licences or regulatory approvals.

Note how much of this list is company law. Items (xi) and (x) are the winding up and insolvency chapters of this book; item (v) is key managerial personnel; item (ix) is fraud under section 447.

And note item (vi)'s exclusion of ESG ratings, which is the only place the expression appears anywhere in this book's sources.

munotes.in729

Insider Trading: The Definitions

Generally available information: regulation 2(1)(e)

information that is accessible to the public on a non-discriminatory basis, and shall not include unverified event or information reported in print or electronic media.

The Note adds that information published on the website of a stock exchange would ordinarily be considered generally available.

Two points follow, and both are examinable. Accessibility must be non-discriminatory, so telling a hundred analysts is not publication. And a newspaper report of an unverified event is not generally available information, so a leak does not launder the information.

Trading: regulation 2(1)(l)

"trading" means and includes subscribing, redeeming, switching, buying, selling, dealing, or agreeing to subscribe, redeem, switch, buy, sell, deal in any securities.

The Note explains the width. Because sections 12A(e) and 15G of the Act use "dealing in securities", the term is defined widely to curb activities strictly not buying, selling or subscribing, such as pledging, when in possession of unpublished price sensitive information.

The prohibition on communication: regulation 3

Regulation 3(1). No insider shall communicate, provide, or allow access to any unpublished price sensitive information, relating to a company or securities listed or proposed to be listed, to any person including other insiders, except where such communication is in furtherance of legitimate purposes, performance of duties or discharge of legal obligations.

The Note describes it as a "need-to-know" obligation, requiring insiders to handle such information with care and to transact business on it strictly on a need-to-know basis.

Regulation 3(2): the other side of the same act. No person shall procure from, or cause the communication by, any insider of unpublished price sensitive information, except in furtherance of the same three purposes.

Note who is bound by each. Sub-regulation (1) binds an insider; sub-regulation (2) binds any person. So the outsider who extracts the information is caught although he is not an insider when he asks.

Regulation 3(2A). The board of directors of a listed company shall make a policy for determination of "legitimate purposes" as part of the Codes of Fair Disclosure and Conduct formulated under regulation 8.

So "legitimate purposes" is not left at large; each listed company must define it in advance and publish it.

A worked example

Vashi Auto Components Limited is a listed company. Its Board is to consider, on 20 August, an offer to acquire a competitor.

Is that unpublished price sensitive information? It relates to the company, it is not generally available, and an acquisition is likely to materially affect the price when announced. It is also within illustrative item (iv). So it is unpublished price sensitive information.

Who are insiders?

munotes.in730

Insider Trading: The Definitions

The directors and the company secretary are connected persons under sub-clause (i): they hold positions allowing access.

The company's banker is a deemed connected person under clause (i) of sub-clause (ii), and the presumption is rebuttable.

The law firm advising on the acquisition is caught: its partners and employees are connected under clause (k), a firm in which a connected person under sub-clause (i) is a partner, and in any event they are in possession and so insiders under limb (ii) of the definition of insider.

A former head of finance who left the company four months ago is a connected person, because the test looks back six months prior to the concerned act.

The finance director's brother-in-law, being the spouse of his sibling, is a relative within regulation 2(1)(hc) and therefore a deemed connected person, though he may rebut the presumption.

The person sharing the company secretary's residence is a deemed connected person under clause (l).

And a stranger who overhears the discussion in a restaurant is an insider under limb (ii), being in possession, although connected with nobody.

Communication. The finance director tells the company's statutory auditor, because the acquisition affects the accounts. That is in furtherance of the performance of duties and the discharge of legal obligations, and is permitted by regulation 3(1). Telling his brother-in-law is not, and is a contravention whether or not anybody trades.

Procurement. An analyst telephones the company secretary and presses him for "anything on the acquisition". Even if the secretary says nothing, the analyst is caught by regulation 3(2) if he procures or causes the communication; and it binds any person, not merely an insider.

A leak. A newspaper reports, without confirmation, that the acquisition is coming. The information does not thereby become generally available, because generally available information shall not include an unverified event or information reported in print or electronic media. It becomes generally available when the company files the announcement with the stock exchange, that being accessible to the public on a non-discriminatory basis.

Pledging. A director, in possession, pledges his shares to a bank rather than selling them. That is within "trading", which includes dealing, and the Note says the definition exists precisely to catch pledging when in possession.

The company's own duty. Its Board must have made a policy determining "legitimate purposes" as part of its Code of Fair Disclosure and Conduct under regulation 8: regulation 3(2A).

And under the Companies Act. Nothing in that Act now applies: section 195 was omitted on 9 February 2018, and an answer citing it is citing repealed law.

munotes.in731

Insider Trading: The Definitions

Distinctions that carry marks

DefinitionTest
Insider, 2(1)(g)A connected person, or a person in possession of or having access to unpublished price sensitive information, however he came by it
Connected person, 2(1)(d)(i)Association with the company in any capacity, direct or indirect, in the six months prior to the concerned act, that allows or is reasonably expected to allow access to such information
Deemed connected, 2(1)(d)(ii)Twelve categories, rebuttably presumed, including a relative, the banker, the holding, associate or subsidiary company, an intermediary, a firm in which a connected person is a partner, and a person sharing his household
Unpublished price sensitive information, 2(1)(n)Not generally available, and likely to materially affect the price when it becomes so; the sixteen items are illustrative
Generally available information, 2(1)(e)Accessible to the public on a non-discriminatory basis, excluding unverified media reports
Trading, 2(1)(l)Subscribing, redeeming, switching, buying, selling, dealing, or agreeing to do any of them; wide enough to catch pledging
Regulation 3(1)Regulation 3(2)
Binds an insiderBinds any person
Prohibits communicating, providing or allowing accessProhibits procuring from, or causing the communication by, an insider
Same exception: legitimate purposes, performance of duties, discharge of legal obligationsSame exception

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean section 195 of the Companies Act governs insider trading. It was omitted with effect from 9 February 2018.

It does not mean only company officers can be insiders. Anyone in possession of or having access to unpublished price sensitive information is an insider regardless of how he came by it.

It does not mean the list in regulation 2(1)(n) is exhaustive. The definition says "ordinarily including but not restricted to", and the test is the price test.

It does not mean a newspaper report makes information public. Generally available information excludes an unverified event or information reported in print or electronic media.

It does not mean the prohibition bites only on trading. Regulation 3 prohibits communication and procurement whether or not any trade follows.

It does not mean every deemed connected person is caught. The categories in sub-clause (ii) are rebuttable presumptions, and the person may establish the contrary.

Quick revision

  • Where the law lives: section 195 of the Companies Act, 2013 omitted from 9 February 2018; the subject is now the SEBI Act, 1992, sections 12A(d) and (e) and 15G, and the SEBI (Prohibition of Insider Trading) Regulations, 2015, which apply to securities listed or proposed to be listed.
  • 2(1)(g), insider: a connected person, or a person in possession of or having access to unpublished price sensitive information; the onus of showing possession is on the person levelling the charge.
  • 2(1)(d), connected person: association in any capacity, directly or indirectly, in the six months prior to the concerned act, allowing or reasonably expected to allow access; and twelve rebuttably deemed categories, including a relative, holding, associate or subsidiary company, intermediary, investment, trustee or asset management company, stock exchange or clearing official, mutual fund trustee or employee, public financial institution director or employee, self-regulatory organisation official, the banker, a concern in which a director, his relative or the banker holds more than ten per cent, a firm in which a connected person is a partner, and a person sharing his household or residence.
  • 2(1)(hc), relative: spouse; parent of the person and of the spouse; sibling of the person and of the spouse; child of the person and of the spouse; and the spouses of those siblings and children.
  • 2(1)(n), unpublished price sensitive information: information about the company or its securities that is not generally available and, when it becomes so, is likely to materially affect the price; ordinarily including but not restricted to financial results, dividends, capital structure, mergers and similar transactions and abnormal orders, changes in key managerial personnel and the resignation of a statutory or secretarial auditor, rating changes other than ESG, proposed fund raising, control agreements, fraud or default or arrests, resolution plans and settlements, admission of a winding up petition or insolvency application, forensic audits, regulatory or judicial actions, outcomes of litigation, abnormal guarantees, and the granting or loss of key licences.
  • 2(1)(e), generally available: accessible to the public on a non-discriminatory basis, excluding an unverified event or information reported in print or electronic media; a stock exchange website posting ordinarily is.
  • 2(1)(l), trading: subscribing, redeeming, switching, buying, selling, dealing or agreeing to do so, wide enough to catch pledging.
  • Regulation 3: no insider shall communicate, provide or allow access to such information, and no person shall procure it from or cause its communication by an insider, except in furtherance of legitimate purposes, performance of duties or discharge of legal obligations; and the board of a listed company must make a policy determining "legitimate purposes" in its Code of Fair Disclosure and Conduct under regulation 8.
munotes.in732

Insider Trading: The Definitions

Test yourself

1. Who is an insider? Any person who is a connected person, or who is in possession of or having access to unpublished price sensitive information, regardless of the manner in which he came into possession of it: regulation 2(1)(g).

munotes.in733

Insider Trading: The Definitions

2. What is the test for a connected person? Being or having been, during the six months prior to the concerned act, associated with the company in any capacity, directly or indirectly, in a way that allows, or is reasonably expected to allow, access to unpublished price sensitive information: regulation 2(1)(d)(i). Twelve further categories are deemed connected unless the contrary is established.

3. Define unpublished price sensitive information. Any information relating to a company or its securities, directly or indirectly, that is not generally available and which, upon becoming generally available, is likely to materially affect the price of the securities; the sixteen matters listed are ordinarily included but the list is not restrictive: regulation 2(1)(n).

4. Does a newspaper report make information generally available? No. Generally available information means information accessible to the public on a non-discriminatory basis and shall not include an unverified event or information reported in print or electronic media: regulation 2(1)(e).

5. What does regulation 3 prohibit, and what is the exception? Regulation 3(1) forbids an insider from communicating, providing or allowing access to unpublished price sensitive information to any person, including other insiders; regulation 3(2) forbids any person from procuring it from, or causing its communication by, an insider. Both are subject to the same exception: where it is in furtherance of legitimate purposes, performance of duties or discharge of legal obligations.

6. Is pledging shares "trading"? Yes. "Trading" means and includes subscribing, redeeming, switching, buying, selling, dealing, or agreeing to do so, and the Note to the definition says the wide construction is intended to catch activities strictly not buying, selling or subscribing, such as pledging, when in possession of unpublished price sensitive information: regulation 2(1)(l).

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in734

Chapter Ninety-Three

Insider Trading: Trading Plans, Window Closure and Penalties

Syllabus topic 4.5, label: "Insider Trading", the operative half.

In one line

No insider may trade while in possession of unpublished price sensitive information, and if he does his trades are presumed to have been motivated by it, subject to six defences; a trading plan approved by the compliance officer and disclosed publicly, with a cool-off of one hundred and twenty days, is the lawful way for a permanent insider to deal; designated persons may not trade when the trading window is closed; and contravention is met by penalty and prosecution under the SEBI Act.

In exam wording: regulation 4 is the prohibition on trading, regulation 5 the trading plan, regulation 8 and Schedule A the Code of Fair Disclosure, regulation 9 and Schedule B the Code of Conduct and the trading window.

Why the law has this at all

The definitions in the previous chapter identify the wrong. This chapter is about proving it and about living with it, and the two problems are different.

Proving it is hard, because the state of a trader's mind is invisible. If the regulator had to show that a man traded because of what he knew, almost no case would succeed. So regulation 4(1) reverses the difficulty: prove possession and a trade, and motive is presumed. The Note says so in terms: the reasons for which he trades and the purposes to which he applies the proceeds are not intended to be relevant.

But a presumption that strong would be unjust without a way out, so the proviso lists six circumstances in which the insider may demonstrate his innocence, and regulation 4(2) allocates the burden: on a connected person to show he was not in possession, and on the Board in other cases.

Living with it is the second problem. Some people are permanently in possession: a finance director always knows something. If the prohibition were absolute they could never sell a share. Regulation 5 solves that with the trading plan: decide now, publicly, what you will do later, and the decision cannot have been influenced by information that did not yet exist.

And for everybody else there is the trading window, closed by the compliance officer when designated persons can reasonably be expected to have such information, which converts a legal test into an administrable rule.

Some words this chapter uses

A designated person is one covered by the company's code of conduct, specified by the board in consultation with the compliance officer. A compliance officer is defined in regulation 2(1)(c). Pre-clearance is prior approval of a proposed trade. A block deal window is a stock exchange mechanism for large negotiated trades. An informant is defined in Chapter III A.

munotes.in735

Insider Trading: Trading Plans, Window Closure and Penalties

The prohibition: regulation 4(1)

No insider shall trade in securities that are listed or proposed to be listed on a stock exchange when in possession of unpublished price sensitive information.

The Explanation: the presumption. When a person who has traded in securities has been in possession of unpublished price sensitive information, his trades would be presumed to have been motivated by the knowledge and awareness of such information in his possession.

The Note explains what that means for a charge. The reasons for which he trades, or the purposes to which he applies the proceeds, are not relevant; that he traded when in possession is what must be demonstrated at the outset, and once that is established it is open to the insider to prove his innocence by the circumstances in the proviso, failing which he has violated the prohibition.

The six defences in the proviso

  • (i) An off-market inter-se transfer between insiders who were in possession of the same unpublished price sensitive information without being in breach of regulation 3, and both of whom made a conscious and informed trade decision; provided the information was not obtained under regulation 3(3), and provided the trades are reported by the insiders to the company within two working days, the company notifying the stock exchange within two trading days of receipt or of becoming aware.
  • (ii) A transaction through the block deal window mechanism between persons in possession of the same information without being in breach of regulation 3, both making a conscious and informed decision, and the information not obtained under regulation 3(3).
  • (iii) A transaction carried out pursuant to a statutory or regulatory obligation to carry out a bona fide transaction.
  • (iv) A transaction undertaken pursuant to the exercise of stock options whose exercise price was pre-determined in compliance with applicable regulations.
  • (v) For non-individual insiders, that (a) the individuals in possession were different from the individuals taking the trading decision, and those deciding were not in possession when they decided; and (b) appropriate and adequate arrangements were in place to ensure the regulations are not violated and that no such information was communicated by the possessors to the deciders, with no evidence of a breach of those arrangements.
  • (vi) That the trades were pursuant to a trading plan set up in accordance with regulation 5.

Defence (v) is what firms call a Chinese wall, and note that it requires two things: separation of the individuals and arrangements adequate to keep them separate.

Regulation 4(2): the onus. In the case of connected persons the onus of establishing that they were not in possession of unpublished price sensitive information shall be on such connected persons, and in other cases the onus would be on the Board.

munotes.in736

Insider Trading: Trading Plans, Window Closure and Penalties

That single sentence is worth memorising, because it is the practical difference between being a connected person and being an insider only by possession.

Regulation 4(3). The Board may specify such standards and requirements as it deems necessary.

The trading plan: regulation 5

Regulation 5(1). An insider shall be entitled to formulate a trading plan and present it to the compliance officer for approval and public disclosure, pursuant to which trades may be carried out on his behalf in accordance with the plan.

The Note explains the purpose: to give an option to persons who may be perpetually in possession of such information, so that possession at the time a planned trade is executed does not prohibit the execution of trades pre-decided before the information came into being.

What the plan must satisfy: regulation 5(2)

  • (i) it shall not entail commencement of trading earlier than one hundred and twenty calendar days from the public disclosure of the plan;
  • (iv) it shall not entail overlap of any period for which another trading plan is already in existence;
  • (v) it shall set out, for each trade, (a) either the value of the trade or the number of securities; (b) the nature of the trade; (c) either a specific date or a time period not exceeding five consecutive trading days; and (d) optionally a price limit, being an upper limit for a buy trade between the closing price on the day before submission and up to twenty per cent above it, and a lower limit for a sell trade between that closing price and up to twenty per cent below it; and
  • (vi) it shall not entail trading in securities for market abuse.

Note what has gone. Clauses (ii) and (iii), which required the plan to avoid trading in a blackout around the declaration of results and to run for not less than twelve months, were omitted. The cool-off was raised to one hundred and twenty calendar days, and the reason is given in the Note: companies declare results quarterly and a trading restriction already runs from quarter end to two days after the declaration, so one hundred and twenty days is long enough for the information held when the plan was made to become generally available.

And the Explanation to clause (v) makes the first three parameters mandatory and the price limit optional, allows the figures to be rounded off, and lets the insider adjust the number of securities and the price limit, with the compliance officer's approval, on a bonus issue or stock split, the adjustment being notified to the stock exchanges.

munotes.in737

Insider Trading: Trading Plans, Window Closure and Penalties

The Note to clause (vi) is a warning. Trading under a plan gives no absolute immunity from proceedings for market abuse; manipulative timing of the release of information to make planned trades lucrative may be proceeded against under the SEBI (Prohibition of Fraudulent and Unfair Trade Practices Relating to the Securities Market) Regulations, 2003.

Approval and effect: regulation 5(3) and (4)

The compliance officer shall review the plan, may require undertakings to enable his assessment, and shall approve and monitor its implementation.

Two provisos: pre-clearance of trades is not required for a trade executed under an approved plan, and trading window norms do not apply to trades carried out under one.

Regulation 5(4): the plan is irrevocable. Once approved it shall be irrevocable, and the insider must implement it, without being entitled to execute any trade outside its scope or to deviate from it except due to permanent incapacity, bankruptcy or operation of law.

Proviso: implementation shall not commence if any unpublished price sensitive information in the insider's possession at the time of formulating the plan has not become generally available at the time of commencement.

So the plan cuts both ways. It protects the insider from the presumption, and it binds him to trades he may by then wish he had not planned.

The codes: regulations 8 and 9

Regulation 8 and Schedule A: the Code of Fair Disclosure and Conduct. The board of a listed company must formulate and publish a code of practices and procedures for fair disclosure of unpublished price sensitive information, which includes prompt public disclosure of such information that gets disclosed selectively, uniform and universal dissemination, a chief investor relations officer, prompt dissemination of information disclosed to analysts, and a policy determining "legitimate purposes" under regulation 3(2A).

Regulation 9 and Schedule B: the Code of Conduct. The board of a listed company shall formulate a code of conduct to regulate, monitor and report trading by its designated persons and their immediate relatives, and appoint a compliance officer to administer it.

The trading window: Schedule B, clause 4

Clause 4(1). A notional trading window shall be used as an instrument of monitoring trading by designated persons. The window shall be closed when the compliance officer determines that a designated person or class of designated persons can reasonably be expected to have possession of unpublished price sensitive information, the closure being in relation to the securities to which the information relates; and designated persons and their immediate relatives shall not trade when the window is closed.

munotes.in738

Insider Trading: Trading Plans, Window Closure and Penalties

Proviso, inserted in 2025: for information not emanating from within the listed company, the window may not be closed.

Clause 4(2). A trading restriction period shall apply from the end of every quarter till forty-eight hours after the declaration of financial results, the gap between clearance of accounts by the audit committee and the board meeting to be as narrow as possible and preferably on the same day.

Clause 4(3): what the window restrictions do not touch. The transactions in clauses (i) to (iv) and (vi) of the proviso to regulation 4(1), and a pledge of shares for a bona fide purpose such as raising funds, subject to pre-clearance; and transactions under other SEBI regulations such as conversion of warrants or debentures, subscribing to a rights issue, a further public issue, a preferential allotment, or tendering shares in a buy-back, open offer or delisting offer.

Clause 5: reopening. The timing is determined by the compliance officer, taking into account the information becoming generally available and being capable of assimilation by the market, and in any event not earlier than forty-eight hours after the information becomes generally available.

Clause 6: pre-clearance. When the window is open, trading by designated persons is subject to pre-clearance by the compliance officer if the value of the proposed trades is above such thresholds as the board may stipulate.

Informants: Chapter III A

The Regulations contain a whistleblower scheme. An "informant" is an individual who voluntarily submits to the Board a Voluntary Information Disclosure Form relating to an alleged violation of insider trading laws that has occurred, is occurring, or which he reasonably believes is about to occur, whether or not he qualifies for a reward.

"Insider trading laws" are defined, for this purpose, as section 15G of the SEBI Act, 1992, regulations 3, 4, 5 and 5A to 5G of these Regulations, and regulations 9 and 9A so far as they relate to trading or communication of such information.

Rewards are paid out of the Investor Protection and Education Fund created under section 11 of the Act, on the recommendation of an Informant Incentive Committee; and irrelevant, vexatious and frivolous information is defined so that it can be rejected.

The consequences

Under the SEBI Act, 1992. Section 12A(d) and (e) prohibit dealing in securities while in possession of material non-public information and communicating it. Section 15G provides the penalty for insider trading, adjudicated by an adjudicating officer, and section 24 provides for prosecution. This book does not state the rupee figures in section 15G, because the Act's text could not be obtained while this chapter was written; read the current section before quoting an amount, and note that the penalty provisions of that Act have been amended more than once.

munotes.in739

Insider Trading: Trading Plans, Window Closure and Penalties

Under the Regulations themselves. A contravention of regulation 3, 4, 5 or 9 is a contravention of insider trading laws as defined in Chapter III A, and the Board's powers under sections 11, 11B and 11D of the SEBI Act, 1992 to issue directions, disgorge unlawful gains and debar persons from the securities market are exercisable.

Under the Companies Act. Nothing. Sections 194 and 195 were omitted on 9 February 2018.

A worked example

Mrs Iyer is the Chief Financial Officer of Nerul Pharma Limited, a listed company. She is a connected person and, in the nature of her office, is almost always in possession of something.

An ordinary sale. On 12 August she sells four thousand shares to pay for her daughter's education. On 20 August the company announces disappointing results.

The charge. The Board need show only that she traded while in possession; her trades are then presumed to have been motivated by that knowledge, and the fact that she sold to pay school fees is irrelevant, the Note saying that the reasons for trading and the use of the proceeds are not intended to be relevant.

Her burden. She is a connected person, so under regulation 4(2) the onus of establishing that she was not in possession is on her. Had she been an insider only by possession, and not connected, the onus would have been on the Board.

Her defences. She may bring herself within the proviso: an off-market inter-se transfer between insiders with the same information; a block deal window transaction on the same footing; a transaction pursuant to a statutory or regulatory obligation; the exercise of stock options at a pre-determined exercise price; the separation of possessors and deciders in a non-individual insider; or a trading plan under regulation 5. A sale on the market to pay school fees is none of them.

The right way to do it. She should have formulated a trading plan. She presents it to the compliance officer, who reviews it, may require undertakings, approves it and monitors it, and it is publicly disclosed. Trading under it may not commence earlier than one hundred and twenty calendar days from that public disclosure. For each trade the plan states the value or the number of securities, the nature of the trade, and a specific date or a period of not more than five consecutive trading days, and may add a price limit within twenty per cent of the closing price on the day before submission.

munotes.in740

Insider Trading: Trading Plans, Window Closure and Penalties

Its effect. Once approved the plan is irrevocable; she must implement it and may not trade outside it or deviate from it, except on permanent incapacity, bankruptcy or operation of law. Pre-clearance is not required for trades under it, and the trading window norms do not apply to them. But implementation may not commence if information she held when she formulated the plan has still not become generally available.

And the plan is not a licence. If she times the release of the information so that the planned trades become lucrative, proceedings may be brought under the SEBI (Prohibition of Fraudulent and Unfair Trade Practices Relating to the Securities Market) Regulations, 2003.

The window. Nerul Pharma's compliance officer closes the trading window when he determines that designated persons can reasonably be expected to have possession of the results information, and it stays closed from the end of the quarter until forty-eight hours after the declaration. Designated persons and their immediate relatives may not trade while it is closed. It reopens when he determines that the information has become generally available and capable of assimilation, and in no event earlier than forty-eight hours after it becomes generally available. When it is open, trades above the board's threshold need pre-clearance.

What the window does not stop. A pledge of shares for a bona fide purpose such as raising funds, with pre-clearance; and transactions under other SEBI regulations, such as conversion of debentures, a rights issue, a preferential allotment, or tendering shares in a buy-back, open offer or delisting offer.

A junior officer who reports her. He may become an informant under Chapter III A by submitting a Voluntary Information Disclosure Form to the Board about an alleged violation of insider trading laws, and may be rewarded out of the Investor Protection and Education Fund on the recommendation of the Informant Incentive Committee.

A firm on the other side. A broking house holds the same information in its investment banking arm while its trading desk sells the shares. It may rely on defence (v), but only if the individuals in possession were different from those deciding, those deciding were not in possession, and adequate arrangements were in place and not breached.

The consequences. If the defence fails, the Board may act under sections 11, 11B and 11D of the SEBI Act, 1992 to direct, disgorge and debar, a penalty may be imposed under section 15G, and prosecution may follow under section 24. The Companies Act supplies nothing, sections 194 and 195 having been omitted.

munotes.in741

Insider Trading: Trading Plans, Window Closure and Penalties

Distinctions that carry marks

Regulation 3Regulation 4
ProhibitsCommunicating, providing or allowing access, and procuringTrading while in possession
BoundAn insider, and for procurement any personAn insider
ExceptionLegitimate purposes, performance of duties, discharge of legal obligationsThe six circumstances in the proviso
PresumptionNoneTrades presumed motivated by the information
Who bears the onus, regulation 4(2)
A connected personOn him, to establish he was not in possession
Any other insiderOn the Board
Trading plan, regulation 5Requirement
Cool-offOne hundred and twenty calendar days from public disclosure
OverlapNone with an existing plan
ParametersValue or number, nature, and a date or period of not more than five consecutive trading days, all mandatory; a price limit within twenty per cent of the previous closing price, optional
EffectIrrevocable; no trading outside it; no pre-clearance; window norms inapplicable; but no commencement while the information held at formulation remains unpublished
Trading window, Schedule B clause 4
ClosedWhen the compliance officer determines designated persons can reasonably be expected to have such information; not required for information not emanating from within the company
Restriction periodFrom the end of every quarter till forty-eight hours after the declaration of results
ReopeningAs the compliance officer determines, not earlier than forty-eight hours after the information becomes generally available
Not applicable toRegulation 4 proviso transactions (i) to (iv) and (vi), a bona fide pledge with pre-clearance, and specified corporate actions

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean the regulator must prove motive. Once possession and a trade are shown, motive is presumed, and the reasons for trading and the use of the proceeds are irrelevant.

It does not mean the presumption is conclusive. The six circumstances in the proviso allow the insider to prove his innocence.

It does not mean the onus is always on the insider. It is on connected persons; in other cases it is on the Board.

It does not mean a trading plan may be abandoned. It is irrevocable, and deviation is permitted only on permanent incapacity, bankruptcy or operation of law.

It does not mean a trading plan protects against everything. It gives no immunity from proceedings for market abuse.

It does not mean the window closes for every piece of information. Since 2025, where the information does not emanate from within the listed company, the window may not be closed.

It does not mean the Companies Act punishes insider trading. Sections 194 and 195 were omitted with effect from 9 February 2018; the penalty is under section 15G of the SEBI Act, 1992.

munotes.in742

Insider Trading: Trading Plans, Window Closure and Penalties

Quick revision

  • Regulation 4(1): no insider shall trade in listed or to-be-listed securities when in possession of unpublished price sensitive information; his trades are presumed motivated by it, his reasons and the use of the proceeds being irrelevant.
  • The six defences: an off-market inter-se transfer between insiders with the same information, reported to the company in two working days and by it to the exchange in two trading days; a block deal window transaction on the same footing; a transaction under a statutory or regulatory obligation; the exercise of stock options at a pre-determined price; for a non-individual, separation of possessors from deciders with adequate arrangements not breached; and trades under a regulation 5 trading plan.
  • Regulation 4(2): the onus is on connected persons to show they were not in possession; otherwise on the Board.
  • Regulation 5: a plan presented to the compliance officer for approval and public disclosure; no trading earlier than one hundred and twenty calendar days from disclosure; no overlap with an existing plan; parameters of value or number, nature, and a date or a period not exceeding five consecutive trading days, with an optional price limit within twenty per cent of the previous closing price, adjustable on a bonus issue or stock split with the compliance officer's approval; no trading for market abuse; irrevocable once approved, with no trading outside it and deviation only on permanent incapacity, bankruptcy or operation of law; no pre-clearance and no window norms for its trades; and no commencement while information held at formulation remains unpublished.
  • Regulations 8 and 9 with Schedules A and B: a Code of Fair Disclosure requiring prompt, uniform and universal dissemination, a chief investor relations officer and a legitimate purposes policy; and a Code of Conduct for designated persons and their immediate relatives, administered by a compliance officer, with the notional trading window closed when possession can reasonably be expected, a restriction period from quarter end to forty-eight hours after results, reopening not earlier than forty-eight hours after the information becomes generally available, pre-clearance above thresholds, and exemptions for the regulation 4 proviso transactions, a bona fide pledge and specified corporate actions.
  • Chapter III A: an informant may submit a Voluntary Information Disclosure Form about a violation of insider trading laws, defined as section 15G of the SEBI Act, 1992 and regulations 3, 4, 5, 5A to 5G, 9 and 9A, with rewards from the Investor Protection and Education Fund on the recommendation of the Informant Incentive Committee.
  • Consequences: the Board's powers under sections 11, 11B and 11D, penalty under section 15G and prosecution under section 24 of the SEBI Act, 1992; and nothing under the Companies Act, sections 194 and 195 having been omitted.
munotes.in743

Insider Trading: Trading Plans, Window Closure and Penalties

Test yourself

1. What must be proved to establish a contravention of regulation 4(1)? That the person traded in securities while in possession of unpublished price sensitive information. His trades are then presumed to have been motivated by the knowledge and awareness of that information, and the reasons for which he traded and the purposes to which he applied the proceeds are not relevant.

2. Name four circumstances in which an insider may prove his innocence. Any four of: an off-market inter-se transfer between insiders in possession of the same information without breach of regulation 3, both making a conscious and informed decision; a transaction through the block deal window mechanism on the same footing; a transaction pursuant to a statutory or regulatory obligation to carry out a bona fide transaction; the exercise of stock options at a pre-determined exercise price; for a non-individual insider, that the individuals in possession were different from those deciding and that adequate arrangements existed and were not breached; and trades pursuant to a trading plan under regulation 5.

3. On whom does the onus lie? On connected persons, to establish that they were not in possession of unpublished price sensitive information; in other cases the onus is on the Board: regulation 4(2).

4. State the main requirements of a trading plan. It must be presented to the compliance officer for approval and public disclosure; must not commence trading earlier than one hundred and twenty calendar days from that disclosure; must not overlap with an existing plan; must set out for each trade the value or number of securities, the nature of the trade and either a specific date or a period not exceeding five consecutive trading days, with an optional price limit within twenty per cent of the closing price on the day before submission; and must not entail trading for market abuse: regulation 5(2).

5. When is the trading window closed, and when may it reopen? It is closed when the compliance officer determines that a designated person or class of designated persons can reasonably be expected to have possession of unpublished price sensitive information, and a restriction period applies from the end of every quarter till forty-eight hours after the declaration of financial results. It reopens as the compliance officer determines, taking into account the information becoming generally available and capable of assimilation by the market, and in no event earlier than forty-eight hours after it becomes generally available: Schedule B, clauses 4 and 5.

munotes.in744

Insider Trading: Trading Plans, Window Closure and Penalties

6. What are the consequences of insider trading? The Board may act under sections 11, 11B and 11D of the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992 to give directions, disgorge unlawful gains and debar; a penalty may be imposed under section 15G; and prosecution may follow under section 24. The Companies Act provides nothing, sections 194 and 195 having been omitted with effect from 9 February 2018.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in745

Chapter Ninety-Four

Inspection, Inquiry and Investigation

Syllabus topic 4.3, the enforcement chapter the module's coverage of regulators carries with it.

In one line

The Registrar may call for information, inspect the books and hold an inquiry; the Central Government may order an investigation by inspectors or assign it to the Serious Fraud Investigation Office; the Tribunal may order one on a qualified minority's application or on evidence of fraud; inspectors have a civil court's powers, may seize books and may investigate related companies; the Tribunal may freeze assets and restrict securities; and on the report the Central Government may prosecute, petition for winding up or oppression, and seek disgorgement with unlimited personal liability.

In exam wording: section 206 is inspection and inquiry, section 210 investigation by the Central Government, section 212 the Serious Fraud Investigation Office, section 213 investigation ordered by the Tribunal, and section 224 the action on the report.

Why the law has this at all

Company law depends on filings that companies make about themselves. That works while companies are honest, and it fails exactly where the law matters most.

So the Act builds a ladder of increasing intrusion, and the ladder is the structure of any answer on this topic.

At the bottom, the Registrar asks a question. Section 206(1): furnish an explanation, produce a document. Nobody's rights are affected.

Next, he looks for himself. Section 206(3): produce your books for my inspection, and he must record his reasons in writing before he may.

Then he inquires. Section 206(4): where he is satisfied that the business is being carried on for a fraudulent or unlawful purpose, or that investors' grievances are not being addressed, he tells the company the allegations and inquires after giving it a reasonable opportunity of being heard.

Above that, an investigation. Sections 210 to 213: inspectors appointed by the Central Government, on its own opinion, on a report, on the company's own special resolution, in the public interest, on a court's or the Tribunal's order, or on a qualified minority's application.

And at the top, the Serious Fraud Investigation Office, a standing multi-disciplinary body which, once seized of a case, excludes every other agency.

The rise in intrusion is matched by a rise in who decides. The Registrar decides the first two steps himself; the inquiry needs a hearing; the investigation needs the Central Government or the Tribunal.

Some words this chapter uses

An inspector is a person appointed under this Chapter to investigate. Books and papers include books of account, deeds, vouchers, writings, documents, minutes and registers. Disgorgement is the surrender of a benefit wrongly obtained. A significant beneficial owner is the person behind a registered holding. Privileged communication is a communication protected from disclosure by law.

munotes.in746

Inspection, Inquiry and Investigation

Inspection and inquiry by the Registrar: section 206

Section 206(1) and (2): the question. Where, on scrutiny of a document filed or on information received, the Registrar is of opinion that further information, explanation or documents are necessary, he may by written notice require the company to furnish it in writing or produce the documents within a reasonable time. It is the duty of the company and its officers to comply to the best of their knowledge and power; and by the proviso, where the matter relates to a past period, the officers who were then in employment must also furnish it if called upon by written notice.

Section 206(3): the inspection. If no information is furnished, or the Registrar thinks what was furnished inadequate, or is satisfied that an unsatisfactory state of affairs exists and the documents do not disclose a full and fair statement, he may by another written notice call for further books of account, books, papers and explanations for his inspection at such place and time as he specifies. Proviso: he shall record his reasons in writing before serving that notice.

Section 206(4): the inquiry. If the Registrar is satisfied, on information available or furnished or on a representation made by any person, that the business is being carried on for a fraudulent or unlawful purpose or not in compliance with this Act, or that the grievances of investors are not being addressed, he may, after informing the company of the allegations, call for information by written order and carry out such inquiry as he deems fit after giving the company a reasonable opportunity of being heard.

First proviso: the Central Government may direct the Registrar or an inspector it appoints to carry out the inquiry. Second proviso: where the business has been or is being carried on for a fraudulent or unlawful purpose, every officer in default shall be punishable for fraud under section 447.

Section 206(5) and (6). The Central Government may direct inspection of a company's books and papers by an inspector it appoints; and it may, by general or special order, authorise any statutory authority to carry out the inspection of the books of a company or class of companies.

Section 206(7): failure. The company and every officer in default is punishable with fine up to one lakh rupees, and for a continuing failure an additional fine up to five hundred rupees for every day after the first.

Conducting it: sections 207 and 208

Section 207(1) and (2). Every director, officer or other employee must produce all such documents and furnish statements, information or explanations in the required form, and render all assistance. The Registrar or inspector may make copies and place marks of identification on the books.

munotes.in747

Inspection, Inquiry and Investigation

Section 207(3): the powers. Notwithstanding any other law or any contract to the contrary, he has the powers of a civil court under the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908 in respect of (a) discovery and production of books and documents at a specified place and time, (b) summoning and enforcing attendance and examining persons on oath, and (c) inspection of any books, registers and documents at any place.

Section 207(4): disobedience, and its second consequence. A director or officer who disobeys a direction is punishable with imprisonment up to one year and fine of twenty-five thousand to one lakh rupees; and on conviction he is deemed to have vacated his office and is disqualified from holding office in any company.

That second limb is the one students miss, and it is heavier than the sentence.

Section 208: the report. The Registrar or inspector shall, after the inspection or inquiry, submit a written report to the Central Government with the documents, and the report may include a recommendation, with reasons, that further investigation is necessary.

Search and seizure by the Registrar: section 209

Section 209(1). Where, on information in his possession or otherwise, the Registrar or inspector has reasonable ground to believe that the books and papers of a company, or those relating to the key managerial personnel or any director or auditor or company secretary in practice where the company has appointed no company secretary, are likely to be destroyed, mutilated, altered, falsified or secreted, he may, after obtaining an order from the Special Court for the seizure of those books and papers, (a) enter and search, with such assistance as may be required, the place or places where they are kept, and (b) seize such of them as he considers necessary, after allowing the company to take copies or extracts at its cost.

Note the safeguard. Unlike an inspector's seizure under section 220, which needs no outside order, a Registrar's search and seizure under section 209 requires an order of the Special Court.

Section 209(2). The books and papers shall be returned as soon as may be, and in any case not later than the one hundred and eightieth day after the seizure; proviso, they may be called for again for a further one hundred and eighty days by an order in writing; and before returning them he may take copies or extracts, place identification marks or otherwise deal with them as he considers necessary.

Section 209(3). The provisions of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973 relating to searches and seizures apply mutatis mutandis.

munotes.in748

Inspection, Inquiry and Investigation

Investigation by the Central Government: section 210

The Central Government may order an investigation into the affairs of a company where it is of opinion that it is necessary:

  • (a) on receipt of a report of the Registrar or inspector under section 208;
  • (b) on intimation of a special resolution passed by the company that its affairs ought to be investigated; or
  • (c) in the public interest.

Section 210(2) makes it mandatory in one case: where a court or the Tribunal orders in any proceedings that the affairs ought to be investigated, the Central Government shall order it.

Section 210(3). It may appoint one or more persons as inspectors to investigate and report in such manner as it may direct.

The Serious Fraud Investigation Office: sections 211 and 212

Section 211: establishment. The Central Government shall by notification establish the Serious Fraud Investigation Office to investigate frauds relating to a company, headed by a Director not below the rank of a Joint Secretary to the Government of India, and consisting of experts in banking, corporate affairs, taxation, forensic audit, capital market, information technology, law and such other fields as may be prescribed.

Section 212(1): when a case goes to it. Where the Central Government is of opinion that it is necessary to investigate a company's affairs by the Office:

  • (a) on a report under section 208;
  • (b) on intimation of a special resolution of the company;
  • (c) in the public interest; or
  • (d) on request from any Department of the Central Government or a State Government,

it may assign the investigation to the Office, whose Director may designate as many inspectors as he considers necessary.

Section 212(2): exclusivity. Once a case is so assigned, no other investigating agency of the Central Government or any State Government shall proceed with an investigation in respect of any offence under this Act; any investigation already initiated shall not be proceeded with, and the agency shall transfer the relevant documents and records to the Office.

And note section 439(1), which makes every offence under the Act non-cognizable except those referred to in section 212(6), so the Office's cases are the exception to the ordinary rule.

Investigation ordered by the Tribunal: section 213

The Tribunal may order that the affairs be investigated by inspectors appointed by the Central Government:

  • (a) on the application of not less than one hundred members, or members holding not less than one-tenth of the total voting power, in a company having a share capital; or not less than one-fifth of the persons on the register of members in a company having no share capital; supported by evidence showing that the applicants have good reasons for seeking the order; or
  • (b) on the application of any other person or otherwise, if satisfied that there are circumstances suggesting that (i) the business is being conducted with intent to defraud creditors, members or any other person, or otherwise for a fraudulent or unlawful purpose, or in a manner oppressive to any of its members, or that the company was formed for a fraudulent or unlawful purpose; (ii) persons concerned in its formation or management have been guilty of fraud, misfeasance or other misconduct towards the company or its members; or (iii) the members have not been given all the information about its affairs which they might reasonably expect, including information about the calculation of the commission payable to a managing or other director or the manager.
munotes.in749

Inspection, Inquiry and Investigation

The order is made after giving a reasonable opportunity of being heard to the parties concerned, and on it the Central Government shall appoint one or more competent persons as inspectors.

The proviso: the consequence of proof. If after investigation it is proved that the business was conducted with intent to defraud or for a fraudulent or unlawful purpose, or that a person concerned in the formation or management has been guilty of fraud, then every officer in default and the persons concerned shall be punishable for fraud under section 447.

Compare section 244. For an oppression petition the thresholds are one hundred members or one-tenth of the members, whichever is less, or one-tenth of the issued share capital. Here they are one hundred members or one-tenth of the total voting power, and there is no power of waiver.

Two conditions on an investigation: sections 214 and 215

Section 214: security for costs. Where an investigation is ordered by the Central Government under section 210(1)(b), that is on the company's own special resolution, or in pursuance of an order of the Tribunal under section 213, the Central Government may, before appointing an inspector, require the applicant to give such security, not exceeding twenty-five thousand rupees, as may be prescribed, for the costs and expenses of the investigation; and that security shall be refunded to the applicant if the investigation results in prosecution.

Note the two conditions on the refund. It is refunded on a prosecution, not on a finding of wrongdoing short of one, and the ceiling is twenty-five thousand rupees.

Section 215: who may be an inspector. No firm, body corporate or other association shall be appointed as an inspector. The office is personal, so a person is appointed and answers for the investigation himself.

munotes.in750

Inspection, Inquiry and Investigation

The inspector at work: sections 216 to 220

Section 216: ownership. The Central Government may appoint inspectors to determine the true persons who are or have been financially interested in the success or failure of the company, who are or have been able to control or materially influence its policy, or who have or had a beneficial interest in its shares or are or have been beneficial owners or significant beneficial owners. It shall do so if the Tribunal so directs. It may define the scope, including limiting it to particular shares or debentures; and the inspector's powers extend to arrangements or understandings which, though not legally binding, are or were observed in practice.

Section 217: duties and powers. All officers, employees and agents, including former ones, of the company and, where section 219 applies, of the other body corporate or person, must preserve and produce all books and papers in their custody or power and give all assistance. The inspector may require any other body corporate to furnish information or produce books relevant to the investigation. He shall not keep books for more than one hundred and eighty days, but may call for them again for a further one hundred and eighty days by order in writing.

He may examine on oath any of those persons, and, with the prior approval of the Central Government, any other person; in a section 212 investigation the prior approval of the Director, Serious Fraud Investigation Office is sufficient. He has the civil court's powers in the same three matters as under section 207(3). The notes of examination are taken down, read over to and signed by the person examined, and may be used in evidence against him. And disobedience carries imprisonment up to one year and fine of twenty-five thousand to one lakh rupees, with the same deemed vacation of office and disqualification from any company on conviction.

Section 218: protection of employees. Where, during an investigation under section 210, 212, 213, 216 or 219, or during proceedings under Chapter XVI against a person concerned in management, the company proposes to discharge or suspend an employee, to punish him by dismissal, removal, reduction in rank or otherwise, or to change the terms of his employment to his disadvantage, it must obtain the Tribunal's approval. If it does not receive approval within thirty days of applying, it may proceed; if the Tribunal objects, the company may appeal to the Appellate Tribunal within thirty days, whose decision is final and binding.

munotes.in751

Inspection, Inquiry and Investigation

That section exists for an obvious reason. The employees are the witnesses.

Section 219: related companies. An inspector appointed under section 210, 212 or 213 may, with the prior approval of the Central Government, also investigate (a) a body corporate which is or has been the company's subsidiary or holding company or a subsidiary of its holding company; (b) a body corporate managed by a person who is or was the company's managing director or manager; (c) a body corporate whose Board comprises nominees of the company or is accustomed to act on its or its directors' directions; or (d) any person who is or has been the company's managing director, manager or employee, so far as the results are relevant to his investigation.

Section 220: seizure. Where the inspector has reasonable grounds to believe that books and papers are likely to be destroyed, mutilated, altered, falsified or secreted, he may enter the place where they are kept, with such assistance as may be required, and seize them, after allowing the company to take copies or extracts at its own cost. He keeps them no later than the conclusion of the investigation, and may before returning them take copies, place identification marks or otherwise deal with them. The Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973 provisions on searches and seizures apply mutatis mutandis.

The Tribunal's protective orders: sections 221 and 222

Section 221: freezing assets. Where it appears to the Tribunal, on a reference by the Central Government, in connection with an inquiry or investigation, or on a complaint by the number of members specified in section 244(1), a creditor having one lakh rupees outstanding, or any other person having reasonable ground to believe, that the removal, transfer or disposal of funds, assets or properties is likely to take place prejudicially to the interests of the company, its shareholders or creditors, or in the public interest, it may direct that no such transfer, removal or disposal take place for a period not exceeding three years, or that it take place subject to conditions.

Contravention: the company is punishable with fine of one lakh to twenty-five lakh rupees, and every officer in default with imprisonment up to three years or fine of fifty thousand to five lakh rupees, or both.

Section 222: restrictions on securities. In connection with a section 216 investigation, or on a complaint, where the Tribunal is of opinion that the relevant facts about securities cannot be found out unless restrictions are imposed, it may direct that the securities be subject to such restrictions as it deems fit for a period not exceeding three years. Contravention carries the same fine on the company and imprisonment up to six months or fine of twenty-five thousand to five lakh rupees, or both, on every officer in default.

munotes.in752

Inspection, Inquiry and Investigation

The report and what follows: sections 223 to 229

Section 223: the report. The inspector may, and if directed by the Central Government shall, submit interim reports, and on the conclusion of the investigation shall submit a final report. A copy may be obtained by members, creditors or any other person whose interest is likely to be affected, on application to the Central Government. The report is authenticated by the seal, if any, of the company or by a certificate of a public officer having its custody under section 76 of the Indian Evidence Act, 1872.

Section 224: action on the report.

  • (1) Prosecution. Where it appears that a person has been guilty of an offence for which he is criminally liable, the Central Government may prosecute, and all officers and employees must give the necessary assistance.
  • (2) Winding up or oppression. Where the company is liable to be wound up under this Act or under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016, and it appears expedient by reason of the circumstances in section 213, the Central Government may cause a person authorised by it to present (a) a petition for winding up on the just and equitable ground, (b) an application under section 241, or (c) both.
  • (3) and (4) Civil proceedings. Where proceedings ought in the public interest to be brought by the company for recovery of damages for fraud, misfeasance or other misconduct in the promotion, formation or management, or for recovery of property misapplied or wrongfully retained, the Central Government may bring them in the company's name, and shall be indemnified by the company against costs.
  • (5) Disgorgement. Where the report states that fraud has taken place and any director, key managerial personnel, other officer or any other person or entity has taken undue advantage or benefit, in any form, the Central Government may apply to the Tribunal for disgorgement and for holding them personally liable without any limitation of liability.

Section 225: expenses. Borne in the first instance by the Central Government, but reimbursed by a person convicted or ordered to pay damages or restore property to the extent the court specifies; by a company in whose name proceedings are brought, to the extent of what it recovers, which is a first charge on those sums; and, unless a prosecution is instituted, by the company, body corporate, managing director or manager dealt with in the report and by the applicants where the inspector was appointed under section 213, to such extent as the Central Government directs.

munotes.in753

Inspection, Inquiry and Investigation

Section 226: nothing stops it. An investigation may be initiated notwithstanding, and shall not be stopped or suspended by reason only of, an application under section 241, a special resolution for voluntary winding up, or a pending winding up proceeding. Where a winding up order is passed, the inspector shall inform the Tribunal and it shall pass such order as it thinks fit; and nothing in the winding up order absolves any director or employee from participating before the inspector or from liability on his findings.

Section 227: privilege. Nothing in the Chapter requires a legal adviser to disclose a privileged communication made to him in that capacity, except the name and address of his client, or a banker to disclose information about the affairs of customers other than the company or body corporate under investigation.

Sections 228 and 229. The Chapter applies mutatis mutandis to a foreign company; and a person who, in an investigation, inquiry or inspection, destroys, mutilates or falsifies documents, makes false entries, provides false information or does not provide information is punishable for fraud under section 447.

A worked example

Kalwa Textiles Limited files accounts showing a large unexplained advance to an unknown party.

The Registrar's question. On scrutiny he asks, by written notice, for an explanation. The company and its officers must furnish it to the best of their knowledge and power, and the officer who was finance head in the earlier year must also do so if noticed, though he has since left: proviso to section 206(2).

The inspection. The explanation is inadequate. The Registrar, recording his reasons in writing, calls for the books, papers and explanations at a place and time he specifies: section 206(3). His officer may make copies and place identification marks on the books, and has a civil court's powers of discovery, of summoning and examining on oath, and of inspecting books anywhere: section 207.

A director refuses to produce the ledger. He is punishable with imprisonment up to one year and fine of twenty-five thousand to one lakh rupees, and on conviction is deemed to have vacated his office and is disqualified from holding office in any company: section 207(4).

The inquiry. A supplier represents that the company is trading fraudulently. The Registrar, informing the company of the allegations, calls for information by written order and inquires after giving it a reasonable opportunity of being heard: section 206(4). If the business is being carried on for a fraudulent purpose, every officer in default is punishable for fraud under section 447.

munotes.in754

Inspection, Inquiry and Investigation

The report. He reports in writing to the Central Government and recommends further investigation with reasons: section 208.

The investigation. On that report the Central Government orders an investigation and appoints inspectors: section 210(1)(a). Had the company itself passed a special resolution, or had the matter been one of public interest, either would have sufficed; and had a court or the Tribunal ordered it, the Central Government would have been bound to.

Or the Serious Fraud Investigation Office. Considering the size of the fraud, the Central Government instead assigns the case to the Serious Fraud Investigation Office. From that moment no other agency of the Centre or a State may proceed with an investigation into offences under this Act, and the State police, who had begun one, must stop and transfer their records: section 212(2).

A minority's route. Independently, one hundred and ten members of Kalwa Textiles, or members holding one-tenth of the total voting power, apply to the Tribunal with evidence showing good reasons; or any person may apply on evidence that the business is conducted with intent to defraud or oppressively, that those who formed or manage it have been guilty of fraud, misfeasance or other misconduct, or that the members have not been given the information they might reasonably expect, including how the managing director's commission is calculated: section 213.

The inspector's work. He requires the former officers and agents to produce the books; he keeps them for not more than one hundred and eighty days, extendable by another one hundred and eighty by order in writing; he examines the managing director on oath, and, with the Central Government's prior approval, an outside consultant as well; the notes are read to and signed by each of them and may be used in evidence against him. Believing the ledgers are about to be destroyed, he enters the premises and seizes them, after allowing the company to take copies at its own cost, the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973 applying to the seizure: sections 217 and 220.

Related companies. Finding that the advance went to a company whose Board is accustomed to act on the directions of Kalwa's directors, he may, with the Central Government's prior approval, investigate that company too: section 219(c).

The employees. The company proposes to dismiss the accountant who gave a statement. It must obtain the Tribunal's approval; if it hears nothing for thirty days it may proceed; if the Tribunal objects it may appeal to the Appellate Tribunal within thirty days, whose decision is final: section 218.

munotes.in755

Inspection, Inquiry and Investigation

Protective orders. On a reference by the Central Government the Tribunal freezes the disposal of the company's assets for two years under section 221; and, in connection with an ownership investigation, restricts the securities for a like period under section 222.

What cannot be asked. The company's advocate need not disclose privileged communications, except his client's name and address, and its banker need not disclose the affairs of customers other than the company under investigation: section 227.

The winding up petition already filed does not stop any of this: section 226, and no winding up order absolves a director from participating before the inspector or from liability on his findings.

On the report. The Central Government may prosecute those criminally liable; may cause a petition for winding up on the just and equitable ground, an application under section 241, or both; may bring proceedings in the company's name to recover damages for fraud or misfeasance or property misapplied, being indemnified for costs; and, the report stating that fraud has taken place and that the managing director took undue advantage, may apply to the Tribunal for disgorgement and for holding him personally liable without any limitation of liability: section 224.

And the cost. The expenses are borne by the Central Government in the first instance, and reimbursed by the persons in section 225, a company's liability being a first charge on what it recovers.

Distinctions that carry marks

Inspection and inquiryInvestigation
Who actsThe Registrar, or an inspector appointed by the Central GovernmentInspectors appointed by the Central Government, or the Serious Fraud Investigation Office
TriggerScrutiny of a filing, information received, or a representationA section 208 report, the company's special resolution, the public interest, a court or Tribunal order, a Government Department's request, or a section 213 application
Reasons in writingRequired before a section 206(3) noticeNot applicable
HearingRequired before a section 206(4) inquiryRequired before a section 213 order
OutcomeA report to the Central Government which may recommend investigationA report on which the Central Government may prosecute, petition, sue or seek disgorgement
Applicant thresholdsSection 213 investigationSection 244 oppression petition
With share capitalOne hundred members, or members holding one-tenth of the total voting powerOne hundred members or one-tenth of the members, whichever is less, or one-tenth of the issued share capital
Without share capitalOne-fifth of the persons on the register of membersOne-fifth of the members
WaiverNoneThe Tribunal may waive
munotes.in756

Inspection, Inquiry and Investigation

PeriodWhat it governs
One hundred and eighty daysThe inspector's custody of books, renewable once by order in writing
Three yearsThe maximum life of a freezing order under section 221 and of restrictions on securities under section 222
Thirty daysDeemed permission to act against an employee, and the appeal to the Appellate Tribunal, under section 218

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean the Registrar may inspect at will. Before a section 206(3) notice he must record his reasons in writing, and before an inquiry under section 206(4) the company must be informed of the allegations and given a reasonable opportunity of being heard.

It does not mean disobedience costs only a fine. On conviction the director or officer is deemed to have vacated his office and is disqualified from holding office in any company.

It does not mean several agencies may investigate together. Once a case is assigned to the Serious Fraud Investigation Office, no other agency of the Centre or a State may proceed, and one already begun must stop and hand over its records.

It does not mean the section 244 thresholds apply to section 213. Section 213 requires one hundred members or one-tenth of the total voting power, and the Tribunal has no power to waive it.

It does not mean an investigation can be stopped by winding up. Section 226 says it may be initiated and shall not be stopped or suspended by an application under section 241, a special resolution for voluntary winding up, or a pending winding up proceeding.

It does not mean everything must be disclosed. A legal adviser's privileged communications, save his client's name and address, and a banker's information about other customers, are protected.

Quick revision

  • 206: the Registrar may require information or documents in writing; may, recording his reasons in writing, call for books and papers for inspection; and may, after informing the company of the allegations and hearing it, inquire where the business is carried on for a fraudulent or unlawful purpose or investors' grievances are not addressed, in which case officers in default are punishable for fraud under section 447; the Central Government may direct an inspection or authorise a statutory authority; and failure costs one lakh rupees with five hundred rupees a day thereafter.
  • 207 and 208: every director, officer and employee must produce documents and assist; the Registrar or inspector may copy and mark books and has a civil court's powers of discovery, of summoning and examining on oath and of inspection anywhere; disobedience brings imprisonment up to one year and fine of twenty-five thousand to one lakh rupees, with deemed vacation of office and disqualification from any company on conviction; and a written report goes to the Central Government which may recommend further investigation.
  • 210 to 213: the Central Government may order an investigation on a section 208 report, on the company's special resolution, or in the public interest, and shall where a court or the Tribunal orders; the Serious Fraud Investigation Office, headed by a Director not below Joint Secretary and staffed with experts in banking, corporate affairs, taxation, forensic audit, capital market, information technology and law, takes cases assigned to it on those grounds or on a Government Department's request, and once assigned no other agency may proceed; and the Tribunal may order an investigation on the application of one hundred members or holders of one-tenth of the voting power with evidence of good reasons, or of any person on circumstances suggesting fraud, oppression, misfeasance or the withholding of information members might reasonably expect, with section 447 consequences if proved.
  • 216 to 220: ownership investigations reaching beneficial and significant beneficial owners and non-binding arrangements observed in practice; duties of present and former officers, employees and agents to preserve, produce and assist; books kept not more than one hundred and eighty days, renewable once; examination on oath with the Central Government's approval for outsiders, or the SFIO Director's in a section 212 case; civil court powers; notes read over, signed and usable in evidence; protection of employees requiring the Tribunal's approval, deemed after thirty days, with an appeal in thirty days; investigation of related bodies corporate with prior approval; and seizure on reasonable grounds of destruction, the company being allowed copies, under the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973.
  • 221 and 222: the Tribunal may freeze the removal, transfer or disposal of funds, assets or properties for up to three years, and restrict securities for up to three years, with fines of one lakh to twenty-five lakh rupees on the company and imprisonment or fine on officers in default.
  • 223 to 229: interim and final reports, obtainable by members, creditors or any person whose interest is likely to be affected; on the report the Central Government may prosecute, cause a winding up petition or a section 241 application or both, sue in the company's name for damages or property with an indemnity for costs, and seek disgorgement with unlimited personal liability; expenses borne first by the Central Government and reimbursed as specified, being a first charge on a company's recoveries; investigations are not stopped by an oppression application, a voluntary winding up resolution or a pending winding up; legal advisers' privilege and bankers' other customers are protected; the Chapter applies to a foreign company; and destroying, mutilating or falsifying documents or giving false information is punishable under section 447.
munotes.in757

Inspection, Inquiry and Investigation

Test yourself

1. Distinguish inspection, inquiry and investigation. Inspection is the Registrar's examination of the company's books and papers under section 206(3), for which he must record his reasons in writing. Inquiry is his examination under section 206(4) where he is satisfied that the business is being carried on for a fraudulent or unlawful purpose or that investors' grievances are not being addressed, after informing the company of the allegations and hearing it. Investigation is the examination of the affairs by inspectors appointed by the Central Government under sections 210, 212 or 213.

munotes.in758

Inspection, Inquiry and Investigation

2. On what grounds may the Central Government order an investigation? On receipt of a report of the Registrar or inspector under section 208; on intimation of a special resolution passed by the company that its affairs ought to be investigated; or in the public interest. And where a court or the Tribunal orders in any proceedings that the affairs ought to be investigated, the Central Government shall order one: section 210.

3. What is the effect of assigning a case to the Serious Fraud Investigation Office? No other investigating agency of the Central Government or any State Government shall proceed with an investigation in respect of any offence under the Act; an investigation already initiated shall not be proceeded with, and the agency shall transfer the relevant documents and records to the Office: section 212(2).

4. Who may apply to the Tribunal for an investigation under section 213? Not less than one hundred members, or members holding not less than one-tenth of the total voting power, in a company having a share capital; or not less than one-fifth of the persons on the register of members in a company having no share capital, supported by evidence showing good reasons; or any other person, on circumstances suggesting fraud, an unlawful purpose, oppression, misfeasance or the withholding from members of information they might reasonably expect.

5. How are employees protected during an investigation? The company must obtain the Tribunal's approval before discharging, suspending, dismissing, removing, reducing in rank or otherwise punishing an employee, or changing the terms of his employment to his disadvantage. If it receives no approval within thirty days of applying it may proceed; if the Tribunal objects, it may appeal to the Appellate Tribunal within thirty days, whose decision is final and binding: section 218.

munotes.in759

Inspection, Inquiry and Investigation

6. What may the Central Government do on the inspector's report? Prosecute any person criminally liable; cause to be presented a petition for winding up on the just and equitable ground, an application under section 241, or both; bring proceedings in the company's name for the recovery of damages for fraud, misfeasance or other misconduct or of property misapplied or wrongfully retained, being indemnified against costs; and, where the report states that fraud has taken place and a director, key managerial personnel, officer or other person has taken undue advantage or benefit, apply to the Tribunal for disgorgement and for holding him personally liable without any limitation of liability: section 224.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in760

Chapter Ninety-Five

Registered Valuers, and Removal of a Company's Name from the Register

Syllabus topic 4.3, the two short chapters of the Act that follow the investigation chapter.

In one line

Every valuation required under the Act must be made by a registered valuer appointed by the audit committee or the Board, impartially and without interest in the asset for three years either side; and the Registrar may strike a defunct company's name off the register, on his own notice or on the company's application, whereupon it stands dissolved, though the liability of its officers and members continues and the Tribunal may restore it.

In exam wording: section 247 is valuation by registered valuers; section 248 the Registrar's power to remove a name, section 251 a fraudulent application, and section 252 the appeal and restoration.

Why the law has this at all

The valuer first. A great deal of this Act turns on what something is worth. A scheme of arrangement, a merger's share exchange ratio, a squeeze-out of the minority, a non-cash transaction with a director, a liquidator's first report: each depends on a number, and the person who most wants the number to come out a particular way is usually the person choosing the valuer. Section 247 answers that by requiring a registered valuer, appointing him through the audit committee rather than management, and disqualifying him where he has an interest in the asset for three years before or after the valuation.

The removal of names next. Most companies on the register are not trading. They were incorporated for a venture that never began or has long ended, and they file nothing. Winding them up through the Tribunal would cost far more than they are worth, and leaving them on the register makes the register a lie. Section 248 gives the Registrar an administrative route to dissolution, and sections 250 to 252 supply the safeguards: liability survives, a fraudulent application is punished as fraud, and the Tribunal may restore the name.

Some words this chapter uses

A registered valuer is a person having the prescribed qualifications and experience, registered as a valuer and a member of a recognised organisation. A dormant company is one that has obtained that status under section 455. Struck off means removed from the register of companies. Restoration is putting the name back. Jointly and severally liable means each is liable for the whole.

Valuation by registered valuers: section 247

Section 247(1): when and by whom. Where a valuation is required under the Act of any property, stocks, shares, debentures, securities or goodwill or any other assets, or of the net worth of a company or its liabilities, it shall be valued by a person having such qualifications and experience, registered as a valuer and being a member of an organisation recognised in the prescribed manner and on the prescribed terms, appointed by the audit committee or, in its absence, by the Board of Directors.

munotes.in761

Registered Valuers, and Removal of a Company's Name from the Register

Note who appoints. The audit committee first, and the Board only where there is none. That is deliberate: the committee has an independent majority.

Section 247(2): four duties. The valuer shall:

  • (a) make an impartial, true and fair valuation of the assets;
  • (b) exercise due diligence in performing his functions;
  • (c) make the valuation in accordance with such rules as may be prescribed; and
  • (d) not undertake the valuation of any asset in which he has a direct or indirect interest, or becomes so interested at any time during three years prior to his appointment or three years after the valuation.

Clause (d) is the examinable one, and both halves of it should be given: three years before, three years after.

Section 247(3): the consequence. A valuer contravening the section or the rules is liable to a penalty of fifty thousand rupees. Proviso: if he contravened them with the intention to defraud the company or its members, he is punishable with imprisonment up to one year and fine of not less than one lakh rupees extending to five lakh rupees.

Section 247(4): on conviction. He is liable to (i) refund the remuneration received by him to the company, and (ii) pay damages to the company or to any other person for loss arising out of incorrect or misleading statements of particulars made in his report.

Where the valuer appears elsewhere in this book. The registered valuer's report on the value of assets in a non-cash transaction with a director (section 192(2)); the valuation of shares and all assets in a corporate debt restructuring (section 230(2)(c)(v)); the expert's valuation report in a merger (section 232(2)(d)); the price at which minority shares are bought (section 236(2)); the valuation of assets in the liquidator's first report (proviso to section 281(1)(a)); and the declaration of solvency in a voluntary liquidation under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016.

Removing a name: section 248(1)

Where the Registrar has reasonable cause to believe that:

  • (a) a company has failed to commence its business within one year of its incorporation;
  • (c) a company is not carrying on any business or operation for two immediately preceding financial years and has not applied for the status of a dormant company under section 455;
  • (d) the subscribers to the memorandum have not paid the subscription they undertook to pay at incorporation and the declaration under section 10A(1) has not been filed within one hundred and eighty days of incorporation; or
  • (e) the company is not carrying on any business or operations, as revealed after the physical verification under section 12(9),
munotes.in762

Registered Valuers, and Removal of a Company's Name from the Register

he shall send a notice to the company and all its directors of his intention to remove the name, requesting representations with relevant documents within thirty days.

Clause (b) was omitted in 2015, which is why the lettering jumps; and clauses (d) and (e) are later additions aimed at shell companies that never received their capital or that cannot be found at their registered office.

The company's own application: section 248(2) and (3)

A company may, after extinguishing all its liabilities, by special resolution or the consent of seventy-five per cent of members in terms of paid-up share capital, apply to the Registrar for removal of its name on any of the grounds in sub-section (1); and the Registrar shall cause a public notice to be issued.

Proviso: where the company is regulated under a special Act, the approval of the regulatory body under that Act must be obtained and enclosed.

Section 248(3): nothing in sub-section (2) applies to a company registered under section 8, that is a company formed for charitable objects.

Publication and striking off: section 248(4) to (8)

Section 248(4). A notice under sub-section (1) or (2) shall be published in the prescribed manner and in the Official Gazette for public information.

Section 248(5). At the expiry of the time in the notice, the Registrar may, unless cause to the contrary is shown, strike the name off the register, and publish notice of it in the Official Gazette; and on that publication the company stands dissolved.

Section 248(6): the Registrar's duty first. Before passing that order he shall satisfy himself that sufficient provision has been made for the realisation of all amounts due to the company and for the payment or discharge of its liabilities and obligations within a reasonable time, and may obtain undertakings from the managing director, directors or persons in charge of the management.

Proviso: the assets remain available. Notwithstanding those undertakings, the assets of the company shall be available for the payment or discharge of all its liabilities and obligations even after the date of the order.

Section 248(7): liability survives. The liability of every director, manager or other officer exercising any power of management, and of every member, of a company dissolved under sub-section (5) shall continue and may be enforced as if the company had not been dissolved.

Section 248(8). Nothing in the section affects the Tribunal's power to wind up a company whose name has been struck off.

Sub-sections (6), (7) and (8) together are the answer to the obvious objection, that striking off is a cheap way to escape debts. It is not: the assets remain available, personal liability survives, and the Tribunal may still wind the company up.

munotes.in763

Registered Valuers, and Removal of a Company's Name from the Register

When the company may not apply: section 249

An application under section 248(2) shall not be made if, at any time in the previous three months, the company:

  • (a) has changed its name or shifted its registered office from one State to another;
  • (b) has made a disposal for value of property or rights held by it immediately before it ceased to trade, for the purpose of disposal for gain in the normal course of business;
  • (c) has engaged in any activity except one necessary or expedient for making the application, deciding whether to make it, concluding the company's affairs, or complying with a statutory requirement;
  • (d) has applied to the Tribunal for the sanctioning of a compromise or arrangement and the matter is not finally concluded; or
  • (e) is being wound up under Chapter XX of this Act or under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016.

Section 249(2) and (3). An application in violation is punishable with fine up to one lakh rupees; and the application shall be withdrawn by the company or rejected by the Registrar as soon as those conditions are brought to his notice.

The theme of the section is that the route is for a company that has genuinely stopped, not for one that is still trading, still restructuring, or already in a formal process.

The effect of dissolution: section 250

Where a company stands dissolved under section 248, it shall from the date mentioned in the notice under sub-section (5) cease to operate as a company, and its Certificate of Incorporation shall be deemed to have been cancelled from that date, except for the purpose of realising the amount due to the company and for the payment or discharge of its liabilities or obligations.

So the certificate survives for exactly two purposes, collecting what is owed to the company and paying what it owes.

A fraudulent application: section 251

Where an application under section 248(2) has been made with the object of evading the company's liabilities, or with the intention to deceive the creditors or to defraud any other persons, the persons in charge of the management shall, notwithstanding that the company has been notified as dissolved:

  • (a) be jointly and severally liable to any person who incurred loss or damage as a result of the company being notified as dissolved; and
  • (b) be punishable for fraud in the manner provided in section 447.

Section 251(2). The Registrar may also recommend prosecution of the persons responsible for filing the application.

munotes.in764

Registered Valuers, and Removal of a Company's Name from the Register

Restoration: section 252

Section 252(1): the appeal. Any person aggrieved by an order of the Registrar notifying a company as dissolved may appeal to the Tribunal within three years of the order; and if the Tribunal is of opinion that the removal was not justified in view of the absence of any of the grounds on which the order was passed, it may order restoration of the name.

First proviso: before any order the Tribunal shall give a reasonable opportunity of making representations and of being heard to the Registrar, the company and all persons concerned.

Second proviso: the Registrar's own application. If the Registrar is satisfied that the name was struck off inadvertently or on the basis of incorrect information furnished by the company or its directors, he may within three years of the order apply to the Tribunal for restoration.

Section 252(2). A copy of the Tribunal's order shall be filed with the Registrar within thirty days, and on receipt the Registrar shall restore the name and issue a fresh certificate of incorporation.

Section 252(3): the twenty year route. Where a company, or any member, creditor or workman feels aggrieved by the striking off, the Tribunal may, on an application made before the expiry of twenty years from the publication of the notice under section 248(5) in the Official Gazette, order restoration if satisfied that the company was, at the time of the striking off, carrying on business or in operation, or that it is otherwise just that the name be restored; and it may give such directions and make such provisions as are just for placing the company and all other persons, as nearly as may be, in the same position as if the name had not been struck off.

Three points distinguish sub-section (3) from sub-section (1). The time is twenty years, not three; the applicants are named, and they include a workman; and the ground is wider, being either that the company was in fact operating or that restoration is otherwise just.

A worked example

Bhiwandi Weaving Private Limited was incorporated four years ago. It traded for a year, stopped, and has filed nothing since. Its subscribers did pay their subscription.

The Registrar's route. It has not carried on any business or operation for the two immediately preceding financial years and has not applied for dormant status under section 455, so section 248(1)(c) applies. He sends notice to the company and all its directors of his intention to remove the name, asking for representations within thirty days, and publishes it in the Official Gazette.

No cause is shown. At the expiry of the period he strikes the name off and publishes notice in the Official Gazette, and on that publication the company stands dissolved: section 248(5). Before doing so he must have satisfied himself that sufficient provision exists for realising what is owed to the company and for discharging its liabilities, taking undertakings from those in charge if necessary.

munotes.in765

Registered Valuers, and Removal of a Company's Name from the Register

A creditor appears. The company owed a yarn supplier four lakh rupees. Three things answer him. The assets remain available for discharge of the liabilities even after the order: proviso to section 248(6). The liability of every director, manager or officer exercising management, and of every member, continues and may be enforced as if the company had not been dissolved: section 248(7). And the Certificate of Incorporation survives for the purpose of realising amounts due to the company and of paying its liabilities: section 250.

And he may go further. He is a creditor, so under section 252(3) he may apply to the Tribunal, at any time within twenty years of the Gazette publication, for restoration, if the company was in fact carrying on business at the time or if it is otherwise just; and the Tribunal may make such provisions as will place him as nearly as may be in the position he would have been in. Alternatively, being a person aggrieved, he may appeal under section 252(1) within three years.

A voluntary application. Suppose instead the members wanted the name removed. The company must first have extinguished all its liabilities, and must pass a special resolution or obtain the consent of seventy-five per cent of members in terms of paid-up share capital, and the Registrar issues a public notice: section 248(2).

But it cannot apply if, in the previous three months, it has changed its name or shifted its registered office to another State, disposed of property for value in the normal course, engaged in any activity beyond winding its own affairs up, applied to the Tribunal for a compromise or arrangement not finally concluded, or is being wound up under Chapter XX or under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016: section 249(1). An application in breach costs up to one lakh rupees and must be withdrawn or rejected.

A dishonest application. If the directors applied to evade the company's liabilities and deceive the yarn supplier, then notwithstanding the dissolution they are jointly and severally liable to anyone who suffered loss and are punishable for fraud under section 447, and the Registrar may recommend their prosecution: section 251.

munotes.in766

Registered Valuers, and Removal of a Company's Name from the Register

And the Registrar's own mistake. If he struck the name off inadvertently or on incorrect information furnished by the company or its directors, he may himself apply to the Tribunal within three years for restoration: second proviso to section 252(1). On restoration a fresh certificate of incorporation issues, the Tribunal's order having been filed with the Registrar within thirty days.

A valuation on the way out. Before all this the company had transferred a loom to a director in exchange for shares in his firm. That was a non-cash transaction under section 192, and the notice of the members' resolution had to carry the value of the assets calculated by a registered valuer. Had the valuer held an interest in the loom at any time in the three years before his appointment, or acquired one within three years after the valuation, he would have contravened section 247(2)(d) and been liable to a penalty of fifty thousand rupees, or, had he acted with intent to defraud, to imprisonment up to one year and fine of one to five lakh rupees, with a duty on conviction to refund his remuneration and pay damages.

Distinctions that carry marks

Route to restorationWho may applyTimeGround
Section 252(1)Any person aggrievedThree years from the Registrar's orderThe removal was not justified, the grounds being absent
Second proviso to 252(1)The RegistrarThree years from the orderThe name was struck off inadvertently or on incorrect information
Section 252(3)The company, or any member, creditor or workmanTwenty years from the Gazette publicationThe company was carrying on business or in operation, or restoration is otherwise just
Section 248(1), the Registrar's grounds
(a) failure to commence business within one year of incorporation(c) no business or operation for two immediately preceding financial years and no application for dormant status
(d) subscription unpaid and no section 10A(1) declaration within one hundred and eighty days(e) no business or operations revealed on physical verification under section 12(9)
Section 247Requirement
Who valuesA registered valuer, member of a recognised organisation
Who appointsThe audit committee, or in its absence the Board
DutiesImpartial, true and fair valuation; due diligence; in accordance with the rules; no interest in the asset three years before appointment or three years after the valuation
PenaltyFifty thousand rupees; with intent to defraud, imprisonment up to one year and fine of one to five lakh rupees; on conviction, refund of remuneration and damages

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean the Board appoints the valuer. The audit committee does, and the Board only in its absence.

munotes.in767

Registered Valuers, and Removal of a Company's Name from the Register

It does not mean the valuer's disqualification is about the past alone. It covers an interest acquired at any time during three years after the valuation.

It does not mean striking off extinguishes liability. The assets remain available, the liability of directors, officers and members continues as if the company had not been dissolved, and the Tribunal may still wind the company up.

It does not mean a company may apply whenever it likes. Section 249 bars an application where, in the previous three months, it has done any of five things, and a section 8 company may not apply at all.

It does not mean the certificate of incorporation is wholly cancelled. It survives for realising amounts due to the company and discharging its liabilities and obligations.

It does not mean restoration is limited to three years. A company, member, creditor or workman has twenty years from the Gazette publication under section 252(3).

Quick revision

  • 247: a valuation of property, stocks, shares, debentures, securities, goodwill, other assets, net worth or liabilities required under the Act shall be made by a registered valuer who is a member of a recognised organisation, appointed by the audit committee or, in its absence, the Board; his duties are an impartial, true and fair valuation, due diligence, compliance with the rules, and no direct or indirect interest in the asset three years before appointment or three years after the valuation; contravention is a penalty of fifty thousand rupees, and with intent to defraud, imprisonment up to one year and fine of one to five lakh rupees; on conviction he must refund his remuneration and pay damages for incorrect or misleading particulars.
  • 248(1): the Registrar may act where a company has failed to commence business within one year, has carried on no business or operation for two immediately preceding financial years without applying for dormant status, has unpaid subscription with no section 10A(1) declaration within one hundred and eighty days, or is found not to be carrying on business on physical verification under section 12(9); he gives thirty days' notice to the company and all directors.
  • 248(2) to (8): a company may apply after extinguishing all liabilities, by special resolution or the consent of seventy-five per cent of members in paid-up capital, with a regulator's approval where it is under a special Act, but not a section 8 company; notices are published in the Official Gazette; the Registrar strikes off unless cause is shown and the company stands dissolved on the Gazette publication; he must first be satisfied that provision exists for realising dues and discharging liabilities, taking undertakings; the assets remain available and the liability of officers and members continues; and the Tribunal's winding up power is unaffected.
  • 249: no application where, in the previous three months, the company changed its name or shifted its registered office between States, disposed of property for value in the normal course, engaged in activity beyond concluding its affairs, applied for a compromise or arrangement not finally concluded, or is being wound up under Chapter XX or the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016; breach costs up to one lakh rupees, and the application must be withdrawn or rejected.
  • 250 and 251: on dissolution the company ceases to operate and the certificate is deemed cancelled, save for realising dues and discharging liabilities; and an application made to evade liabilities, deceive creditors or defraud makes those in charge jointly and severally liable for loss and punishable for fraud under section 447, with the Registrar able to recommend prosecution.
  • 252: any person aggrieved may appeal within three years, and the Tribunal may restore the name if the removal was not justified, after hearing the Registrar, the company and all persons concerned; the Registrar may himself apply within three years where the striking off was inadvertent or on incorrect information; the order is filed within thirty days and a fresh certificate of incorporation issues; and the company, a member, creditor or workman may apply within twenty years of the Gazette publication where the company was carrying on business or in operation or restoration is otherwise just, the Tribunal placing everyone as nearly as may be in the same position as if the name had not been struck off.
munotes.in768

Registered Valuers, and Removal of a Company's Name from the Register

Test yourself

1. Who may make a valuation required under the Act, and who appoints him? A person having the prescribed qualifications and experience, registered as a valuer and being a member of a recognised organisation, appointed by the audit committee or, in its absence, by the Board of Directors: section 247(1).

2. State the valuer's duties. To make an impartial, true and fair valuation; to exercise due diligence; to value in accordance with the prescribed rules; and not to undertake the valuation of any asset in which he has a direct or indirect interest, or becomes so interested at any time during three years prior to his appointment or three years after the valuation: section 247(2).

3. On what grounds may the Registrar strike a company's name off? Failure to commence business within one year of incorporation; carrying on no business or operation for two immediately preceding financial years without applying for dormant company status under section 455; non-payment of subscription by the subscribers with no declaration filed under section 10A(1) within one hundred and eighty days; or that the company is not carrying on business or operations as revealed on physical verification under section 12(9): section 248(1).

munotes.in769

Registered Valuers, and Removal of a Company's Name from the Register

4. Does dissolution under section 248 end the liability of the directors? No. The liability of every director, manager or other officer exercising any power of management, and of every member, continues and may be enforced as if the company had not been dissolved: section 248(7). The assets remain available for the discharge of liabilities even after the order, and the Tribunal may still wind the company up.

5. When may a company not apply for removal of its name? Where, at any time in the previous three months, it has changed its name or shifted its registered office from one State to another, disposed of property or rights for value in the normal course of business, engaged in any activity other than one necessary for the application or for concluding its affairs or complying with a statutory requirement, applied to the Tribunal for a compromise or arrangement not finally concluded, or is being wound up under Chapter XX of the Act or under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016: section 249(1).

6. Within what time may a struck-off company be restored? Three years from the Registrar's order, on the appeal of any person aggrieved, or on the Registrar's own application where the striking off was inadvertent or on incorrect information; and twenty years from the publication of the notice in the Official Gazette, on the application of the company or any member, creditor or workman, where the company was carrying on business or in operation at the time or it is otherwise just: section 252.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in770

Chapter Ninety-Six

Companies Authorised to Register under this Act

Syllabus topic 4.3, the conversion route the Act calls Part I of Chapter XXI.

In one line

A partnership firm, limited liability partnership, co-operative society, society or other business entity of two or more members may register itself under the Act as an unlimited company or a company limited by shares or by guarantee; its property vests in the company, its liabilities and pending suits survive, its constituting instrument becomes its memorandum and articles, and its members become contributories for the debts contracted before registration.

In exam wording: section 366 states who may register, section 368 the vesting of property, section 369 the saving of liabilities, section 371 the effect of registration, and section 374 the obligations of a body seeking it.

Why the law has this at all

A business that has outgrown its form wants the advantages of incorporation, chiefly limited liability, perpetual succession and the ability to raise capital. It could of course form a new company and sell itself to it, but that means a conveyance of every asset, a novation of every contract, fresh licences, and stamp duty on all of it.

Part I of Chapter XXI avoids that. The same body becomes a company: section 368 vests its property in the company by force of the registration, section 369 preserves its liabilities, and section 370 lets its pending suits go on as if the registration had not taken place.

But the creditors did not agree to the change, and their debtor's liability is about to become limited. So the Act protects them at three points: section 369 keeps the liabilities alive, section 371(3)(c) and (d) make the members contributories for the debts contracted before registration, and section 374 requires the secured creditors' consent or no objection and a newspaper advertisement inviting objections before registration at all.

Some words this chapter uses

A company, in this Part, has the extended meaning in section 366(1). Assent is the members' approval at a general meeting. A contributory is a person liable to contribute to the assets in a winding up. Table F in Schedule I is the model form of articles for a company limited by shares. Vernacular means the local language.

Who may register: section 366(1) and (2)

Section 366(1): the extended meaning. For the purposes of this Part, "company" includes any partnership firm, limited liability partnership, cooperative society, society or any other business entity formed under any other law for the time being in force which applies for registration under this Part.

Section 366(2): the power. Any company formed, whether before or after the commencement of this Act, in pursuance of any Act of Parliament other than this Act or of any other law, or being otherwise duly constituted according to law, and consisting of two or more members, may at any time register under this Act as an unlimited company, a company limited by shares, or a company limited by guarantee, in the prescribed manner; and the registration shall not be invalid by reason only that it has taken place with a view to the company's being wound up.

munotes.in771

Companies Authorised to Register under this Act

That last clause is worth a sentence. A body may incorporate itself in order to be wound up under this Act, and the registration is good.

The seven provisos

  • (i) a company registered under the Indian Companies Act, 1882, the Indian Companies Act, 1913 or the Companies Act, 1956 shall not register under this section, because it is already a company;
  • (ii) a company whose members' liability is already limited by another Act or law shall not register as an unlimited company or as a company limited by guarantee;
  • (iii) a company may register as limited by shares only if it has a permanent paid-up or nominal share capital of fixed amount divided into shares of fixed amount, or held and transferable as stock, or partly each, and is formed on the principle of having as its members the holders of those shares or that stock and no other persons;
  • (iv) registration requires the assent of a majority of the members present in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy, at a general meeting summoned for the purpose;
  • (v) where a body not already limited is registering as a limited company, that majority must be not less than three-fourths of those present in person or by proxy;
  • (vi) where it is registering as a company limited by guarantee, the assent must be accompanied by a resolution declaring that each member undertakes to contribute to the assets, in the event of winding up while he is a member or within one year after he ceases to be one, for the debts and liabilities contracted before he ceased to be a member, the costs, charges and expenses of winding up, and the adjustment of the rights of the contributories among themselves, such amount as may be required not exceeding a specified amount; and
  • (vii) a company with less than seven members shall register as a private company.

Section 366(3). In computing a majority, where a poll is demanded, regard shall be had to the number of votes to which each member is entitled under the body's own regulations.

The certificate: section 367

On compliance with the requirements and payment of the fees under section 403, the Registrar shall certify under his hand that the company applying for registration is incorporated as a company under this Act, and, in the case of a limited company, that it is limited; and thereupon the company shall be so incorporated.

munotes.in772

Companies Authorised to Register under this Act

What registration does: sections 368, 369 and 370

Section 368: property. All property, movable and immovable, including actionable claims, belonging to or vested in the company at the date of its registration shall, on such registration, pass to and vest in the company as incorporated under this Act, for all the estate and interest of the company in it.

No conveyance is needed, exactly as under section 232(4) for a merger.

Section 369: liabilities. Registration shall not affect the company's rights or liabilities in respect of any debt or obligation incurred, or any contract entered into, by, to, with or on behalf of the company before registration.

Section 370: pending proceedings. All suits and other legal proceedings by or against the company, or any public officer or member of it, pending at the time of registration, may be continued as if the registration had not taken place.

The proviso, which is the creditor's practical difficulty: execution shall not issue against the property or persons of any individual member on a decree in such a suit; but if the company's property is insufficient to satisfy the decree, an order may be obtained for winding up the company under this Act or under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016.

So a creditor who was suing the partners personally loses the personal execution but keeps a route: he may have the company wound up, and in the winding up the members are contributories for the old debts under section 371(3)(c).

The effect on the constitution: section 371

Section 371(2): the instrument becomes the constitution. All provisions in any Act of Parliament or other law, or other instrument constituting or regulating the company, including, for a company limited by guarantee, the resolution declaring the amount of the guarantee, are deemed to be conditions and regulations of the company, as if what would have had to be in the memorandum were in a registered memorandum, and the residue in registered articles.

Section 371(3): the Act applies, with four qualifications.

  • (a) Table F in Schedule I does not apply unless and so far as it is adopted by special resolution;
  • (b) the provisions about the numbering of shares do not apply to a company whose shares are not numbered;
  • (c) on a winding up, every person is a contributory in respect of the debts and liabilities contracted before registration who is liable to pay or contribute to them, or to any sum for the adjustment of the rights of members among themselves in respect of them, or to the costs, charges and expenses of winding up so far as they relate to those debts; and
  • (d) on a winding up, every contributory is liable to contribute all sums due from him in respect of such liability, and on his death or insolvency the Act's provisions about legal representatives of deceased contributories and assignees of insolvent contributories apply.
munotes.in773

Companies Authorised to Register under this Act

Section 371(4). The Act's provisions about the registration of an unlimited company as a limited company, the power of such a company on registration to increase the nominal amount of its share capital and to provide that part of it shall not be callable except in winding up, and the power of a limited company to make the like provision, apply notwithstanding anything in any other law or in the constituting instrument.

Section 371(5) and (6). Nothing in the section authorises the company to alter provisions of its constituting instrument which, had it been formed under this Act, would have had to be in the memorandum and are not authorised to be altered by this Act; and none of the provisions of this Act, apart from section 242, derogates from any power of altering its constitution vested in the company by any other Act or law.

Note the exception of section 242. The Tribunal's power, on an oppression petition, to alter the memorandum or articles does override the body's own power.

Staying suits: sections 372 and 373

Section 372. The provisions of this Act, or of the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016, about staying and restraining suits after the presentation of a winding up petition and before the winding up order, extend, in the case of a company registered under this Part and where the application to stay is by a creditor, to suits and other legal proceedings against any contributory of the company.

Section 373. Where a winding up order has been made or a provisional liquidator appointed for such a company, no suit or other legal proceeding shall be proceeded with or commenced against the company or any contributory in respect of any debt of the company, except by leave of the Tribunal and on such terms as it may impose.

Both sections extend to contributories what section 279 does for the company, and they do so because the members of a body that was unlimited before registration remain personally exposed for the old debts.

What the body must do first: section 374

Every company seeking registration under this Part shall:

  • (a) ensure that its secured creditors have either consented to, or given their no objection to, the registration;
  • (b) publish an advertisement, one in English and one in the vernacular language, in the prescribed form, giving notice of the registration, seeking objections and addressing them suitably;
  • (c) file a notarised affidavit from all the members or partners that, on registration, the necessary documents will be submitted to the authority with which the body was earlier registered, for its dissolution as a partnership firm, limited liability partnership, co-operative society, society or other business entity; and
  • (d) comply with such other conditions as may be prescribed.
munotes.in774

Companies Authorised to Register under this Act

The proviso: on registration as a company under this Part, a limited liability partnership incorporated under the Limited Liability Partnership Act, 2008 shall be deemed to have been dissolved under that Act without any further act or deed.

Clause (c) prevents the obvious mischief. Without it the same business would exist twice, once as a firm and once as a company.

A worked example

Vasai Marine Exports, a partnership firm of nine partners with substantial machinery, godowns and export contracts, wishes to become a private company limited by shares.

May it? Yes. Section 366(1) includes a partnership firm, and the firm consists of two or more members. Being nine, it is not obliged by proviso (vii) to register as a private company, but it may choose to.

Which form. It is registering as limited by shares, so proviso (iii) requires a permanent paid-up or nominal share capital of fixed amount divided into shares of fixed amount, with the holders of those shares as its only members.

The majority. The firm is presently unlimited, so by proviso (v) the assent must be of not less than three-fourths of the members present in person or by proxy at a general meeting summoned for the purpose, not a bare majority. On a poll, each member's votes are counted according to the firm's own regulations: section 366(3).

Before it applies. Under section 374 it must obtain the consent or no objection of its secured creditors, the bank holding a charge over the godown; advertise in one English and one vernacular newspaper, seeking objections and addressing them; and file a notarised affidavit from all the partners that the papers for the firm's dissolution will be filed with the Registrar of Firms.

Registration. On compliance and payment of the fees the Registrar certifies that it is incorporated as a company under this Act and that it is limited, and thereupon it is so incorporated: section 367.

The assets. The machinery, godowns and actionable claims pass to and vest in the company by force of the registration, with no conveyance: section 368.

munotes.in775

Companies Authorised to Register under this Act

The old debts. A supplier owed eleven lakh rupees from before registration is unaffected: section 369 preserves the liability. His pending suit against the firm and its partners continues as if the registration had not taken place: section 370. But execution may not issue against the property or person of an individual partner; if the company's property is insufficient, he may obtain an order for winding up under this Act or the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016.

In that winding up. Every person liable for the debts contracted before registration is a contributory for them, and must contribute all sums due from him; and on a contributory's death or insolvency the provisions about legal representatives and assignees apply: section 371(3)(c) and (d).

And meanwhile. After the winding up petition is presented and before the order, a creditor may have suits against any contributory stayed or restrained: section 372. Once the order is made or a provisional liquidator appointed, no suit may be commenced or continued against the company or any contributory for any debt of the company without the Tribunal's leave: section 373.

The constitution. The partnership deed and any other instrument regulating the firm become the company's memorandum and articles, split according to what the Act would have required in each: section 371(2). Table F does not apply unless adopted by special resolution: clause (a). The company may not alter provisions which, had it been formed under this Act, would have had to be in the memorandum and which the Act does not permit to be altered; but the Tribunal's power under section 242 to alter the memorandum or articles on an oppression petition is preserved.

A different applicant. Had the applicant been a limited liability partnership, registration would carry the added consequence that it is deemed dissolved under the Limited Liability Partnership Act, 2008 without any further act or deed: proviso to section 374. Had it been a society already limited by another law, proviso (ii) would have barred it from registering as an unlimited company or as one limited by guarantee. And had it been a company registered under the Companies Act, 1956, proviso (i) would have barred it altogether.

A body of five. A firm of five partners registering under this Part shall register as a private company: proviso (vii).

Distinctions that carry marks

Section 366 provisosEffect
(i)A company under the 1882, 1913 or 1956 Acts cannot register
(ii)A body already limited by another law cannot register as unlimited or limited by guarantee
(iii)To register as limited by shares it needs a fixed share capital divided into fixed shares and only shareholders as members
(iv) and (v)A majority at a general meeting, but three-fourths where an unlimited body becomes limited
(vi)A guarantee resolution covering debts contracted before he ceased to be a member, up to a specified amount, with liability if wound up while a member or within one year after
(vii)Fewer than seven members means registration as a private company
munotes.in776

Companies Authorised to Register under this Act

What survives registrationProvision
Property, vesting without conveyance368
Debts, obligations and contracts369
Pending suits, but no execution against a member personally370
The constituting instrument, as memorandum and articles371(2)
Members' liability for pre-registration debts, as contributories371(3)(c) and (d)
Section 374, before registration
(a)Secured creditors' consent or no objection
(b)Advertisement in one English and one vernacular newspaper, inviting and addressing objections
(c)Notarised affidavit of all members or partners that the earlier registration will be dissolved
ProvisoA limited liability partnership is deemed dissolved under its own Act on registration

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean seven members are needed. Section 366(2) now reads two or more members, and a body of fewer than seven must register as a private company.

It does not mean registration wipes the slate clean. Debts, obligations, contracts and pending suits all survive, and members remain contributories for the pre-registration debts.

It does not mean a creditor may execute against a member. Section 370's proviso forbids execution against the property or person of an individual member, leaving him a winding up remedy.

It does not mean Table F applies automatically. It applies only so far as adopted by special resolution.

It does not mean the company may rewrite its constitution. It may not alter what would have had to be in the memorandum and is not alterable under the Act; and the only provision of this Act that overrides its own power of alteration is section 242.

It does not mean registration is available to an existing company. A company under the 1882, 1913 or 1956 Acts may not register under this Part.

Quick revision

  • 366: "company" here includes a partnership firm, limited liability partnership, cooperative society, society or any other business entity; a body of two or more members formed under any other law may register as an unlimited company, or limited by shares or by guarantee, and the registration is not invalid merely because it is with a view to winding up. Provisos: no company under the 1882, 1913 or 1956 Acts; a body already limited may not register as unlimited or by guarantee; limited by shares requires a fixed capital divided into fixed shares with only shareholders as members; a majority of members present must assent, three-fourths where an unlimited body becomes limited; a guarantee resolution is required for a company limited by guarantee; and fewer than seven members means a private company. On a poll, votes count by the body's own regulations.
  • 367 and 368: the Registrar certifies incorporation, and thereupon the company is so incorporated; and all property, movable and immovable including actionable claims, passes to and vests in the company on registration.
  • 369 and 370: registration does not affect rights or liabilities in respect of debts, obligations or contracts before it; pending suits continue as if it had not taken place, but no execution issues against an individual member, the creditor's remedy being a winding up under this Act or the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016.
  • 371: the constituting instrument becomes the memorandum and articles; the Act applies, save that Table F applies only if adopted by special resolution, the numbering provisions do not apply to unnumbered shares, and, on a winding up, every person liable for pre-registration debts is a contributory and must contribute all sums due, with the provisions on deceased and insolvent contributories applying; the provisions about registering an unlimited company as limited and about reserve capital apply notwithstanding any other law; the company may not alter memorandum matters the Act does not permit to be altered; and only section 242 derogates from its own power of alteration.
  • 372 and 373: a creditor may extend a stay of suits, between petition and order, to suits against any contributory; and after a winding up order or the appointment of a provisional liquidator, no suit may be commenced or continued against the company or any contributory for a company debt without the Tribunal's leave.
  • 374: before registering, the body must obtain the secured creditors' consent or no objection, advertise in one English and one vernacular newspaper inviting and addressing objections, file a notarised affidavit of all members or partners that the earlier registration will be dissolved, and comply with other prescribed conditions; and a limited liability partnership is deemed dissolved under its own Act on registration.
munotes.in777

Companies Authorised to Register under this Act

Test yourself

1. Which bodies may register under Part I of Chapter XXI, and with how many members? Any partnership firm, limited liability partnership, cooperative society, society or other business entity formed under any other law, and any company formed under any Act of Parliament other than this Act or otherwise duly constituted according to law, consisting of two or more members: section 366(1) and (2). A body with fewer than seven members shall register as a private company: proviso (vii).

munotes.in778

Companies Authorised to Register under this Act

2. What majority is required? The assent of a majority of the members present in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy, at a general meeting summoned for the purpose; and not less than three-fourths where a body whose members' liability is not already limited is registering as a limited company: provisos (iv) and (v) to section 366(2).

3. What happens to the body's property and liabilities on registration? All property, movable and immovable, including actionable claims, passes to and vests in the company by force of the registration (section 368); and the registration does not affect its rights or liabilities in respect of any debt or obligation incurred, or any contract entered into, before registration (section 369).

4. Can a creditor execute a decree against a member after registration? No. Execution shall not issue against the property or persons of any individual member on a decree in a suit pending at registration; but if the company's property is insufficient, the creditor may obtain an order for winding up the company under this Act or under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016: proviso to section 370.

5. What becomes of the body's constituting instrument? Its provisions, including the guarantee resolution in a company limited by guarantee, are deemed to be conditions and regulations of the company, as if what would have had to be in the memorandum were in a registered memorandum and the residue in registered articles: section 371(2).

6. What must a body do before applying? Obtain the consent or no objection of its secured creditors; publish an advertisement, one in English and one in the vernacular language, giving notice of the registration, seeking objections and addressing them suitably; file a notarised affidavit from all the members or partners that the documents for dissolution of the earlier registration will be submitted; and comply with such other conditions as may be prescribed: section 374.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in779

Chapter Ninety-Seven

Producer Companies

Syllabus topic 4.3, Chapter XXIA of the Act.

In one line

Ten or more individual producers, or two or more Producer Institutions, may form a company limited by shares whose objects relate to primary produce; its members vote one vote each, take only a limited return on their capital and a patronage bonus in proportion to their dealings, cannot transfer their shares except to an active Member at par, and the Chapter overrides everything inconsistent with it, a Producer Company being otherwise treated as a private limited company.

In exam wording: section 378A carries the definitions, 378B the objects, 378C the formation, 378D the voting rights, 378E the benefits to Members, and 378ZQ and 378ZR the overriding effect and the private company analogy.

Why the law has this at all

A farmer selling his own crop is at every disadvantage. He is small, the buyer is large, he cannot store, grade or process, and he sells at the moment of harvest when everybody else is selling too.

The historical answer was the co-operative society, which lets producers pool their produce and bargain together. But co-operative societies are governed by State laws, are exposed to State control, and cannot easily raise capital or operate across State boundaries.

The Producer Company is an attempt to give the co-operative's purposes a company's form. It keeps the co-operative principles, and the Act names them: one member one vote, a limited return on capital, patronage bonus in proportion to dealings, and mutual assistance. And it takes the company's advantages: incorporation, limited liability, perpetual succession and the machinery of the Companies Act.

The result is a hybrid, and the way to answer any question on it is to identify which parent a rule comes from. Section 378D's one member one vote is the co-operative; section 378C(3)'s limited liability is the company.

Some words this chapter uses

Primary produce is defined in section 378A(j). Patronage is the use of the company's services by a Member through participation in its business. A patronage bonus is a payment out of surplus income in proportion to patronage. Withheld price is the part of the price for goods supplied that the company keeps back for later payment. Limited return is the maximum dividend specified by the articles. An active Member is one who fulfils the quantum and period of patronage the articles require.

The definitions: section 378A

"Primary produce" means the produce of farmers arising from agriculture, including animal husbandry, horticulture, floriculture, pisciculture, viticulture, forestry, forest products, re-vegetation, bee raising and farming plantation products, or from any other primary activity or service promoting the interest of farmers or consumers; the produce of persons engaged in handloom, handicraft and other cottage industries; any product resulting from those activities, including by-products; any product of an ancillary activity assisting them; and any activity intended to increase the production or improve the quality of any of them.

munotes.in780

Producer Companies

"Producer" means any person engaged in any activity connected with or relatable to any primary produce.

"Producer Company" means a body corporate having objects or activities specified in section 378B and registered as a Producer Company under this Act or under the Companies Act, 1956.

"Producer Institution" means a Producer Company or any other institution having only producers or Producer Companies as its members, whether incorporated or not, having any of the section 378B objects and agreeing to use the services of the Producer Company as its articles provide.

"Member" means a person or Producer Institution admitted as a Member who retains the qualifications necessary for continuance.

"Active Member", "patronage", "patronage bonus", "limited return", "withheld price", "Chief Executive", "officer", "mutual assistance principles" and "inter-State co-operative society" are defined as noted above and below.

The objects: section 378B

The objects shall relate to all or any of:

  • (a) production, harvesting, procurement, grading, pooling, handling, marketing, selling and export of the primary produce of the Members, or import of goods or services for their benefit, either by itself or through other institutions;
  • (b) processing, including preserving, drying, distilling, brewing, vinting, canning and packaging of Members' produce;
  • (c) manufacture, sale or supply of machinery, equipment or consumables mainly to its Members;
  • (d) providing education on the mutual assistance principles to Members and others;
  • (e) technical services, consultancy, training, research and development and all other activities for the promotion of Members' interests; and further objects covering generation, transmission and distribution of power, revitalisation of land and water resources, insurance of producers or their primary produce, promotion of techniques of mutuality and mutual assistance, welfare measures for Members, and financing of procurement, processing, marketing or other activities including credit facilities.

Note the word "mainly" in clause (c) and "for their benefit" in clause (a): the company exists for the Members' produce, not as a general trading company.

Formation: section 378C

Section 378C(1): who may form it. Any ten or more individuals, each of them being a producer, or any two or more Producer Institutions, or a combination of ten or more individuals and Producer Institutions, desirous of forming a Producer Company having the section 378B objects, may form an incorporated company as a Producer Company.

Ten individuals, or two institutions. That asymmetry is worth remembering.

Section 378C(2). If satisfied that the requirements are complied with, the Registrar shall, within thirty days of receipt of the documents, register the memorandum, the articles and other documents and issue a certificate of incorporation.

munotes.in781

Producer Companies

Section 378C(3). A Producer Company so formed shall have the liability of its Members limited by the memorandum to the amount unpaid on their shares and shall be termed a company limited by shares.

Section 378C(4). It may reimburse to its promoters the direct costs associated with the promotion and registration, as the Board may decide.

And there is one thing it cannot become. A Producer Company shall not become or be deemed to become a public limited company by reason of anything in this Act.

The constitution, and its alteration: sections 378F to 378-I

Section 378F: the memorandum. The memorandum of every Producer Company shall state the name, with "Producer Company Limited" as the last words; the State in which the registered office is to be situate; the main objects, being one or more of those in section 378B; the names and addresses of the subscribers; the amount of share capital and its division into shares of a fixed amount; the names of the first directors; and the further particulars the section requires.

Section 378G: the articles. The memorandum and the articles, duly signed, are presented for registration to the Registrar of the State in which the registered office is to be situate; and the articles shall contain the mutual assistance principles the sub-section sets out, which are the co-operative principles the definition in section 378A(f) refers to.

Section 378H: amending the memorandum. A Producer Company shall not alter the conditions of its memorandum except in the cases, by the mode and to the extent for which express provision is made in this Act; it may, by special resolution not inconsistent with section 378B, alter its objects, and the amended memorandum, with the resolution, is filed with the Registrar within the time the section allows.

Section 378-I: amending the articles. Any amendment shall be proposed by not less than two-thirds of the elected directors, or by not less than one-third of the Members, and adopted by the Members by a special resolution; and a copy of the amended articles with the special resolution, both certified by two directors, shall be filed with the Registrar within fifteen days of its adoption.

Note the proposing thresholds in section 378-I. They are the co-operative idea again: the Members themselves, at one third, may put an amendment before the general meeting without the Board.

Converting an inter-State co-operative society: sections 378J to 378N

Section 378J. Notwithstanding section 378C(1), any inter-State co-operative society with objects not confined to one State may apply to the Registrar for registration as a Producer Company under this Chapter, on the conditions and with the documents the section requires, and on registration it becomes a Producer Company.

munotes.in782

Producer Companies

Section 378K: the shareholders. Every shareholder of the inter-State co-operative society immediately before the date of registration, called the date of transformation, is deemed to be registered from that date as a shareholder of the Producer Company to the extent of the face value of the shares held by him.

Section 378L: the undertaking. From the date of transformation, all properties and assets, movable and immovable, of or belonging to the society vest in the Producer Company; and all its rights, debts, liabilities, interests, privileges and obligations stand transferred to and become those of the Producer Company, along with contracts entered into and matters engaged to be done by, with or for the society.

Section 378M: concessions. From the same date, all fiscal and other concessions, licences, benefits, privileges and exemptions granted to the society under any law in connection with its affairs and business are deemed to have been granted to the Producer Company.

Section 378N: the people. Notwithstanding section 378-O, all the directors of the society before the incorporation continue in office for one year from the date of transformation; and the section makes corresponding provision for the officers and other employees, who continue on the same terms.

Sections 378K to 378M together are the conversion in miniature, and they follow exactly the pattern of sections 368 to 370 for a body registering under Part I of Chapter XXI: the members become members, the property vests, the liabilities survive.

Voting: section 378D

Three rules, according to who the Members are.

  • (a) where the membership consists solely of individual Members, the voting rights are a single vote for every Member, irrespective of his shareholding or patronage;
  • (b) where it consists only of Producer Institutions, their voting rights are determined on the basis of their participation in the business in the previous year, as the articles specify; proviso, in the first year of registration they are determined on the basis of shareholding; and
  • (c) where it consists of individuals and Producer Institutions, the voting rights are a single vote for every Member.

Section 378D(2). The articles may provide the conditions on which a Member may retain membership and the manner of exercising voting rights.

Clause (a) is the co-operative principle in the Act's own words, and clause (c) shows how far it goes: even where institutions are members, if individuals are also members, everybody has one vote.

munotes.in783

Producer Companies

What a Member gets: section 378E

Section 378E(1): the withheld price. Every Member shall initially receive only such value for the produce or products pooled and supplied as the Board may determine, and the withheld price may be disbursed later in cash, in kind, or by allotment of equity shares, in proportion to the produce supplied during the financial year.

Section 378E(2): a limited return only. Every Member shall, on the share capital contributed, receive only a limited return, that is the maximum dividend specified by the articles; proviso, he may be allotted bonus shares under section 378ZJ.

Section 378E(3): patronage bonus. The surplus remaining after providing for the limited return and the reserves may be disbursed as patronage bonus among the Members in proportion to their participation in the business, in cash or by allotment of equity shares or both, as decided by the Members at the general meeting.

Read those three together and the economics of the form appear. The Member is paid for his produce, not for his capital; his capital earns a capped return; and the profit comes back to him in proportion to how much he traded with the company.

Management: sections 378-O to 378X

Section 378-O: the Board. At least five and not more than fifteen directors; proviso, an inter-State co-operative society incorporated as a Producer Company may have more than fifteen for one year from that incorporation.

Section 378P: appointment. The Members who sign the memorandum and articles may designate the first Board, not less than five, to govern until directors are elected; the election shall be conducted within ninety days of registration, extended to three hundred and sixty-five days for a converted inter-State co-operative society with at least five continuing directors; and every director holds office for not less than one year and not exceeding five years as the articles specify.

Section 378Q: vacation of office. The office of a director becomes vacant if he is convicted of an offence involving moral turpitude and sentenced to imprisonment for not less than six months, and on the further grounds the section sets out, including default in payments to the company and failure to attend Board meetings as the sub-section provides.

Section 378R: powers and functions of the Board. Subject to the Act and the articles, the Board shall exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as the Company is authorised to do; and the sub-section lists the particular powers, among them the determination of the dividend payable, the admission of Members, the acquisition or disposal of property in the ordinary course, the investment of funds, and the appointment of the Chief Executive.

munotes.in784

Producer Companies

Section 378U: committees. The Board may constitute such number of committees as it deems fit to assist it; proviso, it shall not delegate any of its powers, or assign the powers of the Chief Executive, to any committee, and every such committee functions under the Board's general superintendence, direction and control.

Section 378S: what only the annual general meeting may do. The Board shall exercise the following powers only by resolutions passed at the annual general meeting: approval of the budget and adoption of the annual accounts; approval of patronage bonus; issue of bonus shares; declaration of limited return and the decision on distribution of patronage; specifying the conditions and limits of loans that may be given by the Board to any director; and approval of any transaction reserved by the articles.

Section 378T: liability of directors. Where directors vote for or approve anything done in contravention of this Act, any other law or the articles, they are jointly and severally liable to make good any loss or damage; and the company may recover from a director the profit he made by the contravention, and the loss or damage it suffered.

Section 378V: Board meetings. Not less than once in every three months and at least four in every year; written notice to every director in India and to the usual Indian address of every other; the Chief Executive gives not less than seven days' notice, failing which he is liable to a penalty of five thousand rupees, though a meeting may be called on shorter notice with reasons recorded in writing; and the quorum is one-third of the total strength of directors.

Section 378W: the Chief Executive. Every Producer Company shall have a full time Chief Executive appointed by the Board from among persons other than Members; he is an ex officio director who does not retire by rotation; his qualifications and terms are determined by the Board save as the articles provide; and he is entrusted with substantial powers of management, including the day-to-day affairs of the company.

Note the contrast with the rest of the Act. Elsewhere "substantial powers of management" makes a director a managing director under section 2(54); here the Chief Executive is required to be a non-Member and is an ex officio director.

Section 378X: the Secretary. Every Producer Company with an average annual turnover exceeding five crore rupees, or such other prescribed amount, in each of three consecutive financial years, shall have a whole-time secretary, who must be a member of the Institute of Company Secretaries of India. Default costs the company and every officer in default one hundred rupees for every day, subject to a maximum of one lakh rupees.

munotes.in785

Producer Companies

Section 378Y: the quorum. Unless the articles require a larger number, one-fourth of the total membership shall constitute the quorum at a general meeting; and by section 378Z, save as section 378D otherwise provides, every Member has one vote, the Chairman or person presiding having a casting vote in the case of equality.

Section 378ZA: the annual general meeting. One in each year, specified as such in the notice, with not more than fifteen months between one and the next, the Registrar being able to extend by up to three months for special reasons, except for the first; the first annual general meeting within ninety days of incorporation; the Members adopt the articles and appoint the directors at it; and the notice is accompanied by the agenda, the minutes of the previous meeting, and the names of candidates for election with the prescribed statement.

Capital and shares: sections 378ZB to 378ZD

Section 378ZB. The share capital shall consist of equity shares only, and the shares held by a Member shall, as far as may be, be in proportion to his patronage.

Section 378ZC: special user rights. Active Members may, if the articles so provide, have special rights, and the company may issue appropriate instruments in respect of them, transferable to any other active Member with the Board's approval. A "special right" means a right relating to the supply of additional produce by the active Member or any other right relating to his produce conferred by the Board.

Section 378ZD: transferability. The shares of a Member shall not be transferable, save that a Member may, with the previous approval of the Board, transfer the whole or part of his shares, with any special rights, to an active Member at par value; and every Member shall, within three months of becoming one, nominate a person to whom his shares shall vest on his death.

That single sub-section is the sharpest difference from an ordinary company. Shares are not transferable, and where transfer is permitted it is only to an active Member and only at par.

Finance: sections 378ZE to 378ZL

Sections 378ZE to 378ZG require books of account showing all sums received and expended, sales and purchases, assets and liabilities, and the particulars relating to loans; an internal audit at such intervals and in such manner as specified by the articles, by a chartered accountant; and add to the auditor's duties a report on the amounts of debts due, the cash balance and securities, the assets and liabilities, and any loans given to directors and their repayment.

munotes.in786

Producer Companies

Section 378ZH. A Producer Company may make donations or subscriptions to any institution or individual for promoting the social and economic welfare of Producer Members or producers or the general public, or for any purpose which may advance the objects of the company; but not to a political party or for a political purpose, and the aggregate in a financial year shall not exceed three per cent of the net profit of the preceding financial year.

Section 378Z-I: reserves. Every Producer Company shall maintain a general reserve in every financial year in addition to any reserve specified in the articles; and where it has insufficient funds to make the transfer, the contribution to the reserve shall be shared among the Members in proportion to their patronage in that year.

Section 378ZJ: bonus shares. On the Board's recommendation and a resolution in general meeting, bonus shares may be issued by capitalising amounts from the general reserves in proportion to the shares held on the date of issue.

Section 378ZK: loans to Members. The Board may, subject to the articles, provide financial assistance by way of (a) credit facility for a period not exceeding six months in connection with the business, and (b) loans and advances against security specified in the articles, repayable within a period exceeding three months but not exceeding seven years; proviso, a loan or advance to a director or his relative requires the approval of the Members in general meeting.

Section 378ZL. The general reserves shall be invested to secure the highest returns available from approved securities, fixed deposits, units, bonds issued by the Government, or a co-operative or scheduled bank, or as prescribed; and the section governs investment in other companies and the formation of subsidiaries.

Penalties, disputes and the closing sections

Section 378ZM. A person other than a Producer Company who carries on business under a name containing "Producer Company Limited" is punishable with fine up to ten thousand rupees for every day the name is used. A director or officer who wilfully fails to furnish information about the company's affairs required by a Member or a duly authorised person is liable to imprisonment up to six months and fine equivalent to five per cent of the turnover of the preceding financial year. Further sub-sections punish the making of false statements and the failure to comply with an order of the Registrar or Tribunal.

Section 378ZN. Provides for amalgamation, merger or division to form new Producer Companies, on a resolution passed by not less than two-thirds of the Members present and voting, with rights of dissenting Members.

munotes.in787

Producer Companies

Section 378Z-O: disputes. Where a dispute relating to the formation, management or business arises among Members, former Members or claimants and nominees of deceased Members; between such a person and the company, its Board, office-bearers or liquidator, past or present; or between the company or its Board and any director, office-bearer, former director or a deceased director's nominee, heir or legal representative, it shall be settled by conciliation or by arbitration as provided under the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996, as if the parties had agreed in writing to refer it.

Section 378ZP. The Registrar may strike the name of a Producer Company off the register in the circumstances provided, with a right of appeal.

Section 378ZQ: overriding effect. The provisions of this Chapter have effect notwithstanding anything inconsistent contained in this Act or any other law for the time being in force or any instrument having effect by virtue of such law; but so much of any such law or instrument as is not varied by, or inconsistent with, this Chapter shall apply.

Section 378ZR: the analogy. All the limitations, restrictions and provisions of this Act, other than those specified in this Chapter, applicable to a private company, shall as far as may be apply to a Producer Company as if it were a private limited company, so far as they are not in conflict with this Chapter.

Section 378ZT: power to modify the Act. The Central Government may, by notification, direct that any provisions of this Act other than those in this Chapter shall not apply to Producer Companies or a class of them, or shall apply with such exceptions, modifications and adaptations as may be specified.

Sections 378ZS to 378ZU. Provide for the re-conversion of a Producer Company, being an erstwhile inter-State co-operative society, into such a society, on an application to the Tribunal after a resolution of not less than two-thirds of the Members present and voting, or on the request of creditors representing three-fourths in value, and for the consequences of that re-conversion.

A worked example

Fourteen mango growers of Ratnagiri and two farmer institutions wish to market and process their fruit together.

May they form a Producer Company? Yes. Section 378C(1) allows ten or more individuals each being a producer, two or more Producer Institutions, or a combination. Mangoes are primary produce, being the produce of farmers arising from horticulture.

The objects. Marketing and selling the primary produce of Members under clause (a), processing including canning and packaging under clause (b), and rendering technical services and training under clause (e): section 378B.

munotes.in788

Producer Companies

Registration. The Registrar, satisfied of compliance, registers the memorandum and articles and issues a certificate of incorporation within thirty days of receiving the documents; the company is limited by shares, the Members' liability being the amount unpaid on their shares: section 378C(2) and (3).

Voting. The membership consists of individuals and Producer Institutions, so under section 378D(1)(c) the voting rights are a single vote for every Member. The two institutions, however large their dealings, have one vote each, and so does the smallest grower.

What the Members get. Each is paid initially such value for the mangoes as the Board determines, the withheld price being disbursed later in cash, in kind or in equity shares in proportion to what he supplied. On his capital he receives only a limited return, that is the maximum dividend the articles specify. And the surplus left after the limited return and the reserves may be distributed as patronage bonus in proportion to his participation in the business, as the general meeting decides: section 378E.

His shares. They are not transferable. If he wishes to leave, he may, with the Board's previous approval, transfer them, with any special rights, to an active Member at par value, and no more. Within three months of becoming a Member he must nominate a person to whom the shares will vest on his death: section 378ZD.

Management. The Board is of not less than five and not more than fifteen directors, the first designated in the memorandum and articles, with elections within ninety days of registration, each director holding office for not less than one year and not more than five. The Board meets at least once in every three months and four times a year, on seven days' written notice from the Chief Executive, with a quorum of one-third of the total strength. The Chief Executive is full time, appointed by the Board from among non-Members, is an ex officio director not liable to retire by rotation, and has substantial powers of management.

What the Board cannot decide alone. The budget and annual accounts, the patronage bonus, bonus shares, the declaration of limited return and the distribution of patronage, and the conditions and limits of loans to a director may be decided only by resolution at the annual general meeting: section 378S.

The first meeting. The first annual general meeting is held within ninety days of incorporation, at which the Members adopt the articles and appoint the directors; thereafter one is held each year, with not more than fifteen months between meetings: section 378ZA.

munotes.in789

Producer Companies

A loan to a grower. The Board grants him a credit facility for four months in connection with the business, which is within section 378ZK(a)'s six months; and a loan for five years against security specified in the articles, which is within clause (b)'s three months to seven years. A loan to a director's son would need the approval of the Members in general meeting.

A donation. The company gives two lakh rupees to a village school. That is permitted as promoting the social and economic welfare of producers or the general public, provided the aggregate for the year does not exceed three per cent of the net profit of the preceding financial year, and provided it is not to a political party or for a political purpose: section 378ZH.

Reserves. It maintains a general reserve every financial year; in a poor year, having insufficient funds, the contribution is shared among the Members in proportion to their patronage: section 378Z-I. In a good year it issues bonus shares by capitalising the general reserve on the Board's recommendation and a resolution in general meeting: section 378ZJ.

A dispute. Two Members quarrel with the Board about the grading of their fruit. Under section 378Z-O the dispute is settled by conciliation or arbitration under the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996, as if the parties had agreed in writing to refer it; it does not go to the Tribunal as an oppression petition would.

A trader who copies the name. A private firm calls itself "Konkan Fruit Producer Company Limited" without being registered as one. It is punishable with fine up to ten thousand rupees for every day the name is used: section 378ZM(1).

Which other provisions apply. By section 378ZR, the limitations and provisions of the Act applicable to a private company apply as far as may be, so far as they do not conflict with this Chapter; and by section 378ZQ, where they do conflict, this Chapter prevails, notwithstanding anything in this Act or any other law.

Distinctions that carry marks

Ordinary companyProducer Company
Who forms itTwo for a private, seven for a public companyTen or more individual producers, or two or more Producer Institutions, or a combination
VotingOne vote per equity share, section 47One vote per Member, section 378D, save where the members are institutions only
Return on capitalDividend as declaredLimited return only, the maximum dividend fixed by the articles
Distribution of surplusDividend in proportion to shareholdingPatronage bonus in proportion to participation in the business
SharesFreely transferable in a public companyNot transferable, save to an active Member at par with the Board's approval
Chief executiveA managing director, who is a directorA Chief Executive who must be a non-Member, an ex officio director not retiring by rotation
StatusAs registeredDeemed a private limited company for other provisions, section 378ZR
munotes.in790

Producer Companies

What only the annual general meeting may approve, section 378S
The budget and the annual accountsThe patronage bonus
Bonus sharesThe limited return and the distribution of patronage
The conditions and limits of loans to a directorAny transaction reserved by the articles
FigureWhere
Ten individuals or two institutionsFormation, section 378C(1)
Five to fifteen directors; one to five years eachSections 378-O and 378P
Ninety days for the first election and the first annual general meetingSections 378P(2) and 378ZA(2)
Four Board meetings a year, one in every three months, seven days' notice, one-third quorumSection 378V
Five crore rupees average turnover for a whole-time secretarySection 378X
Six months credit facility; three months to seven years loansSection 378ZK
Three per cent of the preceding year's net profit for donationsSection 378ZH

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean a Producer Company is a co-operative society. It is a body corporate registered under the Companies Act, limited by shares.

It does not mean voting follows shareholding. Where individuals are Members, it is one vote per Member irrespective of shareholding or patronage; only where the membership is institutions alone is it based on participation, and even then on shareholding in the first year.

It does not mean Members share profits in proportion to their capital. They receive a limited return on capital and a patronage bonus in proportion to their participation in the business.

It does not mean the shares can be sold. They are not transferable, save to an active Member, at par value, with the Board's previous approval.

It does not mean the Chief Executive may be a Member. He must be appointed from among persons other than Members.

It does not mean the ordinary company law is displaced entirely. By section 378ZR the provisions applicable to a private company apply so far as they are not in conflict, and by section 378ZQ this Chapter prevails where they are.

Quick revision

  • 378A: primary produce covers agriculture and its branches, handloom, handicraft and cottage industries, their products, by-products and ancillary activities, and activities to increase production or improve quality; a producer is anyone engaged in an activity connected with it; a Producer Company is a body corporate with section 378B objects registered as such; a Member retains the qualifications for continuance; an active Member meets the quantum and period of patronage the articles require; patronage is use of the company's services; a patronage bonus is paid out of surplus in proportion to patronage; limited return is the maximum dividend under the articles; withheld price is the part of the price kept back for later payment.
  • 378B and 378C: objects of production, procurement, grading, pooling, marketing, selling and export of Members' produce and import for their benefit, processing, machinery and consumables mainly for Members, education on mutual assistance, technical services and research, power, land and water, insurance, welfare and financing; formed by ten or more individual producers, two or more Producer Institutions, or a combination, registered within thirty days, limited by shares, and never deemed a public company.
  • 378D and 378E: one vote per Member where individuals are Members, alone or with institutions; participation in the previous year where institutions alone, shareholding in the first year; Members receive the value the Board determines with the withheld price later, a limited return on capital, and a patronage bonus out of surplus in proportion to participation.
  • 378-O to 378ZA: five to fifteen directors, more for a year for a converted inter-State co-operative society; first Board designated, elections within ninety days, terms of one to five years; directors jointly and severally liable for contraventions, with recovery of profit made and loss caused; four Board meetings a year, one every three months, seven days' notice on pain of five thousand rupees, one-third quorum; a full-time Chief Executive from among non-Members, an ex officio director not retiring by rotation with substantial powers of management; a whole-time company secretary above five crore rupees average turnover; and an annual general meeting with fifteen months between meetings, the first within ninety days, at which the articles are adopted and directors appointed; section 378S reserves six matters to that meeting.
  • 378ZB to 378ZD: equity shares only, held as far as may be in proportion to patronage; special user rights for active Members, transferable to another active Member with Board approval; and shares not transferable save to an active Member at par with the Board's previous approval, with a nomination within three months of becoming a Member.
  • 378ZE to 378ZL: books of account, internal audit by a chartered accountant, an enlarged auditor's duty; donations up to three per cent of the preceding year's net profit, and none to a political party or for a political purpose; a general reserve every year, shared in proportion to patronage when funds are short; bonus shares by capitalising the general reserve; credit facility up to six months and loans from three months to seven years, a loan to a director or his relative needing the general meeting's approval; and investment of the general reserves in approved securities, deposits, units, Government bonds or bank deposits.
  • 378ZM to 378ZU: ten thousand rupees a day for misuse of the name, six months' imprisonment and five per cent of turnover for wilfully withholding information; amalgamation, merger or division on a two-thirds resolution; disputes settled by conciliation or arbitration under the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996; power to strike off; the Chapter overrides anything inconsistent in this Act or any other law; the provisions applicable to a private company otherwise apply; and re-conversion to an inter-State co-operative society on a two-thirds resolution or the request of creditors representing three-fourths in value.
munotes.in791

Producer Companies

Test yourself

1. Who may form a Producer Company? Any ten or more individuals, each of them being a producer, or any two or more Producer Institutions, or a combination of ten or more individuals and Producer Institutions, desirous of forming a company having the objects specified in section 378B: section 378C(1).

munotes.in792

Producer Companies

2. How are voting rights determined? Where the membership consists solely of individual Members, a single vote for every Member irrespective of his shareholding or patronage; where it consists only of Producer Institutions, on the basis of their participation in the business in the previous year, and in the first year of registration on the basis of shareholding; and where it consists of both, a single vote for every Member: section 378D(1).

3. What return may a Member have on his capital, and how is surplus distributed? Only a limited return, that is the maximum dividend specified by the articles, with the possibility of bonus shares under section 378ZJ. The surplus remaining after the limited return and the reserves may be distributed as patronage bonus in proportion to the Members' participation in the business, in cash or in equity shares or both, as the general meeting decides: section 378E.

4. Are the shares of a Producer Company transferable? No. The shares of a Member shall not be transferable, save that he may, with the previous approval of the Board, transfer the whole or part of them, along with any special rights, to an active Member at par value; and every Member must nominate, within three months of becoming a Member, a person to whom his shares shall vest on his death: section 378ZD.

munotes.in793

Producer Companies

5. Which matters may be decided only at the annual general meeting? Approval of the budget and adoption of the annual accounts; approval of the patronage bonus; issue of bonus shares; declaration of the limited return and the decision on the distribution of patronage; specifying the conditions and limits of loans that may be given by the Board to any director; and approval of any transaction reserved by the articles: section 378S.

6. How are disputes in a Producer Company settled? A dispute relating to the formation, management or business of the company, among Members, former Members, claimants or nominees of deceased Members, between such persons and the company, its Board, office-bearers or liquidator, or between the company or its Board and a director, office-bearer, former director or a deceased director's nominee, heir or legal representative, is to be settled by conciliation or by arbitration under the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996, as if the parties had agreed in writing to refer it: section 378Z-O.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in794

Chapter Ninety-Eight

Companies Incorporated Outside India

Syllabus topic 4.3, label: "Foreign Companies", Chapter XXII of the Act.

In one line

A company incorporated outside India which has a place of business in India must file its constitution, address, directors and Indian agent with the Registrar within thirty days, keep accounts of its Indian business, display its name and country of incorporation, and answer service on its Indian representative; a prospectus it issues in India must satisfy the Act; and until it complies with the Chapter it may be sued but cannot sue.

In exam wording: section 2(42) defines a foreign company, section 380 the documents to be delivered, section 381 the accounts, section 382 the display of name, section 383 service, sections 387 to 389 the prospectus, section 392 the punishment, and section 393 the effect of non-compliance.

Why the law has this at all

A company incorporated abroad is not created by Indian law and cannot be dissolved by it. Yet it may take deposits in Mumbai, employ people in Pune and sell to customers in Nagpur, and those Indians deal with a legal person they cannot investigate: they do not know who owns it, who directs it, what its constitution permits, or where to serve a writ.

Chapter XXII does not try to regulate the foreign company. It regulates the information available about it and the accessibility of it in India, and that is the theme of every section.

Who and what it is: the constitution, the registered office abroad, the directors and secretary, all filed under section 380.

Where to find it: the principal place of business in India under section 380(1)(e), and the name and country displayed on every office and letter under section 382.

How to serve it: on the person resident in India authorised to accept service, under sections 380(1)(d) and 383.

What it does here: accounts of the Indian business under section 381 and books kept at the principal place of business in India under section 384(3).

And the sanction is designed for a defendant who is out of the jurisdiction. Fining a foreign company is often futile, so section 393 takes away the one thing it cannot do without: the right to sue in India.

Some words this chapter uses

A foreign company is defined in section 2(42) as a company or body corporate incorporated outside India which has a place of business in India, whether by itself or through an agent, physically or through electronic mode, and conducts any business activity in India in any other manner. A place of business includes a share transfer or registration office: section 386(c). Certified means certified in the prescribed manner to be a true copy or correct translation. An expert is one whose statement appears in a prospectus.

munotes.in795

Companies Incorporated Outside India

Which companies the Chapter binds: section 379

Section 379(1). Sections 380 to 386 and sections 392 and 393 shall apply to all foreign companies.

Section 379(2): the fifty per cent rule. Where not less than fifty per cent of the paid-up share capital, whether equity or preference or partly each, of a foreign company is held by one or more citizens of India, or by one or more companies or bodies corporate incorporated in India, or by both, whether singly or in the aggregate, that company shall comply with the provisions of this Chapter and such other provisions of this Act as may be prescribed, with regard to the business carried on by it in India, as if it were a company incorporated in India.

Two limits on that rule are worth stating. It applies only to the business carried on in India, not to the company's affairs generally; and the additional provisions are those prescribed, not the whole Act.

What must be filed: section 380

Section 380(1). Every foreign company shall, within thirty days of the establishment of its place of business in India, deliver to the Registrar for registration:

  • (a) a certified copy of the charter, statutes or memorandum and articles or other instrument constituting or defining its constitution, with a certified English translation if it is not in English;
  • (b) the full address of the registered or principal office of the company;
  • (c) a list of the directors and secretary with the prescribed particulars;
  • (d) the name and address of one or more persons resident in India authorised to accept service of process, notices and other documents on the company's behalf;
  • (e) the full address of the office in India which is deemed to be its principal place of business here;
  • (f) particulars of the opening and closing of a place of business in India on earlier occasions;
  • (g) a declaration that none of the directors or the authorised representative in India has ever been convicted or debarred from the formation of companies and management in India or abroad; and
  • (h) any other prescribed information.

Section 380(2) preserves the obligation of a foreign company existing at the commencement of the Act which had not filed under section 592 of the Companies Act, 1956.

Section 380(3): changes. Where an alteration is made or occurs in the documents delivered, the company shall, within thirty days of the alteration, deliver a return of the particulars in the prescribed form.

Thirty days at the start, thirty days on every change.

Accounts: section 381

Section 381(1). Every foreign company shall, in every calendar year, (a) make out a balance sheet and profit and loss account in the prescribed form with the prescribed particulars and documents, and (b) deliver a copy to the Registrar. Proviso: the Central Government may, by notification, exempt a foreign company or class of them from clause (a) or apply it with exceptions and modifications.

munotes.in796

Companies Incorporated Outside India

Section 381(2). A document not in English must have a certified English translation annexed.

Section 381(3). Along with those documents it shall send a list, in the prescribed form, of all places of business established by it in India as at the date of the balance sheet.

Note the words "in every calendar year", which differ from the financial year used elsewhere in the Act.

Display and service: sections 382 and 383

Section 382. Every foreign company shall:

  • (a) conspicuously exhibit on the outside of every office or place where it carries on business in India, the name of the company and the country in which it is incorporated, in legible English characters and also in the characters of a language in general use in the locality;
  • (b) state the name and country of incorporation in legible English characters in all business letters, billheads and letter paper, and in all notices and other official publications; and
  • (c) if the liability of the members is limited, cause notice of that fact to be stated in every prospectus and in all such letters, billheads, letter paper, notices, advertisements and official publications, and conspicuously exhibited on the outside of every office, in English and in the local language.

Section 383: service. Any process, notice or other document required to be served on a foreign company is deemed sufficiently served if addressed to a person whose name and address have been delivered to the Registrar under section 380, and left at, or sent by post to, that address, or sent by electronic mode.

Which Indian provisions apply: section 384

  • (1) Section 71, on debentures, applies mutatis mutandis.
  • (2) Section 92, the annual return, and section 135, corporate social responsibility, apply subject to such exceptions, modifications and adaptations as may be made by rules, as they apply to an Indian company.
  • (3) Section 128, on books of account, applies to the extent of requiring the company to keep at its principal place of business in India the books relating to monies received and spent, sales and purchases, and assets and liabilities, in the course of or in relation to its business in India.
  • (4) Chapter VI, the registration of charges, applies mutatis mutandis to charges on properties created or acquired by a foreign company.
  • (5) Chapter XIV, inspection, inquiry and investigation, applies mutatis mutandis to the Indian business of a foreign company.
munotes.in797

Companies Incorporated Outside India

Sub-section (2) is the one most often missed. A foreign company above the section 135 thresholds has a corporate social responsibility obligation in respect of its Indian business.

Section 385. The prescribed fee is payable to the Registrar for registering any document under the Chapter.

Section 386: interpretation. "Certified" means certified in the prescribed manner as a true copy or correct translation; "director", in relation to a foreign company, includes any person in accordance with whose directions or instructions the Board is accustomed to act; and "place of business" includes a share transfer or registration office.

Offering securities in India: sections 387 to 391

Section 387: the prospectus. No person shall issue, circulate or distribute in India any prospectus offering to subscribe for securities of a company incorporated or to be incorporated outside India, whether or not it has or will establish a place of business in India, unless the prospectus is dated and signed and contains particulars of:

  • (i) the instrument constituting or defining the constitution of the company;
  • (ii) the enactments or provisions under which its incorporation was effected;
  • (iii) the address in India where those instruments, enactments or copies, and a certified English translation if needed, may be inspected;
  • (iv) the date on which and the country in which the company was or would be incorporated; and
  • (v) whether it has established a place of business in India and, if so, the address of its principal office here;

and states the matters specified under section 26, the Indian prospectus provision.

Proviso: sub-clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) do not apply to a prospectus issued more than two years after the date on which the company is entitled to commence business.

Section 387(2). Any condition requiring an applicant to waive compliance with those requirements, or purporting to impute to him notice of any contract, document or matter not specifically referred to in the prospectus, is void.

Section 387(3). No form of application for such securities shall be issued in India unless it is issued with a complying prospectus and the issue does not contravene section 388; proviso, that does not apply to a form issued in connection with a bona fide invitation to enter into an underwriting agreement.

Section 387(4) excepts issues to existing members or debenture holders, and, except as to dating, a prospectus for securities uniform with securities previously issued and dealt in or quoted on a recognised stock exchange. Section 387(5) preserves liability under any other law.

munotes.in798

Companies Incorporated Outside India

Section 388: expert's consent. No such prospectus shall be issued if it includes a statement purporting to be made by an expert who has not given, or has withdrawn before delivery for registration, his written consent to its issue in the form and context in which it appears, or where the prospectus does not state that he has given and not withdrawn his consent; and the prospectus must have the prescribed effect as to allotment.

Section 389: registration of the prospectus. No such prospectus shall be issued in India unless, before its issue, a copy certified by the chairperson and two other directors as having been approved by resolution of the managing body has been delivered to the Registrar for registration, the prospectus states on its face that a copy has been so delivered, and there is endorsed on or attached to the copy any consent required by section 388 and the prescribed documents.

Section 390: Indian Depository Receipts. The Central Government may make rules for the offer of Indian Depository Receipts, the disclosures in the prospectus or letter of offer, the manner of dealing with them in a depository mode and by custodians and underwriters, and the manner of their sale, transfer or transmission, by a company incorporated or to be incorporated outside India.

Section 391: mis-statements and closure. Sections 34 to 36, on criminal and civil liability for mis-statements in a prospectus and fraudulently inducing persons to invest, apply to a prospectus issued under section 389 and to the issue of Indian Depository Receipts. And, subject to section 376, Chapter XX applies mutatis mutandis for the closure of the place of business of a foreign company in India as if it were an Indian company, where the foreign company has raised monies through an offer or issue of securities which have not been repaid or redeemed.

Punishment and the real sanction: sections 392 and 393

Section 392. Without prejudice to section 391, a foreign company contravening the Chapter is punishable with fine of not less than one lakh rupees extending to three lakh rupees, and for a continuing offence an additional fine up to fifty thousand rupees for every day after the first; and every officer of the foreign company who is in default with fine of not less than twenty-five thousand rupees extending to five lakh rupees.

Section 393: the disability.

Any failure by a company to comply with the provisions of this Chapter shall not affect the validity of any contract, dealing or transaction entered into by the company or its liability to be sued in respect thereof, but the company shall not be entitled to bring any suit, claim any set-off, make any counter-claim or institute any legal proceeding in respect of any such contract, dealing or transaction, until the company has complied with the provisions of this Act applicable to it.

munotes.in799

Companies Incorporated Outside India

Read that sentence in three parts. The contract stands; the company can be sued; but it cannot sue, set off, counter-claim or institute any proceeding until it complies.

And note the last words. The disability ends when it complies, so it is a suspension, not a forfeiture.

Section 393A: exemptions. The Central Government may, by notification, exempt any class of foreign companies, or of companies incorporated or to be incorporated outside India, from any provisions of this Chapter; and a copy of every such notification shall be laid before both Houses of Parliament.

A worked example

Pacific Instruments Pte, incorporated in a foreign country, opens a sales and service office at Andheri on 1 March.

Is it a foreign company? Yes. It is incorporated outside India and has a place of business in India, so it is within section 2(42), and sections 380 to 386 and 392 and 393 apply to it: section 379(1).

What it must file, and when. Within thirty days of establishing the place of business, that is by 31 March, it must deliver to the Registrar a certified copy of its constitution with a certified English translation, the address of its registered office abroad, a list of its directors and secretary, the name and address of a person resident in India authorised to accept service, the address of its Andheri office as its principal place of business in India, particulars of any earlier opening or closing of a place of business here, and the declaration that no director or the authorised representative has been convicted or debarred: section 380(1).

A change. In August it appoints a new director abroad. Within thirty days of that alteration it must file a return of the particulars: section 380(3).

Its shopfront. It must exhibit its name and country of incorporation on the outside of the Andheri office in English and in Marathi, and state them in English on all its business letters, billheads, letter paper, notices and official publications. Its members' liability being limited, it must also give notice of that fact in all of those and on the outside of the office: section 382.

Suing it. An Indian customer serves the plaint on the person whose name and address were delivered under section 380, at that address. That is sufficient service: section 383.

munotes.in800

Companies Incorporated Outside India

Its accounts. In every calendar year it must make out a balance sheet and profit and loss account in the prescribed form and deliver a copy to the Registrar, with a certified English translation of anything not in English, and a list of all its places of business in India as at the balance sheet date: section 381. It must also keep at its Andheri office the books of account relating to monies received and spent, sales and purchases, and assets and liabilities of its Indian business: section 384(3).

And other Indian provisions. Section 71 on debentures, section 92's annual return and section 135's corporate social responsibility apply as the rules provide; Chapter VI applies to charges on property it creates or acquires; and Chapter XIV applies to an inspection, inquiry or investigation of its Indian business: section 384.

Half Indian owned. Suppose fifty-five per cent of its paid-up capital is held by Indian citizens and an Indian company together. Then, under section 379(2), it must comply with this Chapter and such other provisions of the Act as may be prescribed, with regard to the business it carries on in India, as if it were a company incorporated in India.

Raising money here. It proposes to issue a prospectus in India. The prospectus must be dated and signed, must give the instrument constituting the company, the enactments under which it was incorporated, an address in India where they may be inspected, the date and country of incorporation, and whether it has a place of business in India and its principal office here; and it must state the matters specified under section 26: section 387. Any expert's statement in it needs his written consent, unwithdrawn, and a statement in the prospectus that he has given and not withdrawn it: section 388. And a copy certified by the chairperson and two other directors as approved by resolution of the managing body must be delivered to the Registrar before issue, the prospectus saying on its face that it has been: section 389.

A misleading statement in it attracts sections 34 to 36, exactly as for an Indian prospectus: section 391(1).

It does none of this. It never files under section 380 and never delivers accounts. A supplier sues it for the price of goods; the company wishes to counter-claim for defective delivery.

Section 393 decides the case. Its contracts are valid, and it is liable to be sued on them. But it may not bring any suit, claim any set-off, make any counter-claim or institute any legal proceeding in respect of them until it has complied with the Act's provisions applicable to it. So the supplier's suit proceeds and the counter-claim cannot be made until the filings are done.

munotes.in801

Companies Incorporated Outside India

And it is punishable. Fine of one lakh to three lakh rupees, with up to fifty thousand rupees a day for a continuing offence, and every officer in default fined twenty-five thousand to five lakh rupees: section 392.

Closing down. If it had raised monies in India through an offer of securities which have not been repaid or redeemed, Chapter XX applies mutatis mutandis to the closure of its place of business in India as if it were an Indian company: section 391(2).

Distinctions that carry marks

An Indian companyA foreign company
Constitution filedOn incorporationWithin thirty days of establishing a place of business in India, with a certified English translation
AccountsFor each financial year, laid before the membersFor each calendar year, delivered to the Registrar, with a list of places of business in India
Books of accountSection 128 in fullSection 128 only as to the Indian business, kept at the principal place of business in India
ServiceAt the registered officeOn the person resident in India authorised to accept service, by post or electronic mode
Sanction for defaultFine or penaltyFine, and the inability to sue, set off, counter-claim or institute proceedings until it complies
Section 393, three propositions
Non-compliance does not affectThe validity of any contract, dealing or transaction
Non-compliance does not affectIts liability to be sued in respect of them
Non-compliance does take awayIts right to bring a suit, claim a set-off, make a counter-claim or institute any legal proceeding, until it complies
Prospectus of a foreign companyRequirement
Section 387Dated and signed, with the constitution, incorporating enactments, an Indian inspection address, the date and country of incorporation, and whether it has an Indian place of business; plus the section 26 matters
Section 388The expert's written consent, unwithdrawn, and a statement to that effect in the prospectus
Section 389A copy certified by the chairperson and two other directors, delivered to the Registrar before issue, the prospectus saying so on its face
Section 391(1)Sections 34 to 36 apply to mis-statements

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean a foreign company's contracts are void if it has not filed. Section 393 preserves their validity and its liability to be sued.

It does not mean the disability is permanent. The company may sue once it has complied with the provisions applicable to it.

munotes.in802

Companies Incorporated Outside India

It does not mean the whole Act applies to a majority Indian-owned foreign company. Section 379(2) applies this Chapter and such other provisions as may be prescribed, and only as regards the business carried on in India.

It does not mean a foreign company keeps all its books here. Section 384(3) requires only the books relating to its Indian business at its principal place of business in India.

It does not mean only a physical office counts. Section 2(42) covers a place of business by itself or through an agent, physically or through electronic mode, and section 386(c) includes a share transfer or registration office.

It does not mean corporate social responsibility is an Indian companies' subject only. Section 384(2) applies section 135 to a foreign company, subject to the rules.

Quick revision

  • 2(42) and 379: a foreign company is one incorporated outside India having a place of business in India, by itself or through an agent, physically or electronically, and conducting business here; sections 380 to 386 and 392 and 393 apply to all of them; and where fifty per cent or more of the paid-up capital is held by Indian citizens or Indian companies, singly or in the aggregate, it complies with this Chapter and other prescribed provisions as regards its Indian business as if it were an Indian company.
  • 380: within thirty days of establishing a place of business, file the certified constitution with an English translation, the address abroad, the list of directors and secretary, the person resident in India authorised to accept service, the principal place of business in India, particulars of earlier openings and closings, and a declaration about convictions and debarment; and within thirty days of any alteration, a return of it.
  • 381 to 383: in every calendar year, a balance sheet and profit and loss account delivered to the Registrar with a certified English translation and a list of Indian places of business, subject to Central Government exemption; the name and country of incorporation exhibited outside every office in English and the local language and stated on all letters, billheads and publications, with notice of limited liability where applicable; and service effected on the person notified under section 380, by post or electronic mode.
  • 384 to 386: section 71 (debentures) applies mutatis mutandis; sections 92 and 135 apply subject to rules; section 128 applies to the extent of keeping the Indian business books at the principal place of business in India; Chapter VI applies to charges; Chapter XIV applies to the Indian business; the prescribed fee is payable; and "director" includes a person on whose directions the Board is accustomed to act, while "place of business" includes a share transfer or registration office.
  • 387 to 391: a prospectus offering securities of a company incorporated outside India must be dated and signed and give the constitution, the incorporating enactments, an Indian inspection address, the date and country of incorporation and any Indian place of business, plus the section 26 matters; waivers and deemed notice are void; a form of application must go with a complying prospectus, except for a bona fide underwriting invitation; issues to existing members or debenture holders, and prospectuses for securities uniform with those already quoted, are excepted; an expert's consent must be given and stated; a certified copy must be registered before issue; the Central Government may make rules for Indian Depository Receipts; sections 34 to 36 apply to mis-statements; and Chapter XX applies to closure where money raised on securities is unrepaid.
  • 392 and 393: contravention costs the foreign company one lakh to three lakh rupees, with fifty thousand rupees a day for a continuing offence, and every officer in default twenty-five thousand to five lakh rupees; and failure to comply does not affect the validity of contracts or the liability to be sued, but the company cannot sue, set off, counter-claim or institute proceedings until it complies.
  • 393A: the Central Government may, by notification laid before both Houses of Parliament, exempt classes of foreign companies from any provisions of the Chapter.
munotes.in803

Companies Incorporated Outside India

Test yourself

1. What must a foreign company deliver to the Registrar, and when? Within thirty days of the establishment of its place of business in India: a certified copy of its constitution with a certified English translation if needed; the full address of its registered or principal office; a list of its directors and secretary; the name and address of one or more persons resident in India authorised to accept service; the address of its principal place of business in India; particulars of earlier openings and closings of a place of business here; a declaration about convictions and debarment; and any other prescribed information: section 380(1). Any alteration must be notified within thirty days.

2. When does a foreign company have to comply as if it were an Indian company? Where not less than fifty per cent of its paid-up share capital, equity or preference or partly each, is held by one or more citizens of India, or one or more companies or bodies corporate incorporated in India, or both, singly or in the aggregate; it must then comply with this Chapter and such other provisions as may be prescribed with regard to the business carried on by it in India: section 379(2).

munotes.in804

Companies Incorporated Outside India

3. How is a foreign company served? By addressing the process, notice or document to a person whose name and address have been delivered to the Registrar under section 380, and leaving it at, or sending it by post to, that address, or sending it by electronic mode: section 383.

4. What is the effect of failing to comply with this Chapter? It does not affect the validity of any contract, dealing or transaction entered into by the company or its liability to be sued on them; but the company shall not be entitled to bring any suit, claim any set-off, make any counter-claim or institute any legal proceeding in respect of them until it has complied with the provisions of the Act applicable to it: section 393. It is also punishable with fine of one lakh to three lakh rupees, with up to fifty thousand rupees a day for a continuing offence, and every officer in default with twenty-five thousand to five lakh rupees: section 392.

5. What must a prospectus offering securities of a foreign company contain? It must be dated and signed and contain particulars of the instrument constituting the company, the enactments under which its incorporation was effected, an address in India where those may be inspected, the date and country of incorporation, and whether it has established a place of business in India and, if so, the address of its principal office here; and it must state the matters specified under section 26: section 387(1).

6. Which provisions of the Act apply to a foreign company's Indian business? Section 71 on debentures, mutatis mutandis; section 92 on the annual return and section 135 on corporate social responsibility, subject to prescribed exceptions and modifications; section 128, to the extent of keeping the books of the Indian business at the principal place of business in India; Chapter VI on the registration of charges; and Chapter XIV on inspection, inquiry and investigation: section 384.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in805

Chapter Ninety-Nine

Government Companies, Registration Offices, Statistics and Nidhis

Syllabus topic 4.3, Chapters XXIII to XXVI of the Act.

In one line

Where a Government is a member of a company, an annual report on its working goes before the legislature with the Comptroller and Auditor-General's comments; the Central Government establishes registration offices and appoints Registrars, whose electronic records are evidence; it may require any company to furnish information or statistics; and it may declare a company to be a Nidhi and exempt it from provisions of the Act.

In exam wording: section 2(45) defines a Government company, sections 394 and 395 the annual reports, section 396 the registration offices, sections 397 to 402 the electronic filing and evidence, section 403 the fees, section 405 the information and statistics, and section 406 the Nidhis.

Why the law has this at all

A Government company is a company whose shareholder is the public. The ordinary machinery by which members hold directors to account, a general meeting and a vote, is worthless there, because the only member is a Ministry. So the Act substitutes a different accountability: an annual report laid before Parliament or the State Legislature, with the Comptroller and Auditor-General's comments attached to it.

A registration office is the memory of company law. Almost every obligation in this Act is discharged by filing something with the Registrar, and the value of filing depends on two things: that it can be done conveniently, and that what was filed can afterwards be proved. Sections 398 to 402 answer the first by making the whole system electronic; sections 397 and 399 answer the second by making the Registrar's record admissible without production of the original.

Information and statistics exist because the Central Government administers a statute over lakhs of companies and needs to see the aggregate, not merely the individual return.

And a Nidhi is a small mutual benefit society whose members lend to and borrow from each other. Applying the whole Act to it would be disproportionate, so section 406 lets the Central Government declare a company to be one and disapply or modify provisions for it, subject to Parliament.

Some words this chapter uses

A Government company is defined in section 2(45). The Comptroller and Auditor-General of India audits Government companies under section 143(5) to (7). Electronic form takes its meaning from the Information Technology Act, 2000. A Nidhi or Mutual Benefit Society is a company declared to be one under section 406(1). Prorogued means that a session of a House has been brought to an end.

Government companies: sections 394 and 395

Who they are: section 2(45). A Government company means any company in which not less than fifty-one per cent of the paid-up share capital is held by the Central Government, or by any State Government or Governments, or partly by the Central Government and partly by one or more State Governments, and includes a company which is a subsidiary of such a Government company.

munotes.in806

Government Companies, Registration Offices, Statistics and Nidhis

Section 394(1): where the Central Government is a member. It shall cause an annual report on the working and affairs of the company to be:

  • (a) prepared within three months of the annual general meeting before which the comments of the Comptroller and Auditor-General of India and the audit report are placed under the proviso to section 143(6); and
  • (b) as soon as may be after that, laid before both Houses of Parliament, together with a copy of the audit report and the Comptroller and Auditor-General's comments upon or supplement to it.

Section 394(2). Where a State Government is also a member, that State Government shall cause a copy of the same annual report, with the audit report and comments, to be laid before the House or both Houses of the State Legislature.

Section 395(1): where the Central Government is not a member. Every State Government which is a member, or the only State Government which is, shall cause the annual report to be prepared within the time specified in section 394(1) and laid before the House or both Houses of the State Legislature with the audit report and comments.

Section 395(2). Sections 394 and 395 apply, so far as may be, to a Government company in liquidation as they apply to any other.

Note the three points that decide a question on these sections. The report is on the working and affairs, not merely the accounts; the trigger for the three months is the annual general meeting at which the Comptroller and Auditor-General's comments are placed; and the forum is Parliament, the State Legislature, or both, according to who the members are.

Registration offices: section 396

Section 396(1). For exercising the powers and discharging the functions conferred on the Central Government by or under this Act, and for the registration of companies, the Central Government shall, by notification, establish such number of offices at such places as it thinks fit, specifying their jurisdiction.

Section 396(2) and (3). It may appoint such Registrars, Additional, Joint, Deputy and Assistant Registrars as it considers necessary, whose powers and duties, terms of service and salaries are as prescribed.

Section 396(4). It may direct a seal or seals to be prepared for the authentication of documents required for or connected with the registration of companies.

The Registrar's records as evidence: sections 397 and 399

Section 397. Notwithstanding any other law, any document reproducing or derived from returns and documents filed with the Registrar, on paper or in electronic form, or stored on any electronic data storage device or computer readable media by the Registrar, and authenticated by the Registrar or an officer empowered by the Central Government in the prescribed manner, is deemed to be a document for the purposes of this Act and is admissible in any proceedings under it without further proof or production of the original, as evidence of the contents of the original or of any fact stated in it of which direct evidence is admissible.

munotes.in807

Government Companies, Registration Offices, Statistics and Nidhis

Section 399(1): inspection. Save as otherwise provided, any person may (a) inspect by electronic means any documents kept by the Registrar which were filed or registered under this Act or which record a fact required to be recorded, on payment of the prescribed fees; and (b) require a certificate of incorporation of any company, or a certified copy or extract of any other document, on payment in advance of the prescribed fees.

The proviso restricts two classes. In relation to documents delivered with a prospectus under section 26, and to documents delivered under section 388(1)(b) for a foreign company's prospectus, the right is exercisable only during the fourteen days beginning with the date of publication of the prospectus, or, at other times, with the permission of the Central Government.

Section 399(2): compelling production. No process for compelling the production of any document kept by the Registrar shall issue from any court or the Tribunal except with the leave of that court or Tribunal, and any such process shall bear a statement that it is issued with leave.

Section 399(3): certified copies. A copy of or extract from any document kept and registered at any registration office, certified to be a true copy by the Registrar, whose official position need not be proved, is admissible in all legal proceedings as of equal validity with the original.

Electronic filing: sections 398, 400, 401 and 402

Section 398(1). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Act, and without prejudice to section 6 of the Information Technology Act, 2000, the Central Government may make rules requiring, from a prescribed date, that:

  • (a) applications, balance sheets, returns, declarations, memoranda, articles, particulars of charges and other documents be filed in electronic form and authenticated as prescribed;
  • (b) documents, notices and communications required to be served or delivered be so in electronic form;
  • (c) such documents be maintained by the Registrar in electronic form and registered or authenticated as prescribed;
  • (d) inspection of documents maintained electronically be made through the electronic form;
  • (e) fees, charges and other sums be paid through the electronic form; and
  • (f) the Registrar register changes of registered office, alterations of memorandum or articles, issue certificates of incorporation, record notices and discharge his other functions in electronic form.
munotes.in808

Government Companies, Registration Offices, Statistics and Nidhis

The Explanation clarifies that rules under the section shall not relate to the imposition of fines or other pecuniary penalties, or to the demand or payment of fees, or to contravention of the Act or punishment for it.

Section 398(2). The Central Government may frame a scheme by notification to carry the sub-section into effect.

Section 400. The rules may provide that the electronic form shall be exclusive, or in the alternative, or in addition to the physical form.

Section 401. The Central Government may provide value added services through the electronic form and levy the prescribed fee.

Section 402. All the provisions of the Information Technology Act, 2000 relating to electronic records, including the manner and format of filing, apply to records in electronic form under section 398 so far as they are not inconsistent with this Act.

Fees: sections 403 and 404

Section 403(1). Any document required to be submitted, filed, registered or recorded, or any fact or information required to be registered, shall be so within the time specified in the relevant provision, on payment of the prescribed fee.

The proviso, which is where the additional fee lives. Where a document, fact or information required under section 92, the annual return, or section 137, the filing of financial statements, is not filed within the period provided in those sections, it may be filed after the expiry of that period on payment of such additional fee as may be prescribed, without prejudice to any other legal action or liability under the Act.

Section 404. All fees, charges and other sums received by any Registrar or other officer of the Central Government under this Act shall be paid into the public account of India in the Reserve Bank of India.

Compare section 349, which does the same for an Official Liquidator's receipts.

Information and statistics: section 405

Section 405(1). The Central Government may, by order, require companies generally, or any class of companies, or any company, to furnish such information or statistics with regard to their constitution or working, within such time as may be specified.

Section 405(2). Every such order shall be published in the Official Gazette, and the date of publication is deemed to be the date on which the requirement is made.

Section 405(3). To satisfy itself that the information furnished is correct and complete, the Central Government may require the company to produce records or documents in its possession, allow inspection by an officer, or furnish further information.

munotes.in809

Government Companies, Registration Offices, Statistics and Nidhis

Section 405(4): the penalty. Failure to comply with an order under sub-section (1) or (3), or furnishing information or statistics incorrect or incomplete in any material respect, makes the company and every officer in default liable to a penalty of twenty thousand rupees, and for a continuing failure a further one thousand rupees for each day after the first, subject to a maximum of three lakh rupees.

Section 405(5). Where a foreign company carries on business in India, references to a company in the section include the foreign company in relation, and only in relation, to that business.

Nidhis: section 406

Section 406(1): the definition is an act of the Government. "Nidhi" or "Mutual Benefit Society" means a company which the Central Government may, by notification in the Official Gazette, declare to be a Nidhi or Mutual Benefit Society.

Note the form of that definition. A company is not a Nidhi because of what it does; it is a Nidhi because it has been declared to be one.

Section 406(2). The Central Government may, by notification, direct that any provisions of this Act specified in it (a) shall not apply to a Nidhi or Mutual Benefit Society, or (b) shall apply with such exceptions, modifications and adaptations as are specified.

Section 406(3) and (4): parliamentary control. A copy of every notification proposed to be issued shall be laid in draft before each House of Parliament while it is in session for a total period of thirty days; and if both Houses agree in disapproving it, it shall not be issued, or if both agree in making a modification, it shall be issued only as so modified. In reckoning the thirty days, no account is taken of any period during which the House is prorogued or adjourned for more than four consecutive days.

Section 406(5). Copies of every notification issued shall, as soon as may be, be laid before each House of Parliament.

The scheme is the classic one of delegated legislation under parliamentary supervision, and the requirement that the draft be laid, and not merely the notification, is the strongest form of it.

A worked example

Konkan Power Development Limited has sixty per cent of its paid-up share capital held by the Central Government and fifteen per cent by the State Government of Maharashtra.

Is it a Government company? Yes. Not less than fifty-one per cent of the paid-up capital is held by the Central Government, so it is within section 2(45); and its subsidiary would also be a Government company.

munotes.in810

Government Companies, Registration Offices, Statistics and Nidhis

Its annual report. Its accounts are audited by an auditor appointed on the Comptroller and Auditor-General's direction, and the Comptroller and Auditor-General's comments and the audit report are placed before the annual general meeting under the proviso to section 143(6). Within three months of that meeting the Central Government must cause an annual report on the working and affairs of the company to be prepared, and as soon as may be afterwards laid before both Houses of Parliament with the audit report and comments: section 394(1).

And in Mumbai. The State Government being also a member, it must cause a copy of the same annual report, with the audit report and comments, to be laid before the House or both Houses of the State Legislature: section 394(2).

A different shareholding. Had the Central Government held nothing and the State Government fifty-five per cent, the obligation would have fallen on the State Government alone under section 395(1), and the report would go only to the State Legislature. And if the company were in liquidation, sections 394 and 395 would apply to it as they apply to any other Government company.

Its filings. Every document it files goes to the Registrar of the office established for its jurisdiction under section 396, in electronic form as the rules under section 398 require, with fees paid electronically and the Registrar maintaining the record electronically.

Proving a filing later. In a suit five years afterwards a party wishes to prove the company's charge on its plant. A document reproduced or derived from what was filed, authenticated by the Registrar, is admissible without further proof or production of the original: section 397. A copy certified by the Registrar to be a true copy is admissible as of equal validity with the original, and his official position need not be proved: section 399(3). Should the party want the original produced, no process may issue except with the leave of the court or Tribunal, and the process must say that it was issued with leave: section 399(2).

Inspecting the file. Any person may inspect the Registrar's documents by electronic means on the prescribed fee, but the documents delivered with the company's prospectus under section 26 may be inspected only within fourteen days of the publication of the prospectus, or later with the Central Government's permission: proviso to section 399(1).

A late annual return. The company files its section 92 annual return two months late. It may still be filed, on payment of such additional fee as may be prescribed, without prejudice to any other legal action or liability: proviso to section 403(1). The fee, and every other sum the Registrar receives, goes into the public account of India in the Reserve Bank of India: section 404.

munotes.in811

Government Companies, Registration Offices, Statistics and Nidhis

A demand for statistics. The Central Government, by an order published in the Official Gazette, requires all companies in the power sector to furnish information about their constitution and working within sixty days, the date of publication being deemed the date the requirement was made. The company returns figures that are materially incomplete. It and every officer in default are liable to a penalty of twenty thousand rupees, with one thousand rupees a day for a continuing failure, up to three lakh rupees: section 405(4). Had the company been a foreign company carrying on business in India, the section would have applied to it in relation to that business only.

A Nidhi. Separately, Sahyadri Mutual Benefit Limited applies to be treated as a Nidhi. It becomes one only when the Central Government declares it to be a Nidhi by notification in the Official Gazette: section 406(1). The Government may then, by notification, direct that specified provisions of the Act shall not apply to it, or shall apply with exceptions, modifications and adaptations; but the draft of that notification must be laid before each House of Parliament for thirty days, and if both Houses agree in disapproving it, it shall not be issued, or if both agree on a modification, it shall issue only as modified: section 406(2) and (3).

Distinctions that carry marks

Who is a memberWho prepares the reportWhere it is laid
Central GovernmentThe Central GovernmentBoth Houses of Parliament, section 394(1)
Central and a State GovernmentThe Central Government prepares; the State Government lays a copyParliament and the State Legislature, section 394(2)
A State Government only, the Centre not being a memberEvery State Government which is a memberThe State Legislature, section 395(1)
ProvisionWhat it makes admissible
397A document reproducing or derived from filings, authenticated by the Registrar, without further proof or production of the original
399(3)A copy or extract certified by the Registrar, as of equal validity with the original, his official position needing no proof
399(2)Nothing; it restricts process for production to cases where the court or Tribunal gives leave
SectionPenalty
405(4), failure to furnish information or statistics, or material incompletenessTwenty thousand rupees on the company and every officer in default, plus one thousand rupees a day, up to three lakh rupees
403 proviso, late filing under sections 92 or 137Filing permitted on additional fee, without prejudice to other action or liability
munotes.in812

Government Companies, Registration Offices, Statistics and Nidhis

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean a Government company's report goes only to Parliament. Where a State Government is also a member, a copy goes to the State Legislature as well; and where the Centre is not a member, it goes to the State Legislature alone.

It does not mean the report is about the accounts. It is an annual report on the working and affairs of the company, laid together with the audit report and the Comptroller and Auditor-General's comments.

It does not mean the original filing must always be produced. A document derived from it and authenticated by the Registrar is admissible without further proof or production of the original.

It does not mean anybody may inspect anything at any time. Documents delivered with a prospectus may be inspected only within fourteen days of its publication, or later with the Central Government's permission.

It does not mean electronic rules may create offences. The Explanation to section 398 excludes rules relating to fines, pecuniary penalties, the demand or payment of fees, contravention or punishment.

It does not mean a company becomes a Nidhi by carrying on that business. It becomes one when the Central Government declares it to be one by notification in the Official Gazette.

Quick revision

  • 2(45), 394 and 395: a Government company is one in which not less than fifty-one per cent of the paid-up share capital is held by the Central Government, a State Government or Governments, or both, and includes its subsidiary; where the Central Government is a member it prepares an annual report on the working and affairs within three months of the annual general meeting at which the Comptroller and Auditor-General's comments and the audit report are placed, and lays it before both Houses of Parliament with them; a State Government which is also a member lays a copy before the State Legislature; where the Centre is not a member, every State Government which is does so; and the sections apply to a Government company in liquidation.
  • 396: the Central Government shall, by notification, establish registration offices with specified jurisdictions, may appoint Registrars and Additional, Joint, Deputy and Assistant Registrars on prescribed powers and terms, and may direct seals for authentication.
  • 397 and 399: a document reproducing or derived from filings and authenticated by the Registrar is deemed a document under the Act and admissible without further proof or production of the original; any person may inspect electronically on fees and obtain certified copies, save that documents filed with a prospectus under section 26 or section 388(1)(b) may be inspected only within fourteen days of publication or with the Central Government's permission; no process for production may issue without the leave of the court or Tribunal, and must say so; and a Registrar's certified copy is of equal validity with the original, his official position needing no proof.
  • 398, 400, 401 and 402: the Central Government may require filing, service, maintenance, inspection, payment and the Registrar's own functions to be in electronic form, framing a scheme by notification; such rules may not relate to fines, penalties, fees or contraventions; the electronic form may be exclusive, alternative or additional; value added services may be provided on a fee; and the Information Technology Act, 2000 applies to the electronic records so far as consistent.
  • 403 and 404: documents must be filed within the time specified on the prescribed fee, a document under section 92 or 137 being filable late on an additional fee without prejudice to other liability; and all fees, charges and sums received go into the public account of India in the Reserve Bank of India.
  • 405: the Central Government may by order published in the Official Gazette require any or all companies to furnish information or statistics about their constitution or working, and may require records, inspection or further information to verify them; default or material incompleteness costs the company and every officer in default twenty thousand rupees, plus one thousand rupees a day, up to three lakh rupees; and the section applies to a foreign company in relation only to its Indian business.
  • 406: a Nidhi or Mutual Benefit Society is a company declared to be one by the Central Government by notification; the Government may disapply or modify provisions of the Act for it; the draft notification must be laid before each House of Parliament for thirty days, and is not issued if both Houses disapprove, or issued only as modified if both agree on a modification, prorogation and adjournments of more than four consecutive days being excluded; and every notification issued must be laid before each House.
munotes.in813

Government Companies, Registration Offices, Statistics and Nidhis

Test yourself

1. What is a Government company, and to whom is its annual report presented? A company in which not less than fifty-one per cent of the paid-up share capital is held by the Central Government, or by any State Government or Governments, or partly by each, including its subsidiary: section 2(45). Where the Central Government is a member, the report is laid before both Houses of Parliament; where a State Government is also a member, a copy is laid before the State Legislature; and where the Central Government is not a member, every State Government which is lays it before the State Legislature: sections 394 and 395.

munotes.in814

Government Companies, Registration Offices, Statistics and Nidhis

2. Within what time must the report be prepared? Within three months of the annual general meeting before which the comments given by the Comptroller and Auditor-General of India and the audit report are placed under the proviso to section 143(6): section 394(1)(a).

3. Are the Registrar's records evidence? Yes. A document reproducing or derived from returns and documents filed with the Registrar, on paper or electronically, authenticated by the Registrar or an empowered officer, is deemed a document for the purposes of the Act and is admissible without further proof or production of the original: section 397. A copy certified by the Registrar is admissible as of equal validity with the original, and his official position need not be proved: section 399(3).

4. May a court compel production of a document kept by the Registrar? Only with leave. No process for compelling production shall issue from any court or the Tribunal except with the leave of that court or Tribunal, and any such process shall bear a statement that it is issued with leave: section 399(2).

5. What is the penalty for failing to furnish information or statistics? The company and every officer of the company who is in default are liable to a penalty of twenty thousand rupees, and for a continuing failure a further one thousand rupees for each day after the first, subject to a maximum of three lakh rupees: section 405(4). Furnishing information incorrect or incomplete in any material respect attracts the same penalty.

6. How does a company become a Nidhi, and what follows? It becomes a Nidhi or Mutual Benefit Society when the Central Government, by notification in the Official Gazette, declares it to be one: section 406(1). The Government may then direct by notification that specified provisions of the Act shall not apply to it, or shall apply with exceptions, modifications and adaptations, the draft being laid before each House of Parliament for thirty days and being withheld if both Houses disapprove or modified if both agree on a modification: section 406(2) and (3).

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in815

Chapter

Fraud, Penalties and the Closing Provisions

Syllabus topic 4.3, Chapter XXIX of the Act, its miscellaneous and closing provisions.

In one line

Fraud in relation to a company's affairs is punished with imprisonment of six months to ten years and a fine of one to three times the amount involved, three years being the minimum where public interest is involved; a false statement or false evidence, wrongful withholding of property, improper use of "Limited" and a residual contravention each have their own punishment; penalties are adjudicated by officers of the Central Government with an appeal to the Regional Director; and the Act closes with the repeal of the Companies Act, 1956.

In exam wording: section 447 is punishment for fraud, 448 false statement, 449 false evidence, 450 the residual penalty, 451 and 454A repeated default, 452 wrongful withholding of property, 454 adjudication of penalties, 463 the court's power to grant relief, and 465 the repeal.

Why the law has this at all

The Act's individual sections tell a company what to do. This Chapter tells everybody what happens when they do not, and it does four separate things.

It defines the gravest wrong. Before 2013 the Act had no general offence of fraud, and prosecutions had to be brought under the Indian Penal Code, 1860, whose definitions were not written with companies in mind. Section 447 supplies one, and its Explanation defines fraud so widely that it catches an omission and an abuse of position as much as a positive lie.

It fills the gaps. No draftsman can attach a punishment to every obligation, so section 450 provides one where no other is provided, and section 469(3) does the same for the rules.

It makes enforcement proportionate. A prosecution before a Special Court is heavy machinery for a late filing. Section 454 creates an adjudicating officer who imposes a penalty administratively, with an appeal to the Regional Director, and sections 451 and 454A double the consequence for a repeat within three years.

And it tempers all of it. Section 463 lets a court relieve an officer who acted honestly and reasonably and ought fairly to be excused, which is the answer to the objection that a statute of this weight will punish the merely unlucky.

Some words this chapter uses

Fraud, wrongful gain and wrongful loss are defined in the Explanation to section 447. An adjudicating officer is an officer of the Central Government not below the rank of Registrar. The Regional Director is a person appointed as such by the Central Government. An inactive company and a significant accounting transaction are defined in the Explanation to section 455.

Punishment for fraud: section 447

Without prejudice to any liability including repayment of any debt under this Act or any other law, any person found guilty of fraud involving an amount of at least ten lakh rupees or one per cent of the turnover of the company, whichever is lower, shall be punishable with imprisonment of not less than six months extending to ten years, and shall also be liable to fine of not less than the amount involved in the fraud extending to three times that amount.

munotes.in816

Fraud, Penalties and the Closing Provisions

First proviso: public interest. Where the fraud involves public interest, the term of imprisonment shall not be less than three years.

Second proviso: the lesser limb. Where the fraud involves an amount less than ten lakh rupees or one per cent of the turnover, whichever is lower, and does not involve public interest, the punishment is imprisonment up to five years, or fine up to fifty lakh rupees, or both.

Note three things about the structure. The threshold is the lower of the two figures, not the higher. The main limb has a minimum sentence, and the fine cannot be less than the amount of the fraud. And the lesser limb has no minimum at all and permits a fine alone.

The Explanation defines the offence.

"Fraud", in relation to the affairs of a company or any body corporate, includes any act, omission, concealment of any fact or abuse of position committed by any person or any other person with the connivance in any manner, with intent to deceive, to gain undue advantage from, or to injure the interests of, the company or its shareholders or its creditors or any other person, whether or not there is any wrongful gain or wrongful loss.

The last eight words are the heart of it. Fraud is complete on the intent; no gain or loss need be shown.

"Wrongful gain" means the gain by unlawful means of property to which the person gaining is not legally entitled; "wrongful loss" the loss by unlawful means of property to which the person losing is legally entitled.

Where section 447 is invoked in this book. Section 7(5) and (6), false information at incorporation; section 206(4), business carried on for a fraudulent or unlawful purpose; section 213, fraud proved after a Tribunal-ordered investigation; section 229, destroying or falsifying documents in an investigation; section 251, a fraudulent application to strike a name off; section 339(3), being knowingly a party to fraudulent conduct of business; and sections 448 and 449 below.

False statements and false evidence: sections 448 and 449

Section 448. Save as otherwise provided, if in any return, report, certificate, financial statement, prospectus, statement or other document required by or for the purposes of the Act or the rules, a person makes a statement (a) which is false in any material particulars, knowing it to be false, or (b) which omits any material fact, knowing it to be material, he shall be liable under section 447.

munotes.in817

Fraud, Penalties and the Closing Provisions

Note that clause (b) makes an omission an offence, and note that liability is under section 447, so the punishment is that section's.

Section 449. Save as otherwise provided, a person who intentionally gives false evidence (a) upon any examination on oath or solemn affirmation authorised under this Act, or (b) in any affidavit, deposition or solemn affirmation in or about the winding up of a company or otherwise in or about any matter arising under this Act, is punishable with imprisonment of not less than three years extending to seven years and with fine which may extend to ten lakh rupees.

The residual and repeated defaults: sections 450, 451 and 454A

Section 450. Where a company, any officer of a company or any other person contravenes any provision of the Act or the rules, or any condition, limitation or restriction subject to which an approval, sanction, consent, confirmation, recognition, direction or exemption was granted, and no penalty or punishment is provided elsewhere, the company and every officer in default or such other person is liable to a penalty of ten thousand rupees, and for a continuing contravention a further one thousand rupees for each day after the first, subject to a maximum of two lakh rupees for a company and fifty thousand rupees for an officer in default or other person.

Section 451: repeated offence. Where a company or an officer commits an offence punishable either with fine or with imprisonment, and the same offence is committed for the second or subsequent occasion within three years, the company and every officer in default is punishable with twice the amount of fine for that offence, in addition to any imprisonment provided for it.

Section 454A: repeated penalty. Where a company, an officer or any other person having already been subjected to a penalty for a default again commits such default within three years from the date of the order of the adjudicating officer or the Regional Director, he is liable for the second or subsequent default to twice the amount of penalty provided for it.

Sections 451 and 454A are the same idea in the two enforcement streams, prosecution and adjudication, and both use a three year window.

Property, names and adjudication: sections 452 to 454

Section 452(1): wrongful withholding. If an officer or employee of a company (a) wrongfully obtains possession of any property, including cash, of the company, or (b) having such property in his possession, wrongfully withholds it or knowingly applies it for purposes other than those expressed or directed in the articles and authorised by this Act, he is, on the complaint of the company or of any member, creditor or contributory, punishable with fine of not less than one lakh rupees extending to five lakh rupees.

munotes.in818

Fraud, Penalties and the Closing Provisions

Section 452(2). The court may also order him to deliver up or refund, within a time it fixes, the property or cash and the benefits derived from it, or in default to undergo imprisonment up to two years.

The proviso is a humane one. Imprisonment shall not be ordered for wrongful possession or withholding of a dwelling unit if the court is satisfied that the company has not paid him amounts relating to the provident fund, pension fund, gratuity fund or other welfare fund, or compensation or liability for compensation under the Workmen's Compensation Act, 1923 for death or disablement.

And recall section 435(1), which excepts section 452 from the offences for which Special Courts are established.

Section 453: improper use of "Limited". A person who trades or carries on business under a name of which "Limited" or "Private Limited", or any contraction or imitation of them, is the last word or words, without being duly incorporated with limited liability or as a private company with limited liability, is punishable with fine of not less than five hundred rupees extending to two thousand rupees for every day the name is used.

Section 454: adjudication of penalties.

  • (1) and (2) the Central Government may, by order published in the Official Gazette, appoint officers not below the rank of Registrar as adjudicating officers, specifying their jurisdiction;
  • (3) the adjudicating officer may by order (a) impose the penalty on the company, the officer in default or any other person, stating the non-compliance or default, and (b) direct them to rectify the default where he thinks fit. Proviso: where the default relates to section 92(4) or section 137(1) or (2) and has been rectified before, or within thirty days of, the notice, no penalty shall be imposed and the proceedings are deemed concluded;
  • (4) he shall give a reasonable opportunity of being heard before imposing any penalty;
  • (5) and (6) an appeal lies to the Regional Director having jurisdiction, within sixty days of receipt of the copy of the order, in the prescribed form and on the prescribed fees;
  • (7) the Regional Director may, after hearing the parties, confirm, modify or set aside the order; and
  • (8) failure to comply with an order under sub-section (3) or (7) is itself punished, the company and the officer in default being liable as the sub-section provides.
munotes.in819

Fraud, Penalties and the Closing Provisions

Dormant companies: section 455

Section 455(1). A company formed and registered for a future project or to hold an asset or intellectual property and having no significant accounting transaction, or an inactive company, may apply to the Registrar for the status of a dormant company.

The Explanation defines both expressions. An "inactive company" is one which has not been carrying on any business or operation, or has not made any significant accounting transaction during the last two financial years, or has not filed financial statements and annual returns during the last two financial years. A "significant accounting transaction" is any transaction other than the payment of fees to the Registrar, payments made to fulfil the requirements of this Act or any other law, the allotment of shares to fulfil the Act's requirements, and payments for the maintenance of its office and records.

Section 455(2) to (6). The Registrar allows the status and issues a certificate, maintains a register of dormant companies, and shall, where a company has not filed financial statements or annual returns for two consecutive financial years, issue a notice and enter its name in that register. A dormant company must keep the prescribed minimum number of directors, file the prescribed documents and pay the annual fee to retain the status, and may become active on application; and the Registrar shall strike off the name of a dormant company which fails to comply with the section.

Compare section 248(1)(c), under which a company that has carried on no business for two financial years and has not applied for dormant status may have its name struck off. Dormancy is the lawful alternative to being struck off.

Protection, secrecy, delegation and condonation: sections 456 to 462

Section 456. No suit, prosecution or other legal proceeding shall lie against the Government, any officer of the Government or any other person in respect of anything done or intended to be done in good faith under the Act or the rules or orders, or in respect of the publication of any report, paper or proceedings by or under the Government's authority.

Section 457. Notwithstanding any other law, the Registrar, any officer of the Government or any other person shall not be compelled to disclose to any court, Tribunal or authority the source from which he got any information which led the Central Government to order an investigation under section 210 or which is or has been material or relevant in connection with such investigation.

munotes.in820

Fraud, Penalties and the Closing Provisions

That is the informer's privilege, and it exists because investigations begin with people who will not come forward if they can be named.

Section 458. The Central Government may, by notification and subject to specified conditions, limitations and restrictions, delegate any of its powers or functions under this Act other than the power to make rules; a copy of every such notification shall be laid before each House of Parliament.

Section 459. Where the Central Government or the Tribunal is required or authorised to accord approval, sanction, consent, confirmation or recognition, to give any direction, or to grant any exemption, it may do so subject to such conditions, limitations or restrictions as it thinks fit, and may, on contravention of a condition, rescind or withdraw it; and every application for such approval or direction shall be accompanied by the prescribed fees, different fees being prescribable for different matters or different classes of companies.

Section 460: condonation of delay. Notwithstanding anything in this Act, where an application required to be made to the Central Government is not made in time, or a document required to be filed with the Registrar is not filed in time, the Central Government may, for reasons to be recorded in writing, condone the delay.

Section 461. The Central Government shall cause a general annual report on the working and administration of this Act to be prepared and laid before each House of Parliament within one year of the close of the year to which it relates.

Section 462: exemptions. The Central Government may, in the public interest, by notification, direct that any provisions of this Act shall not apply to a class of companies, or shall apply with exceptions, modifications and adaptations; the draft must be laid before each House of Parliament for thirty days, and if both Houses agree in disapproving it, it shall not be issued, or if both agree on a modification, it shall issue only as modified; prorogation and adjournments of more than four consecutive days are excluded; and every notification issued shall be laid before each House.

That is the same parliamentary procedure as section 406 for Nidhis, and it is worth learning once for both.

Relief, partnerships and the repeal: sections 463 to 470

Section 463: the court's power to relieve. If, in any proceeding for negligence, default, breach of duty, misfeasance or breach of trust against an officer of a company, it appears that he is or may be liable, but that he has acted honestly and reasonably, and that having regard to all the circumstances including those connected with his appointment he ought fairly to be excused, the court may relieve him wholly or partly on such terms as it thinks fit. Proviso: in a criminal proceeding the court has no power to grant relief from any civil liability which may attach in respect of the same. The section also allows an officer apprehending a claim to apply to the court, which may relieve him as if the proceeding had been brought.

munotes.in821

Fraud, Penalties and the Closing Provisions

Section 464: large associations. No association or partnership of more than such number of persons as may be prescribed shall be formed for carrying on any business for gain, unless it is registered as a company under this Act or formed under any other law; proviso, the prescribed number shall not exceed one hundred. The sub-section does not apply to (a) a Hindu undivided family carrying on business or (b) an association or partnership formed by professionals governed by special Acts. Every member of an association carrying on business in contravention is punishable with fine up to one lakh rupees and is personally liable for all liabilities incurred in that business.

Section 465: the repeal. The Companies Act, 1956 and the Registration of Companies (Sikkim) Act, 1961 stand repealed, with savings: until the date notified under section 434 for transfer of matters to the Tribunal, the 1956 Act's provisions about the jurisdiction of the Company Law Board and the court continue to apply; and provisions referred to in a notification under section 67 of the Limited Liability Partnership Act, 2008 continue until replaced.

Section 465(2) preserves eleven categories of thing done under the repealed Acts, of which the ones worth naming are: anything done or action taken is deemed done under the corresponding provisions of this Act; orders, rules, notifications, appointments, conveyances, mortgages, deeds and resolutions continue in force; principles and rules of law, jurisdiction, forms and practice are unaffected; persons appointed to office are deemed appointed under this Act; the registration offices continue; the incorporation of companies registered under the repealed enactments continues to be valid, this Act applying to them as if they were registered under it; registers and funds are deemed constituted under this Act; pending prosecutions continue in the same court; inspections, investigations and inquiries ordered continue; and matters filed with the Registrar, Regional Director or Central Government and not fully addressed are concluded under the 1956 Act despite its repeal. Section 465(3) preserves the general application of section 6 of the General Clauses Act, 1897.

Section 466. The Company Law Board stands dissolved on the constitution of the Tribunal and the Appellate Tribunal, with provisions for its Chairman, Vice-Chairman, Members and staff, and with no claim to compensation for premature termination.

munotes.in822

Fraud, Penalties and the Closing Provisions

Section 467. The Central Government may, by notification, alter any of the regulations, rules, Tables, forms and other provisions contained in any of the Schedules, the alteration having effect as if enacted in this Act and being laid before each House of Parliament.

Section 468: rules for winding up. The Central Government shall make rules consistent with the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908 providing for all matters relating to the winding up of companies which the Act requires to be prescribed. Such rules may in particular provide for the mode of proceedings for winding up by the Tribunal; the holding of meetings of creditors and members under section 230; giving effect to the provisions on the reduction of capital; applications to the Tribunal generally; the holding of meetings to ascertain the wishes of creditors and contributories; the settling of lists of contributories and the rectification of the register of members, and the collection and application of the assets; the payment, delivery, conveyance, surrender or transfer of money, property, books or papers to the liquidator; the making of calls; and the fixing of a time within which debts and claims shall be proved. Until those rules are made, the rules made by the Supreme Court on those matters continue in force, references in them to the High Court in relation to winding up being construed as references to the Tribunal.

Sections 469 and 470. The Central Government may make rules for carrying out the provisions of this Act, a contravention of a rule being punishable with fine up to five thousand rupees and a further five hundred rupees for every day of a continuing contravention, every rule and every regulation made by the Securities and Exchange Board under the Act being laid before each House of Parliament; and it may, by order published in the Official Gazette, make provision for removing difficulties, within the period section 470 allows.

A worked example

Ghansoli Metals Limited, with a turnover of fifty crore rupees, is found to have obtained credit of thirty lakh rupees on the strength of accounts its finance director knew to be false.

Which limb of section 447? One per cent of the turnover is fifty lakh rupees; the fixed figure is ten lakh rupees. The threshold is the lower, that is ten lakh. The fraud of thirty lakh exceeds it, so the main limb applies: imprisonment of not less than six months extending to ten years, and fine of not less than thirty lakh rupees extending to ninety lakh rupees.

munotes.in823

Fraud, Penalties and the Closing Provisions

Had the fraud been of six lakh rupees and had it not involved public interest, the second proviso would have applied: imprisonment up to five years, or fine up to fifty lakh rupees, or both, with no minimum.

Had it involved public interest, the first proviso would have fixed a minimum of three years.

Was gain necessary? No. Under the Explanation, fraud includes an act, omission, concealment or abuse of position done with intent to deceive, to gain undue advantage from, or to injure the interests of the company, its shareholders, creditors or any other person, whether or not there is any wrongful gain or wrongful loss.

The false accounts themselves. The finance director made a statement in a financial statement required for the purposes of the Act which was false in a material particular, knowing it to be false, and which omitted a material fact knowing it to be material. He is liable under section 447 by force of section 448.

In the investigation. Examined on oath by an inspector under section 217(4), he intentionally gives false evidence. That is section 449: imprisonment of three to seven years and fine up to ten lakh rupees.

A different officer. The storekeeper has kept a company vehicle at his house since he was suspended. On the complaint of the company or of any member, creditor or contributory, he is punishable under section 452(1) with fine of one lakh to five lakh rupees, and the court may order him to deliver up the vehicle and the benefits derived from it within a fixed time, or undergo imprisonment up to two years. But if what he is holding is a dwelling unit provided by the company, and the company has not paid him his provident fund or gratuity, the court shall not order imprisonment.

A small default. The company fails to comply with a requirement for which the Act provides no specific punishment. Under section 450 the company and every officer in default are liable to ten thousand rupees, with one thousand rupees a day for a continuing contravention, up to two lakh rupees for the company and fifty thousand rupees for an officer.

Adjudication. The penalty is imposed not by a court but by an adjudicating officer, an officer of the Central Government not below the rank of Registrar, who may also direct the default to be rectified, and who must first give a reasonable opportunity of being heard. The company appeals to the Regional Director within sixty days of receiving the order, and the Regional Director may confirm, modify or set aside it: section 454.

munotes.in824

Fraud, Penalties and the Closing Provisions

A late annual return. The company filed its section 92(4) annual return late but rectified the default within thirty days of the adjudicating officer's notice. By the proviso to section 454(3), no penalty shall be imposed and the proceedings are deemed concluded.

Doing it again. Two years later the company commits the same default. Under section 454A it is liable to twice the penalty; and if the matter were a prosecution rather than an adjudication, section 451 would make it twice the fine, in addition to any imprisonment.

An honest officer. An independent director is sued for breach of duty in relation to the false accounts. He knew nothing, asked the questions a careful director would ask, and was deceived. Under section 463 the court may relieve him wholly or partly if he acted honestly and reasonably and, having regard to all the circumstances including those connected with his appointment, ought fairly to be excused. In a criminal proceeding the court may relieve him of the criminal liability but not of civil liability attaching in respect of the same matter.

A dormant sister company. Ghansoli Holdings Private Limited was formed to hold a plot for a future project and has had no significant accounting transaction, its only payments being fees to the Registrar and the maintenance of its office and records. It may apply for the status of a dormant company, and the Registrar will issue a certificate and enter it in the register of dormant companies. If instead it had simply not filed for two consecutive financial years, the Registrar would have issued a notice and entered it in that register anyway, and could otherwise have struck its name off under section 248(1)(c).

A large partnership. Meanwhile forty of the company's suppliers propose to form an unregistered association for gain. That is lawful, since the prescribed number cannot exceed one hundred; but if the number exceeded the prescribed limit, every member would be punishable with fine up to one lakh rupees and personally liable for all the liabilities incurred in that business, unless the body were a Hindu undivided family or an association of professionals governed by special Acts: section 464.

And the old law. A prosecution begun against the company under the Companies Act, 1956 and pending when this Act commenced continues to be heard and disposed of by the same court, notwithstanding the repeal; the company's incorporation under the 1956 Act remains valid, this Act applying to it as if it were registered under this Act: section 465(2).

munotes.in825

Fraud, Penalties and the Closing Provisions

Distinctions that carry marks

Section 447
ThresholdTen lakh rupees or one per cent of the turnover, whichever is LOWER
At or above itSix months to ten years, and fine of one to three times the amount of the fraud
Public interest involvedMinimum three years
Below it and no public interestUp to five years, or fine up to fifty lakh rupees, or both
FraudAny act, omission, concealment or abuse of position, with intent to deceive, gain undue advantage or injure, whether or not there is wrongful gain or loss
Repeated defaultProvisionWindowConsequence
An offence punishable with fine or imprisonment451Three yearsTwice the fine, in addition to any imprisonment
A penalty imposed by an adjudicating officer or Regional Director454AThree years from the orderTwice the penalty
Adjudication of penalties, section 454
Who imposesAn adjudicating officer, an officer of the Central Government not below the rank of Registrar
What he may doImpose the penalty and direct rectification
SafeguardA reasonable opportunity of being heard; and no penalty where a section 92(4) or 137(1) or (2) default is rectified before or within thirty days of the notice
AppealTo the Regional Director, within sixty days, who may confirm, modify or set aside
Route out of a dormant existenceProvision
Apply for dormant company status455(1)
Be entered in the register after two years' non-filing455(4)
Have the name struck off for not carrying on business for two financial years without applying for dormancy248(1)(c)

What this does NOT mean

It does not mean the section 447 threshold is the higher figure. It is ten lakh rupees or one per cent of the turnover, whichever is lower.

It does not mean fraud requires proof of gain or loss. The Explanation applies whether or not there is any wrongful gain or wrongful loss.

It does not mean an omission is safe. Section 448(b) makes the omission of a material fact, known to be material, an offence punishable under section 447.

It does not mean every default must be prosecuted. Section 454 provides for adjudication of penalties by an officer, with an appeal to the Regional Director; and section 441 allows compounding of the compoundable offences.

It does not mean an honest officer is without a remedy. Section 463 allows the court to relieve him wholly or partly where he acted honestly and reasonably and ought fairly to be excused, though not from civil liability in a criminal proceeding.

munotes.in826

Fraud, Penalties and the Closing Provisions

It does not mean the repeal of the Companies Act, 1956 destroyed what was done under it. Section 465(2) preserves, among much else, the validity of incorporations, pending prosecutions, investigations ordered, and registers and funds.

Quick revision

  • 447: fraud of at least ten lakh rupees or one per cent of turnover, whichever is lower, is punishable with six months to ten years' imprisonment and fine of the amount of the fraud up to three times it; minimum three years where public interest is involved; and below the threshold and without public interest, up to five years, or fine up to fifty lakh rupees, or both. Fraud includes any act, omission, concealment of fact or abuse of position, alone or in connivance, with intent to deceive, to gain undue advantage from, or to injure, whether or not there is wrongful gain or wrongful loss; wrongful gain and wrongful loss are gains and losses by unlawful means of property one is not or is legally entitled to.
  • 448 and 449: a statement in any return, report, certificate, financial statement, prospectus or other document under the Act which is false in a material particular, known to be false, or which omits a material fact known to be material, makes the maker liable under section 447; and intentionally giving false evidence on an examination on oath or in an affidavit, deposition or solemn affirmation about a winding up or any matter under the Act is punishable with three to seven years and fine up to ten lakh rupees.
  • 450, 451 and 454A: where no penalty is provided elsewhere, ten thousand rupees on the company and every officer in default or other person, with one thousand rupees a day, up to two lakh rupees for a company and fifty thousand rupees for an officer or other person; a second or subsequent commission of the same offence within three years carries twice the fine in addition to any imprisonment; and a repeat default within three years of a penalty order carries twice the penalty.
  • 452 and 453: an officer or employee who wrongfully obtains, withholds or knowingly misapplies the company's property or cash is, on the complaint of the company, a member, creditor or contributory, punishable with one lakh to five lakh rupees, and may be ordered to deliver up or refund the property and its benefits or undergo imprisonment up to two years, save that imprisonment shall not be ordered for a dwelling unit where the company has not paid his welfare fund dues or workmen's compensation; and improper use of "Limited" or "Private Limited" costs five hundred to two thousand rupees for every day.
  • 454: adjudicating officers not below the rank of Registrar, appointed by order in the Official Gazette with specified jurisdiction, may impose penalties and direct rectification, after a reasonable opportunity of being heard, and shall impose none where a section 92(4) or 137(1) or (2) default is rectified before or within thirty days of the notice; an appeal lies to the Regional Director within sixty days, who may confirm, modify or set aside.
  • 455: a company formed for a future project or to hold an asset or intellectual property with no significant accounting transaction, or an inactive company, may obtain the status of a dormant company; an inactive company is one with no business or operation, no significant accounting transaction, or no filings for the last two financial years; a significant accounting transaction excludes Registrar's fees, statutory payments, allotments to meet the Act, and office and record maintenance; the Registrar issues a certificate, keeps a register, enters companies that have not filed for two consecutive years, and strikes off those which fail to comply.
  • 456 to 462: good faith protection for the Government and its officers; no compulsion to disclose the source of information leading to or material in a section 210 investigation; delegation of powers other than rule-making, laid before Parliament; approvals subject to conditions, rescindable on contravention, with prescribed fees; condonation of delay for reasons recorded in writing; a general annual report on the working and administration of the Act laid before Parliament within one year; and exemption of classes of companies in the public interest, on a draft laid for thirty days and subject to both Houses.
  • 463 to 470: the court may relieve an officer who acted honestly and reasonably and ought fairly to be excused, but not from civil liability in a criminal proceeding; an association or partnership exceeding the prescribed number, not exceeding one hundred, must be registered, save a Hindu undivided family and professionals under special Acts, its members otherwise being fined up to one lakh rupees and personally liable; the Companies Act, 1956 and the Registration of Companies (Sikkim) Act, 1961 are repealed with eleven savings, including the continued validity of incorporations, pending prosecutions and investigations, and matters concluded under the old Act; the Company Law Board is dissolved on the constitution of the Tribunal; and the Central Government may alter the Schedules, make winding up rules consistent with the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, make rules generally, a contravention costing five thousand rupees and five hundred rupees a day, and remove difficulties by order.
munotes.in827

Fraud, Penalties and the Closing Provisions

Test yourself

1. State the punishment for fraud. Where the fraud involves at least ten lakh rupees or one per cent of the turnover of the company, whichever is lower: imprisonment of not less than six months extending to ten years, and fine of not less than the amount involved extending to three times that amount; and where public interest is involved, the imprisonment shall be not less than three years. Where the amount is below that threshold and public interest is not involved: imprisonment up to five years, or fine up to fifty lakh rupees, or both: section 447.

munotes.in828

Fraud, Penalties and the Closing Provisions

2. Define fraud for the purposes of the Act. Any act, omission, concealment of any fact or abuse of position committed by any person, or by any other person with the connivance in any manner, with intent to deceive, to gain undue advantage from, or to injure the interests of, the company or its shareholders or its creditors or any other person, whether or not there is any wrongful gain or wrongful loss: Explanation (i) to section 447.

3. What happens where the Act provides no specific punishment? The company and every officer in default, or such other person, is liable to a penalty of ten thousand rupees, and for a continuing contravention a further one thousand rupees for each day after the first, subject to a maximum of two lakh rupees for a company and fifty thousand rupees for an officer in default or any other person: section 450.

4. Who adjudges penalties, and what appeal lies? Adjudicating officers, being officers of the Central Government not below the rank of Registrar, appointed by order published in the Official Gazette with specified jurisdiction; they may impose the penalty and direct rectification after giving a reasonable opportunity of being heard. An appeal lies to the Regional Director having jurisdiction, within sixty days of receipt of the order, and he may confirm, modify or set aside it: section 454.

5. When may a court relieve an officer of liability? Where, in a proceeding for negligence, default, breach of duty, misfeasance or breach of trust, it appears that he is or may be liable but that he acted honestly and reasonably and that, having regard to all the circumstances including those connected with his appointment, he ought fairly to be excused; the court may then relieve him wholly or partly on such terms as it thinks fit. In a criminal proceeding the court has no power to grant relief from any civil liability attaching in respect of the same: section 463.

munotes.in829

Fraud, Penalties and the Closing Provisions

6. What did section 465 repeal, and what survives? It repealed the Companies Act, 1956 and the Registration of Companies (Sikkim) Act, 1961. Among the savings: anything done or action taken under them is deemed done under the corresponding provisions of this Act; orders, appointments, deeds and resolutions in force continue; rules of law, practice and procedure are unaffected; the registration offices continue; the incorporation of companies registered under the repealed Acts remains valid, this Act applying as if they were registered under it; registers and funds are deemed constituted under this Act; pending prosecutions continue in the same court; inspections, investigations and inquiries ordered continue; and matters filed and not fully addressed are concluded under the old Act despite its repeal.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in830

The rest of this subject

These notes are cut from the University's printed syllabus. Open the syllabus itself, or the past papers, for the same subject.

Report or request
Done!